vue - Products - PASCO Scientific

Dedicated to Science and Engineering EducationFor over 45 years PASCO has been guided by just one mission: to provide educators worldwide with innovative solutions forteaching science and engineering. Our team of almost 200 people includes former teachers, educational researchers, andengineers who are dedicated to improving student success.At the forefront of our contact with you is our excellent Teacher and Technical Support staff. Free technical support is availableby phone during business hours. After hours, please leave a voice mail, email or fax and we will respond as soon as possible.(For questions about billing, orders and accounts, contact Customer & Order Support.)Meet our knowledgeable and friendly Teacher and Technical Support staff:Melissa TomneyMelissa has been fascinated with sciencesince a young age. She earned aB.S. in Biology from State University ofNew York Geneseo, and an M.S. in PlantBiology from University of CaliforniaDavis where she discovered her passionfor teaching. Her specialties include biology with a focuson genetics, molecular biology and botany.Steven MeschiaSteven brings a wealth of experiencein university level physics, with a BSfrom University of Chicago and Ph.D.from Montana State University. Amongother responsibilities, he is our NI/VirtualInstrument developer. He is an avidrecumbent bicycle commuter.Scott SukrapannaScott is the most experienced memberof our Teacher Support team. He earneda BS in Physics and an MS in PlantBiology from University of CaliforniaDavis. His specialty is physics and plantphysiology. He is also an automotiveaficionado.Mike PaskowitzMike fell in love with science as a childby watching metal workers at a craftfair. He earned his BS in MechanicalEngineering and Materials Science fromUC Davis, as well as his MS in ChemicalEngineering and Materials Science. Healso earned a CA teaching credential, and has spent 8 years inthe classroom teaching physics, chemistry, and math to highschool students in Sacramento and in Davis. Mike’s specialtiesinclude materials science and engineering. Mike enjoysspending time swimming and bicycling with his family.Amanda FallsAmanda’s fascination with science startedat a young age while watching Mr.Wizard. She earned a B.S. in Chemistryand Mathematics from Kansas StateUniversity in 2000. She is a veteran ofthe United States Navy having spentfour years training future nuclear operators at the NavyNuclear Power School. Her specialties are chemistry andnuclear physics. Amanda enjoys travelling and is learningto play the bagpipes.Danny HurDanny’s love and intrigue for mathematicsstarted early in his life and lead himto study Physics. He earned his B.S. inPhysics from California State University,Sacramento. Prior to joining PASCODanny worked as an internationalprocurement agent, a land development planner, and as asushi chef. Danny enjoys his free time reading and learningto play electric guitar.Live Contact Hours:M-Th: 7:00 am - 4:30 pm PSTF: 7:00 am - 2:00 pm PSTemail: support@pasco.comPhone:916-786-3800 (outside US)800-772-8700 (inside US)Fax: 916-786-7565Mail:PASCO scientific10101 Foothills Blvd.Roseville, California95747-7100 USAISO 9001:2000 CertifiedPlease see the insideback cover to find youreducation consultant.

Table of ContentsLarge Structures SetME-7003Page 176Table of ContentsPageNew Products __________________________ 2-5Data Acquisition Systems________________ 6-7PASPORT Interface/Sensors_____________ 8-67ScienceWorkshop Interface/Sensors ____68-84Analog and Digital Adapters ______________ 85DataStudio Software __________________86-89Probeware Bundles __________________90-102Software/Teaching Resources ________103-107Mechanics _________________________ 108-211Tower Crane2.3 m tallLab Supplies _______________________212-225Thermodynamics __________________ 226-247Electrostatics & Electromagnetism___ 248-277Power Supplies & Instrumentation ___ 278-285Adjustable Focal Length LensOS-8494Page 313Waves & Sound ___________________ 286-303Light & Optics _____________________ 304-339Fundamental Constants ____________ 340-347Atomic & Nuclear __________________ 348-353Experiments ______________________ 354-397Professional Development __________ 398-399Numeric Index _____________________400-401Spares Index ______________________ 402-403Product & Topic Index _______________404-414Order Information ___________________415-416PASCO Education Consultants andContact Information ______ Inside back cover1

New ProductsPhotogate-ReadyDynamics SystemME-9494Thissystemincludesourhighestqualitymetalcartsandtrackatanincrediblylowprice!See page 109PASCO carts and tracks: Still thebest, and the least expensive!See pages 108-113BicycleGyroscopeME-6837PrecisionBallBearingsresultinextremelylow-frictionforboththeBicycleGyroscopeandtheRotatingChair.See page 199Super PulleyCombinationME-9433ThiscombinationincludespartstoassembleeitheraSuperPulleywitharodoraSuperPulleywithaclamp.See page 216BicycleGyroscopeMass SetME-6972Addthemassestothewheeltoincreaseitsrotationalinertiabyover60%.See page 199CI Load Cell andAmplifier SetCI-6465UseStructuresSystemLoadCellswithScienceWorkshop500and750Interfaces.See page 167Mass securely clamps to thewheel rim using included screws.RotatingChairME-6856Ruggeddesignandincrediblylow-frictionmakethisfarsuperiortoanyofficechair.See page 199CI-6464 Load Cell AmplifierRotating platform can be usedwith or without included chair.2www.pasco.com

New ProductsElectrostaticChargeEX-9978Includes all the components necessary for aquantitative investigation into the basics ofelectrostatic charge.See page 381ExperimentMR 200 Digital/AnalogBreadboardSE-9982Magnetic breadboard thateliminates the need tosolder or strip wires whenconstructing an electroniccircuit.See page 256Components are securely mountedto the special magnetic holder.Reflection andRefractionEX-9987ExperimentIncludes all the componentsnecessary for a quantitativeinvestigation into the basicsof Reflection and Refraction.See page 393See list of eight moreNEW experimentson page 354Atmospheric PropertiesChamberME-6813Recreate the conditions that lead to cloud formation.See page 207MR 100 Analog BreadboardSE-9981Magnetic breadboard that eliminatesthe need to solder or strip wires whenconstructing an electronic circuit.See page 256Density Circulation ModelME-6816Allows students to model, measure andunderstand the complex density drivencirculation associated with heat transferthrough convection.See page 208Built-in Fast ResponseTemperature Probe.Measure changingtemperature andpressure.Quickdecompression,as stopperblows, causescloud to form inchamber.Minimal mixingoccurs and clearlydefined layers ofliquid based ondensity result.4www.pasco.com

Computer InterfacesData Acquisition and AnalysisPASCO offers a variety of interfaces to meet your data acquisition needs.ScienceWorkshop®SystemsA These sensorshave analogoutputs.A Perfect for teachingabout sensors.A Use for sense andcontrol.See pages 68-84.PASPORTSystemsA These sensors havedigital outputs.A Single sensorscapable of multiplemeasurement types.A Sophisticatedsampling methodsreduce noise.A All PASPORTInterfaces can beused together.See pages 8-67.ScienceWorkshop®USB 750 InterfaceCI-7650A Our most powerful interfaceA Seven sensor portsA Built-in Function GeneratorA Built-in DC Power Supply(300 mA, ±5 V)A Accessory Power Amplifierincreases power to 1 A, ±10 VA Signal Generator andOscilloscope in one deviceScienceWorkshop®500 InterfaceCI-6400A Use as a computer interfaceA Use as a datalogger away fromthe computerA Five sensor portsA Serial connector can be adapted to USBusing optional converterXplorer GLX®PS-2002A Use with or without a computer (USB)A Remote dataloggerA Built-in voltage sensor, temperaturesensor, dual function generator,speaker and sound sensorA Accessory Power Amplifier increasespower to 1 A, ±10 VA Four sensor portsXplorer DataloggerPS-2000A Use with or without a computer (USB)A Remote dataloggerA Single sensor portUSB LinkPS-2100AA Directly link one PASPORT sensorto a USB portA Use multiple links for more sensorsSPARKlinkPS-2009A Link two PASPORT sensors to one USB portA Built-in temperature and voltage portsPowerLinkPS-2001A Link three PASPORT sensors to one USB portA Operates on batteries for portability6www.pasco.com

A Multitude of SensorsBoth the ScienceWorkshop andPASPORT systems have a varietyof sensors available. For details see:www.pasco.com/engineeringScienceWorkshop®Over 40 ScienceWorkshop SensorsScienceWorkshop sensors are analog and thus are perfect for teachingabout sensing elements. Since they output a voltage, studentscan use them in their own circuits. NI Elvis® adapters are available.ForceCI-6537Economy ForceCI-6746DataStudio ® SoftwareOne program controls allScienceWorkshop andPASPORT systems.Sensors and SoftwarePASCO’s DataStudio program is much more than a data collectionprogram. Getting the data into the computer from the interfaces isonly the first step. DataStudio has a variety of ways to display dataand it has powerful analysis tools to process the data.A Controls data collection from all ScienceWorkshopand PASPORT interfacesA Displays data in many ways• Graph• Oscilloscope• FFT• Table• Digital readout• Analog meter readoutRotary MotionCI-6538Motion Sensor IICI-6742APASPORTOver 70 PASPORT SensorsPASPORT sensors have digital outputs that allow multiplemeasurements per channel and reduced noise.MotionPS-2103AForcePS-2104Multiple sensors in one package —Make multiple types of measurements using a single sensorport on a PASPORT interface.DataStudio has the ability to find the peaks of this damped oscillation. An exponential fit isperformed on the peak points to determine the damping coefficient.Voltage/CurrentPS-2115Absolute Pressure/TemperaturePS-2146Quad PressurePS-2164Temperature(Type K 4-Port)PS-2127A Extensive data analysis• Curve-fitting• Integration under curves• Perform calculations on data• StatisticsSee pages 86-89.System RequirementsWindows: Windows 2000 or higher, Pentium or equivalentprocessor, 50 MB hard drive space, 16 MB RAMMacintosh: MAC X OS 10.4 or higher (Universal Binary),50 MB hard drive space, 16 MB RAMWeather/AnemometerPS-2174Order Information:DataStudio SoftwareSingle User ....................................................................................................................CI-6870GSite License...................................................................................................................CI-6871G7

PASPORT – IntroductionProbeware: Designed for Science EducationThe PASPORT System was designed to meet the needs of the science classroom and lab. Below are afew of the reasons PASPORT is a leading probeware system used throughout the world:1Five Interfaces to Fit Your Needs3Built to LastA Avoid the “one sizefits all” mentalityof other probewaresystems.A USB Link is themost economicalinterface available.A Use multipleinterfaces togetherin any combination.A All interfacescompatible withboth Windowsand Macintoshcomputers.USB LinkPS-2100AXplorer DataloggerPS-2000A Sensor cables are designed withappropriate strain relief in theconnections to prevent wirebreakage.A PASPORT sensors can only beplugged into interfaces in thecorrect orientation, preventingdamage to the sensor pins andthe interfaces.A Sensor and interface cases aredesigned to withstand studentuse. Most use impact-resistantpoly-carbonate, while PASCO’sDrop Counter uses the chemicallyresistantpolypropylene.PowerLinkPS-2001Xplorer GLXPS-20024Xplorer GLX is Fully Self-containedComputer, graphing calculator or PDA not required2Superior SensorsA Sensors are automaticallyidentified by the computeror datalogger whenplugged in.A MultiMeasure sensorscombine complimentarymeasurements into onesensor for convenience,superior performance andcost savings.A Use any combination ofsensors together, evenwith different datacollection rates.A Dynamic variableover-sampling greatlyreduces noise level atlow sample rates.SPARKlinkPS-2009Motion SensorPS-2103AForce SensorPS-2104Voltage/Current SensorPS-2115A Xplorer GLX includes all the tools to complete mostphysics experiments.A Collect data and save files.A View graphs, tables or other displays.A Apply analysis tools such as derivatives, integration,linear fit and statistics.A Print data tables andgraphs directly fromthe Xplorer GLX.Absolute Pressure/Temperature SensorPS-21465ScienceWorkshop Sensors can beused with PASPORT InterfacesA Analog and Digital Adapters (page 85), enable studentsto use ScienceWorkshop Sensors with the USB Link,PowerLink, Xplorer, Xplorer GLX and SPARKlink.8www.pasco.com

PASPORT – InterfacesInterface ComparisonUse the following table to compare the features and capabilities of PASPORT Interfaces:USB Link Xplorer PowerLink SPARKlink Xplorer GLXPS-2100A PS-2000 PS-2001 PS-2009 PS-2002Features See p. 18 See p. 18 See p. 19 See p. 22 See p. 10Collects Data with a Computer yes yes yes yes yesData Logging - yes - - yesPrint Graphs and Tables Directlyfrom Interface - - - - Using a USB PrinterOperate with USB Keyboard and Mouse - - - - yesWorks in the field with a Laptop yes yes yes yes yesUSB "On the Go" Ports - - - - Use mouse, keyboard, printerGraphical Display - - - - 320 x 240 pixelsDisplay Size - 1.3" x 0.3" - - 3" x 2.2"Display Color Mode - Black and White - - GrayscaleCharacter Display - 2 lines x 16 characters - - -Icon-Based Operating System - - - - yesMaximum Sample Rate 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 50,000 HzNumber of Sensor Ports 1 1 3 4* 8**Built-in Sensors - - - Voltage, Temp Voltage, Sound, Temperature (2)Built-in Function Generator - - - - Dual, IndependentBuilt-in Speaker for Sound Output - - - - yesData Storage Memory - 0.1 MB - - 12 MBBuilt-in Data Analysis Tools - - - - yesBuilt-in Graphing Calculator withExpression Editor - - - - yesBuilt-in USB Hub(to add additional PASPORT Interfaces) - - yes - -Pre-loaded Experiment Files - - - - yesBuilt-in File Management System - - - - yesAnnotations for Data Points and Runs - - - - Voice and TextBattery Power - 2 "AA" 2 "C" - Built-in Rechargeable (NiMH)Free DataStudio® Lite Software Included yes yes yes yes yesCompatible with DataStudio Software yes yes yes yes yesPowered by Computer's USB Port yes yes - yes -Compatible with ScienceWorkshopSensors yes*** yes*** yes*** yes*** yes***Upgradable Operating System yes yes yes yes yes* Includes two built-in sensors** Includes four built-in sensors*** Using either Analog or Digital Adapters (see page 85)9

PASPORT – Xplorer GLXXplorer GLX®Handheld Computer/DataloggerA Collect and analyze data awayfrom the computerA Print directly from theXplorer GLXA Also functions as acomputer interfaceFile Management SystemCreate and save experimenttemplates and student files righton the Xplorer GLX.Up to 100 files.Two Built-in Temperature PortsIncludes two Fast ResponseTemperature Probes.Built-in Voltage PortIncludes one Voltage Probe.Sound OutputUse with optional external speakers tostudy the properties of sound waves.Dual Function GeneratorProduce multiple waveforms and frequencies.50 MHz Floating Point Processor (FPU)A Crunches numbers faster than any otherhandheld deviceA Faster graphing, faster analysisBuilt to LastA Rechargeable 1700mAH NiMH batteryand charger includedA Tough polycarbonate caseA Firmware updates available atwww.pasco.comSized for the LabA Small enough to hold in your handA Requires minimal desk spaceA Screen large enough to seedata in fine detail and conductanalysis12MB of Data Storage12 MB of user-available memoryallows a full day of experiments.Flash MemoryData retained even ifbatteries discharge.Microphone/SoundSensorA Display sound waveformsA Measure sound level (dB)A Voice annotate anexperimentSpeakerFor sound output.10Four Universal PortsConnect up to four PASPORT sensors inany combination– including MultiMeasureSensors.Xplorer GLXExperimentBundles:See pages96-101Shown ActualSize withActual ScreenResolutionUp to 50,000 HzMax SamplingRateTwo USB PortsA Print directly to anHP printerA Use a mouseand/or keyboardA Save data to aflash driveA Connect to acomputer using theincluded USB cable.Intuitive Icon-BasedNavigationScientific symbol fonts mean pi lookslike π. Supports 15 languages.High-Resolution ScreenA Crisp, clear output allows for easier data analysisA 320 x 240 grayscaleA Transflective technology for optimal visibility inall lighting conditions—even sunlight!A Backlit for use in darkened optics labBuilt-in Graphing Calculator withExpression EditorA Create/edit/graph mathematical modelsA Perform real-time calculationsA Use calculator functions with Relay (CI-6462) todo sense and control experimentsCalculator and Manual Data Entry KeysA Enter alphanumeric dataA Annotate graphsA Creates experiment notes pagesA Perform calculationsIncludes:A Two fast response, low thermal masstemperature probesA Voltage probeA Built-in sound sensorA Built-in speakerA Power adapter and battery chargerA USB “A” to USB “B” cableA DataStudio Lite for use as a PASPORTinterface to computerA Users guide and tutorial CDSee pages 12-14 Order Information:for accessories.Xplorer GLX...................................................PS-2002www.pasco.com

The Xplorer GLX currentlysupports the followinglanguages:A ArabicA JapaneseA Chinese (Traditional) A NorwegianA Chinese (Simplified) A PortugueseA DanishA RussianA EnglishA SpanishA FrenchA SwedishA GermanA TurkishA ItalianDisplay/Analyze DataDisplay two different graphs to compareand analyze data.Two GraphsScope ModeUse your GLX as an oscilloscope. Set trigger criteriaand go. Display two measurements simultaneously.Linear FitUse the Xplorer GLX 3 ways:1PASPORT – Xplorer GLXInstead of a computer, PDA or graphing calculatorThe Xplorer GLX includes the mostimportant functions from othercomputing devices for effectivephysics teaching. Collect and analyzedata, even print directly from theXplorer GLX. Plus, never worry aboutoperating system or computer networkproblems.2Connect the Xplorer GLX directlyto a computer via the USB connection.When connected, theXplorer GLX acts as a typicalPASPORT interface controlledby the computer, presentingreal-time data collected by thesensors. As with all PASPORTinterfaces, DataStudio® softwareis launched when a PASPORT®sensor is connected. Sensors areautomatically identified and displays set up.3As a real-time interfaceAs a remote dataloggerTake data anywhere, anytime withthe Xplorer GLX. (And with 12 MBof memory, that’s a lot of data).Display and even analyze data onthe Xplorer GLX screen.Later, simply connect theXplorer GLX to the USBport on your computer andall stored data is downloaded,ready for writing reportsor further analysis. XplorerGLX lets you take dataanywhere, any time and stillhave the data available foruse on your computer. Datacan also be stored on a USB flash drive.Choose the Linear Fit Tool, then select theappropriate region of data. Slope and Interceptare at bottom of screen.CalculatorPerform any single calculation or create a calculateddata set based on measurements from a sensor. Anyfunction can be graphed directly from the calculatorwindow. Students see both equation and graph.Measure resonances or the speed of soundThe Xplorer GLX, with its built-in microphone and 50 Khzsample rate, lets you look at waves producedby musical instruments. Students perform manyacoustic experiments. The GLX can even createits own sound waves, using its dual channel sinewave generator and built-in speaker.Two tuning forks ofslightly different frequenciesare soundedtogether. Now yourstudents can hear andSEE the waveforms,and understand theconcept of beats.Order Information:Resonance Box Set .........SE-7345 p. 30211

PASPORT – Xplorer GLX AccessoriesXplorer GLX Portable Lab KitPS-2688Xplorer GLX 20-Unit Charging StationPS-2557Easy to store, quick to set-up.Turn any available surface into a science lab.Conveniently store and charge your set of Xplorer GLX graphingdataloggers with this 20-unit charging station. This compact-sized andlight-weight charging station simplifies storage—fits nicely on mostshelves or table tops—yet stores and charges up to 20 Xplorer GLXs.Just one outlet required to charge all 20 units. With this new chargingstation, your Xplorer GLXs are always ready to go.Dimensions: 12” x 24” x 5.25”Weight: 10 lbsDesigned and manufactured for PASCO by TriBeam Technologies.Order Information:Xplorer GLX 20-Unit Charging Station.....................................PS-2557Kit Includes:Xplorer GLXDeluxe Storage CaseMobile USB keyboardUSB MouseXplorer GLX peripheral cable (not shown)Two Stainless Steel Temperature ProbesXplorer GLXMobile CartPS-2558Order Information:Xplorer GLX Portable Lab Kit ................................................................PS-2688Deluxe Storage Case (only) .....................................................................PS-2542USB Flash Drive512 MBPS-2551Use this 512 MB storagedevice with your XplorerGLX to transfer files toyour computer or anotherGLX.Get the convenience of a lockable rolling cart with your Xplorer GLXcharging solution. This Xplorer GLX Mobile Cart has the Xplorer GLX20-Unit Charging Station built right into it. Provides added securityand easy transport from classroom to classroom or supply room tolab. Easy View locking cover accepts any standard padlock. Desktopheight and top-loading design means easy access. The wire meshdesign provides security but keeps weight down for easier maneuvering.Just one outlet required to charge up to 20 units. Use bottomshelf for storing sensor boxes or printer.Dimensions: 34” x 19” x 34”Weight: 57 lbsDesigned and manufactured for PASCO by TriBeam Technologies.Order Information:USB Flash Drive ............................................................................................................PS-255112Order Information:Xplorer GLX Mobile Cart.............................................................................PS-2558www.pasco.com

Tripod Stand(5-pack)SE-7397AUSB MousePS-2539PASPORT – Xplorer GLX AccessoriesXplorer GLX PackPS-2549Directly manipulate data on graphs andtables using common mouse functionssuch as drag and drop.Order Information:USB Mouse ....................................................PS-2539Carry yourGLX and sensorssafely when datacollection takesyou out of theclassroom. Includesdetachable strap.Use this portable tripod to support theXplorer GLX or just about any PASCOsensor. The lightweight tripod (0.18 kg)stands 17 cm high with a 25 cm footprint.The adjustable tripod head providessupport for the Xplorer GLX or sensor inmany orientations.Order Information:Tripod Stand (5-pack) ........................SE-7397ALab StandPS-2526USB Connection CablePS-2528To connect an Xplorer GLX or a SPARK SLSto a computer to use as an interface, usethis USB A-to-mini B cable (1.8 m long) toconnect the USB mini B port on the XplorerGLX or the SPARK SLS to the USB port ona computer.Order Information:USB Connection Cable ...................PS-2528Peripheral CablePS-2536Order Information:Xplorer GLX Pack ...................................PS-2549XplorerVestPS-2517Xplorer GLXnot includedKeeps the Xplorer or Xplorer GLX secureduring outdoor activities.Includes extra pockets for safely storingsensors.Plug this USB cable into the Xplorer GLXUSB B port to convert it to a USB A port.Then use this port and the Xplorer GLX’sother USB A port to attach two peripheraldevices simultaneously, such as a mouseand a printer.Order Information:Peripheral Cable .......................................PS-2536Slide the Xplorer GLX into the cradle of thissturdy metal stand to position the screen atthe ideal angle for desktop experiments.Order Information:Lab Stand .........................................................PS-2526Xplorer GLXReplacement Parts(not shown)Order Information:Power Adapter............................................PS-2529Voltage Probe ..........................................PS-2165Fast ResponseTemperature Probes (3) ..................PS-2135Rechargeable Battery ........................PS-2527Order Information:Xplorer Vest ...................................................PS-251713

PASPORT – Xplorer GLX AccessoriesXplorer GLX Power AmplifierPS-2006A Amplifies the signal output from the Xplorer GLX®A DC, Sine, Square, Triangle, RampA Built-in Current SensorThe GLX Power Amplifier amplifies the signalgenerated by the Xplorer GLX. Output current ismeasured directly by the Power Amplifier.Typical ApplicationsA Power AC or DC Circuits and Measure Power InputA Power MotorsA Vary Driving Frequency of a String VibratorA Power a Speaker for a Resonance TubeIn the experiment shown below, the Xplorer GLX and the GLX PowerAmplifier are used as a variable frequency sine wave power supplyfor the String Vibrator (WA-9857). The Force Sensor (PS-2104) is usedto measure the tension in the string. All parameters can be varied,including tension, amplitude, frequency, and the number of vibratingsegments.For the Ohm’s Law Experiment shown below, the GLX PowerAmplifier provides a 20 second long voltage ramp, and a Voltage vsCurrent graph is generated for a resistor and a light bulb. The CI-6512RLC Circuit board also includes two capacitorsand an induction coil for performing lowfrequency RC and RLC circuit experiments.Graph shows V vs I data for a 33 Ωresistor and a light bulb. The slopeof the linear graph gives theresistance of the resistor. Note thenon-linear graph for the bulb, due toits large change in temperature.Digits Display (top screen)shows the tension in stringwhen not vibrating.The bottom screen shows agraph of frequency vs. numberof vibrating segments. Theslope of this line, along withthe tension and length of thestring, allows calculation ofthe wave speed and densityof the string.Includes:GLX Power AmplifierPower AdapterSpecificationsOutput Power: ± 1A @ ± 10 VDC Offset: ± 10 VWaveform Maximum Frequency: 5000 HzWaveform Maximum Period: 1 HourWaveforms:DCSineSquareTriangleRampOrder Information:GLX Power Amplifier ...................................................................PS-2006Required:Xplorer GLX ............................................................................................PS-2002 p. 10Recommended:RLC Circuit.................................................................................................CI-6512 p. 254String Vibrator ......................................................................................WA-9857 p. 28814www.pasco.com

1 MHz 2-channel Voltage SensorPS-2190A Turn your Xplorer GLX into a2-channel oscilloscopeA Measure two channels atsample rates up to 1 MHzUse the Xplorer GLX and the PS-2190 1 MHz Voltage Sensorto measure the phase shift between the driving voltage andthe resulting current in an RLC Circuit. Compare the voltagedrop across the resistor to the voltages across the inductorand capacitor. All measurements can be made directly usingthe displays and tools included with the Xplorer GLX.Control the output signal from theGLX Power Amplifier and monitorall measurements directly fromthe Xplorer GLX.PASPORT – 1 MHz Voltage SensorThe GLX Power Amplifier generates anAC signal to power the RLC circuit.The PS-2190 measures two channelssimultaneously at up to 1 MHzsampling rate. It has three gainsettings with full-scale input rangesof ±10 V, ±1 V, and ±0.1 V.The CI-6512 RLC Circuit Board is perfect for studying introductoryAC circuit theory. Vary all parameters, including resistance, capacitance,and even the inductance of the coil by using the included iron core.SpecificationsTwo differential channels1 MHz max sample rate± 10 V max inputThree gain settingsOvervoltage protectionGraph shows driving voltage and voltage drop across the resistor.Order Information:1 MHz 2-channel Voltage Sensor .....................................PS-2190Required for this experiment:Xplorer GLX ................................................................................................PS-2002 p. 10Shown in use with:GLX Power Amplifier .......................................................................PS-2006 p. 14RLC Circuit.....................................................................................................CI-6512 p. 254Short Patch Cords ................................................................................SE-7123 p. 26115

Xplorer GLX – Spectrometer SystemsDisplay Full-scan Spectrum with Ocean Optics Red Tide SpectrometerEmission Spectrometer System for Xplorer GLXPS-2635A Uses Ocean Optics Red Tide SpectrometerA Full-scan spectroscopy without a computer!The Xplorer GLX controls the Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometerwhich detects the spectrum using a 2048 pixel CCD linear array.The Xplorer GLX does a full sweep in less than one second.SpecificationsRange: VIS-NIR, 350-1000 nmOptical Resolution: 2 nmLight from a Hydrogen tube issampled using the fiber opticscable connected to the OceanOptics Spectrometer. TheSpectrometer is plugged into theUSB port on the Xplorer GLX.(Light Source sold separately.Includes:Ocean Optics Red Tide SpectrometerFiber Optics CableUSB CableLicense key for Ocean Optics GLX feature setOrder Information:Emission Spectrometer Systemfor Xplorer GLX .............................................................................................................PS-2635Required:Xplorer GLX .......................................................................................................................PS-2002Shown in use with::Spectral Tube Power Supply .........................................................................SE-9460Hydrogen Tube ................................................................................................................SE-9461Absorption Spectrometer System forXplorer GLXPS-2642IncludesOcean Optics Red Tide SpectrometerLight Source and Cuvette holder, 10 Plastic CuvettesUSB CableLicense key for Xplorer GLX Spectrometer16Light SourceInvestigate full scanabsorption data real-timewith the Spectrometer System’sintegrated light source and cuvetteholder. You can also choose singlewavelengths for Beers Law studiesor scan a single wavelength versustime for kinetic studies. Optional FiberCuvetteOptics Cable (SE-7194) can be used with thePS-2642 System to perform all experiments shown with the(PS-2635) Emission Spectrometer System.SpectrometerSpecificationsRange: VIS-NIR, 370-980 nmOptical Resolution: 2 nmLight from aHydrogen tubeis sampled usingthe fiber opticscable connected tothe Ocean OpticsSpectrometer. TheSpectrometer isplugged into theUSB port on theXplorer GLX.Graph shows twoabsorption bandsdue to the twocolors of food dyeadded to the waterin the cuvette.Order Information:Absorption SpectrometerSystem for Xplorer GLX ...............................................................................PS-2642Required:Xplorer GLX .................................................................................................................PS-2002Recommended:Fiber Optics Cable ................................................................................................SE-7194www.pasco.com

Record Latitude and Longitude of Sensor MeasurementsPASPORT – GPSGPS Position SensorPS-2175The GPS Position sensor utilizes satellitetriangulation to determine the sensor’sposition and velocity in outdoor environments.Obtain sensor data simultaneouslylinked to your latitude, longitude, altitude,and velocity.Two ModesAbsolute Position Mode: Pinpointsyour location in the world and reports thelatitude and longitude with a resolution oftwo meters. This data can be imported intoMy World GIS software to overlay sensordata on maps or aerial photos.Relative Position Mode: This modeenables a higher resolution (0.2 meters),suitable for experiments involving bicyclesor people running or walking, in which theposition in the world is not required.Car acceleration was measured with an Acceleration Sensor, and position andvelocity were measured with the GPS Position sensor, then plotted on an aerialphoto in My World software. The size of the plotted data point indicates the speedof the car, and the data is color coded to indicate the car’s centripetal acceleration.Order Information:GPS Position Sensor...............................................................................................PS-2175Recommended:3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter ......................................................................PS-2136My World GIS 5.0 Student License .......................................................SE-7363(For volume licensing, see www.pasco.com/myworld/)Like online mapping? You’ll love My World GIS!My World GIS5.0SE-7363A PC and MAC compatibleA Simple to use interfaceA Import and export industry standard dataA One disk installationA Student projects are saved in one compresseddata file – including project data and analysisA Activities and projectsLink graphics, videos,or documents tofeatures on maps.Click flag to open picture.Directly access and retrieve topographic maps andaerial photographs from TerraServer and other Web MapServers.Developed by theGEODE Initiativeat NorthwesternUniversityQuickly switch between all theavailable measurements usinglayer data menu.Order Information:My World GIS 5.0 Student License .......................................................SE-7363(For volume licensing, see www.pasco.com/myworld/)Required:GPS Position Sensor ...............................................................................................PS-2175800-772-8700Track showing the change in temperature during descent into the American RiverCanyon. The temperature was recorded with the Xplorer GLX and the Weather Sensor,and position data with a GPS unit. This track was recorded late in the afternoon ascold air collected in the bottom of the canyon, creating a temperature inversion.17

PASPORT – Xplorer and USB Link InterfaceXplorer: Interface and DataloggerPS-2000Affordable, PortableData CollectionPower ButtonRecessed to avoid accidentallyturning off the Xplorer.A Datalogger with 2-Line DisplayLCD DisplayClearly displays measurementname, value and units.Order Information:Check ButtonAllows students to save changes tomeasurements, units or sampling rate.Start/Stop ButtonStart and stop data collection“Sticky Start/Stop” option preventsaccidental starts and stops of data runs.1000 Hz Maximum Sampling Ratewith PASPORT SensorsDesktop or Field UseXplorer functions as a computer-based interfacewhen connected to a USB port. Collect data inthe field without any computer setup, theneasily download the data to a computerback in the lab.Built to LastPolycarbonate case will withstand the rigors ofstudent use. PASPORT Sensors can only be plugged in thecorrect orientation. Preventing damage to the sensor pins and interface.Compatible with ScienceWorkshop SensorsRequires Analog or Digital Adapter.Xplorer ..............................................................................................................................PS-2000Order Information:Universal Sensor PortCompatible with all PASPORT Sensors.PASPORT MultiMeasure Sensors recordmultiple measurements through a singleport.Edit ButtonsChange measurements,units, or sampling rate.Menu ButtonCycles through the variousmenu options.Power AdapterPS-2530USB ConnectionConnects Xplorer to the computer fordownloading data. Provides power to theXplorer, so no external power cable isneeded. Power Adapter (not included) isavailable separately below.Long Battery LifeTwo “AA” batteries (included) willprovide several days of use in the field.The Xplorer is powered through the USB cable when connectedto the computer and its own batteries when out in the field. TheXplorer can also be powered from a wall outlet using the XplorerPower Adapter, when not connected to the computer.Power Adapter............................................................................................PS-2530USB Link: Connects Sensors to a ComputerPS-2100AA Directly Link One PASPORT Sensorto a USB PortA Use Multiple Links for More SensorsA 1000 Hz Maximum Sampling Ratewith PASPORT SensorsBuilt to LastPolycarbonate case withstands rigors of student use.PASPORT Sensors can only be plugged in the correct orientation.Preventing damage to the sensor pins and interface.USB ConnectionConnects USB Link to thecomputer for downloading dataProvides power to the USB Link, sono external power cable is neededDesktop UseConnects to the USB portof a computer.Compatible withScienceWorkshop SensorsRequires Analog or Digital Adapter.18Universal Sensor PortCompatible with all PASPORT SensorsPASPORT MultiMeasure Sensors recordmultiple measurements through a single port.Order Information:USB Link ..........................................................................................................PS-2100Awww.pasco.com

PASPORT Interfaces WorkTogetherUse any combination of PASPORTInterfaces together.Simply plug interfaces into multipleUSB ports or a USB hub.orPASPORT – PowerLinkPowerLink: Connect Three Sensors to a ComputerPS-2001A Ideal for Experiments Using Multiple SensorsA Three Sensor Ports in one USB ConnectionA 1000 Hz Maximum Sampling Rate with PASPORT SensorsCompatible with ScienceWorkshop SensorsRequires Analog or Digital AdapterDesktop or Field UsePowerLink functions as a computerbasedinterface when connectedto a USB port, and can alsocollect data in the field usinga laptop computerPower AdapterIncludedUSB ConnectionConnects PowerLink to thecomputer for data downloadorNew to Probeware?Motion LabPS-2794Includes:Sensor ExtensionCablePower AdapterBuilt-inUSB HubThree Universal Sensor PortsIdeal for experiments using multiplesensors. Compatible with all PASPORTSensors. PASPORT MultiMeasureSensors record multiple measurementsthrough a single portOrder Information:PowerLink ...................................................PS-2001Long Battery LifeTwo “C” batteries (notincluded) will provideseveral days of use inthe fieldThe Motion Lab is a great way to getstarted using probeware in your physicsclassroom or lab. The Motion Sensor isthe most versatile and valuable sensorfor physics, since it can be usedfor experiments throughout the entiremechanics curriculum.All PASPORT sensors includeDataStudio® Lite software, which allowsfor basic data collection and analysis.A full version of DataStudio can alsobe purchased to access the full suiteof data collection and analysis tools(see pages 86-89).Includes:USB LinkMotion SensorDataStudio Lite SoftwareOrder Information:Motion Lab ..................................... PS-2794PS-2009A Two PASPORT sensor portsA Built-in Temperature and Voltage Sensors with ProbesA Simple USB connectivity to computerA Rugged Polycarbonate CaseThe SPARKlink is a two-port computer interfacewith a USB-to-computer connection,providing you an easy way to usemultiple sensorssimultaneously.Plus, the built-intemperature andvoltage sensorsenable you to takemeasurements rightout of the box with noadditional sensors.SpecificationsPower: Powered through the USB portOrder Information:SPARKlink ................................................. PS-200919

SPARK Science Learning SystemMore than just hardware and software, it’s an integrated science solution!SPARK Science Learning SystemPS-2008AA Full-color touch screen display with large screen.5.7” (14.5 cm) diagonal display, 640 x 480 resolution.A Temperature and voltage sensors included.A Two ports for additional PASPORT sensors.A More than 60 SPARKlabspre-loaded.USB PortPrint or share dataand images usinga flash drive.PASPORT Sensor PortsTwo sensor ports provide connection to thePASPORT line of over 60 sensors.Tactile Data Control:Control Data Collection with dedicatedbuttons.Large DisplayFull-color 5.7 “ (14.5 cm) display.HandlesRubberized handles built intothe body make the systemrugged, easy to pick up, movearound, and share with otherstudents.Touch-screenJust use a finger, no stylus to lose!SeePhysics Manualson page 102The Spark Science Learning System combines powerful measurementwith portable visualization. Make measurements wherever thescience leads you. The core of the SPARK Science Learning Systemis the all-new touch screen user interface.For computer desktop software, see SPARKvue on page 22.SpecificationsWeight: 21 oz. (595 grams)Hand Straps: 6.7” x 5.5” x 1.7” (17 cm x 14 cm x 4.5 cm)Resolution: 640 x 480Power Supply: AC/Rechargeable batteryIncludes Temperature andVoltage SensorsMake measurements right out of the box withno additional sensors.Includes:Voltage sensorTemperature sensorAC power supplyPre-installed experiment activities with teacher background materialOrder Information:SPARK Science Learning System .....................................................PS-2008ASPARK Charging StationPS-2570A Charges up to 10 SPARK Science Learning Systemssimultaneously with a single power source.Conveniently store and charge your SPARK Science LearningSystems with the SPARK Charging Station.Compact design takes very little counter space and offers storagedrawers below for sensors and supplies.Charge upto 10 SPARKScience LearningSystems.Extra storagecompartments.Order Information:SPARK Charging Station .............................................................................PS-257021

SPARKvue/SPARKlinkvue Integrated Science Learning EnvironmentPS-2400AAADesktop software reflects the SPARK SLS operating systemWorks with PASPORT sensors for real time analysisCompatible with SPARK SLS and all PASPORT interfacesSPARKvue was designed to be a solution for science students ofall levels -- simple enough for elementary-level learners but withthe features to suit the needs of secondary school physics, chemistry,biology or environmental science students. The key is thatSPARKvue has a layered interface which doesn’t overburden theuser with tools, but reveals powerful capabilities when needed.And the bold, full-color interface allows you to use media-richcontent to grab students’ attention and keep them engaged.You can create your own labs with any graphics or text that youwish, or use the set of over 60 included SPARKlabs we havecreated for every subject area.Minimum System Requirements for SPARKvueWindows: XP or higherProcessor: 300 MHzRAM: 128 MBResolution: Super VGA (800 x 600)Disk Space: 100 MB availableUSB: At least one free portFeaturesA Designed to enable simpler, smoother, and faster interactionsbetween your students and the science you’re teaching.A Intuitive icon-based navigation keeps the focus on the learning,not the toolA Provides real-time, quantitative measurement and analysiswith the PASPORT line of sensors.A Includes 61 complete SPARKlabs free.A Energize student reflection and discussion with built-inpredictions, annotation tools, snapshot capability, and anelectronic journal.A Display data in multiple simultaneous representations,including graphs, tables, digital displays, and analog meters.A Easily export data in a range of formats: text, gps formatsA Create interactive SPARKlabs for use on your computer or onthe SPARK Science Learning System.A Transfer files between the SPARK Science Learning Systemand SPARKvue via USB flash drive.A Enables multiple modes of discovery -- from guided inquiry toopen-ended exploration.Browse installed activities by subjectSPARKlabs integrate data, text andimages, plus capture student responses.Use analysis tools to explore dataInstantly view live measurementsQuickly view large displays of dataCreate custom pages visuallyOrder Information:SPARKvue Single User License ........................................................PS-2401This license authorizes the installation on a single computer.SPARKvue Site License ..............................................................................PS-2400This license authorizes the installation on all computers on a K-12school campus or in a college/university department.22www.pasco.com

PASPORT – AirLink 2SPARK Physics Sensor Starter KitPS-2923Add this Starter Kit to conduct Physics experiments immediatelywith the pre-installed student labs on your SPARK SLS.PASPORT AirLink 2PS-2010AAWireless DataCollectionMake AnyPASPORT SensorWirelessSPARK Science Learning System sold separately. See below for list of parts included in kit.Pre-installed Experiments:1. Speed and Velocity2. Acceleration3. Newton’s 1st Law4. Newton’s 2nd Law5. Conservation of Energy6. Ohm’s Law7. Magnetism8. Archimedes’ Principle9. Voltage – Fruit Battery10. Electromagnetic InductionIncludes:Motion SensorForce SensorVoltage/Current SensorMagnetic Field SensorThe AirLink 2 allows any single PASPORT sensor to be connectedvia Bluetooth to a Bluetooth enabled device running DataStudio,SPARKvue or SPARKvue for iPhone. The AirLink 2 conforms toBluetooth connection protocols and has a maximum range of 10m.Newly designed internal antenna decreases overall size of the unitand increases signal integrity.This wireless solution allows data to be taken for experiments suchas throwing a football or riding a rollercoaster. Data rates will varydepending on the sensor selected. With manual on/off switch,connectivity and low battery indicator and charge through USBconnection this is a good wireless data acquisition solution for anyclassroom.Only one AirLink can be used at one time on a computer or iPhone.SpecificationsCase Dimensions 2.5cm x 4.0cm x 10.5cmPower: Rechargeable Li ion battery; Charge via USBData Rate: Maximum 1,000 Hz, Sensor DependentOn/Off SwitchConnectivity IndicatorMaximum Transmission Distance: 10 mOrder Information:PASPORT AirLink 2 ..............................................................................................PS-2010Order Information:SPARK Physics Sensor Starter Kit ..................................................PS-2923Required:SPARK Science Learning System (includes built-in Temperatureand Voltage Sensors) ........................................................................................PS-2008SPARKvue for iPhoneStudent experiments are pre-installed on the SPARK andsupplemental teacher instructions, tips, questions andanswers are included. Other labware may be required.Bluetooth USB AdapterPS-2553AFor use with AirLinkThe Bluetooth USB Adapter allows any computer with USBconnections to become a Bluetooth-Enabled computer, andcommunicate with other Bluetooth-Enabled computers and deviceswithout cable connections. The Bluetooth USB adapter supportsBluetooth Class I, enabling a range of to 100 meters with otherClass I devices, or up to 10 meters with Class 2 devices (e.g.,PASPORT AirLink SI). The Bluetooth USB adapter works withMicrosoft XP – SP2 and Mac OS X with no drivers required.Order Information:Bluetooth USB Adapter ................................................................................PS-2553Available from the Apple iPhone Apps store for free. This App turnsyour iPhone, iPad or iPod Touch into a data-logging device. Usingeither the iPhone’s built in accelerometers or a sensor connectedvia the AirLink 2 shown above, this App allows you to choose thedisplay (digits, meter or graph) and, within limits of the sensor, thedata rate. Download for free from the iPhone Apps Store.23

PASPORT – Sensor IndexSensor IndexPASPORT SensorExtension CablePS-2500Now you can conduct in-classroom experimentsfurther away from a computer. OurPASPORT Extension Cable extends thedistance a sensor can reach from a computer.The two-meter cable works with anyPASPORT sensor. Two cables CANNOT beconnected together.Order Information:PASPORT SensorExtension Cable ................................................PS-2500Sensor Handles(4 pack)CI-9874These convenient handles screw intovirtually any ScienceWorkshop orPASPORT sensor and can be usedwith any standard lab clamp.The Sensor Handle is hollow and fits onto the shaftof the Rotary Motion Sensor.Order Information:Sensor Handles (4 pack) ........................CI-987424Sensor Description Prod. # Pg. #Analog Adapter PS-2158 85Barometer/Low Pressure PS-2113A 63Blood Pressure PS-2207 53Breath Rate PS-2187 543-Axis Acceleration/Altimeter PS-2136 353-Axis Acceleration PS-2119 352-Axis Acceleration PS-2118 34Accelerometer - Visual PS-2128 34Carbon Dioxide Gas PS-2110 60Chemistry PS-2170 57Charge PS-2132 49Colorimeter PS-2121 56Conductivity PS-2116A 56Current, High PS-2193 49Current Probe NEW PS-2184 48Digital Adapter PS-2159 36Displacement Sensor PS-2204 33Dissolved Oxygen PS-2108 59Drop Counter PS-2117 58Dual Load Cell Amplifier PS-2205 33Dual Load Cell Amplifier Set PS-2206 33EKG PS-2111 53Ethanol PS-2194 58Exercise Heart Rate PS-2129 52Flow Rate/Temperature PS-2130 65Force PS-2104 28Force, High Resolution PS-2189 28Force Platform PS-2141 31Force Platform (2-axis) PS-2142 31Galvanometer PS-2160 48Geiger-Muller SN-7927A 39General Science PS-2168 55Goniometer PS-2137 51GPS Position PS-2175 67Hand Grip Heart Rate PS-2186 52Human Arm Model PS-2611 51Humidity/Temp/Dew Point PS-2124A 63Humidity/Temp/Dew Point –Dual NEW PS-2156 63Infrared PS-2148 47Laser Switch ME-9259A 37Light PS-2106A 46Light, Broad Spectrum PS-2150 47Light/High Sensitivity PS-2176 46Light Level PS-2177 46Sensor Description Prod. # Pg. #Load Cell & Amplifier Set PS-2199 32Load Cell, 5N PS-2201 33Load Cell, 100N PS-2200 33Magnetic Field PS-2112 50Magnetic Field (2-axis) PS-2162 50Motion PS-2103A 25Oxygen Gas PS-2126A 60pH PS-2102 56pH/ORP/ISE PS-2147 57Accessory Photogate ME-9204B 37Photogate Head ME-9498A 37Pressure - Absolute PS-2107 41Pressure - Dual PS-2181 40Pressure - Quad PS-2164 42Pressure - Relative PS-2114 41Pressure/Temperature PS-2146 42Relay CI-6462 36Respiration Rate PS-2133 54Rotary Motion PS-2120 26Salinity Sensor PS-2195 64Soil Moisture Sensor PS-2163 64Sound Level PS-2109 55Spirometer PS-2152 54Temperature PS-2125 43Temperature - Fast Response PS-2135 44Temperature - Skin/Surface PS-2131 44Temperature - Stainless Steel PS-2153 44Temperature - Quad PS-2143 43Temperature - Array PS-2157 44Temperature - Non-contact PS-2197 45Temperature - Type K PS-2134 45Temperature - Type K 4-Port PS-2127 45Temp/Sound Level/Light PS-2140 55Thermocline PS-2151 65Time-of-Flight Accessory ME-6810 39Turbidity PS-2122 65UVA PS-2149 47Voltage/Current PS-2115 48Voltage-1MHz 2-channel PS-2190 15Water Quality PS-2169 66Water Quality Colorimeter PS-2179 66Weather PS-2154A 62Weather/Anemometer Sensor PS-2174 62Wind Velocity Accessory ME-6812 62www.pasco.com

PASPORT – Motion SensorMotionPS-2103AMotion Sensor AccessoriesElastic BumperME-8998BracketMotionSensorPASCO’s Motion Sensor is used to measureposition, velocity and acceleration.Ultrasonic pulse-ranging technology hasa switch-selectable Standard Beam orNarrow Beam to reject false signals andproduce cleaner data. The Motion Sensorsits firmly on a desktop or easily mounts toa rod stand or PASCO Dynamics Track.Typical ApplicationsA Study conservation of energy andmomentum during collisionsA Monitor the sinusoidal motion of amass on a springA Measure the motion of large objects,such as studentsSpecificationsMinimum Range: 0.15 metersMaximum Range: 8 metersResolution: 1 mmTransducer Rotation: 180°Cable Length: 1.8 metersThe Elastic Bumper protects the MotionSensor from the carts, but doesn’t interferewith the ultrasonic pulse.Order Information:Elastic Bumper ..........................................ME-8998Motion Sensor GuardSE-7256Use this wire guardto protect the MotionSensor when droppingobjects from above.Shown with PAStrack(see page 113)Elastic BumperIncludesTwo pairs of brackets10 meters of elastic materialMagnetic MotionSensor BracketPS-2546This magneticbracket allows aMotion Sensor tobe easily hung froma drop ceiling. Simplyscrew the bracketinto the 1/4”-20threads on the sensorand use the includedadjustment nut tohold the sensor in the desired orientation.The bracket can also be used to hold theMotion Sensor on vertical surfaces such asfiling cabinets and magnetic whiteboards.Order Information:Motion Sensor Guard .......................SE-7256Coffee Filters(500 pack)SE-7252Order Information:Magnetic MotionSensor Bracket ..........................................PS-2546Cart Adapter AccessoryME-6743Students can compare impulse and change inmomentum for a cart involved in elastic collision.Order Information:Motion Sensor .......................................PS-2103ARecommended:Motion Sensor Guard ...................SE-7256Coffee Filters ............................................SE-7252Magnetic Motion SensorBracket ..............................................................PS-2546Cart Adapter Accessory ..............ME-6743These extra-large coffeefilters are ideal for freefalland terminal velocityexperiments with theMotion Sensor. Each filterhas a 34 cm diameterwith a height of 13 cm.Order Information:Coffee Filters (500 pack) ................SE-7252A Motion Sensor can bedirectly mounted to DynamicsCarts, PAScars or GOcars usingthe Cart Adapter Accessory.Mounting a Motion Sensoron a cart is ideal for thestudy of relative motion. Theadjustment knob on the bracket allows theMotion Sensor to face any direction.Order Information:Cart Adapter Accessory ..................ME-674325

PASPORT – Rotary MotionRotary MotionPS-2120Rod StandClampClamp can alsobe mounted onthe rightor left sideof the sensor.Three-stepPulleyEquipment used with a Rotary Motion SensorRotary Motion Spares KitME-8997A replacement kit for items commonlymisplaced.RodClampThumbScrewThree-stepPulley“O” RingSlot forLinearMotionAccessoryPlatformfor MountingPASCOSuper PulleyThe Rotary Motion Sensor is the most versatileposition and motion-measuring deviceavailable for the physics lab. It measuresangles to a resolution of 0.09°. This sensoris also bi-directional, indicating the directionof motion. The maximum spin rate of thesensor is 30 revs/second.The 6.35 mm diameter, dual ball bearingshaft extends from both sides of the unitand provides an excellent platform for rotationalexperiments. The rod clamp (whichcan be attached on three sides of the sensor)allows the unit to be mounted in almostany orientation. A three-step pulley and amount for the PASCO Super Pulley make iteasy to perform torque experiments.SpecificationsThree-step Pulley: 10 mm, 29 mm and48 mm diameterResolution: 0.09°Maximum Speeds: 30 revs/secOptical Encoder: bidirectional, indicatesdirection of motion; 4000 divisions/revSensor Dimensions:10 cm x 5 cm x 3.75 cm, 6.35 mmdiameter shaftConservation of Angular MomentumIncludes:Three-step Pulley (2)Pulley Thumb Screw (4)Pulley “O”- Ring (2)Rod Clamp (2)Order Information:Rotary Motion Spares Kit ..........................................................................ME-8997Mini RotationalAccessoryCI-6691See page 195.Use the Mini Rotational Accessory to studyrotational inertia, pendulum oscillations, andconservation of angular momentum.Order Information:Mini RotationalAccessory .........................................................CI-6691Damped PendulumCI-6689AMagnetically damped pendulum diskfor studying exponential damping,driven harmonic motion, and chaos.See page 197.Order Information:Chaos/DrivenHarmonic Accessory ...........................CI-6689A26The angular speed ofthe disk decreaseswhen the ring isdropped onto the disk.Order Information:Rotary Motion Sensor .....................PS-2120Recommended:Linear Motion Accessory ..............CI-6688Three-step Pulley ....................................CI-6693Linear Motion AccessoryCI-6688Measuringmagnetic fieldfrom a coil.Order Information:See page 50.Includes rack and rodclamp.Linear Motion Accessory ......................CI-6688Centripetal ForceME-9821The Force Sensormounts onto theRotary MotionSensor todirectlymeasureCentripetalForce.See page 193.Order Information:Centripetal Force ....................................ME-9821www.pasco.com

Equipment used with a Rotary Motion SensorBallistic PendulumAccessoriesBallistic Pendulum AccessoryME-9892Mini Launcher Ballistic PendulumAccessoryME-6829SpectrophotometerOS-8539PASPORT – Rotary MotionMaterials Stress/StrainApparatusAP-8213See page 156.Turn you PASCO Launcher into a BallisticPendulum using your Rotary Motion Sensor.Order Information:Ballistic PendulumAccessory .........................................................ME-9892Mini Launcher BallisticPendulum Accessory ..........................ME-6829Track String AdapterME-6569Dynamics Track MountCI-6692Use a Rotary Motion Sensor tomeasure position of a cart on aDynamics Track.See page 132.Order Information:Track String Adapter ...........................ME-6569Dynamics Track Mount ....................CI-669260:1 gear ratio of rotating disk and pingives the rotary motion sensor a higherresolution for spectrophotometry.See pages 328-329.Order Information:Educational SpectrophotometerSystem ...........................................................OS-8539LinearTranslatorOS-8535Seepage314.The Rotary Motion Sensor’s built-in gearsystem accepts the geared rack to create ahigh-resolution linear translator for optics.Order Information:Linear Translator ......................................OS-8535Polarization AnalyzerOS-8533ASee page311.The drive belt allows the Rotary MotionSensor to measure the rotation of thepolarizer.Order Information:Polarization Analyzer .........................OS-8533AGyroscopeME-8960Use two Rotary MotionSensors to measureboth the nutation andprecession of thisdemonstration gyroscope.See pages 200-201.Order Information:Gyroscope........................................................ME-8960Plot Stress vs. Strain in real-time forseveral different materials.See pages 202-203.Order Information:Materials Stress/StrainApparatus (PASPORT) ......................AP-8213Computer-BasedThermal ExpansionTD-8579ARotary Motion Sensor measures theexpansion of the tube.See page 227.Order Information:Computer-basedThermal Expansion ..............................TD-8579AHeat EngineTD-8572Use a Rotary MotionSensor with PASCO’s HeatEngine Apparatus to graph areal Heat Engine Cycle.See pages240-241.Order Information:Heat Engine ...................................................TD-857227

PASPORT – ForceForcePS-2104A Binocular force beam minimizesside force measurementsThe Force Sensor is ideal for thestudent lab. Finger holes areprovided for hand-held use.It will mount directly to a PASCODynamics Cart or 1.2 cm rod.Typical ApplicationsA Measure force exerted by an oscillating massA Measure force during elastic and inelastic collisionsA Measure force of a swinging pendulumSpecificationsRange: ± 50 NResolution: 0.03 N or 3.1 gramsZero (Tare) Function: push-buttonMax Sample Rate: 1000 HzForce Overload ProtectionHigh Resolution ForcePS-2189A 0.002 N ResolutionA Dynamic Over-samplingAlthough this Force Sensor has the same caseas the PS-2104, and can perform all of the same experiments, ithas much better resolution and the dynamic variable over-samplinggreatly reduces the measurement noise at low sample rates.SpecificationsRange: ± 50 NMeasurement Resolution: 0.002 N or 0.2 gZero (Tare) Function: push-buttonMax Sample Rate: 1000 HzForce Overload ProtectionThe digital design of the PS-2189 results in very littledrift, ensuring that the tare will hold for hours. Youcan use this force sensor as a pan balance forlong term experiments, like investigating theevaporation of liquids such as alcohol orliquid nitrogen, and the sublimationof dry ice!The High Resolution ForceSensor has 10 times theresolution of the PS-2104,and can measure changes inforce of less than 0.01 N.This graphdisplaysNewton’s 3rdLaw during a“Tug of War”experiment.Order Information:Force Sensor .......................................................................................................PS-2104Recommended:Force Accessory Bracket ......................................................................CI-6545 p. 126Rocket Engine Test Bracket ................................................................ME-6617 p. 30Force Sensor Balance Stand ...........................................................CI-6460 p. 30Force Sensor Spares KitCI-6463Includes:Hook, rubber bumper and screw to attach to a cart.Order Information:Force Sensor Spares Kit .......................................................................CI-646328Graph shows force data for the oscillation of amass and spring system.Order Information:High Resolution Force Sensor .....................................................PS-2189Shown in use with:Mass and Hanger Set .............................................................................ME-8979 p. 223Spring Set ...............................................................................................................ME-8999 p. 116Force Sensor Balance Stand ...........................................................CI-6460 p. 30www.pasco.com

Force Sensor AccessoriesScienceWorkshop and PASPORT – Force Sensor AccessoriesForce Accessory BracketCI-6545The Force Accessory Bracket with Bumpers mounts theCI-6746 Economy Force Sensor orCI-6537 Force Sensor directly to adynamics track. Includesfive collision attachmentsfor the Force Sensor andconveniently storeseach attachment on thebracket itself.Using any of theseattachments, the bracketserves as an excellent supportor target for collision studies using the Force Sensor.Order Information:Force Accessory Bracket ...............CI-6545Force timedata for aclay collision.Note thebumper springsand variousmountingoptions.Includes:Spring Bumpers (2)(different spring constants)Magnetic Bumper (1)Rubber Bumper (1)Clay Cup for Inelastic Collisions (1)(clay included)#0 Phillips Head Screwdriver(to attach to Force Sensor)Bumper Accessory SetME-9884This set of bumpers can be used withany PASCO Force Sensor to perform bothelastic and inelastic collisions. The standardhook for each Force Sensor can be easilyremoved and replaced with any of thesebumpers. Use a spring and a cup for elasticcollisions. Combine two cups with clay toexplore inelastic collisions.Includes:Stiff SpringLight SpringEmpty Cup (2)Modeling ClayOrder Information:Bumper Accessory Set ....................ME-9884Discover Collision Bracket ME-8973The Collision Bracket fastens to the T-slot of a dynamics track, securelyholding the Force Sensor for measuring collisions with a Cart. Includestwo different springs.Magnetic Bumper SetME-9885AIncludes:Two SpringsBracketShown with PAStrack(see page 113)The cart collides with the force sensor at the same initialspeed for both of the springs. The area under the Forcevs. time graph is the change in momentum (impulse) ofthe cart, and is the same for both collisions.This set of magnetic bumpers can be usedwith any PASCO Force Sensor to performelastic collisions without any contact. Thebumpers screw directly into the beam ofthe sensor. They can also be used with theForce AccessoryBracket (CI-6545A).Includes:Magnetic Bumper (2)Order Information:Force Accessory Bracket ..............................................................................ME-8973Order Information:Magnetic Bumper Set ......................ME-9885A29

ScienceWorkshop and PASPORT – Force Sensor AccessoriesRocket Engine Test BracketME-6617With the Rocket Engine Test Bracket attached to a Force Sensor,students can measure and graphically display the impulse of Estesand other model rocket engines.Force Sensor Balance StandCI-6460A Use any PASCO Force Sensoras a pan balanceA Investigate buoyancy andArchimedes’ PrincipleConnect any PASCO Force Sensor tothis convenient stand and students havean electronic balance for a wide varietyof physics experiments. Connect anAcceleration Sensor for studies of anglevs. normal force. The mounting screws andbalance pan can be stored on the standwhen not in use.ForceSensorCI-6537The Xplorer GLX is shown with the Rocket Engine Test Bracket attached to aForce Sensor. Students can measure and graphically display the impulse ofEstes and other model rocket engines.As the cylinder is lowered into thewater, the Apparent Weight measuredby the top Force Sensor decreases,while the Buoyant Force measured by the bottom Force Sensor increases.The addition of the two (actual mg) stays constant.Test BracketTypical ApplicationsA Pan BalanceA Measure Buoyant ForceA Demonstrate the change innormal force as the angle ofsupport changesIncludes:Force Sensor StandBalance PanOrder Information:Rocket Engine Test Bracket.......................................................................ME-6617Force PlatformHandle SetPS-2548Confirm Newton’sThird Law by pushingon a Force Platformusing two sets ofhandles (availableseparately). Handlesbolt onto the ForcePlatform (see page31) and can bemounted on eitherside or both sides.30Order Information:Force Sensor Balance Stand ..................................................................CI-6460By standing on a 2-Axis Force Platform while pushingagainst the wall with a 1-Axis Force Platform, a reallifestatics problem can be analyzed.Includes:Set of sturdy metal handles (2)Order Information:Force PlatformHandle Set..............................................PS-2548www.pasco.com

Force PlatformPS-2141A Large jumping and landing surfaceA Rugged designThe sturdy glass-filled nylon platform is supported by four force beamswhich combine to measure the total force on the platform. The ForcePlatform has two loops on the side to hang it on a wall.Typical ApplicationsA Determine “hang time” by jumping up from the platform, then landing on itA Measure impulse and maximum force when jumpingA Use two Force Platforms to investigate Newton’s 3rd Law as two studentspush against each otherA Measure the normal force on a person riding in an elevatorA Use a Motion Sensor and a bouncing ball to compare the impulseand change in momentum as the ball collides with the platformSpecificationsRange: - 1100 N to + 4400 NPlatform Size: 35cm x 35cmZero (tare) Function: Push ButtonForce Overload ProtectionMax Sample Rate: 1000 Hz (2000 Hz with the Xplorer GLX)Resolution: 0.1 NMass: 4kg (without handles)Order Information:Force Platform .......................................................................................................PS-2141Recommended:Handle Set ..................................................................................................................PS-2548Measure the support forces of a crane by connectingit to a Force Platform (PS-2141) using the specialForce Platform Structures Bracket (ME-6988A). TheForce Platform is supported by four individual loadcells which combine to measure the total verticalforce on the platform. These four readings can alsobe viewed separately, to measure the unequal forceson the crane supports.Impulse data for a bouncingplayground ball.Measure support forces with a Force PlatformME-6988A Includes:Brackets (2)Screws (4)Force Platform (PS-2141)Crane builtusing theLarge Structures Setshown onpage 176.Order Information:Force PlatformStructures Bracket ..................................................ME-6988AForce Platform ..............................................................PS-2141PASPORT – Force Platform2-Axis ForcePlatformPS-2142The 2-axis Force Platform has a secondplate which rides on rollers on the baseforce platform to measure the force parallelto the platform. There are a total of fiveforce beams: four corner beams to measurethe normal force and a fifth beam tomeasure the parallel (sideways) force.Typical ApplicationsA Measure the sideways force during a broadjumpA Measure the normal and parallel forces on awall as a ladder leans against the wallA Measure the normal and parallel forces as aperson walks or runs across the platformA Pull an object across the platform and measurethe normal and frictional forcesThe normal andparallel forcesare recorded asthe girl jumps offthe platform.SpecificationsRange: -1100 N to +4400 N (in normaldirection) -1100 N to +1100 N (in paralleldirection)Platform Size: 35cm x 35cmPlatform Mass: 6.4kg (without handles)Zero (tare) Function: Push ButtonForce Overload ProtectionMax Sample Rate: 1000 Hz (2000 Hz withthe Xplorer GLX)Resolution: 0.1 NDeveloped in cooperation with Nancy Beverly,Assistant Professor of Physics at Mercy College,Dobbs Ferry, New York.Order Information:2-Axis Force Platform....................PS-2142Recommended:Handle Set ...................................................PS-254831

PASPORT – ForceLoad Cell & Amplifier SetPS-2199A For use with PASCO’s Structures Systems (See pages 166-176)A Insert Load Cells Into Structures by substituting beamsA Amplifier accepts up to six Load CellsA Use more than six Load Cells by connecting multipleamplifiers to one computerA load cell can be inserted into the design by replacingone beam with a load cell connected to two shorterbeams. There is no need to completely disassemble thestructure to add instrumentation.The Load Cell Amplifier connects to a USB port througha PASCO PASPORT interface: The USB Link accepts oneAmplifier per USB port; the PowerLink accepts up tothree Amplifiers per USB port; and the Xplorer GLX(which is also a datalogger) accepts up to fourAmplifiers per USB port.PS-2199 includes four 100 N Load Cells andadditional load cells can be purchased separately.The PS-2200 Load Cell measures forces rangingfrom -100 N to 100 N and is wired with a male6-pin mini-DIN connector for plugging into thePS-2198 Load Cell Amplifier.The load cells have asemi-transparent caseso students can see theload cell design.I-beams key into theload cell and are fastenedwith thumb screwsThe Load Cell Amplifier acceptsup to six load cells and connectsto a computer through aPASPORT interface.Shown in use with StructuresSystems Truss Set (ME-6990).See page 168.2 1/4”DataStudio® software is usedto display the forces measuredusing the four load cells shownabove. The top two numbersare the left and right diagonalsand the bottom two numbersare the left and right horizontalforces.For more information on PASCO’s Structures Systems, see pages 166-176.Includes:Load Cell Amplifier100 N Load Cell (4)32Order Information:Load Cell & Amplifier Set*(includes four 100N load cells) .................................................................... PS-2199Load Cell Amplifier* (alone) ............................................................................ PS-2198Required:PASPORT Interface to USB Computer, such asUSB Link ..................................................................................................................................... PS-2100APowerLink .................................................................................................................................. PS-2001Xplorer GLX ........................................................................................................................... PS-2002Recommended:Additional 100 N Load Cell* ............................................................................. PS-22005 N Load Cell* ..................................................................................................................... PS-2201*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

Two ranges of Load Cells:Load cells are available in two different ranges: ±100 N and ± 5 N. These load cells aredesigned to be inserted into structures without changing the length of the member. A loadcell attached to two shorter beams is equal in length to a longer beam. Both types of loadcells can be used with the same amplifier in any combination. The semi-transparent caselets students see the strain gauge and beam inside.Load Cell100NPS-2200Load Cell5NPS-2201PASPORT – Force/DisplacementLoad Cell 5N(PS-2201)SpecificationsRange: -100 N to +100 NAccuracy: ±1% (± 1 N)Resolution: 0.02 NSafe Overload: -150 N to +150 NSpecificationsRange: -5 N to +5 NAccuracy: ±1% (±0.05 N)Resolution: 0.001 NSafe Overload: -7.5 N to +7.5 NOrder Information:Order Information:100 N Load Cell* ...............PS-2200 5 N Load Cell* ......................PS-22012 1/4”Load Cell 100N(PS-2200)Mix 5N and 100N load cells on the same amplifier.Dual Load Cell AmplifierPS-2205This new Load Cell Amplifier is for applications where only one ortwo load cells are needed, such as measuring the force on the trackat the top and bottom of a roller coaster loop. If you only want toexamine the forces in a bridge one at a time, you can move a singleload cell around in the bridge.The Amplifier accepts either the 100N load cell or the 5N load cellor a combination of both. The maximum data sample rate is 1000Hz for each port.It is also an inexpensive way to add sensors to your structures.Later, if you want to expand the number of load cells you are using,you can add another Dual Load Cell Amplifier or a 6-port Load CellAmplifier (PS-2198). All PASCO load cell amplifiers can work simultaneouslyon one computer. A PASCO PASPORT USB interface isrequired: Use a USBLink (PS-2100A) for just one Load Cell Amplifieror use an Xplorer GLX (PS-2002) or PowerLink (PS-2001) formultiple Load Cell Amplifiers.Order Information:Dual Load Cell Amplifier* ..................................................................PS-2205Required for Use:PASPORT Interface .....................................................................................p. 8-9Load Cell 100N .................................................................................................PS-2200Load Cell 5N........................................................................................................PS-2201Measure bridge deflection witha Displacement SensorDisplacement SensorPS-2204The PS-2204 Displacement Sensormeasures the travel of a spring-loadedindicator pressed against a bridge asthe bridge is loaded. It consists of aPASPORT sensor which plugs intothe included Digital Indicator, a digitaltravel indicator which has its owndigital LED readout and can be usedas a stand-alone device. When thePASPORT sensor is plugged into aPASPORT interface, the reading canbe recorded.See pages 171-172 for more uses.SpecificationsMaximum Travel: 10 mm N to +100 NMaximum Sample Rate: 5 HzResolution: 0.013 mm (0.0005 in)PS-2204 Includes:SensorBracketDial GaugeAlso available at a discount:Load Cell andDual Amplifier Set* ..............PS-2206Set Includes:Dual Load Cell Amplifier (PS-2205)Load Cell 100N (PS-2200)Required for use: PASPORT Interface (p. 8-9)Order Information:Displacement Sensor ................................................................PS-2204Shown in use with:Hooked Mass Set ...........................................................................SE-8759 p. 223Small “A” Base ...................................................................................ME-8976 p. 21260 cm long Steel Rod (threaded)...............................ME-8977 p. 212Required for use: PASPORT Interface (p. 8-9)33

PASPORT – AccelerationVisual AccelerometerPS-2128A LEDs indicate direction andmagnitude of accelerationA 1-Axis Acceleration SensorThe Visual Accelerometer provides acceleration data and visual clues that allowstudents to better understand the concept of acceleration. The sensor features 10 highoutput, wide-angle LEDs that indicate the magnitude and direction of acceleration. The caseof the sensor fits directly into a dynamics cart, and features ties for pendulum motion and apass-through so the sensor can be thrown vertically along a rope.The Visual Accelerometer features three fixed ranges, an auto-scale and a peak-hold option.The peak-hold mode stores the maximum acceleration experienced by the sensor after acountdown appears on the LEDs. The zero button on the sensor negates the effect ofchanging the orientation of the sensor.The Visual Accelerometer can also be used in stand-alone mode. While away from thecomputer, the LEDs give students a meaningful, visual measurement of acceleration.Typical ApplicationsA Real-time measurement of acceleration during simpleharmonic motionA Measure acceleration due to gravityA Measure acceleration of a cart on an inclined planeA Discover the acceleration of an elevatorSee page 128 for more applications.SpecificationsRanges: ±1.0 m/s 2 , ±5.0 m/s 2 , ±20 m/s 2Accuracy: 0.2 m/s 2Resolution: 0.01 m/s 2Max Sample Rate: 100 HzIncludes sensor extension cableRequires three AA batteries (included)Visual Accelerometer Accessory KitPS-2516A Pendulum MountA Rod Stand MountThe four string pendulum plate fromthe Visual Accelerometer AccessoryKit keeps the unit level as itoscillates, showing its horizontalacceleration.The Accessory Kit allows the Visual Accelerometer to bemounted in various ways, including as a pendulum. It canalso be attached to PASCO’s Rotating Platform (ME-8951)for studies in rotation.For freefall studies, thebottom of the VisualAccelerometer has achannel that accepts acord or small rope.Order Information:Visual Accelerometer ........................PS-21282-Axis AccelerationPS-2118A Simultaneouslymeasurex and yaccelerationthrough one portHigh sensitivity for small accelerationsand fast response for collisions — onlyPASCO offers students both capabilitieswith just one push of a button. PASCOAccelerometers offer a wider range, makingthem perfect for use with a greater varietyof acceleration experiments in or out ofthe classroom. Students no longer have touse multiple acceleration sensors or worryabout separate sensor orientation. PASCOsensors are permanently mounted in thecorrect orientation.Typical ApplicationsA Attach to a dynamics cart for the studyof Newton’s LawsA Investigate centripetal acceleration on arotating platform (see page 188)A Acceleration of the hand while tossinga ballSpecifications and Special FeaturesAcceleration for each axis: ±10g with0.01 g resolutionResponse rate button allows smoother dataat lower data rateMax Sample Rate: 100 HzThe sensor includes Dynamics Cart mountingbracket and sensor extension cableThe Visual Accelerometer can be mounted to a rodstand using the Accessory Kit, for measurements insidea moving reference such as a car or an elevator.Shown here with the Xplorer GLX (PS-2002).34IncludesFour String Pendulum PlatePlastic Rod Clamps (2)M-5, 4 cm long mounting thumbscrews (2)1/4-20, 5 cm long thumbscrews with nuts (4)Roll of threadOrder Information:Visual AccelerometerAccessory Kit ...............................................PS-2516The cart accelerationparallel to the trackis measured as thecart is pushed up theincline and allowed togo up and back downthe track.Order Information:Acceleration Sensor(2-Axis).................................................................PS-2118www.pasco.com

PASPORT – Acceleration3-Axis AccelerationPS-21193-Axis Acceleration AltimeterPS-2136A 100 Hz Sample RateA Simultaneouslymeasure x, y and zacceleration through one portA 0.01 g ResolutionA 30 cm Altitude ResolutionHigh sensitivity for small accelerations and fast response forcollisions — only PASCO offers students both capabilities with justone push of a button. PASCO Accelerometers offer a wider range,making them perfect for use with a greater variety of accelerationexperiments in or out of the classroom. Students no longer haveto use multiple acceleration sensors or worry about separatesensor orientation. PASCO sensors are permanently mounted inthe correct orientation.Typical ApplicationsA Attach to a dynamics cart for the study of Newton’s LawsA Investigate centripetal acceleration on a rotating platformA Acceleration of the hand while tossing a ballSpecifications and Special FeaturesAcceleration for each axis: ±10g with 0.01 g resolutionResponse rate button allows smoother data at lower data rateMax Sample Rate: 100 HzThe sensor includes Dynamics Cart mounting bracket andsensor extension cableDuring a bench press, theweight lifter accelerates and thendecelerates the weights. Theacceleration is zero at the top of thelift where the weights are held atrest. This graph shows the resultantacceleration calculated from allthree axes, so the orientation ofthe sensor does not affect themeasurement. The acceleration dueto gravity has been subtracted out.PASCO’s 3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter allows students to measureacceleration in all three dimensions along with changes in altitude.Students can easily read changes in altitude with 0.30 m resolution.In addition, all three dimensions of acceleration are automaticallycombined by the sensor, making resultant acceleration an availablemeasurement. Acceleration and altitude can be displayed on thesame DataStudio graph, leading students to a better understandingof the physics of rides and other outdoor activities.The Outdoor Physics Xplorer Bundle is also available and includes the3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter, Xplorer Vest and Xplorer datalogger.Typical ApplicationsA Roller Coaster Amusement Park PhysicsA Hiking, mountain biking, skiingA Starting, stopping, turning of an automobileSpecifications and Special FeaturesAcceleration for each axis and resultant: ±10g with0.01 g resolutionAltitude: Any place on Earth to 7 km above sea level with30 cm resolutionAccelerations can be measured in g or m/s/s.Maximum sampling rate of 20 Hz will allow approximatelynine minutes of ride data to be stored in the XplorerXplorer Vest secures the Xplorer or Xplorer GLX and sensorduring aggressive activitiesFive simultaneous measurements:acceleration in x, y and z axes, resultant acceleration andaltitude (in meters).Acceleration and altitude data from a roller coaster.Order Information:Order Information:3-Axis Acceleration .............................................................................................PS-21193-Axis Acceleration/Altimeter ..............................................................PS-2136Recommended:Xplorer Datalogger .............................................................................................PS-2000Xplorer Vest ..................................................................................................................PS-251735

PASPORT – Digital AdapterDigital AdapterPS-2159RelayCI-6462A Required for counting and timing sensorsA Allows Digital ScienceWorkshop Sensors to be used withPASPORT InterfacesThe Digital Adapter is required when photogates, timing and countingsensors are used with any PASPORT interface*. Each DigitalAdapter accommodates two sensors at once. Each port on theDigital Adapter automatically “senses” a connection and initiates aselection of pre-configured or user-defined options. Several DigitalAdapters can be used simultaneously when required. See next pagefor a list of counting/timing sensors which require a Digital Adapter.DataStudio 1.9.5 or later is required to use the Digital Adapter.*Xplorer must be connected to a computer to measure calibratedvalues.Specifications and Special Features2 µs resolution for counting and timing1 µs resolution for motion sensingTwo 1/4” stereo phone jacksA Single-Pole Double-Throw SwitchA Activated by DataStudio or Xplorer GLXA For Sense and Control ProjectsThis relay is a single-pole double-throw switch that is controlledby DataStudio or an Xplorer GLX. It acts as a switch to turn equipmenton or off in sense and control experiments. Some applicationsinclude: Turning off a fan cart when it reaches a certain speed, turningon a lamp when the chicken’s cage gets too cold, or turning ona motor when a condition is met.The relay plugs into a PASPORT interface with a Digital Adapterusing a ¼” stereo phone plug. The device to be controlled is connectedto two of three banana jacks on the front of the relay: Onejack is the common, one jack is for a normally open connection, andthe third jack is for a normally closed connection.There is a push-button for manually activating the relay to test yourconnection. An LED indicates when the relay is activated.The Xplorer GLX controls theRelay to turn a light on whenthe temperature sensor abovethe bulb reads less than 25 °C.Shown in use with EM-8678 Charge/Discharge Circuit.The Digital Adapterand an Xplorer areused here with thePhotogate and TapeSet to investigate thethrowing of a tennisball.The above calculation means the relay which isplugged into the first jack on the Digital Adapterthat is plugged into Port #1 on the GLX will beactivated when the condition of temperatureless than 25 °C has been met.SpecificationsThe calculator on theGLX is used to definethe conditions whichactivate the Relay.Order Information:Digital.Adapter....................................................................PS-2159. .Also shown:Xplorer ..........................................................................................PS-2000 p. 18Photogate Head .................................................................ME-9498A p. 37Photogate Tape Set ........................................................ME-6664 p. 383630V, 5A maximum1.7 m long cord10 cm x 7 cm x 3 cmOrder Information:Relay.......................................................................................................................................CI-6462.Required:Digital Adapter ..........................................................................................................PS-2159www.pasco.com

Photogate HeadME-9498ASpecificationsPhotogate.Width: 7.5 cmFall.Time: < 50 nsSpatial.Resolution: < 1 mmTiming.Resolution: 0.1 millisecondConnector: Stereo phone plugOrder Information:Photogate.Head.......................................................................................................ME-9498A.Recommended:Photogate Stand .....................................................................................................ME-9805Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.Accessory PhotogateME-9204BIncludes both a Photogate Headand a Photogate Stand for flexibleexperiment design. The PhotogateStand is also sold separately.Order Information:Accessory.Photogate........................................................................................ME-9204B.Photogate.Stand.....................................................................................................ME-9805.Required:Digital Adapter..........................................................................................................PS-2159 p. 85Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.ScienceWorkshop and PASPORT – Photogates and SwitchesPhotogate/Pulley SystemME-6838AIncludes:Photogate HeadSuper Pulley with RodSpecificationsPulley: Rotational inertia: 1.8 x 10-6 kg m2 Coefficient of friction:< 7 x 10-3 Diameter: 5 cm, Mass: 5.5 gPhotogate:.Width: 7.5 cm, Fall time: < 50 ns Spatial resolution:< 1 mmTiming.Resolution: 0.1 millisecondConnector: Stereo phone plugOrder Information:Photogate/Pulley.System...........................................................................ME-6838A.Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.Photogate Pendulum SetME-8752The Photogate Pendulum Set is a unique set ofpendula that have exactly the same shape andsize, but different masses. These pendula areideal for use with photogates due to theircylindrical shape. One pendulum each of brass,plastic, wood and aluminum is included.See page 185 for more information.Order Information:Photogate.Pendulum.Set............................................................................ME-8752.Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.Laser SwitchME-9259APhotogate BracketsME-9806A Attaches photogates toPASCO dynamics tracksA Easily adjustphotogate heightThe Photogate Bracket allows thePhotogate Head to be attacheddirectly to PASCO dynamics tracks. (Photogate not included.)This eliminates the need for separatephotogate stands and allows the photogate height to be easilyadjusted relative to the track. Includes two Photogate Brackets.Order Information:Photogate.Brackets.(2)...................................................................................ME-.9806.Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.This Laser Switch acts as a largephotogate so you can time objectstoo large to pass through a standardPhotogate. Use the Red LaserPointer below or other laser asyour light source.Order Information:LaserLaserSwitchLaser.Switch................................................................................................................ME-9259A.Required:Laser such as X-Y AdjustableDiode Laser ...................................................................................................................OS-8526ARequires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.Timer SwitchME-9819RodandClampThis push-button switch has a 1.7 m cable ending in a “Y” with twostereo phone plugs. When the button is pressed, the Timer Switchsends a start signal to both devices to which it is connected.Order Information:Timer.Switch...............................................................................................................ME-9819.Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.37

Mechanics – Photogates and FencesPhotogates and FencesME-9471AWhen used with the computer for data recording, display andanalysis, the photogate/pulley timing system can provide a widerange of time, speed and velocity measurements.The photogates mount to the dynamics trackusing the provided brackets. The “picket fences”provided mount directly to the dynamics carts.Large Picket FenceME-9377AConduct free fall experiments by dropping thisPicket Fence through the PASCO Photogate.The distance from the leading edge of each blackbar to the leading edge of the next black bar is5.0 cm. The Picket Fence has eight black barsand is 40 cm long.Order Information:Large Picket Fence .................................................... ME-9377APosition and velocitygraphs are obtainedusing a Picket Fenceand Photogate.Photogate Tape SetME-6664Flexible Mylar picket fence tape can be cut to needed length.Tape guide slides onto the arm of PASCO photogates to moreaccurately measure the motion of a cart.Photogate tape canbe used as a picketfence “string” tocontinuously measurethe acceleration ofthe cart.Order Information:Photogates and Fences .........................................................................ME-9471AIncludes:Photogate Head ...............................................................................................ME-9498A p. 37Photogate Brackets (2)............................................................................ME-9806 p. 37Cart Picket Fences (2) ...............................................................................ME-9804Super Pulley with Screw......................................................................ME-9450A p. 16438Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.Cart Picket Fences(set of 2)ME-9804Order Information:Cart Picket Fences (set of 2) ...........................................................ME-9804Smart Timer Picket Fences(set of 2)See Smart Timer onME-8933pages 146-147.Order Information:Smart Timer Picket Fences (set of 2) ...................................ME-8933Slide the included bracket onto the arm of a PASCO photogate(ME-9498A or ME-9204B) and slide the photogate tape through theslot to measure position, velocity, and acceleration. The band spacingon the tape is 5 cm from edge to edge, which is identical to theLarge Picket Fence (ME-9377A).The High Resolution Photogate Tape, available separately, has adistance of 1 cm between edges for more data points during highvelocity or acceleration phenomena.Includes:Photogate Tape (30 m)Photogate Tape Guide (2)Double-Adhesive Tape (not shown)Velcro Strips (not shown)Two Tape GuidesincludedOrder Information:Photogate Tape Set .....................................................................................ME-6664High Resolution Photogate Tape ...............................................ME-6666Required:Photogate Head ...............................................................................................ME-9498A p. 37or Accessory Photogate ........................................................................ME-9204B p. 37www.pasco.com

WEARSAFETYScienceWorkshop – Digital SensorsPhotogate Mounting BracketME-6821ATime-of-Flight AccessoryME-6810The Time-of-Flight Accessoryis designed primarily for freefallor projectile experiments.When an object hits theplate, a signal is sent to theinterface. Note: When usedwith the projectile launcher, aphotogate is used to start the timerand the 20’ extension cable is recommended.Typical ApplicationsMount one or two photogateson any Projectile Launcher.Compatible with ME-9498Aand ME-9204B PhotogateHeads.A Find Time-of-Flight for a ball shot from a Projectile LauncherA Conduct freefall experimentsME-68 0CAUTION!DO NOT L OKDOWN BA REL!SHORT RANGEPROJECTILE LAUNCHERPhotogateOrder Information:Photogate Mounting Bracket ..........................ME-6821AShown in use with:Photogate Head .................................................................ME-9498A p. 37Accessory Photogate ..................................................ME-9204B p. 37Phone Jack Extender CablePI-8117This 6 meter phone jack-to-phone jackextension cord can be used with anyPhotogate/Timing accessory.Order Information:Phone Jack Extender Cord (20’ cable) .......................................PI-8117Order Information:GLA SES –WHEN IN USE.Timet = 1.39 sRequires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.Freefall AdapterME-9207BTime of Flight PadTime-of-Flight Accessory.............................................................................ME-6810G-M Tube/Power SupplySN-7927AA Ideal general purposenuclear sensorThe G-M Tube/Power Supply senses alpha, beta and gammaradiation. Power for the tube is supplied through the connection toan interface that supplies an operating voltage of +5 V.SpecificationsSensitivity: Beta, Gamma, AlphaCount Detection: Audio signalWindow Thickness: 1.5 to 2 mg/cm2, micaGas Filling: Neon, Argon and HalogenStarting/Operating Voltage for tube: 450 VDC/500 VDCDead Time: 90 µsOrder Information:G-M Tube/Power Supply ..............................................................................SN-7927ARequires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.When the steel ball is dropped fromthe release mechanism, the computerautomatically starts timing. Whenthe ball hits the receptor pad, timingstops. Timer measurements of “g”are accurate and repeatable.Order Information:Freefall Adapter ........................................................................................................ME-9207BRequires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.39

PASPORT – PressurePressure (Dual)PS-2181Diffusion/Osmosis ApparatusME-6940Patent PendingThe Dual Pressure sensor is capable of reading two absolute pressures,one gauge pressure, or one differential pressure. Dynamicvariable over-sampling automatically reduces the measurementnoise at low sampling rates. Sample rates up to 1000 Hz makestudies of both transient and steady-state pressure possible.Includes quick-connect tubing.Typical ApplicationA Measure pressure in Heat Engine (TD-8572) See pages 379-380for complete experiments.SpecificationsAbsolute Pressure: 0 to 200 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and 1kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m 2 , and psi)Differential Pressure: ±100 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and 1kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m 2 , and psi)Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 HzThe piston oscillationsare started by pluckingit by hand and thegauge pressure ismeasured by the DualPressure Sensor.Diffusion/OsmosisApparatus shownin use with DualPressure SensorPS-2181.Open any biology textbook to the osmosis section and you willfind the image of a U-shaped tube composed of two clear columnsseparated by a semi-permeable membrane. This classic figure is themost commonly used model to visualize the osmotic movement ofwater due to a concentration gradient. PASCO’s Diffusion/OsmosisApparatus is a U-shaped apparatus consisting of two cylinders separatedby a semi-permeable membrane. The transparent, graduatedcylinders allow students to observe and measure volume changesdue to osmosis. In conjunction with PASCO’s Dual Pressure Sensor,the apparatus allows students to measure the changes in pressureand volume caused by the osmotic movement of water across asemi-permeable membrane.Order Information:Dual Pressure Sensor .................................................................................PS-218140Graph showsresulting gaugepressure.Order Information:Diffusion/Osmosis Apparatus(includes 20 membranes) ...........................................................................ME-6940Diffusion/Osmosis Kit(includes Diffusion/Osmosis Apparatus andDual Pressure Sensor) ..................................................................................ME-6942Replacement Membranes (20 membranes) .......................ME-6941Dual Pressure Sensor .....................................................................................PS-2181In this experiment, cylinder#1 was filled with 40of 1.0 M sucrose solution.Cylinder #2 was filledwith 40 mL of distilledwater. The two cylinderswere separated by asemi-permeable membraneand the pressurewithin the cylinders wasmonitored using the DualPressure Sensor.www.pasco.com

Pressure (Absolute)PS-2107Pressure (Relative)PS-2114PASPORT – PressureThe Absolute Pressure Sensor measures the gas pressure in acontainer or the surroundings. Includes a 20cc syringe and quickconnect tubing for investigating the Gas Laws. The sensor’s widerange make it an excellent general purpose pressure device.Typical ApplicationsA Measure chemical reaction ratesA Verify Gas Laws (Ideal, Charles’, Boyle’s)A Study Vapor Pressure vs. TemperatureSpecificationsRange: 0 – 700 kPaAccuracy: ±2 kPaResolution: 0.01 kPaMaximum Sample Rate: 200 HzRepeatability: 1 kPaThe Relative Pressure Sensor measures gas pressure compared toatmospheric pressure, which is commonly known as gauge pressure.Includes quick connect tubing for a variety of pressure activities.The limited pressure range of the sensor provides excellentaccuracy and resolution for measuring small pressure changes.Typical ApplicationsA Heat Engine CyclesA Measure pressure changes in a Venturi TubeA Conduct air foil studiesSpecificationsRange: 0 – 10 kPaAccuracy: ±0.1 kPaMaximum Sample Rate: 20 HzResolution: 0.001 kPaRepeatability: 0.01 kPaWater Reservoir (ME-8594)is sold separately onpage 221.Pressure is measuredfor various watercolumn heights.The Absolute Pressure Sensor is used in a Boyle’s Law experiment in which asyringe is compressed.Water pressure (relative)versus depthOrder Information:Absolute Pressure Sensor ...................................................................PS-2107Order Information:Relative Pressure Sensor ..............................................................PS-211441

PASPORT – PressureQuad PressurePS-2164Absolute Pressure/TemperaturePS-2146The 4-port Quad Pressure sensor is capable of reading up to fourabsolute pressures, or two gauge pressures, or two differentialpressures. Dynamic variable over-sampling automatically reducesthe measurement noise at low sampling rates. Sample rates up to1000 Hz make studies of both transient and steady-state pressurepossible. Includes quick-connect tubing.Typical ApplicationA Study pressure through a fluid circuitSpecificationsAbsolute Pressure: 0 to 200 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m 2 , and psi)Differential Pressure: ±100 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m 2 , and psi)Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 HzThis combination sensor is specifically designed for use in studyinggas laws. The included thermistor temperature probe has both a fastresponse and very low thermal mass.Typical ApplicationsA Extrapolate absolute zeroA Explore Gas Laws (Ideal, Charles’, Boyle’s)SpecificationsPressure: 0 to 700 kPa with ±2 kPa accuracy, 0.1 kPa resolution and1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m 2 , and psi)Maximum Sample Rate: 100 HzTemperature with included Fast Response Probe: -10 to 70 °C with±0.5 °C accuracy (Displays Temperature in °C, K and °F)Sensor Extension Cable: IncludedExtrapolatingAbsolute ZeroBlue dye added to the water for clarity.See page44 for moreprobes forthis sensorShown with the ME-8598 Venturi Apparatus. The pressure at various points inthe Venturi tube decreases as the water flow is turned on. Pressure variabilitydue to cross-sectional area and fluid friction are readily seen in the data.Order Information:Quad Pressure Sensor ............................................................................PS-2164Recommended:Venturi Apparatus .........................................................................................ME-8598 p. 20542Measure pressure andtemperature of air inthe sphere.Order Information:Absolute Pressure/Temp Sensor ...................................PS-2146Recommended:Absolute Zero Sphere ..................................................................TD-8595 p. 236Ideal Gas Law Syringe .................................................................TD-8596A p. 237www.pasco.com

TemperaturePS-2125Temperature, QuadPS-2143PASPORT – TemperaturePASCO’s Stainless Steel Temperature Sensor offers fast responseand superior range, resolution and accuracy. It reports temperature(in °C, °F, or K) whether it is immersed in liquids, held in the air ortouching a solid surface. Teflon® covers, for use in harsh liquids orstrong chemical solutions, are available as an accessory.Connect up to four Temperature Probes for an experiment. Use withany combination of Stainless Steel, Fast Response or Skin/SurfaceTemperature probes for a wider variety of temperature measurementsin the classroom or in the field. Sensor includes two StainlessSteel Temperature Probes (PS-2153) and one Fast Response Probe.Typical ApplicationsA Conduct general temperature experimentsA Measure rapid temperature changes found inendothermic-exothermic reactionsA Conduct environmental studiesSpecificationsRange: -35 °C to +135 °CAccuracy: ±0.5 °CResolution: 0.0025 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 10 HzDisplays: °C, K and °FRepeatability: 0.1 °CTeflon® covers available as an accessorySee page44 for moreprobes forthis sensorTypical ApplicationsA Thermal heat flow (one or two dimension)A Comparative body temperaturesA Side-by-side chemical reactionsA Solar radiationA Properties of insulationSpecificationsAccuracy: -35 to +135 °C at ±0.5 °CDisplays: °C, K and °FResolution: .0025 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 100 HzTeflon® covers available as an accessorySee page44 for moreprobes forthis sensorGraph showing the immediate temperature change when the PS-2125 TemperatureSensor is placed in a hot water bath and then plunged into a cold bath.Order Information:Temperature Sensor ..........................................................................................PS-2125Recommended:Teflon Sensor Covers (10-pack)...........................................................CI-6549Order Information:Quad Temperature Sensor .........................................................................PS-2143Recommended:Teflon Sensor Covers (10-pack)...........................................................CI-6549Four Fast ResponseTemperature Probeswere used to studythe temperature ina glass of water atfour different levelsas the water wascooled.43

PASPORT – TemperatureTemperature ArrayPS-2157Temperature Probes*Skin/Surface Temperature*PS-2131A Flat sensing element idealfor surfacesA Quickly reaches equilibriumtemperature with surfaceRange: -10 to +70 °CThis array has eight 3.5 mm stereo jacks to plug in temperatureprobes. Only one PASPORT Channel is required to measure eighttemperatures at once! Applications include measuring temperaturesalong the length of a metal rod as one end is heated or measuringsurface temperature at eight different points on a body. TheTemperature Array also has a “multiport” for plugging in a specialcable (included) with eight color-coded thermistor sensors connectedto a single 8-pin mini-DIN plug. The Temperature Array acceptsPASPORT temperature probes: Stainless Steel, Fast Response andSkin/Surface.Fast Response TemperatureProbe* (3 pack)PS-2135Make a temperature profile of the human hand.Order Information:Skin/Surface Temperature Probe ......................................................PS-2131SpecificationsRange: -35 °C to 135 °C*Accuracy: ±0.5 °CResolution: 0.0025 °CRepeatability: 0.01 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 100 Hz per Temperature SensorDisplays: °C, K and °F* Sensor DependentIncludesTemperature Array Cable AssemblyFast Response Temperature Probe (3)Adhesive Patches (10)44Shown in use with:TD-8513 Heat ConductionApparatus (see page 231)and PI-9877 DC PowerSupply (see page 278).Order Information:Temperature Array .......................................................................................................PS-2157Recommended:Stainless Steel Temperature Probe ......................................................PS-2153Fast Response Temperature Probe .........................................................PS-2135Skin/Surface Temperature Probe ..............................................................PS-2131Replacement Temperature Array Cable ..........................................PS-2552Replacement Adhesive Patches (100 Pack) .................................PS-2525A Accuratelymeasurestemperaturechanges in real timeA Ideal for small orhard-to-reach spacesA Includes 10 AdhesivePatchesRange: -30 to +105 °CStainless Steel Temperature Probe*PS-2153Range: -35 to +135 °CAdhesivepatches hold theTemperatureProbe in place.Order Information:Fast Response Temperature Probe (3 pack) .................................. PS-2135Recommended:Replacement Adhesive Patches (100 pack) .................................... PS-2525Order Information:Stainless Steel Temperature Probe ............................PS-2153Recommended:Teflon® Sensor Covers (10 Pack) ..................................CI-6549*All of the Probes above require one of the following temperature sensors:Temperature Sensor ...................................................................PS-2125 p. 43Quad Temperature Sensor ..................................................PS-2143 p. 43Temperature Array ........................................................................PS-2157www.pasco.com

Temperature(Type K 4-Port)PS-2127The PS-2127 measures up to fourtemperatures using Type K thermocoupleprobes (two included). Itutilizes dynamic variable oversamplingto greatly reduce noiseat lower sampling rates. TypeK thermocouples are useful formeasuring both low and high temperaturesunder rugged conditions. The two dissimilar metals that formthe thermocouple (for Type K, the alloys chromel and alumel) generatea predictable voltage at a given temperature, thereby ensuringmeasurement accuracy. The low thermal mass of this sensor resultsin a fast response time. The long probe length permits measurementsin hard-to-reach places.Typical ApplicationsA Accurately measure surface temperatures: for example, across thesurface of an ironA Map the temperature of a candle flameA Measure temperatures down to -200 °C (liquid nitrogen)SpecificationsTemperature Range: -200 °C to +1000 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 250 HzAccuracy: ±3 ºC or 3%, whichever is greaterResolution: 0.01 °CDisplays: °C, K and °FThe Type K Temperature Sensor can be used tomeasure the temperature of a flame. Works withany industry standard Type K thermocouple.Includes:4-Port SensorType K Thermocouples (2)Non-contactTemperaturePS-2197A Non-contactA -70° C to 380° CPASPORT – TemperatureThe Non-contact Temperature Sensor measures surface temperatureby detecting the emitted infrared light. Record the temperature ofobjects without touching them!Typical ApplicationsA Compare temperature of hands, skin, face and clothesA Measure the temperature of different outdoor ground surfacesA Map the temperature profile of an exterior wallSpecificationsRange: -70 °C to 380 °CAccuracy: ±0.5 °CResponse Time: Less than 0.1sMaximum Sample Rate: 200 HzField of view: ±35°Order Information:Temperature (Type K 4-Port) Sensor ............................................PS-2127Replacement Supply:Type K Thermocouple .......................................................................................PS-2155Temperature (Type K)PS-2134The PS-2134 is a single channelsensor that uses the same Type Kthermocouple probe as thePS-2127 shown above.Includes one Type K Thermocouple.SpecificationsTemperature Range: -200 °C to +1000 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 10 HzAccuracy: ±3 ºC or 3%, whichever is greaterOrder Information:Temperature Type K Sensor ...................................................................... PS-2134Replacement Supply:Type K Thermocouple ........................................................................................ PS-2155The student measures the groundtemperature (late morning) overfour distinct surfaces: Startingin the shade under the distanttree, she then crosses bare dirt(in sun), a rock border, pavementand lawn.Graph created in PASCO’sDataStudio® Software.Order Information:Non-contact Temperature Sensor ...................................PS-2197Shown in use with:Xplorer GLX ................................................................................................PS-2002 p. 10DataStudio Software ............................................................................................................ p. 86-8945

PASPORT – Light Level, Light and High Sensitivity LightLight LevelPS-2177LightPS-2106AHigh Sensitivity LightPS-2176The Light Level Sensor measures illuminancein lux. The readings of this sensormimic the wavelength sensitivity of thehuman eye, which is most sensitive in thegreen part of the spectrum. This is achievedwith a green filter in the light sensor.Some typical readings are shown in the table:ConditionIlluminance (lux)Sunlight 100,000Full Daylight 10,000Overcast Day 1,000Very Dark Day 100Twilight 10Deep Twilight 1Full Moon 0.1Quarter Moon 0.01Starlight 0.001Warehouses 150Offices,Laboratories 500Supermarkets 750Normal DrawingWork, OperationRooms 1,000Detailed DrawingWork 1500-2000The Light Sensor is ideal for indoor andoutdoor relative light intensity experiments.Data is displayed in lux, a unit of illuminance,which is a measure of luminous fluxper unit of area. The Light Sensor can beused in three different ranges depending onthe intensity level of the light source.Typical ApplicationsA Compare light intensity vs. distanceA Study interference/diffraction/polarizationA Measure relative light intensities indaylightA Monitor a solar eclipseSpecificationsRange: 0 to 2.6 lux (candle); 0 to 260 lux(bulb); 0 to 26,000 lux (sun)Accuracy: > ±1 db of max value ofselected rangeResolution: 1/10,000 of max value ofselected rangeMaximum Sample Rate: 1000 HzThe High Sensitivity Light Sensor isdesigned to perform visible light studiesfrom low intensity spectral studies to daylight.Built-in automatic variable oversamplingreduces noise.Typical ApplicationsA SpectrophotometryA Interference and Diffraction patternsA Measure light intensity vs. distanceSpecificationsSensing Element: Si PIN photodiodeSpectral Response: 320 nm to 1100 nmGain Levels: 10,000x, 100x, 1x, switchselectableApproximate Lux Ranges: 0 to 1, 0 to100, 0 to 10,000Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 HzResolution: ± 0.01 Lux at 1000 Hz on0 to 100 scale± 0.0005 Lux at 5 Hz on0 to 100 scaleSpecificationsMaximum Sample Rate: 100HzAccuracy: ±10%Three Ranges:Candle:0 to 1,500 lux Resolution 0.5 luxLight Bulb:0 to 15,000 lux Resolution 5 luxSun:0 to 150,000 lux Resolution 50 luxThe graph above shows that light intensity variesas the inverse square of the distance from the lightsource.Order Information: Order Information: Order Information:All five lines of the Balmer Series of Hydrogen canbe detected using the PASPORT High SensitivityLight Sensor on its most sensitive setting, aPASPORT Rotary Motion Sensor, and the EducationalSpectrophotometer (see page 328). The graph iszoomed in on the dimmer blue-green and violet linesso the peak of the bright red line is not shown.Light Level Sensor ............................PS-217746Light Sensor ..........................................PS-2106AHigh Sensitivity Light...................PS-2176www.pasco.com

PASPORT – IR, UV Light, Broad SpectrumInfrared LightPS-2148Ultraviolet LightPS-2149Broad Spectrum LightPS-2150The Infrared sensor uses a Nitrogen filledThermopile with a Tallium Bromide-Iodide(KRS-5) window to sense wavelengthsfrom 580 to 40,000 nm. This allows studentsto measure a variety of phenomenaincluding the infrared radiation emittedfrom theirown hand.Typical ApplicationsA Measure black body radianceA Perform Leslie’s Cube experimentsA Measure Solar radianceA Evaluate heat flow into or out ofthe sensorA Simulate a non-contact temperaturesensorSpecificationsMeasure intensity in Watts/MeterMaximum Sample Rate: 100 HzBuilt-in thermistor to measure temperatureof the “cold” side of the thermopile in °C,°F or KThe Ultraviolet Light Sensor employs afilter to measure the UVA band (315 nm -400 nm). With the UVA filter removed, thesensor detects the visible as well as theUVA. The sensor includes the UVA filter, acollimator, and a sensor handle.Typical ApplicationsA Conduct a sky survey of UV lightA Investigate effectiveness of UVprotection from sunglasses,windows or sunscreen lotions.SpecificationsCollimatorSpectral response of 315 nm to 400 nm(with filter)Photodiode sensing elementMaximum Sample Rate: 1000 HzA For use withSpectrophotometerA Ideal for Black Body SpectrumThe Broad Spectrum Light Sensor isdesigned specifically for use with ourOS-8539 Educational SpectrophotometerSystem and OS-8543 PrismSpectrophotometer Accessory for BlackBody experiments. The Broad SpectrumLight Sensor uses a thermopile and windowcombination that respond to both the nearinfrared and visible light necessary for theBlack Body experiment.Typical ApplicationsA Black Body ExperimentSpecificationsSensing Element: BaF 2 window, xenongas-filled thermopileSpectral Response: 300 to 10,000 nmMaximum Sample Rate: 100 HzScanning the matte surface and cavityof a Leslie’s Cube.The classic textbook diagram of the intensity versuswavelength blackbody curves can be produced withreal data. In this graph, the peak wavelength in theblackbody curve shifts as the source temperature islowered. See page 330.Student checks the effectiveness of different brandsof sunglasses.Order Information:Light Sensor (Infrared) ....................PS-2148Order Information:Light Sensor (UVA)..............................PS-2149Order Information:Broad SpectrumLight Sensor ...............................................PS-215047

PASPORT – Voltage and CurrentVoltage/CurrentPS-2115Current ProbePS-2184GalvanometerPS-2160The Voltage/Current Sensor combines bothsensors in one case. This multi-measureprobe uses only one connection so a singleUSB link can be used. With overload protection,audible overload notification andautomatic reset this sensor provides anideal student measurement tool.Typical ApplicationsA Study circuit properties for both seriesand parallel electrical circuitsA Study the relationship of voltage and currentin series-parallel circuits (Ohm’s Law)A Measure power used by an electricaldevice (P = I * V)A Measure resistance of any circuitelement (R = V / I)The PS-2184 attaches to a PASCO voltagesensor to allow the measurement of currentbetween -4 A and +4 A. The probe containsa precision 0.10 ohm resistor and allows theprecise measurement of the voltage dropacross the resistor.The current is measured by creating aDataStudio calculation: I=V/R.CurrentCurrentVoltageSensor(not included)The Galvanometer Sensor is designed tomeasure small voltages with high resolution.Dynamic variable over-sampling greatlyreduces the measurement noise at lowsampling rates. Shunt resistors are includedto allow measurement of current.SpecificationsVoltage Range: ±2000 mV, resolution of0.1 mVMaximum Sample Rate:5000 Hz with Xplorer GLX1000 Hz with other interfacesInput Impedance: 1 MΩSpecificationsVoltage Range: ±10 volts, resolution of0.005 voltsCurrent Range: ±1 amp, resolution of 500microampsCurrent channel series resistance:0.6 ohms, < 0.9 ohms at room temperatureMaximum common mode voltage:10 voltsMaximum Sample Rate: 1000 samples/secVoltage Input Impedance: 2 MΩSpecificationsResistor: 0.10 Ohm, 3.0W, 1.0%Maximum Current: 4AMaximum Voltage: 10VMaximum Voltage Without Damage: 30VTerminals: 4mm Banana JacksGalvanometer Sensor can measure the voltage dropacross a short piece of wire.A linear fit of voltage versus current yields theresistance of 0.0093 Ω for the wire.Capacitor charge and discharge across anRC circuit and resulting voltage change.Order Information:Voltage/Current Sensor .........................PS-2115Recommended:Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) ........EM-863448The current is calculated from the voltage across theprecision 0.10 ohm resistor.Order Information:Current Probe ......................................................PS-2184By using a shunt resistor, theGalvanometer Sensor can beused to measure current.Includes:BNC-to-banana plug cableBNC-to-banana jack adapter0.1 Ω and 10 Ω resistorsOrder Information:Galvanometer Sensor ..............................PS-2160Recommended:Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) ........EM-8634www.pasco.com

PASPORT – Current and ChargeHigh CurrentPS-2193ChargePS-2132A 10 AmpA Over-Current LEDThe High Current Sensor has a low (0.01 Ω) resistance sensingelement, can measure up to 10 A, and has an LED over-currentindicator. Dynamic variable over-sampling greatly reduces themeasurement noise at low sample rates.SpecificationsCurrent Range: ± 10 A, resolution of 0.5 mASensing Element Series Resistance: 0.01 ΩMaximum Common Mode voltage: 10 voltsMaximum Continuous Current Without Damage: 12 AMaximum Continuous Overvoltage Without Damage: ±40 voltsMaximum Sample Rate: 1000 samples/secondThe Charge Sensor is designed for experiments in electrostaticssuch as inductive charging, charge production/distribution and chargeon a capacitor. The sensor features automatic scaling, thus eliminatingthe need for a gain switch. Designed with highly efficient inputover- voltage protection, the Charge Sensor is virtually “blow-out”proof and will provide many years of use in the student lab.When used with the Faraday Ice Pail, the Charge Sensor canmeasure the total charge on an object by the induction method.The Charge Sensor can also be used as a high impedance voltmeter(1012 Ω). It includes a 0.9m shielded cable with alligator clips toeliminate stray fields.Typical ApplicationsA Measure charge by inductionA Quantify the charge on a capacitor plateA Discover the charge distribution on a conducting sphereSpecificationsCharge Range: ±0.1 μCVoltage Range: ±10 VInput Resistance: 10 12 ΩMaximum Input Voltage: 150 VMaximum Sample Rate: 100 HzInput Connector: BNCInput Cable: 0.9 m length; shielded with alligator terminationThe capacitor is charged with a power supply to 10 volts, and then dischargedthrough the Air Core Solenoid. The graph of the data shows the effect of the coilsinductance on the rise time of the current.The Charge Sensormeasures equal, yetopposite charge ontwo objects.Order Information:High Current Sensor .................................................................................PS-2193Shown in use with:Capacitor (0.025 F) 2 pack ..................................................................EM-8632 p. 261Switch (SPSP) 6 pack ..............................................................................EM-8815 p. 260Air Core Solenoid..........................................................................................SE-7585 p. 272Order Information:Charge Sensor ...................................................................................................PS-2132Recommended:Faraday Ice Pail ................................................................................................ES-9042A p. 25149

PASPORT – Magnetic FieldMagnetic FieldPS-2112The Magnetic Field Sensor provides magnetic field measurementin a compact package. The sensor at the tip of the probe measuresmagnetic field strength along the axis of the probe.Typical ApplicationsA Study the field strength of bar magnets and electromagnetsA Understand the field strength of a solenoidA Measure the field strength of a Helmholtz coilSpecificationsRange: ±1000 GaussAccuracy: ±3 Gauss or 5% of reading, whichever is greater @ 25 °C(after four minute warm-up)Resolution: 0.1 Gauss (0.01% full-scale)Maximum Sample Rate: 20 HzRepeatability: 0.05%As the magnet is removed from the coil, a voltageis induced in the coil. The graph shows both thesudden decrease in magnetic field, as well as thevoltage curve using a PS-2115 Voltage/CurrentSensor.2-Axis Magnetic FieldPS-2162A Tare buttonA 1000 Hzsample rateMeasure Radial and Axial Fields simultaneously. Dynamic variableover-sampling greatly reduces noise at low sample rates.Typical ApplicationsA Measure the earth’s magnetic field.A Measure magnetic field (magnitude and direction from a coil or abar magnet).A Study AC fieldsSpecificationsRange: ±1000 GaussAccuracy: 5% of reading @ 25 °C(after four minute warm-up and Tare using Zero Gauss Chamber)Resolution: 0.01 Gauss @ 10 HzMaximum Sample Rate: 1000 HzRepeatability: 0.05%Includes sensor handle and sensor extension cable.Shown with: 3200 turn Coil (SF-8613), Magnet(EM-8620), and Voltage/Current Sensor (PS-2115).Shown with: RotaryMotion Sensor(PS-2120), LinearMotion Accessory(CI-6688), Field Coil(EM-6711).Magnetic field ismeasured from thecenter out to twice theradius of the coil. Theangle of the resultantfield is calculated inDataStudio.Order Information:Magnetic Field Sensor ...........................................................................PS-2112Zero Gauss ChamberEM-8652This double-walled, high permeability metal chamberproduces a zero Gauss field within the chamber. By placingthe Magnetic Field Sensor probe into the chamber and pushingthe “Tare” button, the sensor may be zeroed. Highly recommendedfor measurement of the earth’s magnetic field.Order Information:Zero Gauss Chamber ..........................................................................EM-865250Order Information:2-Axis Magnetic Field Sensor .......................................................PS-2162Recommended:Zero Gauss Chamber ...............................................................................EM-8652Linear Motion Accessory .....................................................................CI-6688 p. 26www.pasco.com

GoniometerPS-2137A Accurately Measures JointMovementsA Flexible MountingOptionsPASCO’s Goniometer helpsstudents better understandphysics because they usetheir bodies as the experimentalapparatus. TheGoniometer can be connectedto the knee, hipor elbow joints to measure anglechanges during a variety of movements.Measure the angular position,velocity and acceleration for the arm or leg. Use with the Xplorerdatalogger for a compact, easy-to-use human motion lab.The PS-2137 includes one Angle Sensor (PS-2139) and oneGoniometer Probe with Velcro connection kit. To measure themotion of two joints simultaneously, simply purchase anotherGoniometer Probe separately.SpecificationsRange: 0 to 120ºAccuracy: 2% of measurementResolution: 0.25ºMaximum Sample Rate: 500 HzPosition and velocityof knee joint whilerunning.See page 180 for moreinformation.Human Arm ModelPS-2611PASPORT – BiomechanicsThe Human Arm Model simulates the muscles and motion of anactual human arm. To activate the arm motion, students pull on thecord with a Force Sensor. Changes in position are measured at theshoulder and elbow using the two built-in potentiometers pluggedinto one Angle Sensor (PS-2139), included with PS-2611.The Arm can perform many types of motion such as extending andlifting an object, curling, or throwing a ball overhand. Different armmuscles are activated depending on which pulleys are selected.Static force measurements can also be made to see how themuscle tension changes at various arm positions.Angles and ForcesDuring Extension: Theupper graph shows theangles of the elbow (violettrace) and the shoulder(blue) as the arm isextended as shown inthe picture below. Shownin the lower graph, thebicep tension (red) haslittle change at first andthen rises sharply as thearm reaches out, whilethe tricep tension (green)rises steadily.See page 179 for moreinformation.Developed in cooperation with Nancy Beverly, AssistantProfessor of Physics at Mercy College, Dobbs Ferry, New York.Order Information:Goniometer Sensor ....................................................................................PS-2137Recommended:Additional Goniometer Probe .......................................................PS-2138PASPORT Xplorer ........................................................................................PS-2000Angle SensorPS-2139The Angle Sensor measures angle by measuring resistance. It hastwo ports to accept two Goniometers (PS-2137) or the two probesin the joints of the Human Arm (ME-6807).Order Information:Angle Sensor ......................................................................................................PS-2139Includes:Human Arm Model ME-6807Angle Sensor PS-2139Order Information:Human Arm Model ......................................................................................PS-2611Required for sensor measurement:PASPORT Force Sensor (2) ...............................................................PS-2104 p. 28PASPORT Interface ..........................................................................................................................p. 10-2351

PASPORT – PhysiologyExercise Heart RatePS-2129AHand Grip Heart RatePS-2186The Exercise Heart Rate Sensor measures a student’s heart ratebefore, during and after physical activity based on electrical signalsgenerated by the cardiac muscle. A belt worn around the ribcagehouses a wireless transmitter. The voltage output from the receiverallows DataStudio software to produce the heart rate graph.Typical ApplicationsA Compare a student’s heart rate before, during and after exerciseA Calculate recovery rate after physical activityA Determine the effects of mild stimulants (i.e. caffeine)A Investigate how heart rate changes when a student sits, reclines,stands or moves suddenlySpecificationsDigitally analyzes cardiac signal anddetermines heart rateMeasures in beats per minuteThe Hand Grip Heart Rate Sensor is the easiest way to measureresting and exercise heart rate. Our new design allows studentsto measure heart rate without the restriction and inconvenienceof belts or clips. Extra long cords allow students to freely increasetheir physical activity in order to determine exercise heart rate.Simply grip the handles while the sensor measures cardiac musclecontraction in beats per minute.Typical Applications:A AP Biology Lab 10: Physiology of the Circulatory SystemA Measure and compare resting, exercise and recovery heart rateto determine physical fitness levelsSpecificationsMeasurement Range: 40-240 beats per minuteTime to acquire heart beat: 8-10 secondsTyp ical LED Indicators:Standby: handgrips not heldAcquire: acquiring heart beatBeat: flashes with each beatGraph shows the heart rate asa student alternates betweenexercise and resting.Order Information:Exercise Heart Rate Sensor ...............................................................PS-2129AReplacement Transmitter Belt .......................................................PS-251852Order Information:Heart Rate Sensor ..........................................................................................PS-2186www.pasco.com

PASPORT – PhysiologyBlood PressurePS-2207With PASCO’s BloodPressure Sensorstudents easily measureheart rate (bpm),systolic and diastolicarterial blood pressure (mmHg).Students gain a greater understanding of the physiology of the circulatorysystem when they also learn about the physiology of bloodpressure. The systolic and diastolic pressure provided in the digitsdisplay can be used by the student to verify their own determinationof blood pressure from the graph.Experiment ideas:A Determine the effects of exercise on blood pressureand heart rateA Explore the effects of body position on blood pressureand heart rateA Compare the blood pressure and heart rate of studentsin the classEKGPS-2111The EKG Sensor measures electrical signals produced by the heart.As cardiac muscle depolarization and repolarization occurs, the EKGtrace graphically illustrates the beating of the heart. The sensorcomes with 100 self-adhesive conductive patches that are easilyremoved from the skin after use.Typical ApplicationsA Generate a personal EKG graphA Compare EKG graphs before and after mild exerciseSpecificationsEKG Waveform:Voltage: 0 to 4.5 mVResolution: 4.5 µVSample Rate: 50 to 200 samples per second (sps)Default Sample Rate: 200 samples per second (sps)Heart Rate (Beats):Range: 47 to 250 beats per minute (bpm)Resolution: 1 beat per minute (bpm)A student “patient” remains still while another student uses the pump to increasethe pressure in the cuff. The students observe the graph as the pressure in the cuffslowly decreases. On the digits display, students observe the patient’s heart rate,systolic and diastolic blood pressure.Includes:Blood Pressure Sensor, standard arm cuff*, bladderand pressure release valve.*small and large cuffs are also availableOrder Information:Blood Pressure Sensor .............................................................................PS-2207Recommended:Small Cuff .................................................................................................................PS-2531Medium Cuff ..........................................................................................................PS-2532Large Cuff ..................................................................................................................PS-2533NOTE: The EKG Sensor has been designed foreducational purposes only and is not suitablefor medical diagnoses.Order Information:EKG Sensor ..................................................................................................................PS-2111EKG Patches (100 each)................................................................................CI-6620Additional EKG ElectrodePatches (CI-6620) may beordered separately.53

PASPORT – PhysiologySpirometerPS-2152Breath RatePS-2187A Works whileexercisingRespiration RatePS-2133With our Spirometer Sensor students canmeasure airflow, duration and lung volume.Disposable mouth pieces available for studentsafety.Typical Applications:A Compare a student’s airflow before andafter exerciseA Investigate the lung volume of athletesvs. non-athletesA Compare smokers versus non-smokersA Conduct respiratory experimentsA Determine total lung capacitySpecificationsDisplays volume in litersMinimal resistance to air flowBi-directional air flowSample Rate Range: 50 to 100 HzThe Breath Rate Sensor uses standarddisposable dust masks and gives stableoutput even when exercising. Breath rate ismeasured by sensing the pressure changesinside the mask. Tubing from the sensor connectsto the disposable pressure clips whichfasten on the side of the mask.Two Modes:A One reading every breathA Running average over last four breathsThe Respiration Rate Sensor uses PASCO’sRelative Pressure Sensor, along with aRespiration Belt, to measure the changein pressure that occurs as the chest cavityexpands and contracts during breathing.The Respiration Belt is wrapped around thelower part of the ribcage at the sternum,and the rubber bladder inside the belt isinflated using the attached squeeze bulb. Asecond tube connected to the rubber bladderattaches to the Pressure Sensor so thata graph of breath rate can be generated.Typical ApplicationsA Conduct comparisons before and afterexerciseA Calculate possible correlations betweenrespiration rate and heart rateA Determine the effects of altitudevariation on respirationMaximum Sample Rate: 20 HzMeasuringlungcapacity.Data collected withXplorer GLX whileexercising.Includes:Sensor with TubingPressure Clips (10)Masks (10)Replaceablemouthpiece clips in.Order Information:Spirometer Sensor ..............................PS-2152Spirometer Mouth Pieces(10-pack)............................................................PS-252254Order Information:Breath Rate Sensor ..............................PS-2187Replacement Clips (10) ....................PS-2568Replacement Masks (10)................PS-2567Order Information:Respiration Rate .......................................PS-2133Respiration Belt .........................................CI-9842www.pasco.com

Sound LevelPS-2109Temperature/SoundLevel/LightPS-2140PASPORT – MultiMeasure SensorsGeneral Science SensorPS-2168The Sound Level Sensor is designed tomeasure the intensity level of soundsources within proximity to the sensor.The sensor features three range switchesto match the intensity range of themeasured phenomena.The sensor measures sound level in boththe dBA and dBC scales. The dBC scaleincludes all frequencies incident on theSound Level Sensor, whereas the dBAscale filters out some frequenciesto more closely matchthe frequency response ofthe human ear.The sensor also reportsa measurement of soundintensity in μW/m2, whichis calculated from thedBC measurement ofthe sound level.Launch students into an instant explorationof their environment! The Temperature/Sound Level/Light Sensor allows studentsto conduct all three measurements simultaneouslyand continuously. Students caninstantly display measurements on anXplorer or take readings over time, anywhere,and display the data on a computer.Add an optional Stainless Steel TemperatureProbe (PS-2153) to conduct water studies.Typical ApplicationsA Measure the temperature differencebetween the floor and ceilingA Determine the light level on a sunnyversus cloudy dayA Compare sound levels of studentswhispering, singing loudly or applaudingSimultaneously measure temperature, light,sound level and voltage. Great for a varietyof general science explorations.SpecificationsTemperature*: –35 °C to +135 °C; ±0.5 °C*Range is probe dependent.Light: 3 user selectable light ranges:0 to 100; 0 to 10,000; 0 to150,000 LuxSound Level: 50 to 100 dbAVoltage: ±24 VVoltage Protection: up to 240 VMaximum Sample Rate: 200 HzSpecificationsTemperature (internal) Range: -10 to +50 °CSound Level Range: 40 to 90 dBALight Range: 0 to 5000 luxMaximum Sample Rate: 5 HzShown using the EM-8678 Charge/Discharge Circuit.The capacitor is charged (using the AA batteries) andthen discharged through the light bulb. The GeneralScience Sensor measures the changing voltage acrossthe bulb as well as the output light intensity.Graph shows sound level from a loud whistle in bothintensity (µWatts/m2) and in decibels. Notice thedifference in scales.Typical ApplicationsA Explore sound levels outside the classroomA Discover the logarithmic relationshipbetween sound level and sound intensitySpecificationsRange: Sound Level Intensity30 dB to 70 dB; 10-3 μW/m2 to 10 μW/m250 dB to 90 dB; 1 μW/m2 to 1000 μW/m270 dB to 110 dB; 10 μW/m2 to 10,000 μW/m2Max sample rate: 20 HzAccuracy: ±2 dB at 94 dB (1000 Hz)Resolution: 0.1 dBOrder Information:Sound Level Sensor............................PS-2109The temperature, light intensity, and sound level aresimultaneously measured inside a refrigerator. Notethe changes in measurements as the compressorstarts and as the door is opened.Order Information:Temperature/SoundLevel/Light Sensor ..........................PS-2140Recommended:Stainless SteelTemperature Probe..........................PS-2153The graph shows light intensity vs. voltage for thelight bulb. The parabolic curve fit proves that lightintensity is proportional to the square of the appliedvoltage.IncludesStainless Steel Temperature ProbeVoltage ProbeOrder Information:General ScienceSensor ............................................PS-2168Recommended:Charge/DischargeCircuit .............................................EM-8678 p. 25355

PASPORT – ChemistrypHPS-2102ColorimeterPS-2121ConductivityPS-2116APASCO’s pH Sensor measures the hydroniumion concentration in a solution andreports it as a pH value. This sensor is wellsuitedfor a variety of activities where testingor monitoring of acidity is important.Typical ApplicationsA Titrate an acid into a baseA Investigate the chemistry of buffersA Monitor water qualitySpecificationsRange: 0 to 14 (Probe dependent)Accuracy: ±0.1*Resolution: 0.01Repeatability: 0.02Electrode: gel-filled Ag-AgCl combinationelectrodeMaximum Sample Rate: 50 Hz*After calibrationThe Colorimeter Sensor allows a solution’sconcentration to be determined based onthe ability of the solution to transmit orabsorb colored light. PASCO’s Colorimeter isthe perfect tool for analyzing reactions indicatedby color changes, or reactions whereconcentration changes over time. The sensor’sblack, opaque housing assures accuracyof data. The Colorimeter is packaged ina sturdy plastic case with five empty glasscuvettes so students can begin experimentingimmediately.Typical ApplicationsA Study absorbance vs. concentration(Beer’s Law experiments)A Determine the concentration of anunknown solutionA Measure reaction ratesA Measure four wavelengthssimultaneouslySpecificationsRange: 0 to 100% transmittanceAccuracy: ±0.5% transmittanceResolution: 0.1% transmittanceOperating Temperature: 0 °C to 40 °CMost Conductivity Sensors use graphiteprobes, but our Conductivity Sensor usesplatinum for greater range and improvedaccuracy at high and low concentrations.The result is better measurements thatlead to better labs. Three ranges, pushbuttonselectable on the sensor, allows itto be used for a wider variety of experimentswithout requiring recalibration.A Electrode houses rugged, research-gradeconductors that provide superioraccuracy over the entire range.A 0-100,000 µS/cm ranges allows salinitymeasurement from “fresh” water tosea water.A Replaceable probe reduces maintenancecosts.Typical ApplicationsA Accurately compare conductivity ofdifferent water samplesA Study the effects of chemical flocculantson conductivityA Conduct environmental studiesA Investigate drinking water puritySpecificationsRange: 0 to 1,000, 0 to 10,000, 0 to100,000 µS/cmAccuracy: ±10% of full scale withoutcalibrationAccuracy: ±0.1% after calibrationResolution: Better than 0.05% of full scaleRepeatability: Better than 0.01% of fullscaleMaximum Sample Rate: 20 HzChecking waterquality of collectedrain water.pH vs. volume graphOrder Information:pH Sensor ........................................................PS-2102pH ReplacementElectrodePS-2573(Previously part number699-195)Order Information:pH ReplacementElectrode ...........................................................PS-257356Typical Beer’s Law Standardization curve showingabsorbance vs. concentration.Order Information:Colorimeter ....................................................PS-2121ReplacementCuvettes/Caps (6 each)...................PS-2509Order Information:Conductivity Sensor...........................PS-2116AConductivityReplacement ProbePS-2571(Previously partnumber 699-06621)Order Information:ConductivityReplacement Probe .............................PS-2571www.pasco.com

PASPORT – ChemistryChemistryPS-2170ISE – Precision pH/ORP/ISE Amplifierwith TemperaturePS-2147Gas laws, acid/base, thermochemistry andredox all with one sensor! Measure temperature,pH, gas pressure and voltage.Easy to store. Easy to use. All measurementscan be made simultaneously.SpecificationsTemperature*: –35 °C to +135 °C, ±0.5 °CpH*: 0 to 14, ±0.1 (with calibration)Absolute Pressure: 0 to 700 KPaVoltage: ±10 VMaximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz*Ranges are probe dependent.This high-precision sensor is ideal forChemistry. Right out of the box studentswill be able to measure pH and temperaturewith the same sensor because thePS-2147 comes with a pH probe and a FastResponse Temperature Probe. The newORP probe (CI-6716) can be purchased separatelyto measure the Oxidation ReductionPotential of a sample. With the addition ofIon Selective Probes (not included) studentswill be able to measure ion concentrationin upper division Chemistry classes orsamples brought back from the field.Because all Ion-Selective Electrodes usethe same amplifier box, each lab grouprequires one amplifier box plus the desiredelectrodes. For a complete list of availableIon-Selective Electrodes, see page 82.SpecificationsElectrode Connector: Standard BNCInput Impedance: 1012 ohms(preserves output voltage of the electrode)Range: -2000 mV to 2000 mV0.1 mV resolutionRange: 0 to 14 pH 0.001 pH resolution(Probe dependent)Temperature Range: -10 °C to +70 °C*Temperature Resolution: .0025 °CTemperature Accuracy: 0.5 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 50 Hz*Range is probe dependent.Special FeaturesThe PS-2147 functions with PASCO Ion-Selective Electrodes, PASCO pH Electrode,and most 3rd-party ion-selective electrodes.IncludesStainless Steel Temperature ProbepH ProbeVoltage ProbeGas Law Syringe with TubingOrder Information:Chemistry Sensor ..................................PS-2170Micro Stir BarPS-2565The Micro Stir Bar maintains aconstant flow of solution overthe end of the electrode, suchas in the pH and conductivityprobes. For use with a standardstir plate and cylindrical probesof about 13 mm diameter.Magnet is completely sealed to preventdamage from the chemicals.Order Information:Micro Stir Bar (set of 5) ...............PS-2565Typical ApplicationsA Determine the concentration of aspecific ion in a solutionA Conduct water quality studiesOrder Information:Precision pH/ORP/ISE Temperature Sensor ..................................................................PS-2147ORP Probe CI-6716 can be used with the PS-2170 Chemistry Sensor and thePS-2147 ISE/ORP Amplifier.ORP Probe ........................................................................................................................................................................CI-6716Ion-Selective Electrodes can be used with the PS-2170 Chemistry Sensorand the PS-2147 ISE/ORP Amplifier.Electrode Molar Range pH Range Interfering Ions Part #Ammonium (NH 4+) 1.0 to 5x10-6 4-10 Cs+, K+, T1+, H+, Ag+,+Tris+, Li+, Na+CI-6717CarbonDioxide (CO 2 ) 1x10-2 to 1x10-4 4.8-5.2 Volatile weak acids CI-6726Calcium (Ca+2) 1.0 to 5x10-6 3-10 Pb+2, Hg+2, Cu+2, Ni+2 CI-6727Chloride (Cl-) 1.0 - 5x10-5 2-12 S-2, I-, CN-, Br- CI-6732Lead (Pb+2) 1x10-1 to 1x10-6 3-8 Ag+, Hg+2, Cu+2, CD+2, Fe+2 CI-6736Fluoride (F-) Saturated to 1x10-6 5-8 OH- CI-6728Nitrate (NO 3-) 1.0 to 7x10-6 2.5-11 CIO 4-, I-, CN-, BF 4- CI-6735Potassium (K+) 1.0 to 7x10-6 2-12 Cs+, NH 4+ CI-6733Sodium (Na+) Saturated to 1x10-6 5-12 H+, K+, Li+, Ag+, Cs+, Tl+ CI-6734* Prices do not include the amplifier box.Required: At least one CI-6738 Ion-selective Electrode Amplifier Box.57

PASPORT – Chemistry/BiologyDrop Counter(High-Accuracy)PS-2117At last, a professional Drop Counter canbecome part of the student lab. PASCO’sDrop Counter has a wider (18 x 13mm)drop window for better drop detectionand easier alignment with burettes. Worksequally well with large or small, fast orslow drops. Easy calibration requires enteringjust one number into the computer.Includes a Micro Stir Bar for use with ourpH and conductivity probes (see page 57).Typical ApplicationsA Determine the equivalence pointA Simple count activitiesSpecial FeaturesMeasures up to 40 drops per second withdrops as small as 0.5 mm.Silicone rubber-sealed polypropylene is fluidresistant and protects sensor from mildacids and bases.Automatically recalibrates for maximumsensitivity each time the unit is turned on.Holds up to three sensors in a 150 mLbeakerLED drop indicatorUV filter rejects all visible light - notsusceptible to variations in room lightingExplore Fermentation with the EcoChamberand Ethanol SensorPASCO’s acrylic EcoChamber is speciallydesigned to accommodate up to threePASCO sensors. The EcoChamber can beused as a fermentation chamber in yeastfermentation experiments, a model ecosystemin photosynthesis and respirationexperiments and a temperature regulationchamber when exploring the differencesbetween endothermic and ectothermic animals.Its sturdy design and custom moldingmakes PASCO’s EcoChamber a versatilescience learning tool that is easy to use andeasy to clean.Ethanol SensorPS-2194The PASPORT Ethanol Sensor measuresthe concentration of gaseous ethanol up to3%. In biology and environmental sciencelabs, students can learn about anaerobicrespiration by measuring the production ofethanol by bacterial or yeast fermentation.Physics and chemistry students can beginto explore combustion and thermodynamics.Connect your students to the study ofrespiration and alternative energy sourceswith the PASPORT Ethanol Sensor.SpecificationsAccuracy: 20% of readingRange: 0% to 3% gaseous ethanolIn this experiment, PASCO’s EcoChamber is filled with approximately500 ml of 0.5 M sucrose solution and 1000 mL of yeast solution.The PASPORT Oxygen, Carbon Dioxide and Ethanol Gas sensorsare inserted into the lid of the EcoChamber and all other holes arefilled with stoppers to create an airtight environment. Studentswill observe the fermentation of sucrose as ethanol concentrationincreases in the chamber, and the simultaneous production ofCO 2 and consumption of O 2 .Includes:Acrylic chamber andrubber stoppersO 2 (ppm), CO 2 (ppm), andEthanol (%) Concentrationvs. Time (hours)Order Information:High-AccuracyDrop Counter ..............................................PS-211758Order Information:EcoChamber ............................................................................................................................................................................................ME-6667Shown in use with:Ethanol Sensor .....................................................................................................................................................................................PS-2194Oxygen Gas Sensor .......................................................................................................................................................................PS-2126ACarbon Dioxide Gas Sensor ................................................................................................................................................PS-2110Magnetic Stirrer ..................................................................................................................................................................................SE-7700www.pasco.com

Dissolved OxygenPS-2108Dissolved Oxygen measurements are essentialto water quality, Biology, Earth Scienceand Chemistry investigations. PASCO’s DOSensor accommodates more applications,allowing students to explore these subjectsmore thoroughly. Wider range (0 to 20 mg/L)ensures the sensor does not top out beforethe experiment is over.Typical ApplicationsA Measure oxygen consumption by yeastduring respirationA Investigate how the presence of organicmatter affects DO levelsA Study biological oxygen demand (B.O.D.)SpecificationsExcellent resolution (0.01 mg/L) allowsstudents to see small changesTemperature compensated - essential forconsistent measurements.0 to 20 mg/L at ±10% of full scale withoutcalibration±0.2 mg/L accuracy after calibration0 to 50 °C operating rangeEasily replaced membrane cartridgesmaintain sensor performanceMaximum Sample Rate: 20 HzIncludes one replacement membraneAs the yeastin the flaskrespire, the dissolvedoxygenconcentrationin the sugarwater solutiondecreases.Order Information:Dissolved Oxygen Sensor ...........PS-2108Membrane Replacement Kit ....CI-6541Photosynthesis Tank ...........................PS-2521ADissolved OxygenReplacement ProbePS-2572(Previously part number699-063230)Order Information:Dissolved OxygenReplacement Probe .............................PS-2572Aquatic ProductivityBottlesME-6937Patent PendingThe Aquatic Productivity Bottles rest in arack that provides consistent and reliablelight control for quantitative aquatic productivitystudies. The identical transparentbottles nest in each of five rack positions.The custom design of the rack shields thebottles from light by blocking a fixed percentageof light in 25% increments fromzero to 100%.The Aquatic Productivity Bottles were completelyfilled with algae solution, and the initial dissolvedoxygen (DO) concentrations of the solutions weredetermined with a DO sensor. The bottles werethen placed into the rack and the specially molded,light-varying lid was locked into place over thebottles. After 24 hours of incubation in fluorescentlight, the bottles were removed from the rack andthe DO concentration was again determined with aDO sensor. Using the initial and final (DO) , studentscalculate Net Primary Productivity and Gross PrimaryProductivity.Net Primary Productivity (mg/L) vs. Light Intensity(%): Notice that for the bottle in the dark, the NetProductivity is negative.Includes:Plastic bottles w/lids (5)and case with slotted lidOrder Information:Aquatic Productivity Bottles ..... ME-6937Shown in use with:Dissolved Oxygen Sensor ............. PS-2108PASPORT – BiologyPhotosynthesisTankPS-2521AA Measure O 2 production directlyA Control the environment of theaquatic plantA Study changes in photosynthesis/respiration ratesTypical experiments involving photosynthesisrequire students to infer photosyntheticrate changes by using chloroplasts anddye. Help students understand this conceptmore completely by directly measuringthe production of oxygen.Water in the outer tank is used to control largefluctuations in temperature when the light is used.Students can further their understanding of photosyntheticrates by adding dyes as colored filters.Includes:Acrylic chamber and rubber stoppersOrder Information:Photosynthesis Tank ..........................PS-2521AShown in use with:SPARK ScienceLearning System ....................................PS-2008ADissolved Oxygen Sensor ..........PS-2108Magnetic Stirrer ......................................SE-770059

BiologyExplore Cellular Respiration with theMetabolism ChamberME-6936The Metabolism Chamber is a 250 mL samplebottle that allows simultaneous measurementsof carbon dioxide gas and oxygen gas. One ofthe most popular methods to explore cellularrespiration in the biology lab is to measure theproduction of carbon dioxide by germinatingseeds using a carbon dioxide sensor. The studyof cellular respiration becomes richer whenstudents simultaneously obtain carbon dioxidegas data and oxygen gas data.Place 25 germinating Alaska peas in the MetabolismChamber at room temperature. Measure CO 2 gas andO 2 gas in the chamber with the Carbon Dioxide Gassensor and the Oxygen Gas sensor. Collect and analyzethe data for oxygen gas consumption and carbondioxide gas production by the germinating pea seeds.Includes:Plastic BottleStoppers (2)O 2 and CO 2 Concentration (ppm) vs. Time (hours)Order Information:Metabolism Chamber ..................................................................................................................................................................ME-6936Shown in use with:Oxygen Gas Sensor .......................................................................................................................................................................PS-2126AReplacement Oxygen Electrode.....................................................................................................................................PS-6524Carbon Dioxide Gas Sensor ................................................................................................................................................PS-2110PASPORT Extension Cable ....................................................................................................................................................PS-250060O 2 GasPS-2126APASCO’s OxygenGas Sensor accuratelymeasures oxygen concentration in theatmosphere or in enclosed spaces, suchas terrariums. The sensor’s wide range(0-100%) means students can use it withany experiment or investigation. Use incombination with the CO 2 Gas Sensorto perform an even wider variety of environmentaland physiology activities in theclassroom or in the field.Typical ApplicationsA Measure the respiration of animals,insects or germinating seedsA Study the catalase breakdown ofhydrogen peroxideA Monitor O 2 level changes duringphotosynthesis in a terrariumA Study cellular respiration of yeastSpecificationsFlow Range: 0 to 100%Accuracy: ±1% (at constant temperature)Resolution: 0.025%Maximum Sample Rate: 100 HzProbe Shelf-life: 3 yearsSpecial FeaturesSingle point calibration requires just thetouch of a buttonAutomatic temperature compensationensures consistent measurementsUsable in any orientationCO 2 GasPS-2110The CO 2 Gas Sensor measures carbon dioxideconcentration in the atmosphereor in an enclosed volume, such as a terrarium.Using the included 250-ml samplebottle, students can even measure theexhalation of small organisms such ascrickets. PASCO’s proprietary design usesinfrared detection to measure the energyabsorbed by carbon dioxide molecules.Typical ApplicationsA Measure CO 2 uptake duringphotosynthesis in a terrariumA Compare indoor vs. outdoor CO 2 levelsA Study cellular respiration of yeastSpecificationsRange: 0 ppm to 300,000 ppmAccuracy: For range of 0 to 10,000 ppm:100 ppm or 10% of value, whichever isgreaterCalibration: User presses one button whilesampling outside airDefault Sample Rate: CO 2 concentrationupdates once each secondOperating Temperature: 20 °C to 30 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 10 Hzwww.pasco.com

EnvironmentalEcoZone SystemME-6668A Three EcoChambers, interconnectedor standaloneA Designed for sensor-basedmeasurementsKeep the system closed duringchemical testing – use the includedsyringe to extract water. Or “inject”pollutants into the system and seehow the ecosystem responds.PASCO’s EcoZone System is designed tohelp students model and understand thecomplex interactions within, and among,different ecosystems. The three clear acrylicEcoChambers are specially designed toaccommodate PASCO sensors, makingqualitative and quantitative measurementsas easy as observing.With three interconnected chambers, studentscan model the interaction betweenthree different ecosystems. Choose thetraditional terrestrial, aquatic, and decompositionarrangement or create uniquebiomes to model and measure. Decouplethe system for isolated investigations -how does the availability of light affect theecosystem? Students can create two identicalecosystems and monitor one in lightconditions and one in dark.Opening connects the chambers andallows the interaction between theliving and non-living components ofeach unique ecosystem.Clean up is easy, and the chambers are durableenough to use again and again. The uniquedesign of the PASCO EcoZone System allows youto use your environmental science probes* toactively measure a model ecosystem.The included cord efficiently ‘wicks’water between the chambers.Decomposition ChamberTerrestrial ChamberAquatic ChamberMonitor the physical environment!This graph shows the relationship betweenthe relative humidity and temperaturewithin the terrestrial chamberover a 24 hour period.Includes:Three individual EcoChambers including lidsCustom tray for holding EcoChambersin a connected ecosystemStoppers and connectorsCotton wickSyringe and plastic tubing* For more information on sensors and probes available for use withthe EcoZone System, see www.pasco.com/ecozone selectOrder Information tab.Order Information:EcoZone System ..............................................................................ME-666861

PASPORT – WeatherWeather/AnemometerPS-2174WeatherPS-2154AWind VelocityAccessoryME-6812The Weather/Anemometer Sensor measureswind speed and wind chill in additionto temperature, barometric pressure, relativeand absolute humidity, and dew point.Typical ApplicationsA Measure wind speed in direction ofrunning on a trackA Study wind and pressure changes asa storm approachesA Collect weather data for weeks insideor outside the classroomPASCO’s Weather Sensor allows studentsto measure temperature, barometric pressure,relative and absolute humidity, anddew point. Whether you’re comparingoutdoor measurements to indoor, or monitoringan approaching storm, this powerfulMultiMeasure Sensor does it all.Typical ApplicationsA Conduct weather station experimentsA Take one-time readings or collect dataover days or weeks, in the classroomor anywhereA Collect readings at various locationsaround schoolA Study weather phenomena such asthunderstorms, cloud cover, etc...SpecificationsBarometer: 800 to 1090 hecto Pascals(hPa), 800 to 1090 milli Bars (mBar) and 24to 34 inches Mercury (in Hg)Humidity: 0 to 100% RH ± 2%,0g/m3 to 50 g/m3 ± 10% AHTemperature: -20 °C to 55 °C ±0.5 °CDew Point: -50 °C to 55 °C ±2%Maximum Sample Rate: 5 HzSee page 26 for moreinformation on theRotary Motion Sensor.The Wind Velocity Accessory has anemometercups to measure wind speed and awind vane to measure the wind direction.The anemometer cups and the wind vaneeach mount on a Rotary Motion Sensor(PS-2120 or CI-6538). Instructions areincluded for using the DataStudio or XplorerGLX calculator to calibrate the wind speed.The wind vane must be aligned with Northto specify alignment with zero degrees onthe Rotary Motion Sensor and then winddirection is read as an angle between zeroand 360 degrees.When used with an Xplorer GLX, the systemis portable and can be used for measuringwind or can be mounted on a bicycleor car to measure wind velocity relative tothe vehicle. This is not intended as a weather-proofunit for permanent outdoor use.SpecificationsWind Speed: 1 to 65 miles per hourBarometer: 800 to 1090 hecto Pascals(hPa), 800 to 1090 milli Bars (mBar) and 24to 34 inches Mercury (in Hg)Humidity: 0 to 100% RH ± 2%,0g/m3 to 50 g/m3 ± 10% AHTemperature: -20 °C to 55 °C ±0.5 °CDew Point: -50 °C to 55 °C ±2%Maximum Sample Rate: 5 HzOrder Information:Weather/AnemometerSensor ...................................................................PS-217462Order Information:Weather Sensor ..................................PS-2154AIncludes:AnemometercupsWind vaneOrder Information:Wind Velocity Accessory ...............ME-6812Required:Two PASPORT RotaryMotion Sensors ........................................PS-2120orTwo ScienceWorkshopRotary Motion Sensors ......CI-6538 p. 74www.pasco.com

Dual Humidity/Temp/DewPointPS-2156The Dual Humidity/Temperature/Dew PointSensor measures relative humidity (in unitsof percent (%) RH) and air temperature (in°C and °F). From these measurements, itcalculates absolute humidity (in units ofg/cm3) and dew point (in °C and °F). Thesensor comes with two probes, to measurehumidity and temperature in two locationsat the same time.Typical ApplicationsA Measure humidity at two locations atthe same time such as in the EcoZoneSystemA Compare humidity, dew point andtemperature as they change over timeA Compare indoor and outdoor environmentsSpecificationsRange: 3 0% to 100% (RH), 0 g/m3 to50 g/m3 (AH)Accuracy: from 10% to 95%, ±3% to ±5%(RH), 10% of reading (AH)Resolution: 1% or better (RH), 0.1 g/m3 orbetter (AH)Temperature: -20°C to 55°C ±0.5°CDew Point: -50°C to 55°C ±2°CCable Length: 1mBarometer/Low PressurePS-2113APASCO’s Barometer Sensor measureschanges in atmospheric pressure overlong and short periods of time. The sensorreports measurements in units of in Hg,hPa, or mBar. It can also be used as a LowPressure Sensor.Typical ApplicationsA Conduct weather station experimentsA Measure changes in elevationA Compare classroom data to local weatherreports to predict weatherSpecificationsRange: 4.4 in Hg to 34 in HgAccuracy: ±0.03 in HgResolution: 0.001 in HgMaximum Sample Rate: 20 HzOperating Temperature: 0 °C to +40 °CPASPORT – WeatherHumidity/Temp/Dew PointPS-2124AThis PASPORTmultisensor isdesigned for singlereadings or continuous monitoring ofrelative and absolute humidity. The sensoralso reports temperature, allowing ameasurement of dew point, calculatedfrom the humidity measurements andtemperature measurements.Typical ApplicationsA Conduct weather station experimentsA Check humidity in a terrarium, greenhouseor other enclosureA Measure dew pointSpecificationsHumidity:Range: 0 to 100% RH; 0g/m3 to50 g/m3 AHAccuracy: ±2% RH; 10% of reading AHTemperature:Range: -20 °C to +55 °CAccuracy: ±0.5 °CDew Point:Range: -50 °C to +55 °CAccuracy: ±2 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 10 HzGraph shows pressure changes as a storm movesthrough over a three day period.PS-2156 shown in use measuring the difference inrelative humidity between foliage and open area inEcoZone System ME-6668 (page 61).Order Information:Dual Humidity/Temp/Dew Point Sensor ..........................PS-2156Dual Humidity/Temp/DewPoint Replacement SensorPS-2161Graph shows data for a 200-foot decrease in elevationduring a car drive.Graph shows the humidity in a terrarium,both covered and uncovered.Order Information:Dual Humidity/Temp/Dew PointReplacement Sensor .................PS-2161Order Information:Barometer Sensor ..........................PS-2113AOrder Information:Humidity/Temp/Dew Point Sensor ..........................PS-2124A63

PASPORT – EnvironmentalSoil MoisturePS-2163The Soil Moisture Sensor measures the water content of soil andreports it in percent. It can be used to conduct experiments inenvironmental science, agricultural science, horticulture and biology.SalinityPS-2195The PASPORT Salinity Sensor works with the 10X Salinity SensorProbe to measure salinity, conductivity, and temperature. The sensordetermines salinity based on electrical conductivity. The sensor has abuilt in calculation to compensate for the change in conductivity dueto temperature change based on the Practical Salinity Scale (PSS).Typical Applications:A Measure the loss of soil moisture over time due to evaporationand plant uptake.A Evaluate optimum soil moisture contentsfor various species of plants.A Monitor soil moisture content tocontrol irrigationin greenhouses.SpecificationsSensor Range: 0 to 45% volumetric water content in soilSensor Probe Length: 5.5 cmSensor Probe Cable Length: 5 mAccuracy: ± 4%Resolution: 0.1%Power: 3 mA at 5 V DCOperating Temperature: -40 to 60 °CDefault Sample Rate: 10 samples per secondOrder Information:Soil Moisture Sensor..............................................................................................PS-2163Recommended:Soil Water Potential Probe ...............................................................................PS-2513Soil Water Potential ProbePS-2513A For use withSoil Moisture SensorWater potential is often preferred overwater content because it shows how waterwill move in soil or from the soil to the plant.The Soil Water Potential Probe measures the dielectric permittivityof its ceramic disk to determine its water potential.Order Information:Soil Water Potential Probe ..............................................................................PS-2513Required:Soil Moisture Sensor ..............................................................................................PS-216364The Salinity Sensor measures the electric current through a solutionbetween the two platinized platinum electrodes in the SalinitySensor Probe. The current through the solution is due to the movementof ions, so the higher the concentration of ions in the solution,the higher its conductivity. A voltage (AC) is applied across the twoelectrodes in the tip of the probe and the measured current is proportionalto the conductivity of the solution.Typical Applications:A Explore the salinity of local water sources.A Explore the interrelationship of salinity, temperature,and conductivity.A Measure the change in the salinity of saltwater as thewater evaporates.Examples of Water SalinityFresh water: 50 pptSpecificationsMeasurement Ranges:Conductivity: 1,000 to 100,000 μSTemperature: 0 to 50 degrees CSalinity: 1 to 55 ppt ±1% (with calibration)Sample rate (maximum): 50 HzTemperature compensation: ±0.5 ppt from 0 to 45 °C at 33 pptCell constant: 10XOrder Information:Salinity Sensor .........................................................................................................PS-2195Recommended:PASPORT Extension Cable ........................................................................PS-2500www.pasco.com

ThermoclinePS-2151At last, students canmeasure temperatureas a function of depth inlocal streams and lakes.PASCO’s Thermoclinemeasures depth automatically — no needto read markings on a cable and enterdata manually. Weighted housing providesdepth measurement stability in fast-flowingstreams.Typical ApplicationsA Study thermoclines in fresh and saltwater environmentsA Create depth profiles for streams, smallrivers, shorelines, and swimming poolsA Study ocean tidesSpecificationsDepth (pressure) -sensing element:Range: 0m to 10.5 mAccuracy: 0.15 m (in fresh water afterbarometric pressure compensation)Resolution: 0.03 mTemperature-sensing element:Range: 0 °C to 100 °CAccuracy: ± 1.5 °CMaximum Sample Rate: 10 HzDrag the Thermocline along the bottom of a pool orstream to create a temperature vs. depth profile.Flow Rate/TemperaturePS-2130PASCO’s Flow Rate Sensor allowsstudents to measure the rate of movementand temperature of streams, rivers and otherflowing systems. The propeller is a rugged,single-piece unit encased by protectivematerial — no more losing pieces to thebottom of the stream.Typical ApplicationsA Determine sediment transport rate fora stream or other body of waterA Measure and compare flow rate atvarious locations in a streamA Compare the characteristics of onestream to anotherSpecificationsFlow Range: 0 m/s to 3.5 m/sTemperature Range: -10 °C to 50 °CMaximum Length: 1.8 m (6 feet)Telescoping handle to reach deep levelsMaximum Sample Rate: 20 HzSpecial Features:Revolutions of a magnet on the submersiblepropeller are counted and converted tolinear flow rate measurements in ft/sec orm/s. Students can use DataStudio softwareto calculate volume discharge ratesExclusive built-in temperature sensorconveniently measures temperature at thesame point as flow rate.PASPORT – EnvironmentalTurbidityPS-2122The TurbiditySensor measures thecloudiness of liquid samplesby quantifying the degree to which lightpassing through the solution is scatteredby suspended particles. Calibration is donewith the touch of a button in less than aminute. The sensor’s black opaque housingassures accuracy of data. The TurbiditySensor is packaged along with 5 emptyglass cuvettes and a Hach StablCal 100-NTU standard in a sturdy plastic case.Typical ApplicationsA Compare the turbidity of water samplesfrom various field locationsA Determine the rate of settling of asampleA Conduct water quality studiesA Measure the formation of a precipitateSpecificationsRange: 0 NTU to 400 NTUAccuracy: 0 to 20 NTU: ±0.2 NTU20 to 100 NTU: ±0.5 NTU100 to 400 NTU: ±1.0 NTUTemperature Range: 5 °C to 40 °C(recommended)Maximum Sample Rate: 5 HzGraph shows the flowrates at the top (green),middle (orange), andbottom (brown) of astream.The temperature of the water in a swimming pool ismeasured as a function of depth.Order Information:Thermocline Sensor............................PS-2151Order Information:Flow Rate/TemperatureSensor ...................................................................PS-2130Over time, turbidity increases in a solution ofsuspended E. Coli.Order Information:Turbidity Sensor ......................................PS-2122ReplacementCuvettes/Caps (6 each)...................PS-2509100 NTU Cal Standard .....................PS-2511Silicone Oil (15 mL) .............................PS-251065

PASPORT – EnvironmentalWater QualityPS-2169Conduct a wide range of waterstudies with this single sensor: temperature, pH, dissolved oxygenand conductivity. All measurements can be made simultaneously.SpecificationsTemperature*: –35 °C to +135 °C, ±0.5 °CpH*: 0–14, ±0.1 (with calibration)Dissolved Oxygen: 0 to 20 mg/l, ±0.2 (with calibration)Conductivity: user selectable, 0 to 1,000;0 to 10,000;0 to 100,000 µS/cm;±0.1% (with calibration)Update Rate: Every 1.3 seconds*Ranges are probe dependent.IncludesStainless SteelTemperature ProbepH ProbeDissolved Oxygen ProbeConductivity Probe.Also supports ISE andORP Electrodes (optional).Water Quality ColorimeterPS-2179This PASPORT Water Quality Colorimeteris designed specifically to support chemicalanalysis of water samples using PASCO’sezSample Snap Vial water quality test kits.1. Snap tip of ampouleand sample instantlyflows into tube.2. Read concentrationusing Xplorer GLX.Specifications:Measurable Ranges:ezSample Snap Vials (Colorimetric)Iron0 to 7 mg/lNitrate0 to 2 mg/lAmmonia0 to 3 mg/lPhosphate0 to 8 mg/lChlorine0 to 6 mg/lezSample Field TitratorsTotal Hardness20 to 200 mg/lCO 210 to 100 mg/lAlkalinity10 to 100 mg/lOperating Temperature: 0° to 40° CThis Water QualityColorimeter iscomplete withbuilt-in calibrationcurves to determinethe concentrationof ions inthe solution forthe ions listed onthis page. Simpleto use in the fieldand students avoiddirect contact withchemicals!pH and conductivity in a lakeare measured simultaneouslyas simulated acid rain fallsinto the lake.Order Information:Water Quality Sensor ................................................................................PS-2169Water Quality ColorimeterAvailable Test Kits*:(30 tests per kit)ezSample Snap Vials (Colorimetric)IronNitrateAmmoniumPhosphateChlorineezSample Field TitratorsTotal HardnessCO 2Alkalinity* Special shipping restrictions may apply.Please contact PASCO for more information.PS-2179EZ-2331EZ-2333AEZ-2334EZ-2337EZ-2339EZ-2338EZ-2341EZ-2340Water QualityField GuidePS-2829AA Educator-designed,Student-testedA Combination ‘how-to’and ‘why?’ reference66This handy guide wasprepared for teachers andstudents alike, with botha good science processand effective sciencelearning in mind.Good water-quality studies need to overcomeseveral challenges: Knowing what to measure,knowing how to measure, and knowing whatthe measurements mean. The Water QualityField Guide not only prepares you for taking themeasurements but also for their interpretation.16 Water Quality Parameters:A AmmoniaA Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)A ChlorineA ConductivityA Dissolved Carbon DioxideA Dissolved OxygenA IronA NitrateIncludes:Spiral-bound Field GuideElectronic version of editableOrder Information:MS Word files on a USB flash driveA pHA PhosphateA SalinityA Stream Flow RateA TemperatureA TurbidityA Total AlkalinityA Total HardnessWater Quality Field Guide ...................PS-2829Awww.pasco.com

GPS Position SensorPS-2175Use PASCO’s GPS Position Sensor tocollect GPS data simultaneously withother sensor measurements, automaticallysynching the data to your latitude,longitude, altitude, and velocity.Students use theXplorer GLX, GPSPosition Sensorand the WeatherAnemometer tomake environmentalmeasurements aroundthe perimeter of apark.Aerial photographin My World GISshowing humidityindex and windchill from PASCO’sWeather/AnemometerSensor. The size ofthe block indicatesthe humidity indexand the colorindicates thewind chill.PASPORT – GPSOn a warm day,temperature andGPS positiondata were collectedwith anXplorer GLX, asa teacher walkedaround andthrough PASCO’sbuilding. Thedata was thenimported into MyWorld GIS wherepositions werecolor coded bytemperature.The GPS Position sensor utilizes satellite triangulation to determinethe sensor’s position and velocity in outdoor environments. Thehighly-sensitive receiver is able to track satellites even under treecanopies often found alongrivers. The sensor provideslatitude, longitude, horizontalspeed, course over ground, altitudeand the number of trackedsatellites. LED indicators let theuser know if the GPS Positionsensor is currently computingposition reports. Overlay sensordata on aerial photos and mapsusing My World GIS software(see page 17 for moreinformation).Aerial Photo and GPS position data,color-coded by number of satellites infix, from hike in Costa Rica. Notice,even in thick jungle canopy, there iscontinuous satellite reception.Display digital readings of position data withyour other measurements on the Xplorer GLX,or graph latitude and longitude to track yourmovement.SpecificationsMeasures: Latitude, longitude, elevation, velocity (speed andbearing), number of satellitesPosition Accuracy: 10 meters, 2D RMS; 5 meters, 2D RMS,WAAS enabledPosition Resolution: 2 meters, full Latitude/Longitude mode;0.2 meters relative position modeVelocity Resolution: 0.1 m/sTime to First Fix (average): 42 sec, cold start; 38 sec, warm start;1 sec, hot startChannels: 20Refresh Rate: Once per secondIncludesGPS Position SensorOrder Information:GPS Position Sensor.................................................................................PS-2175Recommended:Weather Sensor ...............................................................................................PS-2154A p. 62My World GIS 5.0 Student License .........................................SE-7363 p. 17PASPORT Sensor Extension Cable .........................................PS-2500 p. 24See www.pasco.com/myworld for moreinformation on My World GIS Mapping software.67

ScienceWorkshop – 750 Interface750 InterfaceCI-7650A Fast: 250,000 HzA Built-in Function GeneratorA Built-in DC Power Supply (300 mA, ±5 V)A Accessory Power Amplifier Increases Power to1 A, ±10 V (See Page 56)A Simple USB Connection to ComputerScienceWorkshop 750Experiment Bundles:See pages 90-95The 750 eliminates the need for a separate signal generator. In this LRC experiment, the 750 powers the circuit with a sinusoidal function andusing 3 voltage sensors, measures the voltages across the inductor, capacitor, and resistor simultaneously. In addition, it also records the outputvoltage and current. DataStudio can display all 5 traces on its oscilloscope so the phase shifts can be measured.A New Sense and Control FeatureThe 750 output voltage can now be controlled using the calculator in DataStudio.For example, use the 750 output voltage to turn on a DC motor at a voltageproportional to the light intensity reading on a Light Sensor.New calculator functions included in DataStudio are:Outputswitch (A)Controls the ON/OFF state of the Signal Generator window when using aScienceWorkshop 750 interface. If the result of the sub-expression A is nonzero,then the Signal Generator is turned ON. Otherwise, the Signal Generator isturned off. The waveform, amplitude or voltage settings of the Signal Generatorare unaffected by this command.Outputvoltage (A)Controls the voltage (DC) or amplitude (waveform) of the Signal Generator window when using a ScienceWorkshop 750 interface. The result ofthe sub-expression A is used to set the output voltage or amplitude. Note: The parameter to output voltage will be limited to the range of +/-5V(without a power amplifier), or +/-10V (with a power amplifier).The 750 uses ScienceWorkshop sensors and cannot use PASPORT sensors.68www.pasco.com

ScienceWorkshop – 750 InterfaceOur Most Powerful Interface750 Interface FeaturesState-of-the-Art CircuitryContains:Flash EPROMs and Field-Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) for easy field upgradesDual Port RAM that allows direct memory access (DMA) for fast data transferSemi-RISC 32 MHz microprocessor8x OversamplingSurface Mount, Multilayer Circuit BoardBuilt-in Function Generator1.5 Watt function generator is ideal for basiccircuit experiments and low power uses ofspeakers, wave drivers and sonometers.sine wavesquaretriangleramp upramp downpositive squarepositive ramp uppositive ramp downDCSeven Input ChannelsWith the 750, all seven channels may be used simultaneously.There are no limitations on what combinations of sensors can be used.Analog and digital inputs may be mixed in any combination.Four Digital ChannelsUse up to four Photogates or twoRotary Motion Sensors, a photogate andMotion Sensor II, or any other combination.Three Analog ChannelsMax sample rate of 250,000 Hz whenusing a single channel.Features250,000 Hz Sampling Rate: Sample at250,000 samples per second on a singleanalog channel. Students will see a true,real-time oscilloscope and incrediblyresponsive sound sensor data.Built-in 1.5 W Function Generator:Any experiment requiring a frequencyup to 50 kHz and 1.5 watt (300 mA) outputcan be run without additional power amplification.Output current and voltage can bemonitored internally by the 750 Interface.20 kHz Oscilloscope: With the 750’sincreased sampling rate, the oscilloscopebecomes a real-time scope with refreshrates up to 40 frames per second.Reduced Noise, More Accurate Data:When sampling at rates less than 100samples per second, the 750 Interfaceprovides 8X oversampling to reduce noiseand provide smoother data curves.Unique CharacteristicsPorts: Four Digital, Three Analog, OneOutputConnection: USBData Sampling: Simultaneous Analogand Digital Recording Analog Rates: Up to 250,000 samples/sec (20 KHz Oscilloscope)Digital Rates: 0.1 msec digital timingaccuracy (1 mm resolution for MotionSensor)Function Generator: 0 to 50 KHz, 1.5 W(300 mA) outputPower Amp CompatibleSpecificationsPower: 12 VDC to 20 VDC at 2 A,2.1 mm jack (AC adapter included)Digital Channels: Four identical channels,TTL compatible (8 mA max. drive current)Maximum input logic transition time: 500 nsEdge sensitive-sampled at 10 KHz.(1 μs res. for Motion Sensor)Analog Input Channels:Three identical channels with differentialinputs and 1 MΩ impedance±10 V maximum usable input voltage range(±12 V absolute input voltage range)Three voltage gain settings on each analogchannel: 1, 10, and 100Small signal bandwidth up to the ADC:1 MHz for a gain of 1, 800 KHz for a gainof 10, and 120 KHz for a gain of 100; inputamplifier slew rate: 1.2 V/μsElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) protectedBoth digital and analog inputs have ESDprotection.12-bit Analog-to-Digital Conversion:Five inputs: channels A–C, analog outputvoltage and current.Voltage resolution at ADC input: 4.88 mV (.488mV at a gain of 10, 0.049 mV at a gain of 100)Current measurement resolution: 244 μA,(1 V = 50mA) mAOffset voltage accuracy < ±3 mV.(For measuring full-scale voltages the totalerror is less than ±15 mV, accounting forthe gain error in the input amplifier.)Sample rate range: once every 3,600seconds (250 KHz) (Conversion time forconsecutive channels in a burst is 2.9 μs.)8X oversampling for better accuracy atsample rates ≤ 100 Hz.Analog Output:DC value ranges: -4.9976 V to +5.0000 Vin steps of 2.44 mVAccuracy at the DIN connector:(±3.6 mV ±0.1% full scale)Peak-to-peak amplitude adjustment ranges forAC wave form: 0 V to ±5 V in steps of 2.44 mVAC waveform frequency ranges: 0.001 Hz to50 KHz, ±0.01%Maximum amplified output at the bananajacks: about 300 mA at ±5 V, current limited at300 mA ±12 mAOrder Information:750 Interface - USB ..............................CI-7650(USB-compatible computers)69

ScienceWorkshop – 750 Interface AccessoriesPower Amplifier IICI-6552AA For the ScienceWorkshop750 and 700 InterfacesA Provides up to ±10 V at 1 AAmplifier AccessoriesThe following accessories are designed foruse with the CI-6552A Power Amplifier and750 ScienceWorkshop Interface.AC/DC ElectronicsLaboratoryEM-8656750 Interface and NILabVIEWCI-7650A Use National InstrumentsLabVIEW software with PASCO’s750 Interface on WindowsComputersThe optional Power Amplifier connects toboth the ScienceWorkshop 700 and 750(USB and SCSI) Interfaces. It allows studentsto drive and monitor experimentsat the same time. By using the PowerAmplifier II, the computer becomes a:Digital Frequency Generator: Drivespeakers, coils, resonant circuits, vibratingwires, etc.Variable DC Power Supply: Drive electricalcircuits, motors, lights, etc.Controlled Energy Source: For a variety ofsimple and effective experiments in energytransformation and conservation.Note: The ScienceWorkshop 750 Interfacehas a built-in function generator output of±5 VDC at up to 300 mA. For higher outputvoltages and currents, the Power AmplifierII must be used.SpecificationsOutput:- Variable Voltage: ±10 V- Current: up to 1 Amp- Frequency: from DC to 50 kHz- Resolution: 0.01 Hz- Low Output Impedance:

ScienceWorkshop – Interface AdaptersNi ELVIS LabView AdaptersCI-6718 AnalogCI-6719 DigitalA Use ScienceWorkshop Sensors with NI ELVISand LabVIEWNow you can use both digital and analog ScienceWorkshopsensors with National Instruments’ Educational LaboratoryVirtual Instrumentation Suite (NI ELVIS) interface.USB/Serial ConverterCI-6759AA Connects Interface’s Serial Port to USB PortA Use with ScienceWorkshop 300, 500 and 750A All Drivers Included in DataStudio (1.7 or higher)Serial PlugUSB PlugThe USB/Serial Converter is used to connect the serial port ofScienceWorkshop Interfaces to the USB port of the computer.The NI ELVIS and LabVIEW software are used to control the Fan Accessorybased on measurements from the Force Sensor.500 InterfaceCI-6400Analog NI ELVIS AdapterCI-6718Digital NI ELVIS AdapterCI-6719NI ELVIS combines instrumentation, data acquisition and a prototypingboard in one unit. For more information on NI LabVIEW andNI ELVIS, visit www.ni.com.To collect data, plug an Analog or Digital Adapter into the prototypingboard and insert a sensor. Connect the adapter to the appropriateI/O ports on ELVIS and the system is ready to use.Once data has been collected, students can use the power andflexibility of LabVIEW software to display and condition the data asneeded. This system provides the perfect opportunity for studentsto learn about digital and analog data processing techniques.Virtual instruments for using PASCO sensors are available FREE atwww.pasco.com/labview. Use these VIs to get started or modifythem to fit the needs of your laboratory.Order Information:Analog NI ELVIS Adapter ............................................................................CI-6718Digital NI ELVIS Adapter ..............................................................................CI-6719Obtain Higher Sustained Sampling Rates: Increase the maximumcontinuous data sampling rate by a factor of eight.*Use a Real-time Oscilloscope Display: Increase the oscilloscopeframe rate from two frames per second to approximately 10 framesper second, providing a real-time oscilloscope for examining electricalcircuits, sound waves and more.Perform Fast, Reliable Data Downloads: A buffer of logged data (upto 17,000 data points) can be downloaded in a few seconds. The samedownload would take several minutes using a serial port.*Maximum sample rate of the 500 Interface in burst mode remains at 20,000 Hz750 SCSI InterfaceCI-6450Plug and Play: Connect and disconnect the interface without shuttingdown the computer.Maximize Your Technology Investment: Allows 750 SCSI Interfacesto be used with the USB port for a modest investment.Use a Real-time Oscilloscope Display: Oscilloscope refresh rate ofapproximately 10 frames per second, providing a real-time oscilloscopefor examining electrical circuits, sound waves and more.Maximum sample rate of the 750 Interface remains at 250,000 Hz in burst modeOrder Information:USB/Serial Converter ......................................................................................CI-6759A71

ScienceWorkshop – 500 InterfaceScienceWorkshop® 500 InterfaceCI-6400A Use as a computer interfaceA Use as a datalogger away from the computerA Five sensor portsA Serial connector can be adapted to USBusing optional converterSimultaneous Analog andDigital RecordingCollect up to three analog and twodigital signals at the same time.The 500 Interface is batterypowered and can record dataaway from the computer.Datalogging ButtonPress this button to record andstore data in the interface’sdata storage buffer.Built-in BatteryCompartmentHolds four AA batteries forfield work (also runs on9 VAC adapter included).Make the 500 Interfacemore Powerful with theUSB/Serial ConverterCI-6759AA versatile solution for all sciences.SpecificationsCombines good desktop performance withPorts: Two Digital, three Analogdatalogging capability. Compatible with overConnection: Serial (also USB compatible40 ScienceWorkshop sensors for use inwith USB/Serial Converter)Chemistry, Biology, Earth Science, PhysicsCommunication Speed: 19.2 kbaud.and Engineering.Crystal-controlled timebase:Features±0.01% accuracyDatalogging: The ScienceWorkshop 500 Analog Inputs: three analog channelsInterface collects data directly to a computer,or students can collect data with just the gain = 1 or 10A: Differential Input— 2 MΩ impedance;interface and a sensor. Students can set up B: Single Ended Input— 200 kΩThe USB/Serial Converter is the idealan experiment using the 500, disconnectimpedance; gain = 1 or 10solution for connecting the 500 Interfacefrom the computer to collect data outsideto the USB port of a computer. USBC: Single Ended Input— 200 kΩthe classroom and then reconnect for datato serial adapters produced by otherimpedance; gain = 1analysis.companies rely on constantly changing±10 V range (±0.02 V + 0.1% of reading); drivers that may or may not work wellPortability: With a built-in battery compartmentfor 4 “AA” batteries (not included) the 12-bit ADC converts samplesConverter is specifically designed for5 mV resolutionwith a computer. PASCO’s USB/SerialScienceWorkshop 500 Interface can go justDigital Inputs: two digital I/O channelsuse with the 300, 500 and 750about anywhere and still collect data.5 μs timing resolutionInterfaces. Simply install the included50 KB Storage Buffer: Stores data runsversion of DataStudio and begin collectingdata.Datalogging mode without a Computer:and experiment setup information.Disconnect from your computer and takeCross-Platform Data: Logged data willNot only is the USB/Serial Converterremote measurements.open on either a Macintosh or a Windowscompatiblecomputer. The interface storeseasy to use, it boosts the performanceLow power consumption mode prolongs of the 500 Interface significantly.battery life.the sensor and data display information soit knows what experiment setup to open. 50 KB Storage Buffer: Collect 17,000 Analog A Increases continuous data sample(force, voltage, etc.) data points or 7,000rate by a factor of 8.Motion Sensor data points.Unique Characteristics50 KB data storage buffer (2N+1 bytes/A Increases the oscilloscope displayPorts: Two Digital, three Analogsample period, N=# chs, eg: 2 chs @ 10Hzrefresh rate by 5 times, providing aConnection: Serial (also USBfor 1,000 seconds)near real-time oscilloscope forcompatible with USB/Serial Converter)Multiple data runs are appended to theexamining electrical circuits, soundDatalogging: Collect up to 17,000 Analog buffer.waves and more.(force, voltage, etc.) data pointsCross-platform Data: Logged data willor 7,000 Motion Sensor data pointsA Enables students to download a bufferof logged data (up to 17,000 dataopen on either a Macintosh or Windowscompatiblecomputer. The interface storesPortable: Built-in battery compartmentDesigned for: Starter, Biology, Chemistry,the sensor and data display information sopoints!) in seconds (versus minutesit knows what experiment setup to open.using the serial connection). The maximumsample rate for the 500 interfaceGeneral Science, Earth Science, Physics,MathPower Supply: 9 V@500mA DC supply or abattery pack (4 AA). All inputs and the serial remains 20,000 Hz.Order Information:interface have ESD (electrostatic discharge)Order Information:ScienceWorkshopprotection circuitry that works with power500 Interface .................................................CI-6400 on or off.USB/Serial Converter .......................CI-6759A72www.pasco.com

Use PASCO sensors in your own circuits withouta computer interfaceCI Sensor Voltage MonitorCI-6611A Take advantage of PASCO’s numerous fine quality sensors alreadymounted in a case and ready to usePlug up to five ScienceWorkshop sensors ata time into the front of the CI Sensor VoltageMonitor. The sensors’ output voltages areaccessed at the buss on the back of theCI Sensor Voltage Monitor.Voltage reading isproportional to theforce appliedFrontThe CI Sensor Voltage Monitor accepts any ScienceWorkshop CI sensor, supplies power tothe sensor, and gives access to the output voltage of the sensor through the terminal stripon the back of the box. Monitor the output voltage using a voltmeter or an oscilloscope orwire the sensor output directly into your own circuit. The instruction sheet includes calibrationdata for relating the output voltage to the sensor reading (for example, 8 V = 50 Newtons fora Force Sensor).IncludesCI Sensor Voltage MonitorPower Adapter: 9 VDC @ 500 mACalibration Data in ManualSensor plugs intoCI Sensor VoltageMonitorOrder Information:CI Sensor Voltage Monitor ....................................................................CI-6611Recommended:Any ScienceWorkshop Sensor .........................................................See pages 74-84Basic Digital Multimeter ...........................................................................SE-9786AScienceWorkshop – Voltage Monitor and Sensor IndexBackForce Sensor1 kgmassCI Sensor Voltage MonitorOutput voltage from sensorSpecificationsAccepts all ScienceWorkshop Sensors5 Voltage OutputsPower adapter: 9 VDC, 500 mANot compatible with PASPORT sensors.ScienceWorkshop Sensor IndexThe chart below lists the sensorsavailable for use with ScienceWorkshopInterfaces.Sensor Description Part No. Page No.Acceleration CI-6558 76Barometer CI-6531A 83Carbon Dioxide CI-6561 81Charge CI-6555 79CI Load Cell Amplifier NEW CI-6464 76CI Load Cell andAmplifier Set NEW CI-6465 167Colorimeter CI-6747 81Conductivity CI-6729 80Current CI-6556 79Current, High CI-6740 79Dissolved Oxygen CI-6542 82Drop Counter CI-6499 81EKG CI-6539A 84Flow Rate CI-6730A 83Force CI-6537 74Force, Economy CI-6746 74Force Platform CI-6461 76Free Fall Adapter ME-9207B 75G-M Tube SN-7927A 80Heart Rate CI-6543B 84Humidity, Relative CI-6559 83Ion Probes 82Ion-Selective ElectrodeAmplifier Box CI-6738 82Laser Switch ME-9259A 75Light CI-6504A 78Light, Broad Spectrum CI-6630 78Light, High-Sensitivity CI-6604 78Light, Infrared CI-6628 78Light, UVA CI-9784 78Magnetic Field CI-6520A 80Motion Sensor II CI-6742A 74Oxygen Gas CI-6562 80pH CI-6507A 81Photogate, Accessory ME-9204B 37Photogate Head ME-9498A 75Photogate/Pulley System ME-6838 75Pressure Sensor—Absolute CI-6532A 76Pressure Sensor—Low CI-6534A 76Respiration Rate CI-6535 84Rotary Motion CI-6538 74Sound CI-6506B 84Temperature CI-6605A 77Temperature, High Accuracy CI-6525 77Temperature with Type KProbe CI-6526 77Thermistor Temperature CI-6527A 77Thermocline CI-6731 83Time-of-Flight Accessory ME-6810 75Voltage CI-6503 7973

ScienceWorkshop – Force and MotionForceCI-6537A ±50 N rangeA Built-in Accessory TrayPASCO’s durable, reliable Force Sensor was designed specificallyfor the student physics lab. Wide-range, high-frequency responseand a low noise transducer help generate excellent impulse graphs,smooth harmonic motion data and more. The sensor’s special straingauge consistently generates the same output for the same forceand is designed to minimize side loads. Damping materials reducevibrations caused by collisions without affecting results. Any dynamicscart accessories can be mounted on top of the Force Sensor.SpecificationsForce Range: -50 to +50 NResolution: 0.03 N or 3.1 gramsZero (Tare) Function: Push buttonForce-overload Protection: Mechanical stop prevents forces ofmore than 50 N from damaging the sensorPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plugMounts on standard 12.7 mm support rodsOrder Information:Force Sensor ...............................................................................................................CI-6537Rotary MotionCI-6538The Rotary Motion Sensoris one of the most versatileposition/motion measuring devices in thestudent physics lab. It is equally adept at measuring linear positionwith a resolution of 0.055 mm or rotary motion with a resolution of0.25°. This sensor is also bi-directional, indicating the direction ofmotion.The 6.35 mm diameter dual ball-bearing shaft extends from bothsides of the unit and provides an excellent platform for rotationalexperiments. The rod clamp (which can be attached on three sides ofthe sensor) allows the unit to be mounted in almost any orientation.A three-step pulley and a mount for the PASCO Super Pulley make iteasy to perform torque experiments.SpecificationsThree-step Pulley: 10 mm, 29 mm and 48 mm diameterResolution: 1° and 0.25° (software selectable)Maximum Speeds: 13 rev/sec at 1° resolution (360 data points/revolution)3.25 rev/sec at 0.25° resolution (1440 data points/revolution)Optical Encoder: Bidirectional, indicates direction of motionSensor Dimensions: 10 cm x 5 cm x 3.75 cm, 6.35 mm diametershaftConnector: Dual stereo phone plug for ScienceWorkshop InterfacesOrder Information:Rotary Motion Sensor ..................................................................................CI-6538Recommended:Extra Three-step Pulley...................................................................................CI-6693Rotary Motion Sensor for Vernier Interfaces .....................CI-662574Economy ForceCI-6746A ±50 N rangeA Convenient Finger GripThe Economy Force Sensor is an excellent,low-cost, general-purpose force sensor forthe student lab. The finger holes make it idealfor hand-held use. The Economy Force Sensor canmount on a PASCO Dynamics Cart. Ideal for measuringforce in one-axis experiments.SpecificationsForce Range: -50 to +50 NResolution: 0.03 N or 3.1 gramsZero (Tare) Function: Push buttonForce-overload Protection: Mechanical stop prevents forces ofmore than 50 N from damaging the sensorPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plugMounts on standard 12.7 mm support rodsOrder Information:Economy Force Sensor ..................................................................................CI-6746Force Sensor Spares KitCI-6463Includes:Hook, rubber bumper and screw to attach to a cart.Order Information:Force Sensor Spares Kit .......................................................................CI-6463Motion Sensor IICI-6742AThe CI-6742A Motion Sensor II uses ultrasonicpulse technology to measure object position.FeaturesShorter Dead Zone: Detects targets as close as 15 cm from thesensor increasing the effective length of a dynamics track (othermotion sensors have a dead zone of 42 cm, see below). FalseTarget Rejection Circuit: Reduces false signals from objects nearthe target’s path of motion, giving cleaner data.SpecificationsMinimum Range: 15 cm (short dead zone)Maximum Range: 8 mTransducer Rotation: 360°Near/Far Switch Settings:Narrow: For distances up to 2 m to reject false target signals orignore air track noise.Standard: For longer distances up to 8 meters.Mounting Options:- 12.7 mm diameter rod or smaller- Directly to the PASCO Dynamics Track- Non-skid rubber feet for table mountConnector: Dual stereo phone plug for ScienceWorkshop Interfaces.Order Information:Motion Sensor II ...................................................................................................CI-6742ARecommended:Accessory Cable ....................................................................................................CI-6748Allows CI-6742A to be used with CBL/EA100.www.pasco.com

WEARSAFETYPhotogate HeadME-9498AScienceWorkshop – PhotogatesTime-of-Flight AccessoryME-6810SpecificationsPhotogate Width: 7.5 cmFall Time: < 50 nsSpatial Resolution: < 1 mmTiming Resolution: 0.1 millisecondConnector: Stereo phone plugOrder Information:Photogate Head.......................................................................................................ME-9498ARecommended:Photogate Stand .....................................................................................................ME-9805The Time-of-Flight Accessoryis designed primarily for freefallor projectile experiments.When an object hits theplate, a signal is sent to theinterface. Note: When usedwith the projectile launcher, aphotogate is used to start the timerand the 20’ extension cable is recommended.Typical ApplicationsA Find Time-of-flight for a ball shot from a Projectile LauncherA Conduct freefall experimentsPhotogate/PulleySystemME-6838AME-68 0CAUTION!DO NOT L OKDOWN BA REL!SHORT RANGEPROJECTILE LAUNCHERPhotogateIncludes:Photogate HeadSuper Pulley with RodGLA SES –WHEN IN USE.Timet = 1.39 sTime of Flight PadSpecificationsPulley: Rotational inertia: 1.8 x 10-6 kg m2 Coefficient of friction:< 7 x 10-3 Diameter: 5 cm, Mass: 5.5 gPhotogate: Width: 7.5 cm, Fall time: < 50 ns Spatial resolution:< 1 mmTiming Resolution: 0.1 millisecondConnector: Stereo phone plugOrder Information:Time-of-Flight Accessory.............................................................................ME-6810Freefall AdapterME-9207BOrder Information:Photogate/Pulley System...........................................................................ME-6838ALaser SwitchME-9259AThis Laser Switch acts as a largephotogate so you can time objectstoo large to pass through a standardPhotogate. Use the Red Laser Pointerbelow or other laser as your lightsource.LaserLaserSwitchOrder Information:Laser Switch ................................................................................................................ME-9259ARequired:Laser such as X-Y AdjustableDiode Laser ...................................................................................................................OS-8526ARodandClampWhen the steel ball is dropped fromthe release mechanism, the computerautomatically starts timing. Whenthe ball hits the receptor pad, timingstops. Timer measurements of “g”are accurate and repeatable.Order Information:Freefall Adapter ........................................................................................................ME-9207B75

ScienceWorkshop – Force/Acceleration/PressureCI Load Cell AmplifierCI-6464This amplifier allows users of theScienceWorkshop 500 and750 interfaces to collect datausing the Structures System100N and 5N Load Cells.This system has been successfullyused at sample rates up to 10,000 Hz. The sample rate limitis determined by the interface and computer used. The amplifieraccepts either a 100N Load Cell or 5N Load Cell.Shown in use withME-6990 Truss Set.See page 168.Order Information:CI Load Cell Amplifier .................................................CI-6464Required For Use:Load Cell 5N ...........................................................................PS-2201 p. 167OrLoad Cell 100N .....................................................................PS-2200 p. 167Also Required:Structures System ............................................................................................................p. 166-178Force PlatformCI-6461A Large jumping/landingsurfaceA Rugged designThe Force Platform is an excellent tool for exploring forces on thehuman body. The platform measures the force exerted on any objectin contact with it. The sturdy glass-filled nylon platform is supportedby four force beams which combine to measure the total force onthe platform. The optional Handle Set (PS-2548) allows students topush and pull on the Force Platform while holding it vertically.Typical ApplicationsA Students determine their “hang time” by jumping off the platform,then landing on itA Use two Force Platforms to investigate Newton’s 3rd Law astwo students push against one anotherA Measure the normal force on a person riding in an elevatorSpecificationsRange: -1000 N to +4000 NMaximum Update Rate: 200 HzPlatform Size: 35cm x 35cmZero (tare) Function: Push ButtonForce Overload ProtectionPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plugOrder Information:Force Platform ...........................................................................................................CI-646176100 NLoad CellAccelerationCI-6558A ±5 g rangeA 0.01 g resolutionThe Acceleration Sensor can be used to record accelerationdata for almost any application. Plug the sensor directly into theScienceWorkshop 500 Interface to produce a portable accelerationmonitoring device.IncludesAcceleration Sensor with two meter detachable cableBracket and hardware for attaching to a dynamics cartSpecificationsRange: ±5 g rangeResolution: 0.01 g rangeZero Function: Push button, nulls out gravitySensor Response Settings: Switch-selectableSlow: Reduces high frequency vibrations and noise in experimentsmeasuring acceleration of elevators, roller coasters andautomobiles, etc.Fast: Use for short duration events such as cart collisionsPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Acceleration Sensor ..........................................................................................CI-6558Low PressureCI-6534AA Gauge PressureA Ideal for Small Pressure ChangesThe Low Pressure Sensor measures gas pressure comparedto atmospheric pressure, which is commonly known as gaugepressure. Includes quick connect tubing for a variety of pressureactivities. The limited pressure range of the sensor provides excellentaccuracy and resolution for measuring small pressure changes.SpecificationsPressure Range: 0 to 10 kPa above atmosphericNumber of Pressure Ports: OnePin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Low Pressure Gauge Sensor ..................................................................CI-6534AAbsolute PressureCI-6532AA Measure Absolute Pressureup to Seven AtmospheresA Includes Syringe for Gas LawsThe Absolute Pressure Sensor measures the pressure relative toan internal reference vacuum. Includes a syringe and quick connecttubing for investigating Gas Laws.SpecificationsPressure Range: 0 to 700 kPaReference Vacuum Pressure: 40 mTorrNumber of Pressure Ports: OnePin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Absolute Pressure Sensor .........................................................................CI-6532Awww.pasco.com

High-AccuracyTemperatureCI-6525A Wide Temperature RangeA Measures Temperature ofLiquid NitrogenPASCO’s resistance temperature device isa highly accurate Temperature Sensor madefrom platinum wire.SpecificationsTemperature Range: -200 °C to + 200 °CAccuracy: Less than 0.5 °C full scaleResolution: 0.2 °COutput Voltage/Temperature ratio: 10 mV/ °C, linearTemperature Sensing Junction: Platinum wirePin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plugOrder Information:High-Accuracy Temperature Sensor ..............................................CI-6525TemperatureCI-6605AA Quick ResponseA Rugged SensorThis low thermal mass Temperature Sensor ensures a quick responseand negligible impact on measured temperatures. Teflon® covers,for use in harsh liquids or chemical solutions, are available as anaccessory.SpecificationsTemperature Range: -35 °C to + 135 °CAccuracy: ±0.5 °CResolution: 0.05 °CPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plugOrder Information:Temperature Sensor ..................................................................................CI-6605AType K TemperatureCI-6526A Extra Long ProbeThe CI-6526 Type K Thermocouple is usefulfor both low and high temperature applications.Its long probe length (95 cm) makes it ideal formeasuring temperature in hard-to-reach places.SpecificationsRange: -200 °C to +400 °CAccuracy: Linear from 0 °C to +400 °C (3 °C± 3% of reading)Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plugOrder Information:Type K Temperature Sensor .............................................................................CI-6526Replacement Supply:Type K Thermocouple ...............................................................................................PS-2155Order Information:ScienceWorkshop – TemperatureThermistor TemperatureCI-6527AAConvert Resistance to TemperatureThe Thermistor Sensor is designed to read the resistance froma thermistor (100 kΩ or 10 kΩ at 25 °C) and convert it to temperature.The computer displays the temperature in real-time in °C, eliminatingthe need for an ohmmeter and the use of a conversion lookup table.The sensor also reads in ohms so it can be used to read any resistancebetween 3 kΩ and 360 kΩ.The Thermistor Sensor reads the type of thermistors (100 kΩ or10 kΩ at 25 °C) featured in PASCO equipment, such as:Thermal Radiation Cube (TD-8554A)Mechanical Equivalent of Heat (TD-8551A)Thermal Efficiency Apparatus (TD-8564)Thermal Expansion (TD-8558A)Compact Thermal Expansion (TD-8578 and TD-8579A)Thermal Cavity (TD-8580)Specifications:Resistance Range: 3.0 kΩ to 360.0 kΩ± 0.2 kΩTemperature Range: 0 °C to 120 °CResolution: 0.05 °C at 25 °CPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseIncludes:BNC-to-2 Banana CableTwo Alligator Clips – BananaOrder Information:Thermistor Temperature Sensor ...............................................................CI-6527AReplacement Thermistor Cable ..................................................................PS-2515(Includes: 3.5 mm Stereo Phone-to-2 Banana Cable)Thermistor Probes(The probes below must be used with CI-6527A)Skin/Surface PS-2131Our Skin/Surface Temperature Sensor has awider range to allow students to measure awider variety of surfaces.SpecificationsRange: -10 to +70 °CFast Response PS-2135 (3 pack)Our Fast-Response Temperature Sensor’slow thermal mass and small size allowsstudents to see changes in temperaturethey could never see before. Momentarilydip the sensor in water and then watch as itcools from evaporation and returns to ambient.SpecificationsRange: -30 to +105 °COne Sample 10kΩ ThermistorOne Sample 100kΩ ThermistorSkin/Surface ................................................................................................................PS-2131Order Information:Fast Response (3 pack) ..................................................................................PS-213577

ScienceWorkshop – LightLightCI-6504AA General Purpose Light SensorPASCO’s Light Sensor is ideal for indoor and outdoor relative lightintensity experiments. It can be used in a lighted room for mostexperiments.Typical ApplicationsA Measure relative light intensities in daylight(even monitor a solar eclipse)A Compare light intensity vs. distanceA Study interference/diffraction/polarizationSpecificationsSensing Element: Si PIN photodiodeSpectral Response: 320 nm to 1100 nmGain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectableOutput Voltage: 0V to 5VPin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on caseMaximum Light Intensity Levels (lux):Gain Setting: 1x 10x 100xApproximate Lux: 500 50 5Order Information:Light Sensor ................................................................................................................CI-6504ALight Broad SpectrumCI-6630A For use withSpectrophotometerA Ideal for Black Body SpectrumThe Broad Spectrum Light Sensor is designed specifically foruse with our OS-8539 Educational Spectrophotometer Systemand OS-8543 Prism Spectrophotometer Accessory for Black Bodyexperiments. The Broad Spectrum Light Sensor uses a thermopileand window combination that respond to both the near infrared andvisible light necessary for the Black Body experiment.Typical ApplicationsA Black Body ExperimentSpecificationsSensing Element: BaF 2 window, xenon gas-filled thermopileOutput Voltage: 0V to 10VSpectral Response: 300 to 10,000 nm.Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN on caseOrder Information:Light Broad Spectrum Sensor ............................................................CI-663078Light High-SensitivityCI-6604A Ideal for low lightexperimentsThe High-Sensitivity Light Sensor is designed for experimentsinvolving low light level conditions.SpecificationsSensing Element: Si PIN photodiodeSpectral Response: 320 nm to 1100 nmGain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectableOutput Voltage: 0V to 5VPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseMaximum Light Intensity Levels (lux):Gain Setting: 1x 10x 100xApproximate Lux: 5 0.5 0.05Order Information:Light High-Sensitivity Sensor ..............................................................CI-6604Light InfraredCI-6628A For heat studiesThe Infrared Sensor is sensitive in the infrared portion (up to40,000 nm) of the spectrum, but also detects the visible spectrum.It will detect the radiation from a person’s hand. The response islinear over its entire frequency range.SpecificationsSensing Element: 48 junction, KRS-5 window, argon gas-filledthermopileSpectral Response: Up to 40,000 nm (linear)Gain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectableOutput Voltage: 0V to 5VPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Infrared Sensor.........................................................................................................CI-6628Light UVACI-9784A Directly measure UV radiationThe Ultraviolet Light Sensor detects the UVA band (315 nm - 400 nm)with the UVA filter installed. With the UVA filter removed, the sensordetects the visible as well as the UVA. The sensor includes the UVAfilter, a collimator and a diffuser.SpecificationsSensing Element: PhotodiodeSpectral Response: With included UVA filter– 315 nm to 400 nmGain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectableOutput Voltage: 0V to 5 VPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:UVA Light Sensor .........................................................................................CI-9784www.pasco.com

VoltageCI-6503A Standard bananaplugs and alligator clipsThe Voltage Sensor provides a simple connectionbetween a ScienceWorkshop interface and an electronic circuit.Typical ApplicationsA Study resistance, voltage and capacitance in circuitsA ElectroplatingA Conduct power amplifier experimentsSpecificationsVoltage Range: ±10 V AC/DCPin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plugProbe ends are standard banana plugs. Two alligator clip adaptersincluded.Order Information:Voltage Sensor .........................................................................................................CI-6503High CurrentCI-6740A Measures upto 10 AmpsA Isolated CircuitMeasure the transient or steady state current at any point in acircuit. The High Current Sensor is ideal for circuits in which thecurrent exceeds 1 Amp. Instead of a sensing resistor, the HighCurrent Sensor features a Hall Effect chip. Therefore, the sensorhas a negligible internal resistance and will not influence the currentmeasurements from the circuit. The sensor includes a 10 Amp fusewhich can be easily replaced.Typical Applications:A Measure the current through PASCO coilsA Determine the output from the Hand Crank GeneratorSpecifications:Maximum Current Input: +/- 10 AmpsMaximum Voltage Input: +/- 30 VoltsFrequency Response: DC – 10 KHzFuse: 10 Amps, Fast Acting (Replaceable)Pin Configuration: 8-Pin DIN plugOrder Information:High Current Sensor .........................................................................................CI-6740BNC AdapterCI-6685This adapter allows BNC-terminatedcables (such as oscilloscope probes) to beconnected to a ScienceWorkshop Interface.Order Information:BNC Adapter ................................................................................................................CI-6685ScienceWorkshop – Voltage/Current/ChargeCurrentCI-6556A 1 Ω sensing resistorThe Current Sensor determines the currentthrough it by measuring the voltage across theinternal 1.00 Ω resistor. Up to 1.5 A can be measured.Typical ApplicationsA Study resistance, voltage and capacitance in circuitsSpecificationsMaximum Current Input: 1.5 A*Maximum Differential Voltage: 1.5 V*Maximum Common Mode Voltage: 10 VResolution: 5 mA (1X gain), 0.5 mA (10X gain)Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN on case(*DC or AC RMS (root mean square))Order Information:Current Sensor .........................................................................................................CI-6556Current Probe PS-2184The PS-2184 and a PASCOvoltage sensor allow themeasurement of currentCurrentbetween -4 A and +4 A.The probe contains a precision 0.10 ohmresistor and the current is measured bycreating a DataStudio calculation: I=V/R.SpecificationsResistor: 0.10 Ohm, 3.0W, 1.0%Maximum Current: 4AMaximum Voltage: 10VMaximum Voltage Without Damage: 30VTerminals: 4mm Banana JacksOrder Information:Current Probe ............................................................................................................PS-2184CurrentVoltageSensor(not included)Charge CI-6555A Ideal for electrostaticsPASCO’s Charge Sensor is designedfor experiments in electrostaticssuch as inductive charging, charge productionand distribution, charge on a capacitor, etc.Typical ApplicationsA Connect to a Faraday Ice Pail to measure the total charge on anobject by the induction methodA Use as a high-input impedance voltmeter (10 12 Ω)SpecificationsInput Capacitance: 0.01µF ±5%Input Resistance: 1012 ohms (1000 gigaohms)Maximum Input Voltage: 150 VInput Connector: BNCInput Cable: Shielded, 0.9m, alligator clip terminationPin Configuration: 8-Pin DIN plug on caseSensor Gain: 1x 5x 20xVoltage Range: ±10 V ±2 V ±0.5 VCharge Range: ±0.1µC ±0.02µC ±0.005µCOrder Information:Charge Sensor ........................................................................................... CI-6555Recommended:Faraday Ice Pail ........................................................................................ ES-9042A p. 25179

ScienceWorkshop – Magnetic Field, Nuclear and ChemistryMagnetic FieldCI-6520AConductivityCI-6729A Measures radial or axial fieldsA Tare buttonPASCO’s Magnetic Field Sensor is sensitive enough to detect theearth’s magnetic field.Its application in the physics lab includes measuring and plottingfields in single or Helmholtz coils, solenoids, electromagnets andmagnets.FeaturesMeasures radial or axial fields: Two switch-selectable Hall Effectsensors measure either radial or axial fields.Tare button: Zeroing or nulling out existing fields is accomplished bypushing the Tare button.Three switchable ranges of sensitivity: Full scale ranges of10, 100 and 1,000 Gauss. Measurements from earth’s magnetic fieldto strong magnets.7.5 cm probe: Sensors are mounted at the end of a fullyencapsulated 7.5 cm long probe.SpecificationsSensitivity: ± 10 Gauss, 50 mG resolution± 100 Gauss, 50 mG resolution± 1000 Gauss, 500 mG resolutionMeasurement modes: Axial and RadialProbe Length: 7.5 cmPin Configuration: 8-Pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Magnetic Field Sensor ...........................................................................CI-6520ARecommended:Zero Gauss Chamber ...............................................................................EM-8652 p. 50G-M Tube/Power SupplySN-7927AThe CI-6729 Conductivity Sensor, including amplifier box and1x electrode, is designed for monitoring conductivity (µS/cm) inaqueous solutions. DataStudio can convert data to total dissolvedsolids (mg/L).Typical ApplicationsA Compare conductivity of different water samplesA Study the effects of chemical flocculants on conductivitySpecificationsSensitivity Ranges: 0 to 200 µS/cm, 0 to 2000 µS/cm, 0 to 20,000µS/cm; switch-selectable on amplifier boxElectrode: Platinized, reduces the effects of cell polarizationCell Constant: 1xConnector: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:1x Model Conductivity Sensor ............................................................CI-672910x Conductivity Electrode ......................................................................CI-6739AConductivity Replacement ProbePS-2571(Previously partnumber 699-06621)Order Information:Conductivity Replacement Probe ................................................PS-2571O 2 GasCI-6562A Ideal general purposenuclear sensorThe G-M Tube/Power Supply senses alpha, beta and gammaradiation. Power for the tube is supplied through the connection toan interface that supplies an operating voltage of +5 V.SpecificationsSensitivity: Beta, Gamma, AlphaCount Detection: Audio signalWindow Thickness: 1.5 to 2 mg/cm2, micaGas Filling: Neon, Argon and HalogenStarting/Operating Voltage for tube: 450 VDC/500 VDCDead Time: 90 µsOrder Information:G-M Tube/Power Supply ..............................................................................SN-7927A80The Oxygen Gas Sensor accurately measures oxygenconcentration in the atmosphere or enclosed spaces, suchas terrariums. The sensor’s wide range (0-100%) means studentscan use it with any experiment or investigation. Use in combinationwith the CO 2 Gas Sensor to perform an even wider variety ofenvironmental and physiology activities in the classroom orin the field.SpecificationsRange: 0 to 100%Accuracy: ±1% (from 0 to 40%)Resolution: 0.024%Order Information:O 2 Gas Sensor ..........................................................................................................CI-6562Replacement Supplies:Replacement Electrode ..................................................................................PS-6524www.pasco.com

ScienceWorkshop – ChemistrypHCI-6507AThe pH Sensor is a fundamentalsensor for studying a wide range oftopics that involve acid-base interactions.Typical ApplicationsA Monitor acid-base titrationsA Understand the role of buffersA Study water qualitySpecificationspH Range: 0 to 14Electrode: Gel-filled (nonrefillable) Ag-AgClcombination electrode with a membrane resistance of 50 MΩ at 25° CpH-to-voltage Ratio: 5 pH = 0.1 VPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:pH Sensor .......................................................................................................................CI-6507ApH Replacement ElectrodePS-2573(Previously part number699-195)Order Information:pH Replacement Electrode ..........................................................................PS-2573ColorimeterCI-6747PASCO’s Colorimeter shines a light through asolution and measures the percent transmittance.Connect to an interface or operate portably in astand-alone mode. A two-line LCD display promptsyou through the measurement process. Automaticcalibration saves time and improves accuracy.Water resistant cuvette holder reduces exposure ofoptics and electronics to sample spills.Typical ApplicationsA Verify Beer’s LawA Monitor reaction rates for reactions that involve color changes,water clarity, etc.SpecificationsTransmittance Range: 0 to 100% Transmittance with0.1% resolutionWavelengths: 470 nm (blue), 565 nm (green), 635 nm (orange)and 697 nm (red)LCD Display: Updates every 0.5 secondsPin Configuration: 6-pin mini-DIN socketIncludes 15 cuvettes and a 6 foot cable(6-pin mini-DIN to 8-pin DIN) for connection to ScienceWorkshopInterfaces.Batteries (four “AA” cells) not included.Order Information:Colorimeter Sensor ............................................................................................CI-6747Replacement Supplies:Cuvettes and Caps ...............................................................................................SE-8739(includes 100 cuvettes and 20 caps)Drop Counter (High Accuracy)CI-6499At last, a professional Drop Countercan become part of your student lab. OurDrop Counter has a wider (18 x 13 mm) drop windowfor better drop detection and easier alignment with burettes. Worksequally well with large or small, fast or slow drops. Easy calibrationrequires entering just one number into the computer. Includes aMicro Stir Bar for use with our pH and Conductivity Probes.A Measures up to 40 drops per second with drops as small as.64 mm.A Silicone rubber-sealed polypropylene is fluid resistant andprotects sensor from mild acids and bases.A Automatically recalibrates for maximum sensitivity each timethe unit is turned on.Typical ApplicationsA Determine the equivalence pointSpecificationsHolds up to three sensors in a 150 mL beakerLED drop indicatorUV filter rejects all visible light - notsusceptible to variations in room lightingStereo phone plug connectorOrder Information:High-Accuracy Drop Counter .................................................................CI-6499CO 2CI-6561The CO 2 Sensor measures carbon dioxide gas concentration, ineither an open or closed system. Sensor uses NDIR (non-dispersiveinfrared) detection technology to sense the CO 2 level. On-boardmicroprocessor supports user calibration and DSP (digital signalprocessing) to reduce environmental noise and improve accuracyand resolution. The CO 2 concentration level updates once eachsecond. Suitable for use in classroom biological and environmentalexperiments.Typical ApplicationsA CO 2 vs. Oxygen cycles in a terrariumA Compare indoor vs. outdoor CO 2 levelsA Terrarium studies of cellular respirationA Chemical reaction studiesSpecificationsRange: 0 to 10,000 ppm or 0 to 100,000 ppmResolution: 0 to 10,000 (5 ppm); 0 to 10,000 (50 ppm)Accuracy: 0 to 10,000: ±100 ppm or 10% of value, whicheveris greater. 10,000 to 50,000: 20% of value.Over 50,000: qualitative only.Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:CO 2 Sensor ....................................................................................................................CI-656181

ScienceWorkshop – ChemistryIon-Selective ElectrodesCI-6738Dissolved OxygenCI-6542PASCO’s family of Ion-Selective Electrodes provides either pointreadings or continuous monitoring of specific ion concentrationsin water. PASCO recommends buying one amplifier box and desiredelectrodes for each student, group or class that will use thesensors. Each Ion-Selective Electrode will work with the CI-6738Amplifier Box. Two-meter cable included. See chart below forspecifications.Typical ApplicationsA Determine the concentration of a specific ion in a solutionA Water quality studiesSpecificationsInput Impedance: >200MΩVoltage Gain: 1xElectrode Connector: BNCPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseFunctions with PASCO Ion-selective Probes, 699-085 pH Electrodeand most third-party ion-selective electrodes.PASCO Ion-Selective Electrode PrerequisitePASCO Ion-Selective Electrodes are industrial-quality probes thatgive excellent results when properly used. Operation of PASCO’selectrodes assumes training in the safe handling of flammable,caustic and corrosive chemicals and a working knowledge of serialdilution and calibration procedures.Order Information:Ion-selective Electrode Amplifier Box ...................................CI-6738The Dissolved Oxygen (DO2) Sensor provides real-time, aqueousoxygen concentration measurements. Maintenance is simpledue to an easy-to-replace electrode tip. Just pop the membranecartridge out with a special plunger and insert a new cartridge(one replacement electrode kit is included).Typical ApplicationsA Water quality studiesA Monitor the effect of yeast respiration on O 2 concentrationSpecificationsOxygen Concentration Range: 0 to 13.5 mg/l (the maximum insaturated water at 3 °C and 760 torr)Sensor Response Time: ≈1 secondPin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Dissolved Oxygen Sensor ..........................................................................CI-6542Dissolved Oxygen Replacement ProbePS-2572(Previously part number 699-063230)Order Information:Dissolved Oxygen Replacement Probe...................................... PS-2572Electrode Molar Range pH Range Interfering Ions Part #Ammonium (NH 4+) 1.0 to 5x10-6 4-10 Cs+, K+, T1+, H+, Ag+, +Tris+, Li+, Na+ CI-6717Carbon Dioxide (CO 2 ) 1x10-2 to 1x10-4 4.8-5.2 Volatile weak acids CI-6726Calcium (Ca+2) 1.0 to 5x10-6 3-10 Pb+2, Hg+2, Cu+2, Ni+2 CI-6727Chloride (Cl-) 1.0 to 5x10-5 2-12 S-2, I-, CN-, Br- CI-6732Lead (Pb+2) 1x10-1 to 1x10-6 3-8 Ag+, Hg+2, Cu+2, CD+2, Fe+2 CI-6736Fluoride (F-) Saturated to 1x10-6 5-8 OH- CI-6728Nitrate (NO 3-) 1.0 to 7x10-6 2.5-11 CIO 4-, I-, CN-, BF 4- CI-6735Potassium (K+) 1.0 to 7x10-6 2-12 Cs+, NH 4+ CI-6733Sodium (Na+) Saturated to 1x10-6 5-12 H+, K+, Li+, Ag+, Cs+, Tl+ CI-6734* Prices do not include the amplifier box.Required: At least one CI-6738 Ion-selective Electrode Amplifier Box.82www.pasco.com

ScienceWorkshop – EnvironmentalBarometerCI-6531AThermoclineCI-6731PASCO’s Barometer Sensor will measure changes in atmosphericpressure over long and short periods of time.Typical ApplicationsA Weather station experimentsA Detect the regular barometric pressure changes associatedwith tidal flowA Measure changes in elevation by measuring the pressure atknown minimum and maximum elevations and creating astandard elevation curveSpecificationsRange: 813 to 1084 mbars (24-32 inches Hg)Resolution: 0.17 mbars (0.005 inches Hg)Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Barometer .......................................................................................................................CI-6531ARelative HumidityCI-6559The Thermocline Sensor allowsstudents to perform water studies inEcology, Earth Science, Biology andMarine Science. It can be used to study thermoclines in ponds andsmall lakes, and for profiling the depth of streams, small rivers andshorelines. It can also be anchored to study ocean tides.FeaturesAutomatic Water Depth Measurement: No need to read markingson the cable and manually enter depth.Weighted Housing: Provides depthmeasurement stability in fast flow stream measurements.Sturdy 10 m Cable: Plenty of depth to study pond and small lakethermoclines.SpecificationsTemperature: 5 °C to 105 °C, ±1 °CDepth: Down to 10 m with resolution of 0.03 mConnectors: Uses two (one for temperature, one for depth)8-pin DIN plugsOrder Information:Thermocline Sensor...........................................................................................CI-6731Flow RateCI-6730AThe Flow Rate Sensor is designedspecifically to measure flow rate ofstreams, rivers and other flowingsystems.The Relative Humidity Sensor is designed for single readings orcontinuous monitoring of relative humidity (RH).Typical ApplicationsA Weather station experimentsA Checking humidity in a terrarium, greenhouse or other enclosureSpecificationsHumidity Ranges: 5-95% relative humidity (non-condensing)Accuracy: ±5% RHResponse Rate: ≈15 seconds in slow moving air at 25 °CRepeatability: ±0.5% RHPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Relative Humidity Sensor ..........................................................................CI-6559Typical ApplicationA Study the relationship between flow rate and depth in a stream.SpecificationsFlow Range: 0 m/s to 3.5 m/sMaximum Length: 1.8 mTelescoping HandleFlow Rate Measurement: DataStudio monitors the revolutionsmade by a small magnet on a submersible propeller and convertsthe revolutions to feet per second of flow. Students can easilyconvert the linear flow rate to volume discharge rates in real timeusing DataStudio.Order Information:Flow Rate Sensor ..................................................................................................CI-6730A83

ScienceWorkshop – Sound and PhysiologicalSoundCI-6506BHeart RateCI-6543BA Measures sound waveformThe Sound Sensor houses a sensitive microphone designed todisplay audio waveforms of sound levels between 45 and 100 dB.Typical ApplicationsA Measure basic sound intensityA Measure speed of sound measurementA Measure beatsA Study the doppler effectA Conduct voice studiesA Learn musical instrument overtonesSpecificationsFrequency Response: 20 to 7,200 HzDecibel Range: 45 to >100 dBSignal-to-Noise Ratio: < 60 dBAmplification: Two stages condition low-level signalsPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Sound Sensor ............................................................................................................CI-6506BThe Heart Rate Sensor shines light through the ear lobe and measurestransmittance. As the heart forces blood through the vesselsin the lobe, the light transmittance of the lobe changes. The signalcan be graphed by DataStudio and the heart rate calculated.Typical ApplicationsA Measure heart rateA Conduct health studiesSpecificationsPin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Heart Rate Sensor ................................................................................................CI-6543BEKGCI-6539ARespiration RateCI-6535The EKG Sensor measures the electrical signalsproduced by the heart. Students will learn to understand therelationship between muscle depolarization and repolarizationand the contraction of the chambers of the heart.Typical ApplicationsA Generate an EKG graphA Conduct health/exercise studiesSpecificationsPin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on caseA package of 100 disposable silver/silverchloride electrodes is included.Order Information:EKG Sensor ...................................................................................................................CI-6539AReplacement Supplies:EKG Electrode Patches (100 pack) ...................................................CI-662084With the respiration belt wrapped around their chest, students canmeasure their respiration rate. The Respiration Rate Sensor includesthe CI-6534A Low Pressure Sensor.Typical ApplicationsA Measure respiration rateA Conduct health/exercise studiesSpecificationsPin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on caseOrder Information:Respiration Rate Sensor ..............................................................................CI-6535Replacement Supplies:Replacement Belt ..................................................................................................CI-9842www.pasco.com

Use your Black ScienceWorkshop Sensorswith Blue PASPORT Interfaces!A No Need to Buy New SensorsPASPORT – Analog and Digital AdaptersAnalog AdapterPS-2158Use an Analog Adapter to connect any blackScienceWorkshop sensor having an 8-pin or 5-pinDIN connector to a PASPORT interface.Plug in black analogScienceWorkshop SensorPlug intoPASPORTInterfaceBlack ScienceWorkshop sensors which connectwith an Analog Adapter:Sensor Description Part No. Page No.Acceleration CI-6558 76Barometer CI-6531A 83BNC Adapter CI-6685 79Charge CI-6555 79Colorimeter CI-6747 81Conductivity CI-6729 80Current CI-6556 79Current, High CI-6740 79Dissolved Oxygen CI-6542 82EKG CI-6539A 84Force CI-6537 74Force, Economy CI-6746 74Force Platform CI-6461 76Heart Rate CI-6543B 84Humidity, Relative CI-6559 83Infrared CI-6628 78Ion Probes 82Ion-Selective Electrode Amplifier Box CI-6738 82Light CI-6504A 78Light, Broad Spectrum CI-6630 78Light, High-Sensitivity CI-6604 78Light, UVA CI-9784 78Magnetic Field CI-6520A 80pH CI-6507A 81Pressure Sensor— Absolute CI-6532A 76Pressure Sensor—Low CI-6534A 76Respiration Rate CI-6535 84Sound CI-6506B 84Temperature CI-6605A 77Temperature, High Accuracy CI-6525 77Temperature with Type K Probe CI-6526 77Thermistor Temperature CI-6527A 77Thermocline CI-6731 83Voltage CI-6503 79Order Information:Analog Adapter ........................................................................................................PS-2158Digital AdapterPS-2159Use a Digital Adapter to connect any black sensor having oneor two 1/4” stereo phone plugs to a PASPORT interface. TheDigital Adapter is always needed to connect photogates toPASPORT interfaces.Plug in one or two black digitalScienceWorkshop SensorsPlug into PASPORTInterfaceBlack ScienceWorkshop sensors which connect witha Digital Adapter:Sensor Description Part No. Page No.Drop Counter CI-6499 81Flow Rate CI-6730A 83Free Fall Adapter ME-9207B 75G-M Tube SN-7927A 80Laser Switch ME-9259A 75Motion Sensor II CI-6742A 74Photogate, Accessory ME-9204B 37Photogate Head ME-9498A 75Photogate/Pulley System ME-6838 75Rotary Motion CI-6538 74Time-of-Flight Accessory ME-6810 75Note: For the Xplorer, Analog and Digital Adapters can onlybe used when the Xplorer is plugged into a computer. TheXplorer GLX can be used stand-alone with the adapters.Order Information:Digital Adapter ..........................................................................................................PS-215985

DataStudioDataStudio ® Data Acquisition SoftwareA Controls All PASCO InterfacesA Record and Analyze DataA Windows and MAC CompatibleA Also Works with MAC Universal BinaryDataStudio is the software program that controls all of PASCO’sinterfaces. No matter which interface you own, or whether you usea PC or a MAC, DataStudio is the only program you need to recordand analyze data.PASPORT InterfacesScienceWorkshopInterfacesUSB LinkXplorer500PowerLinkXplorer GLX750Works with allScienceWorkshop andPASPORT InterfacesAirLink 2SPARKlinkDataStudio Lite Included with all InterfacesPASCO provides DataStudio Lite software with each PASPORTpurchase, or download for free. With the free version of DataStudio,students can:A Use EZscreens for simple science activities(for use with PASPORT only)A Conduct eLabs using existing Electronic WorkbooksA Display data in graph, table or digits formatsA Graph a single variable vs. timeWorks with Any Type of ComputerA WindowsA MACA Intel-based MACA Power PC-based MACMulti Language Support (Windows version)Arabic, Chinese (simplified), Chinese (traditional), Danish, English,French Canadian, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Portuguese(Brazilian), Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish.86www.pasco.com

DataStudioPowerful DataStudio Analysis ToolsGraphsDataStudio graphs are anextremely powerful way toanalyze data. The multifacetedtools allow studentsto reveal and understandscience in a way not easilyaccomplished otherwise.Editable Data:A Manually input or importdata from other sources.A Delete or hide extraneousdata points so theydo not affect your statistics or graph results.A Create theoretical data sets with ease.Basic Meter Displays:A Meter displays can be enlarged tofill your entire monitor –great for large classroom or lecturehall demonstrations.A Multiple meters can be displayed inone window.A Our analog meter can be formatted infive different styles – Small Sweep,Semicircle, Large Sweep, Full Circleand Custom Sweep.HistogramA Stack binsA Compare bins (side by side)A Overlay binsExperiment CalculatorA Calculated quantities,such as kineticenergy or inversevolume, can begraphed in realtimeor displayedin a table.A Data modeling – Toexamine the shapeof a function, typethe equation into thecalculator, provide a variable range, and Data Studio will graph it.Change parameters and see how the shape changes.OscilloscopeA Displays multiple traces (up to five)Reasons to Upgrade to the Full Version of DataStudioAll interface and sensor purchases come with a complimentary copyof DataStudio Lite.DataStudio Lite is sufficient to use pre-configured DataStudiofiles, such as those found in PASCO Physics Experiments(see page 95). However, if you want to change the preconfiguredfiles to fit your labs, create setup files of your own, and/or do moreintense data analysis, you need the full version of DataStudio.DataStudio Lite is limited to:A Viewing and taking data using pre-configured files and electronicworkbooks made with the full versionA Taking data and displaying it on a graph, table, or digits display(only one run on each)A Autoscale, Smart Tool, Statistics, and Data Run Selectionon the graphA Using WAVEPORT, our sound plug-in software(purchased separately, see page 88)The full version of DataStudio allows:A Creating DataStudio experiment filesA Authoring electronic workbooksA Additional displays: meter, FFT, oscilloscope, histogramA Multiple instances of each type of display and more than onerun on each displayA Start and stop conditionsA Manual samplingA CalculatorA Curve-fittingA Graph annotationsA Data EditingA Synchronizing QuickTime videos and dataSystem RequirementsWindows: Windows 2000 or higher, Pentium or equivalentprocessor, 50 MB hard drive space, 16 MB RAMMacintosh: MAC OS X v. 10.4 or higher (Universal Binary),50 MB hard drive space, 16 MB RAMOrder Information:DataStudio SoftwareSingle User ....................................................................................................................CI-6870GSite License...................................................................................................................CI-6871G87

DataStudio – WaveportSoftwareSingle UserCI-6872DClassroom License CI-6858BSite LicenseCI-6874DA No sensors requiredA Uses computer sound card to generate and record soundA Intuitive, yet powerful analysis toolsIn the Sound Analyzer mode, the computer listens to sound through amicrophone. The waveform and the FFT of the frequencies comprisingthe sound are displayed. In this case, a student was singing a notecentered on 280 Hz.Using the hand icons, students can change the frequency, wavelength, andphase of sound waves. In this case, the sum of the waves is shown andbeats can be seen and heard.Never before have students had the opportunity to learn aboutwaves and sound in such an interactive manner. WAVEPORTengages students’ senses, allowing them to see, hear and feelsound waves. WAVEPORT software uses only the internal soundcapability of the computer, so no additional equipment is necessary.WAVEPORT also enables students to collect and analyze soundwaves. Using an external sound source or a favorite music CD, studentscan see the changes in the sound waves as they change theinput sound. Students can whistle into the computer microphoneand observe the waveform on the screen. Next, they can changethe pitch of their whistle and see the changes in the waveform.WAVEPORT allows students to directly manipulate a waveform tosee, feel and hear the effects of their manipulations. Students canchange the frequency of the waveform by dragging an intuitive iconacross the screen. As the students change the frequency on thescreen, they can hear the changing sound waves from the computer’sspeakers! All data created in WAVEPORT can easily be exportedinto DataStudio for more detailed analysis.WAVEPORT Computer RequirementsWindows: 2000 or higherFree RAM: 8 MB (16 MB preferred), CD-ROMdrive, hard disk (20 MB free)Macintosh®: MAC OS X v. 10.4 or higher(Universal Binary), Free RAM: 8 MB (16 MB preferred),CD-ROM drive, hard disk (20 MB free)88MAC•WindowsIn the Piano mode, students can relate pressing piano keys to the notesthey hear and the waveform they see.Each WAVEPORT CD includes:WAVEPORT SoftwareSix DataStudio Workbooks:- Sound Creator Tutorial - Sound Analyzer Tutorial- Creating Sound - Beat Frequency- Constructive/Destructive - Capturing SoundInterferenceDataStudio LiteWAVEPORT may be purchased as a single copy for use with onecomputer, or as a Classroom License for use in a single K-12 classroom,or as a Site License for use on all computers in a high schoolor college/university department.Order Information:WAVEPORT Software (Single User) ..............................................CI-6872DWAVEPORT Software (Site License) ............................................CI-6874Dwww.pasco.com

DataStudio – WorkbooksPhysics Electronic Workbooks: Students can collect and analyze data on live pages which haveinstructions, real-time graphs, analysis tools, and student response sections.PASPORT WorkbooksVolume 1 PS-2505Volume 2PS-2508750-based WorkbooksVolume 1 CI-6876Volume 2 CI-6882A Workbook pages with live displaysA Step-by-step illustrated instructionsA Designed by physics teachersA PASPORT workbooks for high schoollevelA 750-based workbooks for collegelevelA Sample data and lab tips in teacherversionThe opening pages challenge students withthought-provoking questions.This page of the Conservation of Angular Momentumworkbook instructs the student how to set-up theexperiment using photographs and diagrams.DataStudio is used to run these electronicworkbooks. Teachers designed and wrotethe electronic instructions to be used as anelectronic lab book: Page by page, studentsfollow the instructions to set up the equipment,take data in real-time graphs andtables, analyze the data, record the resultsby typing in the numerical results, andanswer the questions, all without leavingthe electronic workbook environment.DataStudio Lite and PASCOequipment are requiredto use Physics ElectronicWorkbooks. Download afree copy of DataStudio Liteat www.pasco.comEach Physics ElectronicWorkbook CD includesa site license to usethroughout a universitydepartment or high school!Order Information:PASPORT Physics Electronic WorkbooksVolume 1 ....................................................PS-2505Volume 2 ....................................................PS-2508750-based Physics Electronic WorkbooksVolume 1 ....................................................CI-6876Volume 2 ....................................................CI-6882During the analysis part of the lab the graphs are liveand the students can use the analysis tools, such asthe cursor tool, to measure on the graph. Studentscan also type numerical results into tables and typeanswers to the questions.PASPORT-based WorkbooksVolume 1(Mechanics):Scientific MethodVelocityAccelerationForces (2)Newton’s Laws (2)Conservation of MomentumConservation of EnergyImpulse-MomentumVolume 2(Waves/Electricity/Magnetism):Mechanical Wave PropertiesHarmonics and Musical InstrumentsShadows and ColorsLight IntensityReflection/RefractionMirrors/LensesKirchhoff’s LawsCapacitanceInductanceNature of MagnetismStudents can utilize DataStudio’s powerful analysistools to construct ideas.750-based WorkbooksVolume 1(Mechanics):Constant Velocity/AccelerationAtwood’s MachineFrictionNewton’s 3rd LawImpulseMomentumEnergyRotational InertiaTorsion PendulumAngular MomentumDamped PendulumVolume 2(Light/Electricity/Magnetism):Speed of SoundThermal ExpansionElectric Equivalent of HeatGas LawsOhm’s LawRC CircuitsInductionLight IntensityPolarizationDiffractionSpectrophotometerAtomic Spectra89

Comprehensive Physics SystemsComprehensive Physics System OverviewA Complete Experiments with InstructionsA PASCO Equipment and Probeware Designed to Work TogetherA Comprehensive Coverage of Major Physics TopicsBecause PASCO designs and manufactures the physics apparatus and the interfacing systems,we can offer a high quality fully-integrated system for conducting physics experiments.PASCO has evaluated physics standards across the country, analyzed key physics textbooksand polled teachers to determine the concepts taught in typical introductory physics coursesacross the country. The result is the experiment manual (CA-6787) shown at right.There are two ways to order the Comprehensive Physics Systems:1. Order the Complete System CA-7601C which includes everything.2. Order the Starter System CA-7600C only, and then add either of the Options(CA-6782B, CA-6783B) as you like.Complete Comprehensive Physics SystemCA-7601CIncludes:Comprehensive Physics Starter System CA-7600CComprehensive Physics Thermodynamics Waves Option CA-6782BComprehensive Physics Electricity/Magnetism Option CA-6783BExperimentsThe Comprehensive Physics Starter System includes two types of experiments:A Comprehensive Physics Systems Experiments, CA-6787 (at right) and,A Physics Electronic Workbooks for the 750, CI-6876 and CI-6882, (page 89). The DataStudioWorkbooks are electronic files that guide students through the experimental process.Each Workbook is designed for student input as well as data collection, display, and analysis.These Comprehensive Physics bundles consist of sensors, the 750 Interface, and physicsequipment. Additional physics equipment is required to perform each experiment in theComprehensive Physics Manual, some or all of which you may already own. To view theequipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.Order Information:Comprehensive Physics Complete System ............................................................................................CA-7601C90StarterSystemCA-7600C(see page 91)2. StarterSystemCA-7600C(see page 91)Add OptionAdd Option1. Complete SystemCA-7601C Includes:Thermo/WavesOptionCA-6782B(see page 92)ElectricityMagnetismOptionCA-6783B(see page 92)Thermo/Waves OptionCA-6782B (see page 92)Electricity/Magnetism OptionCA-6783B (see page 92)Comprehensive PhysicsSystem ExperimentsCA-6787A Includedwith theComprehensivePhysics StarterSystem (CA-7600C)Lab Manual and CDThe Comprehensive Physics Systemsinclude this manual with 80 experiments inmechanics, thermodynamics, waves, optics,electricity and magnetism. See pages 91-92for lists of experiments. The CD that comeswith the manual contains the following:A Adobe® PDF files for each activity(including Teacher Notes)A Microsoft Word® files1 for each activity(including Teacher Notes)A DataStudio® configuration files1 andsample data files for each activity thatuses DataStudio(1Teachers are encouraged to edit the filesas needed for their classes.)The CD has installer files that put theDataStudio configuration files in the ‘eLabs’directory for the DataStudio program. Copythe other files from the CD to your computer’shard drive and then use the CD asa backup in case any of the files need to bere-installed.OptionsYou can copy the pages from the manual‘as they are’, or edit the included Word filesand then print your own version of the activity.Add or delete, change format, trim theactivity, or include extensions – the choiceis yours.Notes About Interfaces and SensorsThe activities in the manual are written forthe ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface andScienceWorkshop® (“CI-“) sensors thatare included in the ComprehensivePhysics Systems. However, for almost allof the activities, a PASPORT Interface(see pages 10-23) can be substituted for theScienceWorkshop Interface, and a PASPORTsensor (see pages 25-67) can be usedinstead of the ScienceWorkshop sensor.In addition, PASCO now offers an AnalogAdapter (PS-2158, see page 85) that allowsyou to connect analog ScienceWorkshopsensors (such as the CI-6746 Economy ForceSensor) to a PASPORT Interface. The DigitalAdapter (PS-2159, see page 85) allowsyou to connect a digital ScienceWorkshopsensor (such as the CI-6742 MotionSensor) to a PASPORT Interface. (NOTE:PASPORT sensors cannot be connected toScienceWorkshop interfaces.)Order Information:Comprehensive Physics SystemExperiments Manual ..........................CA-6787www.pasco.com

Starter Comprehensive Physics SystemCA-7600CCA-7600C Includes:CI-7650 750 Interface - USB p. 68-69CI-6552A Power Amplifier II p. 70CI-6746 Economy Force Sensor (2) p. 74CI-6742A Motion Sensor II (2) p. 74CI-6538 Rotary Motion Sensor (2) p. 74ME-9471A Photogates and Fences p. 131CI-6558 Acceleration Sensor p. 76ME-6825A Tabletop Projectile Launcher p. 151ME-6821A Launcher Photogate Bracket p. 157ME-8979 Mass and Hanger Set p. 223CI-6545 Force Accessory Bracket p. 126ME-9491 Fan Accessory p. 120ME-9376B Universal Table Clamp p. 215CI-6876-82 750-based DataStudio Workbooks p. 89ME-9429B 1.2 m Classic Dynamics System p. 111ME-9781 Variable Speed Motorized Cart p. 118SE-8050 Physics String p. 220SE-8702B Digital Stopwatch p. 224SE-9443 Pendulum Clamp p. 214SE-9750-51 Patch Cords p. 261ME-8574 Discover Friction Accessory (not shown) p. 124ME-8752 Photogate Pendulum Set (not shown) p. 37PM-8761 1.5 m Measuring Tape (one) p. 218CI-6870G DataStudio Single User License p. 87SE-8749 Hooke’s Law Spring Set p. 184CA-6787 Comprehensive Physics System Experiments Manual p. 90SE-9756 Alligator Clip Leads p. 261CI-6691 Mini Rotational Accessory p. 195CI-6692 Dynamics Track Mount (2) (not shown) p. 132ME-8735 Large Rod Base p. 212ME-8736 45 cm Steel Rod p. 212ME-8738 90 cm Steel Rod (2) p. 212ME-9377A Large Picket Fence p. 38ME-9821 Centripetal Force Pendulum p. 193ME-9873 Double Rod Clamp (3 Pack) p. 214SE-7347 No Bounce Pad p. 220ME-6743 Cart Adapter Accessory (not shown) p. 127ME-6569 Track String Adapter (2) (not shown) p. 132ME-6810 Time-of-Flight Accessory (not shown) p. 75ME-8569 Density Set (not shown) p. 209ME-9496 Time Pulse Accessory (2) (not shown) p. 120Order Information:Comprehensive Physics Starter System ..................................CA-7600CComprehensive Physics SystemsThe CA-6787 manual includes these experiments for theStarter Comprehensive Physics System:Period of a PendulumCircumference versus DiameterRelative Motion: Frame of ReferencePosition and Time – Match GraphVelocity and Time – Match GraphInstantaneous Speed versus Average SpeedVelocity of a Motorized CartConstant Velocity and Constant AccelerationConstant Acceleration: Graph P, V, A for a Fan CartConstant Acceleration: Graph P, V, A for a Cart Up and Down an InclineDoes Acceleration = g sin θ?Acceleration of a Freely Falling BallAcceleration of a Freely Falling Picket FenceProjectile Motion – Change Initial SpeedProjectile Motion – Change Initial SpeedNewton’s First Law – No Net ForceNewton’s Second Law - Constant Mass, Changing ForceNewton’s Second Law – Changing Mass, Constant ForceNewton’s Second Law – Push-Pull a CartNewton’s Third Law – Tug-of-WarNewton’s Second Law – Atwood’s MachineArchimedes’ Principle - Buoyant ForceCoefficients of Static and Sliding FrictionFactors that Determine Sliding (Kinetic) FrictionTerminal Velocity for Different Surface Area / Same MassTerminal Velocity Same Surface Area / Different MassConservation of Momentum in an Inelastic CollisionConservation of Momentum in an Elastic CollisionImpulse and Change in MomentumConservation of Energy for a Falling BallDiscover Gravitational Potential EnergyHooke’s Law – Stretch a SpringMeasure the Elastic Potential Energy of a SpringTransform Gravitational Potential to Kinetic EnergyTransform Gravitational Potential to Electric EnergyConservation of Energy for a Simple PendulumWork-Energy Theorem: Compare W to ΔEConservation of Momentum and KE in CollisionsSimple Harmonic Motion – Mass on a SpringDriven Harmonic Motion – Mass on a SpringSimple Harmonic OscillationPeriod of a Large Amplitude PendulumCentripetal Force on a PendulumRotational Motion: Plot θ and ωRotational Inertia of Different ObjectsHeat and TemperatureTransfer of Energy by RadiationSpecific HeatElectrical Equivalent of HeatBoyle’s Law: P and V of a Gas at Constant TPressure and Temperature of a GasBehavior and Characteristics of Sound WavesDemonstration of Transverse and Longitudinal WavesGeneral Properties of Waves91

Comprehensive Physics SystemsComprehensive PhysicsThermodynamics/Waves OptionCA-6782BThis option is intended as an addition to the Starter System(CA-7600C) to allow students to do the additional experimentsin Thermodynamics/Waves listed below.The CA-6787 manual includes these experimentsfor Thermodynamics/Waves:Standing Waves on a StringResonant Modes of Sound in a TubeSpeed of Sound in AirSuperposition of Sound WavesInterference of Sound WavesShadow and Color in LightObject and Image Distances for a Thin LensReflection and RefractionFocal Length of a Concave MirrorOptical Instruments: Telescope and MicroscopeVariation of Light IntensityLight Intensity versus DistancePolarization: Verify Malus’ LawDiffraction of LightComprehensive PhysicsElectricity/Magnetism OptionCA-6783BThis option is intended as an addition to the Starter System(CA-7600C) to allow students to do the additional experimentsin Electricity/Magnetism listed below.The CA-6787 manual includes these experimentsfor Electricity/Magnetism:Electrostatic ChargingElectrostatic Charge DistributionElectric Field Around a ConductorOhm’s LawVoltage and Current in Simple CircuitsResistors in Series and Parallel CircuitsKirchhoff’s Laws: Voltage and Current in CircuitsCharging and Discharging the RC CircuitResonant Frequencies of the LRC CircuitGeneral Properties of DiodesBuild a RectifierTransistor 1 – The NPN Transistor as a Digital SwitchTransistor 2 – Measure the Current GainEarth’s Magnetic FieldMagnetic Field of a Permanent MagnetInduction – Magnet Through a CoilMagnetic Field in a Current-Carrying CoilCA-6782B Includes:CI-6504A Light SensorCI-6506B Sound SensorCI-6514A Thermodynamics KitCI-6532A Absolute Pressure SensorCI-6605A Temperature SensorCI-6872D WAVEPORT Single LicenseET-8771A Energy Transfer GeneratorOS-8470 Basic Optics Light SourceOS-8516A Basic Optics Ray Optics KitOS-8508 Basic Optics Bench (1.2 m)OS-8460 Basic Optics ScreenOS-8456 Geometric Lens SetOS-8519 Accessory Lens SetOS-8531 Diffraction Optics KitOS-8524 Basic Optics Aperture AccessoriesOS-8532 Concave Mirror AccessoryOrder Information:Comprehensive PhysicsThermodynamics/Waves Option ......................................................CA-6782BRequired:Comprehensive Physics Starter System .................................CA-7600C92OS-8533A Polarization AnalyzerOS-8535 Linear TranslatorOS-8465 Basic Optics Ray TableSE-7342 Tuning Fork SetSE-8760 Double Length SlinkySE-9081 3-Chime Sound GeneratorTD-8557 Basic Calorimetry SetWA-7334 Demo Wave SpringWA-9495 Economy Resonance TubeWA-9857 String VibratorWA-9900 Open SpeakerCA-6783B Includes:CI-6503 Voltage Sensor (2) p. 79CI-6555 Charge Sensor p. 79CI-6556 Current Sensor p. 79CI-6520 Magnetic Field Sensor p. 80EM-8656 AC/DC Electronics Lab p. 256ES-9042A Faraday Ice Pail and Shield p. 251ES-9057C Charge Producers/Proof Plane p. 251ES-9059C Conductive Spheres p. 251ES-9077 Electrostatics Voltage Source p. 251PK-9023 Field Mapper Kit p. 252EM-8620 Bar Magnets (2 pack) p. 277SF-8619 Dip Needle p. 276Order Information:Comprehensive PhysicsElectricity/Magnetism Option ..............................................................CA-6783BRequired:Comprehensive Physics Starter System ..................................CA-7600Cwww.pasco.com

Mechanics Systems with ScienceWorkshop® ProbewareA Integrates Probeware and Physics EquipmentA Perform a Wide Variety of Mechanics ExperimentsMechanics 750 SystemCA-7602AScienceWorkshop 750 Mechanics SystemsUpdated ManualWhen used together, PASCO’s probewareand physics apparatus can help studentslearn the major concepts of mechanicsmore effectively. The Mechanics750 System includes the keyequipment to perform a widevariety of mechanics experiments.The new manual has 10 completeexperiments which take full advantageof the components of thissystem, making it the ideal way todo the essential labs which are standardin all mechanics courses.10 Experiments Included:Title Purpose Sensors UsedAccelerationDown anInclineNewton’sSecond LawKineticFriction IKineticFriction IIImpulse andMomentumConservationof Momentumin ExplosionsConservationof Momentumin InelasticCollisionsConservationof Momentumin ElasticCollisionsConservationof EnergySimpleHarmonicMotionDiscover how the acceleration ofan object down an incline dependson the angle of incline. Measurethe acceleration to obtain theacceleration due to gravity.Verify Newton’s Second Law byvarying the applied force and themass.Measure the kinetic coefficient offriction.Study how the coefficient ofkinetic friction depends on thevelocity, acceleration, surface area,and weight of the object.Measure the impact force of a cartand compare the impulse to itschange in momentum.Verify that momentum is conservedfor two carts pushing offfrom each other.Verify that momentum is conservedin inelastic collisions andthat kinetic energy is not conserved.Verify that momentum isconserved in elastic collisions.Show spring potential change intokinetic energy.Measure the period of oscillationof a spring and mass system andcompare it to the theoretical value.Evaluate the effect of changingthe mass and spring constants.Photogate withpicket fenceMotion SensorMotion SensorPhotogate withpulleyForce Sensor/PhotogateTwo photogateswith picket fencesTwo photogateswith picket fencesTwo photogateswith picket fencesMotion Sensor/Photogate withpicket fencePhotogate and flag1.Impulse Experiment:Measure the force as a function of time as the cart hits the springand also measure the change in momentum using the photogate.7.4.6.2.8.CA-7602A Includes:1. CI-7650 750 Interface - USB p. 68-692. CI-6537 Force Sensor p. 743. CI-6742A Motion Sensor p. 744. ME-9471A Photogates and Fences p. 1315. ME-8574 Discover Friction Accessory p. 1246. ME-9429B 1.2 m Classic Dynamics System p. 1117. CI-6545 Force Accessory Bracket p. 298. ME-8979 Mass and Hanger Set p. 2239. ME-9491 Fan Accessory p. 12010. Lab Manual (not shown)Order Information:Mechanics 750 System, USB .................................................................CA-7602A5.9.3.93

ScienceWorkshop® — 750 Probeware BundlesScienceWorkshop 750 Physics Probeware BundlesThese bundles include the ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface andthe sensors needed to perform the experiments contained in thePhysics 750 Lab Manuals (Volumes 1 and 2). See the facing page2. Force Sensor (±50N) CI-6537 1 1 13. Photogate/Pulley System ME-6838 1 1 14. Voltage Sensor CI-6503 1 2 25. Temperature Sensor CI-6605 1 2 26. Motion Sensor II CI-6742A 1 2 27. Cart Picket Fence (2 pack) ME-9804 1 1 18. Elastic Bumpers ME-8998 1 1 19. Picket Fence ME-9377A 1 1 110. Light Sensor CI-6504A 1 111. Sound Sensor CI-6506B 1 112. Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 1 113. Acceleration Sensor CI-6558 1 114. Accessory Photogate ME-9204B 1 115. Charge Sensor CI-6555 1 116. Magnetic Field Sensor CI-6520A 117. Pressure Sensor (Absolute) CI-6532A 118. Power Amplifier II CI-6552A 1(Each system includes a Quick Installation Guide and Storage Containers)StandardPhysics 750 BundleCI-7605for a list of the experiments covered by each bundle.EntryPhysics 750 BundleIntermediatePhysics 750 BundlePart #CI-7603CI-76041. 750 Interface CI-7650 1 1 1Entry Physics 750 Bundle ...........................................................................CI-7603Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle .....................................................CI-7604Standard Physics 750 Bundle ................................................................CI-76051.4.6.16.2. 3.4.7. (2)6.5.Entry Physics 750 Bundle10.11.12.5.14.Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle17.18.Standard Physics 750 Bundle8.9.15.13.94www.pasco.com

ScienceWorkshop® — 750 Probeware BundlesExperiment Guides for ScienceWorkshop 750 Physics Probeware Bundleson page 94:Entry Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 1Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 1Standard Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 1Position and Time X X XVelocity and Time X X XPosition, Velocity and Acceleration X X XAcceleration Due to Gravity X X XAcceleration of a Cart X X XNewton’s Second Law – Constant Force X X XNewton’s Second Law – Push/Pull a Cart X X XCollision – Impulse & Momentum X X XBuoyant Force X X XSimple Harmonic Motion X X XInterference of Sound Waves – Beats X X XAcceleration on an Incline X X XAcceleration – FreeFall Picket Fence X X XHeat vs. Temperature X X XAtwood’s Machine X X XSimple Harmonic Oscillation X X XWork-Energy Theorem: W = ∆ E X X XConservation of Mechanical Energy X X XKinetic Friction X X XCentripetal Force on a Pendulum X X XInduction – Magnet Through a Coil X X XConservation of Linear and Angular Momentum X XSpeed of Sound in Air X XRotational Inertia X XTransforming GPE to KE X XVariation of Light Intensity X XLight Intensity vs. Position X XPolarization – Verify Malus’ Law X XDiffraction Patterns X XElectrostatic Charge X XBoyle’s Law X XMagnetic Field of a Permanent Magnet X XPressure vs. TemperatureXNewton’s Third Law – CollisionsXEntry Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 2Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 2Standard Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 2Driven Harmonic Motion X X XWaves on a String X X XResonant Modes – Sonometer X X XResonant Modes – Tube X X XResonant Modes and Speed of Sound X X XTransformer X X XRC Circuit X X XLR Circuit X X XLRC Circuit X X XTransistors 1: NPN as Digital Switch X X XTransistors 3: Common Emitter Amplifier X X XHeat Transfer X XOhm’s Law (V=IR) X XDiodes 1: Properties & LEDs X XDiodes 2: Rectifier & Power Supply X XTransistors 2: Current Gain, Emitter-Follower X XInstantaneous Speed vs. Average Speed X XConservation of Linear Momentum X XSound Waves X XElectrical Equivalent of HeatXMotor EfficiencyXMagnetic Field of a SolenoidXMagnetic Field of Helmholtz CoilsXInverse Square Law – Nuclear (requires SN-7927A Nuclear Sensor)Time of Flight vs. Initial Speed (requires ME-6810 Time of Flight)Check the Equipment List atwww.pasco.com/equipPhysics 750 bundles consist of sensors and the 750Interface. Additional physics equipment is required to performeach experiment in the Physics 750 Manuals, some or all ofwhich you may already own. To view the equipment list foreach experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.ScienceWorkshop®ScienceWorkshopPhysics Labs with ComputerTeacher’s GuidePurchase the Teacher’sGuide and Student ManualPhysics 750 Teacher’s Guide(Vol. 1: CI-7013; Vol. 2: CI-7015) with 60documented experiments and a 240+experiment library on CD(recommended one per classroom).Physics 750 Student Manual(Vol. 1: CI-7014; Vol. 2: CI-7016) with 60tear-out experiments (recommended oneper student or lab group).Order Information:Entry Physics 750 Bundle .........................................................................CI-7603Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle .....................................................CI-7604Standard Physics 750 Bundle ................................................................CI-7605Recommended:DataStudio Software Single Copy ...................................................CI-6870GDataStudio Site License................................................................................CI-6871GPhysics Teacher’s Guide, Vol. 1 .............................................................CI-7013Physics Student Manual, Vol. 1 ...........................................................CI-7014Physics Teacher’s Guide, Vol. 2 .............................................................CI-7015Physics Student Manual, Vol. 2 ...........................................................CI-7016Physics Electronic Workbook CD, Vol. 1 (750)...................CI-6876Physics Electronic Workbook CD, Vol. 2 (750)...................CI-688295

Xplorer GLX® Probeware BundlesPhysics Probeware Bundles with the Xplorer GLXA Appropriate for the first two years of collegeA Bundles match requirements oflab manual PS-2817AEntry Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle Includes Six Sensors!EntryXplorer GLXPhysics BundlePS-2680IntermediateXplorer GLXPhysics BundlePS-26811. Xplorer GLX PS-2002 1 1 1a. Voltage Sensor 1 1 1b. Built-in Sound Sensor 1 1 1c. Temperature Sensor 2 2 22. Motion Sensor PS-2103A 1 2 23. Force Sensor PS-2104 1 1 24. Digital Adapter PS-2159 1 15. Voltage/Current Sensor PS-2115 1 16. Accessory Photogate ME-9204B 2 27. Super Pulley ME-9450 1 18. Pulley Mounting Rod SA-9242 1 19. Elastic Bumpers ME-8998 2 210. Large Picket Fence ME-9377A 1 111. Cart Picket Fences (2 pack) ME-9804 1 112. Light Sensor PS-2106 113. Magnetic Field Sensor PS-2112 114. Pressure/Temperature Sensor PS-2146 115. Charge Sensor PS-2132 116. Visual Accelerometer PS-2128 117. Rotary Motion Sensor PS-2120 118. Stainless Steel Temp Probe PS-2153 2Entry Xplorer GLX BundlePS-2680Intermediate Xplorer GLX Bundle PS-2681Standard Xplorer GLX Bundle PS-2682Part #StandardXplorer GLXPhysics BundlePS-26821, 1b.4.2.17.16.2.3.Entry Xplorer GLX Bundle5.7.9.6.Intermediate Xplorer GLX Bundle3.14.13.18.Standard Xplorer GLX Bundle1a. 1c.10. 8.11.15.12.96www.pasco.com

Xplorer GLX Probeware BundlesOrdering Information12Select an Xplorer GLX BundleChoose from the Entry, Intermediate or StandardBundles on the previous page.Or, use the bundles as a template to construct your ownbundle.Purchase one bundle per lab group.Add ExperimentsAdvanced Physics with the Xplorer GLX ...............................PS-2817AA collection of college physicsexperiments for mechanics,thermodynamics, waves, sound,light, electricity and magnetism.Each experiment is written to utilizethe “stand-alone” capabilities of theXplorer GLX. Includes experimentinstructions, GLX experiment setupfiles and sample data.MechanicsEntry Intermediate StandardFalling Objects X XProjectile MotionAcceleration and Force X XNewton’s Third LawXTensionXSituation #1 X X XSituation #2XRockets X XConservation of Momentum X XConservation of EnergyXOscillationsXRotational InertiaXConservation of Angular MomentumXProperties of Matter/ThermodynamicsBuoyancy and Density X X XElectrical Equivalent of Heat X XFreezing Water X X XGreenhouse EffectXThermal ExpansionXRadiation: Temperature of SunXIdeal Gas LawXAbsolute ZeroXElectricity and MagnetismOhm’s Law X XRC Circuit X XInduction X X XMagnetic Field of a CoilXLight/RadiationLight Intensity vs. DistanceXPolarization: Malus’ LawXDiffraction and InterferenceXNuclear Radiation X X34Xplorer GLX® Probeware BundlesAdd DataStudio® Software(Single User or Site License)Every PASPORT purchase includes a free copy ofDataStudio Lite. This limited version of DataStudio allowsdata to be collected and downloaded to a computer. It alsoincludes basic analysis tools. In addition, any pre-configuredDataStudio file can be used with DataStudio Lite.To utilize the full analysis capabilities ofDataStudio and author yourown physics experiments,purchase either a singleuser license or site license.Check the Equipment List atwww.pasco.com/equipThese Xplorer GLX bundles consist of sensors. Additionalphysics equipment is required to perform each experiment,some or all of which you may already own.To view the equipment list for each experiment, go towww.pasco.com/equip.Order Information:BundlesEntry Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle.................................................PS-2680Intermediate Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle ...........................PS-2681Standard Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle .....................................PS-2682ExperimentsAdvanced Physics with Xplorer GLX Manual ..................PS-2817ASoftwareDataStudio Software (Single User) ...............................................CI-6870GDataStudio Software (Site License) ..............................................CI-6871G97

Physics Probeware BundlesPhysics Probeware BundlesA Integrate probeware into the Physicsyou already teach!A Introductory levelA Designed for labs with computers123498Start with the lab manualExplorations.in.Physics.Educator designed, this 600-pageLab Manual contains 25 corestandards-based labs in Physics.Order Information:Explorations.in.Physics.................................................PS-2810A..Select a probeware bundlethat’s right for youWe recommend one bundle for every 2-4 student labgroup. Each bundle equips a lab group with the probewareneeded to perform the indicated experiments - plus manymore beyond the lab manual.Add DataStudio SoftwareStart with our FREE DataStudio Lite software.Or give your department the full-featuredDataStudio with a Site License.Order Information:DataStudio.Software.(Single.User)........................CI-6870G. .DataStudio.Software.(Site.License).......................CI-6871G. .Check the Equipment List atwww.pasco.com/equipThese Xplorer GLX bundles consist of sensors. Additionalphysics equipment is required to perform each experiment,some or all of which you may already own.To view the equipment list for each experiment, go towww.pasco.com/equip.25StandardIntermediateEntryCore PhysicsExperimentsfromExplorations in Physicsx. x. x. Relative Motion: Frame of Referencex. x. x. Position vs. Timex. x. x. Velocity – Motorized Cartx. x. x. Acceleration – Cart on an Inclined Trackx. x. x. Newton’s First Law – No Net Forcex. x. x. Newton’s Second Law – Accelerationx. x. x. Friction Forcesx. x. x. Conservation of Energyx. x. x. Impulse and Change in Momentumx. x. . Conservation of Momentumx. x. . Projectile Motionx. x. . Circular Motionx. x. . What is Voltage?x. x. . What is Current?x. x. . Ohm’s Lawx. x. . Electric Fieldsx. x. . Faraday’s Law of Electromagnetic Inductionx. . . Newton’s Third Law – Equal and Oppositex. . . Magnetic Fieldsx. . . Sound Wave Propertiesx. . . Superposition and Interferencex. . . Archimedes’ Principlex. . . Transfer of Energyx. . . Inverse Square Lawx. . . PolarizationStandard............................................................................................................................PS-2666.Motion (Qty 2) PS-2103A Photogate Head (Qty 2) ME-9498AForce (Qty 2)PS-2104 LightPS-2106Digital Adapter PS-2159 Magnetic Field PS-2112Time of Flight Pad ME-6810 WAVEPORT Single Lic. CI-6872DVoltage/Current PS-2115 Temperature (Qty 2) PS-2125Perform 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes Xplorer GLXPS-200212 sensors , WAVEPORT, and the Xplorer GLX.Intermediate....................PS-2665.Motion (Qty 2)ForceDigital AdapterTime of Flight PadVoltage/CurrentPhotogate Head (Qty 2)PS-2103APS-2104PS-2159ME-6810PS-2115ME-9498AEntry..........................................PS-2664.ForcePS-2104MotionPS-2103APowerLinkPS-2001Perform nine of 25 Lab Manual experiments.Includes two sensors and thePowerLink to connect to your computer.Xplorer GLX PS-2002 Each bundle includes a stackingPerform 17 of 25 Lab Manual experiments. plastic box for easy storage.Includes eight sensors and the Xplorer GLX.www.pasco.com

Physics Economy Bundlewith the Xplorer GLXCA-6788AA Appropriate for conceptual andgeneral Physics labsThe Economy bundle provides tremendous value to the physicsteacher. This investment will enable you to do 25 labs coveringtopics from the first day of school through Spring. Mechanics,sound, electricity, magnetism, thermodynamics and optics, it’sall here. Physics with the Xplorer GLX lab manual is at the coreof this bundle. You are ready to go without the worry of needingcomputers.7.11.1.2.12.5.14.Order Information:8.Includes:1. ME-6951 GOcar p. 1082. ME-6960 PAStrack p. 1133. OS-8470 Basic Optics Light Source p. 3064. OS-8465 Ray Table p. 3075. SE-7581 Lens set p. 3086. OS-8516A Ray Optics Kit p. 3077. PS-2002 Xplorer GLX p. 108 PS-2103A PASPORT Motion Sensor p. 259. PS-2104 PASPORT Force Sensor p. 2810. SE-8028 Constant Speed Buggy p. 12011. SE-7343 Adjustable Tuning Fork p. 30212. ME-8970 Equal Length Springs p. 18213. ME-9837 Discover Centripetal Force p. 19314. TD-8557A Basic Calorimetry Set p. 23215. EM-8624A CASTLE Kit p. 2583.9.6.13.15.4.10.Free.Lab.ManualPHYSICSPhysics with theXplorer GLX Lab Manual(PS-2826)Physics.Economy.Bundle.with.the.Xplorer.GLX.......................................................................................CA-6788A.with theLAB MANUALPS-2826Order this bundle — wesend a free lab manualwith your shipment!Xplorer GLX Lab BundlePerform These Experiments with the includedPhysics with Xplorer GLX ManualThese bundles are specifically designed to enable you to do the experimentsin the “Physics with Xplorer GLX” manual (PS-2826). However,we do assume that your lab has some basic equipment such as rods andstands. For a complete list of equipmentrequired but not supplied in this bundle,please visit www.pasco.com/equip.PhysicsEconomy BundleCA-6788APhysics LabBundleCA-6789(See p. 100)X X Position–Match GraphX Relative Motion–Frames of ReferenceX X Velocity of a Motorized CartX X Acceleration on an Inclined TrackX X Acceleration Due to GravityX Newton’s First Law–No Net ForceX X Newton’s Second Law–Constant ForceX X Newton’s Second Law–Constant MassX X Newton’s Third Law–Tug-of-WarX Forces in Equilibrium–A Lab PracticalX Static and Kinetic FrictionX X Hooke’s Law of ElasticityX X Simple Harmonic Motion–Mass on a SpringX X Simple Harmonic Motion–PendulumX Momentum in CollisionsX X Impulse and Change in MomentumX Safety Bumper Design CompetitionX X Explore Gravitational Potential EnergyX X Conserve EnergyX X Work and EnergyX Projectile Motion–Initial Speed and Time of FlightX X Centripetal Force, Constant Radius and MassX X Centripetal Force, Constant Radius and ForceX X Centripetal Force, Constant Mass and ForceX Ohm’s Law: Current, Voltage, ResistanceX X Voltage in a Series CircuitX X Voltage in a Parallel CircuitX Current in a Series CircuitX Current in a Parallel CircuitX X Time Constant of a Resistor-Capacitor CircuitX Electromagnetic Induction–Magnet and CoilX X Sound Wave PropertiesX X Interference–Beat FrequencyX X Archimedes’ Principle–Buoyant ForceX X Transfer of EnergyX X Specific Heat of an Unknown MetalX X Latent Heat of VaporizationX X Latent Heat of FusionX Inverse Square Law–Light Intensity versus DistanceX Polarization99

Xplorer GLX Lab BundlePhysics Lab Bundle with the Xplorer GLXCA-6789AAAIncludes Comprehensive Lab ManualAppropriate for conceptual and general Physics labsThe Standard bundle provides complete coverage for the 35 labs in Physics with the Xplorer GLX lab manual. This bundle allows students toprobe deeper into topic areas. Additional equipment and probes allow more advanced students to quantitatively study projectile motion, thermalradiation, impulse/momentum and light. Computers are not required for students to collect, analyze and even print their data.1.2.3.4.5.6.10.7.9.11.8.13.15.16.12.14.18.19.17.25.20.21.22.23.24.32.26.27.28.29.30.31.33.34.35.36.37.38.39.40.42.41.43.44.100www.pasco.com

Xplorer GLX Physics Lab ManualView and download experiments athttp://www.pasco.com/resources/labdownloads/Lab Manual for the bundles shown on pages 99-100:Physics with the Xplorer GLXLab ManualPS-2826The Xplorer GLX is a powerful tool for science—giving you the option of performingprobeware-based experiments even when you don’t have computersavailable. This lab manual provides experiments written for using the XplorerGLX as a stand-alone science computer. Measure, analyze, print or save to aUSB flash drive (included) for further analysis or reports—all with the XplorerGLX and the appropriate equipment included in both Physics Lab Bundles.CA-6789 Includes:1. PS-2002 Xplorer GLX p. 102 PS-2103A PASPORT Motion Sensor (2) p. 253. PS-2104 PASPORT Force Sensor (2) p. 284. ME-9472 Large Table Clamp p. 2155. SE-8028A Constant Speed Buggy p. 1206. ME-8970 Equal Length Springs p. 1827. ME-9837 Discover Centripetal Force p. 1938. SE-7343 Adjustable Tuning Fork p. 3029. TD-8557A Basic Calorimetry Set p. 23210. EM-8624A CASTLE Kit p. 25811. CI-6545 Accessory Bracket w/ Bumpers p. 12612. EM-8620 Bar Magnets Alnico p. 27713. ME-6743 Cart Adapter Accessory p. 2514. ME-6800 Projectile Launcher (Short Range) p. 15015. ME-6810 Time-Of-Flight Accessory p. 15716. ME-6821A Photogate Mounting Bracket p. 15717. ME-6955 PASCAR Dynamics System 1.2m p. 11018. ME-8574 Discover Friction Accessory p. 12419. ME-9448A Super Pulley With Clamp p. 16420. ME-9491 Fan Accessory p. 12021. ME-9495A Angle Indicator p. 11622. ME-9498A Photogate Head (2) p. 7523. OS-8471A Dynamics Track Optics Kit p. 31924. OS-9477 Polarizing Sheets (2) p. 32525. PI-6602 Four “D” Batteries p. 26126. PI-8117 Phone Jack Extender Cable p. 3927. PS-2106A Light Sensor p. 4628. PS-2115 Voltage/Current Sensor p. 4829. PS-2159 Digital Adapter p. 3630. PS-2500 PASPORT Extension Cable p. 2431. SA-9242 Pulley Mounting Rod p. 16432. SE-7347 No-Bounce Pad p. 22033. SE-8568 Overflow Can p. 20934. SE-8759 Hooked Mass Set p. 22335. SE-9443 Pendulum Clamp p. 21436. SE-9445 Three Finger Clamp p. 21437. SE-9756 Alligator Clip Adapters p. 26138. SF-8609 200 Turn Coil p. 27339. SF-8610 400 Turn Coil p. 27340. TD-8570A Radiation Cans p. 24341. ME-9355 Large Base and Support Rod p. 21342. ME-8741 Stainless Steel Rod (120 cm long) p. 21243. SE-9442 Multi Clamp p. 21444. ME-8998 Elastic Bumpers p. 25Order Information:Physics with the Xplorer GLXLab Manual ...................................................................................................................PS-2826Perform These Experiments with the includedPhysics with Xplorer GLX ManualThis bundle is specifically designed to enable you to do the experimentsin the “Physics with Xplorer GLX” manual (PS-2826). However, wedo assume that your lab has some basic equipment such as rods andstands. For a complete list of equipment required but not supplied in thisbundle, please visit www.pasco.com/equip.Position–Match GraphRelative Motion–Frames of ReferenceVelocity of a Motorized CartAcceleration on an Inclined TrackAcceleration Due to GravityNewton’s First Law–No Net ForceNewton’s Second Law–Constant ForceNewton’s Second Law–Constant MassNewton’s Third Law–Tug-of-WarForces in Equilibrium–A Lab PracticalStatic and Kinetic FrictionHooke’s Law of ElasticitySimple Harmonic Motion–Mass on a SpringSimple Harmonic Motion–PendulumMomentum in CollisionsImpulse and Change in MomentumSafety Bumper Design CompetitionExplore Gravitational Potential EnergyConserve EnergyWork and EnergyProjectile Motion–Initial Speed and Time of FlightCentripetal Force, Constant Radius and MassCentripetal Force, Constant Radius and ForceCentripetal Force, Constant Mass and ForceOhm’s Law: Current, Voltage, ResistanceVoltage in a Series CircuitVoltage in a Parallel CircuitCurrent in a Series CircuitCurrent in a Parallel CircuitTime Constant of a Resistor-Capacitor CircuitElectromagnetic Induction–Magnet and CoilSound Wave PropertiesInterference–Beat FrequencyArchimedes’ Principle–Buoyant ForceTransfer of EnergySpecific Heat of an Unknown MetalLatent Heat of VaporizationLatent Heat of FusionInverse Square Law–Light Intensity versus DistancePolarizationFreeLab ManualPHYSICSPhysics with theXplorer GLX Lab Manual(PS-2826)Order Information:Physics Lab Bundle with the Xplorer GLX(Includes PS-2826) ...............................................................................................CA-6789Awith theLAB MANUALPS-2826Order this bundle — wesend a free lab manualwith your shipment!101

*AP is a registered trademark of the College Board, which was not involved inthe production of, and does not endorse, this product.High School Probeware BundlesAdvanced AP® Physics Lab Manualfor High SchoolPS-2879AAdvanced PhysicsExperiments for AP *, IB, and Honors PhysicsPS-2879Order Information:Advanced Physics Teacher Guide .............................................................PS-2879AOrder one guide per classroomAdvanced Physics Student Handouts ...............................................PS-2899Advanced Physics Standard Sensor Bundle .............................PS-2932Order one bundle per lab group (3-4 students)102Teacher Guide21 st Century ScienceRequired Equipment (additional)A Includes 31 Advanced Physicslabs inspired by AP®* Physicsexam content.A Each lab is available in threelevels of inquiry based delivery.A Each lab activity includesanalysis, synthesis, andmultiple choice questionforms, emulating those standardizedassessments oftenseen on AP® Physics exams.See www.pasco.com/products/curriculum for a list of experiments.Advanced Physics Standard SensorBundlePS-2932Freefall Adapter (ME-9207B)Photogate Head (ME-9498A)Motion Sensor (PS-2103A)Magnetic Field Sensor (PS-2112)Barometer/Low Pressure Sensor(PS-2113A)Voltage-Current Sensor (PS-2115)Rotary Motion Sensor (PS-2120)Absolute Pressure/Temp Sensor(PS-2146)Stainless Steel Temperature Probe(PS-2153)Digital Adapter (PS-2159)High Sensitivity Light Sensor(PS-2176)High Resolution Force Sensor(PS-2189)Extension Cable (PS-2500)Perform All 31 Lab ActivitiesMany of the Advanced Physics lab activities require the combinationof PASPORT sensors (listed above) with PASCO’s signature Physicsapparatus and equipment. For a full list of required equipmentand a breakdown of specific lab activity requirementssee www.pasco.com/equip.* AP is a registered trademark of the College Board, which was not involved in theproduction of, and does not endorse, this product.Physics Through Inquiry Manualfor High SchoolPS-2873APhysics through InquiryHigh SchoolStarter BundleStandard BundleTeacher Guide21 st Century SciencePS-2873A Includes 37 standards-basedPhysics lab activities.A Core topic areas include:mechanics, electricity andmagnetism, optics andthermodynamics.A Challenging concepts suchas the Inverse Square Law.See www.pasco.com/products/curriculum for a list of experiments.Physics Starter Sensor BundlePS-2923Motion (PS-2103A)Force (PS-2104)Voltage Current (PS-2115)Magnetic Field (PS-2112)Perform 23 of 37 Lab ActivitiesPhysics Standard Sensor BundlePS-2931Motion (Qty 2) (PS-2103A)Force (Qty 2) (PS-2104)Voltage Current (PS-2115)Magnetic Field (PS-2112)Absolute Pressure Temperature (PS-2146)Stainless Steel Temperature (PS-2153)Light (PS-2106A)Sound Level (PS-2109)Charge (PS-2132)Perform All 37 Lab ActivitiesOrder Information:Physics through Inquiry Teacher Guide ...........................................PS-2873AOrder one guide per classroomPhysics through Inquiry Student Handouts ..............................PS-2893Physics Starter Sensor Bundle .................................................................PS-2923Physics Standard Sensor Bundle ..........................................................PS-2931Order one bundle per lab group (3-4 students)www.pasco.com

Software – Video Analysis/Simulations“ Experiments and Demonstrationsin Physics” by Yaakov KraftmakherSE-7567AAA88 Computer-assistedPhysics ExperimentsClever Applications forScienceWorkshop750 InterfaceStudent ProjectsThis 533-page book contains 88computer-assisted experiments anddemonstrations which are directed towardphysics teachers. Most of the experiments use PASCO’sScienceWorkshop 750 Interface and DataStudio software.Eight Nobel Prize experiments are presented. There is also achapter devoted to descriptions of projects for undergraduatephysics students.Topics include:MechanicsElectricity and MagnetismOpticsAtomic PhysicsMolecular PhysicsCondensed Matter PhysicsPartial List of Experiments:Lissajous PatternsHelmholtz CoilsFaraday’s Law of InductionMalus’ LawDoppler EffectNonlinear DynamicsPulse CalorimetryRotating Magnetic FieldEddy CurrentsThermal NoiseLock-in DetectionAmpere’s Circuital LawInterference of LightFaraday EffectPhotoluminescenceHydrogen AtomEquilibrium Point Defects in MetalsThe Hall EffectPhotovoltaic EffectCurie PointPhotoelectric EffectFranck-HertzSuperconductivityHot-wire AnemometryOptical CommunicationTwo-stage Peltier CoolerPoisson SpotOrder Information:Experiments and Demonstrationsin Physics .........................................................................................................................SE-7567VideoPoint Physics Fundamentals 1.0A Video-based Motion Analysis SoftwarePhysics Fundamentals is a new version of the VideoPoint software,tailored primarily to high school and introductory college physicsstudents and teachers. It features a simplified interface and onlythe most commonly used analysis options taken from the originalVideoPoint. Its main goal is to demonstrate the basic concepts inPhysics using video analysis and to introduce teachers and studentsto VideoPoint and video-based motion analysis.Important Features:Integrated with VideoPoint Capture 2.1Instantly graph position, velocity and acceleration dataEquation modeling or automatic curve fittingIntuitive interfaceMovies, analyses and sample activities includedExtensive user supportStudent home-use disks available with site licensesSystem Requirements:Windows: Microsoft Windows 98SE, 2000, XP500 MB disk space64 MB of RAM600x800 minimum screen resolutionMacintosh: Mac OS X 10.2 or higher500 MB disk space64 MB of RAM600x800 minimum screen resolutionIncludes:VideoPoint Capture 2.1 for creating your own moviesFree access to on-line Resource Library with additional movies,analyses and activitiesEmail newsletterOnline discussion groupSite License: Unlimited use on siteOrder Information:VideoPoint Physics Fundamentals1.0 Single User (Mac)..........................................................................SE-75311.0 Site License (Mac).........................................................................SE-75371.0 Single User (Windows) ..........................................................SE-75331.0 Site License (Windows) .........................................................SE-7535VideoPointPhysicsFundamentals1.0MAC•Windows103

Software – Simulations/ExperimentsInteractive Physics Version 9.0A Powerful physics simulation softwareA Expanded curriculum workbook correlated withNational and State Standards and ObjectivesA Full-color teacher edition and black-line masterstudent editionA New interactive experiments explore speed,distance, time, acceleration, force, weight,mass, gravity and air resistanceCreate your own experiments or interact withpre-designed Physics exercises for discovery learningA Simulate contact, gravity, air resistance, electrical charge,roller coasters...A Build with ropes, springs, dampers,pulleys, slots, actuators...A Measure velocity, acceleration, force, momentum, andenergy as numbers, graphs, and animated vectorsA Hear and measure sound volumes, sound frequencies,and Doppler effectsA Create visually appealing presentations by attachinggraphics to objectsThe Soccer Player Demonstration: Determine the initial speedthat is required to make the ball travel 3.0 meters in the air.Acceleration and Friction:Vary the friction on an inclined plane experiment.System RequirementsWindows: Windows 95/98/Me/2000/XP/Vista/Windows 7,1 GB RAM minimum, 200 MB disk space, CD-ROM Drive,Sound card for sound experiments.WindowsIncludes:Windows CD150+ pre-made physics experimentsPrintable user manual in pdf formatCurriculum workbook with 60 experimentsBlack-line master student edition (for 10+ users)Order Information:Interactive Physics Version 9.0 (Single User) ....................SE-7443EInteractive Physics Version 9.0 (10 Pack) ................................SE-7445E104www.pasco.com

Teaching Resources – Workshop PhysicsPASCO Apparatus Designed for Workshop PhysicsWorkshop Physics courses, developed by Priscilla Laws at Dickinson College, are designedto replace traditional calculus-based lecture and laboratory sessions. Students use computertools for data acquisition, visualization, analysis and modeling. Modules include ClassicalMechanics, Heat, Temperature and Nuclear Physics, and Electricity & Magnetism (Availablefrom John Wiley & Sons). PASCO has developed equipment specifically designed to workwith the Workshop Physics curriculum.Activity Based PhysicsHigh School CDSE-6651Kinesthetic Cart(SE-8747)See page 137Equal Arm Balance(ME-8949)See page 158Mechanical Oscillator Driver(ME-8750)See page 132Fan Cart(ME-6977)See page 119Rotary Motion Sensors(CI-6538, PS-2120)See pages 74 and 26A Curricular MaterialsA DataStudio Experiment FilesA QuickTime Moviesw/VideoPoint LiteA Instructor MaterialsSelect portions of RealTime Physics1,Workshop Physics2 and Tools for ScientificThinking3 curricula have been adapted forhigh school use. These student-centeredmaterials have been compiled as part ofthe Activity Based Physics, NSF-sponsored,High School Institute program (Grant No.ESI-9819626).1. RealTime Physicsby David Sokoloff (University of Oregon),Ron Thornton (Tufts University), andPriscilla Laws (Dickinson College)2. Workshop Physicsby Priscilla Laws (Dickinson College)3. Tools for Scientific Thinkingby Ron Thornton (Tufts University) andDavid Sokoloff (University of Oregon)Visit www.pasco.com forordering information.ChaosAccessory(CI-6689A)See page 197Heat Engine/Gas LawsApparatus(TD-8572)See page 240Coils, Detectorand Field,LED Indicator(EM-6712, EM-6713,EM-6711, EM-6714)See page 273Download Experiment Filesfor Activity Based PhysicsExperiment files using PASCO sensorsin Interactive Lecture Demonstrations,RealTime Physics modules, and WorkshopPhysics are available for download atwww.pasco.com/activityPhysicsInteractive Lecture Demonstrationsby David Sokoloff (University of Oregon)and Ron Thornton (Tufts University)RealTime Physicsby David Sokoloff (University of Oregon),Ron Thornton (Tufts University), andPriscilla Laws (Dickinson College)Workshop Physicsby Priscilla Laws (Dickinson College)105

Teaching Resources – Conceptual Physics/Physics VideosMechanical UniverseSeriesSE-8700Physics Cinema ClassicsDVD SetSE-7526AA Six DVDsA 245 ClassicsExperimentsConceptual Physics DVDSE-9769AThis series presents college-level physicsusing real-world examples. Video fieldtrips to hot-air balloon events, symphonyconcerts, bicycle shops and other localesmake complex concepts more accessible.Animation, experiments, demonstrationsand historical reenactments demystifyphysics. This video series can also be usedas a professional development tool forphysics teachers.Each segment starts out with a brieflecture/demonstration from the classroomof David Goodstein at California Institute ofTechnology. Each segment also containsinformation about the scientists and theirwork to uncover the mysteries of theuniverse. Computer generated simulationsand illustrations further help students graspdifficult physics concepts.Includes:52 Segments on 14 DVDsProduced by the American Associationof Physics Teachers, these DVDs containmaterial from the PSSC 16 mm films,Interactive Media Project for SecondaryPhysical Science Courses, and Ealing 8 mmFilm Loops.Instructor’s hints and two separate audiochannels accompany the videos and stillimages: an inquiry track and an explanationtrack. The inquiry track poses questionsabout the video and still images, while theexplanation track relates the video and stillimages to the appropriate physics concepts.Includes:Mechanics and Heat DVDs (2)Waves, Electricity and Magnetism DVDs (2)Conservation Laws DVDAn gular Momentum and ModernPhysics DVDTeacher’s GuideOrder Information:Physics CinemaClassics ....................................................SE-7526AOnly available in the US and CanadaThe Best from Conceptual Physics AliveDVDs include four hours of clips fromAddison-Wesley’s videotape series,Conceptual Physics Alive! These two tothree minute demonstrations, presentedby master teacher Paul Hewitt, cover thekey concepts of introductory physics.Hewitt’s conceptual teaching style anddemonstrations bring new excitementand dimension to the physics classroom.These DVDs are best suited to PhysicalScience and Conceptual Physics classes.Paul Hewitt demonstrates the effect of buoyancy onthe weight of an object .Practical applications of theoretical physics areexamined.Order Information:Mechanical Universe(DVD) ..........................................................SE-8700Only available in the US106This clip shows Paul Hewitt demonstrating therelationship between his angular velocity and thedistance of the masses from his central axis ofrotation.Order Information:Best From Conceptual PhysicsAlive DVD .............................................SE-9769Awww.pasco.com

Teaching Resources – Physics DemonstrationsDemonstrations in PhysicsSE-8840 Part ISE-8841 Part IIHave you ever wished for a quick five-minute video demonstrationto put the finishing touch on a great lecture? Here,on two DVD ROMs, is a collection of 200 physics conceptsdemonstrated in about 160 QuickTime movies. If youremember the film loops of the seventies, you will findthese movies even more helpful.One of the goals for producing these movies was that facultycould watch them and then reconstruct their own livedemonstrations. The required equipment and supplies, inmost cases, are likely available in any physics department.The approximately 200 movies are each about five minuteslong and encompass almost all topics which are covered inthe standard lower division physics courses. In the movies,the narrative description and explanations of the principlesare purposefully kept brief to allow for the faculty to providetheir own complete explanations. As each of the demonstrations wasproduced, care was taken to ensure high quality movie and accuracy of thephysical principles being portrayed.Each movie has a complete list of the equipment used. Also, a brief writtenexplanation of each movie is included. The movies are compressed inQuickTime format. Students or faculty can use these movies without theneed for any additional software or hardware.Part I (SE-8840) (71 movies)A Newton’s LawsA Free Fall and Projectile MotionA Gravity, Circular Motion, and SatellitesA Linear MomentumA Work and EnergyA Torque, Center of Mass, and Rotational InertiaA Angular MomentumA Pressure and DensityA Waves and SoundA Thermal PhysicsDemonstrationsin Physicswas developed byDr. Ron Galli andDr. Farhang Amiriof the WeberState UniversityPhysics Department.Part II (SE-8841) (91 movies)A ElectrostaticsA Electric CircuitsA CapacitanceA MagnetismA Faraday’s LawA InductanceA ReflectionA RefractionA Lens DefectsA Interference and DiffractionA Polarization of LightA Electromagnetic WavesA Modern PhysicsSee a sample movie atwww.pasco.com/videosOrder Information:Demonstrations in PhysicsPart I DVD ROM ......................................SE-8840Part II DVD ROM ....................................SE-8841107

Mechanics – Dynamics CartsPASCO Dynamics CartsPAScar (set of 2)ME-6950Because the PAScar’s body and plunger are made of polycarbonateplastic, these carts have a mass of just 250 grams. Each cart includesboth a spring plunger, magnets and Velcro tabs for collision studies.The PAScars come in sets of two, red and blue, and are compatiblewith all PASCO Dynamics Tracks and accessories.Polycarbonate BodyTotal mass: 250 gThree Mounting HolesFor accessories.Velcro TabsFor inelastic collisions.(on both PAScars)Mass TrayAdd mass to easily doubleor triple car mass.MagnetsInstalled on one end forelastic collisions.(on both PAScars)Classic Carts1. Plunger CartME-9430These are the standard carts in thousands of physics labs aroundthe world. With an aluminum body, high-impact ABS plastic endcaps, and a 500 g mass, they make dynamics experiments quick toset up and very quantitative. The Classic Carts are compatible withall PASCO Dynamics tracks and accessories.TwoMountingHolesFor accessories.1.Mass TrayAdd mass bars to double ortriple the mass of the cart.MassOne 500g mass includedwith Collision Cart.2.2. Collision CartME-9454Three-positionPlungerProvidesreproducible impulsesand explosions.Low-friction Retractable,Ball Bearing WheelsMass250 g mass (Two) includedwith set of PAScars.Low-frictionRetractable,Ball Bearing WheelsMassTwo 250 g massincluded withplunger cart.Velcro TabsFor inelasticcollisions.MagnetsInstalled for elasticcollisions (both carts).Three-position PlungerProvides reproducibleimpulses and explosions.Order Information:PAScar (set of 2) ..............................................ME-6950Replacement Supplies:Replacement Axles (4 pack) ..............ME-6957 p.116GOcarME-6951Order Information:Plunger Cart .........................................................................................................ME-9430Collision Cart ......................................................................................................ME-9454Replacement Supplies:Replacement Axles (4 pack) .............................................................ME-6957 p. 116PASCO Carts share two important features:Low Friction:Ball bearing, knife-edge wheelsmean student data more closelymatches theory.Spring-Loaded Suspension:Wheels retract into the body, so they areprotected from drops or “skateboarding.”The GOcar is the low-cost alternative to the PAScar. It’s thesame molded, plastic body without the plunger, magnets orVelcro tabs. A low-friction car with spring-loaded wheels toprevent damage from drops. Mass is approximately 220 g.Students can even step on a PASCODynamics Cart without damaging it.Order Information:GOcar .....................................................................................ME-6951Recommended:Force and Motion Track ...................................ME-6958 p. 112PAScar, GOcar Accessories ........................ME-6952 p. 123Spring Cart Launcher ........................................ME-6843 p. 122PAScar Mass .................................................................ME-6756 p. 109108www.pasco.com

Photogate-Ready Dynamics SystemME-9494A Add Two Photogates forElectronic MeasurementA Manual with SixExperiments IncludedA Sturdy AluminumCarts and Tracks7.*Photogate8.Mechanics – Dynamics Carts*Photogate5.3.9.1.4.This system includes our highest quality metal carts and track. The systemincludes everything except two photogates to do photogate-timing labs.Use the photogates in two ways:A Mount the photogates on the photogate bracket as shown below:Motion is recorded as the picket fences on the carts pass frictionlesslythrough the photogates.A Reverse the bracket sothe photogate angles outover the clamp-on pulleyand can be used to recordthe cart’s motion as thespokes of the pulley breakthe photogate infraredbeam.Photogate Bracket10.Designed to hold thephotogate over the pulley.Experiments Included:1. Acceleration down an Incline2. Conservation of Momentum in Explosions3. Conservation of Momentum in Inelastic Collisions4. Conservation of Momentum in Elastic Collisions5. Conservation of Energy*6. Simple Harmonic Oscillation**Experiments 5 and 6 require a spring set (ME-8999).2.6.Photogate-Ready Dynamics System Components1. 1.2 m Aluminum Dynamics Track (ME-9493)2. Aluminum Collision Cart with 500 g mass bar (ME-9454)3. Aluminum Plunger Cart with two 250 g mass bars (ME-9430)4. Track End Stops (2) (ME-8971)5. Track Leveling Feet (2) (ME-8972)6. Track Rod Clamp (ME-9836)7. Photogate Brackets (2) (ME-9806)8. Cart Picket Fences (2) (ME-9804)9. Super Pulley with Clamp (ME-9448A)10. Experiment Manual (below left)* Photogates not includedOrder Information:Photogate-ReadyDynamics System ................................................................................ME-9494Required:Photogate Head ......................................................................................ME-9498A(not included, order two)Required to use photogates with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 750 or 500 Interface ...................Pages 68-72Required to use photogates with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface .............................................................................Pages 8-19Digital Adapter .......................................................................................PS-2159Recommended:Dynamics Track Spring Set .....................................................ME-8999Compact Cart MassME-6755PAScar MassME-6756Classic Cart MassME-6757This 250g mass allows students to changethe mass of the Classic Cart, PAScar, orGOcar when a Force Sensor is mounted onthe car. It also fits on the Fan Cart (ME-9485).Order Information:This 250 gram mass fits in any DynamicsCart, the Motorized Cart (ME-9781), or theDiscover Friction Accessory (ME-8574).Order Information:This 500 gram mass fits in any DynamicsCart, the Motorized Cart (ME-9781), or theDiscover Friction Accessory (ME-8574).Order Information:Compact Cart Mass .............................ME-6755 PAScar Mass .................................................ME-6756 Classic Cart Mass ...................................ME-6757109

Mechanics – Dynamics SystemsPAScar Dynamics Systems1.2 m Track 2.2 m TrackME-6955ME-69561. 2.3.4.5.6.A High Quality Aluminum TrackA PAScars: Colorful, durable, same features asClassic CartThe PAScar 1.2 m Dynamics System is the most economical way toequip your lab with carts and tracks for Newton’s Laws, collisions,velocity and acceleration experiments. With the accessories onpages 111-120, you can expand your system to do additional experimentssuch as constant force with a fan cart, friction, and oscillations.Also, all PASCO Dynamics Systems are specifically designed toaccommodate sensors for computer data acquisition.PAScar Expanded Dynamics Systems1.2 m Track 2.2 m TrackME-9431ME-943210.1.PAScar System Components1. PAScar (2) ME-6950 4. Rod Clamp ME-98362. Track 5. 250 gram Mass (2) ME-67563. Adjustable Endstop (2) ME-8971 6. Adjustable Feet (2) ME-8972Order Information:1.2 m PAScar Dynamics System ........................................................ME-69552.2 m PAScar Dynamics System .......................................................ME-6956Dynamics Track OpticsTurn your Dynamics Track into anOptics bench with the DynamicsTrack Optics Kit (See page 319).Compatible with all tracks shown onthese two pages.Order Information:Dynamics TrackOptics Kit ................................. OS-8471A2.3.9.A High Quality Aluminum TrackA Colorful PAScarsA Springs, Friction Block, Pulley, Angle IndicatorThese systems include extra equipment for doing additionalexperiments such as oscillations, friction, Hooke’s Law, springpotential energy, and conservation of energy.The new Spring Cart Launcher provides an economical way to launchcarts in a repeatable fashion and do energy experiments.To launch the cart, the plunger is pulled through the hole in the newendstop, compressing the spring, and then released. To add repeatability,a second endstop can be used with the supplied pin to holdthe plunger at a specified compression position. Three differentstrength springs are provided with the Spring Cart Launcher.1107.11.10.5.The Spring Cart Launcher rides in the cart so nearlyall the energy from the spring is transferred to thecart. See page 122 for more details.Order Information:1.2 m PAScar Expanded Dynamics System ........................ME-94312.2 m PAScar Expanded Dynamics System ........................ME-94326.8.4.PAScar Expanded DynamicsSystem Components1. PAScar (set of 2) ME-69502. Track3. Adjustable Endstop (2) ME-89714. Super Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A5. Spring Set ME-89996. Friction Block ME-98077. Rod Clamp ME-98368. Spring Cart Launcher ME-68439. Adjustable Feet (2) ME-897210. 250 gram Mass (2) ME-675611. Angle Indicator ME-9495Included ExperimentManual (not shown)www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Dynamics SystemsClassic Dynamics Systems1.2 m Track 2.2 m TrackME-9429BME-9452A8.11.2.1. 3.4.10.12.A High Quality Aluminum TrackA Classic Metal CartsA Springs, Friction Block, Pulley, Angle IndicatorThese systems include extra equipment for doing additionalexperiments such as oscillations, friction, Hooke’s Law, spring potentialenergy, and conservation of energy.The new Spring Cart Launcher provides an economical way to launchcarts in a repeatable fashion and do energy experiments.To launch the cart, the plunger is pulled through the hole in the newendstop, compressing the spring, and then released. To add repeatability,a second endstop can be used with the supplied pin to holdthe plunger at a specified compression position. Three differentstrength springs are provided with the Spring Cart Launcher.13.6.The Spring Cart Launcher rides in the cart so nearlyall the energy from the spring is transferred to thecart. See page 122 for more details.Order Information:1.2 m Classic Dynamics System ........................................................ME-9429B2.2 m Classic Dynamics System ........................................................ME-9452A7.9.5.Classic Dynamics SystemComponents1. Plunger Cart ME-94302. Collision Cart ME-94543. Track4. Adjustable Endstop (2) ME-89715. Super Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A6. Spring Set ME-89997. Friction Block ME-98078. Rod Clamp ME-98369. Spring Cart Launcher ME-684310. Adjustable Feet (2) ME-897211. 500 gram Mass ME-675712. Angle Indicator ME-949513. 250 gram Mass (2) ME-6755Included ExperimentManual (not shown)Super Dynamics System(2.2 m Aluminum Track)ME-949011.2.1. 3.10.4.5. 15.12.13.8.6.7.14.16.The Super Dynamics System provides an even wider range of accessories for a moreadvanced study of linear dynamics. Including a Fan Cart, Friction Accessory, and aMechanical Oscillator Driver for harmonic motion and resonance studies(Note: DC power supply is necessary for operation of the driver).9.Super Dynamics System Components1. Plunger Cart ME-9430 9. Cart Launcher (2) ME-94882. Collision Cart ME-9454 10. Adjustable Feet (2) ME-89723. Track ME-9779 11. 500 gram Mass ME-67574. Adjustable Endstop (2) ME-8971 12. Angle Indicator ME-94955. Super Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A 13. 250 gram Mass (2) ME-67556. Spring Set ME-8999 14. Fan Cart ME-69777. Friction Block ME-9807 15. Friction Accessory ME-94578. Rod Clamp ME-9836 16. Mechanical Oscillator Driver ME-8750Included Experiment Manual (not shown)Order Information:2.2 m Super Dynamics System .....................................ME-9490Recommended:Base and Support Rod...............................................................ME-9355 p. 213Mass and Hanger Set..................................................................ME-8979 p. 223DC Power Supply .............................................................................SE-9720A p. 279111

Mechanics – Dynamics SystemsDynamics Systems without CartsPAScar Systemswithout CartsClassic Dynamics Systemswithout CartsIncludes:Aluminum TrackPivot ClampEnd Stops (2)Track Feet (2)ManualIncludes:Aluminum TrackPivot ClampFriction BlockSpring SetEnd Stops (2)Track Feet (2)Super Pulley with ClampAngle IndicatorManualOrder Information:Order Information:PAScar System 1.2 m (without carts) ..................................ME-6953PAScar System 2.2 m (without carts) .................................ME-6954Dynamics System 1.2 m (without carts) .........................ME-9435ADynamics System 2.2 m (without carts) .........................ME-9458Starter Aluminum TracksHave 1.2 m length tracks and want tochange to 2.2 m? These aluminum tracksare available in 1.2 m and 2.2 m lengths.Force and Motion TrackME-6958A Inexpensive AlternativeA Conduct a Wide Variety of Forceand Motion InvestigationsTrack Length = 1.2 mPAScar shown ontrack, not included.Photogates require their own standwhen used with the Force andMotion Track.The Motion Sensor clips ontothe track for measurement ofposition, velocity andacceleration.1.2 and 2.2 meterAluminum TracksThis extruded plastic track forms the base for motion experimentswith Dynamics Carts. No height adjustment mechanismis included, but grooves keep carts moving in one dimension andallow students to investigate conservation of momentum and theimpulse-momentum equation.Order Information:Order Information:1.2 m Aluminum Starter Track .......................................................ME-94932.2 m Aluminum Starter Track .......................................................ME-9779112Force and Motion Track .........................................................................ME-6958Recommended:PAScars (set of 2) ..........................................................................................ME-6950 p. 108GOcar ............................................................................................................................ME-6951 p. 108Accessory Photogate ................................................................................ME-9204B p. 37Cart Picket Fences (2 Pack) ................................................................ME-9804 p. 117www.pasco.com

PAStrackME-6960A 1 m length Dynamics TrackA Two-piece molded constructionA Accepts DynamicsTrack accessoriesMotion Sensor orclamp-on pulley fitsboth endsMechanics – PAStrack SystemsBuilt-in scaleTrack justsnapstogetherSix levelingfeetT-slotAccepts DynamicsTrack accessories.Two piece track construction for easy storage.Snap-on connector clip holds sections straight and rigid.Use the second clip (included) to connect multiple tracks!The track ends are designed to accept the Motion Sensorand Clamp-on Pulley, and the side T-slots accept Dynamic Trackaccessories, such as photogate brackets and end stops.Track includes six built-in leveling feet.Order Information:IncludesTwo Piece TrackConnector Clip (2)Leveling Feet (6)PAStrack ....................................................................................................................ME-6960PAStrack Dynamics SystemME-6961A Multiple usesA 2-piece PAStrack for easy storageWith this one system, study collisions, Newton’s Laws, oscillations,Hooke’s Law, velocity, and acceleration. Hang weights over theincluded clamp-on pulley to accelerate carts or stretchthe springs attached to the cart. Additional3.PAStracks can be purchased to extendthe length of this track.2.3.1.PAStrack Basic SystemME-6962A Most economical systemA 2-piece PAStrack for easy storageA PAStrack T-slot accepts Photogate BracketsIn this system, the 1-m long plastic PAStrack has built-in adjustablefeet and can accept all dynamics track accessories, such as photogatebrackets, clamp-on pulleys, and Motion Sensors. This systemincludes two end stops and two PAScars for conducting collisionexperiments and Newton’s Laws. Additional PAStracks canbe purchased to extend the length of this track.2.4.6.3.1.5.PAStrack Dynamics System Components1. PAStrack ME-69602. PAScar (set of 2) ME-69503. Adjustable End Stops (2) ME-89714. Pivot Clamp ME-98365. Super Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A6. Dynamics Track Spring Set (12) ME-8999Order Information:PAStrack Dynamics System ............................................................ME-6961Recommended:PAStrack .....................................................................................................................ME-6960PAStrack Basic System Components1. PAStrack ME-69602. PAScar (set of 2) ME-69503. Adjustable End Stops (2) ME-8971Order Information:PAStrack Basic System ..........................................................................ME-6962Recommended:PAStrack .....................................................................................................................ME-6960113

Mechanics – Inclined PlaneInclined Plane Dynamics SetME-6966A One set of equipment yields multiple experimentsA Use as an inclined plane or as a straight trackA Designed to allow sensors to be addedAt the heart of this Dynamics Set is the Inclined Plane Accessory(ME-6965), a plastic hinge (with a angle scale) which enables thetwo halves of a PAStrack (ME-6960) to be configured as an inclinedplane. There is even a rubber band bumper at the lower end of theincline to keep things from sliding off the bottom of the incline. Theadvantage of using a PAStrack is that it accepts all the accessoriesthat fit a regular dynamics track, such as photogate brackets andMotion Sensors. It has the added advantage that the PAStrack canbe used on its own as a one-meter straight dynamics track.The Inclined Plane Dynamics Set can be used in avariety of ways:– If you want a nearly frictionless experiment, use the includedGOcar.– To explore friction, use the four friction trays which have differentsurfaces and can change mass by putting masses in the trays.– Accelerate the car by hanging a weight over the clamp-on pulleyand attach a photogate using the photogate bracket so the pulleyblocks the photogate.– Use Hooke’s Law to determine the spring constants of the12 springs.– Connect the springs to the cart and make the cart oscillate onthe incline, finding the period of oscillation for different springsand different masses.ME-6966 Included EquipmentA. PAStrack Inclined Plane Accessory ME-6965B. Rubber Cord, 1.5 mm square, 30 m ME-8986C. PAStrack, 1 meter ME-6960D. PAStrack Connectors (2)E. GOcar ME-6951F. Super Pulley with Clamp ME-9448AG. Discover Friction Accessory ME-8574H. Photogate Brackets (2) ME-9806I. PAScar Masses (2) ME-6956J. Picket Fence - Smart Timer (2) ME-8933K. Dynamics Track Spring Set ME-8999L. Nylon ThreadExperiment ManualPAStrackInclined PlaneME-6967The PAStrack InclinedPlane includes theInclined Plane Accessory(ME-6965) and thePAStrack (ME-6960).The included manual includes five completeexperiments:1. Oscillations on an Inclined Plane2. Acceleration Down an Incline3. Springs in Series and Parallel4. Friction and the Inclined Plane5. Newton’s Second Law on an Inclined PlaneA.C.Order Information:Inclined Plane Dynamics Set ......................................ME-6966Recommended:Mass and Hanger Set ..........................................................ME-8979 p. 223Photogate Head ..........................................................................ME-9498A p. 31Motion Sensor ..............................................................................PS-2103A or CI-6742AStopwatch ..........................................................................................ME-1234 p. 224Force Sensor ...................................................................................PS-2104 or CI-6746Inclined Plane AccessoryME-6965The Inclined Plane Accessory includesthe hinge with angle scale and therubber cord for the rubberbumper. A PAStrack isrequired to make acomplete inclinedplane.B.D.E.J.K.G.I.L.H.F.Order Information:PAStrack Inclined Plane ..................................ME-6967114Order Information:Inclined Plane Accessory .........................ME-6965Required:PAStrack .........................................................................ME-6960www.pasco.com

Mechanics – PAStrack AccessoriesCurved PAStrackME-6841Create hills, valleys and inclines. Molded PAStracksystem has straight and curved sections that justsnap together! Connect multiple sets to make atrack as long as you want.Acartisreleasedfromrestandrollsdownahill.UsingConservationofEnergy,Studentscalculatethespeedofthecartatthebottomofthehill,andcomparetothemeasuredvalue.Really Cool! Really Big!Combine your PAStrack withPASCO’s Structures Systemto make really BIG bridges!Seepage175.Includes:Concave-up Curved PieceConcave-down Curved PieceConnector Clip (2)Order Information:Curved PAStrack ...............................................................................ME-6841Shown in use with:PAStrack Basic System .............................................................ME-6962 p. 113Xplorer GLX ...........................................................................................PS-2002 p. 10Digital Adapter ....................................................................................PS-2159 p. 85Photogate Head .................................................................................ME-9498A p. 37Cart Picket Fences (2-pack)..................................................ME-9804 p. 38Photogate Bracket (2-pack) .................................................ME-9806 p. 37See page 212-213 for Base and Support Rods.PAStrack Wheel SetME-6964A Add wheels to your PAStrack!A Demonstrate Center ofMass and Relative MotionAsthePAScarrollsbackandforth,thecurvedtrackmovesintheoppositedirection.Relative MotionAstheMotorizedCartmovesforward,thetrackwithwheelsmovesbackwards.Perfectforstudyingrelativemotionandcenterofmass.ShowninusewiththeME-9781MotorizedCartandadditionalsectionsoftheME-6960PAStrack.SpringloadedwheelsFastenssecurelytoPAStrackIncludes:Wheel set (2)Order Information:PAStrack Wheel Set ....................................................................ME-6964Shown in use with:PAStrack Basic System .............................................................ME-6962 p. 113Curved PAStrack ...............................................................................ME-6841PAStrack .......................................................................................................ME-6960 p. 113Motorized Cart .....................................................................................ME-9781 p. 118115

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesElastic BumperME-8998BracketMotionSensorPivot ClampME-9836The Elastic Bumper protects theMotion Sensor from the carts, butdoesn’t interfere with theultrasonic pulse.Includes:Two pairs ofbrackets10 meters ofelastic materialOrder Information:Elastic Bumper ..........................................ME-8998Rubber Cord (30 meters)ME-8986For Elastic Bumper (ME-8998)Also fits Air Track BumpersOrder Information:Rubber Cord(Spool of 30 m) .........................................ME-8986Angle IndicatorME-9495AThe Angle Indicator fastensto the T-slot of a dynamicstrack. Hanging plumb-bobindicates angle to 1/2°.Order Information:Angle Indicator ..........................................ME-9495AEnd Stops (2)ME-8971Order Information:End Stops (2) ...............................................ME-8971Super Pulleywith ClampME-9448BPulley clamps onthe end of anyDynamics Track.Its height is fully adjustable to match heightof string attached to a dynamics cart.Order Information:Super Pulley with Clamp .............ME-9448B116Shown withPAStrackShown with PAStrackDynamics TrackSpring SetME-8999Elastic BumperIncludes 12 springs (1.6 cm diameter) withapproximate spring constants of:3.4 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs)6.8 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs)Order Information:Dynamics TrackSpring Set (12)...........................................ME-8999Adjustable Feet (2)ME-8972Order Information:Adjustable Feet (2) ...............................ME-8972Cart Replacement Axles(4 pack)ME-6957Although the ballbearings are designed for many yearsof use, on occasion the bearings becomedamaged from dirt and other contaminants.The wheels and axles of the PAScarcan be easily replaced by removing thelower section of the car and placing thenew wheels in the chassis. A perfect tuneupfor a PAScar or GOcar! The wheels ofthe Classic Carts can also be replaced withthe same set of wheels. Contact PASCO’stechnical support for further assistance.Order Information:Replacement Axles (4 pack) ..........ME-6957Shown with New PAStrackPivotClampPivot Clamp fastens to the T-slot of aDynamics Track and accepts 1/2” rod.Order Information:Pivot Clamp ...................................................ME-9836Dynamics SystemsSpares KitME-9823The Spares Kit contains many of the smallparts which are sometimes lost after classroomuse. All parts are organized in aconvenient case for easy storage.Includes:Cart Bumper Magnets (2)Velcro Hoop and Loop Bumpers (4)Dynamics Track Feet Screws (4)1/4”-20 x 9/16” Tee Thumb Screws (4)1/4”-20 x 9/16” Round Thumb Screws (6)1/4”-20 x 3/8” Round Thumb Screws (6)1/4”-20 x 7/32” Square Nuts (20)1/4”-20 Nylon Thumb Nuts (6)6-32 x 3/8” Nylon Thumb Screw (6)M5 x 0.8 x 20 mm Nylon Thumb Screw (4)1/4”-20 x 3/8” Set Screws (4)Bumper Squares (8)Round Rubber Bumpers (4)Harmonics Springs (2)Order Information:Dynamics SystemsSpares Kit .........................................................ME-9823www.pasco.com

Photogates and FencesME-9471AWhen used with the computer for data recording, display andanalysis, the photogate/pulley timing system can provide a widerange of time, speed and velocity measurements. The photogatesmount to the dynamics track using the provided brackets. The “picketfences” provided mount directly to the dynamics carts.Position and velocity graphsare obtained using a PicketFence and Photogate.Photogate BracketsME-9806Mechanics – Photogate TimingA Attaches photogates toPASCO dynamics tracksA Easily adjust photogate heightThe Photogate Bracket allows thePhotogate Head to be attached directlyto PASCO dynamics tracks. Thiseliminates the need for separatephotogate stands and allows the(Photogate not included.)photogate height to be easily adjustedrelative to the track. Includes two Photogate Brackets.Order Information:Photogate Brackets (2)...................................................................................ME- 9806Photogate Tape SetME-6664Flexible Mylar picket fence tape can be cut to needed length.Tape guide slides onto the arm of PASCO photogates to moreaccurately measure the motion of a cart.Photogate tape can be usedas a picket fence “string” tocontinuously measure theacceleration of the cart.Order Information:Photogates and Fences .........................................................................ME-9471AIncludes:Photogate Head ...............................................................................................ME-9498A p. 37Photogate Brackets (2)............................................................................ME-9806 p. 37Cart Picket Fences (2) ...............................................................................ME-9804Super Pulley with Screw......................................................................ME-9450 p. 164Requires Digital Adapter PS-2159 to use with PASPORT Interfaces.Cart Picket Fences(set of 2)ME-9804Order Information:Cart Picket Fences (set of 2) ...........................................................ME-9804Smart Timer Picket Fences(set of 2)See Smart Timer onME-8933pages 146-147.Order Information:Smart Timer Picket Fences (set of 2) ...................................ME-8933Slide the included bracket onto the arm of aPASCO photogate (ME-9498A or ME-9204B) and slide the photogatetape through the slot to measure position, velocity, and acceleration.The band spacing on the tape is 5 cm from edge to edge, which isidentical to the Large Picket Fence (ME-9377A).The High Resolution Photogate Tape, available separately,has a distance of 1 cm between edges for moredata points during high velocityor acceleration phenomena.Includes:Photogate Tape (30 m)Photogate Tape Guide (2)Double-Adhesive Tape (not shown)Velcro Strips (not shown)Two Tape GuidesincludedOrder Information:Photogate Tape Set .....................................................................................ME-6664High Resolution Photogate Tape ...............................................ME-6666Required:Photogate Head ...............................................................................................ME-9498A p. 37or Accessory Photogate ........................................................................ME-9204B p. 37117

Mechanics – Powered CartsMotorized CartME-9781A Battery powered/adjustable speedsA External power jackA Climbs a 30° slopeA Durable constructionSpeedAdjustmentExternal PowerJackScrew HolesFor mounting accessoriesStrong TractionRear rubber wheelsThe tank-like molded casing and a rugged internalgear mechanism are built for the harsheststudent environment. Runs on four “C” batteriesand has variable speed adjustment knob. Externalpower input accepts phone plug cable (included)to power the car using a DC power supply, or aprogrammable power supply such as the GLXPower Amplifier (shown in use below).On/OffSwitchTow HookFront and backFront WheelsCompatible with Dynamics TracksFour “C” Batteries(not included)Curved PAStrackMotorizedCartExternalPowerCableThe above graph shows effect of increasing motor voltageon the efficiency, the ratio of the work done lifting the loaddivided by the electrical energy used.Xplorer GLX®PAStrackGLX PowerAmplifierThe motor voltage is controlled using theXplorer GLX output which is amplified by theGLX Power Amplifier.Includes:Motorized cartCable for connecting to external power supplySpecificationsAdjustable Speed: ≈ 8-25 cm/sBattery Power: Four “C” (not included)External Power Input JackBattery Life (Alkaline): Six hours118Equipment Shown:Motorized Cart ...............................................................................ME-9781PAStrack ..................................................................................................ME-6960 p. 113Curved PAStrack ..........................................................................ME-6841 p. 115Xplorer GLX ......................................................................................PS-2002 p. 10GLX Power Amplifier .............................................................PS-2006 p. 14250g Mass............................................................................................ME-6756 p. 109Base and Support Rods .................................................................................................p. 212“C” Batteries (4 pack)............................................................PI-6603 p. 261www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Powered CartsSuper Fan CartME-6977A Constant ForceA RechargeableA ProgrammableTeach every aspect of Newton’s Second Law withPASCO’s Super Fan Cart.Adjust thrust angle to teach aboutvector forcesFan turns through 180°Pulse DurationProgram fan to be pulsed on for specific time to demonstrate acceleration onlyoccurs when a force is applied. Includes time delay and auto-repeat option.Vary the Mass without changing the ForceAccessory Mass Tray for ME-6755 Compact MassesAdjustable Fan SpeedApply different forces usingthree standard settings or thecontinuously variable setting. Regulatedpower supply gives constant thrust evenas the battery discharges.String AttachmentConnect two fan carts togetherto add or subtract forces.Retractable Wheelswith low frictionball bearingsRechargeable BatteryLithium-Polymer battery runs fan continuously on medium thrustfor about 1.5 hour. Recharges in about 1 hour.The Net Force is ZeroRemovable sail can be used two ways: When positionedas shown, the sail cancels the forward air flow andthere is no thrust. If the sail is reversed, its curved shapereflects the air backwards, causing the cart to move in theopposite direction.SpecificationsFan Cart Mass: Approximately 0.3 kgSail Mass: Approximately 0.1 kgRegulated Power Supply: Lithiumpolymerbattery (7.2 volts, 1.25 amp-hour)Run-time: Runs approximately 1.5 hr onmedium thrustRecharge Time: One hour typicalThrust Settings: Approximately 0.04 Non Low, 0.15 N on Medium, and 0.22 Non HighThrust, Variable: Approximately 0.01 Nto 0.23 NOrder Information:Super Fan Cart .................................... ME-6977Includes: Fan cart, sail and chargerRecommended:PAStrack ....................................................... ME-6960 p. 113Compact Cart Mass ...................... ME-6755 p. 109Motion Sensor .................................... PS-2103A p. 25USB Link ..................................................... PS-2100A p. 18119

Mechanics – Powered CartsFan AccessoryME-9491The Fan Accessory gives anyPASCO cart self-propulsioncapability and includes a safetyguard to protect student fingers.Simply snap the accessory ontothe top of a cart, flip the switch,and observe the constant accelerationmotion. The speed can bevaried by removing one or morebatteries and replacing withincluded slugs.Developed for WorkshopPhysics® and RealTimePhysics® activities.Cart notincludedTime Pulse AccessoryME-9496The Cart Race!Starting at the same pointand time, the Motorized Cart,traveling at a constant speed,initially takes the lead but iscaught and passed by the FanCart traveling at a constantacceleration.The position versus timegraph is linear for theMotorized Cart and curved forthe accelerating Fan Cart.Time Pulse Accessorymounted on Fan AccessoryThe ME-9496 Time Pulse Accessory, when plugged into theME-9491 Fan Accessory or the ME-9781 Variable-speed MotorizedCart, allows students to apply a repeatable impulse for constantacceleration and constant velocity experiments.The Start button, with a 2-second delay feature, engages the motorof the Fan Accessory or the Variable-speed Cart for 1, 2 or 4 seconds,or for an adjustable pulse of 1-7 seconds.The ME-9496 Time Pulse Accessory includes two replaceablelithium batteries that last up to five years.Order Information:Time Pulse Accessory ......................................................................................ME-9496Order Information:Fan Accessory ....................................................................................................ME-9491Recommended:Four “AA” Cell Alkaline Batteries ...............................................PI-6601 p. 261Dynamics Carts ................................................................................................p. 108-109Dynamics Track (1.2 or 2.2 m) ........................................................p. 110-111Time Pulse Accessory .............................................................................ME-9496Fan Accessory Guard(5 pack)ME-9869Multi Fan BracketME-6616The Multi FanBracket fastensto any PASCO cart,and holds up to threeof the ME-9491 FanAccessories. The fanscan be clipped on in eitherdirection.Includes:BracketMounting ScrewsOrder Information:Multi Fan Bracket ..................................................................................................ME-6616120The Fan Accessory Guards protect students’ fingers from the propellerof the Fan Accessory. Installation takes minutes and requiresonly a Phillips screwdriver.Kit includes guards and hardware to upgrade five Fan Accessoryunits. This guard fits Fan Accessory ME-9491 only. Not required forFan Accessories that already include the guard.Order Information:Fan Accessory Guard (5 pack)...............................................................ME-9869Constant Speed BuggySE-8028ATurn on the Constant Speed Buggy andwatch it go. When it reaches a wall,it flips over and changes directions.This low-cost solution features flashinglights and a sporty appearance.Requires two “C” batteriesthat are not included. Actualproduct may vary from picture.Order Information:Constant Speed Buggy .................................................................................SE-8028Awww.pasco.com

Mechanics – Cart AccessoriesBallistic Cart AccessoryME-9486AAAWorks Every TimeNon-Contact ReleaseAdjustable BarrelPhotogate ReleaseNo friction means nointroduced errors.Trigger BracketMounts quickly and easily tothe PASCO Dynamics Track.PASCO’s Ballistic Cart Accessoryhelps beginning physics studentsgrasp the independence of verticaland horizontal motion.How It WorksMounted on a dynamics cart ormotorized cart moving at constantvelocity, the Ballistic Cart Accessorylaunches a ball vertically, continuesdown the track and then catches theball as it falls— every time. Offers anexciting introductory demonstrationto projectile motion.Compatible with PASCO Classic Carts, PAScarsand GOcars.ME-9486 Ballistic Cart Accessory: attaches to a dynamics cartand projects a ball as it travels along a track.BallisticCartAccessoryCart0.5MetersAt slow or fast speeds, the results are the same.Includes:Ballistic LauncherTrigger BracketPlastic Balls (2)9V BatteryAdjustable BarrelCan be aimed forperfectlyvertical shotsevery time.Drop Rod JackAdd the Drop Rod (notincluded) to perform“bombing” runs.Easy MountingAttaches to thePASCO Cartin seconds.ColorfulProjectiles2.5 cm plasticballs areeasy to see.FeaturesPhotogate Ball Release: PASCO’s opticalrelease does not affect cart motion or ballflight path, no matter what the speed of thecart.Alignable Barrel: The barrel has X and Yadjustments so perfect vertical projectionscan be produced every time, evenon nonlevel surfaces.Constant Velocity: Mounts on thelow-friction PASCO Dynamics Cartso horizontal velocity remains constant.Strong Compression Spring: Firesa colored nylon ball 0.5 meters orhigher—impressive for demonstrationpurposes.Order Information:Ballistic CartAccessory .................................ME-9486Required:Dynamics System ..........................................p. 110-112Recommended:Variable SpeedMotorized Cart ....................ME-9781 p. 118Cart Launcher ......................ME-9488 p. 122Drop Rod AccessoryME-9487How it WorksThe Drop Rod mounts on the side of theBallistic Cart Accessory. A magnetic nylonball attaches to the top of the rod and isreleased when the photogate on the cart istriggered. The rod can be mounted to dropthe ball into the cart or rotated 180° so theball will drop to the floor. Students can calculatewhere the ball will hit the floor underthe following conditions:1. Constant velocity2. Constant acceleration3. On an inclined trackAll these experiments are possiblewith the Ballistic Cart and the Drop RodAccessories.Drop RodAccessoryIncludes:Ball and Rodx = ?TypicalExperimentsBallisticCartAccessoryDynamicsCartDropping the ball to the floor offers severalchallenging quantitative experiments.1. Shoot and Catch2. Tunnel3. Accelerating Cart*4. Inclined Plane*5. Drop Ball**6. Bombing Run***Can be performed with or without the Drop Rod.**Must use Drop Rod.Check out the experimentson the web at www.pasco.comOrder Information:Drop Rod Accessory............................ME-9487Required:Ballistic Cart Accessory ...................ME-9486121

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesSpring Cart LauncherME-6843AAAAffordable Cart LauncherHooke’s LawSpring Potential EnergyThe spring potential energy isconverted to kinetic energy. The Spring CartLauncher rides in the cart, so nearly all theenergy from the spring is transferred to thecart. The position of the cart (top) and thevelocity of the cart (bottom) are measuredusing the Motion Sensor.To perform the Hooke’s Lawexperiment, the Spring CartLauncher plunger is pulledwith a Force Sensor (PS-2104),compressing the spring, whilethe displacement of the cartis measured with a MotionSensor (PS-2103A). The slopesof the graphs of Force versusPosition give the springconstants for the threedifferent springs.The Spring Cart Launcher provides an economical way to launch carts in a repeatablefashion. It can be used for Hooke’s Law, collisions, and for Conservation of Energy.The Spring Cart Launcher fits into the bed of a Dynamics Cart, PAScar, or GOcar. Tolaunch the cart, the plunger is pulled through the hole in the new endstop, compressing thespring, and then released. To add repeatability, a second endstop can be used with the suppliedpin to hold the plunger at a specified compression position. Three different strengthsprings are provided with the Spring Cart Launcher. Use with orwithout probeware.Includes:Spring Cart LauncherTrigger PinThree Different Strength SpringsOrder Information:Spring Cart Launcher ..................................ME-6843Required:Dynamics Track System ............................See pages 110-111Recommended:End Stops (2) .........................................................ME-8971 p. 116Replacement Springs (Three different strengthsprings, two each) ...........................................ME-6847Compact Cart Mass .......................................ME-6755 p. 109Cart LauncherME-9488The Cart Launcher launches PASCO Dynamics Carts with repeatabilityimpossible to achieve by hand. The force of the launcheris fully adjustable, and the built-in scale permits force calibration.Mounts to PASCO Dynamics Tracks.FeaturesRepeatability: Launch carts with thesame force each time. Data will beconsistent and accurate.Variable Launch Speed: Vary springcompression to vary the speed.Compatible with Dynamics CartAccessories: Use with the BallisticCart or Fan Cart.Calibration—Mount the launcher vertically and hang massesfrom the hook to calibrate the spring. Use thebuilt-in scale as a reference. At maximum springcompression, the launcher produces a 30 N force.Includes:Cart Launcher with trigger releaseDynamics Track Mount122Order Information:Cart Launcher .............................................................................................................ME-9488www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesMagnetic Damping AccessoryME-6828The spring-and-car oscillation experiment shown here uses a MotionSensor to measure the position and velocity of the cart. The MagneticDamping Accessory induces eddy currents in the aluminum track,causing friction which is proportional to the velocity of the cart.Students can vary all of the parameters, including theamount of damping, track angle, cart mass,and spring constant.PAScar/GOcarAccessoriesME-6952Motion Sensormeasures positionand velocity of cart.Magnetic DampingThe steel bracket of theMagnetic Damping Accessoryslides up and down to adjust theamount of damping.Extend the utility of the PAScar and GOcar.Each set includes:Friction PadMagnetic BumperIncludes:BracketMagnetsKeeperOver-damped, Under-damped, Critically-dampedThe cart is displaced from equilibrium and then released from rest. Thegreen line shows a system that is under-damped, with the magnets farfrom the track. The cart is over-damped (blue line) when the magnets arevery close to the track, and it takes over four seconds for the cart to reachits equilibrium position. When the cart is critically damped (red line) itreaches its equilibrium position in the minimum amount of time, whichfor this system is just over two seconds.Order Information:Magnetic Damping Accessory....................................ME-6828Equipment shown:PAScar Dynamics System (1.2 m) ........................ME-6955Dynamics Track Spring Set ..............................................ME-8999Motion Sensor ................................................................................PS-2103AThe Magnetic Bumper attaches to theVelcro end of the PAScar for a chain ofelastic collisions. The bumper can also beattached to the GOcar so it can undergoelastic collisions with a PAScar.Adjustment ScrewCart Damping AccessoryME-9497Compatible with PASCOClassic Carts, PAScars andGOcars.The aluminum Cart Damping Accessory fitsin the slot in the Dynamics Cart mass tray.The magnetic bracket that mounts in theT-slot of the Dynamics Track causes magneticdamping as the aluminum passesthrough the magnetic field.The gap between the 1.9 cm neodymiummagnets can be varied to change thestrength of the magnetic field.The Cart accelerates as the aluminum passes throughthe magnetic field.Order Information:Cart Damping Accessory ..............ME-9497Required:PAScar or Dynamics Cart p. 108-109PASCO Dynamics Track p. 110-111The Friction Pad is installed through athreaded hole in the middle of the cart.Students can rotate the pad to eitherincrease or decrease the induced friction.Order Information:PAScar/GOcarAccessories .....................................................ME-6952123

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesDiscover Friction AccessoryME-8574PASCO’s Discover Friction Accessory is unlike any other friction set.The trays are designed to work effectively with PASCO carts andsensors. Using the four trays, students can discover such conceptsas coefficient of friction, static friction, kinetic friction and thesliding friction equations. The two trays with identical plasticsurfaces can be hooked together to explore the relationshipbetween surface area and sliding frictional forces.Friction Cart AccessoryME-9457The ME-9457 Friction Cart Accessory mounts to either a Plunger(ME-9430) or Collision Cart (ME-9454) by replacing the cart’s endcap. All parts and mounting hardware are included.FrictionAdjustmentScrewFriction Accessory installed ona Dynamics Cart.The Friction Cart Accessoryallows the friction of eithera Plunger or a Collision Cartto be varied over a widerange of values.Friction PadMotorized Cart canalso be used to pullthe loaded frictiontray from rest to aconstant velocity.FeaturesEasy Storage: Friction trays are stackableVersatile: Students discover key friction conceptsCompatible: Can be used with PASCO carts, masses andForce SensorsIncludes:Friction Adjustment ScrewFriction PadMounting hardwareReplacement end capGraph shows velocityof a cart on an inclineboth with and withoutfriction.Order Information:Friction Cart Accessory ..........................................................................ME-9457Friction BlockME-9807The peak of the graph represents the maximum static frictional force. Once thefriction tray begins to move, the kinetic frictional force is evident on the graph.Includes:Friction Tray - FeltFriction Tray - CorkFriction Tray - Plastic (2)A Two types of materialA Vary surface area by using it flat or up on its sideA Hook for attaching a string to pull itA Slot for a picket fence or flag for photogate timingThe wooden Friction Block has felt on two sides so the frictionalcoefficients for felt or wood can be measured. It also fits into thedynamics cart tray so the cart can run on its wheels or it can beturned upside down to run on the Friction Block,without changing the mass.Order Information:Discover Friction Accessory ................................................ME-8574Recommended:PAScar Mass ...........................................................................................ME-6756 p. 109PAScars (set of 2) .............................................................................ME-6950 p. 108GOcar ...............................................................................................................ME-6951 p. 108Variable Speed Motorized Cart .......................................ME-9781 p. 118Force Sensor ..........................................................................................See pages 28 and 74Dynamics System ............................................................................See pages 110-111124FeaturesDimensions: 13 cm x 5 cm x 1.7 cmApproximate Mass: 110 gOrder Information:Friction Block ......................................................................................................ME-9807www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesBernoulli Cart AccessoryME-9481Car SailME-9595This 5 cm diameter cylinder with precisionball bearings, easily set spinning by pullinga string, provides an excellent demonstrationof the Bernoulli Principle. Requires a fan toprovide airflow across the rotating cylinder.Compatible with PASCO Classic Carts,PAScars and GOcars.AAAIntroduce Air Resistance intoMotion ExperimentsEasily AchieveTerminal VelocityThree DifferentSail SizesBracket securelyholds the sail.The Car Sail allows students to study the effects of air resistance onPASCO carts. Simply attach the bracket to the mass tray of the cartand attach any of the sails. Using the various sails, the relationshipbetween surface area and terminal velocity can be studied. Studentscan also create their own sails and attach them to the bracket.Terminal velocity is related to both the surface area and the massof an object in motion. Students should compare the motion of thecart without a sail to its motion with the sails. As the surface areaof the sail increases, the cart will more closely approach a terminalvelocity.Using the Fan Cart to create wind, the Bernoulli Cart Accessory acceleratesdown the dynamics track.Cart moves in this direction.TrackFront of CartHigher AirSpeed— LowerPressureFanLower AirSpeed––HigherPressureTop view of the rotating cylinder on the Bernoulli Cart Accessory.Order Information:Bernoulli Cart Accessory .........................................................ME-9481Required:1.2 m Classic Dynamics System....................................ME-9429B p. 1112.2 m Classic Dynamics System ...................................ME-9452A p. 111Super Fan Cart .....................................................................................ME-6977 p. 119or any highly focused fanComparison of cart velocity as it moves down the track with various sails attached.Includes:Sail BracketScrews for Cart and Sail Mounting3600 cm2, 1800 cm2, and 900 cm2 SailOrder Information:Car Sail ...............................................................................................................................ME-9595125

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesForce Accessory BracketCI-6545Bumper Accessory SetME-9884The Force Accessory Bracket with Bumpers mounts theCI-6746 Economy Force Sensor or CI-6537 Force Sensordirectly to a dynamics track. Includes 5 collision attachmentsfor the Force Sensor and conveniently stores each attachmenton the bracket itself.Using any of theseattachments, the bracketserves as an excellentsupport or target forcollision studies usingthe Force Sensor.Force time data for a clay, spring and magnet.Includes:Spring Bumpers (2)(different spring constants)Magnetic Bumper (1)Rubber Bumper (1)Clay Cup for Inelastic Collisions (1)(clay included)#0 Phillips Head Screwdriver(to attach to Force Sensor)Note the bumper springsand various mountingoptions.This set of bumpers can be used with anyPASCO Force Sensor to perform both elasticand inelastic collisions. The standard hookfor each Force Sensor can be easily removedand replaced with any of these bumpers.Use a spring and a cup for elastic collisions.Combine two cups with clay to exploreinelastic collisions.Includes:Stiff SpringLight SpringEmpty Cup (2)Modeling ClayOrder Information:Force Accessory Bracket ...............CI-6545Order Information:Bumper Accessory Kit ......................ME-9884Discover Collision BracketME-8973The Collision Bracket fastens to the T-slot of a dynamics track, andsecurely holds the Force Sensor for measuring collisions with a Cart.Includes two different springs.Magnetic Bumper SetME-9885AIncludes:Two SpringsBracketOrder Information:Discover Collision Bracket ..........ME-8973126Shown with PAStrack(see page 113)The cart collides with the force sensor at the sameinitial speed for both of the springs. The area underthe Force vs. time graph is the change in momentum(impulse) of the cart, and is the same for bothcollisions.This set of magnetic bumpers can be usedwith any PASCO Force Sensor to performelastic collisions without any contact. Thebumpers screw directly into the beam of thesensor. They can also be used with the ForceAccessory Bracket (CI-6545A).Includes:Magnetic Bumper (2)Order Information:Magnetic Bumper Set ......................ME-9885Awww.pasco.com

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesMotion SensorsPS-2103A PASPORTCI-6742A ScienceWorkshopCart Adapter AccessoryME-6743A 360º Rotating HeadA False Target Rejection CircuitryA Bi-directional Measurements of Position, Velocity and AccelerationPASCO’s ultrasonic Motion Sensors clip directly toDynamics Tracks and their unique “Narrow Beam”technology provides cleaner data.The Cart Adapter Accessory allows theMotion Sensor II and many other sensors tobe mounted to a Dynamics Cart or a PAScar.The Motion Sensor can be mounteddirectly to the Dynamics Carts orPAScars for relative motion studies.42 cmUseful length of track with typicalsonic ranging devices.15 cmUseful length of track withPASCO Motion Sensors.Motion Sensor clipsto Dynamics Track.Mounting a Motion Sensor on a cart is idealfor the study of relative motion. The adjustmentknob on the bracket allows the MotionSensor to face any direction.Order Information:ScienceWorkshop Motion Sensor II .....................................CI-6742A p. 74PASPORT Motion Sensor....................................................................PS-2103A p. 25Required to mount on PASCO Carts:Cart Adapter Accessory .........................................................................ME-6743Projectile Catcher AccessoryME-6815For use with short and long range launchers, theME-6815 catcher attaches directly to DynamicsCarts. See page 155 for more information.Photogate (not included)can be used to measurethe speed of the cart aftercatching the fired ball.Includes:Two M5 thumbscrews to attachto cart1/4”-20 screwat centerOrder Information:Cart Adapter Accessory ..................ME-6743Includes:Projectile Catcher (170 g)String holder plate and clamp2.5 cm steel balls (2) (67 g each)Spool of stringVelcro strips (not shown)Instruction manualand experiment guideOrder Information:Projectile CatcherAccessory .........................................................ME-6815127

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems AccessoriesPASPORT Visual AccelerometerPS-2128A Clearly Demonstrates the DifferenceBetween Velocity and AccelerationA Shows Both Direction andMagnitude of AccelerationA Acts as a PASPORT Sensor whenConnected to a Computer (See page 34)Scale SwitchHow It WorksThe Visual Accelerometer shows the magnitude and direction ofacceleration in one dimension. Five green LEDs light in proportionto the acceleration to the right and five red LEDs light in proportionto the acceleration to the left. Because the Visual Accelerometer ismounted on the accelerating object, students see the accelerationwithout having to look away at a computer.Super Bright LED’sMode of Operation SwitchWhen connected to a computer, the Visual Accelerometer measures the accelerationas the cart is pushed by hand. The direction and magnitude of the acceleration isconstant as the cart goes up and then goes down incline.Push a cart up the incline and let it go back down. Students will expect the directionof the acceleration to change, depending on whether the cart is going up or down theincline. They are surprised that the red lights stay lit in the same direction.Specifications:Three Manual Scales: 1 m/s 2 , 5 m/s 2 , 20 m/s 2 full scaleRequires three AA batteries for stand-alone operation (included)Auto-off after three hoursFeaturesSuper Bright LEDs: Strong visual clues to both themagnitude and direction of the acceleration.Portable: Clearly shows magnitude and direction ofacceleration with no cord attached.Auto-Scale: The auto-scale feature makes any accelerationbetween 0.2 and 20 m/s 2 a full-scale reading.Peak-Hold Mode: Freezes the lighted LEDs at the maximumacceleration so it can be viewed after the object stops.Includes:Visual AccelerometerPlastic M5 screws forattachment to adynamics cart (2)PASPORT Sensor CableOrder Information:PASPORT Visual Accelerometer ..................................................PS-2128Recommended:Visual Accelerometer Accessory Kit......................................PS-2516 p. 34128www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems MeasurementVisual Accelerometer ApplicationsThe Visual Accelerometer can be mounted on a rod stand for vertical direction usein an elevator. A slot for a rope allows the Visual Accelerometer to slide up a rope toshow the acceleration of gravity. It can also be hung by strings as a pendulum.It fastens to both Dynamic Carts and PAScars. The top of the Visual Accelerometeris a mass tray that accepts the IDS accessories. The Visual Accelerometer AccessoryKit (PS-2516) allows the Visual Accelerometer to be mounted in other configurations.The Visual Accelerometercan be used with theME-9491 Fan Accessoryfor constant accelerationexperiments.The ME-9496 Time PulseAccessory allows thefan to turn on and offhands-free.When studying Newton’s Laws with a Force Sensor on a cart, add the VisualAccelerometer to the top of the sensor. It fastens to the mass tray of the ForceSensor the same as it does with a cart.The Visual Accelerometer canbe used with the ME-9798Motorized Cart for constantvelocity experiments. TheME-9496 Time Pulse Accessoryallows the car to turn on andoff hands-free.To use the Visual Accelerometerinside a moving reference framesuch as a car or an elevator,best results are obtained if theunit is mounted to a rod standusing the Visual AccelerometerAccessory Kit (PS-2516).Visual Accelerometer Accessory KitPS-2516For freefall studies, the bottomof the Visual Accelerometer hasa channel that accepts a cord orsmall rope.The four string pendulum plate from theVisual Accelerometer Accessory Kit (PS-2516)keeps the unit level as it oscillates, showingits horizontal acceleration.Includes:Four-String PendulumPlatePlastic Rod Clamps (2)M-5 MountingThumbscrews (2)1/4-20 Thumbscrewswith Nuts (4)Roll of ThreadOrder Information:Visual Accelerometer Accessory Kit ...............................................PS-2516129

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems MeasurementMeasurement Devices for Dynamics SystemsTape TimerME-9283This traditional paper tape methodclearly illustrates the relationship betweendisplacement and time. The tape produces many datapoints so students can plot displacement, velocity andacceleration graphs. See page 145 for additional details.Smart TimerME-8930With the use of the picket fence orphotogate/pulley, the Smart Timermeasures time, speed and acceleration.A single Smart Timer with two photogates(as shown below) can measure initial andfinal speeds of two carts in a conservationof momentum experiment.See pages 146-147 for additional details.PhotogatePhotogateSmart TimerSpeed before and after collision— In Speed: Collision mode,use two carts and two photogates with a single Smart Timer tomeasure initial and final speeds of both carts.Use a Tape Timer, Dynamics Cart and Track to calculate acceleration downan inclined plane.Order Information:Tape Timer ..............................................................................................................ME-9283Includes one roll of paper, 10 carbon paper discs, battery and manual.Replacement Supplies:Tape Timer Supplies ..................................................................................ME-9284 p. 145Includes five rolls of paper (each 150 m) and 10 carbon paper discs.PASCO StopwatchME-1234A DurableA Simple to useA No alarmA Uses one AA battery (included)A Memory: Stores up tonine event timesOrder Information:Smart Timer ................................................................................................. ME-8930Includes two fences, 9 VAC adapter and manual.Additional Equipment:Accessory Photogate ....................................................................... ME-9204B p. 37Photogate & Fences-IDS ............................................................ ME-9471A p. 131Photogate TimerME-9215BIdeal for quick setup and accurate measurementsof velocity. Two “Memory Timers”(ME-9215B) make all the velocity measurementsnecessary for a conservation ofmomentum experiment.See page 148 for additional details.See page 224 for more details.Order Information:PASCO Stopwatch ..............................................................................................ME-1234130Order Information:Photogate Timer .............................................................................................ME-9215BRecommended:Accessory Photogate ................................................................................ME-9204B p. 37www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems MeasurementPhotogates and FencesME-9471AWhen used with the computer for data recording, display andanalysis, the photogate/pulley timing system can provide a widerange of time, speed and velocity measurements. The photogatesmount to the dynamics track using the provided brackets. The “picketfences” provided mount directly to the dynamics carts.Photogate Tape SetME-6664Flexible Mylar picket fence tape can be cut to needed length.Tape guide slides onto the arm of PASCO photogates to moreaccurately measure the motion of a cart.Photogate tape canbe used as a picketfence “string” tocontinuously measurethe acceleration ofthe cart.Position and velocitygraphs are obtainedusing a Picket Fenceand Photogate.Slide the included bracket onto the arm of a PASCO photogate(ME-9498A or ME-9204B) and slide the photogate tape through theslot to measure position, velocity, and acceleration. The band spacingon the tape is 5 cm from edge to edge, which is identical to theLarge Picket Fence (ME-9377A).The High Resolution Photogate Tape, available separately, has adistance of 1 cm between edges for more data points during highvelocity or acceleration phenomena.Includes:ME-9498A Photogate Heads (2)ME-9806 Photogate Brackets (2)ME-9804 Picket Fences (2)Super Pulley with attachment screw(attaches Super Pulley to Photogate)Includes:Photogate Tape (30 m)Photogate Tape Guide (2)Double-Adhesive Tape (not shown)Velcro Strips (not shown)Two Tape GuidesincludedOrder Information:Photogates and Fences .........................................................ME-9471AIndividual Components:Photogate Head ...............................................................................ME-9498A p. 37Photogate Brackets (2)............................................................ME-9806 p. 37Cart Picket Fences (2) ...............................................................ME-9804Super Pulley .........................................................................................ME-9450 p. 164Order Information:Photogate Tape Set .....................................................................................ME-6664High Resolution Photogate Tape ...............................................ME-6666Required:Photogate Head ...............................................................................................ME-9498A p. 37or Accessory Photogate ........................................................................ME-9204B p. 37131

Mechanics – Dynamics Systems MeasurementRotary Motion Sensor with DynamicsTrack Mount and Track String AdapterUse a Rotary Motion Sensor to measure the position of the cart on a DynamicsTrack. It gives higher resolution than a Motion Sensor, and mounts on the sideof the track for experiments that need two end stops. A second system can bemounted to the other side of the track to monitor two carts simultaneously.SpringTrack String AdapterOscillator DriverDynamicsTrack MountRotary MotionSensorPAScarAdditional MassDC PowerSupplyMagneticDampingEquipment Shown:1.2 m PAScar Dynamics System ....................................... ME-6955Dynamics Track Spring Set .................................................... ME-8999 p. 116Magnetic Damping Accessory ............................................. ME-6828 p. 123DC Power Supply ................................................................................. PI-9877 p. 278Dynamics Track MountCI-6692The CI-6692 Dynamics Track Mount is formounting the Rotary Motion Sensor to thedynamics track allowing it to act as a highresolution, bi-directional Smart Pulley.Includes:BracketDynamics Track Mount ...........................................................................CI-6692Rotary Sensor for use with:ScienceWorkshop..........................................................................................CI-6538 p. 74PASPORT ................................................................................................................PS-2120 p. 26Mechanical Oscillator/DriverME-8750The Mechanical Oscillator/Driver delivers repeatable,low-frequency, high-force sinusoidal motion for harmonicmotion experiments. Shown withME-6956 PAScar DynamicsSystem, and also works with theClassic Dynamics Systems.FeaturesSinusoidal Drive:12 VDC motor (frequency: 0.3-3 Hz, current: 0-0.3 A).Adjustable Amplitude: Up to 12 cm.Order Information:Mechanical Oscillator/Driver ................................................. ME-8750132Track String AdapterME-6569When used in conjunction with the CI-6692 Dynamics TrackMount, this unit allows a Rotary Motion Sensor to continuouslymonitor the Dynamics Cart position. A loop of string wrapsaround the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley and the ball-bearingpulley and then attaches to the cart via aspecial clip (included).Includes:Bracket with PulleyCart String ClipThreadPush/Pull AccessoryME-8751Order Information:The velocity amplitude is plottedas a function of driving frequency.The four resonance curves showthe effect of varying the strengthof the magnetic damping.Order Information:Track String Adapter .............................ME-6569The ME-8751 Push/Pull Accessory for the Mechanical Oscillator/Driver can be used in almost any experiment where students needto push as well as pull. Drive Dynamics Carts, create standingwaves in long ropes and cords or continuously operate PASCO’sTransverse Wave Demonstrator (SE-9600).Push/Pull Accessory ....................................................................... ME-8751Required:Mechanical Oscillator/Driver .................................................. ME-8750www.pasco.com

The PASCO Air TrackPASCO 2.0 m Air TrackSF-9214Variable Output Air SupplySF-9216A Nearly Frictionless Linear MotionA Two Meters LongA Complete Accessories IncludedIt’s simple physics— a moving object will continueforever at a constant velocity unless it’s acted on byan external force. To the physicist, Newton’s firstlaw is second nature. Yet it’s still fascinating towatch an air track glider moving endlessly backand forth on an air track. It’s even more fascinatingfor students, who are often seeing thissimplest form of motion for the first time.An air track glider provides the raw materialfor highly accurate investigations into thelaws of motion. Add a timing system andinvestigate uniform motion, average andinstantaneous velocities, uniform acceleration,elastic and inelastic collisions, impulseand change in momentum, conservation ofmomentum, conservation of energy and more.The data is precise and unambiguous. Frictionalforces are negligible.Soft BumpersReduce energy lossduring collisionsPrecision CartDesigned to accept accessoriessuch as flags, extra masses, etc.Mechanics – Air Track2-Meter ScaleMounted to bothsides of trackAlignment ChannelEnsures that the track willalways be straightSturdy DesignGuarantees stabilitySpecificationsLength: 2.0 m (working distance 1.9 m)Straight: ±0.04 mmConstruction: Extruded aluminum square (3 mm wall thickness)on a U-channel support with seven alignment screwsAir Holes: 382 holes of 1 mm diameter; 2 cm spacing;4 cm diameter air inletBase: Three-point with bilateral leveling screwsMillimeter Scales: 2 meters long on each sideShipping InformationTrack:Size: 2.2 m (85”) length x 17 cm (7”) diameterWeight: 12.7 kg (28 lb)Accessories:Size: 28 x 21 x 16 cm (11 x 8 x 6 in.)Weight: 4.5 kg (10 lb)Note: Air Supply needed for Air TrackIncludes:Gliders (2):13 cm long; 170 g; with rubber band bumpersGlider Flags (2): 100 mmGlider Masses (4): 50 gInelastic Collision Kit (1): Needle with wax-filled receptacleConstant Acceleration Kit: Ball-bearing pulley, glider hook,mass hanger (2 g) and five acceleration masses:1 g (2); 2 g (1); 5 g (1); 10 g (1)Storage TrayOrder Information:2.0 Meter Air Track .........................................................................................SF-9214Required:Variable Output Air Supply ................................................................SF-9216Suggested:Replacement Parts ........................................................................................see page 135Soft bumpers reduce vibrations, allowing elasticcollisions that really are elasticCompared to other air tracks, the PASCO Air Track is:A Longer: The 2-meter length provides more room forexperimenting (yet it still fits on a standard lab table).A Straighter: Guaranteed straight to within 0.04 mm over itsentire 2-meter length. If the air track should ever becomemisaligned, return it to PASCO and we will realign it for free.A Tougher: The track is a large, square aluminum extrusion with3 mm thick walls further strengthened by a supportingU-channel. This construction preserves straightness andallows for accurate realignment.A Quieter: PASCO’s Air Supply is exceptionally quiet. It allowsthe air flow to be adjusted to the perfect amount for eachexperiment. Too little air causes friction; too much air causesenergy loss due to glider “flutter.”A Complete: The PASCO Air Track comes with a complete set ofaccessories:A Two 170-gram gliders with soft bumpers. Glider collisionswith hard bumpers can cause glider vibration, resulting insignificant energy loss. Soft rubber band bumpers eliminatevibration and allow students to control the force and durationof each collision by varying the band tension.A Air Track Accessory Kit (all items shown on page 135)A Mounting hardware (two single-leg screws, two double-legscrews, one 4 mm wrench, one 5 mm wrench)A One single legA One double leg with adjustable feetA Fixed-end stops (2)133

Mechanics – Air Track AccessoriesAir Track Accessory KitSF-9295SF-9214 PASCO Air Track:available separately (add atiming system) or in acomplete Photogate Timersystem that includeseverything required foran air track lab.Electric Launcher-Air TrackSF-9296Launch a glider re peat ed ly withthe same impulse and velocityeach time. Or use two launchersto launch both gliders in a collisionex per i ment. Each launcherkit includes the iron core, coil andarmature.Note: This launcher isdesigned for use only on thePASCO Air Track.Order Information:Electric Launcher-Air Track ............................................................SF-9296Required:Banana Plug Cord-Black (5-pack) .........................................SE-9751 p. 261Triple Output-Power Supply .......................................................SE-8587 p. 279or Equivalent Supply providing 2 A at 5 VDCPower supply and patchcords not included.A set of accessories (SF-9295) comes withevery PASCO Air Track. All that’s needed isa timing system. The set (SF-9295) may beordered separately.Order Information:Accessory Kit-Air Track .......................SF-9295Recommended:Glider Kit- Air Track ..................................SF-9224Air Supply Hose(2m)-Air Track ..................................................SF-9298T-Adapter andHose-Air Track .................................................SF-9217Riser Block Kit ................................................ME-9239Variable Output Air SupplySF-9216The PASCO Air Supply is exceptionally quiet.Its variable output lets students match theair flow to the experiment.A 2-meter hose is included. By adding the(SF-9217) T-Adapter and Hose, the Air Supplycan operate two PASCO Air Tracks at thesame time.Coupled Harmonic Oscillators-Air TrackSF-9297Investigate coupled harmonic motion on the PASCO Air Track Kit includes threegliders, 12 connecting plugs, six 50-gram masses, six springs and an adjustableend stop. With the two gliders that come with the PASCO Air Track, students canexperiment with up to five gliders in coupled harmonic motion.SF-9297 Coupled Harmonic Oscillators:mounted on the PASCO Air Track.Note: Add the SF-9324 Mechanical Wave Driver and a Function Generator such asthe PI-9587C, and students can drive the coupled oscillators at fixed and measurablefrequencies. See the Waves section for more information.Order Information:Coupled Harmonic Oscillators- Air Track ....................SF-9297Recommended:Mechanical Wave Driver ..................................................................SF-9324 p. 292Function Generator ..............................................................................PI-8127 p. 284134Note: This Air Supply produces 36 cfmat 0.122 psi for use with the SF-9214Precision Air Track. If used with anothertrack, the total area of the air flow holesmust be ≥2.6 cm2, or the supply mayoverheat.Order Information:Variable Output Air Supply ..........SF-9216Rubber Cord (30 meters)ME-8986For Elastic Bumper (ME-8998)Also fits Air Track BumpersOrder Information:Rubber Cord(Spool of 30 m) .........................................ME-8986www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Air Track AccessoriesOptional Accessories andReplacement PartsThe Air Track includes accessoriesfor standard air track experiments,from simple acceleration to elasticand inelastic collisions. To add moreadvanced experiments, a variety ofadditional accessories are available.109142138121113 47Air TrackReplacement Parts56(included in the SF-9295 Kit)(Each item may be ordered separately.The number in parentheses indicates howmany of each item is included in the Accessory Kit.)1. Mass/Hanger Set-Air Track (1)SF-63002. Bumper with Holder-Air Track (3)SF-63013. Bumper Set-Air Track (2)SF-63024. Inelastic CollisionNeedle- Air Track (1)SF-63035. Wax Receptacle (1)SF-63046. Glider Hook (1)SF-6305Air Track Accessories(not included in the SF-9295 Kit)(Must be ordered separately.)10. Glider- Air TrackSF-630611. Fixed End Stop-Air TrackSF-631312. Adjustable End Stop-Air TrackSF-630913. 25 mm Glider FlagSF-631114. U-shaped Glider FlagSF-631215. Glider Kit- Air Track(see inset photo above)SF-9224(Includes one glider, two 50 g masses,bumper with holder, and bumper blade.)(The following three items are not pictured above)16. Air Supply Hose (2m)-Air TrackSF-929815. SF-9224 Additional Glider Kit7. Glider Mass (4)SF-63078. Ball Bearing Pulley-Air Track (1)SF-63089. 100 mm Flag (2)SF-631017. T-Adapter and Hose-Air TrackSF-9217(Allows two air tracks to beoperated from one air supply.)18. Riser Block KitME-9239(Includes four aluminumblocks of 0.25, 0.50, 1.00and 2.00 cm to tilt air track atrepeatable angles.)135

Mechanics – HovercraftHovercraftME-9838Cordless Air SourceSE-8806AAAAStudents Experience Newton’s LawsDurable Nylon SkirtRubber BumperOptional Cordless Air SupplyOur Hovercraft follows the classicdesign, with a rugged nylon skirtattached around a 1.2 meter woodplatform. Students caneasily ride on theHovercraft to experiencethe kinematics offrictionless motionfirst-hand.Air SourceNot IncludedIncludes:Rechargeable BatteryCharging AdapterNote: 220 V version not available.How It Works:The nylon skirt is stretched around the wood platform and tightened using a steel wire. Thecenter of the skirt is attached to the bottom of the wood platform. A custom rubber bumperis placed around the circumference of the wood platform. The bumper helps secure the skirtand also provides a soft cushion around the edge of the Hovercraft. A high-volume air sourceis used to force air through the platform and into the skirt. After sitting on the platform, the airsource is turned on and the skirt inflates. Small holes in the skirt allow the air to escape, whileproviding the higher pressure needed to lift the rider. A built-in level helps students center theirweight on the Hovercraft.Order Information:Cordless Air Source .............................SE-8806Hovercraft KitME-9878An optional Cordless Air Source (SE-8806) is also available (at right). In addition, most leafblowers provide enough air flow to support the Hovercraft.The PASCO Hovercraft is capable of supporting up to 300 lbs and comes completelyassembled.Double-ReinforcedNylon Skirtstretched around thewood platform andtightened using asteel wire preventsfailure under highpressure loads.Includes:Wood Platform (1.2 meter diameter, 1.9 cm thick)Nylon Skirt with Mounting HardwareRubber BumperLiquid LevelConnection Hose for Air SourceCustom RubberBumperstretched securelyaround thecircumference ofthe wood platform.Air HolesAllows air to escape,providing high pressureto lift the student.The Hovercraft Kit includes everythingto build the Hovercraft, except the woodplatform. Cordless Air Source is availableseparately.Order Information:Hovercraft Kit ..............................................ME-9878Required:Cordless Air Source.............................SE-8806Round Wood Platform(1.2 m diameter, 1.9 cm thick)Order Information:Hovercraft ..........................................................................................................................ME-9838Required:Cordless Air Source..............................................................................................SE-8806136www.pasco.com

Kinesthetics CartSE-8747Carts Developed forWorkshop Physics®ActivitiesMechanics – Ride-on Carts and Hover PuckA The Student “Becomes” the Dynamics CartA Developed by the “Workshop Physics” Programat Dickinson CollegeUpper CartBall bearings mounted on the bottom of thiscart allow it to slide off the lower cart.Cart Length: 90.5 cmHoles forCouplerLower CartUpper Cart WheelsAct as “landing gear.”Low “Roller Blade” WheelsOn both carts, allow for smooth,constant travel.CouplerKeeps carts piggy-backed until rider removes it.The student, using the KinestheticCart, pushes off the Force Platform(PS-2141) on the wall and herspeed is recorded using PhotogateTape Set ME-6664 (page 38).The impulse can be found fromthe resulting force versus timegraph and the resulting changein momentum can be verifiedfrom the velocity graph. Data isrecorded using the Xplorer GLX.When students sit on top of the Kinesthetics Cart they actuallybecome part of the experiment. Active involvement makes for “funphysics,” but, more importantly, it provides a sensory experience thatteaches what a concept such as Newton’s First Law “feels like.”Please note: This item is made to order and requires 30 days for delivery.Order Information:Kinesthetics Cart .....................................................................................................SE-8747Hover PuckSE-7335BA Hovers on a Cushion of AirA Ideal for Inertia ActivitiesTypical ApplicationsA Inertia Activities: The Hover Puck removes frictionfrom its motion, which helps students betterunderstand Newton’s First LawA 2D Collisions: Use a video camera to recordthe motion of two Hover Pucks as theyexperience an off-axis collision. Use videoanalysis software to analyze the motionof the pucks before and after the collisionHover Puck LauncherSE-7389Use this sturdy launcherto propel the Hover Puckwith repeatable velocities.The launcher includeslarge rubber bandswhich can be placed attwo different positions tovary the launch velocity.Includes:Launch padLarge Rubber Bands (30)Order Information:Hover Puck Launcher .........................................................................................SE-7389The Hover Puck glides on a self-generated cushion of air acrossany smooth surface, including low-pile carpet. The rubber bumperprovides protection for the puck and other objects during collisions.Each puck includes four “AA” batteries.Use a Motion Sensor to measure theconstant velocity motion of the Hover Puck.SpecificationsDiameter: 18.5 cmHeight: 6.0 cmIncludes:Hover PuckFour “AA” Batteries(Appearancemay vary)Order Information:Hover Puck .............................................................................................................SE-7335BRecommended:PASPORT Motion Sensor ....................................................................PS-2103A p. 25ScienceWorkshop Motion Sensor II ......................................CI-6742A p. 74137

Mechanics – Roller CoasterRoller Coaster Complete SystemME-9812Rigid Support PegsLow-Friction Mini CarsMini CarCatcherA 3-Car Roller CoasterA Quantitative Studies ofEnergy ConservationA Easy to Change Track ConfigurationsFeaturesSupport Panels: Have a variety of trackconfiguration holes predrilled for easy studentassembly. Feature a dry erase surface socalculations can be performed at the pointof interest on the track.Mini Cars: Feature low-friction ball bearings and ABS constructionto withstand repeated impacts. One red, one yellow and one greenMini Car included. Each car includes a slot for a supplied photogateflag, cup/mass holder and cup. The body of the car extends just farenough below the wheels to protect them should the car leave thetrack.Ballast Mass: Can be added to mass tray of Mini Car or hiddenunder Mini Car to increase the energy without changing the car’soutward appearance.Flexible Track: Guides carts on their path, yet is flexible enoughto form loops and hills, or can be rolled out flat on a table. Easilyattaches to the support pegs using the twist-on track clips. Longpegs allow two tracks side-by-side for comparison.Probeware Compatible: Threaded support pegs and Mini Car photogateflags allow photogates to be used at many positions aroundthe track to measure velocity and acceleration.“Whiteboard”SupportPanelsVariety of TrackConfigurationsFlexibleTrackSupportFeetThe Roller Coaster’sMini Cars are lowfriction, yet rugged;mass can be added tothe cars on top or inthe ballast position.Bumpers mount on Mini Cars to allowrubber band or clay collisions. Alsoused to couple Mini Cars into a train.Basic SystemME-9811Includes:Flexible track (9.1 meters)(not shown)Mini Cars (3)Mini Car collision accessory (3)Mini Car photogate flags (3)Track Clips (50)Order Information:Basic Roller Coaster......................................................................ME-9811Roller Coaster Upgrade(Basic to Complete) .......................................................................ME-9817Roller Coaster Spares KitME-9815Includes:Long track pegs (23)Short track pegs (2)Photogate support pegs (2)Track clips (25)Mini Car photogate flags (3)Ballast mass screws (3)Mini Car mass post (3)Order Information:Roller Coaster Spares Kit.......................................................ME-9815138CompleteSystemME-9812Includes:Support panel (3 sections)Support feet (4)Flexible track (9.1 meters)Mini Cars (3)Support pegs for track (43)Photogate support pegs (4)Track clips (50)Mini Car catcher (2)Mini Car starter bracket (2)Mini Car collision accessory (3)Mini Car photogate flags (3)Water cup (3)Mini Car ballast mass (3)Photogate brackets (4)Track couplers (2)Order Information:Complete Roller Coaster ........................................................ME-9812Recommended:Photogate Head ..................................................................................ME-9498A p. 37, 75Photogate Bracket (2)..................................................................ME-9806 p. 37Smart Timer .............................................................................................ME-8930 p. 146or Computer Interface (see pages 10-23 and 68-72)Replacement Supplies:Mini Car Set (3 cars) .....................................................................ME-9813Roller Coaster Track (9.1 meters) ..................................ME-9814Starter Bracket ......................................................................................ME-9856www.pasco.com

Roller Coaster Applications:Mechanics – Roller Coaster AccessoriesBallistic Pendulum AccessoryME-9845Using the Ballistic PendulumAccessory, students can investigateconservation of energy andmomentum for a collision.Conservation of Energy: Release the Mini Car and measure itsvelocity and height at several points along the track. Use thesevalues to calculate total energy of the Mini Car. Frictional lossesare less than 5%.Constant Acceleration: Several straight inclined sections can beused to measure and demonstrate constantly accelerated motion.Centripetal Acceleration: Use either the circular loop or clothoidloop to measure the maximum and minimum accelerations experiencedby the Mini Car.Projectile Motion/Conservation of Energy: Use the initial heightof the Mini Car to determine its speed as it flies off the end of thetrack. Using this speed and height above the ground when it leavesthe track, predict where the Mini Car will land.The Mini Car is rolled down the hillfrom a known height and is capturedby the catcher (included withRoller Coaster System). The kineticenergy of the Mini Car is transformedinto gravitational energy asthe car/catcher swings to a higherposition.Includes:Support PlateThreadVelcroOrder Information:Ballistic Pendulum Accessory ........................................ME-9845Required:Complete Roller Coaster .........................................................ME-9812Mini Car Catcher is included in the Complete Roller CoasterBrachistochrone:A Mini Car travelingbetween two points alonga brachistochrone pathtakes less time comparedto the straight line path.Multi-car train:Mini Cars can be coupled toform a train and the velocityof each car can be measuredwith a photogate and a SmartTimer. The velocities are notthe same.Physical Pendulum AccessoryME-9858The Physical Pendulum Accessoryallows students to investigate angularmomentum, translational kinetic energy,rotational kinetic energy, and gravitationalpotential energy all in one experiment.The Mini Car is released from the hilland its rubber band bumper collides withthe physical pendulum. The pendulumrotates as a result of this collision to amaximum of 180°. The release point andmass of the Mini Car are adjusted priorto the experiment such that all its energyis transferred to the pendulum during thecollision.Includes:PhysicalPendulumPivot Rod withBall BearingsMassesOrder Information:Physical Pendulum Accessory ........................................ME-9858Required:Complete Roller Coaster .........................................................ME-9812139

80Mechanics – Amusement Park PhysicsAmusement Park Physics KitME-9426AA Extend Your Lab into the “Real World”A Complete Kit for 15 StudentsA Developed in Conjunction with AAPT*They might lose their notes. They mighteven lose their nerve. But in one day at anamusement park, students will also gain areal “gut-level” appreciation for Newton’sLaws. Using this kit, students don’t observea dynam ics cart. They are the dynamics cart.The PASCO Amusement Park Physics Kit isthe only kit that is:A Approved by the safety officers of majoramusement parks across the USA.A Student-tested in amusement parks byhundreds of schools.A Teacher-tested in hundreds ofAmusement Park Physics Workshops.A Made with a metal coil spring forthe Vertical Accel erometer (far moreaccurate than the commonly usedrubber band).A Supporting physics education (for eachset sold, $2.50 is donated to the AAPT).* American Association of Physics TeachersStudents experiencethe thrill of scientificinvestigation.Photo courtesy of Paramount’s Great America.Includes:Brass Hanging Weights (19)Springs* k = 3 N/m (16)Plastic Tubing (2.5 m)Plastic Tubes, 30 cm long (16)Plastic Tube End Caps (32)Bumper Stickers (16)Horizontal AccelerometerCards (16)Push Pins (5)No. 3 Paper Clips (17)Cotton StringMetal Balls (60)Straws (16)Wire TiesVinyl TapeRubber Bands #117 (32)Rubber Bands #19 (6)Plastic Storage Bags (16)Instruction Manual*Additionalaccelerometerspringsmaybepurchasedseparately.Seeorderinformationbelow.140TypicalExperimentsAlmost any ride, in or out of an amusementpark, can be investigated. Themanual includes the following ready-touseexperiments:1. Playground Physics/Merry-go-round2. Playground Physics/The Swing3. Elevator PhysicsCheck out the experimentson the web at www.pasco.comOrder Information:Amusement ParkPhysics Kit (15 pack) ..........................ME-9426ARecommended:Scissors, pliers, masking tape, clearplastic tapeAmusement Park PhysicsHandbook .........................................................SE-8740(not included in kit)Additional AccelerometerSprings (15 pack) ....................................ME-8734The Vertical Accelerometer: The stretch of thespring measures the vertical acceleration in “g’s.”70605040HORIZONTALACCELERATION CARDANGLE302010010203040The Horizontal Accelerometer: The angle to whichthe BBs rise measures the horizontal acceleration.This accelerometer doubles as a sextant to measuredistances by triangulation.Amusement ParkPhysics HandbookSE-8740Produced by the AAPT, this handbookgives teachers helpful information on their“Physics Day.”Includes:Teacher’s GuidePractice ProblemsMeasurement BookletStudent WorkbookResourcesAmusement ParkPhysics Handbook— edited by Carole EscobarOrder Information:Amusement ParkPhysics Handbook .................................SE-8740www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Roller CoasterDesign your own Roller Coaster with PASCO’s Structure SystemPASCO’s Structures System allows students to design and build their own roller coaster for detailed studiesof conservation of energy and centripetal force. The flexible track is perfect for building hills, valleys and evena loop! Car with low friction ball bearing wheels minimizes energy losses. Measure the speedof the car using photogates or a Motion Sensor.Roller Coaster1.3mlongFlag works with photogatesto measure speed of caralong track.This Roller Coaster canbe constructed witheither a Bridge SetME-6991 or aPhysics Set ME-6989.Position Accessory Photogateanywhere along the track tomeasure speed.Car jumpAdjust the launch speed and angle so the carlands safely on the top of the building.Constructed using theLarge Structures Set ME-7003.Add LoadCells tomeasurethe forcesneededto supportthe track.Add a loop to yourroller coasterInvestigate the effect ofchanging the size andshape.Large Roller Coaster2.3mlongConstructed using theLarge Structures Set ME-7003.Graph shows support forces exerted on thetrack as the car goes up and over the loop.Order Information:Bridge Set* ................................................................ ME-6991 p. 169Physics Structures Set* .......................... ME-6989 p. 172Large Structures Set* ................................ ME-7003 p. 176Shown in use with:Load Cell & Amplifier Set* .................... PS-2199 p. 32Accessory Photogate .................................... ME-9204B p. 37*Patents pending141

Mechanics – Air Rocket SystemAir Rocket SystemSE-8694AA Launch Rockets 100 Meters VerticallyA Includes Everything Required to LaunchA Measure Launch Velocity Using Photogate Tape Set(shown at right)Actual product may varyfrom illustration.Launch velocity of air rocketas measured with Photogateand Photogate Tape.PhotogateTape SetME-6664Attach PhotogateTape to anymoving objectto measure position,speed, andPhotogate not includedacceleration as the tape is pulled throughthe photogate bracket.The photogate tape is Mylar; a rugged yetflexible material. The band spacing on thetape is 5 cm from edge to edge, which isidentical to the Large Picket Fence(ME-9377A).Each set includes a 30 m roll of tape with5 cm spacing. The tape may be purchasedseparately and a high-resolution version ofthe photogate tape with 1 cm spacing isalso available.Typical ApplicationsA Measure the launch speed and accelerationof an air rocketA Measure the acceleration due to freefall orthe terminal velocity of an object in freefallA Investigate the relationship between themotion of the arm and the speed of athrown ballThe Air Rocket System is a high-powered toy that launches rockets using only compressedair. Connect the included pump to the launch pad, place the rocket on the pad, pump 5 to 20times, and let the rocket fly by pressing the launch button. The rockets are rugged plastic withfoam fins and a heavy foam nose cone. The launch pad includes a safety mechanism whichallows the rockets to be launched vertically only.Using the Photogate Tape Set (ME-6664), students can also measure the motion of the rocketduring launch. Simply attach a length of photogate tape to the rocket and thread the tapethrough the guide on the photogate. As the rocket launches, the tape is pulled through the photogate.The alternating clear and opaque portions of the tape allow the Xplorer to calculate theposition, velocity and acceleration of the rocket throughout the launch.142Actual product may varyfrom illustration.Includes:Air Rockets (2)Launch PadAir PumpPlastic Tubing withQuick ConnectsOrder Information:Air Rocket System .......................SE-8694AIncludes:Photogate Tape (30 m)Tape Adapter Bracket (2)Double-Adhesive Tape(not shown)Order Information:Photogate Tape Set ............ME-6664Required:Photogate Head ......................ME-9498A p. 37Recommended:Photogate Tape (30 m)....ME-6663Photogate Tape, HighResolution (30 m) .................ME-6666Xplorer GLX ................................PS-2002 p. 10Digital Adapter .........................PS-2159 p. 85AltitrakSE-8696The Altitrak willindicate both theangle relative tohorizontal andthe maximumaltitude of arocket in meters.Order Information:Altitrak .........................................SE-8696Two Brackets included150 mHeightLaunchPadRecommended:Photogate Tape Set .......ME-6664Photogate Head ................ME-9498A p. 37Digital Adapter ...................PS-2159 p. 85Xplorer GLX ..........................PS-2002 p. 10www.pasco.com

Discover Freefall SystemME-9889A Determine gA Investigate air resistance dependenceon mass, volume, cross-sectional areaPASCO’s Discover Freefall System can be used to drop almostany small object by attaching a small steel washer with a smalladhesive pad (both are included in the system). Using anelectric switch, timing is started automatically just as the objectis dropped and the Time-of-Flight Pad stops timing when theobject strikes it.Students can investigate the effect of air resistance onacceleration. In addition, students can drop objects of thesame size but different mass to study how object mass affectsterminal velocity during freefall. The drop box has a magneticmount for attaching to metal frames in ceilings.This redesigned system can also accept the TargetAccessory, ME-6854, to perform the shoot-the-targetdemonstration. See page 152.When the switch is pressed, the ball is droppedand the time of fall is measured for various balls.The graph shows height vs time-squared data forthe 1 inch steel ball and the large hollow plasticball. The slope of the line (equal to 1/2 g) gives anacceleration for the steel ball of 9.79 m/s2. Notethat the acceleration of the large hollow ball isconsiderably smaller, and that its data is not linear.Mechanics – Gravity and FreefallCustom case withbuilt-in rod clampand magnets tofasten Drop Boxto ceilingTest buttonCharging lightSet includes sixdifferent ballsActive feedback loopmeasures the magneticfield and adjusts currentto null field and releaseball in less than 1 msShown in use with rods and clamps sold on pages 212-215. The Drop Box also has built-inmagnets to fasten directly to the ceiling.Any small object can be droppedwith the Discover FreefallSystem by attaching a washer tothe object with an adhesive pad(both included).The Discover Freefall Systemalso works with any PASPORTor ScienceWorkshop Interface.Shown here using an XplorerGLX with a Digital Adapter.Includes:Drop boxControl cableControl boxAC adapterTime-of-Flight receptor padTimer SwitchRelease washers (10)Release labels for attachingwashers to object (50)Small nylon ballLarge plastic ballGolf ballHollow golf ball1” steel ball5/8” steel ballOrder Information:Discover Freefall System ...............................................ME-9889Required:Smart Timer ......................................................................................ME-8930 p. 146or ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface .....................................p. 68-72or PASPORT Interface ...............................................................................................p. 10-23with Digital Adapter ...............................................................PS-2159 p. 85Recommended:Freefall Balls Accessory ....................................................ME-9890 p. 219Rods and Clamps ...........................................................................................................p. 212-215143

Mechanics – Gravity and FreefallCoin and Feather TubeSE-9788The “Coin and Feather” experiment is one of thebest ways to dispel the “lighter objects fall moreslowly” myth.When the air inside the 75 cm tube is at atmosphericpressure, the feather (in this case a very visible pieceof styrofoam) falls significantly more slowly than thecoin. The syringe vacuum pump (included) will bringthe air inside the tube down to about 7% of atmosphericpressure, making the feather and the coinappear to drop at the same rate.The Coin and Feather Tube includes a 3.8 cmdiameter clear plastic tube with end caps, coin and“feather” (styrofoam), and syringe vacuum pump.Order Information:Coin and Feather Tube .....................................SE-9788Freefall Timer AdapterME-9207BHow It WorksA steel ball is clamped into a spring-loaded release mechanism. Atthe instant the ball is released, the electronic timer automaticallystarts. The timer stops when the ball hits the receptor pad. With theaccurate, high resolution timing and automatic start and stop, resultsare precise and repeatable.Includes:Ball release mechanismwith stereo phone plugand receptor padFour steel balls (1.9 cm,1.6 cm diameter)Maximum distance of fall is 2m.Freefall Timer Adapter shown in use with the ME-8930 Smart Timer. The SmartTimer records the elapsed time from when the ball is dropped until the ball hits thereceptor pad.Order Information:Freefall Timer Adapter .........................................................ME-9207BRequired:Large Table Clamp ....................................................................ME-9472 p. 215Multi Clamp ......................................................................................SE-9442 p. 214Rod (90 cm long) .......................................................................ME-8738 p. 212Photogate Timer ..........................................................................ME-9215B p. 148or Smart Timer ..............................................................................ME-8930 p. 130or ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface p. 68-72or PASPORT Interface p. 10-23with Digital Adapter ...............................................................PS-2159 p. 85144Constant Velocity Tubes – 6 setSE-9076Centimeters7550250 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9SecondsBy monitoring the bubble’s position, studentscan plot a position versus time graph.Slower tubes will have lower slopes.Constant Velocity Tubes effectively introduce the relationshipbetween graphs and motion. Students can use a meterstick and astopwatch to plot the position of the bubble as a function of timeas it moves up the tube. Each tube has an obstruction that servesas the initial position for the bubble. The slope and vertical interceptfrom the graph yield the equation of motion.Constant Velocity Tubes include six tubes with varying viscositiesand initial starting points.Order Information:Constant Velocity Tubes (6 set) .............................................................SE-9076Constant Velocity Tubes – 4 setSE-9072A Includes a tube with both a bubble and a metal ballThis set is unusual because it includes a tube withboth a bubble, a plastic ball and a metal ball, givingthe students the added twist of having an object witha negative velocity and thus a negative slope on thegraph. Students can predict where the ball and thebubble will meet.Constant Velocity Tubes effectively introducethe relationship between graphsand motion. Students can use a meterstickand a stopwatch to plot the positionof the bubble as a functionof time as it movesup the tube. Each tubehas an obstruction thatserves as the initialposition for the bubble.The slope and verticalintercept from the graphyield the equation ofmotion.This set includes threetubes with varying viscositiesand initial startingpoints plus one tubewith both a bubble andtwo balls. The red oneand the colorless onehave the same viscosity.Order Information:Constant Velocity Tubes (4 set) .............................................................SE-9072Required:Meter Stick (6 pack) ..............................................................................................SE-8827PASCO Stopwatch ..................................................................................................ME-123482 cmwww.pasco.com

Mechanics – TimingTape TimerME-9283A Crystal-ControlledA Two Frequencies (10 Hz and 40 Hz)A Easy-to-Read DotsWhile the concept of ticker tape timing has been widely accepted,traditional problems (the lack of calibration and the need to use specialpaper) often made this a difficult method to use.PASCO eliminated these problems with a unique design. Ticker tapetiming is no longer a troublesome timing method.FeaturesTwo Crystal-controlled, Calibrated Frequencies: (10 Hz and 40 Hz),accurate to 0.1%. The 40-Hz frequency is ideal for freefall experiments.The slower 10-Hz frequency is best for most dynamics trackexperiments.Includes an Internal 9-V Battery, or Use an Optional External9-V AC Adapter/Power Supply: A single battery can last for up to ayear’s worth of normal experiments.Low Mass, Small-pin Printing Head: Driven by short millisecondpulses,produces sharp, round dots without smearing.Plain Paper: Print on 12.5 mm (1/2 inch) wide, plain paper supplied in150-meter (500 feet) rolls.Carbon Paper Discs: Used for printing. The adjustable disc holderallows the printing point to be adjusted, giving a long life to the discs.Rod Clamp: Allows the Tape Timer to be mounted on a standard labstand rod so that the paper path is either parallel or perpendicular tothe rod. Rod sizes between 13 mm (1/2 inch) and 9 mm (3/8 inch) areaccommodated.Calculate the acceleration due to gravity by dropping a massattached to the tape.The MethodProvides students with a visual demonstration of speed and acceleration.A moving object pulls a paper tape through the timer. Thetimer prints dots on the tape at equal time intervals. The result is aseries of dots on the paper tape, representing the position of theobject as a function of time.From the dots on the tape, the distance traveled can be measured,and the average speed for each time interval can be calculated.Plotting position versus time enables students to determine theaverage speed. Plotting the average speed for each time interval versustime enables acceleration to be determined.The paper tape can be attached to air track carts, dynamics carts,falling masses or other objects.Includes:One roll of paper, 10 carbon paperdiscs, battery and manual (notshown).Order Information:Use a Tape Timer, Dynamics Cart and Track to calculate acceleration downan inclined plane.Tape Timer ........................................................................................................................ME-9283Recommended:9-V AC Adapter 120 V/500 mA ................................................................540-0079-V AC ADAPTER 220 V/500 MA ...........................................................540-027Tape Timer Supplies ............................................................................................ME-9284Includes five rolls of paper (each 150 m) and 10 carbon paper discs.145

Mechanics – TimersSmart TimerME-8930A Portable Timer for Photogates and Smart PulleysA Measures Time, Speed and AccelerationA Counter for G-M TubesA Crystal-controlled 0.01% AccuracyMeasure Time:A One Gate: Returns time from leading edge to leading edgeA Fence: Returns 10 time valuesA Two Gates: Returns time between two gatesA Pendulum: Measures pendulum periodA Stopwatch: Returns time between pressing Start/Stop buttonOR gives time that a single photogate is blockedMeasure Speed:A One Gate: Single object speed using picket fenceA Collision: Initial and final speeds for one or two cartsA Pulley: Angular speed radians/second or in revolutions/secondMeasure Acceleration:A One Gate: Direct measurement of accelerationusing picket fenceA Linear Pulley: Acceleration of string tangent to PASCOpulleyA Angular PulleyA Two Gates: Object’s average acceleration betweentwo photogatesMeasure Counts:A Three timing intervalsA Manual mode counts until Stop is pressedA Up to 5,000 counts/secondA Up to 9,999,999 total countsA “Beeps” with each count in manual modeTest Mode:A Blocked/unblocked photogate indicator2-line, 16-character Alphanumeric LCDTop Line: Measurement Description Bottom Line: Numerical ValuesShown Actual SizeTypicalExperiments1. Acceleration Due to Gravity*2. Newton’s Second Law*3. Conservation of Momentum in Collisions*4. Rotational Inertia of a Disk & Ring*5. Acceleration Down an Incline6. Simple Harmonic Oscillator7. Oscillations on an Incline8. Springs in Series and Parallel9. Projectile Motion Using Photogates10. Time-of-Flight and Initial Velocity11. Determining the Acceleration Due to Gravity12. Counting Radiation with the G-M Tube*Experiments require accessories listed onpage 149.Check out the experimentson the web at www.pasco.comIt’s aseasyas1-2-3.1. MeasurementPress this button to select thequantity to be measured: “Time,”“Speed,” “Accel,” “Count” or “Test”will appear on the display.Two Photogate Ports2. ModePress this button to selectthe type of experimentalsetup. Each mode is shownin words on the display.3. Start/StopPress Start. The Smart Timer “beeps,”displays an asterisk (*) and waits for anevent to occur. After the event, the SmartTimer displays a result.Durable Positive-clickButtons146www.pasco.com

Mechanics – TimersThe Most Versatile Stand-Alone Timer AvailableThe microprocessor-based PASCOSmart Timer is the most versatile way tomake time, speed, acceleration and countmeasurements.FeaturesWorks with two PhotogatesMore than just a Timer: Measures speedand acceleration as well as time.Intuitive Operation: The menu-drivendisplay mirrors the easy-to-follow flowcharton the Smart Timer label.Quick Setup: Turn on the switch, plug inthe photogates, and it’s ready to use.Increased Timing Accuracy: Theredesigned 3-section fence (two included)uses more accurate method of measurementfrom leading edge to leading edge.Portability or Plug-in: The battery-operated(four AA cells) Smart Timer can be usedoutside the classroom away from poweroutlets. It can also be operated on the9 VAC adapter (included).Calculation Lock-out Switch: A switchinside the battery compartment disablesthe speed and acceleration modes. Timingmodes are unaffected, and students arerequired to do their own calculations.SpecificationsResolution: 100 µsAccuracy: 0.01% of full range of themeasured timeDisplay: 2-line, 16-character, alphanumericLCDInputs: Two 1/4” stereo phone jacks onside panel— TTL compatiblePower Requirements: Four “AA” batteries(not included) or AC adapter (9 VDC,500 mA) includedThe ME-8930 Smart Timer works withall PASCO timing devices(see Order Information on this page):Accessory PhotogatePhotogate/Pulley SystemTime-of-Flight AccessoryFreefall AdapterLaser SwitchG-M TubeA Variety of Modes and MeasurementsSpeed of object through one gate— In Time:One Gate mode, timing begins when the photogatebeam is first blocked and continues until the beamis blocked again. Use the fence supplied with theSmart Timer.Speed of projectile— In Time: Two Gates mode,determine the speed of a ball fired by a ProjectileLauncher through two photogates.Smart TimerPhotogate SystemME-89322Comes with a full set of accessories fortiming experiments. Attach the photogateto the Super Pulley to produce a “SmartPulley.”3541Speed before and after collision— In Speed:Collision mode, use two carts and two photogateswith a single Smart Timer to measure initialand final speeds of both carts.Rotary motion— In Acceleration: LinearPulley mode, the Smart Timer measures theacceleration of the string over the Smart Pulley.Smart Timer and Smart TimerPhotogate System ComponentsME-8930 ME-89321. Smart Timer 1 12. Accessory Photogate 0 23. Super Pulley 0 14. Picket Fences 2 25. 9 VAC adapter 1 16. Lab Manual (not shown) 1 1Order Information:Smart Timer ..........................ME-8930Smart TimerPhotogate System .......ME-8932Recommended:AccessoryPhotogate ................................ME-9204B p. 149Smart TimerFences (2) ................................ME-8933Freefall Adapter ...............ME-9207B p. 149Laser Switch .........................ME-9259A p. 149Photogate/Pulley System ....................ME-6838 p. 149Time-of-FlightAccessory ................................ME-6810 p. 149G-M Tube/PowerSupply ..........................................SN-7927A p. 149Phone JackExtender Cord ....................PI-8117 p. 149147

Mechanics – TimersDigital Photogate Timer SystemME-9403AA High Accuracy and ResolutionA Four Timing Modes: Gate, Pulse, Pendulumand Manual StopwatchA Built-in Memory0.1 msResolutionPASCO digital photogates are used inthousands of physics labs throughout theworld. They are rugged and simple tooperate.FeaturesBuilt-in Photogate: Timer serves as thebase0.1 ms Resolution and 0.05% AccuracyMemory Function: Allows two measurementsmade in rapid succession, such aspre- and post-collision velocitiesEasy Setup: Turn it on and begin takingmeasurementsPortability or plug-in: Use four “C” cells(not included) or 9 V AC adapter (included)The Photogate Timers workwith the following:(see next page)Accessory PhotogateTime-of-Flight AccessoryFreefall TimerLaser SwitchFour TimingModesMemoryRecord two times inrapid succession.The photogate willremember the firstand the total of thetwo times.Precision PhotogatesPASCO photogates are highlyaccurate timing devices. Eachphotogate has a high output,narrow angle infrared emitterand a narrow angle detector.The photogate signals:– have a spatial resolutionerror of less than 1 mm– have a rise time of lessthan 10 µs– are unaffected by normalambient lightME-9204B AccessoryPhotogateCan be purchasedseparately.Specifications (ME-9215B)Modes: Gate, pulse, pendulum, manualstopwatchResolution: 0.1 ms (max time 19.9999s)Accuracy: 0.05% of full range of themeasured time ± 1 digitDisplay: 5-1/2 digit, 10 mm high LCDMemory: Preserves displayed time whilenew time is measuredPhotogate: 6.5 cm wide; fully adjustableswivel mount; LED trigger indicator; falltime

CAUTION!ME-68 0Mechanics – Digital SensorsAccessories for use with the PASCO Smart Timer and Digital Photogate Timers:Accessory PhotogateME-9204BTime-of-Flight AccessoryME-6810Freefall AdapterME-9207BThe easiest way to monitormany motion experiments.Plugs directly into either theSmart or Photogate Timer. Abase, support rod andswivel mount areincluded.Order Information:Accessory Photogate .........................ME-9204BPhotogate/Pulley SystemME-6838AUses aphotogatehead to monitorlow-friction pulleyrotation, providinga simple, versatilesensor. Calculate andgraph position, velocity,acceleration of carts,masses, etc. Additionally,the pulley can be removed and the photogateused to perform photogate experiments.Includes photogate, pulley andmounting rod.Typical ApplicationsA Motion at a Constant SpeedA Freely Falling ObjectA Kinematics on an Inclined PlaneA Speed of a Projectile and Accelerationof a CartNote: Not for use with DigitalPhotogate Timers.Order Information:Photogate/Pulley System............ME-6838ATimer SwitchME-9819This push-button switch has a 1.7 m cableending in a “Y” with two stereo phoneplugs. When the button is pressed, theTimer Switch sends a start signal to bothdevices it is connected to.Order Information:Timer Switch ............................................ME-9819Designed primarily for freefall or projectileexperiments. When an object hits the plate,a signal is sent to the Smart or PhotogateTimer.Note: When used with the projectilelauncher or freefall experiment, a photogatemust be used to start the timer.WEARSAFETYGLA SES –WHEN IN USE.Order Information:Laser SwitchME-9259ATimes objects that are too large to passthrough the standard photogate, such as abowling ball pendulum, a running student ora car. A laser, not included, is required as alight source.LaserDO NOT L OKDOWN BA REL!SHORT RANGEPROJECTILE LAUNCHERTimet = 1.39 sPhotogateTime of Flight PadTime-of-Flight Accessory..............ME-6810LaserSwitchRodandClampOrder Information:Laser Switch ...........................................ME-9259AWhen the steel ball is dropped fromthe release mechanism, the Smart orPhotogate Timer automatically starts. Whenthe ball hits the receptor pad, the timerstops. Timer measurements of “g” areaccurate and repeatable.Order Information:Freefall Adapter ..................................ME-9207BG-M Tube/Power SupplySN-7927AThe G-M Tube/Power Supply is a Geiger-Muller Probe that senses alpha, beta andgamma radiation. A built-in power supplyallows direct connection to any interfacethat supplies an operating voltage of +5 V.Note: Not for use with DigitalPhotogate Timers.Order Information:G-M Tube/Power Supply ............SN-7927APhone Jack ExtenderCablePI-8117This 6-meter stereo phone extension cordexpands the effective length between anydigital sensor and the Photogate Timer.Order Information:Extension Cord ..........................................PI-8117149

Mechanics – LaunchersPASCO Projectile Launcher FamilyShort Range LauncherME-6800Long Range LauncherME-6801A Accurate A Durable A VersatileThree RepeatableLaunch RangesVisible through viewing ports.Unique Sights2.5 cmNylon BallsPlumb BobIndicatesangle to 1/2°.Two bore sights simplifyaiming of the launcher.FeaturesMultiple Ranges — PASCO offers launchers for allclassroom arrangements.Flexible Launch Positions— Stable stands offerhorizontal and variable angle launching positions.Fixed Firing Height at Any Launch Angle—Firing height of ball is same for any launch angle.Spring Mechanism— Fully enclosedfor safety.Unique Piston Design— Minimizesprojectile spin to ensure repeatability ofimpact position.Includes:Launcher with baseProjectile BallsLoading RodSafety Glasses2-D Collision AccessoryManualm 1 v 0 = m 1 v 1x + m 2 v 2xThe 2-D collision accessory (included with all PASCO launchers) allows the study of Conservation of Momentum in twodimensions. Use the points of impact with the floor of each of the two balls to determine relative velocities and angles.1501 2V 2θ 1V 0θ 2V 1Loading Rod2-D CollisionsLauncher Spares KitME-6802Loading Rod (2)2-D CollisionAccessory (2)Plastic Balls(10 pack)Sights (5 pack)Angle IndicatorPlumb Bobs(24 pack)Thumbscrew toattach launcher tobase (10)Order Information:LauncherSpares Kit ...........................................ME-6802Order Information:Projectile Launcher(Short Range) ...............................ME-6800Projectile Launcher(Long Range) .................................ME-6801Recommended:Launcher Spares Kit .............ME-6802Large C- Clamp (6 pk) ........SE-7285 p. 215Plumb Bobs (10 pack) ........SE-8728 p. 220www.pasco.com

Mini LauncherME-6825AA Ideal for Tabletop Projectile ExperimentsA Low CostA Fires at Downward AnglesMagnetic PistonHolds ball in place for launchingat downward angles.Mechanics – LaunchersSteel Ball1.6 cm diameter.The bracket can beclamped directly tothe table top using aC-clamp (not included).Note that the launchvelocity can be adjustedfor a negative angle.Three LaunchRangesProvides 0.5 m,1 m and 2 mranges.Unique design allows ball tobe launched from table topheight. The ball lands on thetable at the same height fromwhich it was launched.Mini Launcher Spares KitME-6824Scale andPlumb BobMeasures from-45° to +90°.Versatile StandProvides several differentmounting configurations.OptionalMountingSystem.Loading Rod (10)2-D CollisionAccessory (2)Steel Balls (10 pack)Angle IndicatorPlumb Bobs (24 pack)Thumbscrew toattach launcher tobase (10)2 cm spreadsideways1.5 m tolaunchOrder Information:Mini LauncherSpares Kit ..........................................ME-6824SpecificationsIncludes:Launcher BaseProjectile ballsLoading RodSafety Glasses2-D Collision AccessoryManualME-6825 Mini Launcher ME-6800 (short range) ME-6801 (long range)Ranges: 0.5, 1, 2 m 1.2, 3, 5 m 2.5, 5, 8 mLaunch Angles: 0 to +90° and 0 to +90° 0 to +90°0 to -45°Launcher Length: 18 cm 21 cm 21 cmMost of the accessories on the following pages are compatible with all of the launchers.Those accessories that work only with specific launchers are listed below.Compatible Accessories: ME-6826 ME-6805 ME-6805(see following pages)ME-6814 ME-6815 ME-6815Order Information:Mini Launcher ............................ME-6825ARecommended:Mini LauncherSpares Kit ........................................ME-6824Large C- Clamp (6 pk) ......SE-7285 p.215Table Clamp ..................................ME-9472 p.215Steel Rod ..........................................ME-8736 p.212Plumb Bobs (10)......................SE-8728 p.220Optional:ReplacementLauncher Bracket ...................ME-6836151

Mechanics – Launcher AccessoriesShoot-the-TargetME-6853A Demonstrate Independence of x- and y-MotionA For Use with All LaunchersA unique electromagnet design provides quick release of thetarget. The projectile hits the target, proving that the projectileaccelerates downward at the same rate as the target.Shoot-the-Target AccessoryME-6854A Use with Discover Freefall SystemThis accessory allows theShoot-the-Target experimentto be performed with theME-9889 Discover FreefallSystem.Includes:High Impact Plastic Target(75 cm x 20 cm)Photogate Head & BracketOrder Information:Shoot-the-Target Accessory .............................................ME-6854Required:Discover Freefall System ......................................................ME-9889 p. 143Discover Freefall AccessoryME-9893This accessory allows the Drop and Control box from theME-6853 Shoot-the-Target to perform all the experiments inthe ME-9889 Discover Freefall System. See page 143.Includes:Time-of-Flightreceptor padTimer SwitchRelease washers (10)Release labels forattaching washers toobject (50)Small nylon ballLarge plastic ballGolf ballHollow golf ball1” steel ball5/8” steel ballOrder Information:The “gun” is aimed directly at the target. Although the target “drops” the momentthe projectile is fired, the ball still hits the target since the ball falls with the sameacceleration.Includes:Drop Box & Control BoxControl CableHigh Impact Plastic Target(75 cm x 20 cm) ME-6852Photogate Head & BracketAC Adapter (9 VDC, 500 mA)Order Information:Shoot-the-Target System .....................................................ME-6853Recommended:Short Range Launcher .............................................................ME-6800 p. 150Long Range Launcher ...............................................................ME-6801 p. 150Mini Launcher .....................................................................................ME-6825A p. 151152Discover Freefall Accessory ...............................................ME-9893Required:Shoot-the-Target ..............................................................................ME-6853Laser SightOS-8527AA For Use with Short andLong Range LaunchersMakes the Shoot-the-Target experimenteven easier with more impact forstudents. The sight mounts onthe back of the ProjectileLauncher. Students can clearlysee that the Launcher is aimedat the target. Includes ACAdapter (9 VDC, 500 mA).1 mWDiode Laser(650 nm)Order Information:Laser Sight Accessory ..............................................................OS-8527ACLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMwww.pasco.com

Mechanics – Launcher AccessoriesDrop Shoot AccessoryME-9859A Simultaneously drops one ball and launchesa second ball horizontallyA Prove the independence of x and y motionA Mounts on PASCO projectile launchers(Short and Long Range)The Drop Shoot Accessory is an easy-to-usetool that helps students better understand theindependence between the horizontal and verticalmotion of a projectile. Connect the accessory toeither the short or long range projectile launchers,hang one ball from the magnet and fire away. Thefired ball strikes the hanging ball, causing one ballto shoot horizontally at the same instant the otherball falls straight down. Both balls hit the ground atthe same time, regardless of the fired projectile’smuzzle velocity, provided the Projectile Launcheris level. This device also provides an interestingdemonstration of Conservation of Momentumin collisions.When the (included) hollow steel ball is used, thetwo balls are both fired horizontally at two differentspeeds. A Photogate and Time-of-Flight Accessorycan also be used to directly measure time of flight.Order Information:Drop Shoot Accessory .............................................................ME-9859Required:Short Range Projectile Launcher ................................ME-6800 p. 150Long Range Projectile Launcher .................................ME-6801 p. 150Includes:Drop Shoot Bracket2.5 cm Steel Balls (2)2.5 cm Hollow Steel BallMounting HardwareLoading RodMini Drop Shoot AccessoryME-6827A Compatible with the Mini LauncherThis accessory is used with the Mini Launcher (ME-6825) to demonstrate the independenceof x- and y-motion. The operation is similar to the Drop Shoot Accessory (ME-9859) shownabove but it uses the smaller solid steel balls which fit the Mini Launcher. A photogate fits onthe Mini Drop Shoot Accessory and can be used with a Time-of-Flight Accessory to measurethe time of flight of each ball.Vertical AccelerationDemonstratorSF-9339Order Information:Mini Drop ShootAccessory ...............................................ME-6827Required:Mini Launcher ...................................ME-6825A p. 151Includes:Drop Shoot Bracket1.6 cm Solid Steel Balls (2)Mounting HardwareLoading RodOne ball is dropped as the other is launchedhorizontally. Both balls hit the floor at the sametime, demonstrating that vertical acceleration isindependent of horizontal velocity. The SF-9339Vertical Acceleration Demonstrator includes twosteel balls, the launcher with a receptacle forstoring the balls and instructions.Order Information:Vertical AccelerationDemonstrator ..............................................SF-9339153

Mechanics – BallisticsBallistic PendulumME-6830A Extremely Accurate— ±2.5% of Predicted ValuesA Both Elastic and Inelastic ExperimentsA Projectile Launcher ExperimentsThis classic physics experiment combinesthe laws of Conservation of Momentumand Conservation of Energy to determinethe muzzle velocity of the projectile. Onlysimple mass and distance measurementsare required to make this determinationHow It WorksA projectile is fired into a pendulum,causing it to rise.Using the projectile mass, the pendulummass and the rise in pendulum height,students can calculate the gravitationalpotential energy of the system.Since the potential energy is equal tothe pendulum’s kinetic energy at thelowest point, students can calculatethe speed of the pendulum at impact.Applying the Law of Conservation ofMomentum, the projectile’s speed iseasily calculated.Already Own a PASCOProjectile Launcher?154Mount the launcher onthe other side of thebase and perform thefull range of projectilelauncher experiments.The base and pendulum assemblycan be purchased separately.See the order block for moreinformation.Projectile LauncherDurable with 3 repeatable launchsettings.PASCO’s Ballistic Pendulum—A New ApproachThe PASCO Ballistic Pendulum has thefollowing unique features:Repeatable: The three velocity settings onthe Projectile Launcher produce consistentvelocities.Accuracy: The 0-80° angle measurementscale resolves to 1/2°, leading to experimentalresults within 2.5% of predicted values.Removable Pendulum: Remove thependulum to determine its mass and centerof mass. It can swing freely so students candetermine its rotational inertia. Mount thependulum backwards so the ball bouncesaway for elastic collision experiments.Vary Ball and Pendulum Mass:Two 50 g masses can be added to thependulum, and two steel and two plasticballs are included.Projectile Launcher: Mount the ProjectileLauncher on the other side of the base, andstudents have access to all the accessoriesthat come with the ME-6800 ProjectileLauncher (see p. 150).Order Information:Unique AngleMeasurement DesignEasily measures pendulumangle to 0.5 degrees. Lowfriction gives repeatableresults.Removable PendulumMass can be easily determined.Reverse the pendulum forelastic collisions.ProjectileCatcherSecurelycapturesball.Add MassesTwo 50 g masses (included) maybe added to change the pendulummass and rotational inertia.Includes:Ballistic Pendulum and BaseProjectile Launcher2.5 cm Plastic Balls (2)2.5 cm Steel Balls (2)Masses (2)2-D Collision AccessorySafety Glasses(2 pairs)Operations andExperimentManualBallistic Pendulum .......ME-6830Ballistic Pendulum(No Launcher) ....................ME-6831Recommended:Spherical Mass Set .....ME-8968 p. 157Shoot-the-Target .............ME-6853 p. 152Time-of-Flight.....................ME-6810 p. 157Large C clamp(6 pack) ........................................SE-7285 p. 215www.pasco.com

Mechanics – BallisticsProjectile Catcher AccessoryME-6815A For Use with Short and LongRange LaunchersMini Catcher AccessoryME-6814A For Use with the Tabletop MiniLauncherUse the Projectile Catcher as a ballisticpendulum or attach it to a DynamicsCart. Fire the steel ball into the catcher.Measure the maximum catcher heightto determine the potential energy of thecatcher and ball. From the conservation ofmomentum and energy laws, determinethe ball’s initial velocity.The BallisticPendulumExperimentCatcherAccessory.Thread passesthrough Velcro strips on theback of thelauncher standto measure theresulting motionof the catcher.MiniCatcherPhotogates can beused to measurethe speed of thecart after catchingthe fired ball.Students can perform a classic ballisticpendulum experiment by measuring theheight of the ME-6814 Mini Catcher’sswing.Includes:Projectile Catcher (170 g)String holder plate and clamp2.5 cm steel balls (2) (67 g each)Spool of stringVelcro strips (not shown)Instruction manual and experiment guideIncludes:Projectile Catcher (25 g)String holder plate and clamp1.6 cm steel balls (2) (16 g each)String and VelcroInstruction manual and experiment guideOrder Information:Projectile Catcher Accessory ..........................................................ME-6815Recommended:Right Angle Clamp .......................................................................................SE-9444 p. 215Large Table Clamp ........................................................................................ME-9472 p. 21590 cm Steel Rod ..............................................................................................ME-8738 p. 21245 cm Steel Rod ..............................................................................................ME-8736 p. 212Order Information:Mini CatcherAccessory .................................................ME-6814155

Mechanics – BallisticsBallistic Pendulum AccessoriesBallistic Pendulum AccessoryME-9892Mini Launcher Ballistic Pendulum AccessoryME-6829A Accessory to the Rotary Motion SensorA Both Elastic and Inelastic ExperimentsA Low CostThe ME-6829 Mini LauncherBallistic Pendulum isdesigned for use with theME-6825A Mini Launcher.The Ballistic Pendulum Accessories use a Rotary Motion Sensor to measure the speed ofthe catcher assembly immediately after the collision, as well as the maximum height towhich the pendulum swings. The Rotary Motion Sensor can also be used to measure therotational inertia of the pendulum, for detailed study of the collision using conservation ofangular momentum.The rigid pendulum can be attached to the Rotary Motion Sensor at two locations (at theend of the rod and at its center) to vary the Rotational Inertia. In addition, the includedBallast Mass can be added to the end of the pendulum to increase the inertia. The RotaryMotion Sensor can also be mounted with its rotation axis vertical, allowing the pendulumto swing around in a horizontal circle, to study collisions without involving gravity andchanges in potential energy.The initial launch velocity of the ball can be calculated using projectile motion, ormeasured directly using photogates (not included).Rotary MotionSensorThe ME-9892 BallisticPendulum Accessory isdesigned for use withthe ME-6800 ProjectileLauncher.RigidPendulumFoamCatcherRotary Motion Sensor (requiredfor use) allows measurement ofinstantaneous velocity of catcherimmediately after collision, aswell as total angle of rotation ofthe pendulum arm.Additional Equipment Required for both ME-9892 and ME-6829:Ballast MassTable Clamp .................................................................ME-9472 p. 205Steel Rod (90 cm) .................................................ME-8738 p. 212Rotary Motion Sensor ....................................PS-2120 p. 26orRotary Motion Sensor ....................................CI-6538 p. 74Recommended:Photogate Head ......................................................ME-9498A p. 75Photogate Mounting Bracket.................ME-6821A p. 157Includes:Pendulum Arm with CatcherBallast MassSteel BallOrder Information:Ballistic Pendulum Accessory .........................................ME-9892Required:Projectile Launcher ........................................................................ME-6800 p. 150Foam Spares (5)................................................................................ME-9894156Includes:Pendulum Arm with CatcherCounter WeightBallast MassOrder Information:Mini Launcher BallisticPendulum Accessory ............................................................... ME-6829Required:Mini Launcher .................................................................................. ME-6825A p. 151Mini Foam Spares (5)............................................................. ME-6835www.pasco.com

CAUTION!DO NOT L OKTime-of-Flight AccessoryME-6810A For Use with All PASCOLaunchersSmall Steel Balls(10 pack)ME-9872Mechanics – Launcher AccessoriesProjectile LauncherSights (5 pack)ME-9865When the projectileis launched, the photogatemounted on the launcher starts timing.When the projectile hits the receptor padon the Time-of-Flight Accessory an electricsignal is sent to stop timing.These 1.6 cm diameter steel balls are usedwith the Mini Launcher (ME-6825).Order Information:Small Steel Balls (10 pack) ........ME-9872Steel Balls(4 pack)ME-9864Purchase this five pack of aiming sights asa replacement for the Short Range or LongRange Projectile Launchers.Order Information:Projectile LauncherSights (5 pack) ...........................................ME-9865Projectile LauncherPlumb Bobs (24 pack)ME-9868DOWN BA REL!PhotogateIncludes:Time-of-Flight AccessoryInstruction manual and experiment guideOrder Information:Time-of-FlightAccessory .........................................................ME-6810Mount one or two photogates on anyProjectile Launcher. Compatible withME-9498A and ME-9204B Photogate Heads.Order Information:ReceptorPadPhotogate MountingBracketME-6821APhotogate MountingBracket .................................ME-6821APhotogate Head........ME-9498A p. 37, 75AccessoryPhotogate .........................ME-9204B p. 37Purchase this four pack of 2.5 cmdiameter balls for use in PASCO Short orLong Range Projectile Launchers(ME-6800 or ME-6801).Order Information:Steel Balls (4 pack) ...............................ME-9864Plastic BallsME-6822Extra brightly colored balls are availablefor the Projectile Launcher. Diameter is2.5 cm (1 in.).Order Information:Plastic Balls (10-pack).......................ME-6822Spherical Mass SetME-8968This set includes four balls with a diameterof 2.5 cm each, but featuring various masses,including a hollow steel ball, solid steelball, plastic ball and aluminum ball.Order Information:Spherical Mass Set ..............................ME-8968Use this kit to make 24 tin plumb bobs toreplace lost or broken parts from any ofPASCO’s projectile launchers.Order Information:Projectile LauncherPlumb Bobs (24 pack) ......................ME-9868Plumb Bobs (10 pack)SE-8728Order Information:Plumb Bobs (10 pack) .......................SE-8728Carbon Paper(100 pack)SE-8693For marking theposition of the ball.Order Information:Carbon Paper (100 sheets) .............SE-8693157

Mechanics – StaticsForce Distribution SystemME-8093A Real-time Graph of Forces vs. PositionA Static EquilibriumEqual Arm BalanceME-8949Developed for WorkshopPhysics® activitiesForce Distribution Apparatus with Sensorsand Support RodsR 1 R 2400 g200 gF 1 F 2The Force Distribution System allows students tomeasure the vertical forces on a beam as a ballrolls along the beam. The position of the ball istracked with a Motion Sensor.As the ball rolls down the beam, the force on oneForce Sensor decreases as the force on the otherForce Sensor increases. The sum of the forcesremains constant.There are four different positions to attach theForce Sensors; at 5 cm, 25 cm, 75 cm, and95 cm along the 100 cm long beam.ME-8093 Includes:Beam (1 m long) with attachmentScrews for the Force SensorsBall (10 cm diameter, 810 g mass)Large Table Clamp (2) (ME-9472)45 cm Long Rod (ME-8736)90 cm Long Rod (ME-8738)120 cm Long Rod (ME-8741Multi-Clamp (2) (SE-9442)Force vs. Position of the ball for each supportforce and the total force using DataStudiosoftware.Order Information:Force Distribution System ..............ME-8093Required for use with PASPORT:Force Sensor (2)...........................................PS-2104 p. 28Motion Sensor ...............................................PS-2103A p. 25PASPORT Interface ..........................................................................p. 10-23Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Force Sensor (2)...........................................CI-6746 p. 74Motion Sensor ...............................................CI-6742A p. 74ScienceWorkshop Interface ..................................................p. 68-72If the balance is at equilibrium,then: R 1 F 1 = R 2 F 2With 200 and 400 gram masses placed as shownabove, the balance remains in equilibrium.The Equal Arm Balance was speciallydesigned to simplify the study of torques.To put the balance in equilibrium, the clockwisetorques caused by the weights tothe right of the rotational axis must equalthe counterclockwise torques caused bythe weights to the left of the rotationalaxis. This balance has a ball-bearing pivot,and weights can be hung from the lowerloops or from strings in the upper notches.Torques can also be exerted using springscales.Includes:Balance arm with ball bearing pivotDeveloped in cooperation with Professor Matt Ohlandat Clemson University.Force Distribution ApparatusME-8092158Order Information:ME-8092 Includes:Beam (1 m long) with attachmentScrews for the Force SensorsBall (10 cm diameter, 810 g mass)Force Distribution Apparatus ...........................ME-8092SpecificationsTotal length: 34 cmMaximum weight exerted on balancearm: 1 kg or 10 NOrder Information:Equal Arm Balance ...........ME-8949Required:Drilled Mass andHanger Set ..................................ME-8979 p. 223or Ohaus HookedMass Set.................................SE-8705 p. 223or Metric Spring Scales(

Dynamics Track Support ReactionsCombine the plastic PAStrack sections (page 113, 115) with the components from the AdvancedStructures Set (page 172) to measure the support reactions as the Motorized Cart climbs the hill.The Load Cell and Amplifier Set (page 168) directly measures the forces in the structureas the Motion Sensor measures the carts position.Mechanics – StaticsUltrasonicMotion SensorMotorized CartPAStrackPAStrackCurvedSectionsComponentsfrom AdvancedStructures SetLoad Cell AmplifierLoad cells are used to measurethe compression in the supportingmembers.Equipment Shown:PAStrack ........................................................................................ME-6960 p. 113Motorized Cart ......................................................................ME-9781 p. 118250g mass...................................................................................ME-6756 p. 109Advanced Structures Set* .....................................ME-6992B p. 172-173Load Cell & Amplifier* ...............................................PS-2199 p. 167Motion Sensor ......................................................................PS-2103A p. 25*Patents pendingWhy do objects tip over?Stability ModelME-8975Use the Stability Model to visualize the relationship between centerof gravity and stability. The durable plastic indicator arrow pivotsabout the block’s center of gravity, showing the position of the c.g.relative to the support base.Doesn’t fall:The arrow (pinned at the center ofgravity) shows clearly that gravitypulls down within the base supportso the object does not fall over.Structures System Stability ModelsAdvanced Structures SetME-6992BInvestigate center of mass and stability for a large variety of shapesusing the components from the Advanced Structures Set (pages170-171). Each object can be suspended from several different pivotpoints using the included axles to locate the center of mass. Thestructures shown here were built with a foam core center(not included).AxleForce vs. Position of the cart for each of the supportforces as the Motorized Cart climbs the hill.Is the structure onthe right stable orunstable?See it demonstrated atwww.pasco.com/videosFalls:Turn the Stability Modelupside-down. Now, thearrow points down at apoint outside the basesupport, so the objectwill fall over.See page 174 for more statics experimentsusing the Advanced Structures Set.(Plumb bob not included)Order Information:Stability Model...........................................................................................................ME-8975Equipment Shown:Advanced Structures Set* .............................. ME-6992B p. 172-173*Patents pending159

Mechanics – StaticsSuper Pulley Force TableME-9447A High AccuracyA Easy, Compact StorageA Inexpensive!The Super Pulley Force Table uses super pulleys toreduce friction for more accurate results in vectorexperiments. This Force Table is easy to use, easy tostore and inexpensive. Students can independentlyinvestigate the addition of vector forcesand resolve vectors into theircomponents.Accurate ResultsThe ultra-low friction pulleys are the keyto the Force Table’s accurate results.Friction is reduced to a bare minimumfor increased sensitivity.The swivel featureof the pulleys canvirtually eliminateparallax for moreprecise anglemeasurements.Screw-in LegsSnap under the table for easy,compact storage.InexpensiveEasier operation, better results and easier storage— at abouta third the cost of a standard, large, metal Force Table.Laminated SurfaceDraw vectors directly ontothe tabletop, then wipethem off as needed.Built-in ScaleMeasure angles quicklyand accurately.Mass HangersSix included.(Masses sold separately.)See page 223.EquilibrantAResultantBStudents hang massesto produce force onvectors A and B.Then the balancingvector (equilibrant)can be easily andaccurately determined onthe Force Table.StringAttach to centering ring(or knot string at centerfor greater accuracy)and place over pulleys.Low FrictionSuper PulleyChange a mass byone gram or an angleby one degree —and see animmediate change inthe equilibrium position.Compact, Easy StorageThe screw-in legs snap under the table for easy storage.Fold and stack as shown. When needed again, theyreassemble in seconds!Includes:Write-on/wipe-off25 cm diameter table withdetachable legsThree adjustable SuperPulleys with ClampsSix mass hangers(masses purchasedseparately)Plastic centering ringSpool of stringOrder Information:Super Pulley Force Table ....................ME-9447Required:Mass and Hanger Set.............................ME-8979 p. 223Already have a Force Table or inclined plane?Experiments can be improved significantly by reducing friction and eliminatingparallax. Replace old pulleys with PASCO’s inexpensive Super Pulleys with Clamp.The ME-9448B with its built-in clamp fits tables from 0.8 to 2.0 cm(5/16 to 13/16 in.) thick.Order Information:Super Pulley with Clamp ............................................................................ME-9448BThe PASCO Super Pulleyfits tables up to 2 cm thick.160www.pasco.com

Tension ProtractorME-6855Mechanics – StaticsA Measure Tension and Angle with one deviceA Large scale for viewing demonstrationsA Zero-adjust for torsion spring scaleA Built-in rod clampThe Tension Protractor is a spring scale and a protractorintegrated into one device. Perfect for static equilibrium experiments,the rotary dial indicates the tension in the string and theangle is read where the string passes over the degree scaleon the outer ring. Since the Tension Protractor is supportedon a rod, it has an advantage over other spring scales whichtend to weight down the string, changing the angle.The string is wrapped once around a small pulley which isspring loaded. The torsion spring scale is carefully calibratedat the factory and can be zeroed by the user using the thumbscrew on the back. The red arrow which indicates tension iscolor-coded to match the Newton scale.Even if the mounting rod is not plumb, the TensionProtractor’s degree scale can be adjusted to read90 degrees vertically by rotating the outer ring until thestring with a hanging mass aligns with 90 degrees.StringThe tension in theleft string is greaterthan in the right stringbecause the anglesare different.Zeroing Ringfor Angle ScaleRod Clampmounts on either avertical or horizontalrod.30° angle reading Arrow indicates tension reading (5.0 N)ZeroingThumb Screwfor Force ScaleSpecificationsForce Range: 0 N to 10 NSmallest Force Division: 0.1 NForce Accuracy: ±4% of ReadingAngle Range: -90° to +90°Smallest Angle Division: 1°Diameter: 15 cmIncludes:One TensionProtractorOrder Information:Tension Protractor ........................................................................................ME-6855Recommended:Large Table Clamp ........................................................................................ME-9472 p.21590 cm Long Rod ..............................................................................................ME-8738 p.212Multi-clamp ...........................................................................................................SE-9442 p.214Hooked Mass Set ..........................................................................................SE-8759 p.223A 50 gram mass hangsvertically from the TensionProtractor: The tension reads0.5 N as expected and theouter degree scale is dialedto align the 90° mark with thestring. This compensates forunlevel tables or bent rods.161

Mechanics – StaticsIntroductory Mechanics SystemME-9299AA Everything required for 15 experimentsA Comprehensive— from vector addition to simple machinesA Easy setup— magnetic mountingA versatile lab system for demonstrating the basic conceptsof simple machines, vector forces, torques and more.FeaturesMagnetic Mounting: For quick setup.Special Mass Hangers: Just wrap a fewturns of thread around the mass hangers.They’ll stay put. (No need to cut the threadto length or tie it to the hanger.)Drop-proof Masses: The masses slide overposts. They can’t fall off.Accurate, Built-in Scales: For example, abuilt-in plumb bob and degree scale indicatethe angle of inclination of the inclined plane.Durable,lowfrictionPulleyswillwithstandyears ofclassroomuse.40 cm x 45 cmExperiment boardFormulas and variablescan be written on the experimentboard with a dry erase markerthen wiped clean.Porcelain-coated SteelAll the accessoriesrequiredincluding thread, masshangers and masses.Threeaccuratescales,on sensitivespring balanceshown here,are providedfor measuringforces, anglesand loads.Magneticmountingsallow preciserepositioningfor constructingaccurate vectorangles.PorcelaincoatedSteelInvestigate static and sliding friction(Experiment 9)……and then analyze forces onan inclined plane. The plumbbobindicator allows inclinationangles to be read from a builtinscale (Experiment 8).…and parallel forces with thebalance beam (Experiment 5).162Investigate non-parallelforces with the torquewheel (Experiment 4)…A degree scale(in this experiment) gives theangle of the vector force requiredto balance two others.TypicalExperimentsBasic Experiments:1. Measuring Forces: Hooke’s Law2. Adding Forces:Resultants and Equilibrants3. Resolving Forces: Components4. Torque: Non-parallel Forces5. Torque: Parallel Forces6. Center of MassAdvanced Experiments:7. Equilibrium of Physical Bodies8. Forces on an Inclined Plane9. Sliding Friction10. Simple Harmonic Motion:Mass on a Spring11. Simple Harmonic Motion:the PendulumSimple Machines:12. The Lever13. The Inclined Plane14. The Pulley15. Designing a Balance BeamPulleyCircularMagnetIncludes:Experiment Board: 40 x 45 cm –porcelain-coated steel surface, SpringBalance, Three Pulleys, Degree Scale,Torque Wheel, Balance Bar, Inclined Plane,Rolling Mass, Friction Block, Planar Mass,Double Pulley Block, Three Mass Hangers ,Brass Masses, Thread, Experiment Manual:fully illustrated with worksheet-styleexperimentsConvenient Storage BoxCircular magnetsExperimental devices aresecured to the board by magnetsthat will not slide aroundbut are easily repositioned.Order Information:IntroductoryMechanics System .........................ME-9299Awww.pasco.com

Mechanics – Pulley SystemsPulley Demonstration SystemSE-8685A Demonstrate the MechanicalAdvantage of Single orCombination PulleysA Complete Stand-AlonePulley ApparatusA Simple SetupStructures PulleysA Build your own pulley blocksFeaturesStable Base: Easily attach twothreaded 81 cm rods to the sturdybase. Includes an eye-hook andcapstan to demonstrate an entirepulley system.Comprehensive: Containseverything needed to effectivelydisplay the usefulness of pulleys,including slotted masses and masshangers.Several Pulley Types: Revealthe benefits of single pulleysand those of tandem pulleys,quadruple pulleys and even thefour-step pulley. Combine severalof them for an efficient pulleysystem.Set up a double pulley and a singlepulley each with a 200 g mass. Pullthe string of each from the samevertical height down to the basesimultaneously. Observe that themass of the single pulley movestwice as high as the double pulleywith twice the force.Includes20 cm x 81 cm base with eye-hookand capstanThreaded 81 cm rods (2)Clamps (2)Horizontal rodHook collars (8)90 degree clampSingle pulleys (2)Triple-tandem pulleys (2)Quadruple pulleys (2)Four-step pulley (1)Slotted masses (13)Mass hangers (6)Order Information:Pulley Demonstration System ........................................................................................SE-8685Use the PASCOStructures System todesign and build pulleyblocks to demonstratemechanical advantage.Use a Force Sensorto measure the forceneeded to lift theweight. Compare theforce, distance of pull,and the work neededto raise the weightwith various numberof pulley wheels.See page 173 formore examplesusing the PhysicsStructures Set.Order Information:Physics Structures Set* ..............ME-6989Shown in use with:Force Sensor .............................................PS-2104 p. 28Large Slotted Mass Set ..............ME-7589 p. 223Rods and stands .................................p. 212*Patents pending163

Mechanics – PulleysSuper PulleyME-9450AA Produces Excellent ResultsA Nearly FrictionlessA DurableThe PASCO Super Pulley is the standard inphysics labs. Its low-friction designproduces excellent results. The precisionspacing of the 10 spokes makes it ideal forphotogate monitoring with PASCO’s computerinterfaces and photogate systems.FeaturesLow Friction: Dual precision ball bearings(not cone bearings) keep friction to a bareminimum, support heavier loads and minimizewear.Lightweight: The sheave is only 5.5grams, so pulley inertia is negligible inmost applications.Precision Dimensions: The 10 spokesare accurately spaced, and the inside andoutside diameters are machined to precisedimensions. This means accurate resultsand graphs.Order Information:Super Pulley ................................................ME-9450AThe PASCO Super PulleySuper Pulley withMountingRodME-9499This Super Pulley mountedon a rigid plastic mountingrod (12.7 mm diameter,14 cm long) fits moststandard laboratoryclamps.Order Information:Pulley withMounting Rod ............................................ME-9499Mounting Rods(10 pack)ME-9483These rigidplastic pulleyhandles (14 cmlong, 1.27 mmdiameter) screwinto a Super Pulley.Order Information:Mounting Rods (10 pack) .............ME-9483Super Pulley with ClampME-9448BME-9448BSuper Pulleywith Clamp.Photogate/Pulley SystemME-6838AThe Super Pulleyattaches directly tothe Photogate Head,providing a simple,low friction systemto measure position,velocity and acceleration.Additionally, with thepulley removed, thephotogate can be usedto perform standardphotogate experiments.See page 37.Order Information:Atwood’s MachineSA-9241FeaturePhotogate/Pulley System............ME-6838APulleyMountingRodSA-9242This 14 cm long stainless steelmounting rod is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.)in diameter and fits most standardlaboratory clamps, including thePASCO Universal Clamp.Order Information:Pulley Mounting Rod(rod only)...........................................................SA-9242164Upgrade your force table and inclined planeexperiments. The Super Pulley with itsintegral clamp makes setup and alignmenteasy. The pulley height is fully adjustable,so you can skim the top of a force table forparallax-free readings, yet keep the forceparallel to the track on an inclined plane asshown in the photo below. Fits tables from0 to 2.0 cm (13/16 in.) thick.Order Information:Super Pulley with Clamp .............ME-9448BTwo Super Pulleys mounted on a 6.4 cmlong rod produce a classic, low-frictionintroduction to Newton’s Second Law. Theinstruction sheet fully describes both theexperiment and the theory.Includes:Two Pulleys and Connecting RodOrder Information:Atwood’s Machine ................................SA-9241www.pasco.com

Flexible I-BeamME-9891AAADemonstrate the difference in stiffness between the two directions of bendingShow that I-beams twist easilyDo quantitative studies using a Force Sensor anda Motion SensorAlthough she appearsto be much stronger,the beam is fourtimes stiffer inthe direction heis bending it.Who isstronger?This Flexible I-Beam is made of plastic so it can be visibly bent by hand. It shows the basicreasons for using this cross-section in construction. It is four times as stiff in the uprightorientation as it is sideways. The beam does not sag under its own weight and returns to itsoriginal straightness after bending.Quantitative studies of the bending ofthe I-beam can be performed with aMotion Sensor and a Force Sensor.Mechanics – I-BeamsStructures #6 I-BeamME-7008These 35 cm long plasticI-Beams are part of thePASCO Structures System.See pages 176-177.Show difference in stiffnessbetween the two directionsof bending.Includes:24 of the #6 I-BeamsOrder Information:Structures #6 I-Beam ........................ME-7008Shown in use with:Hooked Mass Set ............SE-8759 p. 223AluminumTable Clamp ............................ME-8995 p. 215Structures Flexible I-BeamME-6985The graph shows the force applied to the endof the cantilever beam versus the displacementfor both directions of bending.Includes:Flexible I-Beam (24 inches long, 2 inches tall)Demonstration/Experiment InstructionsOrder Information:Flexible I-Beam ..................................................................................................................ME-9891Recommended:Motion Sensor ....................................................................................................................PS-2103A p. 25Force Sensor .........................................................................................................................PS-2104 p. 28PASPORT Interface p. 10-23Large Table Clamp ..........................................................................................................ME-9472 p. 21590 cm Long Rod (2) ......................................................................................................ME-8738 p. 212Multi-Clamp ............................................................................................................................SE-9442 p. 214Super-Flex I-BeamME-8987A Super-Flex I-beam for demonstrationsA Show bending in two directionsA Show torsion and bucklingA Grid shows deformationIncludes:Super-Flex I-Beam (24 incheslong, 2 inches tall)InstructionsOrder Information:Super-Flex I-Beam.................................................ME-8987Use these flexible I-Beams to make abridge which dramatically demonstrateshow a bridge fails and yet the beams willreturn to their original shape when the loadis removed.Dramatically demonstratestructural failureIncludes:Flexible I-Beam #5, 24 cm long (10)Flexible I-Beam #4, 17 cm long (18)Flexible I-Beam #3, 11.5 cm long (18)Order Information:Structures Flexible I-Beam ........ME-6985Shown in use with:Truss Set ...........................................ME-6990 p. 168165

PASCO Structures System – Build, Measure, and AnalyzeStructures OverviewExperience real-world design building a large variety of structures. This reconfigurablesystem allows students to measure static and dynamic forces using load cells, andstill have time to redesign and test again. See the following pages for orderinginformation, and details on individual structures sets.Numerical displays of load cell forces are generated inPASCO’s DataStudio® software.See pages 86-89.Measure support forceswith a Force PlatformMeasure the support forces of a crane by connectingit to a Force Platform (PS-2141) using the specialForce Platform Structures Bracket (ME-6988A). TheForce Platform is supported by four individual loadcells which combine to measure the total verticalforce on the platform. These four readings can alsobe viewed separately, to measure the unequal forceson the crane supports.Load Cell & Amplifier SetSee page 168Tower Crane2.3 m tallLarge SlottedMass SetSee page 223Xplorer GLX®Hand-held ComputerSee pages 10-14SpecificationsMaximum Travel: 10 mm N to +100 NMaximum Sample Rate: 5 HzResolution: 0.013 mm (0.0005 in)MotionSensorSee page 25Measure bridge deflection witha Displacement SensorThe PS-2204 Displacement Sensor measuresthe travel of a spring-loaded indicator pressedagainst a bridge as the bridge is loaded. Itconsists of a PASPORT sensor which plugsinto the included Digital Indicator, a digitaltravel indicator which has its own digital LEDreadout and can be used as a stand-alonedevice. When the PASPORT sensor is pluggedinto a PASPORT interface, the reading can berecorded.See pages 171-172 for more uses.Displacement of the bridge is measured by theXplorer GLX and the Motion Sensor as the 1/2 kgmasses are added to the mass hanger.Crane builtusing theLarge Structures Setshown onpage 176.Force Platform (PS-2141)Order Information:Displacement Sensor .................PS-2204Shown in use with:Hooked Mass Set ............................SE-8759 p. 223Small “A” Base ....................................ME-8976 p. 21260 cm long Steel Rod(threaded)..................................................ME-8977 p. 212Required for use:PASPORT Interface (p. 8)166PS-2204 Includes:SensorBracketDial GaugeME-6988A Includes:Brackets (2)Screws (4)Order Information:Force PlatformStructures Bracket .............................ME-6988AForce Platform .........................................PS-2141 p. 31www.pasco.com

PASCO Structures System – Load Cells and AmplifiersChoice of Load Cell Amplifiers:CI Load Cell AmplifierCI-6464Dual Load CellAmplifierPS-2205Load Cell Amplifier(6 ports)PS-2198This amplifier allows users of the CI 500and CI 750 interfaces to collect datausing the Structures System 100N and5N Load Cells. This system has beensuccessfully used at sample rates upto 10,000 Hz. The sample rate limitis determined by the interface andcomputer used.A separate amplifier is required foreach load cell.Order Information:CI Load Cell Amplifier* .................CI-6464Required for Use:ScienceWorkshop Interface .....p. 68Load Cell 100N* .....................................PS-2200Load Cell 5N* ............................................PS-2201Also available at a discount:CI Load Cell andAmplifier Set* .............................CI-6465Set Includes:CI Load Cell Amplifier*(CI-6464)Load Cell 100N*(PS-2200)Required for use:ScienceWorkshop Interface (p. 68)The Amplifier accepts either the 100N loadcell or the 5N load cell or a combinationof both. The maximum data sample rate is1000 Hz for each port.A PASCO PASPORT USB interface isrequired: Use a USBLink (PS-2100A) forjust one Load Cell Amplifier or use anXplorer GLX (PS-2002) or PowerLink(PS-2001) for multiple Load Cell Amplifiers.Order Information:Dual Load Cell Amplifier* ..........PS-2205Required for Use:PASPORT Interface .............................p. 8Load Cell 100N* .....................................PS-2200Load Cell 5N* ............................................PS-2201Also available at a discount:Load Cell andDual Amplifier Set* ..............PS-2206Set Includes:Dual Load Cell Amplifier*(PS-2205)Load Cell 100N*(PS-2200)Required for use:PASPORT Interface (p. 8)This Load Cell Amplifier can accommodateup to six load cells and only needs a singleUSBLink (PS-2100A) to connect to the USBport on a computer. This is useful for doingan extensive analysis of a bridge by insertingsix load cells at various points in thestructure to see if theory matches reality.The Amplifier accepts either the 100N loadcell or the 5N load cell or a combinationof both. The maximum data sample rate is500 Hz for each port.Order Information:Load Cell Amplifier*(6 ports) ........................................................PS-2198Required for Use:PASPORT Interface .........................p. 8Load Cell 100N* .................................PS-2200Load Cell 5N* ........................................PS-2201Also available at a discount:Load Cell andAmplifier Set* .............................PS-2199Set Includes:Load Cell Amplifier*(PS-2198)Load Cell 100N*(qty 4) (PS-2200)Required for use:PASPORTInterface (p. 8)Two types of Load Cells:Load cells are available in two different ranges: ±100 N and ± 5 N. These load cells aredesigned to be inserted into structures without changing the length of the member. A loadcell attached to two shorter beams is equal in length to a longer beam. Both types of loadcells can be used with the same amplifier in any combination. The semi-transparent caselets students see the strain gauge and beam inside.Load Cell100NPS-2200Load Cell 5NPS-2201Load Cell 5N(PS-2201)SpecificationsRange: -100 N to +100 NAccuracy: ±1% (± 1 N)Resolution: 0.02 NSafe Overload: -150 N to +150 NSpecificationsRange: -5 N to +5 NAccuracy: ±1% (±0.05 N)Resolution: 0.001 NSafe Overload: -7.5 N to +7.5 N2 1/4”Load Cell 100N(PS-2200)Order Information:100 N Load Cell* ...............PS-2200Order Information:5 N Load Cell* ......................PS-2201Mix 5N and 100N load cells on the same amplifier*Patents pending167

PASCO Structures System – Truss SetTruss SetME-6990A Teach the basics of trussesA Demonstrate the propertiesof I-BeamsThrough Trusswith VerticalsPlastic I-BeamsPlastic ConnectorsSteel Thumb ScrewsUse the Truss Set tobuild a variety ofstructures to investigatethe principles of trusses.The ABS plastic I-Beamsfasten securely together usingthe provided connectors and thumbscrews. Load cells can be insertedanywhere into the design by replacing onebeam at a time. Students can loadthe truss by hanging weights.Measure the compressionand tension in the I-Beammembers by addingoptional Load Cells.Construction is easy: I-Beams fit into the connectors and are securedwith thumb screws. Thumb screws are also slotted so a screwdriver can be used.I-Beams key into the load cell andare fastened with thumb screws.Students can construct aroof truss to study howthe roof is supportedin buildings.Deck Truss BridgeTruss Set includes:I-Beam #5 (8) 24 cm longI-Beam #4 (18) 17 cm longI-Beam #3 (18) 11.5 cm longI-Beam #2 (8) 8 cm longI-Beam #1 (8) 5.5 cm longConnectors (14), Screws (75), and Instruction manual168Order Information:Kingpost Roof TrussTruss Set* ...............................................................................................ME-6990Recommended:Load Cell & Amplifier Set*(includes four load cells) ......................................................PS-2199 p. 167*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

PASCO Structures System – Bridge SetBridge SetME-6991A Larger quantity of I-beams and connectorsA Study the principles of bridgeconstructionA Road bed and car add realismto bridgesA Add Load Cells to seedynamic loading as cartraverses bridgeWarren with Verticals1.5 m longCar with MassCross bracingVerticalsto supportroad bedFlexible Road BedThe Bridge Set includes all the I-beams and connectors required to build thestructures shown on this page. Special cord locks allow tensioning of cord (cables)for cross bracing. A flexible plastic road bed clips to the cross-beams and, usingload cells, the tension and compression of each element can be displayed in real time.Add Load Cells to measure forcesanywhere in the structure. A positivevalue representscompression.HowePrattWarrenStudents can build several types of fundamentalbridges, including Howe, Pratt, and Warren bridges.Design your own roller coaster!Deck Truss80 cm longAdd Load Cells to measurethe forces needed to supportthe track as the car goes upand over the loop. See p. 141for more roller coasters.Waddell“A” Truss1 m longBridge Set Includes:I-beam #5 (16) 24 cm longI-beam #4 (36) 17 cm longI-beam #3 (36) 11.5 cm longI-beam #2 (16) 8 cm longI-beam #1 (16) 5.5 cm longConnectors (28)Screws (150)Flexible road bed (3 m)Track couplerRoad bed clips (24)Car with flag and massStarter bracketCord tensioning clips (32)Yellow cord (1 roll)Instruction manualThe Waddell “A” Truss uses a cord(cable) for the center vertical member.Order Information:Bridge Set* ............................................................................................ME-6991Recommended:Load Cell & Amplifier Set*(includes four load cells) .....................................................PS-2199 p. 167*Patents pending169

PASCO Structures System – Advanced SetAdvanced Structures SetME-6992BA Build larger bridgesA Build cranes, catapults, carsThe Advanced Structures Set includes morecomponents to build a larger variety of structures.Axles and pulleys allow construction of cranes,cars and even a working catapult!CamelbackTruss Bridge1.4 m longSee pages 171, 174, 175 and178 for more examples ofAdvanced Structures.Add Load Cells to measure forcesanywhere in the structure.Falling massCatapult60 cm tallThrows a projectile over 10 meters!Wheels allow catapult to move.Use pulleys toinvestigatemechanicaladvantage.Angle Crane1.5 m tallFlexible I-BeamsStraightConnectorMass SetSuspensionBridge2.2 m longFlat MembersFor cross-bracingRoundConnectorAdvanced Structures Set Includes:Force Platform Bracket (2) Round and Flat Connectors (6 ea.)I-Beam #5 (24) 24 cm long PAStrack Fasteners (6)I-Beam #4 (54) 17 cm long Angle and Straight ConnectorsI-Beam #3 (54) 11.5 cm long (24 ea.)I-Beam #2 (24) 8 cm long Sliding Connector (12)I-Beam #1 (24) 5.5 cm long Pulleys, O-rings, Spacers (12 ea.)Flex I-Beam #5 (10) 24 cm long Collets (24)Flex I-Beam #4 (18) 17 cm long Drive Wheel with Rubber Tire (4)Flex I-Beam #3 (18) 11.5 cm long Structures Rod Clamps (2)Flat Beams (16 ea. of 3 lengths) Screws (300)Axles (2 ea. of 3 lengths) Yellow Cord (1 roll)Connectors (42)Instruction ManualCord Tensioning Clips (32)170Order Information:Flexible I-BeamsDramatically demonstratestructural failureAdvanced Structures Set* .............ME-6992BShown in use with:Load Cell & Amplifier Set*(includes four load cells) .................PS-2199Hooked Mass Set ......................................SE-8759Large Slotted Mass Set .....................ME-7566*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

Hydraulic and Pneumatic StructuresME-6984Add a hydraulic/pneumatic ram to make your structuresmove and do work. Not only will students see the cranesand jacks in action, they can directly measure the pressureand volume to calculate how much work was done.Pressure and volume are recorded as theweight is lifted, and the work done is thearea underthe curve.PASCO Structures System – Hydraulics/DestructionDestructible Bridge MembersME-7004Investigate structural failure by inserting a breakable link into thestructure. The Destructible Bridge Fixture has a fail-safe mechanismso the bridge will not catastrophically collapse. Add Load Cells andthe Displacement Sensor to measure the tension and displacementduring the failure.RotaryMotionSensorPressureSensorMetal PlateThe weight is lifted using a syringe of water to fill the mastercylinder. An Absolute Pressure Sensor (PS-2107) measures the pressureand a Rotary Motion Sensor (PS-2120) records the movement of the piston.Breakable LinkThe black metal plate of the Destructible Bridge Fixture allows the Breakable Linkto stretch and fail but keeps the bridge from falling down completely. A broken linkcan be easily replaced with a new one by simply sliding it onto the posts.Includes:Master CylinderPressure Sensor “T”Check Valves and TubingSyringes (10, 20, 60 ml)Drive Belt for Rotary Motion Sensor(Not shown)Valves are used with the syringe topump up this fork lift. The use ofdifferent size syringes shows howa smaller force requires a greaternumber of pumps to do the sameamount of work as a larger force.Order Information:Hydraulic/Pneumatic Structures ....................ME-6984Advanced Structures Set* ......................................ME-6992B p. 170Steel Rod (45 cm) ...............................................................ME-8736 p. 212Absolute Pressure Sensor.......................................PS-2107 p. 41Rotary Motion Sensor ..................................................PS-2120 p. 26*Patents pendingIncludes:Destructible Bridge Fixtures (2)Breakable Links (100 each of twodifferent strengths)Displacement SensorAs each weight is added, the stretch of the Breakable Linkis measured with the Displacement Sensor and the tensionin the member is measured with the Load Cell.Load CellOrder Information:Destructible Bridge Members .....................................ME-7004Advanced Structures Set* ...............................................ME-6992B p. 170Load Cell & Amplifier Set* ............................................PS-2199 p. 167Displacement Sensor .............................................................PS-2204 p. 166Large Slotted Mass 2 kg Set .......................................ME-7589 p. 223Destructible Bridge Members Spares ..............ME-7005 p. 177*Patents pending171

PASCO Structures System – Cast Beam Structures SetCast Beam Structures SetME-7009Make your own cast beams which look like pre-stressedconcrete beams. Test them and you’ll find they performlike them, too. These beams are cast with a mixture ofsand and plaster of Paris (not included). The rebar is madeof the same plastic used for the I-beams. Students canexplore how the strength of the beam is affected by theamount of tension put on the rebar, the mixture of sandand plaster of Paris, or using one or two rebar.The graph of hanging massversus displacement showsthe relative strengths ofthree beams: One cast beammade with no pre-load; onecast beam made with 60 Nof pre-load; and one normalplastic I-beam. Noticethat the traces for the castbeams show discontinuitieswhen the beams cracked.Also notice that the preloadedcast beam is strongerthan the plastic I-beam untilthe cast beam cracks.Tension FixtureDisplacement SensorCast BeamBoth the tension fixture andthe test fixture can be builtconcurrently with this set.The beam rebar is kept under tensionwhile the beam is drying.Test FixtureDisplacementof beam is measuredas load isincreased.RebarCast BeamMoldStep 1: The rebar with connecting ends snaps into theplastic mold.Step 2: Insert rebar into tensioning apparatus and pour amixture of sand and plaster of Paris into the mold.Measure Young’sModulus for the rebar.The connecting ends canbe cut off from the rebarallowing the rebar to fitinto the Stress/StrainApparatus (AP-8213).Step 3: After it dries, it is easy to remove the flexible plasticmold from the cast beam.Cast Beam SparesME-6983Consumable replacement parts for CastBeams. These can also be used with theAdvanced Structures Set (page 170).Cast Beam Structures Set ME-7009 Includes:I-Beam #5 (8) 24 cm longCollets (24)I-Beam #4 (18) 17 cm long Screws (150)I-Beam #3 (18) 11.5 cm long Pulleys, O-rings, Spacers (12 ea.)I-Beam #2 (8) 8 cm longSliding connector (12)I-Beam #1 (8) 5.5 cm longReusable Plastic Molds (10)Axles (2 ea. of 3 lengths)Rebar (30)Connectors (14)Yellow Cord (1 roll)Cord Tensioning Clips (32)Instruction ManualRound and Flat Connectors (6 ea.) Required but not included:PAStrack Fasteners (6)Sand and Plaster of ParisAngle and Straight Connectors (24 ea.)172Includes:10 Reusable Plastic Molds30 Rebar with ConnectorsOrder Information:Cast Beam Spares .................................ME-6983Order Information:Cast BeamStructures Set* ................ ME-7009Also shown:DisplacementSensor .......................................... PS-2204 p.166Stress/Strain Apparatuswith Sensors ........................ AP-8213 p.202-203Large SlottedMass Set ................................... ME-7566 p.223Small Round Base(set of two) ............................. ME-8974A p.21260 cm Threaded Rod .. ME-8977 p.212*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

Physics Structures SetME-6989A With one comprehensive set, study kinematics,momentum, energy, and rotation.A Build over 20 unique apparatus for learning physicsA Over 10 copy-ready experiments includedThe Physics Structures Set has been designed to maximize thenumber of different structures students can build to study and verifyphysics concepts. Sensors can be used to measure force, position,velocity, and acceleration. Literally in minutes, students can createtheir own unique apparatus to explore and measure physical quantities.PASCO Structures System – Physics Structures SetImpulse and Changein MomentumThe car goes down the hilland collides with the load cellattached to the track. The areaunder the force vs. time curvegives the impulse and the photogatemeasures the speedsso the change in momentumcan be calculated.Newton’s Second LawCreate an inclined plane and measure the accelerationof the car up the plane using a photogate and pulley.Mini CarWith low-friction ballbearing wheels.Load CellMeasures impulse.PhotogateMeasures speed of car.CI Load Cell AmplifierClamp-onSuper PulleySpring SetElevatorHooke’s Law and OscillationsThe car hooked to two springs oscillates back-and-forth.Masses can be attached to the car over the pulley to cause adisplacement and thus determine the effective spring constantusing Hooke’s Law.Physics Structures Set Includes:I-beam #5 (16) 24 cm longI-beam #4 (36) 17 cm longI-beam #3 (36) 11.5 cm longI-beam #2 (16) 8 cm longI-beam #1 (16) 5.5 cm longAxles (2 ea. of 3 lengths)Connectors (28)Cord tensioning clips (32)Round and Flat connectors (6 ea.)PAStrack fasteners (6)Angle and Straight connectors (24 ea.)Sliding connector (12)Pulleys, O-rings, spacers (12 ea.)Collets (24)Drive wheel with rubber tire (4)Yellow car and green car, eachwith ballast mass and flagCollision brackets (2)Spring setRoll of threadStarter bracket (1)Structures rod clamps (2)Clamp-on Super PulleyScrews (150)Flexible road bed (3 m)Road bed clips (24)Track couplerYellow cord (1 roll)Instruction manualVelocity and acceleration(blue and red traces) aremeasured with the RotaryMotion Sensor as theelevator moves upwards. Thegreen trace is the NormalForce on the 1kg massinside the elevator.Order Information:Dual Load Cell AmplifierPhysics Structures Set* .....................................ME-6989Shown in use with:Load Cell Amplifiers ......................................................................................p. 1675 N Load Cell* ................................................................PS-2201 p. 167100 N Load Cell* .........................................................PS-2200 p. 167Photogate Head (2) ..................................................ME-9498A p. 37Rotary Motion Sensor ........................................PS-2120 p. 26Mass and Hanger Set ..........................................ME-8979 p. 223Large Slotted Mass Set .....................................ME-7566 p. 223Table Clamps .........................................................................................................p. 215Rods ..................................................................................................................................p. 212*Patents pending173

PASCO Structures SystemClassic Statics using the PASCO Structures SystemForces on a BoomVary all parameters including length and angle of the boom. Directly measurethe horizontal and vertical forces exerted by the pivot (axle) on theboom, and the tensionin the supporting cord.TqWF x.W bClassic statics problem ofpivoted boom supported bya cable.F ySupport structure uses 1/2 kg massesfrom the ME-7566 Large Slotted MassSet (sold separately) for counter balance.Use the Angle Indicator(sold separately) toaccurately measure theangle of the boom andsupporting cord.A Lesson inBalanceCircus performernot included!Teeter TotterTake “meter stick” torque to a new level! Bybuilding their own unique structures, studentslearn about center of mass, torque, and staticequilibrium as never before. See page 159 formore applications.The examples shown on thesetwo pages can be built using theAdvanced Structures Set orPhysics Structures Set.Ladder Against WallHow does the requiredfrictional force (measuredby the load cell at bottom)change as the locationof the hanging massis moved furtherup the ladder?NW LfWNHuman LegBuild and test structuralmodels of the human body,like the leg shown here. See page 178 for moreapplications.Order Information:Advanced Structures Set* ......................................ME-6992B p. 170-171Physics Structures Set* .............................................ME-6989 p. 172-173Shown in use with:Load Cell & Amplifier Set*(includes four load cells) ..........................................PS-2199 p. 167Additional 100 N Load Cell* ................................PS-2200 p. 167Hooked Mass Set ...............................................................SE-8759 p. 223Large Slotted Mass Set ..............................................ME-7566 p. 223Angle Indicator ......................................................................ME-9495A p. 116Mass and Hanger Set....................................................ME-8979 p. 223Large Table Clamp .............................................................ME-9472 p. 215Steel Rod (90 cm) ...............................................................ME-8738 p. 212*Patents pending174www.pasco.com

Combine the rigid, plastic PAStracksections with the Structures System.PAStrack Cable-Stayed BridgeThe cable-stayed bridge shown here was constructedusing components from the Advanced Structures Setand two ME-6997 Round Connector Spares sets. Theroadbed uses four sets of PAStrack and four sets ofcurved PAStrack.Cable-Stayed Bridge1.5 m LongPASCO Structures SystemGraph shows the change in tension andcompression of the supporting members asthe Motorized Cart moves across the span.PAStrackCurvedSectionsPAScarPAStrackMassLoadCellsAdd Load Cells tomeasure the supportforces in the bridge.Motorized CartPAStrack Arch Bridge4 m LongPAStrack Truss BridgeThe arch bridge shown here was constructed usingcomponents from the Advanced Structures Set and sixME-6997 Round Connector Spares sets. The roadbeduses four sets of PAStrack.See page 159 for more examples.AdjustableEndstopPAScarLoad Cell &Amplifier SetLoad cells are used to measure the tensionand compression in the members.Order Information:Advanced Structures Set* .........ME-6992B p. 170PAScar (set of 2) ......................................ME-6950 p. 108PAStrack (2 sections) .........................ME-6960 p. 113Curved PAStrack .....................................ME-6841 p. 115Motorized Cart ...........................................ME-9781 p. 118250 g Mass .....................................................ME-6756 p. 109Adjustable Endstop ............................ME-8971 p. 116Round Connector Spares ............ME-6997 p. 177Load Cell & Amplifier Set*(includes four load cells) .............PS-2199 p. 167*Patents pending175

PASCO Structures System – Large Structures SetLarge Structures SetME-7003The Large Structures Set includes all the componentscontained in the ME-6992B Advanced Structures Setplus additional parts to build even bigger structures.It also includes the Mini Cars with plastic trackto build roller coasters, and to add realisticroadbeds to your bridges.New #6 I-BeamFlex I-BeamSuspensionBridge3 m longDouble TiedArch Bridge2.8 m longDrawbridge3.2 m longStudent uses the Hydraulic/PneumaticSystem (page 171) to raise and lowerthe drawbridge.Arch Truss2 m longAdd load cells(page 167) tomeasure forcesanywhere in thestructure.Cable Stayed3.8 m longLarge Structures Set Includes:I-Beam #6 (24) 35 cm longI-Beam #5 (24) 24 cm longI-Beam #4 (54) 17 cm longI-Beam #3 (54) 11.5 cm longI-Beam #2 (24) 8 cm longI-Beam #1 (24) 5.5 cm longFlex I-Beam #5 (10) 24 cm longFlex I-Beam #4 (18) 17 cm longFlex I-Beam #3 (18) 11.5 cm longFlat Beams (16 ea. of 3 lengths)Axles (2 ea. of 3 lengths)Connectors (70)Cord Tensioning Clips (32)176Yellow car and green car, eachwith ballast mass and flagForce Platform Bracket (2)Round and Flat connectors (6 ea.)Angle and Straight Connectors (24 ea.)Drive Wheel with Rubber Tire (4)Pulleys, O-rings, Spacers (12 ea.)Structures Rod Clamps (2)Sliding Connector (12)PAStrack Fasteners (6)Collets (24)Screws (450)Yellow Cord (1 roll)Flexible road bed (9.1m)Road bed clips (24)Starter bracket (1)Track coupler (2)Instruction ManualSee pages 141 and 166 for more examples of Large Structures.Order Information:Large Structures Set* ....................................ME-7003Shown in use with:Hydraulic/PneumaticStructures ......................................................................ME-6984...p. 171Slotted Mass Set ..................................................ME-7589...p. 223*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

PASCO Structures System – Replacement Spares SetsTruss Set MembersME-6993Includes:I-beam #5 (8) 24 cm longI-beam #4 (18) 17 cm longI-beam #3 (18) 11.5 cm longI-beam #2 (8) 8 cm longI-beam #1 (8) 5.5 cm longConnectors (14)Order Information:Truss Set Members .................................ME-6993Truss Set ScrewsME-6994Includes 75 screws.All components in the Structures Systemuse this same 6-32 thumb screw.Order Information:Truss Set Screws .......................................ME-6994Connectors SparesME-7002Set of 14 connectors usedto join truss members. This isthe same connector includedin the ME-6993 Truss Set.Order Information:Connector Spares .....................................ME-7002Flexible I-BeamsME-6985Includes:Flex I-beam #5 (10) 24 cm longFlex I-beam #4 (18) 17 cm longFlex I-beam #3 (18) 11.5 cm longOrder Information:Flexible I-Beams ......................................ME-6985Flat BeamsME-6987Includes 16 each:2x3 beams 12 cm longF4 beams 17 cm long3x4 beams 19 cm longOrder Information:Flat Beams .......................................................ME-6987Cord Lock SparesME-6996Includes 32 cordtensioning clipsand a spool ofyellow cord.Order Information:Cord Lock Spares ......................................ME-6996Yellow Cord (2 pack)..............................ME-9876Axle SparesME-6998AIncludes drive wheel with rubber tire (4),pulleys with “O” rings (12 each), axles (twoeach of three lengths), spacers (12) andcollets (24).Order Information:Axle Spares .......................................................ME-6998ADestructible BridgeMembers SparesME-7005Consumable replacement Breakable Linksfor the ME-7004 Destructible BridgeMembers (page 171). Each Sprue contains10 each of two different diameter links,giving a total of 200 links.Order Information:Destructible BridgeMembers Spares ........................................ME-7005Structures Rod Clamps(Set of 2)ME-6986Connects structuremembers to 1/2 inch rod.Order Information:Structures Rod Clamps (2)............ME-6986Angle Connector SparesME-6999AIncludes sliding connector (12) angleconnectors (24), and straightconnectors (24).Order Information:Angle Connector Spares ..................ME-6999ARound Connector SparesME-6997Includes six each of roundconnectors, flat connectors,and bolts with nuts.Order Information:Round Connector Spares ................ME-6997Roller Coaster Track (9.1 m)ME-9814Longer replacement roll of flexible plastictrack for use with the Bridge Set (ME-6991),Physics Structures Set (ME-6989), LargeStructures Set (ME-7003), and RoadbedSpares (ME-6995).Order Information:Roller Coaster Track ................................ME-9814Roadbed SparesME-6995Includes flexible road bed (3 m), road bedclips (24), car with flag and extra mass,mini car starting bracket andtrack couples (2).StarterBracketOrder Information:Roadbed Spares ..........................................ME-6995Mini Car Starter Bracket(purchased alone) .....................................ME-9856Cast Beam SparesME-6983Consumable replacement parts forME-7009 Cast Beams (page 172).Includes 10 Reusable Plastic Molds and30 Rebar with Connectors. These can alsobe used with the Advanced Structures Set(page 170).Order Information:Cast Beam Spares ..................................ME-6983#6 I-Beam SparesME-7008Longer beam to supplementthe ME-6990 Truss set.Has the same crosssection as theshorter beams.Includes 24 of the #6 I-beams, 35 cm long.Order Information:#6 I-Beam Spares .....................................ME-7008177

Mechanics – Human BodyPASCO Structures SystemUse the components from the Advanced Structures Set (pages 170) or the PhysicsSet (page 172) to build and test structural models of the human body. Use load cells(page 167) to directly measure the forces as parameters are changed.Human Back ModelModel the forces acting on a human back. Vary all parametersincluding position of back muscle attachment and angle of the torso.Directly measure the force exerted by the back muscles (tension insupporting cord) and the horizontal and vertical forces exertedby the pivot. For the example shown here,the net force exertedon the base of thespine is 29.2 N.LumbarMusclesTorsoArmThe PASCO Structures Systemallows students to build modelsthat represent real life problems.Support Structureallows the angleof the back to beeasily adjusted.Load cells directlymeasure forces exertedon back model.TF xF yWW bHuman Arm ModelThe Advanced Structures Set allows studentsto build a realistic arm model and directlymeasure the forces exerted by the bicepsmuscle (tension in supporting cord).Vary the length and angleof upper and lower arm,as well as the point ofattachmentof the muscle.WW AFθHandLoad cellrepresentsthe bicepsmuscle.Axle allows arm to pivotfreely at the elbow.Support Structureallows the angle ofthe upper arm to beeasily adjusted.Human Leg ModelThe articulated leg shown below has a load cell on the foot to measurethe force that the “toe” exerts on the ball. The impulse (area under thecurve) is equal to the resulting momentum of the ball.The leg model shown at right uses a load cell for the quadriceps muscleto directly measure the force needed to support the leg at various angles.Load cellrepresentsquadricepsmuscles.θTRubber BandDirectly measure theforce needed to supportthe leg at various angles.W178Load CellOrder Information:Advanced Structures Set* .....................................ME-6992B p. 170-171Physics Structures Set* ............................................ME-6989 p. 172-173Shown in use with:Load Cell & Amplifier Set* ....................................PS-2199 p. 32Hooked Mass Set ..............................................................SE-8759 p. 223Large Slotted Mass Set .............................................ME-7566 p. 223*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

Mechanics – Human BodyHuman Arm ModelPS-2611 with Angle SensorME-6807A without Angle SensorA Working Model of the Human ArmA Associate Tricep/Bicep Muscle Action withArm MotionA Measure Torque Resulting from Lifting WeightsA Actually Throws a BallMountingBracketUse with rod orclamp directlyto a table witha C-clamp.Cord LocksTo easily adjust position.BicepMultiple InsertionPointsAdjustableWristHandThe Human Arm Model simulates the muscles and motion of an actualhuman arm. To activate the arm motion, students pull on the cord witha Force Sensor. Changes in position are measured at the shoulder andelbow using the two built-in potentiometers plugged into one AngleSensor (PS-2139), included with PS-2611. From this information, thetorque applied when lifting an object can be determined.Also, students can evaluate the work done bythe arm in throwing a ball and the resultingkinetic energy delivered to the ball.The Arm can perform many types of motionsuch as extending and lifting an object, curling,or throwing a ball overhand. Different armmuscles are activated depending on whichpulleys are selected. Static force measurementscan also be made to see how the muscletension changes at various arm positions.TricepElbow Angle SensorMeasure Angle of forearm.Adjustable StopsTo fix position of arm.Shoulder Angle SensorMeasure angle of arm.Removable MassMeasure work and torquewith and without mass.Color GraphicsRod ClampAngles and ForcesDuring Extension:The upper graph shows theangles of the elbow (violettrace) and the shoulder (blue)as the arm is extended asshown in the picture at right.Shown in the lower graph, thebicep tension (red) has littlechange at first and then risessharply as the arm reachesout, while the tricep tension(green) rises steadily.ExtensionAs the tricep muscle cord is pulled with a Force Sensor, anotherfixed Force Sensor records the tension in the bicep muscle cord.Free throwTo perform this motion,an elastic cord is used asthe bicep muscle cord andthe tricep muscle cord ispulled with a Force Sensor.The motion of the arm andthe release speed of theball are measured withthe built-in potentiometersusing the Angle Sensor.CurlAs the bicep musclecord is pulled a shortdistance, the end of thearm moves through a very large distance, showingthe mechanical advantage of the arm. The load atthe end of the arm can be varied.Includes:ArmAngle SensorRemovable MassCord & Cord LocksMounting Bracketwith RodForce SensorMounting RodRubber BallOrder Information:Human Arm Model ....................................................................................PS-2611Human Arm Modelwithout Angle Sensor .............................................................................ME-6807ARequired:C-clamp or Large Table Clamp .....................................................................................p. 215Required for sensor measurement:PASPORT Force Sensor (2) ...............................................................PS-2104 p. 28PASPORT Interface ......................................................................................................................p. 10-23Angle Sensor ......................................................................................................PS-2139 p. 51179

Mechanics – Human BodyGoniometerPS-2137A Accurately measures joint movementsA Flexible mounting options for hip, knee and elbowForces on theHuman BodyForce PlatformsPASPORT 2-AxisPASPORT 1-AxisScienceWorkshop 1-AxisPS-2142PS-2141CI-6461F wallData shows position, velocity and accelerationof hip joint during walking and running.Help students to better understand physicsby using their body as the experimentalapparatus. PASCO’s Goniometer can beconnected to the knee, hip or elbow jointsto measure angle changes throughouta variety of movements. Use with theXplorer or Xplorer GLX for a compact,easy-to-use human motion lab.NormalFrictionThe sensor includes one Angle Sensor(PS-2139) and one Goniometer Probewith Velcro straps. The sensor circuity canaccommodate two Goniometer Probes, sopurchase another probe to measure themotion of two joints simultaneously.Typical Applications:A AngularMotion: Measure the angularposition, velocity and acceleration for thearm or leg.A TangentialVelocity: Simply enterthe correct radius and Data-Studio willcalculate the linear velocity for any pointon the arm or legA WorkandPower: Use with a ForceSensor to measure the power generatedby the arm or leg when lifting an object.Using DataStudio, integrate the power vs.time graph to find the work done by thestudent.A TorqueandRotationalInertia: Calculatethe torque applied by a muscle after measuringthe angular acceleration and rotationalinertia of the arm or leg.SpecificationsRange: 0 to 340ºAccuracy: ± 1º (calibrated), ± 3º (uncalibrated)Resolution: 0.1º180Measure the motion ofelbow, hip or knee. Withuse of optional secondprobe, two measurementscan be taken simultaneously.Developed in cooperation with Nancy Beverly,Assistant Professor of Physics at Mercy College,Dobbs Ferry, New York.Includes:Goniometer ProbeAngle SensorVelcro StrapsOrder Information:GoniometerSensor.....................PS-2137Recommended:AdditionalGoniometer Probe .........................PS-2138AdditionalVelcro Straps ........................................PS-2547Xplorer or Xplorer GLX ...................................... p. 10-18By standing on a 2-Axis Force Platform while pushingagainst the wall with a 1-Axis Force Platform, a reallifestatics problem can be analyzed.Shown with Force Platform Handle Set PS-2548(not included).Order Information:2-AxisForcePlatform,PASPORT.......................................PS-21421-AxisForcePlatform,PASPORT.......................................PS-2141ForcePlatform,ScienceWorkshop..............CI-6461ForcePlatformHandleSet...................................PS-2548p.31p.31p.76p.30www.pasco.com

Mechanics – SpringsDemonstration Wave SpringWA-7334The Demonstration Wave Spring is idealfor illustrating mechanical wave propertiessuch as frequency, wavelength andinterference. Because it’s not as stiffas the Snakey (below),the Demonstration Wave Springprovides a different medium in which to study waves.Two hooks on either end allow students to stretch this spring to alength of 8 meters.It has a diameter of 2.3 cm and an unstretched length of 80 cm.Double-Length SlinkySE-8760The Slinky is an excellent tool for demonstrating transverse andlongitudinal wave phenomena. This Double-Length Slinky is twice aslong as a traditional slinky, allowing students to create well-definedwave pulses and standing wave patterns. The tension in the Slinky isvery low, causing wave pulses to travel slowly throughout its length.Order Information:Double-LengthSlinky.......................................................................SE-8760Clear standing wave patternscan easily be created.Dynamics Track Spring SetME-8999Includes 12 springs (1.6 cm diameter) with approximate springconstants of:3.4 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs)6.8 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs)Order Information:DynamicsTrackSpringSet(12).....................................................ME-8999Order Information:DemonstrationWaveSpring.....................................................................WA-7334SnakeySE-7331Longitudinal Wave SpringWA-9401The extra-long metal spring is ideal for the study of mechanical waves.The Snakey has an unstretched length of 80 centimeters. Pull theconvenient end loops more than 7 meters apart to demonstratetransverse, longitudinal and standing waves.Order Information:Snakey...........................................................................................................SE-7331This spring has a 1.6 cm diameter and is 13.5 cm long.The approximate spring constant is 0.85 N/m.Order Information:LongitudinalWaveSpring.....................................................................WA-9401181

Mechanics – SpringsDemonstrationSpring SetME-9866Equal Length Spring SetME-8970The five color-coded equal length springs in this sethave different spring constants:Spring Color Spring Constant (± 10%)Red25 N/mBlue30 N/mYellow35 N/mWhite40 N/mGreen50 N/mThese springs appear to be the same except for theircolors. But, when equal masses are hung on them, eachstretches a different amount. These extension springs aremade of steel and are closed, requiring a slight initial forceto separate the coils. The unstretched length of each springis 30 cm and the approximate diameter is 1.4 cm.These springs are supplied with a white storage box withcardboard separators to keep the springs from touchingeach other.This set includes four large springs forthe demonstration of Hooke’s Law orConservation of Energy. Each spring is constructedof rugged spring steel with largeloops for hanging from a pendulum clamp orstretching with hanging masses. Spring constantsrange from 4 N/m to 14 N/m. Springlengths vary between 11 cm and 22 cm.The 5 color-coded springsstretch different amountswhen a 1 kg mass is hungfrom each spring.Includes:Order Information:DemonstrationSpring Set .......................................................ME-9866Recommended:Pendulum Clamp ...................................SE-9443Pendulum ClampSE-9443Multi-LengthSpring SetME-6848A Equal spring constantsIncludes:White storage boxFive (color-coded) springs30 cm longOrder Information:Equal Length Spring Set .............ME-8970Springs have an approximate diameter of 1.5cm with a spring constant of 40 N/m. Lengthsare 13 cm, 19 cm, 24 cm, and 29 cm.Hang up to three pendula from preciselythe same height. Suspension points are54 mm apart. Fits rods up to 16 mm(5/8 in.) in diameter.Order Information:Pendulum Clamp ...................................SE-9443The four springs in this set appear to have thesame diameter and wire material, but are actuallydesigned to have the same spring constant eventhough they have different lengths. It makes aperfect companion to the ME-8970 EqualLength Spring Set and the ME-6842 Series/Parallel Spring Set.Order Information:Multi-Length Spring Set ..............ME-6848182www.pasco.com

Mechanics – SpringsParallel Spring BracketME-6844This unique bracket allowssprings of different spring constantsto be hung in series andparallel. The masses can be hungin an offset position to compensatefor the stronger spring.Typical ApplicationsA Explore how spring constantsaddA Analogous to addition ofcapacitors in series andparallelA Explore torque by placementof mass along bracketSeries/Parallel Spring SetME-6842The set of six springs consists of two each of three different springconstants. These springs are 15 cm long, half the length of theEqual Length Spring Set (ME-8970), making it possible to combinetwo series short springs in parallel with one long spring.Shown below in use withthe ME-6844 Parallel SpringBracket and theSE-8759 HookedMass Set.Parallel Spring Bracket is shown at rightin use with the ME-6842 Series/ParallelSpring Set, the ME-8970 Equal LengthSpring Set, and the SE-8759 HookedMass Set.Set-up below includes the use of theME-9866 Demonstration Spring Set.Note the cm markings (see inset) on theParallel Hook Bar. By calculating theapplied torques, the relative forces fromthe two springs can be investigated.Parallel Hook Bar has cm markings to allowcalculation of the applied torques.SpecificationsThe six color-coded springs, two of eachcolor, have different spring constants:Spring Color Spring Constant (± 10%)Red10 N/mBlue20 N/mGreen40 N/mIncludes:White storage boxSix (color-coded) springs15 cm longOrder Information:Series/Parallel Spring Set ..........................................................................ME-6842Includes:Suspension bracketParallel hook barOrder Information:Parallel Springs Bracket ................................................................................ME-6844Recommended:Equal Length Spring Set ..............................................................................ME-8970Series/Parallel Spring Set ...........................................................................ME-6842Hooked MassSetSE-8759Order Information:Hooked Mass SetSE-8759Large SlottedMass SetME-7566See page 223 for moreinformationOrder Information:Large Slotted Mass SetME-7566183

Mechanics – Springs/OscillationsHooke’s Law SetME-9827A Brightly colored stretch indicatorA Transparent measuring scaleA Compatible with PASCO Mass SetsBrightly coloredstretch indicatorallows students toeasily measure thestretch of the spring.The Hooke’s Law Set allows students to investigatethe relationship between the force applied to a springand the amount of stretch on the spring. This ruggedset features a heavy base to allow the stretching ofsprings without toppling the unit. The transparent scalecan be moved vertically to align zero with the brightlycolored stretch indicator.As a force is applied to the spring by placing mass on the hanger,the spring stretches. Students can graph the applied force vs.spring stretch. The slope of this graph is the spring constant ofthe spring. The vertical intercept shows the initial force neededto begin stretching the spring.Hooke’s LawSpring SetSE-8749TransparentScaleIncludedis adjustable.stand with heavy base.Includes:Stand with heavy baseTransparent scale with mm resolutionHorizontal support for springBrightly colored stretch indicatorThree springs with identical diameter andlength, but different spring constantsThree of each spring included, for a totalof nine springs: spring constants are5 N/m, 8 N/m, 70 N/m.Order Information:Hooke’s Law Set ...........................ME-9827Recommended:Mass and Hanger Set.............ME-8979 p. 223Measure passive damping witha Motion SensorThis building frame is built with an Advanced Structures Set usingthe new Flat Members. A pendulum with drag caused by stringsis suspended from the top of the building. The Motion Sensor ispositioned to record the oscillation of the building.Includes three springs with the same diameter and length,but different spring constants. Three of each type of spring areincluded, and the springs fit nicely on PASCO mass hangers. Allsprings are 55 mm long and 7 mm in diameter. Spring constantsare 5 N/m, 8 N/m and 70 N/m.Order Information:Hooke’s Law Spring Set .........................................................................SE-8749See page 294 for moreexamples using theShaking Tower.Light DutySpring SetME-9835The Light Duty Spring Set consists of four springs having a spring constantof 1 N/m and four springs having a spring constant of 2 N/m.The springs are 8 mm in diameter. The 1 N/m springs have a closed coillength of 6.5 cm and stretch without deforming to about 90 cm. The 2 N/msprings have a closed coil length of 5.5 cm and stretch without deformingto about 60 cm.Order Information:Light Duty Spring Set ..............................................................................ME-9835184The gray graph (in DataStudio® software)shows the oscillation without the pendulum.The red graph shows the damping causedwhen the pendulum is allowed to oscillate.Order Information:Advanced Structures Set* ....................................... ME-6992B p. 170Motion Sensor ........................................................................ PS-2103A p. 25Large Slotted Mass Set ............................................... ME-7566 p. 223*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

Mechanics – OscillationsWilberforce PendulumME-8091A Use as a traditionalWilberforce to showcoupled oscillationsA Accommodates computermeasurementsHow It WorksWhen the Wilberforce Pendulum is initiallydisplaced vertically, it oscillates in a purelyup-and-down motion. The translationaloscillation gradually transfersto a purely torsional mode andthen back to the translationalmode. The translational andtorsional periods must be thesame. This is accomplished byadjusting the position of themasses on the crossbar.The height is measured using aMotion Sensor, angular velocityusing a Laser Switch and PhotogateWheel, force using a Force Sensor.DiodeLaserForceSensorWilberforcePendulumLaserSwitchMotionSensorWilberforceSpringPhotogateWheelCrossbarandMassesThe vertical position, velocity andacceleration of the WilberforcePendulum are measured witha Motion Sensor (p. 74) placedbelow the pendulum. A laser(p. 335) and a Laser Switch(p. 149) measure the angularspeed in the torsional mode asthe spokes of the wheel break thelaser beam. A Force Sensor (p. 74)attached to the end of the springmeasures the spring force as thependulum oscillates.Includes:Spring and MassForce Sensor attachmentRod ClampPhotogate WheelOrder Information:WilberforcePendulum .............. ME-8091Showninusewith:Large RodBase ............................ ME-8735 p. 212120 cm SteelRods (2) .................. ME-8741 p. 21245 cm SteelRod ................................. ME-8736 p. 212MultiClamps (2)............. SE-9442 p. 214Inertial BalanceSE-8683Measure the period of this InertialBalance to find the mass of objects.The balance, three cylindrical 200 gmasses and a C-clamp are included.Establish the spring constant of thebalance with any combination of thethree masses which fit into convenientslots. Or place one mass in at a timeto observe the changing periods. Oncecalibrated, unknown masses may bemeasured.Order Information:Inertial Balance ................................................................................................SE-8683Photogate Pendulum SetME-8752A Great for classic pendulum experimentsThe Photogate Pendulum Set is a uniqueset of four pendula that have the sameshape and size, but different masses.These pendula are ideal for use in timingexperiments with the photogate due totheir cylindrical shape. One pendulum eachof brass, plastic, wood, and aluminum isincluded.Typical ApplicationsA Determine relationship between period and massA Determine relationship between period and amplitudeA Determine relationship between period and lengthOrder Information:Photogate Pendulum Set ........................................................... ME-8752Recommended:Accessory Photogate ..................................................................... ME-9204B p. 37Smart Timer ................................................................................................. ME-8930 p. 146Pendulum Clamp .................................................................................. SE-9443Pendulum ClampSE-9443Hang up to three pendula fromprecisely the same height.Suspension points are 54 mmapart. Fits rods up to 16 mm(5/8 in.) in diameter.Cylindrical shape allows easycalculation of the speed of thependulum using the time it blocksthe photogate.Order Information:Pendulum Clamp ...........................................................................................SE-9443185

Mechanics – RotationPASCO’s Complete Rotational SystemME-8950AA Most Versatile Rotational System AvailableA Stable, 4 kg Cast Iron BaseA Dual, Low-Friction Ball BearingsThe Complete Rotational System includes:1. Rotating aluminum platform with 4 kg cast iron base, dual ball bearings, stainless steelshaft, three-step pulley, two rectangular sliding 300 g masses and 50 cm track where anumber of accessories may be mounted.2. The Rotational Inertia Accessory with a 25.4 cm diameter, 1.50 kg disk (which may berotated on two axes), a 12.7 cm diameter, 1.42 kg ring and Super Pulley with supportrod and adapter.3. The Centripetal Force Accessory with spring support and radius indicator, mass support,three masses and Super Pulley with Clamp.IncludedExperiments1. Rotational Inertia of Disk and Ring -2 Axes2. Centripetal Force3. Rotational Inertia of Off-Axis Disk(fixed and rotating)4. Conservation of Angular Momentum,Using a Point MassExperiments not shown:5. Rotational Inertia of a Point Mass6. Conservation of Angular Momentum,Projectile Version7. Conservation of Angular Momentum,Using Disk and RingCheck out additional experimentsat www.pasco.comRotational Inertia of a Disk1 and Ring— 2 Axes1“Center” AxisDisk3The unit features a cast iron base, dual ball bearings and Stainless Steel shaft. The momentsof inertia are large enough to be sensed by the student when rotating the system by hand.Computer monitoring of angular velocity and a motorized drive are also possible.PASCO’s Complete Rotational System provides a range of experiments in centripetal force,angular momentum and rotational motion. A unique set of accessories makes it an ideal toolfor experiments in torques, friction, magnetic levitation and Faraday’s Law.23-stepPulleySuperPulleyHangingMassWith the disk mounted on the top of the verticalshaft, a torque is applied by a hanging mass. Fromthe mass, the radius and angular acceleration, therotational inertia of the disk can be determined.Order Information:Complete RotationalSystem ........................................ME-8950ARequired:Mass andHanger Set .............................ME-8979 p. 223Recommended:Photogate Head ...............ME-9498A p. 37“A”-base RotationalAdapter .......................................CI-6690 p. 190Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Rotary MotionSensor ..........................................CI-6538 p. 74Required for use with PASPORT:Rotary MotionSensor ..........................................PS-2120 p. 26It is easy to use a computer to monitorrotational motion with the PASCORotational System.The ME-9498A PhotogateHead mounts directly to therotating platform base andmeasures angular velocity,but not direction. See page 37.The CI-6538 and PS-2120 RotaryMotion Sensor mounts to the base withan “A” Adapter and measuresboth angular velocityand direction.See pages 26and 74.Radial AxisThe disk can also bemounted on edgeto decrease therotationalinertia by half.186www.pasco.com

2Centripetal ForceCentripetal force may be thoroughly investigated by varying boththe mass and radius. The unique radius indicator allows studentsto continuously monitor the equilibrium position.Accurate Radius IndicatorCan be monitored throughoutthe cycle of rotation.Mechanics – RotationRotational System Components andAccessories:Rotating PlatformandRotational InertiaAccessory .....p. 188Mass SupportCan be easily moved tochange radius continuouslyfrom 2 to 20 cm.Centripetal ForceAccessory .....p. 188MassEasilychanged to100, 150 or200 g.Spring SupportAdjusts easily up anddown to accommodatea continuous range ofapplied force.Magnetic LevitationAccessoryandRotational MotorDrive ......p. 190-191Clamp-On SuperPulleyFor easy forcecalibration.Photogate HeadAccessorymeasures every1/10 of a rotation,see pages 37and 75.RotationalAccelerationTank ..............p. 1903Rotational Inertiaof Off-Axis Disk“A”-baseRotationalAdapter .........p. 190The rotational inertia adapterallows students to mount the diskanywhere along the platform. Abearing mounted on one side of thedisk allows it to act either as a rigidmass or as a mass free to rotatearound its point of attachment asthe platform turns on the verticalshaft.➠Computer-basedCentripetalForce ............p. 1894Conservationof AngularMomentumStudents can predict what willhappen when a point mass rotatingat a specific radius is pulled intoa smaller radius. The rotationalinertia of the mass at the inner andouter radii can be calculated andthe results verified.➠Demo CentripetalForce .............p. 189187

Mechanics – Rotational System ComponentsRotating Platform ME-8951CentripetalForce AccessoryME-8952Two Rectangular300 g MassesUsed as point masses onthe Rotating Platform.Dual Low-Friction BearingsPhotogate MountME-9498A PhotogateHead mounts here forphotogate timing.Three-stepPulleyRotating PlatformAluminum platform for mountingrotation experiments. Includesthree T-slots for easy mounting and a48 cm scale for easy measurements.Support RodHolds pulley for hanging masses andSmart Pulley for timing.With traditional centripetal units the abilityto change the variables is either impossibleor limited. The PASCO CentripetalForce Accessory is designed to makechanging the mass, radius or the forcequick and easy.Sturdy 4 kg BaseEliminates wobbles andvibrations.A Versatile BaseThe stable base and precision bearings of the ME-8951 Rotating Platform provide thefoundation of PASCO’s Rotational System. Serves as an excellent base for general rotationexperiments.Order Information:Rotating Platform ................................................................................. ME-8951Recommended:Rotational Inertia Accessory.................................................... ME-8953Centripetal Force Accessory .................................................... ME-8952Rotational Acceleration Tank ................................................... ME-8957 p. 190Rotational Motor Drive .................................................................. ME-8955 p. 190Replacement Supplies:Photogate Mounting Rod ............................................................ ME-8965FeaturesVary Parameters Independently:Change the centripetal force, mass andradius independently of each other.Change Variables over a Wide Range:Radius can be varied continuously from2 to 20 cm, and the rotating mass canbe 100, 150 or 200 g.Observe the Radius Indicator throughoutthe Cycle: PASCO’s design has theindicator at the center of rotation, allowingcontinuous observation throughout therotation cycle, resulting in more accuratemeasurements.Rotational InertiaAccessoryME-8953Plastic Disk25.4 cmdiameter,1500 g.23A disk and a ring permit several experimentsin rotational inertia. The disk may berotated about several axes. When used inconjunction with the adapter, experimentsusing the parallel-axis theorem may beperformed by moving the disk off from thecenter of rotation. The ball bearing on oneside of the disk permits it to rotate freelyfor some experiments while a “D” hole onthe other side prevents rotation about thedisk axis.Includes:Heavy-grade plastic disk(25.4 cm diameter, 1500 g)Metal ring(12.7 cm outside diameter, 1420 g)Disk AdapterSuper Pulley and Support RodOrder Information:Rotational Inertia Accessory ...........................................................ME-8953188Holesfor rotation on“vertical” axis.Center Holehas ball bearing onone side.SuperPulleyand support rod.Adapterto mount disk torotating platform atany radius.Metal Cylinder12.7 cm diameter,1420 gOrder Information:Centripetal ForceAccessory .............................................ME-89524Includes:1. Spring support and radius indicatorassembly2. Mass support3. Masses (100 g and two 50 g)4. Super Pulley with Clamp1www.pasco.com

Both have these features:Computer-Based Measurements: The Force Sensor andPhotogate facilitate the accurate and repeatable measurementof force and angular velocity.1) Computer-Based Centripetal ForceAccessory ME-8089Mechanics – Rotational System AccessoriesTwo More Accessories to Study Centripetal Force:1) The Computer-Based Centripetal Force Accessory (ME-8089) is a good solution for student lab use.2) The Demo Centripetal Force Accessory (ME-6959) is large enough for a whole lecture class to see.A For use with the Rotating Platform“Free Mass”Low FrictionTeflon SkidForce Sensor with Low FrictionBearing SwivelEasily Change Experimental Variables: The mass can be changedby adding more mass to the platform. The radius is determined by thevertical position of the Force Sensor. Move the Force Sensor up andthe radius decreases; move it down and the radius increases.2) Demo Centripetal Force AccessoryME-6959A Large scale is perfect for demonstrationsA Easily change key variablesA Use with Dynamics Track and Rotating PlatformFixed Massfor BalanceRotating Platform withLow Friction ShaftRadiusIndicatorPhotogate PortandPowerLinkForce SensorDirectly measures centripetalforce; adjust the height ofsensor to change the radiusAluminum Dynamics TrackThe base for the experiment witha convenient measuring tape alongits lengthPulley and MountProvides low frictionpivot pointLow Friction BearingPrevents tangling of thecable as it rotatesPAScarsUsed as the mass in theexperiment; a second PAScarof equal mass is placed anequal distance from thecenter of the trackHow it WorksThe “free mass” on a low-friction sled is connected to a small cablethat runs under a pulley in the center of the arm and up to a ForceSensor. A ball-bearing swivel is used to ensure that the cable doesnot tangle as it rotates with the arm. The three-step pulley on theRotational Platform is used with a Photogate to measure the speedof the platform. This allows DataStudio to calculate the angularvelocity of the mass throughout its revolution.Includes:Pulley with Mounting BlockConnecting Cable with Ball-Bearing SwivelMass Holders (2)50 g Mass (4)100 g Mass (2)Order Information:Computer-Based CentripetalForce Accessory ..............ME-8089Required:Rotating Platform .........ME-8951 p. 188Large Table Clamp .......ME-9472 p. 21545 cm Steel Rod .............ME-8736 p. 212120 cm Steel Rod..........ME-8741 p. 212Multi Clamp .........................SE-9442 p. 214The slope of the Force vs. AngularVelocity squared graph is the “freemass” times the radius.Three-step PulleyUsed to measure velocitywith a photogateRequired items for ME-8089 and ME-6959:Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:EconomyForce Sensor .......................CI-6746 p. 74Photogate Head ...............ME-9498A p. 75ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750Interface .........................................................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORTForce Sensor .......................PS-2104 p. 28Photogate Head ...............ME-9498A p. 37PASPORTDigital Adapter ..................PS-2159 p. 85PASPORT Interface ..........................................p. 10-23Rotating PlatformStable base with lowfriction shaftIncludes:Low-Friction Pulley with MountingHardwarePulley and TrackMounting BlockConnecting Cable withBall-Bearing SwivelPhotogate Port and PowerLinkThis accessory uses a 1.2m Dynamics Track with cart and RotatingPlatform to both measure and demonstrate centripetal force. Eithera PAScar or Classic Cart is connected to a cable threaded through apulley and up to a supported Force Sensor. The sensor directly measuresthe force on the cart causing the circular motion.The three-step pulley of the Rotating Platform is used in conjunctionwith a Photogate Head to measure the velocity of the platform as itrotates.Order Information:Demo CentripetalForce Accessory ...............ME-6959Required:Large Rod Base ................ME-8735 p. 212120 CmSteel Rods (3) .....................ME-8741 p. 212Multi Clamps (2) .............SE-9442 p. 214Rotating Platform ..........ME-8951 p. 1881.2m PAScarDynamics System .........ME-6955 p. 110or1.2m ClassicDynamics System .........ME-9429B p. 111189

Mechanics – Rotational System AccessoriesRotational Motor DriveME-8955“A”-base RotationalAdapterCI-6690Shown with PS-2118 2-AxisAcceleration Sensor (p. 34).Rotational AccelerationTankME-8957Easily change the gear ratio of the motor drive bymoving the drive belt to one of the three possiblepulley steps.The ME-8955 Motor Drive is used with theRotational Platform (ME-8951) to powercontinuous rotational motion demonstrations.Use this motor to drive the RotationalAcceleration Tank (ME-8957) at a constantspeed. Power the Motor Drive with a rampfunction using the DC Power Supply(PI-9877) to smoothly increase the angularspeed of the Centripetal Force Accessory(ME-8089). The motor requires a 12 V DCpower supply or a function generator.SpecificationsMotor: 12 V maximum, 0.2 A minimumBase Spindle Speed Range: 10 to 600 rpmThree-step PulleyIncludes:Motor3-step PulleyDrive BeltOrder Information:RotationalMotor Drive ........................... ME-8955Required:Rotating Platform .......... ME-8951 p. 188750 Interface ..........................................................p. 68-69Power Amplifier ............... CI-6552A p. 70orFunction Generator ..... PI-8127 p. 284orDC Power Supply .......... PI-9877 p. 278190The CI-6690 “A”-base Adapter allows studentsto mount a Rotary Motion Sensor toobtain high resolution data. One revolutionof the vertical shaft corresponds to onerevolution of the Rotary Motion Sensor,giving 4000 data points per revolution forthe PS-2120 Rotary Motion Sensor.The platform isquickly rotated(from rest) andthen broughtto a stop. Boththe tangentialand centripetalacceleration ismeasured (usingthe PS-21182-AxisAccelerationSensor), whilethe platform’sangular velocityis measured bythe Rotary MotionSensor.Close-up ofRotary MotionSensor mountedon “A”-base.Includes:Rotary Motion SensorMounting PostO-Ring Drive BeltThree-Step PulleyPulley MountingScrewOrder Information:“A”-base RotationalAdapter .........................................CI-6690Required:Rotating Platform ............ME-8951 p. 188Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Rotary MotionSensor ............................................CI-6538 p. 74Required for use with PASPORT:Rotary MotionSensor ............................................PS-2120 p. 26ME-8957 RotationalAcceleration Tank mountedon ME-8951 RotatingPlatform and rotated by hand.The Rotational Acceleration Tank demonstratesa centrifuge when used on theRotational Platform (ME-8951). From theshape of the liquid in the tank, students canbetter understand rotational motion and itsrelationship to centripetal force.The tank can also be placed on a table,and light rays from a laser can then bepassed through the tank to demonstraterefraction and Snell’s Law. InsideDimensions: 43 cm x 20 cm x 2.9 cm.Order Information:RotationalAcceleration Tank ...........ME-8957Recommended:Rotating Platform ..........ME-8951 p. 188RotationalMotor Drive ...........................ME-8955Projectile CatcherAccessoryME-6815Use the rotating platform with the ME-6800Short Range launcher to investigateConservation of Angular Momentum. UsePhotogates to measure the launch speed ofthe steel ball and the resulting rotationalspeed of the rotating platform.Order Information:Projectile CatcherAccessory ................................ME-6815Recommended:Rotating Platform ..........ME-8951 p. 188Projectile Launcher(Short Range) .....................ME-6800 p. 150www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Rotational System AccessoriesMagnetic Levitation AccessoryEM-8947AADetermine Lift and Drag Forces on aPermanent Magnet Suspended Over aSpinning Aluminum DiskQuantitative ResultsNeodymiumMagnetAluminum DiskEddy currents are produced as thealuminum disk spins, creating amagnetic field that repels themagnet. Amount of lift varies withangular velocity of disk.Use PASCO’s Magnetic Levitation Accessory todetermine lift and drag forces and show studentsimmediate, quantitative results. Perform theexperiment with or without sensors. Spin thealuminum plate by hand or achieve faster, continuousspeeds using the ME-8955 Motor Drive (not included).The versatile arm assembly mount allows students tomeasure vertical lift and horizontal drag forces.High ResolutionForce SensorSold separately.PhotogateSold separately.Motor DriveSold separately.Sensor-based experimentshown using a Force Sensor(to measure lift and drag)and Photogate (to measurespeed). The blue line is aplot of drag force versusspeed (a linear relationshipat low speeds). The redcurve is a plot of lift forceversus speed (a quadraticrelationship at low speeds).Magnet with Added WeightAdd weight to magnet forquantitative measurementof force versus speed.Rotating PlatformSold separately.Lift and Dragforces can bemeasuredwithoutsensors.Equilibrium PositionMove the counterweight left or right along the arm assembly to achievean initial equilibrium. After adding the weight, spin the disk until the armonce again reaches equilibrium. At equilibrium you know the lift forceequals the force of the added weight.Drag Force on the magnet may be measuredby mounting the arm assembly horizontally. Dragforce is measured by hanging mass over pulley.EM-8947 Includes:Aluminum DiskArm Assembly45 cm RodOrder Information:Magnetic Levitation Accessory .............EM-8947Required:Rotating Platform ....................................................ME-8951 p. 188Shown in use with:Super Pulley with Clamp ...............................ME-9448B p. 164Mass and Hanger Set.........................................ME-8979 p. 223High Resolution Force Sensor ................PS-2189 p. 28Motor Drive .....................................................................ME-8955 p. 190Photogate Head .........................................................ME-9498A p. 37191

Mechanics – Centripetal ForceCentripetal Force ApparatusME-8088A Empirically Determine Centripetal ForceA Easy to Set UpA Repeatable ResultsFeaturesStable Frame: The metal frame can be easily attached to a ringstand using the included clamp. The frame may also be attachedto a tabletop with a large table clamp.High Quality Motor: Will withstand years of student use.Computer-based Measurements: The Force Sensor and photogatefacilitate accurate and repeatable measurements of force, angularvelocity and tangential velocity.Ball-BearingSwivelConnection CableStable Frame“Fixed” MassPhotogateFlag“Free” MassRotating ArmHigh Quality MotorThe graph illustrates the quadratic relationship between centripetal force andvelocity.Includes:Frame with Mounted 12 VDC Electric MotorConnecting CableBall Bearing SwivelConnecting Hardwarefor PhotogateMass Holder for“Free Mass”Mass Holder for“Fixed Mass”5 g Mass (2)10 g Mass (2)20 g Mass (2)The study of circular motion traditionally involves examining relationshipsbetween centripetal force, velocity, radius and mass. However,these relationships are difficult to observe using traditional physicsapparatus. One common experiment involves the swinging of rubberstoppers over a student’s head. The Centripetal Force Apparatuscombines the “swinging mass” approach with sensors and a highqualityelectric motor to create a system that allows students todiscover these relationships empirically.How It WorksThe rotating arm features a groove with two captured masses alongits length. One of the masses is free to move along the length ofthe groove. The “free mass” is connected to a small cable that runsunder a pulley in the center of the arm and up to a Force Sensor.A ball-bearing swivel is used to ensure the cable does not tangleas the arm rotates. The other mass is placed the same distancefrom the center as the free mass; thereby balancing the arm. Aflag attached to the bottom of the “fixed mass” passes through thephotogate once per revolution, allowing DataStudio to calculate theangular and tangential velocity of the mass.192Order Information:Centripetal Force Apparatus ....................................................ME-8088Required:Triple Output Power Supply .....................................................SE-8587 p. 279Large Rod Base .........................................................................................ME-8735 p. 21245 cm Steel Rod .......................................................................................ME-8736 p. 212120 cm Steel Rod....................................................................................ME-8741 p. 212Multi Clamp ...................................................................................................SE-9442 p. 214Also required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Economy Force Sensor ...................................................................CI-6746 p. 74Photogate Head ........................................................................................ME-9498A p. 75ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ..........................................................p. 68-72Also required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Force Sensor ..................................................................PS-2104 p. 28Photogate Head ........................................................................................ME-9498A p. 75PASPORT Digital Adapter.............................................................PS-2159 p. 85PASPORT Interface ....................................................................................................................p. 10-23www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Centripetal ForceHand Held Centripetal ForceDiscover Centripetal Force KitME-9837Centripetal ForcePendulumME-9821Motion Sensor detects stopper oneach rotation, and is usedto calculate its speed.As the stopper is swung aroundin a circle by hand, the ForceSensor directly measures thecentripetal force. This hand-heldmethod allowsstudents to feelthe CentripetalForce.A Quantitative Force vs.Velocity DataA Repeatable ResultsA Vary Pendulum Lengthand MassForceSensorPendulumMassUse the traditional method with hanging masses, or use with aForce Sensor to continuously measure the centripetal force. Addingsensors to this classic experiment creates a dynamic, quantitativelab that your students will never forget!Very Low MassRigid Graphite TubeRotaryMotionSensorWhen used with Force and Rotary MotionSensors, the Centripetal Force Pendulumallows students to collect accurate circularmotion data.The Position vs. Time data(upper graph) gives the periodof rotation, and is used alongwith the radius of rotation todetermine the calculated valueof the centripetal force.The Force data (lower graph)shows variations in the appliedcentripetal force as the studentswings the stopper around ina circle. The average force forthis run (4.7 N) agrees with thecalculated value to within 2%.The CentripetalForce Pendulum isused to producegraphs of force andangular velocity versustime. Note thatthe force changesdirection at the topof the swing forlarge amplitudes.Classic ApproachDesigned around the classic PSSCexperiment. The rubber stoppermoves in a circular path as the otherend of the string is connected to ahanging mass. The student uses astopwatch to time the period of onerevolution.Includes:Rubber Stoppers(sizes 6, 8, 10, 11.5, and 13)Plastic Ties (10)Yellow String (73 meters)Hollow Tubes (2)Order Information:Discover Centripetal Force Kit .............................................. ME-9837Shown in use with:Xplorer GLX ................................................................................................. PS-2002 p. 10Force Sensor ............................................................................................... PS-2104 p. 28Motion Sensor .......................................................................................... PS-2103A p. 25Required for Classic Approach:Hooked Mass Set .................................................................................. SE-8759 p. 223Stopwatch ....................................................................................................... ME-1234 p. 224The Centripetal Force Pendulum attaches to a Force Sensor andallows students to directly measure the forces involved in circularmotion. By attaching the Force Sensor/pendulum combination to theRotary Motion Sensor, the relationship between force, mass andvelocity in a circular path can be investigated.Includes:Graphite Pendulum rodwith threaded connectorSliding mass (100g)Mount with cord clipOrder Information:Centripetal Force Pendulum ......................................................ME-9821Required:Large Rod Base ...........................................................................................ME-8735 p. 21245 cm Steel Rod .........................................................................................ME-8736 p. 21290 cm Steel Rod .........................................................................................ME-8738 p. 212Multi Clamp .....................................................................................................SE-9442 p. 214Also required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Rotary Motion Sensor ........................................................................CI-6538 p. 74Economy Force Sensor .....................................................................CI-6746 p. 74Also required for use with PASPORT:Rotary Motion Sensor ........................................................................PS-2120 p. 26Force Sensor ..................................................................................................PS-2104 p. 28193

Mechanics – Centripetal Force/Rotational InertiaRotational Inertia SetME-9774Rotational Inertia WandsME-9847How It WorksRelease two different sizedobjects simultaneously.Compare rotational inertias of objects with different shapes andsizes. Students learn that the speed of an object rolling down theramp is not affected by its mass or radius. The shape or distributionof the mass determines the outcome. The sphere will reach thebottom first, followed by the disk. The ring will be last.The red and blue wands have the same massbut the red wand is easier to rotate:The red wand has less rotational inertia.These two wands have the same mass and the same dimensionsand yet the red wand is easier to rotate. This is because the redwand has two metal slugs near it’s center, while the blue wandhas two similar metal slugs at it’s ends. This demonstrates thatrotational inertia depends on the distribution of the mass.These sturdy plastic wands have small holes near the centerand at the ends to enable students to see where the metal islocated in each wand. So that what initially seems a mystery canbe explained to the students by allowing them to examine thewands more closely.Includes:10 cm outer diameter set- Solid Sphere (810 g)- Ring (Aluminum, 230 g)- Disk (Plastic, 370 g)5 cm outer diameter set- Solid Sphere (110 g)- Ring (Aluminum, 90 g)- Disk (Plastic, 70 g)Release MechanismOrder Information:Rotational Inertia Set ......................................................................................ME-9774Spherical Mass SetME-8968HollowSteelBallThis set includes four balls with a diameter of 25 mmeach, but featuring various masses and rotational inertias.Typical ApplicationsA Race the hollow steel ball and solid aluminum ball downan incline. They have about the same mass, but the solidaluminum ball has a much larger acceleration down theramp.A Fire the yellow plastic, solid steel and hollow steel ballsfrom a PASCO short- or long-range projectile launcher.To demonstrate the difference in rotational inertia of the two rods, ask twostudents to grab the center of a wand and instruct them to rotate the wandback-and-forth as rapidly as they can. No matter how strong the student withthe blue wand is, he is not able to rotate it as fast as the student who has thered wand.SpecificationsLength: 1 mDiameter: 4 cmRatio of Blue Rotational Inertia to Red: Approx. 6Includes:One red wandOne blue wandIncludes:Solid Yellow Nylon Ball (10 grams)Solid Steel Ball (66 grams)Hollow Steel Ball (21 grams)Solid Aluminum Ball (24 grams)(release mechanism not included)Order Information:Spherical Mass Set .............................................................................................ME-8968194Order Information:Rotational Inertia Wands .............................................................................ME-9847www.pasco.com

Mini Rotational AccessoryCI-6691Add the CI-6691 Mini-RotationalAccessory to the Rotary MotionSensor to study the oscillations of apendulum, the rotationalinertia of an aluminum disk,a steel ring and a metal rod,as well as the conservationof momentum during arotational collision. Theclamp-on Super Pulleyallows students to applya torque by hanging a massover the pulley.Finding therotational inertiaof the aluminumdisk and ring.Mechanics – Rotational Motion AccessoriesLarge Amplitude PendulumSee page 370 for complete experiment.By placing one mass on each end of the tube, the pendulum willoscillate slowly. Students will have time to view the motion of thependulum while also watching the real-time graph of displacement,velocity and acceleration versus time. The period can be measuredas a function of the amplitude of the pendulum and compared totheory.The displacement, velocity and accelerationfor large amplitude are plotted versus timeto show the difference from the sinusoidalmotion of low amplitude oscillations.Finding the rotationalinertia of point massesusing the graph ofangular velocity vs.time.Coupled PendulaCouple two pendula with a rubber band and plot the positionvs. time for each pendulum. The result is a vivid example ofenergy transfer between the pendula.Conservation of Angular MomentumSee page 369 for complete experiment.To demonstrate conservation of angular momentum, a non-rotatingring is dropped onto a rotating disk. The angular velocity of thedisk is recorded in real-time, and students can easily determinethe angular velocities of the disk just before and after the ring isdropped. Combining these velocities withthe rotational inertia of the disk and ring,students can confirm that angularmomentum is conserved.Includes:Rotating Disk (9.5 cm diameter, 120 g)Large Ring Mass (7.6 cm o.d.,5.4 cm i.d., 465 g)38 cm Pendulum Rod (27 g)75 gram Mass (2)Clamp-On Super PulleyThe angular speed of the disk decreases whenthe ring is dropped onto the spinning disk.Order Information:Mini Rotational Accessory.........................................................................CI-6691195

Mechanics – Rotational Motion AccessoriesPhysical Pendulum SetME-9833This set of six objects is perfect for studying PhysicalPendula, Moments of Inertia, and the Parallel AxisTheorem. Each piece fastens directly to a Rotary MotionSensor to measure the objects acceleration due to anapplied torque, or the period when the pendulumfreely oscillates.Each piece is made from 1/4 inch thick aluminum plate.Apply a known torque and measure the angularacceleration to calculate the moment of inertiaof the object. Multiple holes in the plate allowinvestigation of the Parallel Axis Theorem.Center hole is atCenter of Mass.The Pendulum Bar has holesspaced at 2 cm intervals.A graph of oscillation period vs.pivot hole position shows thatthere is a unique placementthat gives a minimumperiod. This location canbe verified using calculus.Unique design allowspivot exactly at theedge. Measure theperiod of the thickring oscillating ateither the inner orouter radius.Torsion Pendulum AccessoryME-6694Aluminum Disk from CI-6691Rotational AccessoryME-9833 Includes:Solid Disk, Thick Ring, Thin Ring, Offset Hole,Pendulum Bar, Irregular shapeSix mounting screwsOrder Information:Physical Pendulum Set .......................................................ME-9833Shown in use with:Xplorer GLX ......................................................................................PS-2002 p. 10Rotary Motion Sensor ..........................................................PS-2120 p. 26Base and Support Rods .....................................................See page 212Super Pulley with Clamp ..................................................ME-9448B p. 164Mass and Hanger Set............................................................ME-8979 p. 223RotaryMotionSensor.See page26.Torsion Wire196From a plotof amplitudeversus time,the period ofthe torsionalpendulumcan bedetermined.A Force Sensor is used to pull on a stringwrapped around the pulley, creating a real-timeplot of torque versus angular displacement.Includes:One set of torsional wiresTwo clamps (One to attach the wireto a 12.5 mm (1/2 in.) diameter rodand one to attach to a Rotary MotionSensor).The slope of the resultingstraight line is the torsionalspring constant.Order Information:Torsion Pendulum Accessory ........................................................................ME-6694Shown in use with Rotary Motion Sensor ................................CI-6538See page 212 for Rod and Base.www.pasco.com

Chaos/DrivenHarmonicAccessoryCI-6689APhysicalPendulumMechanics – Rotational MotionDriven Harmonic MotionAs a 10 cm aluminum disk is driven by a mechanical oscillator, twoRotary Motion Sensors simultaneously monitor the position ofthe disk and driver. The bidirectional sensors resolve to 1°, so thecomputer can easily display amplitude, frequency and phase.The CI-6689A Chaos/DrivenHarmonic Accessory allowsstudents to study the behaviorof a physical pendulum in eitherharmonic or chaotic motion. Thedisk mounts to a Rotary MotionSensor, allowing DataStudio tomonitor and plot the pendulum’sangular position and velocity.Angular velocity vs.frequency graph showseffects of magneticdamping on amplitudeof resonance peak.StringandSpringsME-8750MechanicalOscillator/DriverDamped PendulumThe Rotary Motion Sensorgraphically monitors the dampedoscillations of an aluminum disk.A movable magnet allowsstudents to change the strengthof magnetic damping.MovableDampingMagnetA sinusoidal force is applied tothe disk and spring system inthe Chaos and Driven HarmonicMotion experiments.Chaotic MotionChaotic oscillations of the physical pendulum are produced byadjusting the magnetic damping, driver amplitude and driverfrequency.This phase plot (angularvelocity vs. displacement)shows chaotic movementof the disk.A turn of the screwmoves the magnetaway from or closer tothe physical pendulum.For more information, see Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillator ExperimentEX-9906 on page 373 and Chaos Experiment EX-9907 on page 374.This Poincaré plot shows thependulum’s velocity versusposition only once per periodof the driving force. The graybackground is the phase plot.Includes:Rotating Disk (9.5 cm diameter, 120 g)Eccentric Mass (15 g)SpringsAdjustable Magnet for DampingOrder Information:Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory ................................................CI-6689A197

Mechanics – Rotational MotionDiscover RotationApparatusSE-8762AAAPhotogate Timing of RotationalMotionHigh Quality, Simple DesignHelps Students Discover theBasics of Rotational MotionIntroductory Rotational ApparatusME-9341AAADesigned for Smart Pulley and DataStudioExcellent Introduction to Rotational MotionFull Range of ExperimentsA small flag is placed on the rotating shaftso that the photogate (not included) canbe used to determine the angular position,velocity and acceleration data. A hangingmass is wrapped around the shaft andwhen released, provides the torque to spinthe shaft. Different types of rotors withvarious moments of inertia can be attachedto the shaft for a range of experiments.Includes:Sturdy base unit with low-frictionshaft and positioning collarsBrass rotors of various diameters (3)Plastic rotors (cylindrical and conic)Spherical rotorPhotogate flagSpool of threadWashers for hanging mass (5)Instruction manual and experiment guideOrder Information:Discover RotationApparatus ................................SE-8762Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Photogate Head ...............ME-9498A p. 75Required for use with PASPORT:Photogate Head ...............ME-9498A p. 37Digital Adapter ..................PS-2159 p. 85Recommended:Drilled Mass andHanger Set .............................ME-8979 p. 223198The Introductory Rotational Apparatus is a versatile,low-friction rotating system design ed for use withPASCO’s Photogate/Pulley System and DataStudio.The simplicity of the equip ment and the contin u ousdata and high resolution graphs from the SmartPulley assure students make that difficult transitionfrom understanding linear motion to truly understanding rotational motion.How It WorksAs the platter rotates on a vertical axle, the SmartPulley monitors its angular position, velocity andacceleration.FeaturesLow Friction: The axle is supported by dual ballbearings, minimizing friction and max i miz ingdurability.Built-in Step Pulley: Use a hanging mass toapply torques of varying momentum and force.Auxiliary Platter: Drop the auxiliary platter ontothe main platter to show that mo men tum iscon served in a rotational col li sion.Bar and Ring: Investigate the re la tionshipbetween geometry and moment of inertia.Pulley Clamp: Mount the Pulley directly onto thebase. No ad dition al mounting hardware is needed.Photogate Timing: Use a photogate timer toperform these exper i ments if a Smart Pulley orComputer are not available.Order Information:Introductory Rotational Apparatus .......................................................................................................ME-9341Includes:1. Base with leveling feet, mainbearing and spindle2. Main platter with built-instep pulley3. Auxiliary platter4. Steel ring and steel barfor moment of inertiaexperiments5. Pulley clamp6. Photogate clamp7. Level8. Complete illustrated manual(not shown)Required for use with Stand-Alone Timers:Photogate Timer .............................................................................................................................................................ME-9215B p. 148orSmart Timer System .................................................................................................................................................ME-8932 p. 147Super Pulley ........................................................................................................................................................................ME-9450 p. 164Universal Table Clamp ...........................................................................................................................................ME-9376B p. 215Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Photogate/Pulley System ...................................................................................................................................ME-6838 p. 75Universal Table Clamp ...........................................................................................................................................ME-9376B p. 215Required for use with PASPORT:Photogate/Pulley System ...................................................................................................................................ME-6838 p. 37Digital Adapter .................................................................................................................................................................PS-2159 p. 85Universal Table Clamp ...........................................................................................................................................ME-9376B p. 2154357126www.pasco.com

Bicycle GyroscopeME-6837A Solid 1/2” Steel ShaftA Precision Ball Bearings for Low FrictionA Non-marking Rubber TireAttach (included)cord to hole in handleto demonstrateprecession.Mechanics – Bicycle Wheel GyroscopeRotating ChairME-6856Rugged design and incredibly low-frictionmake this far superior to any office chair.Sturdy 45 cm diameter rotatingplatform can be used with or Wrap rope aroundwithout included chair. groove to apply torque.Steel baseUse the included pull-cord with handle tospin up the wheel.Use a photogate (not included) withbuilt-in spokes to measure therotational speed and acceleration.Non-markingRubber TireThis 2.8 kg (6 lb.) Bicycle Gyroscope has a solid12.7 mm (½”) steel shaft with cushioned hand grips.Includes:Bicycle GyroscopeTwo cords with handlesIncludes:Chair and rotatingplatform withleveling feetPrecision Ball Bearingsresult in extremelyLow-Friction for boththe Bicycle Gyroscopeand the Rotating Chair.Bicycle Gyroscope Mass SetME-6972Order Information:Bicycle Gyroscope .....................ME-6837Shown in use with:Rotating Chair .................................ME-6856Order Information:Rotating Chair .........................ME-6856Shown in use with:Photogate Head .....................ME-9498AIncludes:Four 400 g massesAdding all four of the masses adds 1.6 kg to thewheel’s (approximate) 2.8 kg mass and increasesits rotational inertia by over 60%.Mass securely clampsto the wheel rim usingincluded screws.Order Information:Bicycle GyroscopeMass Set ................................................ME-6972Required:Bicycle Gyroscope ....................ME-6837199

Mechanics – GyroscopeGyroscope (3 Axis)ME-8960AAAll Components AccessibleExcellent Demonstration ToolAPrecision Angle IndicatorThe unique low friction and open designof PASCO’s Gyroscope allow studies ofrotational motion never before possiblewith a commercial unit. The completelyopen design lets students stop precessionby grabbing the vertical shaft and observingthat the gyroscope dips. Rotationalmathematics predicts the dipping action,but it could never be confirmed withtraditional enclosed units.How It WorksThe disk is spun by wrapping a stringaround the pulley and pulling. Or the diskscan be spun by hand. Add mass to eitherend of the gyroscope and it responds witha predictable precession. Many featuresmake this an exceptional demonstrationtool for rotational motion concepts.Dual Ball BearingsLow friction allows longobservation times.Angle IndicatorAccurate and easy to read.Fine and CoarseAdjust MassesMakes counter-balancingquick and easy.PulleyFor rotatingthe disk witha string.Dual Ball BearingsGyroscope Disk25 cm diameter.Stable BaseWon’t movewhen the gyroprecesses ornutates.ME-8960 GyroscopeA Unique Experiment: Rotate two disks in oppositedirections at the same speed. The angular momentacancel and the total angular momentum of thegyroscope is zero. The result— no precession.Ω p =Students can determine the rotational inertia of therotating disk. They can then check the measuredprecession rate when a mass (m) is added adistance (d) from the pivot point.200mgdI disk ω diskFeaturesLow Friction: The disk takes almost six minutesto slow to half of its original speed dueto low-friction bearings in the gyroscope axleand vertical shaft.Accurate Angle Indicator: Measures from30° to 140° and is easily read to the nearestdegree. A retractable stop acts as a markerduring experiments.Easy Timing: Low rotation speeds allowmeasurement of angular speed by countingrevolutions and using a stopwatch.Easy Balancing: Two counterweights allowcoarse and fine balance adjustment.Large Inertia Disk: With the large rotationalinertia of the disk, PASCO’s gyroscopegenerates precession rates similar tosmaller, enclosed gyroscopes. The slowrotation speed of PASCO’s disk lets studentsstudy fast as well as slow precession anduse a stopwatch to make measurements.Order Information:Gyroscope.........................................................ME-8960Recommended:Gyroscope Diskand Mass ............................................................ME-8961Gyroscope Diskand MassME-8961Includes:Accessory DiskExtra Counter MassOrder Information:Gyroscope Diskand Mass ............................................................ME-8961www.pasco.com

Mechanics – GyroscopeSensor MountingAccessoriesRotary Motion Sensor/Gyroscope MountingBracketME-8963Nutation Patterns“A” base RotationalAdapterCI-6690Nutation pattern result when Gyroscope is given aslight push against the direction of precession.Nutation pattern result when Gyroscope is releasedfrom rest.With the ME-8963 Mounting Bracket andthe CI-6690 “A” base Rotational Adapter,the PASCO ME-8960 Gyroscope becomesa quantitative instrument for advancedrotational motion experiments. With twoRotary Motion Sensors, studentsobtain a graphical picture of theGyroscope’s nutation andprecession motions.Nutation pattern result when Gyroscope is given apush in the direction of precession.ME-8963Mounting BracketAligns a Rotary MotionSensor with theGyroscope’s vertical angleindicator. The sensormonitors the Gyroscope’snutation angle.RotaryMotionSensorRotaryMotionSensorCI-6690 “A” base AdapterMounts a Rotary Motion Sensor tothe base to monitor the Gyroscope’sprecession rate.Order Information:For Recording Nutation Data:Rotary Motion Sensor/Gyroscope MountingBracket ........................................ME-8963For Recording Precession Data:“A” base RotationalAdapter .......................................CI-6690 p.190Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Two Rotary MotionSensors ......................................CI-6538 p. 74Required for use with PASPORT:Two Rotary MotionSensors ......................................PS-2120 p. 26201

Mechanics – Stress/StrainStress/Strain ApparatusAP-8216 (includes ScienceWorkshop sensors)AP-8213 (includes PASPORT sensors)AP-8214 (without sensors)Aluminum stripBrass stripPoly Carb stripSteel stripA Plot Stress vs. Strain in Real-TimeThe samples are stretched by cranking the knob by hand. The photos above show differentA Determine Young’s Modulussample strips that have been stretched until fracture.A Determine the Breaking Point of Various MaterialsHandCrankBase PlateSturdy, 9 mm aluminum plate.Test SampleAvailable in different materials and thicknesses.Easily changed with just two screws.Drive BeltConnects RotaryMotion Sensor to leadscrew.Force LeverArmThe 5:1 arm allowsthe Force Sensor tomeasure up to 250Newtons.Rotary Motion SensorResolves changes in samplelength to 0.063 mm.Force SensorProvides a continuous measurement of theforce applied to the sample.AP-8213shownThis compact Stress/Strain Apparatus showsthe stress and strain during the entire processof stretching and breaking a material. PASCOhas scaled-down the typically expensiveengineering devices so that this apparatus isable to do all the physics without the high cost.Since the Stress/Strain Apparatus shows theentire stress versus strain curve, it is possibleto measure a wide range of material propertiesincluding Young’s Modulus, the yield strength,tensile strength, ductility and toughness of thematerial. In addition, the different curve shapesfor different materials can be compared.DataStudio software allows students to determineYoung’s Modulus by measuring the slopeof the initial straight line and to determine thetoughness by integrating under the curve.202These are the characteristic curves for four different test coupons.www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Stress/StrainHow It Works...Test CouponsThe set of test coupons included with theStress/Strain Apparatus includes: steel,annealed steel, aluminum, two types ofplastic, and two different thicknesses ofbrass. Ten test coupons of each material areincluded with the unit.Order Information:Replacement Test Coupons Full Set(70 coupons) ...............................................AP-8217The sample is stretched bycranking the knob by hand.The photo at right shows asample which has beenstretched until fracture.The Stress/Strain Apparatus isavailable in three forms:AP-8214: Includes the base unit withmicrometer head, sample holder, force leverarm and ten each of seven types of coupons.The sample is stretched by turning the knobby hand until the sample breaks. The forceused to stretch the sample is measuredusing a Force Sensor. A metal bar providesa 5:1 mechanical advantage, increasing themaximum force that the sensor can read to250 N.The stress is calculated using Data-Studio bytaking the force over the cross-sectional area.No adjustment is made for any change in thecross-sectional area during stretching.The change in length of the sample ismeasured using a Rotary Motion Sensor.The strain is calculated using DataStudio bydividing the change in length by the originallength.For different types of plastic, the curves aresubstantially different.Young’s Modulus for steel is determined using alinear curve fit on the elastic portion of the curve.This distinctive curve is characteristic of annealedsteel, showing both an upper and a lower yield point.Test Coupons Stress/Strain UnitAP-8216: Includes the AP-8214 plus aCI-6746 Force Sensor and a CI-6538 RotaryMotion Sensor. The apparatus is ready toconnect to a ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750Interface.AP-8213: Includes the AP-8214 plusPS-2104 Force Sensor and PS-2120 RotaryMotion Sensor. The apparatus is ready toconnect to two USB Links, a PowerLink,or Xplorer GLX interface.Order Information:Materials Stress/StrainApparatus ...........................................AP-8214(without sensors)Materials Stress-StrainApparatus ...........................................AP-8216(includes ScienceWorkshop sensors)Materials Stress-StrainApparatus ...........................................AP-8213(includes PASPORT sensors)Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:(required only for AP-8214)Economy Force Sensor .....CI-6746 p. 74Rotary Motion Sensor ........CI-6538 p. 74Required for use with PASPORT:(required only for AP-8214)PASPORT Force Sensor ....PS-2104 p. 28Rotary Motion Sensor ........PS-2120 p. 26203

Mechanics – MaterialsMatter ModelME-9825AAAADynamic Model of Solid MaterialsExcellent Visualization of WaveMotionEasily Assembled into a Variety ofConfigurationsThe atoms of the Matter Model are brightlycolored spheres specifically designed toallow students to better understand thestructure of matter. The bonds betweenthe atoms are modeled by springs, so thatwhen forces are applied, the atoms canmove in response.The atoms can be configured into manypatterns depending on the concepts to beinvestigated. Each atom can be openedand closed using two snaps. The inside ofeach atom has a slot where students canplace one of the included nuts. In this way,the mass of the atoms can be changed. Inaddition, the springs can be easily connectedto or removed from the atom using thesix quick connects. A hole extends througheach atom, allowing several to be placed onthe included brass rod for wave and pressureactivities.Demonstrate transverse and longitudinal waves.Typical Applications:A Normal Forces– Students can betterunderstand normal forces when heavyobjects are placed on the Matter Modeland they see the deflection of the atomsin response.A Modeling a Solid– By constructing amatrix of spheres, students can builda model of matter that is dynamic andresponds to external forces similarly toreal solids.A Wave Properties– Students caninvestigate wave properties includingreflection, wave speed and standingwaves.A Atmospheric Pressure– By placing theatoms on the included brass rod andholding it vertically, students can betterunderstand why atmospheric pressureand altitude are inversely related.Torque and shear forces can be applied to the MatterModel to help students visualize the response in thematerial.Demonstrate the normal force response as a materialis compressed.Innovative Physics Textbooksand PASCO Physics ProductsMatter & Interactions is a 2-volume textbook and curriculum by RuthChabay and Bruce Sherwood, published by Wiley & Sons. Intendedfor science and engineering students taking calculus-based introductoryuniversity physics. For more information on purchasing thesetextbooks, visit www.wiley.comThis textbook deals with mechanicsand thermal physics as one integratedsubject through emphasis on atomic-leveldescriptions and analysis and macro-microconnections. Modern physics is integratedwith classical physics concepts. Studentsengage in modeling and 3-D computermodeling of real-world phenomena. Theball-and-spring model of solids plays animportant role in the curriculum.204The atomic spacingchanges under itsown weight.The Matter Model is shipped in component pieces,ready for assembly.Includes:Atoms (4.5 g each) (40)Heavy springs (spring constant 350 N/m) (60)Light springs (spring constant 70 N/m) (60)Long springs (60)Nuts (for increasing the atom mass) (30)Brass rod (for longitudinal waves)(90 cm long) (1)Order Information:Matter Model ................................................ME-9825AReplacement Supplies:Heavy Springs (60)................................ME-9829Light Springs (60) ...................................ME-9830Long Springs (60) ...................................ME-9887www.pasco.com

Mechanics – FluidsVenturi ApparatusME-8598A BernoulliA VenturiA Continuity EquationThe Venturi apparatus has a channel withvarying cross-section to study the relationshipbetween flow speed and pressure. The opendesign (2-D cross section) allows students to seeinside and directly measure all needed dimensions.The clear plastic cover can be easily removed so that students canmeasure the dimensions of the Venturi channel.Note the captured O-ring seal in the cover.There are four built-in ports to attach pressure sensors to measurethe pressure at four places along the stream line simultaneously.Pressure changes caused by both fluid speed and viscosity (drag)can be measured.The pressureis measuredat fourdifferentlocations inthe fluidstream.P 1P 2P 3P 4The graph shows pressure data at three different flowrates. P 2 and P 4 are in the Venturi constrictions (seephoto above, on right), and P 4 is downstream from P 1 .The flow rate is calculated using Motion Sensor dataof the water level in the graduated cylinder.The VenturiApparatus is shownbelow using a shopvac as the air source.A Spirometer(PS-2152) measuresair flow and a QuadPressure Sensor(PS-2164) measuresair pressure infour locations.Venturi Apparatus shown with Quad PressureSensor (PS-2164), Motion Sensor (PS-2103A),and the Water Reservoir (ME-8594)Includes:Venturi ChamberTubing (for both air and water)Restriction Clamps (2)Quick Connect CouplersOrder Information:Venturi Apparatus ............................................................................ME-8598Recommended:Quad Pressure Sensor ...............................................................PS-2164 p. 42Motion Sensor .....................................................................................PS-2103A p. 25Water Reservoir ..................................................................................ME-8594 p. 221Spirometer Sensor .........................................................................PS-2152 p. 54Variable Output Air Supply ..................................................SF-9216 p. 134205

Mechanics – FluidsBernoulli Cart AccessoryME-9481This 5 cm diameter cylinder with precisionball bearings, easily set spinning by pulling astring, provides an excellent demonstration ofthe Bernoulli Principle. Requires a fan toprovide airflow across the rotating cylinder.Compatible with all PASCO Carts.Magdeburg PlatesSE-9717These Two plates are a modern and versatile rendition of a classicdemonstration.Air is evacuated using a syringe; no vacuum pump needed. Clearplastic design lets students see everything. Two different “O” ringsallow Two different size areas. Tubing is provided so students canconnect a Pressure Sensor for use with DataStudio.Includes:1.27 cm thick, 9.7 cmdiameter circular polycarbonateplates (2)O-rings (2) (8.5 cm and5.4 cm diameter)60 cc syringeConnecting tubing withone-way valve with inlineconnector for optionalPressure SensorOrder Information:Magdeburg Plates ..................................................................................................SE-9717Magdeburg Plates Accessory KitSE-9718Using the Fan Cart to create wind, the Bernoulli Cart Accessory acceleratesdown the dynamics track.When added to theMagdeburg Plates,these accessories providea vacuum chamberin which balloons canbe inflated or watermade to boil just byevacuating the air. Asuction cup will lose its“suction” when the airaround it is evacuated.Cart moves in this direction.TrackFront of CartHigher AirSpeed— – LowerPressureOrder Information:Bernoulli Cart Accessory .........................................................ME-9481Required:1.2 m Classic Dynamics System....................................ME-9429B p. 1112.2 m Classic Dynamics System ...................................ME-9452A p. 111Fan Cart .........................................................................................................ME-6977 p. 119or any highly focused fan206Higher AirFanLower AirLower Air–Speed––HigherPressurePressureTop view of the rotating cylinder on the Bernoulli Cart Accessory.Includes:0.95 cm thick, 9.7 cm diameter circular polycarbonate plate6.5 cm tall, 7.5 cm diameter cylindrical acrylic pipe80 cc plastic cup, two small balloons and a suction cupOrder Information:Magdeburg Plates Accessory Kit ................................................SE-9718www.pasco.com

Student Bell JarSE-9790This bell jar provides a vacuum chamberfor students to perform many experimentsincluding:A Watching a balloon expandor warm water boil as air ispumped from the chamber.A Observing that a suctioncup no longersticks when the jar isevacuated.Atmospheric PropertiesChamberME-6813A Recreate the conditionsthat lead to cloud formationA Measure changing temperatureand pressureA Built-in Fast ResponseTemperature ProbeAdd a small amount of water to the reservoirat the bottom of the chamber. Thenseal the chamber, and press the rubberstopper into place on the top of the chamber.Students add pressure to the chamberusing the included syringe. When the pressureis high enough, the rubber stopperwill blow out and a cloud will form.Included for safety is a stopper catcher,which keeps the stopper contained withinthe apparatus.Mechanics – FluidsHydraulic/PneumaticSystemSE-8764This system allows students to investigatethe differences between a hydraulic anda pneumatic lift system. Water or air canbe used to lift heavy objects with a smallamount of force. The mechanical advantagecan be changed by varying the size ofthe input syringe. In addition, a PressureSensor can be used to monitor the pressureof the pneumatic system as air isadded with the input syringe.Finally, the system can beused with a PressureSensor to collectpressure and volumedata for the discoveryof Boyle’s Law.Water boils as air isevacuated from theBell Jar.Includes:8 cm x 6 cm dia. clear plastic bell jarwith basePlastic vial, balloonsand suction cup60 cc syringe andvalves forevacuating the jarGraph oftemperatureand pressureas stopperblows.Order Information:Student Bell Jar ................................SE-9790Gauge Pressure AccessorySE-8802Use the Gauge Pressure Accessory withthe Student Bell Jar (SE-9790) todemonstrate the concept ofgauge pressure.The pressure gauge is placedinside the Student Bell Jar andthe syringe is used to create avacuum. As the air is removedfrom the bell jar, the gaugepressure increases from 0 to14.7 psi or 1 atm.Order Information:Gauge Pressure Accessory(Gauge and base only) .........................SE-8802Quick decompression, as stopper blows, causes cloudto form in chamber.Order Information:Atmospheric PropertiesChamber ............................................ ME-6813Recommended:Absolute Pressure/TempSensor ................................................... PS-2146 p. 42Using DataStudio and a Pressure Sensor, the pressure-timegraph is created real-time as air is addedto the system with a syringe.Includes:Stable base unit with mounted 60 ccsyringeThree input syringes; 3 cc, 12 cc and 20 cc,to vary the mechanical advantageConnecting tubing with one-way valvewith inline connector for optional PressureSensorOrder Information:Hydraulic/PneumaticSystem ................................................. SE-8764Shown with:Hooked Mass Set ................... SE-8759 p. 223207

Mechanics – Fluids/DensityFloat and Chain EngineeringProblem-Solving KitSE-8727A Counter buoyant forcewith a chain partiallyresting on the bottom ofthe containerA Build a hydrometer,thermometer, barometer,and a mass balanceA Redesign each instrumentto achieve differentmeasurementrangesUsing a sensitivemass balance toweigh a leaf.Hydrometer:Find the density of variousfluids by putting the float andchain into the fluid, measuringthe amount of chain which floats.Students can produce a calibration graph and determine the rangeand resolution that can be measured.Thermometer:The expansion of the plastic float causes it to float at differentheights, lifting more or less chain. Different floats and differentchains are supplied to produce an engineering problem.Density Circulation ModelME-6816A Model density driven circulationbased on temperature, dissolvedsubstances or different liquidsA Demonstrate the driving forcesof vertical ocean currentsA Measure temperature inversionsbased on density difference.The PASCO ME-6816 Density CirculationModel allows students to model, measureand understand the complex density driven circulation associatedwith heat transfer through convection. Students can recreate verticalocean currents driven by water bodies with density differences.They can extend this learning by using sensors to collect data andcreate graphs showing the thermocline, halocline and pycnoclineusing PASCO Salinity Sensor PS-2195 (page 64).Data showing temperatureversus depth. Rapidtemperature changeoccurs in the regionwhere the two waterbodies mix.Barometer:A tube containing air is weighted by the chain and as the pressurechanges, the amount of chain supported changes.Mass Balance:The mass and volume of small objects can be measured by adjustingthe chain so the float remains in the same place. This methodgives a sensitive balance which would otherwise be quite expensive.The example shown in the photo is measuring the mass of aleaf.The chain rests on the bottom, giving avariable force.(fig. 4)With the valves closed (fig.1) two bodies of liquid can be created thatdiffer in temperature, dissolved materials or other properties. Whenthe valves are opened a smooth flow of liquid occurs between thechambers (fig.2 & fig.3). Minimal mixing occurs and clearly definedlayers of liquid based on density result (fig.4).Includes:Four cylinders, Floats, Air Tubeand Balance Float with PanOrder Information:Float and Chain Engineering Problem-Solving Kit.......................SE-8727208(fig. 1) (fig. 2) (fig. 3)Order Information:Density Circulation Model ............................................................................................ME-6816Shown in use with:Stainless Steel Temperature Probe ....................................................................p. 44www.pasco.com

Density SetME-8569Use this versatile set of materialswith the Overflow Can to investigateArchimedes’ Principle of dis place ment,specific heats and basic length/volumerelationships.Includes pieces that have the same shape, volume, density andmass, so the variable of interest can readily be isolated. Each piecehas a hole so it can be suspended from a string.Includes:Three cylinders: aluminum, brass, plastic; 2.2 cm dia. x 6.4 cm long(plastic is less dense than water)Two blocks: aluminum: 1.9 x 3.2 x 4.1 cm and brass: 1.6 x 1.9 x 2.8cm. The mass of each block equals that of the alu mi num cylinder.Irregular shape: aluminumInstruction manualOrder Information:Density Set ....................................................................................................................ME-8569Discover Density SetSE-9719This set of 22 separate piecesallows students to discover therelationship between density,volume and dimensions. Twounique series of pieces hold onedimension constant while varyinganother.Includes:Cylinders of same length and different diameters (4)Cylinders of same diameter and different lengths (4)Spheres with different diameters (4)Rectangular shapes of various sizes and materials (10)Instruction manualOrder Information:Discover Density Set ........................................................................................SE-9719Overflow CanSE-8568This aluminum Overflow Canprovides direct volume mea surementsfor the materials suppliedin the Density Set, as well asdisplacement mea sure ments forbuoyancy experiments. It has a76 mm diameter, a usable volumeof 477 cm3 and an angleddown spout. Requires a graduatedcylinder or a gram balance tomeasure the displaced volume.Includes:Can onlyOrder Information:Overflow Can ..............................................................................................................SE-8568Mystery Density SetSE-7316Mechanics – Fluids/DensityThe Mystery Density Set puts a nice“wrinkle” in the typical density experiment.After measuring the mass andvolume of the pieces, students graphtheir results. As students plot the firstfew points it appears there is no relationshipbetween the mass and volume.However, as more data is graphed, it becomes obviousthat two different linear relationships exist. Even thoughall the cylindrical pieces have a similar appearance, they are actuallymade of two different materials.To demonstrate the difference in density between the two materials,simply place them in the container with a concentrated saltsolution. Eight pieces will sink and the other seven pieces will float.Includes:Eight Cylindrical Pieces (density = 1.41 g/cm3)Seven Cylindrical Pieces (density = 1.15 g/cm3)Storage StandOrder Information:Mystery Density Set .........................................................................................SE-7316Classroom Density SetSE-7226The Classroom Density Set includes 12 sets of materials to studythe density concept. Each material set includes four pieces of varioussizes in a plastic storage tube. This selection of materials allowstwelve lab groups to perform a density experiment at the same time.For each set, students measure the mass and volume of each pieceand produce a mass vs. volume graph. Students will better understanddensity as a mathematical concept and realize that density isconstant for a given material.Includes each of the following materials infour different sizes:Maple Acrylic (two colors) PhenolicPolypropylene Polyurethane PVC (two colors)Nylon Aluminum TeflonPolystyreneOrder Information:Classroom Density Set ..................................................................................SE-7226GlasswareRugged borosilicateglassware for use inthe physics lab.Order Information:100 ml Beaker (12 pack) ...............................................................................SE-72871000 ml Beaker (6 pack) ...............................................................................SE-728850 ml Graduated Cylinder (12 pack) .............................................SE-7289209

Mechanics – FluidsAtmospheric PressureDemonstratorME-8966ANew Larger Size12”Demonstrate the effect of a pressure differential.Easily lift a box or stool bysimply placing the rubber sheet on asmooth surface of the object and liftingup on the handle.UnderstandingPressure KitSE-7329Feel the pressure of one atmosphere!This long cold rolled steel bar, with across-sectional area of one squarecentimeter and a weight of about10 N, exerts a pressure on yourhand equal to one atmosphere. Thepressure can be reduced withoutreducing the weight by placing thesupplied plastic end pad under thebar, spreading the force over a largerarea.In addition to the long bar, othersize samples are supplied whichdemonstrate the feeling of otherstandard pressures. An instructionmanual with a student lab is included.Air CannonSE-7370The Air Cannonuses a vortex ofair for ammunition.Its unique shapecreates a stable toroidalvortex. Pull back the flexiblemembrane, release and theinvisible wave front of air can hit a target20 feet away! A great demonstration of theenergy that can be stored in waves.Order Information:Air Cannon ...............................................SE-7370Tornado Tubes (10 pack)SE-7396AUse the Tornado Tube to create a water vortexbetween two plastic soda bottles. Fill onebottle about 3/4 full with water, then screwthe two bottles into the Tornado Tube. Flipthe bottles over so the water moves from theupper bottle into the lower bottle.As you pull up on the handle, a low-pressureregion is created.Order Information:Atmospheric PressureDemonstrator ...........................................ME-8966A210Includes:Cold rolled steelatmospheric pressure bar(stamped with letters):1 cm2 x 133 cm,weight 10.13 NBrass Torr sample(stamped T):1 cm2 x 1.6 mm, weight 0.013 NBrass millibar sample (stamped M):1 cm2 x 0.1.3 mm, weight 0.01013 NPaper Pascal sample (stamped Pa):1 cm2 x 0.11 mm, weight 0.001 NSteel rectangular solid (stamped H):1 cm2 x 1.7 mm, weight 0.132 NBlack plastic end pads (2) to reducethe pressureTeacher manual with student worksheetOrder Information:Understanding Pressure Kit .........SE-7329As the water movesdown through thetube, air from thelower bottle must riseinto the upper bottlecreating the vortex.Use your own 2-liter soda bottles.Includes:10 TornadoTubesOrder Information:Tornado Tubes (10 pack) .............SE-7396Awww.pasco.com

Mechanics – NumbersMole SetSE-7586The Mole Set contains fourelement specimens:Copper, Iron, Zincand Aluminum. Eachsample containsapproximately one mole,6.02 x 1023 atomsof the element.Typical ApplicationsA Helps students visualize a molein a solid stateA Use as specific heat specimens, density specimens andexamples of common elementsA Characterize each specimen by density, atomic mass, etc.A Investigate molar heat capacity and gain agreater understanding of thermodynamicsIncludes:Mole samples: Zinc, Aluminum,Iron, CopperTeaching SuggestionsOrder Information:Mole Set .......................................................................................................................SE-7586Discover Pi Set (10 pack)ME-6819ASignificant Figures SetME-9849A Connects Measurements to Significant FiguresA Includes Materials for Four Student GroupsA Detailed Activity ManualThe series of activities included in the Significant Figures Setemphasizes the connection between measurements and significantfigures. Students work through a number of situations in which theyexperience the concepts of accuracy and precision. Through theseactivities, students learn the importance of the measuring tool andits role in the uncertainty of measurements. For each activity,student groups are asked to place their measurements and/orcalculations along a demonstration number line. The groups canthen share their results with the entire class during discussionsand presentations.The Number Lineand Data Pointersare laminated foruse with dry erasemarkers.The Ball Drop activity givesstudents experience withaccuracy and precision.The student readsthe circumferencedirectly from thetransparent tapewrapped aroundthe pi circle.The Discover Pi Set allows students to derive the meaning of πdirectly from their measurements. This activity transforms pi from aconstant with unknown origin to a fundamental characteristic of allcircular objects.The slope of thecircumference vs.diameter graph isequal to πIncludes:Pi Circles (4)5.2, 6.4, 8.9, 10.0 cm diameterTransparent Measuring TapeOrder Information:Discover Pi Set (10 pack) .........................................................................ME-6819AThe Four-Scale Meter Stickis an important part of theSignificant Figures Kit as itincludes four scales of varyingprecision.Included Activities:Ball Drop: Students toss small balls on a bulls-eye to discover therelationship between technique and measurements. In addition, theconcepts of accuracy and precision are explored.“Forced Error” Measurements: Students use a meter stick whichhas inaccurate markings to take measurements to reinforce thatprecise measurements are not always accurate.Mass/Length Measurements: Students use a balance or Four-Scale Meter Stick with imprecise scales to limit the certainty intheir measurements.Area/Volume/Density Calculations: Students use a variety ofmeasuring devices to calculate the area, volume and density ofvarious objects.Includes:Plastic Balls (4)Carbon Paper (100 pack)Paper Bull’s-eye (8)Four-Scale Meter Stick (4)Number LineData Pointer (4)Meter Stick Label (4)Balance Label (4)Order Information:Significant Figures Set...............................................................................ME-9849211

Mechanics – Lab SuppliesLarge Rod BaseME-8735A Stable 4 kg CastingA Leveling FeetA SupportsTwo Rods 25 cmTwo Rod Mounts9 to 12 mm dia.(3/8” to 1/2”)SpecialThreePointDesignInsidemountinghole assuresstability.Stainless Steel RodsME-873890 cmLongME-8741120 cmLongLevelingFeet26 cmCertain experimental setups require extra stability.The PASCO ME-8735 is designed for just such experiments.This sturdy 4 kg cast-iron base providesstability that just can’t be achieved any other waythan with a large mass. The A-frame designprovides a wide base to support one or tworods. Rods from 9.5 to 13 mm (3/8 to 1/2inches) can be supported. (See below).The rod mounting holes have a specialthree-point contact design to assurestability. Two adjustable feet providethe necessary leveling capabilities.Order Information:Large Rod Base ...................................ME-8735Small “A” BaseME-897619 cmThis 1.7 kg cast iron base issmaller than the Large Rod Base(ME-8735) and does not haveleveling feet. This base can beused with both threaded and nonthreadedrods. Non-threaded rods from 19 cm9.5 to 13 mm (3/8 to 1/2 inches) diametercan be supported. Threaded rods must be12.7mm (1/2 inch) in diameter with 1/2”-13thread, such as ME-8977 shown at right.Order Information:Small A Base ..........................................ME-8976Small Round Base (2 pack)ME-8974AGreat for those times when you justneed a small support with a low profile,this 525 g cast iron base is 12.5 cmin diameter and has a 1/2”-13 threadedhole to accept threaded rods, such asME-8988 or ME-8977 (shown at right).Order Information:Small Round Base ...........................ME-8974A212SteelRodsME-898825 cmLongThreadedRodME-897760 cmLongThreadedRodME-873645 cmLongThese 12.7 mm (1/2 in.) diameter stainless steel rods do not mar likealuminum rods. They are non-magnetic, very rigid, and durable.Three different lengths are available in the non-threaded version. The60 cm long rod and 25 cm long rod are threaded (1/2”-13) and fitthe small A-Base ME-8976, the small round base ME-8974 and theME-9376B Universal Table Clamp.Order Information:Stainless Steel Rods (bases not included) 12.7 mm (1/2 in.) in diameter:45 cm Long (non-threaded) ...................................................................... ME-873690 cm Long (non-threaded) ...................................................................... ME-8738120 cm Long (non-threaded)................................................................. ME-874125 cm Long (threaded).................................................................................... ME-898860 cm Long (threaded).................................................................................... ME-8977www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Lab SuppliesPASCO’s Flex RodME-8978A Flexible rod for holding objectsin any orientationThe Flex Rod provides the freedom to placeequipment where it’s needed. Simply connectthe object to the end of the 46 cm long flexibletubing and move it to the desired location. Thetubing has enough rigidity to hold many commonitems in any orientation. In addition, twoconvenient clamps are included.Sensor Handles(4 pack)CI-9874These convenient plastic handles screwinto virtually any ScienceWorkshop orPASPORT sensor and can be used withany standard lab clamp. Length: 5.7cm,diameter: 1.25 cm.Order Information:Sensor Handles (4 pack) ................. CI-9874The Flex Rod holds a green laser pointer. Shownwith ME-8976 Small A-Base (not included).Base and Support RodLargeME-9355SmallSE-9451The Flex Rod with rodclamp attachment fitssensor handles.Flex Rod holds photogatefor acceleration due togravity experiment usinga picket fence shownwith ME-9376B TableClamp (not included).Includes:Flex Rod attached to rigid sectionRod Clamp attachmentTest tube clamp attachmentBase support not includedOrder Information:Flex Rod..................................................ME-8978Suggested Base Supports:Small A-Base ..................................ME-8976 p. 212Universal Table Clamp .........ME-9376B p. 21512Mounting Rods(10 pack)ME-9483These rigid plastic pulley handles (14 cmlong, 1.27 mm diameter) screw into aSuper Pulley.Order Information:Mounting Rods (10 pack) .............ME-9483Pulley Mounting RodSA-9242This 14 cm long stainless steel mountingrod is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) in diameter and fitsmost standard laboratory clamps, includingthe PASCO Universal Clamp. It has a standard1/4-20 thread.Order Information:Pulley Mounting Rod ......................SA-92421. Large Base and Support Rod:With built-in leveling screws and athreaded aluminum rod that is 12.7 mm(1/2 in.) in diameter and 45 cm long.2. Small Base and Support Rod: Thethreaded steel rod is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.)in diameter and 50 cm long. Levelingscrews not included.Order Information:Large Base andSupport Rod ...............................................ME-9355Small Base andSupport Rod ...............................................SE-9451213

Mechanics – Lab SuppliesThree-finger ClampSE-9445Pendulum ClampSE-9443Clamp tubes, rods and irregularly-shaped objects. The jaws extend19 mm, open to 57 mm, rotate 360° and lock securely at any angle.Fits rods up to 19 mm (3/4 inch) in diameter.Order Information:Three-finger Clamp .............................................................................................SE-9445Hang up to three pendula from precisely the same height.Suspension points are 54 mm apart. Fits rods up to 16 mm(5/8 inch) in diameter.Order Information:Pendulum Clamp ...................................................................................................SE-9443Double Rod Clamp (3 pack)ME-9873Swivel Clamp (2 pack)ME-8743Clamp two rods at any angleor clamp the two rods parallelto each other.Accepts 12.7 mm(1/2 inch) rods.Includes:Two clampsOrder Information:Swivel Clamp (2 pack) ....................................................................................ME-8743Buret/Utility ClampSE-9446Holds any two rods (up to 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) in diameter) eitherparallel or perpendicular to one another.Order Information:Double Rod Clamp (3 pack) .....................................................................ME-9873Multi ClampSE-9442Multi Clamp(side angle).The V-shaped, plastic-coated jaws of this Buret Clamp open from5 to 35 mm, rotate 360° and lock in position at any angle. Fits rodsup to 16 mm (5/8 inch) in diameter.Order Information:Buret/Utility Clamp ............................................................................................SE-9446214Holds two rods either parallel or at right angles. Fits rods up to12.7 mm (1/2 inch) in diameter.Order Information:Multi Clamp ..................................................................................................................SE-9442www.pasco.com

Universal Table ClampME-9376B1/2-13 Threaded RodFits tables up to6 cm thick.Table Rod ClampsLargeTableClampME-9472Mechanics – Lab SuppliesBoth clamps hold up to 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) diameter rods that canbe mounted either horizontally or vertically.AluminumTableClampME-8995Acceptsthreadedrod.12.7 mm or 9.5 mm(1/2” or 3/8”) RodAttach this Universal Table Clamp to tables or shelves up to6.0 cm (2 3/8 inch) thick. Can also be mounted on a ring stand.Mount rods in the clamp either vertically or horizontally. The rods areheld securely by stable 3-point contacts. Use standard unthreadedlab rods — 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) to 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) — vertically orhorizontally. Use 1/2-13 threaded lab rod vertically.Order Information:Universal Table Clamp .....................................................................................ME-9376BRight Angle ClampSE-9444This standard right angleclamp fits rods up to 18 mm(11/16 inch) in diameter.Order Information:Right Angle Clamp ..............................................................................................SE-9444Adjustable Angle ClampME-8744This unique clampfits any rod up to12.7 mm (1/2 inch)diameter and canlock the rod inplace at any angle.Order Information:Adjustable Angle Clamp ..............................................................................ME-8744“C” ClampsSE-7286 SmallSE-7285 LargeThese rugged clampsare perfect for attachinga variety of objects to atable. Available in 8 cmand 10 cm sizes.Use non-threaded rodsin two directions.Order Information:Large Table Clamp ................................................................................................ME-947210 cm grip rangeAluminum Table Clamp .................................................................................ME-89956 1/2 cm grip rangeOrder Information:Small “C” Clamp (6 pack) ..........................................................................SE-7286Large “C” Clamp (6 pack) ...........................................................................SE-7285Laboratory JacksRaise, support and alignequipment with these labjacks. They’re rugged, stableand ensure precise heightadjustment. Three sizes areavailable.Order Information:Max.Laboratory Model Platform Height LoadJack (cm) (cm) (kg)Small .........................................SE-9374 ........................10x10 ...........................5.5 - 14 ....................10Medium ................................SE-9373........................15x15...........................7 - 25 .........................25Large ...........................................SE-9372........................20x20...........................7 - 25 .........................25215

Mechanics – PulleysThe PASCO Super PulleySuper PulleyME-9450AA Produces Excellent ResultsPhotogate/Pulley SystemME-6838AFeatureSuper PulleyCombinationME-9433A Nearly FrictionlessA DurableThe Super Pulleyattaches directly tothe Photogate Head,providing a simple,low friction systemto measure position,velocity and acceleration.Additionally, with thepulley removed, thephotogate can be usedto perform standardphotogate experiments.See page 37.This combination includes parts toassemble either:The PASCO Super Pulley is the standard inphysics labs. Its low-friction designproduces excellent results. The precisionspacing of the 10 spokes makes it ideal forphotogate monitoring with PASCO’s computerinterfaces and photogate systems.FeaturesLow Friction: Dual precision ball bearings(not cone bearings) keep friction to a bareminimum, support heavier loads and minimizewear.Lightweight: The sheave is only 5.5grams, so pulley inertia is negligible inmost applications.Precision Dimensions: The 10 spokesare accurately spaced, and the inside andoutside diameters are machined to precisedimensions. This means accurate resultsand graphs.Order Information:Photogate/Pulley System............ME-6838ASuper Pulley with ClampME-9448BME-9448BSuper Pulleywith Clamp.Upgrade your force table and inclined planeexperiments. The Super Pulley with itsintegral clamp makes setup and alignmenteasy. The pulley height is fully adjustable,so you can skim the top of a force table forparallax-free readings, yet keep the forceparallel to the track on an inclined plane asshown in the photo below. Fits tables from0 to 2.0 cm (13/16 in.) thick.1. A Super Pulley with a rodor2. A Super Pulley with a clamp2.Includes:Super Pulley (1)Clamp (1)Mounting Screws (2)14 cm long, 12.7 mm dia.Plastic Mounting Rod (1)1.Order Information:Super Pulley ................................................ME-9450ASuper Pulley withMountingRodME-9499This Super Pulley mountedon a rigid plastic mountingrod (12.7 mm diameter,14 cm long) fits moststandard laboratoryclamps.Order Information:Pulley withMounting Rod ............................................ME-9499216Order Information:Super Pulley with Clamp .............ME-9448BMounting Rods(10 pack)ME-9483These rigidplastic pulleyhandles (14 cmlong, 1.27 mmdiameter) screwinto a Super Pulley.Order Information:Mounting Rods (10 pack) .............ME-9483Order Information:Super PulleyCombination .................................................ME-9433Pulley Mounting RodSA-9242This 14 cm long stainless steel mountingrod is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) in diameter and fitsmost standard laboratory clamps, includingthe PASCO Universal Clamp (ME-9376B).Order Information:Pulley Mounting Rod ........................SA-9242www.pasco.com

Metric Spring Scales(Six different ranges)Measure an applied force or applya measured force. These highqualitymetric spring scales areprecise, durable and calibratedin Newtons. Six different scalesare available. Students can measureforces from a fraction ofa Newton to 20 Newtons withexcellent accuracy.Graduations are easy to read, and theresolution is 2% of full scale.Tension ProtractorME-6855PASCO Spring Scales: Six metric springscales provide accurate force measurementsover a wide range of forces.AMeasure Tension and Angle with One DeviceALarge Scale for Viewing DemonstrationsAZero-Adjust for Torsion Spring ScaleABuilt-In Rod ClampSee page 161 for more information.30° angle readingStringFeaturesAccurate: The precision springs provideexcellent linearity, and the 10 cm longscales are sharp and clear for superiorresolution.Sealed Spring: Can’t get tangled,over-stretched or lost.Zero Adjust: Turn the knob to zero thebalance.Scales on Inside: They won’t wear off.Six Color-coded Ranges: Measurealmost any force from 0.2 N to 20 N.Order Information:Metric Spring ScalesModel Range Resolution ColorSE-8713 0.2 N 0.002 N YellowSE-8714 1.0 N 0.01 N RedSE-8715 2.0 N 0.02 N Lt. GreenSE-8716 5.0 N 0.1 N BrownSE-8717 10 N 0.1 N Dk. GreenSE-8718 20 N 0.2 N OrangeMechanics – Lab SuppliesDial Spring Scale (10 N)SE-7348Use this spring scale tomeasure tension forces byhanging an object on thehook. The 7.6 diameterspring scale can measureup to 10 N with aresolution of 0.1 N.Each spring scale alsofeatures a mounting ringand weighing hook.7.6 cmdiameterOrder Information:Dial Spring Scale (10 N) .....................SE-7348Dial Spring Scale(20 N)SE-7340Use this spring scale to measuretension forces by hanging anobject on the hook. This 7.6 cmdiameter springscale can measure up to20 N with a resolution of0.2 N. Each spring scalealso features a mountingring and weighing hook.7.6 cmdiameterOrder Information:Dial Spring Scale (20 N) ....................SE-7340DemoSpringScaleSE-7349Includes:One TensionProtractorArrow indicates tensionreading (5.0 N)Order Information:Tension Protractor .........................ME-6855Recommended:Large Table Clamp .........................ME-9472 p.21590 cm Long Rod ...............................ME-8738 p.212Multi-clamp ............................................SE-9442 p.214Hooked Mass Set ...........................SE-8759 p.22320 cm diameterThe Demonstration Spring Scale featuresa large 20 cm diameter faceplate so manystudents can view demonstrations. With acapacity of 20 N and a resolution of 0.5 N,it provides a versatile and inexpensive wayto measure forces.Order Information:Demo Spring Scale ..................................SE-7349217

Mechanics – Lab SuppliesMetric Measuring TapeSE-8712AThis 30-meterwoven fiberglassmeasuring tapereads metric on oneside and English onthe other.Order Information:Metric Measuring Tape ........................SE-8712AFour-Scale Meter StickSE-8695High Quality Meter Sticks (6 pack)SE-8827Hardwood meter stick with metric graduations.Scale reads left to right on one side, right toleft on the other.Order Information:Meter Stick (6 pack) ................................SE-8827Optics CaliperOS-8468Cross-sectiondimensions:7 mm x 28 mm.A Glow in the Dark TipsThe Four-Scale Meter Stick is constructedof plastic square channel. One side hasmillimeter markings, one has centimetermarkings, one has decimeter markings andthe last side has only a one-meter mark.A WaterproofThis light-weight plastic caliper is perfect for measuring images in the dark. Simply span theobject and then use a scale to measure the distance. For approximate measurements, usethe built in cm scale on the calipers.Order Information:Four-Scale Meter Stick ........................SE-86951.5 m Measuring Tape(10 pack)PM-8761Easily measure distances in both inchesand centimeters with this handy, 1.5 mmeasuring tape.Order Information:1.5 Measuring Tape(10 pack) .................................................................PM-8761The tips of the caliper glow in the dark: Activatewith an incandescent or UV lamp.Use the Optics Caliper to measure interference anddiffraction patterns. Glow-in-the-dark tips activatedusing a UV light source.Order Information:Optics Caliper (Set of 5) .............................................................................................................OS-8468Recommended:UV Light Source ....................................................................................................................................SE-7228 p. 334Digital CalipersSE-8710Stainless Steel CalipersSF-8711MicrometerSE-7337This metric/English (15 cm/6 in.) digitalcaliper measures to 0.01 mm (0.0005in.). It has auto power-off and includes asturdy plastic storage case.Order Information:Digital Calipers ..............................................SE-8710These metric/English (18 cm/6 in.)calipers have an expanded Vernier scale of20 divisions (instead of the usual 10), soit’s easier to read and more accurate. Thesliding mechanism is smooth and durable.A case is included for added protection.Order Information:Stainless Steel Calipers .....................SF-8711This low-cost micrometer provides measurementsfrom 0 to 25 mm with 0.1 mmresolution. The wooden box is form-fittedto protect the micrometer during storage.Order Information:Micrometer .........................................................SE-7337218www.pasco.com

Small Steel BallsME-9872Bounce/No BounceBall Set (3 sets)SE-7571Mechanics – Lab SuppliesLarge BallSE-8842These 1.6 cm diameter steel balls are usedwith the Mini Launcher (ME-6825).Order Information:Small Steel Balls (10 pack) ............ME-9872Steel BallsME-9864These two black balls look and feel identical,but drop them side by side and students willnotice a big difference in their elasticity.One bounces backup close to theoriginal dropheight, while theother doesn’tbounce at all.Includes threesets of theBounce/No BounceBalls. Each ballhas a diameterof 2.5 cm.Order Information:Bounce/No BounceBall Set (3 sets).............................................SE-7571This solid plastic ball is very round, rollswell, and is big enough to be easily seenby a motion sensor. It is used with theForce Distribution System shown on page158, and has a diameter of 10 cm and anapproximate mass of 800 grams.Order Information:Large Ball ..............................................................SE-8842Four pack of 2.5 cm diameter balls for usein PASCO Short or Long Range ProjectileLaunchers (ME-6800 or ME-6801).Order Information:Steel Balls (4 pack) ...................................ME-9864Plastic BallsME-6822Freefall Balls AccessoryME-9890This set of balls is used with the Discover Freefall system shown onpage 143. The special stickers are used to attach the metal washers tothe plastic balls, allowing them to be suspended from a magnet.Includes:Small Nylon Ball (2.5 cm)Large Plastic Ball (10 cm)Golf Ball (4.4 cm)HollowGolf Ball (4.2 cm)Steel Ball (2.5 cm)Steel Ball (1.6 cm)Release Washers (10)Release Stickers (50)Extra brightly colored balls are available forthe Projectile Launcher. Diameter is2.5 cm (1 in.).Order Information:Plastic Balls (10 pack) ...........................ME-6822Spherical Mass SetME-8968This set includes fourballs with a diameterof 2.5 cm each, butfeaturing variousmasses, including ahollow steel ball.Includes:Solid Yellow Nylon Ball (10 grams)Solid Steel Ball (66 grams)Hollow Steel Ball (21 grams)Solid Aluminum Ball (24 grams)Order Information:Freefall Balls Accessory ......................ME-9890Typical ApplicationsA Race the hollow steel ball and solidaluminum ball down an incline. Theyhave about the same mass, butthe solid aluminum ball has a muchlarger acceleration down the ramp.A Fire the yellow plastic, solid steeland hollow steel balls from aPASCO short- or long-rangeprojectile launcher.Order Information:Spherical Mass Set ..................................ME-8968219

Mechanics – Lab SuppliesBraided Physics StringSE-8050A 30-lb. TestThis braided Dacronstring is tough, resistsstretching and won’tunravel. Withstands upto 133 Newtons of force (equivalent to 13.6kg). Each roll provides 320 meters of string.Order Information:Braided Physics String ........................SE-8050Elastic Wave CordSE-9409Unlike a Slinky, thetension can be varied.In addition to theSlinky, this WaveCord is great for wave demonstrations.The cord is 3 mm in diameter. Each rollprovides 90 meters of cord.Order Information:Elastic Wave Cord.......................................SE-9409Yellow CordME-9876Glow StringSE-8690This stretchy “string” glows in the darkafter being exposed to light. Use it to demonstratewave motion, including resonanceand standing wave patterns. Two rolls areincluded, totaling over 15 meters of string.Order Information:Glow String (2 pack) ..............................SE-8690Plumb Bobs (10 pack)SE-8728No-Bounce PadSE-7347Stop falling objects from bouncingwith PASCO’s No-Bounce Pad. The30 cm x 30 cm x 2.5 cm dimensions ofthe pad provide an ample target for gravitydemonstrations. Prevents heavy objectsfrom damaging the floor and prevents fallingobjects from being damaged on impact.Order Information:No-Bounce Pad .............................................SE-7347Carbon Paper (100 pack)SE-8693Two rolls of highly visible braidedyellow cord. Total length of 140 meters.Order Information:Yellow Cord (2 pack)...............................ME-9876Rubber Cord(30 meters)ME-8986For Elastic Bumper (ME-8998)Also fits Air Track BumpersOrder Information:Rubber Cord(Spool of 30 m) .............................................ME-8986Black ThreadME-9875Includes three spools of Nylon black thread.Order Information:Black Thread (3 pack) ............................ME-9875220These finished steel plumb bobs areprecision machined to a fine point. Justslide a string through the hole in the topand tie a knot. The plumb bob hangsprecisely centered.Order Information:Plumb Bobs (10 pack) ...........................SE-8728Spirit Levels (10 pack)SE-8729These 23 cm long Spirit Levels have threevials with striped graduations to indicatevertical, horizontal and 45° alignment. Theframe is a durable plastic with tough acrylicvials. A magnetic tape allows no-handsleveling.Order Information:Spirit Levels (10 pack) ..........................SE-8729Carbon paper is ideal for marking theposition of an object as it strikes the flooror other surface.Order Information:Carbon Paper (100 sheets) .............SE-8693Coffee Filters (500 pack)SE-7252These 34 cm diameter coffee filters areideal for freefall and terminal velocityexperiments with the Motion Sensor.Order Information:Coffee Filters (500 pack) ....................SE-7252www.pasco.com

Mechanics – Lab SuppliesStorage BinsSE-7560These stackable plastic bins, with lids,are useful for storing sensors.14” long X 9.5” wide 6.9” high.GlasswareRugged borosilicate glassware for usein the physics lab, particularly useful forbuoying labs (shown on page 366).Order Information:Order Information:Storage Bins (set of 5) ......................................................................................SE-75603.8 Liter Plastic Container SetME-755914” cm x 14 cm x19.5 cm tall.100 ml Beaker (12 pack) ...............................................................................SE-72871000 ml Beaker (6 pack) ...............................................................................SE-728850 ml Graduated Cylinder (12 pack) .............................................SE-7289SyringesSE-7562 Large (60 ml)SE-7561 Small (24 ml)General purpose plastic syringes for use with our pressure sensors.These containers are great for experiments needing ice-water baths.See the Heat Engine Experiment on page 379 for an example.Order Information:3.8 Liter Plastic Container Set (set of 2) ...................................ME-7559Water ReservoirME-8594This calibrated 1000 ml cylinderis useful for experiments(as shown on page 269),requiring either a specificamount of water, a constantflow of water, or water ata constant pressure. Thecylinder has three hose connections,one for connectionto a source of water, one foroverflow, and an outlet nearthe bottom. The unit comeswith six meters of tubing andtwo restriction clips.Order Information:Large Syringe (5 pack) ......................................................................................SE-7562Small Syringe (5 pack)......................................................................................SE-7561Bumper Stickers(100 pack)SE-7590Use these bumperstickers as rewardsfor your students andto increase interestin physics.Order Information:Water Reservoir .........................................................................................................ME-8594Order Information:Bumper Stickers (100 pack) .......................................................................SE-7590221

Mechanics – BalancesOhaus Scout Pro BalancesSE-8756A (400 g)SE-8757A (2000 g)SE-8758A (6000 g)Ohaus Triple-Beam BalanceSE-8723 (without tare)SE-8707 (with tare)SpecificationsModel Catalog # Capacity Resolution Pan SizeSPE402 SE-8756A 0-400 g 0.01g 12cm diameterSPE2001 SE-8757A 0-2000 g 0.1 g 16.5cm x 4.2 cmSPE6000 SE-8758A 0-6000 g 1.0 g 16.5cm x 14.2 cmThe Scout Pro digital electronic balances from Ohaus combinerange, resolution and low cost, making them ideal for the studentphysics lab.Simple two-button operation and visual menu prompts allow studentsto begin weighing with minimal instruction. The large, crispdisplay is easily viewed from any angle so teachers can quicklycheck student results. A sealed front panel, molded spill ring andremovable Stainless Steel platforms provide protection from spillsand make Scout Pro easy to keep clean.Each Scout Pro balance includes a USB interface option for completeflexibility in Windows PC connectivity. By purchasing a USBConnection Kit (SE-8788), students can use these balances as asensor with DataStudio software.Ohaus mechanical balances have been the standard weighing instrumentsin student laboratories for decades. They’re accurate, easy touse, durable and inexpensive.FeaturesPrecision Ground Steel Knives: For exact measurements anda long balance life.Stainless Steel Weighing Pan: Easy to clean, lasts indefinitely.Magnetic Damping: For quick, true measurements.Simple Zero-Adjustment: Just zero the masses, then rotatethe knob.See Capacities in Table Below.Ohaus Cent-o-Gram BalanceSE-8725Order Information:Ohaus Scout Pro Balance, 400 g .........................................................SE-8756AOhaus Scout Pro Balance, 2000 g .....................................................SE-8757AOhaus Scout Pro Balance, 6000 g .....................................................SE-8758ARecommended:USB Connection Kit .............................................................................................SE-8788Ohaus Additional Mass SetSE-8708 (for Triple-Beam Balances)These additional masses canincrease the range of theOhaus Triple-Beam Balance byan additional 2 kg. Included area 0.5 kg and two 1 kg masses.Use with PASCO Model Nos.SE-8723 and SE-8707.Order Information:Ohaus Additional Mass Set .......................................................................SE-8708222SpecificationsProduct # SE-8723 SE-8707 SE-8725Ohaus Model 750-S0 760-00 311-00Type Triple-beam Triple-beam Cent-o-gramCapacity 610 g 610 g 311 gw/add’l.mass set 2610 g 2610 g N/AReadability 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.01 gTare None 225 g NoneOrder Information:Ohaus Triple-beam Balance (without tare) .............................SE-8723Ohaus Triple-beam Balance (with tare) .......................................SE-8707Ohaus Cent-o-Gram Balance ...................................................................SE-8725Recommended:Ohaus Additional Mass Set ........................................................................SE-8708www.pasco.com

Mass and Hanger SetME-8979 (1/2 g resolution)PASCO’s Mass and Hanger Set featuresprecision 5 gram mass hangers with steelposts, and “holed” masses that will not falloff the hanger. All the masses have theirvalues marked, and each hanger can holdup to 250 g.UniqueDesignAllowsvisibilityof smallermassesSteel PostFor strengthWrap threadin notch tohang withouttyingLarge Slotted Mass SetME-7589 (2 kg Set)Set Includes:One 1/2 kg masshanger, and three1/2 kg slottedmasses.Diameter ofmasses: 8 cm.Height ofhanger: 15 cm.Order Information:Large SlottedMass Set (2 kg Set) ............................ME-7589Short Mass Hanger .............................ME-7590Hooked Mass SetSE-8759Mechanics – MassesME-7566 (5 kg Set)Set Includes:One 1/2 kg mass hanger,and nine 1/2 kg slottedmasses.Diameter ofmasses: 8 cm.Height ofhanger: 36 cm.Order Information:Large SlottedMass Set (5 kg Set) ............................ME-7566Beck AngleMassHangerSE-9349Includes:Four mass hangers (5 g each) ± 2%Brass masses: ± 1%3 x 100 g 3 x 50 g 6 x 20 gAluminum masses: ± 1%3 x 10 g 3 x 5 gPlastic masses: ± 2%3 x 2 g 3 x 1 g 3 x 1/2 gMolded storage caseOrder Information:Mass and Hanger Set ......................... ME-8979Recommended:Mass and Hanger Spares Kit..... ME-8980(Contains four mass hangers and 10 each of2g, 1g, and 1/2g plastic masses)Replacement Mass Sets for ME-8979:5-gram Mass Set (set of 6) ........... ME-898110-gram Mass Set (set of 6) ........ ME-898220-gram Mass Set (set of 6) ....... ME-898350-gram Mass Set (set of 6) ....... ME-8984100-gram Mass Set (set of 6) .... ME-8985This rugged Hooked Mass Set is madefrom cast iron and coated with enamel.Includes:Masses: 1 x 1000 g 1 x 500 g 2 x 200 g1 x 100 g 1 x 50 g 2 x 20 g1 x 10 gMolded mass holderOrder Information:Hooked Mass Set .......................................SE-8759Ohaus HookedMass SetSE-8705Convenient when heavier masses(up to 2.1 kg) are required.Includes:Masses: 1 x 1000 g 1 x 500 g 2 x 200 g1 x 100 g 1 x 50 g 2 x 20 g1 x 10 gMolded mass holderOrder Information:Ohaus Hooked Mass Set ..................SE-8705For medium to heavy ap pli ca tions usingslotted masses, these fusion-weldedStainless Steel mass hangers are ideal.The angled design of this 50-51 gramhanger ensures the masses won’t slip off.Order Information:Beck Angle Mass Hanger .................SE-9349Slotted MassSE-8726A Set (10 g resolution)SE-8704A Set (1 g resolution)SE-8703A Hanger (50 g)This 50 grammass hangeris the standardhanger for theslotted massesshown.These slotted masses provide medium toheavy mass (up to 1.110 kg) with 1 or 10gram res o lu tion.The SE-8726A Set Includes:Masses: 1 x 500 g 2 x 200 g 1 x 100 g1 x 50 g 2 x 20 g 1 x 10 gThe SE-8704A Set Includes:The above masses plus a 5 g, 1 g, and two2 g. Mass hangers available separately.Order Information:10 g Slotted Mass Set ......................SE-8726A1 g Slotted Mass Set .......................SE-8704ASlotted Mass Hanger .........................SE-8703A223

Mechanics – StopwatchesPASCO StopwatchME-1234A No alarm or clockA Memory for stored event timesA Uses one AA batteryA Durable buttonsPASCO Stopwatch10 packME-1235A Includes Fitted Foam Storage BoxAre you tired of annoying stopwatchalarms going off all day? Areyour students stuck in the clock modeand can’t get their stopwatch backinto the timing mode? Does yourstopwatch stop working afterchanging that little watch battery?The PASCO stopwatch solves allthese problems!This stopwatch was designedspecifically for science timing.The modes of operation areintuitive and complete instructionsare included. The buttons are builtto last and it uses a single longlastingAA battery which is lessexpensive than a watch battery,and easier to install.TwoDisplayModes:MM:SS.SS (00:25.18) orDecimal Seconds (25.18s)Order Information:PASCOStopwatch10pack............ME-1235Digital StopwatchSE-8702CA Easy to UseA Start/Stop/ResetThe PASCO Stopwatch fits comfortably inyour hand, or sets on the table at aconvenient viewing angle.(Appearancemay vary)The EVENT/RECALL button allows you toview the last time, in case students forgetto write it down. The EVENT/RECALLbutton is also used to store and recall upto nine event times: For example, recorda series of events, such as times at whichsandbags were dropped along the gymfloor.224SpecificationsLEDDisplay: Visible indoors and outdoorsTwoDisplayModes: MM:SS.SS (01:25.34)or Decimal Sec (85.34s)Precision: 0.01 sec up to 59:59.99(MM:SS.SS) or 3599.99 sThen 1 sec to 99:59:59(HH:MM:SS) or 359999 sMaxNumberofEventTimes: NineAuto-offafteronehouridleCanbeusedwithalanyard (not included)IncludesAAbatteryandinstructionsheetOrder Information:PASCOStopwatch....................................ME-1234Features0.01SecondResolution:Time up to10 hours with 0.01 second resolutionSplitTimers:Measure two timessimultaneouslyCountdownTimerwithAlarmOrder Information:DigitalStopwatch................................SE-8702CStudent TimerSE-8768FeaturesInexpensive0.01SecondResolutionEasyOperation:Start/Stop,Reset and LapOrder Information:StudentTimer..........................................SE-8768www.pasco.com

Digital StroboscopeSF-9211A 1-300 Flashes per Second(18,000 RPM)A Digital Frequency ReadoutA Input and Output TriggerOrder Information:Order Information:Front Panel ViewBack Panel ViewCombines the mesmerizing fun of thetraditional strobe with a digital frequencyreadout for accurate, quantitative data.Vary the flash rate manually to slow or stopmotion, or trigger the flashes with an externalsignal so they stay in perfect synchronizationwith motion experiments.FeaturesDigitalDisplay:Large, bright digitsdisplay the flash rate in Hertz or RPMAutoSynch:Synchronize the flash withexperiments using a 3- to 50-volt inputsignalBright:Xenon flash tube with 14 cm widereflectorOrEvenBrighter:Use one PASCO strobeto trigger another (banana plug connectorsneeded)DigitalStroboscope..................... SF-9211Digital Mini-StrobeSE-9760A CompactA InexpensiveThis handheld DigitalMini-Strobe is easy to use,accurate and inexpensive, with a xenonlamp that provides plenty of light for allstandard applications.Aim the flash by hand or mount it on astandard tripod. The flash rate is adjustablefrom 100 to 10,000 FPM (flash/min)and can be read on the 4-digit LED display.Expect ±1-digit accuracy to 5000 FPM and0.05% accuracy for flash rates exceeding5000 FPM. Bulb life is 300 hours.Power cord included.DigitalMini-Strobe........................ SE-9760PASCO’s NEW modular LED Strobe makesit easy for students to visualize motion.StrobeME-6978A 1 Hz to 500 HzA Variable IntensityA Low CostUnique modular design makes iteasy to light any geometry. TheME-6978 Strobe includes theStrobe Control Box and one StrobeModule. Additional Strobe Modules(ME-6982) can be purchased separately(see below) for up to a totalof four lamp modules per controller,and multiple control boxescan be connected together usingthe External Trigger. The StrobeModules have a tilting lamp headon a sturdy base that sits on thetable or fastens to a rod stand.FeaturesDisplay frequency in Hz or rpmAdjustable light intensityExternal Trigger to Daisy-chainmultiple controllers togetherTrigger strobe using external inputsuch as the ME-9498A photogate.Specifications:FrequencyRange: 1 Hz to 500 HzResolution: 0.1 HzAccuracy: 0.1%LampLife: 50,000 hours.Brightness:230 lumens (peak)per moduleDigitalDisplayFrequencyAdjustmentLamp ON/OFFMechanics – StrobesExperimentshown usingME-6978 Strobe(with StrobeModule)and threeadditionalME-6982StrobeModules.Brightness ControlTilting lamp head on asturdy base sits on the tableor fastens to a rod stand.Order Information:Strobe..............................................................................................................................................................................ME-6978 (Includes Control Box and one Strobe Module)AdditionalStrobeModules..................................................................................................................ME-6982 Shown in use with:Small “A” Base ......................................................................................................................................................ME-8976 p. 212Stainless Steel Rod 60 cm long (threaded) ...................................................................ME-8977 p. 212225

Thermodynamics – Thermal ExpansionThermal Expansion ApparatusTD-8558AA Easier, More Sophisticated and More Accurate than Traditional EquipmentA Steel, Copper and Aluminum Tubes IncludedBuilt-in Dial GaugeSimple and very accurate measurementswith 0.01 mm resolution.Built-in ThermistorTogether with a digital ohmmeter,directly measures the temperatureof the tube (not the fluid movingthrough it).Resistance/TemperatureConversion ChartTube temperature is easilycalculated from this permanentlyaffixed chart.Heat with Steam or WaterSteam or water at any temperature canbe fed directly through the tube ratherthan using a troublesome water jacket.With PASCO’s Thermal Expansion Apparatus,students can accurately and easily investigatethe expansion of metals with increasingtemperature.How It WorksMeasure the length of a metal tube at roomtemperature. Then vary the temperature ofthe tube and remeasure its length to determinethe coefficient of linear expansion. Theconcept is simple (ΔL = αLΔT).FeaturesBuilt-in Dial Gauge: While some thermalexpansion units only give single point readingsof expansion, the PASCO dial gaugecontinuously measures as the rod expandsand gives an accurate measure of the rodexpansion (0.01 mm resolution).Built-in Thermistor: Temperature measurementis simple and accurate. Rather thanmeasuring the temperature of the steam orwater moving through the tubes, a 100 kΩ226Three Drop-in Metal TubesSteel, copper and aluminum.Input Jacks for Digital OhmmeterResistance of the 100 kΩ thermistor isproportional to the temperature of the tube.thermistor is placed in direct contact witheach tube. Equilibrium is quickly reached, andthe temperature can be determined using adigital ohmmeter. (Resistance-to-temperatureconversion table is permanently affixed to thebase.)Heat with Steam or Water: Since the fluidmoves through the tube, there is no troublesomewater jacket. The fluid used may besteam or water at any temperature. Studentsdon’t need to know the temperature be causethe thermistor measures the tube temperaturedirectly. This feature allows not only thecalculation of the coefficient of linear expansion,but also the determination of the linearityof the relationship between ΔL and ΔT.Three Drop-in Metal Tubes: Each tube snapsneatly onto the rigid base. The other two canbe simultaneously mounted on the base forconvenient storage.Digital Multimeter(Not included) measuresthermistor resistance.Includes:Base: 70 cm long extruded aluminum,with built-in dial gauge and thermistorExpansion tubes: steel, copper andaluminum; 16 mm dia.Foam insulatorLaboratory manualOrder Information:Thermal ExpansionApparatus ...............................TD-8558ARequired:Steam Generator ..........TD-8556A p. 229Basic Digital Multimeter(ohmmeter) ..........................SE-9786A p. 281www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – Thermal ExpansionCompact Thermal Expansion ApparatusTD-8578A CompactA 0.01 mm Dial GaugeInput Jacks for DigitalOhmmeterResistance of the thermistoris proportional to thetemperature of the tube.Built-in 100 kΩ ThermistorTogether with a digital ohmmeter, directlymeasures the temperature of the tube.Heat with Steam or WaterSteam or water at anytemperature can be feddirectly through the tube.Dial GaugeThree Drop-in Metal TubesBrass, copper and aluminum.The Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus provides experimentalresults within 5% of the accepted value, yet requires less storagespace (tubes are 46 cm long) and costs less than the ThermalExpansion Apparatus (TD-8558A).In this experiment, a metal tube expands as steam passes through it.Three tubes (brass, copper and aluminum) allow students to comparethe expansion of different materials. As the tube expands, one endis held fixed while a clip on the other end pushes against a 0.01 mmdivision dial gauge.Initial and final temperatures are determined by a 100 kΩ thermistor.A spring clip ensures good thermal contact to the tube and allowsthe thermistor to be changed between the three tubes provided.Insulation around the thermistor ensures accurate readings. Thethermistor is permanently wired to banana jacks for easy connectionto an ohmmeter.The free-standing base supports the apparatus on a table withouta clamp or stand. The base has storage slots for the three tubes.The entire apparatus requires a minimal amount of storage space.The working length of each tube is 35 cm.Using the Steam Generator (TD-8556A) and a digital multimeter, students canaccurately find the relationship between temperature and length of a solid.The TD-8578 Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus comescomplete with 0.01 mm dial gauge, three sample tubes (brass,copper and aluminum) and a thermistor.Order Information:Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus ............. TD-8578Required:Steam Generator ................................................................................... TD-8556A p. 229Digital Multimeter (ohmmeter) ........................................... SE-9786A p. 281227

Thermodynamics – Thermal ExpansionComputer-Based Thermal ExpansionTD-8579AThermal Expansion HolesSE-7328A Plate expands visiblyA Hole diameter increases as temperature risesA View on an overhead projectorNow students can see the length of the rod increase on a graph asthe temperature rises. In this computerized version of the PASCOCompact Thermal Expansion Apparatus, the change in rod length ismeasured by a Rotary Motion Sensor with a special adapter pin thatturns when in contact with the expanding rod.The temperature of the rod is measured using a 10 kΩ thermistor.The included cable can be connected to either a PASPORT TemperatureSensor or a ScienceWorkshop Thermistor Sensor to read thetemperature directly without need of a resistance-to-temperatureconversion chart.Similar to the classic ball and ring demonstration, the large disk initiallyfits in the large hole with a gap showing. Then when the largedisk is immersed in hot water, it expands and no longer fits into thehole. But this set has many other advantages. The expansions arelarge enough to see and measure with a meter stick.The large disk sitting in the hole can be put in a clear container andplaced on an overhead projector so students can see the gap. Thenwhen hot water is poured over both the disk and the sheet with thehole, students can still see the gap because both the disk and thehole are expanding.Also, the sheet has another smaller hole and a smaller disk which isslightly greater in diameter than the hole. Heating the plate causesthe hole to expand and the disk will then fit into the hole. Then if theplate and the disk are allowed to cool with the disk in the hole, thedisk will be stuck in the hole (although you can easily push it out).The Rotary Motion Sensormeasures the change in lengthof the expanding tube.Order Information:Computer-based Thermal Expansion ......................TD-8579ARequired for use with ScienceWorkshop:Steam Generator ..............................................................................TD-8556A p. 229Thermistor Temperature Sensor* ................................CI-6527A p. 77Rotary Motion Sensor ................................................................CI-6538 p. 74ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ....................................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:Steam Generator ..............................................................................TD-8556A p. 229Temperature Sensor .....................................................................PS-2125 p. 43Rotary Motion Sensor ................................................................PS-2120 p. 26PASPORT Interface .................................................................................................................p. 10-23*Note: Model CI-6527 is not compatible with this experiment.228Temperature (blue line),Expansion (brown line)Includes:Three Sample Tubes:copper, brass and aluminum.Plate dimensions: 20 cm x 28 cm x 0.5 cm12.4 cm diameter hole12.2 cm diameter disk7.07 cm diameter hole7.15 cm diameter diskIncludes:Plate with two holesLarge diskSmall diskManual with demonstrationsand experimentOrder Information:Thermal Expansion Holes ............................................................................SE-7328Required:Pan larger than the plateHot and cold waterwww.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – Thermal ExpansionLarge Scale ThermalExpansionSE-7327A See the pipe move as it expandsA Visual proof of the need for expansion jointsA Pipe disassembles for storageIn most thermal expansion apparatus a micrometer is required tomeasure the expansion. With this apparatus the expansion is on theorder of 2 cm and students can actually see it expand on, and easilycalculate the coefficient of expansion for the plastic.The assembled pipe is about six meters long and has a plate toclamp one end to a table. The clamped end has an upward turn forpouring hot water into and the free end has a downward turn foremptying into a bucket. An o-ring on the free end marks the positionof the pipe. Pouring a kettle full of hot (about 80°C) water throughthe pipe causes it to expand about 2 cm.Steam GeneratorTD-8556AA Variable Steam OutputA Rapid HeatingA Automatic Safety Shut-offHot flowing steam is essential to most introductory thermodynamicsexperiments. It’s inexpensive, plentiful and the perfect constanttemperature heat reservoir.This Steam Generator brings 3/4 of a liter of water to a boil in 10minutes and provides continuous steam at up to 10 gram/min. Abaster is also provided for removing hot water for experiments.Includes many convenience and safety features.Dual Steam PortsSupply­two­lab­groups­simultaneously.Rubber StopperFor­a­tight­seal­and­asafety­pressurerelease.Internal Electric HeaterNo­open­flame,­no­exposed­coils.Low WaterWarning LightHot water is pouredinto the funnel, andflows down the pipe.Extra-Wide BaseStable,­hard­to­tip­over.Variable Power(0 - 400 watts)Adjust­able­steam­flow.As the hot waterflows down thepipe, studentscan see thepipe expand.Pipe expandsover 2 cm.Here an Xplorer GLX is used to monitor the changein length of the sample as the heated tube rotatesthe spindle on the Rotary Motion Sensor.The change in temperatureis measured using thethermistor attached to thetemperature port on the GLX.Order Information:Steam Generator .....................................................................................................TD-8556AHot PlateSE-8830A Temperature range up to 400 °CA Built-in Support Rod holderIncludes:Four 1.5 m long plasticpipes with fittingsThis compact and durable hotplate can reach up to 400 °C inminutes. The cast aluminum topplate provides an even heatingsurface, and it even has a built insupport rod holder.Order Information:Large Scale Thermal Expansion ....................................SE-7327Required:Large “C” Clamp (6 pack) ......................................................SE-7285 p. 215Meter Stick (6 pack) .......................................................................SE-8827 p. 218Metric Measuring Tape ..............................................................SE-8712A p. 218Hot or cold waterThe SE-8830 has a built-in rod holderfor a 1/2 inch rod (not included).Order Information:Hot Plate .....................................................................................................................SE-8830229

Thermodynamics – Thermal ConductivityThermal Conductivity ApparatusTD-8561A Measure Heat Flow through Five Different MaterialsA Constant Temperature Differential Makes Calculations EasyA Easy to Use, No MessIce Melting BlocksSE-7317A Great Thermal Conductivity andHeat Capacity DemonstrationConstantTemperatureDifferential 0°CWater Run-off ChannelFor retrieving water frommelted ice.Plastic TubingFor connecting a steamgenerator.100°CNot ShownTwo Ice Molds,Instruction Manualand ExperimentGuide.Stand withInsulating PadsKeeps hot reservoir wellabove the table.Durable Test Materials12.7 cm square: glass, wood,polycarbonate, Masonite andSheetrock.One of the most important considerationsfor buildings in the modern world is theirability to provide good thermal insulation.This apparatus provides students a means ofobserving and quantifying heat flow acrossa constant temperature differential. Studentsuse five common materials as test samples—glass, wood, polycarbonate, Masonite ® andSheetrock.FeaturesNo Mess: Water from the melting ice runsoff into the measuring cup — not on the labtable.Durable Test Materials: Wood, Masonite andSheetrock are covered with a thin aluminumsheet for waterproofing and to ensure goodthermal contact.Elevated Steam Reservoir: Hot reservoiris well above the lab table to eliminate heatdamage.230Steam Generatorand cup notincluded.How It WorksA block of ice is placed against one side ofthe test material. The other side is clampedagainst a steam chamber, establishing aconstant 100°C temperature differential. Therate at which the ice is converted to water isa measure of the rate at which heat passesfrom the steam, through the test materialand into the ice.Includes:Stand with insulating padsSteam chamberIce molds (2)Materials; 12.7 cm square: glass, wood,polycarbonate, Masonite, SheetrockPlastic tubing for connecting steamgeneratorInstruction manual and experiment guideOrder Information:Thermal ConductivityApparatus ...............................TD-8561Required:Steam Generator ..........TD-8556A p. 229Graduated CylinderThe Ice Melting Blocks look similar, but arecomposed of different materials. One blockfeels cold to the touch while the other blockfeels slightly warm. Both blocks are at roomtemperature but have very different thermalconductivities and heat capacities.After allowing students to hold the blocks,ask them which block would melt ice morequickly. Place an ice cube on each block andwatch their amazement as the “cold” blockmelts the ice cube within two minutes. Themelting of the ice cube is barely noticeableon the “warm” block. The “cold” block isaluminum and has a much greater ability totransfer heat to the ice cube or the hand.The “warm” block is plastic, which doesnot conduct heat as well.Includes:Aluminum BlockPlastic BlockO-rings (2)Order Information:Ice Melting Blocks ....................................SE-7317www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – Heat Conduction ApparatusHeat Conduction ApparatusTD-8513A Heat Flow Through MetalsA Three Types of Metals, two cross-sectionsA Angstrom’s MethodThe Heat Conduction Apparatus shows the difference in the rateof heat conduction through bars made of different materials andthrough bars of the same material that have different cross-sectionalareas. The difference in temperature between points along each baris measured to quantify the rate of heat conduction.The Heat Conduction Apparatus has four metal bars (one aluminum,one stainless steel, two brass having different cross-sections). Oneend of each bar is heated or cooled by applying power to the Peltierdevice which is attached to one end. Each bar has two 10 kΩ thermistorsembedded in it about 3 cm apart from each other. A cable(male 8-pin mini-DIN to male 8-pin mini-DIN) is supplied to connectthe thermistors in this apparatus to the PASPORT Temperature Array(PS-2157) so data can be recorded from all eight sensors simultaneously.Foam insulators are supplied to cover the bars during theexperiment.A Peltier device heats one end of each of the different metal bars. Embeddedthermistors detect the rise in temperature along the bars.Temperature sensors at the end of each type of bar show the differentrates of conduction.The DC Power Supply (PI-9877) powers the Peltier Device and the thermistorsare read by the required Temperature Array (PS-2157).SpecificationsAluminum, stainless steel, brass bar dimensions:6.5 cm x 1.2 cm x 0.4 cmSecond brass bar dimensions: 6.5 cm x 0.7 cm x 0.4 cmMaximum Voltage Input for Peltier: 15 VDCBoard Size: 10 cm x 18.5 cmIncludes:Heat ConductionApparatus Circuit BoardCableFoam Insulation (2)The two temperature sensors in the aluminum bar record the difference intime of the temperature rise as heat is conducted through the bar.Order Information:Heat Conduction Apparatus .................................................... TD-8513Required:Temperature Array ............................................................................... PS-2157 p. 44PASPORT Interface ......................................................................................................................p. 10-23Recommended:DC Power Supply .................................................................................. PI-9877 p. 278231

Thermodynamics – CalorimetryBasic Calorimetry SetTD-8557AA An Affordable Introduction to ThermodynamicsStyrofoam calorimeter cups (7.5 cm inside diameter, 10 cm deep)have 1.3 cm thick walls for excellent thermal properties. Set includesthree different metal samples, a thermometer, plastic tubing and awater trap that prevents unwanted condensation of steam.Includes:Six calorimetersAlcohol Thermometer: 20 °C to 110 °C in 1° incrementsSamples of aluminum, copper and tungsten: 200 grams eachWater trap and plastic tubingInstruction manual and experiment guideEnergy Transfer – CalorimeterET-8499A Compare Electrical EnergyInput to Changes inInternal EnergyThe Energy Transfer – Calorimeterincludes two nested aluminumcups with an air space in betweenfor insulation. While most calorimetersuse a coil to heat the water,PASCO’s design features a 10 Ωheating resistor mounted to acircuit board. Using temperature,voltage and current sensorsstudents can investigate therelationship between the inputenergy and heat transfer intothe water.Approximately 470 Joulesof energy were added to thewater using the Hand CrankGenerator (EM-8090)Order Information:Basic Calorimetry Set ...................................................................... TD-8557ARequired:Steam Generator ................................................................................... TD-8556A p. 229Ohaus Triple-Beam Balance ..................................................... SE-8723 p. 222Replacement Supplies:Calorimetry Cups (set of 6) ...................................................... TD-8825ASpecific Heat SetSE-6849This specific heat set has five different materials, all having thesame mass (80 g). Each has a hole to tie a loop of string to hang thesamples in water.Includes:Aluminum:1.25” D x 1.5” hBrass:3/4” D x 1.5” hStainless Steel: 3/4” D x 1.44” hZinc: 3/4” D x 1.58” hCopper: 0.625” D x 1.8” hOrder Information:Specific Heat Set ................................................................................... SE-6849Recommended:Calorimetry Cups (set of 6) ...................................................... TD-8825A232Includes:Outer Aluminum Cup (8.9 cm tall, 4.7 cm dia)Inner Aluminum Cup (7.5 cm tall, 3.8 cm dia)Plastic LidTwo-Hole Rubber StopperHeating Resistor with Input CablesOrder Information:Energy Transfer – Calorimeter ............................................... ET-8499Recommended for use with ScienceWorkshop:Hand Crank Generator .................................................................... EM-8090 p. 270Temperature Sensor .......................................................................... CI-6605A p. 77Voltage Sensor.......................................................................................... CI-6503 p. 79Current Sensor.......................................................................................... CI-6556 p. 79ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface .............................................................p. 68-72Recommended for use with PASPORT:Hand Crank Generator .................................................................... EM-8090 p. 270Temperature Sensor .......................................................................... PS-2125 p. 43Voltage/Current Sensor.................................................................. PS-2115 p. 48PASPORT Interface .......................................................................................................................p. 10-23www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – Equivalent of HeatMechanical Equivalent of HeatApparatusTD-8551AA Accurate to 5%A Rugged Ball-Bearing ConstructionA Thermistor— No Thermometer to BreakEnergy Transfer – FrictionET-8770A Demonstrates Frictional HeatingA Real-Time Computer Measurement of Work Doneand Resulting Temperature IncreaseA Brass and Aluminum CylinderThis Mechanical Equivalent of HeatAppara tus provides an updatedversion of one of Joule’s mostimportant experiments;converting mechanicalwork to thermal energy.Crank CounterCounts the number of turnson the handle.Double Ball BearingsMinimize the wear onmoving parts.Work is done by pulling on the yellow cord wrapped around the2.5 cm diameter cylinder and lifting the mass. Using a RotaryMotion Sensor and a Force Sensor, a real-time graph of powerversus time can be generated by DataStudio. The area under thiscurve is the work performed.A 10 kΩ thermistor is used to determine the temperature of thecylinder. A PASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125) is used tograph the temperature real-time in DataStudio.ThermistorEmbedded in thecylinder, it has lowerthermal mass than athermometer and isless breakable.How It WorksTurn the crank to perform a measurable amount of work. Thecrank turns an aluminum cylinder. A flat nylon rope is wrappedseveral times around the cylinder. As the crank is turned, the frictionbetween the rope and the cylinder is just enough to support amass hanging from the other end of the rope. This ensures that thetorque acting on the cylinder is constant and measurable. A counterkeeps track of the number of turns of the crank. The thermal energyis measured by monitoring the temperature of the cylinder using theembedded thermistor.With this apparatus, the equivalence of work and heat is easilyestablished to within 5%.Includes:Base, cylinder, crank and counterwith a built-in table clamp2.7 meters of flat nylon rope1-gallon can that can be filledwith a measured mass of sandor water (if 10 kg of laboratorymasses are not available)Order Information:Durable ConstructionConstructed primarily of steel andaluminum, there’s virtually nothingto break. The thermistor isprotected in the cylinder.Laboratory manual includingtheory, step-by-step instructionsand data tablesThe area under the powervs. time curve shows68.4 J of work done. Thetemperature increase of2.7 °C results in 51.3 J(75%) of the work doneconverted to thermalenergy.Includes:Support base withplastic mounting boltBrass and aluminum cylindersYellow friction cordThermistor Temperature CableThe work done is measuredusing a Force Sensor anda Rotary Motion Sensor.The amount of thermalenergy transferred to thecylinder is measured using aTemperature Sensor.Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus ........... TD-8551ARequired:Basic Digital Multimeter ............................................................... SE-9786A p. 281Triple-beam Balance .......................................................................... SE-8707 p. 222A refrigerator (or ice) for cooling the cylinder below room temperature.Calipers and a thermometer for measuring room temperature arehelpful, but not necessary.Replacement Supplies:Brush (single) ............................................................................................. TD-8583Cylinder .............................................................................................................. TD-8582Order Information:Energy Transfer – Friction ............................................................ ET-8770Required:Small C Clamp (6 pack) ................................................................. SE-7286 p. 215Hooked Mass Set .................................................................................. SE-8759 p. 223Required for use with PASPORT:Force Sensor ............................................................................................... PS-2104 p. 28Rotary Motion Sensor ..................................................................... PS-2120 p. 26Temperature Sensor .......................................................................... PS-2125 p. 43233

Thermodynamics – Equivalent of HeatElectrical Equivalent ofHeat ApparatusTD-8552A Investigate the Equivalenceof Heat and Electrical EnergyA Determine the Efficiency of aLightbulbMechanical Equivalent ofHeat TubeET-8781A Compare change in gravitationalenergy to change in thermalenergyA Monitor real-timetemperature changesThermal HammerET-8779A Converts mechanical energy tothermal energyA Monitor real-time temperaturechangesThis Electrical Equivalent of Heat Apparatusis straightforward and accurate. First, fillthe clear plastic jar with water and insertthe lightbulb. Measure the voltage andcurrent into the bulb to determine theelectrical energy input. Then measure thetemperature rise of the water to determinethe heat that is produced.Make the measurement once with clearwater so only thermal energy is absorbed,then again with India ink in the water so allthe radiant energy is absorbed. The electricalequivalent of heat can then be verified.As a bonus, students can calculate the efficiencyof a standard lightbulb.How It Works:As the tube is turned over,the steel balls fall the lengthof the tube and strike thethin, metal plate at one end.Embedded in the metalplate is a fast-responsethermistor which is usedto continuously measurethe temperature of theplate. The thermistorcan be directly pluggedinto either the PASPORTTemperature Sensor(PS-2125) orScienceWorkshopThermistor TemperatureSensor (CI-6527A).How It Works:Students hit the hammer on a foamsquare (included) and the small, steelballs within the hammer strike a thin,metal plate. Embedded in the metalplate is a fast-response thermistor whichis used to continuously measure thetemperature of the plate. The thermistorcan be directly plugged into either thePASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125) orScienceWorkshop Thermistor TemperatureSensor (CI-6527A).Includes:Calorimeter: Fully heat-resistant clearplastic jarLamp assembly: Lamp is fixed to the lidof the calorimeter and is soldered directlyto the terminal posts to minimize resistivelosses in the circuit and to prolong the lifeof the bulbStyrofoam insulators (2)India inkOrder Information:Electrical Equivalent ofHeat Apparatus ............TD-8552Required:Power Supply .................SE-8587 p. 279or:equivalent source providing 3 A at 12 VDigitalMultimeter (2) ................SE-9786A p. 281AlcoholThermometer ..................SE-9084A p. 247234The “loss” in gravitational energy is compared to theincrease in thermal energy of the metal plate.Typical Applications:A Conservation of Energy studiesA Analogy for the “disappearance” ofkinetic energy during a collisionIncludes:Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube(70 cm length, 4 cm diameter)Built-in Fast Response Thermistor ProbeSteel Balls (60)Order Information:Mechanical Equivalentof Heat Tube ................................... ET-8781Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop Interface ..........p. 68-72ThermistorTemperature Sensor ........... CI-6527A p. 77Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ................................. p. 10-23Temperature Sensor ........... PS-2125 p. 43The temperature of the thin, metal plate riseseach time the steel balls impact its surface.Typical Applications:A Conservation of Energy studiesA Analogy for the “disappearance” ofkinetic energy during a collisionIncludes:Thermal HammerBuilt-in Fast ResponseThermistor ProbeSteel Balls (60)Foam Squares (2) (10 cm x 10 cm)Order Information:Energy Transfer –Thermal Hammer ................... ET-8779Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop Interface ........p. 68-72ThermistorTemperature Sensor ...........CI-6527A p. 77Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ................................p. 10-23Temperature Sensor ...........PS-2125 p. 43www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – Gas LawAdiabatic Gas Law ApparatusTD-8565A Investigate the Compressionof GasesA Computer Monitors Temperature,Pressure and VolumeVolume TransducerA linear potential dividermonitors the position ofthe piston.Compression IgniterTD-8577A Adiabatic compression ignites paper!A Works every timeA Durable and cleanablePut a small piece of tissue paper into the cylinder andquickly push down on the piston. In a quick compressionthere is no time for heat to be exchanged betweenthe air inside and its surroundings, causingthe temperature to rise well above thecombustion temperature of paper.Students will beamazed to see thepaper catch on firewithout a match.Plastic Safety ShieldPrecision Glass TubeThree SignalCablesCarry the volume,pressure andtemperaturesignals to thecomputer.TemperatureSensorMeasures rapid changesin temperature as theresistance of a finenickel wire changes.Optional ForcePlatformDataStudio monitorspressure,temperature andvolume as a gasis compressedrapidly.PistonExperimentsPASCO’s Adiabatic Gas Law can be usedwith the ScienceWorkshop Interface. Thecomputer functions as a 3-channel storageos cil lo scope, plotting graphs of pressure,temper a ture and volume as well as integratingthe area under a pressure versusvolume curve to determine the work doneon the gas.Includes:Adiabatic Gas Law ApparatusInstruction manual, experiment guideSignal Cables: (3.5 mm plug to 5-pin DIN)Power Adapter: 9V DC @ 1AOrder Information:Adiabatic Gas Law Apparatus ...................TD-8565Required:A computer with an interface that will accept threeanalog signals simultaneously via 5 or 8-pin DINconnectors such as: PASCO’s ScienceWorkshop 500and 750 Interfaces.BottomEasy CleanoutThis Compression Igniter has been speciallydesigned to be cleanable. The bottom screws offto clean out the soot and to load the paper. Thelarge piston handle decreases the pressure onyour hand and makes it easier to hit the pistonquickly.The glass tube is surrounded by plastic for safety,and in the event that the glass tube breaks, theglass tube can be replaced.Includes:Compression IgniterSpare Glass Tube with “O” RingsCleaning WireComplete instructions with theoryPressure data is calculated using the forcemeasured by the Force Platform. The datashown in the above graph gives (assumingadiabatic) a compression ratio of nearly 20:1,and a peak temperature of over 700 o C.Order Information:Compression Igniter ..................................TD-8577Replacement Tubes (2)............................TD-8498Shown in use with:Force PlatformPASPORT ..................................................................PS-2141 p. 31Force PlatformScienceWorkshop..........................................CI-6461 p. 76235

Thermodynamics – Gas LawsAbsolute Zero ApparatusTD-8595A Constant volume sphereA Measure pressure and temperature directlyusing PASCO sensorsA Empirically determine theabsolute zero temperatureMolecular Motion ModelSF-8563A Demonstrate the Kinetic Theoryof gasesA Model the relationship betweenPressure, Volume and TemperatureThe Absolute Zero Sphere is an effectivetool for determining absolute zerotemperature. Connect a PressureSensor and Temperature Sensor (eitherPASPORT or ScienceWorkshop) andimmerse the sphere in water bathsof several different temperatures. Asthe pressure and temperature change,a graph displays these changes inDataStudio. Once the data is collected,students can use a linear fit to extrapolatethe value of absolute zero.Temperature and Pressure data is taken for threetemperature water baths. The experiment is repeated with a different amount of gas initially in thesphere. The slopes of the two graphs reflect the change in the number of moles of gas, and bothgraphs extrapolate to about the same value for absolute zero.Typical ApplicationsA Experimentally determine the temperature of absolute zeroA Investigate the relationship between pressure and temperature(Gay-Lussac’s Law)A Discover the Ideal Gas LawAbsolute Zero Apparatus being used withPS-2146 Pressure/Temp Sensor.Maxwell’s kinetic theory of gases is thelong-established point of entry into thedifficult but rewarding theory of statisticalmechanics. This Molecular MotionModel provides a concrete, qualitativeintroduction.Fifty-one chromed steel balls representthe molecules of a gas in a closed vessel.Heat is simulated by supplying vibrationsfrom a wave driver. When this externalenergy is applied, the steel balls exert apressure on the container, forcing the topof the container upward. The relationshipbetween temperature, pressure andvolume is clearly demonstrated. Studentsalso gain insight into the effects oftemperature and height on the density ofan ideal gas in a gravitational field. It can beused on an overhead projector.As the “temperature” rises,the “gas” expands.Includes:Absolute Zero SphereBuilt-in Fast ResponseThermistor ProbeQuick Connect Pressure Port236Order Information:Absolute Zero Sphere ............................................TD-8595Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop Interface ...............................................................p. 68-72Thermistor Temperature Sensor* ............CI-6527A p. 77Absolute Pressure Sensor.................................CI-6532A p. 76Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ........................................................................................p. 10-23Pressure/Temperature Sensor......................PS-2146 p. 42orTemperature Sensor .................................................PS-2125 p. 43Absolute Pressure Sensor.................................PS-2107 p. 41*Note: Model CI-6527 is not compatible with this apparatus.Order Information:Molecular MotionModel ................................................SF-8563Required:Mechanical WaveDriver ................................................SF-9324 p. 292Required:Sine WaveGenerator.....................................WA-9867 p. 289orFunction Generator .........PI-8127 p. 284www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – Gas LawsIdeal Gas Law ApparatusTD-8596AA Experimentally determine the Ideal Gas LawA Large syringe for accurate volume measurementsA Built-in fast-response thermistorInvestigating the Ideal Gas Law is simple using PASCO’s Ideal Gas Law Syringe. By connecting aPressure Sensor and a Temperature Sensor to this syringe, students can quantitatively look at therelationships between pressure, temperature and volume.How It WorksA low thermal mass thermistor is mounted within the syringe for real-time measurement oftemperature changes inside the syringe. Tubing and a quick connect port allows a PressureSensor to be directly connected to the syringe. As the plunger of the syringe is depressed,the volume decreases while pressure and temperature increase. The data will help studentsbetter understand the Ideal Gas Law.PV = nRTA mechanical stop is included on the syringe plunger to prevent damage of the thermistorwithin the syringe and to allow quick (adiabatic) volume changes.Typical ApplicationsA Discover or verify the Ideal Gas LawA Investigate relationships such as pressure vs. temperature(Gay-Lussac’s Law), pressure vs. volume (Boyle’s Law)and temperature vs. volume (Charles’ Law)A Calculate the number of moles of air in the syringe basedon pressure, temperature and volume measurementsThe measured values of Temperature and Pressure are used by DataStudio ®to calculate the Volume. The student can compare this calculated volume tothe actual volume on the syringe in real-time.Includes:Ideal Gas Law SyringeBuilt-in Fast Response Thermistor ProbeQuick Connect Pressure PortOrder Information:Slope of the Volume vs. —T graph equals nR.PIdeal Gas Law Apparatus ..............................................................................TD-8596ARequired for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop Interface ............................................................................................................p. 68-72Thermistor Temperature Sensor* .......................................................CI-6527A p. 77Absolute Pressure Sensor............................................................................CI-6532A p. 76Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ....................................................................................................................................p. 10-23Pressure/Temperature Sensor.................................................................PS-2146 p. 42orTemperature Sensor ............................................................................................PS-2125 p. 43Absolute Pressure Sensor............................................................................PS-2107 p. 41*Note: Model CI-6527 is not compatible with this experiment.237

Thermodynamics – ThermoelectricThermal Efficiency ApparatusTD-8564A Real Investigation into Carnot EfficiencyA Heat Engines & Heat PumpsA 5% AccuracyThe Thermal Efficiency Apparatus is a real heat enginethat can be used to investigate and clarify the principlesat work in Carnot’s ideal heat engine. Like Carnot’s model,it can be operated as a heat engine, converting heat intowork, or operated in reverse as a heat pump, transferringheat from a cold source to a hot source. Results aretypically accurate to better than 5%.How it WorksThe key element is a Peltier device, a semiconductor that turnsthermal energy into electrical energy. The device is sandwichedbetween two blocks of aluminum which act as the hot and coldreservoirs. One block is water-cooled using the built-in pump. Theother is electrically heated. A 100 kΩ thermistor is implanted in eachblock so temperatures can be measured with a digital ohmmeter.The energy supplied to this heat engine is the electrical energy usedto heat the aluminum block. The heat engine does work by runninga current through the load resistor. Both the energy in and the workout are easily determined by measuring currents and voltages.Measure the real efficiencyof a heat engine whenoperated between differenttemperature differentials.To 9 VDCAdapter(included)CoolingWaterIn/out portsLoadResistorsThermistor ConnectionsPeltier DeviceTypical Experiments1. Real Efficiency vs. Temperature Difference2. Carnot Efficiency3. Heat Pump Coefficient of Performance4. Thermal Conductivity5. Load for Optimum PerformanceCheck out the experiments on the web atwww.pasco.comOrder Information:Thermal Efficiency Apparatus ............................................... TD-8564Required:Basic-Digital Multimeter(s) (four needed) ............. SE-9786A p. 281Triple Output Power Supply .................................................... SE-8587 p. 279or:Two voltmeters, two ammeters, one ohmmeter and a power supplyproviding 12 VDC @ up to 3 AHow Peltier Devices WorkThe apparatus on these two pages use a thermoelectric Peltier device as the basis of the heat engine/heat pump system.Power SupplyInputs for heaterThermistorConversionChartHeat PumpA Peltier device is constructed of two ceramic plateswith p and n semiconductors in between. As DC currentis passed through the device, one plate warms and theother plate cools and the voltage across and currentthrough the Peltier device can be measured.WorkAluminum(Hot Side)Q hPeltier DeviceQ cAluminum(Cold Side)Hot SideCold SideII+–DCVoltageHeat EngineUsing the temperature difference across its plates, the Peltierdevice generates current as the plates move to an equilibriumtemperature. The current and voltage generated by the Peltierdevice can be used with output load resistors to determinethe energy generated. The generated energy can be comparedto the input energy to determine appropriate efficiencies.Furthermore, the effects on efficiency when changing the loadresistance or temperature difference between the plates canbe examined.WorkAluminum(Hot Side)Q hPeltier DeviceQ cAluminum(Cold Side)Hot SideCold SideIILoadResistor238www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – ThermoelectricEnergy Transfer – ThermoelectricET-8782A Fully Functional Heat Pump and Heat EngineA Use Voltage and Current Sensors to Measure Energy ConversionsA Temperature Sensors can Monitor both Reservoir TemperaturesA Models a Refrigeration SystemOutput PortsMeasure current andvoltage in Peltier deviceto determine energy input.Cooling FanProvides additionalheat dissipation fromhot side of Peltierdevice.Temperature PortsA 10 kΩ thermistormounted in eachaluminum plate of thePeltier device is usedto continuously measuretemperature.Knife SwitchUse to togglebetween heatengine and heatpump modes ofoperation.Load ResistorsFor outputefficiencystudies of thePeltier device.Peltier DeviceTwo aluminum plates are fastened to each side of thesemi-conductor Peltier device. One plate heats while theother cools when DC current passes through the device.The Energy Transfer - Thermoelectric circuit board helps students better understand heatengines and heat pumps. Using a Peltier device, cooling and heating effects can be observedand measured using PASCO probeware. In addition, a cooling fan, heat sink and foam insulationcan be used to determine their effect on the heating and cooling of the Peltier device.Thermoelectric ConverterTD-8550AA Demonstrate theFirst Law ofThermodynamicsA ReversibleFeaturesDemonstrates that a temperature differentialis essential for extracting usable energyProduces electrical energy from atemperature differentialProduces a temperature differentialwith electrical energy15 cm tall with 6 cm diameter fanHow It WorksThe Thermoelectric Converter uses a seriesof semiconductor thermoelectric cellsto convert thermal energy into electricalenergy. The output from the cells drives asmall electric motor.Heat to Electrical EnergyPlace one leg of the ThermoelectricConverter into cold water, the other intohot. The fan turns as the converter drawsenergy from the hot source (typically a 50°Ctemperature differential is required).Electrical Energy to HeatPass a current (3 A DC at 5 V) through theThermoelectric Converter. It acts as a “heatpump.” One leg becomes warmer while theother becomes cooler.As the device is switched from heat pump to heatengine, DataStudio displays Power, Energy, HeatTransfer, and Temperature.Includes:Energy Transfer –Thermoelectric CircuitBoardHeat SinkOrder Information:Foam Insulation (2)Thermistor TemperatureCables (2)Short Patch Cords (8)Energy Transfer – Thermoelectric ......................................................................................................ET-8782Required:Power Supply (18 Volt DC, 5 A) ..........................................................................................................SE-9720A p. 279Recommended for use with PASPORT:Voltage/Current Sensor.................................................................................................................................PS-2115 p. 48Quad Temperature Sensor ........................................................................................................................PS-2143 p. 43Fast Response Temperature Probe .................................................................................................PS-2135 p. 44PASPORT Interface ............................................................................................................................................................................................p. 10-23Order Information:When atemperaturedifferential isestablishedbetween thetwo legs, thefan turns.ThermoelectricConverter ..............................TD-8550ARequired:Containers for holding hot water, cold water,etc.Triple OutputPower Supply ..................SE-8587 p. 279AlcoholThermometer ...................SE-9084A p. 247239

Thermodynamics – Heat EnginePASCO Heat EngineA Measure the actual efficiency of a real heat engine,and bring the concept of P-V diagrams to life.A PASCO Heat Engine: Extracts heat from a large hot-waterreservoir and does work to lift a weight.A Real-time Graph: The heat engine cycle is traced on aPressure vs. Volume graph as the engine goes through eachpart of its cycle, closing the cycle as waste heat is exhausted tothe ice-water reservoir.A Heat Engine Efficiency: Students compare the area inside theP - V cycle to the actual work done lifting the weight, and seehow the efficiency of this heat enginecompares to the theoretical maximum.The DataStudio® graph above shows an isobaric/isothermal heat engine cycleoperating between a cold water bath at 0.5°C and a hot water bath at 53.0°C.RotaryMotionSensorWork(Lifting Mass)When the air chamber is moved from the cold waterbath to the hot bath, the piston moves up and liftsthe 200 g mass, doing work. The mass is removed,and then the air chamber is returned to the cold bath,creating an isobaric/isothermal cycle.Cold Reservoir(Ice water bath)T cHot Reservoir(Hot water bath)T hQ cQ hHeat Engine200 gMassHeat Engine(Air filled cylinder with piston)Give meaning to the abstract drawing of a heat engine cycleand let your students see the connection to the real world.Cold BathAir ChamberGraphite PistonUltra-Low FrictionThe built-in temperature ports of the XplorerGLX monitor the Hot and Cold water baths,the Rotary Motion Sensor measures theposition of the Heat Engine piston, and thepressure of the air inside the Heat Engine ismeasured using the Dual Pressure Sensor. Thegraph is drawn in real time on the GLX screenas the heat engine is taken through its cycle.DualPressureSensorIncludes:Heat EngineAir ChamberRubber Stoppers(one and two hole)Tubing with QuickConnect FittingsShut-off Valve and One-way ValveHot BathTemperatureSensorsOrder Information:Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus ............................TD-8572Xplorer GLX..................................................PS-2002Dual Pressure Sensor .......................PS-2181Rotary Motion Sensor ....................PS-2120Xplorer GLX3 Liter PlasticContainer Set (2)....................................ME-7559Small “A” Base ..........................................ME-897660cm Rod .........................................................ME-8977240www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – Heat EngineHeat Engine AccessoryTD-8581The Heat Engine Accessory includes a set ofparts for those items in the Heat Engine/Gas LawApparatus most likely to need replacement afterextensive use.Includes:Air ChamberRubber Stoppers(one and two hole)Tubing with Quick Connect FittingsShut-off Valve and One-way ValveOrder Information:Heat Engine Accessory ....................................................................................TD-8581Small Piston Heat EngineTD-8592A Small Piston (8.1 mm dia.) is More Sensitive toPressure and Temperature ChangesA Connect to Heat Engine to Study Pascal’s PrincipleThe Small Piston Heat Engine features a piston with one-quarterthe surface area of the original Heat Engine (TD-8572). It includesthe same high-quality Pyrex cylinder and low-friction graphitepiston. In addition, the Quick Connect ports allow the two heatengines to be used with one another or with the same set ofaccessories.Pascal’s Principal is demonstrated byconnecting two pistons of different diameters.More weight is required on the bigger piston tobalance the weight on the smaller piston.Shown with TD-8572 Heat Engine.Thermobile NitinolHeat EngineSE-9089A Simple Heat EngineBased on NitinolMemory WireA Instructions IncludedThe Thermobile is aNitinol wire (memorywire) loop around twowheels. Nitinol (nickeltitanium)wire is calledmemory wire becauseit returns to its originalshape when heated. Inthis case, the wire hasbeen programmed by holding it in a straight line while heating it toa high temperature. After cooling, the straight wire was wrappedaround the two pulleys.When the brass wheel is immersed in hot water, the wheels willbegin to turn. When the brass wheel heats up, the wire in contactwith it is heated, and tries to straighten out. When the wheel isspinning, the wire on one side of the wheel is hotter and bows outmore than the other end. This results in an unbalanced torque on thewheel, causing it to turn.Typical ApplicationsA Investigate Pascal’s PrincipleA Demonstrate a Real-Time Heat Engine CycleIncludes:Small Piston Heat EngineAir Chamber with RubberStopperPlastic Tubing withQuick-Connect FittingsIncludes:Thermobile Heat Engineincludes instructionmanual andstorage box.Order Information:Thermobile Nitinol Heat Engine ........................................................SE-9089Order Information:Small Piston Heat Engine ............................................................................TD-8592241

Thermodynamics – Heat EngineGlass Stirling EngineSE-8636Low Delta-T StirlingEngineSE-8576A“Visible” Stirling EngineSE-8575A Runs on 4˚C ΔTA Ultra-lowFrictionSee the pistons at work. Look inside theglass cylinders at the Stirling Cycle principlein action. This engine is extremelyinteresting to watch, is well built, and runsat speeds up to 1500 RPM. To illustrate theversatility of a Stirling Engine, we provide aburner for denatured alcohol and a platformfor solid fuel. A sample quantity of ESBITdry fuel is supplied with the engine as well.The SE-8576A Stirling Engine runs on theheat from a warm hand (approximately a4 °C differential from room temperature).This beautifully made engine featuringhigh precision components, low- frictiongraphite piston, ball bearings and counterweightedcranks will amaze students.When it’s not used in class, teachers canset it on the back of their computer monitorand explain thermodynamics to studentswho come into their office.Order Information:Low Delta-TStirling Engine .........................................SE-8576AStirling EngineSE-8562A Stirling Engine is a straightforward, practicalexample of a heat engine. A pistoncoupled to a foam air displacer shufflesair back and forth between hot and coldreservoirs. The expansion and contractionof air as it is heated and cooled drives theengine.This “Visible” Stirling Engine will run whilesitting on top of an ice bath, a hot coffeemug or even a dish of ice cream.It provides a vivid demonstration of thethermodynamics of a Stirling Engine.FeaturesEasily Visible: All movable parts are clearlyvisible for a more in-depth demonstrationSmall Temperature Differences: Runs ontemperature differentials as low as 20 °CFlexible Piston: Piston is a grey siliconerubber diaphragm that moves so studentscan see the air expand and contractBoth cylinders are transparent so the action of thepistons can be viewed.Features:Gyro-quality ball bearingsMachined flywheelAluminum cooling finsReplaceable,adjustable Pyrex® heat capReplaceable Pyrex® power cylinderDual fuel capabilitySolid hardwood platformCompletely assembled and ready to runSpecifications:9” length x 4” height x 6” width.Order Information:Glass Stirling Engine ......................SE-8636242This sturdy engine is manufactured completelyfrom precision-machined metalparts. Simply add a little alcohol (denaturedis recommended— do not use “rubbing”alcohol) for fuel and a match.The included book, Stirling Cycle Engines,includes over 100 pages of history, illustrationsand descriptions of the operation ofvarious Stirling engines.Order Information:Stirling Engine .........................................SE-8562Required: Denatured AlcoholOrder Information:“Visible” Stirling Engine .............SE-8575Visible Stirling Engine KitSE-8590This kit includes all the parts and instructionsto build the Visible Stirling EngineSE-8575 shown above. No machining isrequired. Some common hand tools andglue are required but not included.Order Information:Visible Stirling Engine Kit .........SE-8590www.pasco.com

Thermodynamics – RadiationSolar Constant SetTD-8497Radiation CansTD-8570AA Measure the Temperature of Three Cylinders inReal-TimeA Discover the Rate at which Radiant Energy isReceived from the SunThe Solar Constant Setincludes five cylinders, three ofwhich have identical size andmass. One cylinder is paintedwhite, one is painted black andone has a shiny finish. A blackbrass cylinder of equal sizeand a black aluminum cylinderof twice the radius are alsoincluded. Using the includedbracket and a standard ringstand, these cylinders can beused to discover the solar constant or to simply compare the energytransfer to the various cylinders.How it WorksThe cylinders are each placed on a Temperature Sensor and securedin the bracket. The cylinders are then taken outside and positionedsuch that each cylinder is perpendicular to the sun’s light rays. Usinga fourth temperature probe (such as our Fast Response PS-2135),the ambient temperature can be measured throughout the entireexperiment. Collect temperature vs. time data for approximately20 minutes.These three aluminum cans have different surface finishes:Silver (unpainted), White and Flat Black. They are 15 cm high, andhold about 350 ml of water. Their large thermal mass ensuresgood results with both temperature probes and standard glassthermometers. Fill them with cool water and place them outsidein the sunlight to investigate the effect of the surface finish onsolar heating. Or place them inside filled with hot water to discoverNewton’s Law of Cooling, as shown above.(Temperature probes not included)Data shows that the black cylinder heatsup most quickly. After 20 minutes thewhite cylinder is the coolest. The slopeof the temperature vs. time graph showsthe rate of temperature change when theblack cylinder reaches ambient temperature.This slope, along with the mass andsurface area of the cylinder, gives a valuefor the solar constant of 1150 W/m2.The Black, White, andSilver Radiation Cansare filled with hotwater, and allowedto cool.Includes:Black, White and PolishedAluminum Cylinder1.9 cm dia x 3.8 cm longBlack Brass Cylinder (same size)Black Aluminum Cylinder(twice the radius)Mounting Bracket with Rod ClampOrder Information:Solar Constant Set.........................................................................TD-8497Required for use with PASPORT:Quad Temperature ...........................................................................PS-2143 p. 43Temperature Probe (three needed) ...........................PS-2153 p. 44PASPORT Interface ................................................................................................................p. 10-23Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Temperature Sensor (three needed)........................CI-6605A p. 77ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ......................................................p. 68-72Order Information:Radiation Cans (set of three) .................................................................TD-8570AThermodynamics KitCI-6514AMeasure the electrical equivalentof heat and investigate thermalabsorption and radiation. The kitincludes a 10 Ω/10 W heatingresistor with a thermal cutoffswitch for safety, and black, whiteand polished metal containers.Order Information:Thermodynamics Kit.....................................................................................CI-6514A243

Thermodynamics – RadiationThermal Radiation LaboratoryTD-8855Thermal Radiation Cube(Leslie’s Cube)TD-8554AA Low-TemperatureRadiation SourceWith the Radiation Sensor, a versatile Radiation Cube and the Stefan-Boltzman Lamp,four key experiments in thermal radiation can be performed.Students begin with a study of thermal radiation from different types of surfaces at thesame temperature. The Thermal Radiation Cube has four different surfaces which can bemonitored (black matte, white matte, polished aluminum and dull aluminum). The cube isheated electrically with a 100-watt bulb (its output can be varied). The thick aluminum wallsassure the same temperature on all four walls to within a fraction of a degree. The RadiationSensor provides an accurate measure of thermal radiation throughout the infrared region.Its output is a voltage that is proportional to the intensity of radiation.Another important introductory experiment is the Inverse Square Law. The Stefan-BoltzmanLamp uses a special bulb to provide a near-perfect point source, providing accurate results.Finally, students can verify the Stefan-Boltzman Law for both low andhigh temperatures using the Radiation Cube for the low temperatures andthe Stefan-Boltzman Lamp for the high temperatures.For quantitative experiments in thermalradiation, an accurate source is asimportant as an accurate sensor. Withthe Thermal Radiation Cube, studentscontrol the temperature (up to 120 °C)and observe the radiation rate from fourdifferent surfaces: black matte, white matte,polished aluminum and dull aluminum.With the Radiation Sensor, students canquantitatively investigate: radiation fromdifferent surfaces at a single temperature;radiation from a single surface at differenttemperatures (Stefan-Boltzman Law); andthe absorptive and reflective properties ofsubstances (window glass provided).244TypicalExperimentsWith Teacher’s Guide and Sample Data.1. Introduction to Thermal Radiation2. Stefan-Boltzman Law at LowTemperatures. (Rrad = σT4)3. Inverse Square Law4. Stefan-Boltzman Law at HighTemperaturesIncludes:Thermal Radiation Cube (TD-8554A)Stefan-Boltzman Lamp (TD-8555)Radiation Sensor (TD-8553)See following page for component details.Order Information:Thermal RadiationLaboratory ...........................TD-8855Required:Basic DigitalMultimeter ...........................SE-9786A p. 281Power Supply ..................SF-9584B p. 280FeaturesElectrically Heated: The 100-watt bulbinside eliminates the danger of an openflame and the inconvenience of waterheatedcubes. Temperature is convenientlycontrolled with the power control knob.Thick Aluminum Walls: The aluminumwalls of the cube are 6 mm thick, providingefficient heat conduction so the temperatureis constant to within a fraction of adegree at all points on the cube.Thermistor: A 100 kΩ thermistor embeddedin one wall of the cube provides accuratetemperature measurement with nothermometer to worry about breaking.Order Information:Thermal RadiationCube ............................................TD-8554ARequired:Radiation Sensor .........TD-8553Basic DigitalMultimeter ...........................SE-9786A p. 281www.pasco.com

Radiation SensorTD-8553Thermal CavityTD-8580AThermodynamics – RadiationThermalCavityA Radiation DetectorPoint the Radiation Sensor toward anyobject – open the shutter and read thedigital voltmeter to measure the relativeintensity of the thermal radiation emitted.Flat Spectral Response: 0.6 to 30 µmProtective PostsComplete ManualA Three Different SurfacesA Cavity RadiatorA Control and Measure TemperatureA Computer CompatibleThis version of Leslie’s thermalradiation cube has a hole which actsas a cavity radiator. The aluminum cube hasTemperaturePortDC PowerInputfour different surfaces (black, white, polished and matte)to show students how surfaces radiate differently.Use an Infrared Sensor to detect the amount ofradiation from each surface. The cube has a built-inheating element (10 VDC max., 1 A) to raise thetemperature to 100 °C. It can be powered bythe Power Amplifier (CI-6552A or PS-2006)or a separate DC power supply. A 10 kΩthermistor is embedded in the cube tomeasure its temperature. Use a ThermistorSensor (CI-6527A) or a PASPORT TemperatureSensor (PS-2125) to read the thermistor temperature.The cavity is the special feature of this cube. When the surfacecontaining the cavity is scanned using a visible Light Sensor, thehole looks dark. However, when the cavity is scanned using an Infrared Sensor, the hole isbrighter than the surrounding matte surface.Order Information:Radiation Sensor ..........TD-8553Required:Basic DigitalMultimeter .............................SE-9786A p. 281Stefan-Boltzman LampTD-8555A A High-TemperatureRadiation SourceThis 12-Volt incandescent lamp is an excellentsource of thermal radiation at high,measurable temperatures.The temperatureof the lampfilament can beaccuratelydetermined bymeasuring the voltage andcurrent students supply tothe lamp (a graph oftemperature versusresistivity is provided).Order Information:Stefan-BoltzmanLamp ...........................................................................TD-8555To scan the surface intensity of the cube, theLight Sensor is placed on the Linear Translator(OS-8535 on page 316).In the visiblepart of thespectrum,the cavity isdarker than itssurroundings.In the infraredpart of thespectrum, thehot cavity isbrighter thanthe surroundingmatte aluminumsurface.The hot cube can be safelyrotated by the large plasticknob.Order Information:The top opens to reveal thatthe black-looking cavity isactually a matte finish, thesame as the surface.Thermal Cavity ................TD-8580ARequired:60 cm OpticsBench ...........................................OS-8541 p. 311Linear Translator ............OS-8535 p. 316Aperture Bracket ............OS-8534A p. 316Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Light Sensor ........................CI-6504A p. 78Infrared Sensor ...............CI-6628 p. 78Thermistor Sensor ......CI-6527A p. 77Rotary MotionSensor .........................................CI-6538 p. 74Power Amplifier II ........CI-6552A p. 70orLow Voltage AC/DCPower Supply ....................SF-9584B p. 280ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface p. 68-69Required for use with PASPORT:Light Sensor ........................PS-2106A p. 46IR Sensor .................................PS-2148 p. 47TemperatureSensor .........................................PS-2125 p. 43GLX PowerAmplifier ..................................PS-2006 p. 14Rotary MotionSensor .........................................PS-2120 p. 26Xplorer GLX ........................PS-2002 p. 10245

Thermodynamics – Solar RadiationEnergy Transfer – SolarET-8593A Converts Solar Energy to Thermal EnergyA Demonstrates the Greenhouse EffectA Built-In Thermistor for Measurement of TemperatureA sturdy plastic housing is covered with a transparent plastic lid totransmit visible light. The black aluminum plate (23 cm x 16 cm) insideis removable so its mass can be measured. The temperature of theplate is measured with a 10 kΩ thermistor attached to the bottomof the plate. The supplied cable connects the apparatus directly to aPASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125). Or, the thermistor can beread with an ohmmeter and the temperature can be calculated withthe supplied conversion chart. The amount of energy transferred tothe plate can be calculated. Also, the maximum temperaturereached and the rate of heating can be investigated with or withoutthe plastic cover. The attached rod clamp is used to adjust the angleof the box toward the sun.Rod Clamp and optional stand allows easy adjustment of unit. Aluminumplate inside is painted flat black.Using the slope ofthe heating curvewith no cover, theintensity of the sun’slight was calculatedto be 750 W/m2.Use an Xplorer datalogger with a Temperature Sensor for easyoutdoor data collection.Shows the differencein the heating rateswith the transparentplastic lid on and off.246Energy Transfer – Solar shownin use. The Xplorer GLX, with itstwo built in temperature ports,measures both the ambient outsidetemperature and the temperatureinside the Energy Transfer – Solar.Graph from Xplorer GLX showingGreenhouse effect of heating on a cool,sunny fall day. Note ambient outsidetemperature (in light gray).Includes:Plastic box with lidBlack aluminum plate (23 cm x 16 cm)with 10 kΩ thermistorCable for PASPORTTemperature SensorOrder Information:Energy Transfer – Solar ..............................................................ET-8593Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Temperature Sensor ......................................PS-2125 p. 43Xplorer GLX ............................................................................................PS-2002 p. 10Small Tripod Base and Rod ..................................................SE-9451 p. 213www.pasco.com

Pocket DigitalThermometerSE-9789Infrared ThermometerSE-9785CThermodynamics – ThermometersAlcohol ThermometerSE-9084A-20° to 110 °C Range-50° to 150 °CRange-50° to 270 °CRangeMeasure from -20 to 110 °C with this 30 cmlong thermometer. It is clearly marked at1 degree intervals, and a ring on top letsstudents suspend it from a string.Order Information:Alcohol Thermometer ..................SE-9084AThis low-cost digital thermometer isexcellent for many experiments in thephysics lab. A data hold button freezesthe reading on the display.SpecificationsResolution: 0.1 ºCProbe: 6.4 cm stainless steel probe with51 cm cableRange: -50º to 150 ºCOrder Information:Pocket DigitalThermometer ............................................SE-9789Digital ThermometerSE-9086A-50° to 1300 °C RangeThis compact Digital Thermometermeasures from -50° to 1000 °C with 0.3%accuracy, and from 1000° to 1300 °C with0.5% accuracy. Resolution is switchablefrom 1° to 0.1 °C. The sampling rate isthree measurements per second, and a“hold” button freezes the display.Battery life is approximately 200 hours.Order Information:Digital Thermometer .....................SE-9086AAn excellent classroom tool for measuringthe temperature of a surface withoutcontact. A built-in laser indicates the areato be measured. Unit automatically holdslast measurement after “measure” button isreleased. Uses two AAA batteries (included).SpecificationsRange: -50º to 270 ºC; -58 º to 518 ºFResolution: (1 ºF/1 ºC)Distance to target ratio: 6:1Emissivity: 0.95, fixedDisplay: Backlit LCDRecommended measure distance:5 to 91cmOrder Information:Infrared Thermometer ..................SE-9785CWaterproof ThermometerSE-7139A pocket-sized digital thermometer formeasuring the temperature of liquids. Slidethe sleeve off to reveal the Stainless Steelprobe that detects a temperature rangeof –50°C to +300 °C or –58 °F to +572 °F.One button toggles “on” and “off,” anothertoggles between “°C” and “°F,” while thethird serves to change the mode. Other featuresinclude Min/Max recall, data hold andautomatic shut-off.Order Information:Waterproof Thermometer .................SE-7139Digital DialThermometerSE-9082-50° to 150 °C RangeThis 5 cm diameter Digital Dial Thermometerhas a range from –50º to 150 ºCwith 0.1º resolution. The probe is 13 cmlong and includes a protective case.Order Information:Digital Dial Thermometer .................SE-9082Non-contactTemperature SensorPS-2197A Non-contactA -70° C to 380° CThe Non-contact Temperature Sensor measuressurface temperature by detecting theemitted infrared light. Record the temperatureof objects without touching them!Typical ApplicationsA Compare temperature of hands, skin,face and clothesA Measure the temperature of differentoutdoor ground surfacesA Map the temperature profile of anexterior wallSpecificationsRange: -70 °C to 380 °CAccuracy: ±0.5 °CResponse Time: Less than 0.1sMaximum Sample Rate: 200 HzField of view: ±35°Order Information:Non-contactTemperature Sensor .........................PS-2197See a variety of Temperature Sensors onpages 42-45 and page 77.247

Electrostatics – Van de Graaff GeneratorVan de Graaff Generator, High VoltageSE-8691A Large Sphere Creates Higher VoltageA Sparks up to 35 cm in LengthA Large Size Ideal for DemonstrationsThe High Voltage Van de Graaff Generator features a 25 cm diametersphere which can generate approximately 400,000 Volts. The size of thesphere, the rounded edges of the sphere and the height of the spherefrom the demonstration table contribute to the high voltages generated.Its large size, long sparks and high voltages make it ideal for use in largerrooms or lecture halls. An extra belt is included.Electric PlumeSE-7232The lightweight ribbons areconnected to a stand whichrests on top of the Van deGraaff Generator. As thegenerator operates, the ribbonsstand on end due tothe repulsive force betweentheir like charges.Dimensions:Spherediameter: 25 cmOverall height: 74 cmDischarge SphereSE-7231Electric WhirlSE-7233Van de GraaffReplacement BeltOrder Information:Replacement Belt.........................................SE-7355This 25 cm sphere is supported on a Lucitecolumn with a cast iron base. Includescabling for connection to the Van de GraaffGenerator or to a ground.248When held near the sphere of thegenerator, the spokes are propelled bycharge leaving the points.Order Information:Van de Graaff Generator,High Voltage ........................................................SE-8691Electric Plume ...................................................SE-7232Discharge Sphere .........................................SE-7231Electric Whirl .......................................................SE-7233Replacement Supplies:Replacement Belt .........................................SE-7355www.pasco.com

Electrostatics – ChargeClassic ElectrostaticsMaterials KitSF-9068Providing the classic introduction toelectrostatics, this kit allows students torub any of the three rods with rubbing clothsto produce a positive or negative charge.Place the rods on the insulated pivot standsto investigate electrostatic forces.Includes:Three rods (acrylic, glass, PVC)Two insulated pivot standsThree rubbing cloths (wool, silk, fur)Discover Charge SetES-8086A Explore the Bipolar Nature of ChargeA Experimentally Rank Materials within the Triboelectric SeriesThe Discover Charge Set provides students with a collection of materials to explorethe nature of static charge. By rubbing two sheets of material together, electrons aretransferred from one material to the other. Students then hold each of the chargedmaterials near a charged indicator to discover the direction of charge flow. Using thisinformation, the materials can be ranked within the triboelectric series by rubbing witheach of the materials in the set.Negatively charged tape is usedas an indicator to verify thematerial’s charge.Order Information:Classic ElectrostaticsMaterials Kit ......................................................SF-9068ElectroscopeSF-9069When this Electroscope is charged, theconductive rod rotates to indicate chargemagnitude. The shield ring is 15 cm indiameter and can be grounded with bananaplug connectors (not included).Includes:Charge Sampler: For transferring charge tothe ElectroscopeCapacitor Plates (5.6 cm dia.): For testingcharges without depositing them on theElectroscopeRub two sheets together to transfercharge from one sheet to the other.Order Information:Order Information:Included Materials:TeflonStyrenePolyesterWoolPVCEach material sheet measures15 cm x 10 cm.Electroscope .....................................................SF-9069Discover Charge Set ..............................................................................................................................................ES-8086249

Electrostatics – Electrostatics SystemsBasic Electrostatics SystemES-9080AA Quantitative ElectrostaticsA Comprehensive ExperimentManual IncludedA Individual or Demonstration UseThe PASCO BasicElectrostatics Systemincludes all thecomponents necessaryfor a quantitativeinvestigation into thebasics of electrostatics.With this integrated setof equipment, studentscan study:A Production of charges,equal and oppositeA Charge by inductionA Principle of the Faraday Ice PailA Charge transferA Charge distribution in electric fieldsA Capacitors and the Q=CV relationshipA Moving charges and currentOrder Information:Basic Electrostatics Systems ...........................................ES-9080ARecommended:Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper ..........ES-9060 p. 252Includes:ES-9078 Basic ElectrometerES-9057C Charge Producers andProof PlaneES-9042A Faraday Ice Pail and ShieldES-9059C Conductive Spheres, 13 cmES-9061 Conductive ShapesES-9079 Basic Variable CapacitorES-9077 Electrostatics VoltageSourceExperiment ManualBasic ElectrometerES-9078The PASCO Basic Electrometer is a quantitativeelectroscope, measuring the polarity andmagnitude of charged objects. With almostinfinite input resistance (10 14 ohm), theElectrometer is a high impedancevoltmeter, draining almost no chargefrom the object it is measuring.Direct Polarity IndicationCentered zero scale shows bothpositive and negative charges.Signal OutputTo computer interface.Range IndicatorLEDsRange AdjustmentSwitchAdjust the sensitivity tomatch the experiment.250On/Off SwitchQuantitative ReadoutReadout in volts can be calibratedfor units of charge.Connector forShielded InputCableGrounding JackZero ButtonFeaturesCenter-Zero Meter. Polarity is indicateddirectly.3, 10, 30 and 100 VDC Switch-SelectableRanges. LED lamps indicate the range in use.Zeroing Switch. For removing all charge fromthe input and bringing the meter to zero.Automatic Shutoff. Unit turns off aboutthree hours after being used.Output Compatible with ScienceWorkshopInterfaces. For recording data or producing ademonstration-sized meter display.Battery Operation. Uses four “AA” cells(included). Range indicator lights flashwhen batteries need to be replaced.Included Cables. Shielded input cable forconnecting the Electrometer to the FaradayIce Pail or other source of charge; groundingcable with clip; ScienceWorkshop interfacecable.Instruction and Experiment Manual.Order Information:Basic Electrometer ...................................ES-9078www.pasco.com

Charge Producers andProof PlaneES-9057CThe ChargeProducers createequal positive andnegative chargeswhen rubbedtogether. The ProofPlane samples theUse the ball endto sampleinside thehollowsphere.charge density from a charged object. Thecharge can then be measured using theElectrometer and Faraday Ice Pail.Conductive SpheresES-9059C30 cmhighElectrostatics – Electrostatics SystemsConductive ShapesES-906130 cmhighOrder Information:Charge Producers andProof Plane .....................................................ES-9057CElectrostaticsVoltageSourceES-9077This compact unit is ideal for performingexperiments in electrostatics. It may beused as a source of charge or to maintainan object at a constant potential. Sincethe current required for such applicationsis small (on the order of nanoamps), highmegohm resistors (120 MΩ per kV) areplaced in series with each output.Output voltages are 1000, 2000 and3000 VDC, allowing students to makequantitative investigations of how voltageaffects charge density on spheres, capacitorplates, etc. A 30 VDC source is alsoprovided for experiments with capacitors.Banana plug to spade lug connecting cablesare included.SpecificationsOutput: 30, 1000, 2000, 3000 VDC ±3%,line regulatedResistance in Series with Output:120 MΩ/kVOperating Voltage: 115/220, 50/60 HzAC Adapter: 9 VDCOrder Information:Electrostatics VoltageSource ...................................................................ES-9077These Conductive Spheres (two per set)can be used to store charge or investigatethe charge distribution on one or twospherical conductors. A terminal on thebottom of each sphere provides a connection point for the power supply. Eachsphere is attached to a heavy base (forstability) with an insulating rod. The spheresare 13 cm in diameter and 30 cm high.Order Information:Conductive Spheres............................ES-9059CBasic Variable CapacitorES-9079This variable, parallel plate capacitor permitsa quantitative investigation of the Q=CVrelationship. Two 18 cm diameter platesallow the capacitance to be varied from225 pF to zero by sliding the movable platein its 28 cm long track. The sliding platehas adjustment screws to make the platesparallel to each other. Electrical connectionstuds are located on each plate.A BNC connector cable is provided forconnection to an Electrometer.Order Information:Basic VariableCapacitor ...........................................................ES-9079This set includes a conductive sphere witha hole in it: Demonstrate that static chargeresides the outside surface of a conductivesphere by sampling the inside surface withthe ball end of the proof plane (ES-9057C,shown at left).Also included is an oblong shape fordemonstrating the difference in chargedensities on a large-radius surface versus asmall-radius surface. The whole surface isat the same potential and students seemsurprised to find that the charge density isgreater on the smaller end.Order Information:Conductive Shapes ..............................ES-9061Faraday Ice Pailand ShieldES-9042AWith the Faraday Ice Pail, students can usethe Electrometer to measure charge as wellas potential. Touch the Proof Plane to thepoint of interest on the charged body, thenplace the Proof Plane inside the ice pail.The Electrometer reading will be directlyproportional to the charge on the ProofPlane.The Faraday Ice Pail is 10 cm in diameterand 15 cm deep. It is made of wire mesh,so it is easy to see what is going on inside.The outside shield has a diameter of 15 cm.Order Information:Faraday Ice Pail .........................................ES-9042A251

Electrostatics – Charge/Field MappingCharge, Equipotentialand Field MapperES-9060Field Mapper KitPK-9023Conductive PaperPrinted grid makesmeasurements easy.Cork SurfaceUse pushpins to hold the paper duringthe experiment.The Charge, Equipotential and FieldMapper is an excellent addition to theBasic Electrostatics System.Draw any set of two-dimensionalconductors with the conductive ink.Investigate the electric field and theequipotential field lines between andaround the conductive paper to any shape.Charge it and investigate the distribution ofcharge on its surface.Similar to the PK-9023 Field Mapper Kit,except it includes elec trom e ter probes, a“point charge” holder and larger sheets ofcon duc tive paper for in ves ti gat ing chargedis tri bu tions on con duc tive surfaces.Includes:Conductive paper for mapping chargedistributions; 30 x 45 cm (50 sheets)Conductive paper with cm grid for mappingequipotentials and field gradients;23 x 30 cm (100 sheets)Pushpins (10), connecting wire (1)andelectrometer probes (2)Conductive ink pen and a circular templatefor drawing conductors“Point charge” holderPlastic tray with corkboard top;32 x 48 cmManual with 13 experimentsOrder Information:Charge, Equipotentialand Field Mapper ...................................ES-9060Replacement Supplies:Conductive Ink Pen ..............................PK-9031B(limited shelf life of six months;pen is not refillable)Conductive Paper with grid(50 sheets, 23 x 30 cm) ...................PK-9025Conductive Paper (no grid)(100 sheets, 30 x 43 cm) ................PK-9026252Storage TrayAfter the lab, everything storesneatly under the corkboard.How it WorksWith this kit students can map both thepotentials and the electric fields around anyconceivable system of two-dimensionalcharged conductors.The procedure is simple:1. Draw any Electrode: Draw the electrodewith the special, conductive silver ink pen.It is easy to use, dries quickly and there isno mess.2. Plot the Equipotentials: Connect a batteryor power supply across the electrodes,then use a voltmeter to locate the equi potential lines.3. Plot the Electric Field: Tape voltmeterprobes together, then hold one probeon the paper and rotate the other probearound it like a compass. The maximumvoltage reading indicates the direction ofthe electric field.Includes:Conductive paper with cm grid;23 x 30 cm (50 sheets)10 pushpins; three wiresConductive ink pen and circular templatePlastic tray with corkboard top;32 x 48 cmInstruction manual with 10 experimentsSpecial ConductiveInk PenThe PASCO Con duc tive Silver Ink Pen makesit easy to study field patterns. Draw over 60meters of patterns with a single pen. Penshelf life is six months. Not refillable.Order Information:Conductive Ink Pen ..............................PK-9031BConductive PenDraw any shaped charge electrode withthis conductive ink pen.Order Information:TypicalExperiments1. Dipoles of Like Charges2. Dipoles of Opposite Charges3. Parallel Plate Capacitor4. Point Source and Guard Ring(cylindrical capacitor)5. Floating ElectrodePlus five more experiments.Check out the experimentsat www.pasco.comField Mapper Kit ...............PK-9023Required:Basic DigitalMultimeter ................................SE-9786A p. 281(or any voltmeter with atleast a 10 M Ω input impedance)Power Supply .......................SE-8587 p. 279(or another low voltageDC power supply or battery)Replacement Supplies:Conductive Ink Pen ........................PK-9031B(limited shelf life of 6 months;not refillable)Conductive Paper with grid(50 sheets, 23 x 30 cm) .............PK-9025Conductive Paper (no grid)(100 sheets, 30 x 43 cm) ..........PK-9026www.pasco.com

Electrostatics – CircuitsCharge/Discharge CircuitEM-8678The Charge/Discharge Circuit offers a unique way to observe and measure the behaviorof DC circuits including batteries, capacitors, light bulbs and resistors. It also includes anopen slot to allow a component of choice to be inserted for further experimentation.Experiment ExampleCharge the capacitor using batteries,then discharge through a resistor or lightbulb. Students measure the voltage andcurrent as the capacitor discharges, andcan graph the relationship between voltageand current for various components.See complete experiment on page 384.RelayCI-6462A Single-Pole Double-Throw SwitchA Activated by DataStudio orXplorer GLXA For Sense and Control ProjectsVoltage vs. Current for a 33 Ω resistor, a10 Ω resistor, and a light bulb. Note thenon-linearity for the bulb.ResistorsLight Bulbs1F CapacitorBatteries (notincluded)This relay is a single-pole double-throwswitch that is controlled by DataStudioor the Xplorer GLX for Sense and Controlexperiments. It is shown here with theEM-8678 Charge/Discharge Circuit, automaticallyturning on the light whenever thetemperature above the bulb reads lessthan 25 °C.Charge/Discharge SwitchUse your own rechargeable batteriesto investigate the efficiency of energystorage and recovery.The area under the power versus time graph isenergy. 99 J of energy is delivered to the battery.During discharge, 51 J (52%) is delivered to the bulb.Includes:1 Farad Capacitor#14 Light Bulbs (3)10 Ω Resistor33 Ω Resistor100 Ω ResistorOrder Information:Battery Holders(uses AA or AAA)Double Throw KnifeSwitchInstruction ManualThe Relay is controlled through theXplorer GLX calculator:The statement above means that the Relay is switchedon and the light comes on when the temperature probein port #1 of temperature sensor #1 readsbelow 25 °C.Order Information:Charge/Discharge Circuit .........................................................EM-8678Recommended:#14 Light Bulbs (25 pack) .........................................................EM-8627 p. 260Batteries AA (4 pack) .....................................................................PI-6601 p. 261Relay .........................................................................CI-6462Required:Digital Adapter .............................................PS-2159PASPORT Interface .................................p. 6-23253

Electricity – CircuitsRLC CircuitCI-6512Series/Parallel CircuitEM-8677Resistor-Capacitor CircuitSE-9791This board offers a unique set ofcom po nents for demonstrating:A Voltage/Current Phase RelationshipsA RLC ResonanceA Non-Ohmic Characteristics. Componentsinclude resistors, capacitors and aninductor coil.PASCO’s Series/Parallel circuit is designed foruse with the Hand-Crank Generator(EM-8090). The two 12 Volt bulbs can bewired in series or parallel. The two knifeswitches enable students to switch on onebulb or both bulbs.The SE-9791 Resistor-Capacitor Circuitcontains everything students need forstudying resistor-capacitor circuits in the lab.Experiment Manual Includes:Charging and Discharging CapacitorsSeries RC CircuitsParallel RC CircuitsCombinations of Series and Parallel RC Circuits.The 750 Interface can measure current and voltageas well as provide power to the RLC Circuit.Using the Hand-Crank Generator.A built-in battery (included) or external powersupply can be used for experiments. A fuseprotects components from overload. Tworesistors and two capacitors are provided (oneeach soldered to the board). Unique springconnectors, the same as used on the BasicElectricity Laboratory (EM-8622) are used foreasy component connection.Measurements can be made either with avoltmeter and stopwatch (for graphing chargeand discharge curves) ScienceWorkshopor PASPORT Interface with Voltage Sensors.Close the switch to add an extra branch andtwice the load to the parallel circuit.Phase relationships between the voltage acrossthe capacitor, resistor and inductor can be studiedusing DataStudio’s oscilloscope display.Order Information:RLC Circuit ...................................................CI-6512254Bulbs are less bright when wired in a seriescircuit.Order Information:Series/Parallel Circuit ......EM-8677Recommended:Replacement Bulbs(5 Pack) ................................................EM-8679Hand-CrankGenerator.........................................EM-8090 p.270A 1000 µF capacitor charging and dischargingthrough a 15 kΩ resistor.Order Information:Resistor-CapacitorCircuit ............................................SE-9791Recommended:Basic DigitalMultimeter ...............................SE-9786A p. 281PASCO Stopwatch .........ME-1234 p. 224ScienceWorkshop Interface .................. p. 68-72Voltage Sensor...................CI-6503 p. 79PASPORT Interface .......................................... p. 10-23Voltage/CurrentSensor ...........................................PS-2115 p. 48www.pasco.com

Electricity – CircuitsBasic ElectricityEM-8622A Durable, Easy-to-Use KitsA Explore Basic ElectronicsA Complete Lab ManualThese simple kits provide a strong foundation for futurestudies in electronics. They take students from the basicsof Ohm’s Law through simple series and parallel circuitanalysis, and into some elementary aspects of electronicswhere they will build circuits using capacitors, transistorsand diodes. One kit per two students is recommended,giving each student his or her own circuit board.Components SetCircuit ExperimentBoardWith this board and theincluded components,students can build avariety of basic circuits,from resistors in seriesand parallel, to a simpleamplifier.Includes:Two Circuit Boards with thefollowing features:Battery holders: (2)Resistor: (1) 3.3 Ω, 2 WLight sockets: (3) with 3 bulbs (#14)Potentiometer: (1) 25 Ω, 2 WSpring connectors: (32)Transistor socket: (1)Storage tube for holding components(components stay with the kit longer)Components Package containing:Resistors: (23) (10 Ω - 220 kΩ, 5%, 1/2 W)Capacitors: (4) (100 µf, 330 µf)Diodes: (2)Transistors: (2)Wire leads: 22 gaugeTypicalExperimentsWith Teacher’s Guide and Sample Data.1. Getting Acquainted2. Series vs. Parallel Circuits3. Ohm’s Law4. Resistances in Circuits5. Voltages in Circuits6. Currents in Circuits7. Kirchhoff’s Rules (nodes and loops)8. Capacitors in Circuits9. Diodes10. TransistorsCheck out the experimentsat www.pasco.comOrder Information:Basic Electricity Laboratory(2 boards) ...................................................EM-8622Required:“D” Cell Batteries (4-pack)....PI-6602Basic DigitalMultimeters (2)....................................SE-9786A p. 281Replacement Supplies:Light Bulbs (#14, 25 pack)......EM-8627Electronic Components –Basic Electricity Lab ......................EM-8663Unique SpringConnectorsTwist them, bend them,push on them:no damage done.These connectors willstill hold componentsand wires securely.Low VoltageTwo D batteries provideall the power needed(batteries not included).Innovative Physics Textbooks and PASCO Physics ProductsMatter & Interactions is a 2-volume textbook and curriculum by Ruth Chabay and BruceSherwood, published by Wiley & Sons. Intended for science and engineering studentstaking calculus-based introductory university physics. For more information on purchasingthese textbooks, visit www.wiley.com.Electric and Magnetic InteractionsElectric and Magnetic Interactions (Vol. 2 of 2) continues the emphasison atomic-level descriptions and analysis and modeling physical systems.Electrostatics and circuit phenomena are treated as one integratedsubject. The Desktop Electricity Kit allows students to carry out just-intimedesktop experiments on electrostatics, magnetism and circuits.Desktop Electricity Kit EM-8675When used in tandem with theElectric and Magnetic Interactionstextbook, this kit provides studentsthe conceptual tools to furthertheir understanding of electricand magnetic interactions. Whileits components look simple, theyprovide hands-on opportunitiesfor students to build powerfulconceptual models.Desktop Experiment Kit EM-8675 Includes:Capacitor 1F, 2.5 VResistor 47 Ω, 0.5 WResistor 100 Ω, 0.5 WLamp Holder T3-1/4 (qty 2)#48 Miniature Lamp 2.0 V, 0.6 A (qty 2)Incandescent Lamp 2.5 V, 0.3 A (qty 2)Battery HolderAlkaline Battery D-cell (qty 2)Bar Magnet (0.375” x 1”)Compass, Liquid FilledWire-Red 22AWG (6 ft)Alligator Clip Leads (12”) (qty 7)Nichrome Wire #26 (18”)Nichrome Wire #30 (18”)Order Information:Desktop Electricity Kit ......................................EM-8675255

Electricity – Basic CircuitsMR 200 Digital/AnalogBreadboardSE-9982Plastic Coverover ferromagnetic strips has holes toguide the magnets on the components.A Magnetic ConnectionsA Locking Metal Storage CaseA Includes Wide Variety ofDigital ComponentsThe MR Board is a reusable magneticbreadboard that eliminates the need tosolder or strip wires when constructing anelectronic circuit. By using components thatconnect through magnetic attraction to the board, studentsare able to quickly check and expand their knowledge ofelectronics concepts.Components are protected from damage. DIP sockets areprovided to allow users to insert their own devices.Components are securely mountedto the special magnetic holder.Magnetmakes the electricalconnection to theconducting strips.Experiments:Basic CircuitsParallel and Series CircuitsShort CircuitKirchhoff’s LawBias CircuitsRC and RL CircuitsBasic GatesCombinational GatesBoolean ExpressionsDe Morgan’s TheoremsDuality of Logic FunctionBinary SystemHalf AdderFull AdderHalf SubtractorFull SubtractorMagnitude ComparatorDecoderEncoderMultiplexDemultiplexSeven SegmentsClipperClamperRS LatchRS Flip-FlopsJK Flip-FlopsD Flip-FlopsShift RegisterTimerSynchronous Sequential CircuitAsynchronous Sequential CircuitCounter Schmidt TriggerMultivibratorIncludes:Locking Storage CaseMagnetic BreadboardPre-mounted Digital and Analog ComponentsMounted DIP Sockets to Accept CustomersComponentsOrder Information:MR 200 Digital/AnalogBreadboard ............................................SE-9982Required:9 V BatteryMR 100 AnalogBreadboardSE-9981A Magnetic ConnectionsA Fiberboard Storage CaseA Includes AnalogComponentsComponentsare stored ona separatelabeledboard.The MR Board is a reusable magneticbreadboard that eliminates the need tosolder or strip wires when constructing anelectronic circuit. By using components thatconnect through magnetic attraction to theboard students are able to quickly checkand expand their ideas regarding electronicsconcepts.Components are protected from damageand user provided components can beinserted in pre-mounted sockets.256Experiments:Basic CircuitsOhm’s LawParallel and Series CircuitsShort CircuitKirchhoff’s LawBias CircuitsRC and RL CircuitsIncludes:Storage CaseMagnetic BreadboardPre-mounted Analog ComponentsMounted Sockets to Accept CustomersComponentsOrder Information:MR 100 AnalogBreadboard ............................................SE-9981Required:9 V Batterywww.pasco.com

Basic ElectricityAC/DC Electronics LaboratoryEM-8656Push Button SwitchLight Bulbsand SocketsPotentiometerIronCoreA Stand-Alone OperationA Computer CompatibleA Includes Coil and Iron CoreThe EM-8656 AC/DC Electronics Laboratorydynamically teaches the basics of AC/DCcircuits. Students can use this kit with aScienceWorkshop Computer Interface andPower Amplifier or as a stand-alone unit. Thestorage tray holds all included components,reducing the chance of losing capacitors,resistors, etc. Two D batteries are required forstand-alone use (not included).CoilBananaJacksFor computerconnection.ExperimentsBattery HolderComponent SpringsHold circuit components securely.The AC/DC Electronics Laboratory can beused as a stand-alone electricity learningcenter.Students study how the resistance of a lightbulb filament changes as it heats up. Thegraph below displays voltage vs. current foran incandescent light bulb. It is clear thatthe resistance is not linear but changes asthe bulb begins to glow.Using DataStudio and a Voltage Sensor,students can measure the electromotiveforce (EMF) created when a magnet isdropped through a coil. By integratingthe voltage-time graph, students can alsomeasure the changes in magnetic fluxcreated by the magnet.Includes:18 cm x 25 cm circuit boardResistors (24) (4.7 Ω–220 kΩ, 5%, 0.25-5 W)Capacitors (7) (1 µF – 330 µF)Diodes (6), Transistors (2) and LEDs (4)Wire leads (22 gauge)Push button switchStorage tray and laboratory manualBattery holders (2)Light sockets (3) and lamps (3)25 Ω, 2 W potentiometer (1)Component connectors (36)Transistor socket (1)8.2 to 19 mH coil and iron coreCheck out the experimentsat www.pasco.comOrder Information:AC/DC ElectronicsLaboratory ..............................................EM-8656Electronic Components –AC/DC Electricity ...........................EM-8668257

Electricity – Reinventing Science KitsReinventing Edison: Build Your Own Light BulbSE-7145A Experiment with different filamentsA Discover how vacuum effects light bulbA Durable components last for yearsThe Reinventing Edison Kit gives students the ability to experimentin just the way Edison did. They can use any one of the filamentmaterials included to find out how the filament material impactscurrent flow, filament heating and light emission. The role thatvacuum plays in filament life, and the color of lightemitted from different filaments expand the learningopportunity to many different topics in science.Students explore how a vacuum affects the life of a light bulb theyconstructed from a plastic cylinder and various filaments.Includes:Safety Vacuum ChamberHand Vacuum PumpFilament Materials (including tungsten and carbon)Test Leads28 Page Instruction ManualStorage BoxOrder Information:Reinventing Edison: Build Your OwnLight Bulb .....................................................SE-7145Light BulbRefurbishment Kit .............................SE-7147Reinventing Morse: Build Your Own TelegraphSE-7146A Build a Working TelegraphA Explore Electrical Topics with Real ActivitiesA Learn Morse CodeThe Reinventing Morse Kit includes everything needed to builda working telegraph. Students build a solenoid and explore therelationship between current and magnetic field strength andextend into building a sounder, buzzer andrelay. With multiple kits in the classrooma working telegraph system can be builtand messages sent from one station toanother.Students wind their own coils to construct a telegraph.They also learn Morse Code and how to connect simple circuits.Includes:Coil BobbinsTelegraph Key100’ Hookup WireTest Leads24 Page Instruction ManualStorage BoxOrder Information:Reinventing Morse: Build YourOwn Telegraph .......................................SE-7146Required:6 V Lantern Battery, 9 V, or two D Cells258www.pasco.com

CASTLE “2005” CurriculumCapacitor-Aided System for Teaching and Learning ElectricityA Complete Electricity CurriculumA Redesigned Sections to Facilitate Beginning CASTLECurriculum in Grade 8 or 9CASTLE Kit (for 2 Students)Economy CASTLE Kit(for 8 Students) EM-8654The CASTLE ApproachCASTLE is a high school electricitycurriculum that leads students from initialnaive ideas to an increasingly expertunderstanding of electrical phenomena. Asequence of self-guided experiments useslarge capacitors and transient bulb lightingto help students confront misconceptions,grasp the physics of current propulsion andbuild intuitive explanatory models.Typical ExperimentsCore Curriculum investigates:1. What is happening in the wires?2. What do the bulbs do to movingcharge?3. Where does the moving chargeoriginate?4. What makes charge move in acircuit?5. How do wires distribute electricpressure in a circuit?6. How are values of circuit variablesmeasured?Advanced Curriculum investigates:7. Does all matter contain charge?What are electrons?8. What is the cause of distant actioneffects?9. What pushes on tiny charge carrierslike electrons?10. How do semiconductors work?What is AC?11. How do motors and generatorswork?12. How are magnetic andelectromagnetic fields produced?View the experimentsat www.pasco.comThe Curriculum GuideDownload the Manuals FREE.Download the CASTLE Curriculum Guide forFREE. At www.pasco.com just type CASTLEin the search box and click GO!The teacher’s manual helps teachers putthe CASTLE Kits to the best possible use.The student manual has investigations foreach stated experiment, plus commentariesto prepare students for labs and summaryexercises to reinforce the lab experience.EM-8624AScrew Socketsand StandsStands provide a sturdysupport for bulbs and areeasy to quickly connectinto a circuit.25,000 µf CapacitorProvides the foundation for thisintuitive introduction to currentelectricity.Auxiliary Equipment forCore Curriculum1The Mini Generator (1) enables students todistinguish charge circulation from energytransfer. The 100,000 µf Capacitor (2)lengthens the time scale of transient bulblighting.The KitsEach CASTLE Kit includes all the materialsneeded (except for three D batteries) fortwo students to work through a completeintroduction to basic electricity. EachEconomy CASTLE Kit includes all thematerials needed (except batteries) foreight students.Materials Included in Each KitComponent CASTLE EconomyKit Kit25,000 µF capacitor 1 4(20 volts, nonpolar)#14 light bulbs (round) 4 25#48 light bulbs (oblong) 6 2510 Ohm resistor 4 16Miniature light bulb 4 16sockets and standsWires with alligator clips 10 40Battery holder 1 4(spring-loaded)High-Quality compass 1 4Storage box 1 02Electricity – Basic CircuitsCarbon ResistorsThese impede flow similar to low resistance bulbs, butdon’t glow and divert attention to role as energy sinks.Battery HolderSecurely holds batteries and yet makesthem visible so their function withinthe circuit is evident.Auxiliary Equipment forAdvanced CurriculumBi-color LEDs detect electric vectors inelectromagnetic fields produced in thesecoils (3) by accelerating charge whencurrent is turned on and turned off.Order Information:High-Quality CompassNon-invasive monitoring ofmovement in wires enablesstudents to visualize thedirection of charge flow.CASTLE Kit ...................................EM-8624ABatteries not included. Three “D” batteries arerequired per kit.Economy CASTLE Kit .......EM-8654Batteries not included. 12 “D” batteries arerequired per kit.Recommended:(1) Mini Generator..............SE-8645 p. 270(2) Capacitor (0.1 F) ..........EM-8655(Minimum of 2 each per class)(3) Primary andSecondary Coils ....................SE-8653 p. 272(Minimum of 2 each per advanced class)Replacement Supplies:We recommend the purchase of one EM-8627 and oneEM-8628 spare bulb set for every five CASTLE Kits, orfor every Economy CASTLE Kit.Light Bulbs (#14, 25 pack).............. EM-8627Light Bulbs (#48, 25 pack) ............. EM-8628Light Bulb Sockets (10 pack) ...... EM-8630D cell batteries (4 pack) ................... PI-6602Light bulbs (#50, 4 pack)and Sockets (2 pack) ........................... EM-9099Liquid-FilledCompasses (5 pack) ............................. EM-8631ACapacitors (0.025 F, 2 pack).......... EM-86323MiniatureLight BulbsDifferent shapedbulbs havedifferentresistancevalues.Wires with Alligator ClipsThese 10 color-differentiated wires makecircuit connections quick and easy—no soldering or wire twisting required.259

Electronic Circuit ComponentsCircuit ComponentsUse these stand-alone components to build your own circuits.Investigate series and parallelcombinations of bulbs andbatteries using componentsdetailed below.Series/Parallel Battery HolderSE-8799 (10 pack)This unique battery holder allows “D” cell batteries to be easilyconnected in both Series and Parallel. Metal extensions on bothsides of the holder are also convenient for use with alligator clips.Series – Use the snapsto connect the batteriesend to end.Parallel – Use themetal slides to usethe batteries sideby side.Order Information:Series/Parallel Battery Holder (10 pack) ..................................SE-8799Recommended:Light Bulbs (#14, 25 pack)...........................................................................EM-8627Light Bulb Sockets (10 pack) ...................................................................EM-8630Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) .............................................................EM-8634260Light Bulb and StandEM-9099Miniature socket has a plastic base withspring loaded metal clips to hold wireleads. Accepts screw type miniature bulbs.Includes two sockets and four #50 7.5 V,0.22A bulbs.Order Information:Light & Socket ........................................................................................................EM-9099Light Bulb SocketsEM-8630Miniature socket has a plastic basewith spring loaded metal clips to holdwire leads. Accepts screw typeminiature bulbs. Includes ten sockets.Order Information:Light Sockets (10 pack) .................................................................................EM-8630Light BulbsScrew type base, suitable foruse with EM-8630 Sockets.EM-8627: 2.5 V, 0.3 A bulbs.Contains 25 bulbs.EM-8628: 2.0 V, 0.6 A bulbs.Contains 25 bulbs.EM-8814: 7.5 V, 0.22 A bulbs.Contains 25 bulbs.Order Information:Light Bulbs 2.5 V, 0.3 A (25 pack #14) ..................................EM-86272.0 V, 0.6 A (25 pack #48) ..................................EM-86287.5 V, 0.22 A (25 pack #50)................................EM-8814Switch SetEM-8815 (6 pack)This single-pole single-throwknifeswitch has screw terminals anda Bakelite base. Through-holes allowfor mounting base to another surface.Order Information:Switch Set (6 pack) ............................................................................................EM-8815www.pasco.com

Resistors and CapacitorsAssortment of electrical components including 10 each of thefollowing:Resistor PackEM-878410 Ω, 100 Ω, 330 Ω, 560 Ω,1000 Ω, 3300 Ω, 10 kΩ,22 kΩ, 100 kΩ, 220 kΩ,330 kΩ.Capacitor PackEM-87851 µF, 10 µF, 47 µF, 100 µF,330 µF, 470 µF.Banana Plug Cord Sets30 cm and 75 cm LengthsSE-9750, SE-9751: 75 cmlong (assembled), availablein red or black.Electricity – SuppliesThese heavy, insulated patch cords are convenient, durable andinexpensive. The grips are stackable and made of soft plastic forflexible strain relief. Springs connectors rotate in the grips, reducingwear due to friction.Long Patch CordsOrder Information:Red (set of 5)...............................................................................................................SE-9750Black (set of 5) ..........................................................................................................SE-9751ResistorsOrder Information:CapacitorsResistor Pack ..............................................................................................................EM-8784Capacitor Pack..........................................................................................................EM-8785CapacitorsEM-8655 (0.1 F)EM-8632 (0.025 F)SE-8626 (1.0 F)0.1 F0.025 FShort Patch CordsSE-7123: 30 cm long(assembled), two eachred, yellow, blue, black.Order Information:Short Patch Cords (set of 8)....................................................................SE-7123Spade-to-BananaAdaptersEM-8629 (10 pack)For use with both regular andshielded banana plugs.Includes five red and five blackadapters.EM-8655: (0.1 F) Electrolytic, bipolar, 10 Volt capacitor with screwterminals, 4.5 cm diameter, 14 cm long.EM-8632: (0.025 F) Electrolytic, bipolar, 25 Volt capacitor with screwterminals, 5 cm diameter, 8 cm long. Contains two capacitors.SE-8626: (1.0 F) Electrolytic, bipolar, 5 Volt capacitor, 4.5 cmdiameter, 1.5 cm tall.Order Information:Capacitors (0.1 F) .........................................................................................EM-8655(0.025 F) (2 pack) .........................................................EM-8632(1.0 F) .........................................................................................SE-8626BatteriesPI-6601 AA (4 pack)PI-6602 D (4 pack)PI-6603 C (4 pack)Each pack containsfour alkaline batteries.Order Information:Batteries1.0 FAA (4 pack) .........................................................................PI-6601D (4 pack) .............................................................................PI-6602C (4 pack) ..............................................................................PI-6603Order Information:Spade-to-Banana Adapter (10 pack) .............................................EM-8629Alligator Clip AdaptersSE-9756 (10 pack)Convert banana plugs into alligatorclips with this set of 10 adapters.The 4 mm banana plug clips arebright tin-plated steel. Includesfive red and five black.Order Information:Alligator Clip Adapters (set of 10) ...................................................SE-9756Alligator Clip LeadsEM-8634 (10 pack)Use these 30 cm long Alligator ClipLeads for almost any application —from hooking up instruments to breadboarding circuits. They come in setsof 10: two each of yellow, white, red,green and black.Order Information:Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) ............................................................EM-8634261

Electricity – ResistanceResistance ApparatusEM-8812A Slide-Wire PotentiometerA Measure Resistance and ResistivityA Four wire diameters, five wire materialsBuilt-in cm scale andslide wire probe make it easyto measure the voltage dropacross various wire lengths.Sample wireWires are held securelyand straight by the wireguides and lugs.A current is established in a wire of knowndiameter, and the voltage drop across asection of the wire is measured. Studentscan calculate the resistance of the wire andthe resistivity of the material.Slide wire probeSpring-loaded wire probe slideseasily along the wire, makingcontact at a single point.WirestoragetrayFeaturesVary wire length: Slide-wire potentiometerpick-up makes it easy. Use the built-in scaleto measure the length of the wire.Vary wire diameter: Four different diametersof brass wire are included. Investigate thedifference between resistance and resistivity.Interchange wires quickly and easily.Vary wire material: Five different materialwires are included. Investigate howresistivity depends on the wire material.Storage: Built-in storage tray holds wires.Connectionto DC powersupplyThe Resistance Apparatushas a slide wire probe toeasily change the measuredlength of the wire, and utilizes afour wire hook-up to accurately measure the voltage drop. It comeswith four different brass wire diameters and four other wire materials.Connection toGalvanometerGraph shows voltage drop across various lengths forthree different material wires. The slope of the line(along with wire diameter and current) is used tocalculate the resistivity of the material.Includes two each of the following(30 cm long) wires:Copper (1.0 mm diameter)Aluminum (1.0 mm diameter)Stainless Steel (1.0 mm diameter)Nichrome (1.0 mm diameter)Brass (0.5 mm, 0.8 mm, 1.0 mm,1.3 mm diameter)262For the experiment shown, the GLX Power Amplifier produces a 10 second voltage ramp to apply a varyingcurrent through a brass wire. The current is measured directly by the Power Amplifier, and the voltage dropover the selected section of wire is measured by the Galvanometer Sensor. A graph of voltage drop vs. currentis created, and the slope of this line is the resistance of that length of wire. See pages 10-14 for more informationon the GLX and Power Amplifier.Order Information:Resistance Apparatus .....................................................................................................................................EM-8812Recommended:Galvanometer Sensor ....................................................................................................................................PS-2160 p. 48Replacement Wires ............................................................................................................................................EM-8813www.pasco.com

Electricity – Hydrogen Fuel CellHydrogen Fuel CellSE-8573Fuel CellFanA hydrogen fuel cell is a clean and efficientway of storing energy and generatingelectricity. With this Hydrogen Fuel Cell,students see a real-world example ofcutting-edge energy technology.Electricity from the solar panel is used inthe process of electrolysis to split waterinto oxygen and hydrogen.The hydrogen is used as fuel in the fuel cell.The process that takes place in the fuel cellis the opposite of electrolysis: the hydrogenis combined with oxygen to make waterand produce electricity.In this demonstration, the electricityproduced by the fuel cell is used to operatea fan. The fuel cell has an efficiency ofabout 50%.This apparatus uses Proton ExchangeMembrane (PEM) technology. A PEM is aproton-conducting polymer membrane thatis covered with a layer of catalyst materialon both sides. These two layers form thecell’s cathode and anode. One PEM is usedto separate the hydrogen from the water,and a second PEM is used to re-combinethe hydrogen with oxygen to make water.ElectrolyzerHydrogenStorage TankWaterSolar CellSpecificationsDimensions: 15 cm x 53 cm x 18 cmSolar Cell: 2.5 V, 300 mAFuel Cell Voltage Range: 0.3-0.9 VFan Power: 20 mW022H204H + + 4e-+ 02Order Information:Hydrogen Fuel Cell .............................................................................................................................................SE-8573Recommended for use with ScienceWorkshop:Voltage Sensor.........................................................................................................................................................CI-6503 p. 79Current Sensor.........................................................................................................................................................CI-6556 p. 79Recommended for use with PASPORT:Voltage/Current Sensor.................................................................................................................................PS-2115 p. 482H22H2 4H + + 4e-4e-4e-2H20PEM = Proton Exchange MembraneThe fuel cell containsa Proton ExchangeMembrane whichfacilitates energyproduction.Hyrunner Hydrogen CarSE-7341A Uses Distilled Water as aHydrogen SourceA Top Speed of 20 cm/sA Ready to Drivein MinutesA The hydrogen and oxygen accumulatein their respective tanks. Since thereare two hydrogen atoms for each oxygenatom in a water molecule, twiceas much hydrogen gas is collected. Thehydrogen gas collection tank will fillcompletely in about two minutes.A Disconnect the power supply and theHyrunner is ready to hit the road!PASCO’s Hyrunner Hydrogen Car is anoutstanding example of a promising energysource for the future. The hydrogen fuel cellis an amazing device that combines hydrogenwith oxygen to produce water and energy.Hydrogen fuel cells boast an efficiency thatis roughly twice that of internal combustionengines.The energy from a fuel cell can be used todo work on any system. In the case of theHyrunner, the energy is used to move thecar across the floor at a maximum speed of20 cm/s. The Hyrunner is well-constructed,with all components visible for studentinspection and a more thoroughunderstanding of its workings.How it WorksA Place distilled water into the two storagetanks to force any air out of the gas collectionchambers.A Next, plug the included power supplyinto the hydrogen fuel cell. Using theenergy from the power supply, the waterin the storage tanks is electrolyzed, creatingboth hydrogen and oxygen gas.Includes:Hyrunner CarPower SupplyTwo Gas CollectionChambersOrder Information:Reversible Fuel CellDistilled WaterSafety GlassesInstruction BooksHyrunner .........................................................SE-7341263

Energy – Hydrogen Fuel CellsFuel Cell Tutorial SetSE-8837This complete fuel cell tutorial kit includes everythingneeded to study the operation of fuel cells. Studentscover the metal base-plate with templates from thetutorial book. These act as guides to which studentsattach the magnetically mounted components.Solar cells, fuel cells, gas storage tanks and fan can becombined for numerous experiments such as solar car,hydrogen production in a solar hydrogen gas station,air-breathing fuel cell car, solar hydrogen system andreversible fuel cell system. A detailed textbook, “FuelCell Technology for Classroom Instruction” withexercises is included.SpecificationsElectrolyzer Cell 5:5 cm3/min H 2 ;2.5 cm3/min O 2 ;1.16 WReversible Fuel Cell H 2 /O 2 /AirH 2 /O 2 mode: 500 mWH 2 /Air mode: 150 mWGas storage: 30 cm3 H 2 ; 30 cm3 O 2Solar module: 2.0 V / 600 mA; 13 cm x 9 cmBattery Box: 4.5 VDC / 0.8 A(Three AA batteries, not included)Power supply: 1.2 ALoad (fan): 10 mWLoad (car): 150 mWCable length: 250 mmH x W x D: 140 x 450 x 380 mmWeight: 3.5 kgFuel Cell Tutorial Set Includes:– Reversible Fuel Cell H 2 /O 2 /Air: for productionof hydrogen and oxygen and conversion ofhydrogen to electricity– PEM Electrolyzer Cell 5: for hydrogen andoxygen production– Two Hydrogen/Oxygen Storage Tanks– Solar Cell– Fan: to use as an electrical load– Car: to use as an electrical load– Experimentation Plate with Templates– 110V Power Supply: for use when solaris not available– Battery Box (Three AA batteries, not included)– Connector Cables and Tubing– 250 ml Distilled Water– Fuel Cell Technology Textbook– Carrying CaseTemplate: This template for the SolarHydrogen Setup shows studentshow to connect the components. Thecomponents mount magnetically tothe steel backing plate.Solar Hydrogen Car Setup: Thecar can also be powered directly bythe solar cell outside in full sunlight.264Solar Hydrogen Setup:Uses solar energy topower the electrolyzerwhich separates thehydrogen from theoxygen in the water.Then the hydrogen andoxygen are used in thefuel cell to run electricitythrough the fan.Hydrogen GasStation and Fuel CellCar H 2 /Air Setup:Students can constructthis hydrogen gas stationto fill the tanks onthe fuel cell car.Order Information:Fuel Cell Tutorial Set (110V)......................................................................SE-8837www.pasco.com

Dissectible Fuel CellSE-8834Energy – Hydrogen Fuel CellsExploded View of Fuel CellThis fully functional fuel cell can becompletely taken apart and thenreassembled in working condition.Satisfy your students’ curiosity about what is inside a fuel cell.SpecificationsFuel Cell Power Output H2/O2: 600 mWFuel Cell Power Output H2/Air: 200 mWDimensions: 56 x 42 x 50 mmWeight: 60 gFuel Cell 10-StackSE-8835This stack of 10 fuel cells can be usedas a 2-Watt power source. Cells can bedemounted tomeet lowerpower needs.The voltageof each cellcan bemonitored.Order Information:Hydrogen Fuel SupplyElectrolyzer 10SE-8836Dissectible Fuel Cell...........................................................................................SE-8834Required (Hydrogen Fuel Source):Electrolyzer 10............................................................................................................SE-8836Solar Cell ..................................................................................................................SE-8838orPower Source .....................................................................................................SE-8839Power SupplySE-8839SpecificationsPower 10 Cells: 2 WDimensions: 60 x 175 x 70 mmWeight: 430 gOrder Information:Fuel Cell 10-Stack ...............SE-8835Required (Hydrogen Fuel Source):Electrolyzer 10.........................SE-8836Solar Cell ...............................SE-8838orPower Source ..................SE-8839Recommended to Measure Voltage:ScienceWorkshop or PASPORT InterfaceVoltage Sensor .....................CI-6503 p. 79PASPORT Voltage/Current Sensor .....................PS-2115 p. 48This electrolyzer supplies hydrogen by separatingthe hydrogen from water. It requiresa power source: Either a solar cell or an ACpower adapter (see below)Includes:Double-cell PEM electrolyzer with watertanks, hydrogen and oxygen tanksSpecificationsHydrogen Production: 10 cm3/minOxygen Production: 5 cm3/minPower: 2.33 WDimensions: 200x180x120 mmOrder Information:Electrolyzer 10 ..................................... SE-8836This power supply plugs into linevoltage and outputs 5 VDC at 3 A.Used to power the Electrolyzer whensunlight is not available.Connection: 2 mm bananaOrder Information:Power Source ....................................... SE-8839Solar Cell SE-8838 Solar Cell 1.00 W SE-8847This solar cell outputs 4 V at 350 mA in fullsunlight. Used to power the Electrolyzer.Dimensions: 13X9 cm.Connection: 2 mm bananaOrder Information:Solar Cell ...........................................................SE-8838Power: 1 W nominal power output;2.40 V open circuit voltageDimensions: 127x152x8 mm outside dimensions;30.5 cm2 actual cell areaIncludes one pair of 4 mm banana plug cables.Order Information:Solar Cell 1.00 W ......................................SE-8847265

Electromagnetism – MagnetismVariable Gap MagnetEM-8641A Variable Field Strength (70 - 7500 Gauss)A Great for Induction ExperimentsNeodymium Magnets3/4-inch diameter on an iron base.Field strength can be adjustedbetween 70 and 7500 Gauss.Adjustment ScrewsGap can be varied between0.5 cm and 8.9 cm.PASCO’s Variable Gap Magnet demonstrates difficult ideas such asforce on a current-carrying wire, eddy currents, paramagnetism anddiamagnetism. Vary the pole separation of this ultra strong lab magnetto provide field strengths from 0.007 to 0.75 Tesla (70 to 7500 Gauss).It’s a strong, general purpose lab magnet convenient for experiments inmagnetic induction.The neodymium magnets are plastic-coated to prevent chipping. Theheavy-duty iron base is stable in four different freestanding positionsand also mounts on standard 12.7 mm (1/2 in.) rods.Versatile IronBaseMay be used infour freestandingpositions ormounted on athreaded rod.pside DownUprightUpside-downDown On SideOn side SideOn OnEnd endThe Variable Gap Magnet may be used in 4 differentfreestanding positions as well as on a stand.OnEndFlat Pole PiecesSupplied to providea more uniform fieldwhen needed.Order Information:Variable Gap Magnet ......................................................................................................................................EM-8641(Includes Variable Gap Magnet with Pole Pieces)Magnetic Demonstration System ..................................................................................................EM-8644A(Includes EM-8641 and EM-8642A, shown below)Magnetic Force AccessoryEM-8642AThe Magnetic Force Accessory includes itemsrequired to perform three demonstrationswith the Variable Gap Magnet:1. Magnetic DampingSwing the solid aluminum paddlethrough the gap and it stops dead, themotion damped due to eddy currents.Now try the slotted paddles. One swingsfreely while the other is immediatelydamped.2. Diamagnetism and ParamagnetismDiamagnetic and paramagnetic rods areplaced in the strong magnetic field of theVariable Gap Magnet.2663. Force on a Current-Carrying WireSwing the wire through the gap and detectthe induced EMF with a galvanometer. Or,pass a current through the wire and watchit move in the magnetic field.(a)(b)The diamagnetic glass rod (figure a) aligns transverseto the field; the paramagnetic (figure b) aluminum rodaligns with the field.Includes:Three aluminum paddles(solid, slotted, closed slotted)Glass rodAluminum rodWire swingSpecial mounting rodOrder Information:Magnetic ForceAccessory .............................EM-8642ARequired:Power Supply(18 V DC, 5A) .....................SE-9720A p. 279orMini-Generator ..............SE-8645 p. 270Base and SupportRod ................................................ME-9355 p. 213www.pasco.com

Induction WandEM-8099AC/DC Motor (Accessoryto Variable Lab Magnet)SE-8657Electromagnetism – MotorsPermanent MagnetMotorSE-8658AThe Induction Wand is a rigid pendulumwith a coil at the bottom end, connectedto the banana terminals at the other end.A through-hole allows the pendulum tobe connected to a Rotary Motion Sensor(pages 26, 74 (not included)), for detailedinvestigations of induction, as the coil isswung through a magnetic field.The SE-8657 Motor Accessory is anelectromagnet designed as an armature thatwill rotate when placed in a magnetic fieldand connected to an AC or DC power supply.The Motor Accessory can transform:A The EM-8641 Variable Gap Magnet intoa DC and a synchronous AC motor andgenerator. Students can explore therelationships between motor speed,voltage and AC frequency, as well asarmature direction, rotation and polarity.A The SF-8616 Coils and Cores Set intoa universal motor. Students learn therelationships between current andmagnetic field direction the effects ofvoltage, AC current frequency and DCvoltage changes on motor speed.ExperimentsAll experiments with the MotorAccessory can be performed with eithera Digital Function Generator or with theScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interfaceand the Power Amplifier.Motor Accessorywith the SF-8616Coils and Cores SetThe SE-8658A Permanent Magnet Motorteaches principles involved in the operationof DC and synchronous AC motors, as wellas AC and DC power generation.Open construction permits students to tracethe wiring and relate motor performanceto basic laws of electromagnetism. A fewseconds and no additional parts are requiredto reverse the armature and change from aDC split-ring commutator to AC slip rings.Powerful ceramic field magnets and amplewindings give excellent performance withminimal current.ExperimentsThis motor will operate with simpleflashlight cells or a function generator/amplifier, but it is designed to takeadvantage of the features of DataStudio.Photogates can measure the motor’sspeed as frequency, voltage and currentare varied. Powering the motor with theCI-6552A Power Amplifier permits controlfrom the computer keyboard.The energy of the pendulum decreases with each passof the coil through the magnet. The energy dissipatedin the resistor is obtained from the area under a powerversus time plot. For more information, see page 390.Includes:Wand with screwResistive loadOrder Information:Induction Wand .............................................EM-8099Includes:ArmatureBrushesMounting RodOrder Information:AC/DC MotorAccessory .................................SE-8657Required:FunctionGenerator..................................PI-8127 p. 284orScienceWorkshop 750with Power Amplifier .................................... p. 68-70Variable GapMagnet .........................................EM-8641 p. 266Basic Coil Set .......................SF-8616 p. 272Order Information:Permanent MagnetMotor .........................................SE-8658ARequired:FunctionGenerator..............................PI-8127 p. 284orScienceWorkshop 750with Power Amplifier .................................p. 68-70267

Electromagnetism – GeneratorsEnergy Transfer – GeneratorET-8771AA Transfers gravitational potential energy to electrical energyA Open design: 19 mm neodymium magnet can be seenspinning between the two CoilsA Real-Time computer measurement of output powerCoilTransparent CaseRod ClampEnergy Transfer –Flywheel AccessoryET-8773The Flywheel Accessory is attached to theGenerator (ET-8771) See photo below left, todemonstrate the storage of rotational kineticenergy. The solid aluminum disk (6.3 cmdiameter, 80 g mass) keys into the shaft ofthe Generator to prevent slipping. A threadattached to a hanging weight easily wrapsaround the built-in pulley.ET-8773 FlywheelAccessory has abuilt-in pulley anda spiral pattern onthe label to showrotational motion.MagnetOrder Information:268Power OutputShown usingoptional ET-8773FlywheelAs the hanging massfalls, rotational kineticenergy is stored inthe flywheel,and converted toelectrical energy.Includes:Generator with three-step pulleyRed-Green LED mounted on plug100-ohm load resistor mounted on plugSpool of threadThree-StepPulleyPASCO’s Energy Transfer Generator demonstratesthe conversion of gravitationalpotential energy into electrical energy asa falling weight turns a magnet betweentwo coils. The open design permits easyidentification of the essential parts of thegenerator. The supplied lamp or load resistorcan be plugged into the output bananajacks. A Voltage/Current Sensor can be usedto measure the generated current, voltageand power.By wrapping the string around different sizedsteps on the three-step pulley, the generatorwill spin at different speeds. The smallerthe pulley radius, the slower the weight fallsand the greater percentage of the potentialenergy is converted to electrical energy.The AC power generated by spinning theshaft by hand easily lights the includedred-green LED. The LED goes from red togreen, indicating the direction of the current.The built-in rod clamp is used to mount thegenerator on a rod stand.Order Information:Energy Transfer –Generator ......................................ET-8771ARecommended:Flywheel Accessory ..........ET-8773Hydro Accessory ..................ET-8772 p. 269Hooked Mass Set ................SE-8759 p. 223Large Rod Base ......................ME-8735 p. 212Steel Rod (90 cm) ................ME-8738 p. 212No Bounce Pad .......................SE-7347 p. 220Required for use with PASPORT:Voltage/CurrentSensor ................................................PS-2115 p. 48Energy Transfer –Flywheel Accessory ..............................ET-8773Required:Energy Transfer – Generator .....ET-8771AEnergy Transfer –Generator GearingET-8775Use the GeneratorGearing with the EnergyTransfer – Generator to create ameasurable power output witha few turns of the hand. Simplyconnect the gearing to the samerod stand as the generator andstretch the drive belt over thetwo pulleys. Use the LED on thegenerator or voltage and currentsensors to monitor the output.Includes:Generator HandCrank DiscBuilt-in Rod ClampDrive Belt (2)Order Information:Energy Transfer –Generator Gearing .................................. ET-8775Required:Energy Transfer – Generator ..... ET-8771ALarge Base and Support Rod .... ME-9355Recommended for use with PASPORT:Xplorer or Xplorer GLX ......................p. 10-18Voltage/Current Sensor.......................PS-2115www.pasco.com

Electromagnetism – GeneratorsEnergy Transfer – Hydro AccessoryET-8772A Demonstrates HydroelectricPower GenerationA Open Design Gives View of Spinning Turbineand Water StreamA Falling Water Lights an LEDEnergy Transfer –Wind TurbineET-8783Attach this clear propeller to the EnergyTransfer – Generator for a complete windenergy turbine. Students will better understandthe process of electrical energy productionfrom wind after using the turbine.The Hydro Accessory is used with the Energy Transfer-Generator (ET-8771) to demonstratehow falling water generates electricity. The gravitational potential energy of the water is convertedinto electrical energy as the falling water turns the turbine. The water can be suppliedusing the optional Water Reservoir (ME-8594). The water that has passed through the turbineis caught in a beaker and measured to determine the total mass that has fallen.The water nozzle size and angle can be adjusted to optimize performance. By changing theheight of the Water Reservoir, different efficiencies are achieved.Power generated by the Wind Turbine is measuredusing the Xplorer GLX, and the wind speed ismeasured using the PS-2174 Weather/AnemometerSensor (see page 62). The resulting data, in thegraph below, shows that power generated by a windturbine, depends on the cube of the wind speed.Includes:Turbine housingPlastic turbine (4 cm diameter)Water nozzles (5)Tubing (2-meter long)Plastic hose clampScrew driver for attachingHydro Accessory to GeneratorPower data as water fallsfrom the reservoir throughthe turbine.Order Information:Energy Transfer – Hydro Accessory ................................................................................................ET-8772Required:Energy Transfer – Generator ..................................................................................................................ET-8771ARecommended:Water Reservoir ......................................................................................................................................................ME-8594 p. 221Large Rod Base .......................................................................................................................................................ME-8735 p. 212Steel Rod (90 cm) .................................................................................................................................................ME-8738 p. 212Three-Finger Clamp ..........................................................................................................................................SE-9445 p. 2141000 ml Beaker (6 pack) ...............................................................................................................................SE-7288 p. 221Includes:Fan and mountinghardwareOrder Information:Energy Transfer –Wind Turbine .............................................ET-8783Required:Energy Transfer –Generator......................................................ET-8771A269

Electromagnetism – GeneratorsHand-Crank GeneratorEM-8090A Heavy-Duty geared generatorA Durable aluminum crank arm withfree-turning plastic handleA Output up to 25 WattsThis generator produces up to 12 Volts with a sturdy handle, designed tobe cranked by hand. When used to power the light bulbs on the Series/Parallel Circuit board (sold separately), students can feel the difference ineffort required for lighting one bulb, two bulbs or no load.Order Information:Hand-Crank Generator .........................................................EM-8090Recommended:Series/Parallel Circuit .............................................................EM-8677 p. 254Mini GeneratorSE-8645Motor/Generator KitCI-6513SE-8645 Mini Generator with the recommendedaccessories:EM-9099 Light bulb and StandSE-8626 1 Farad CapacitorThe Mini Generator produces up to 6 voltsDC for basic experiments in electricity,electromagnetism and electrolysis. Itreplaces the usual power supply with adevice that students can see, operate andunderstand.Order Information:Mini Generator .......................................SE-8645Mini GeneratorExperiment Manual ..........................SE-8646Recommended:Capacitor (1 Farad ) ..........................SE-8626Light Bulb and Stand .....................EM-9099Replacement Bulb #50, 7.5 V, 0.22 A270Investigate the efficiency ofelectrical to mechanical energyconversion as the motor lifts ahanging mass. The precision DCmotor is coupled to a ball-bearingwindlass by a 10:1 mechanicaladvantage belt drive. The motorwill lift masses up to 1.5 kg.The Motor/Generator can bepowered with most DC powersupplies, however it is designed for usewith the Power Amplifier (CI-6552A) and aVoltage Sensor.Input power and energy for the motor are comparedto the output power and energy for the generator.Order Information:Motor/Generator shownwith optional photogateto measure the rotationalspeed.Includes:Precision DC MotorLow Friction Pulley/DriveSystemSturdy Base with Built-inTable ClampMotor/Generator Kit ..........CI-6513Required:Voltage Sensor...........................CI-6503 p. 79Hooked Mass Set ...................SE-8759 p. 223Power Amplifier ........................CI-6552A p. 70750 Interface ....................................................................p. 68www.pasco.com

Ring LauncherEM-8661A Shoots Ring 2 Meters HighA Improved Design with Thermal ShutoffA Inexpensive, Classic DemonstrationIn this classic demonstration of electromagneticinduction, an aluminum ring ispropelled straight up a maximum distanceof two meters. The changing magneticfield from the AC powered coil causesa changing magnetic flux through thealuminum ring. The induced EMF in thering sets up a current which produces amagnetic field. The induced magnetic fieldopposes the field of the coil, pushing thering up.Even though the fields are AC, and changingdirections at 60 Hz, the two fields are (nearly)always 180˚ out of phase due to the inductionof the ring.Iron CoreAluminum RingElectromagnetism – InductionRing LauncherAccessoriesEM-8662Includes a coil with a bulb that lights byinduction when the coil is placed over thelauncher core. Also includes three additionalrings: one split aluminum ring that will notlaunch, one copper ring to show the effectof changing materials and one shorteraluminum ring with higher resistance toshow that it will not go as high because ofdecreased induced current.SpecificationsVoltage: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, not available for220 VACFuse: 8 A max. temp. 60 °CAluminum Ring: 2.2 cm IDLauncher Dimensions: 12 x 18 x 30 cmCoilRod Clampis attached tothe back forattaching to aring standPowerIndicatorLightLighting a bulb connected to a coil by induction.The coil and bulb are included in the Ring LauncherAccessories (EM-8662).Includes:Coil with light bulbSplit aluminum ringThe PASCO Ring Launcher has beenoptimized to launch the ring higher andmaximize safety by enclosing all wiringinside the case. A thermal shutoff switchprotects the coil by preventing overheatingwhen the momentary launch switch isheld down for a prolonged time. A redlight indicates when the thermal switchis activated, and further launches areprohibited until the device cools.Overheat LightLaunchSwitchShort aluminum ringCopper ringIncludes:Ring LauncherAluminum Ring (2)Ring Launcher design ideas contributed by CarlSchneider and John Ertel from the U.S. NavalAcademy.Order Information:Ring Launcher.........................................EM-8661Order Information:Ring LauncherAccessories .................................................EM-8662271

Electromagnetism – CoilsCoils and CoresBasic Coil Set SF-8616Complete Coil Set SF-8617These high-quality coils and laminated iron coresprovide an effective introduction to electromagnetictheory. Purchase them individually or as a complete set.The coils are color-coded and each coil is labeled withthe number of turns and the direction of the winding.Use them to investigate:SF-8616 Basic Coil SetBasic Coil Set Complete Coil SetSF-8616SF-8617ModelSF-8617 Complete Coil SetIndividual PartsDescriptionElectromagnetism: Show how the magnetic field canbe increased by increasing the current, by adding an ironcore or by using a coil with more turns.Induction: Pass a magnet through a coil anddetect the resulting electromotive force (EMF) witha galvanometer. Show how the EMF depends on thenumber of turns in the coil and on the relative velocity ofthe magnet and coil.1 12 21 1- 1- 11 1- 1SF-8609SF-8610SF-8611SF-8612SF-8613SF-8614SF-8615Coil (200 turn)Coil (400 turn)Coil (800 turn)Coil (1600 turn)Coil (3200 turn)U-shaped coreE-shaped coreTransformers: Mount coils onto the U-or E-shapediron cores to demonstrate mutual inductance andtransformer theory. Then connect a load to investigatepower transfer. Investigate basic transformer theorywith an AC power supply and a voltmeter. Advancedprinciples require a high power output function generator(Model PI-9587C or PI-9598) and an oscilloscope. Forbetter experiments and demonstrations, use a computerwith PASCO’s ScienceWorkshop Interfaces.Using the signal generator capability of the 750Interface and oscilloscope display of DataStudio,students can investigate transformer theory.Order Information:Basic Coil Set .....................................................................SF-8616Complete Coil Set ........................................................SF-8617Individual parts sold separately (See chart, above right)Primary and Secondary CoilsSE-8653Air Core SolenoidSE-7585Transformer theory can be studied with this set of nested coilsconsisting of an outside coil (length = 11 cm) having 2920 turns, aninner coil (length = 12 cm) having 235 turns, and a removable 0.96cm diameter soft iron core. The outer coil is large enough (innerdiameter = 2 cm) to drop a bar magnet (SE-8604, page 277) throughto demonstrate induction.This air core solenoidhas an inner diameterof 5.5 cm and a lengthof 14.5 cm, allowingample room to insert anexperimental apparatusinto its uniform magneticfield. The maximumcurrent of 5 A produces a125 Gauss magnetic field.Order Information:Primary and Secondary Coils ................................................................SE-8653272Order Information:Air Core Solenoid ..................................................................................................SE-7585www.pasco.com

Field and Detector Coils1200-turnCoil2500-turnCoilElectromagnetism – CoilsA 5 volt triangle wave(red trace) is appliedto the Field Coil, andthe induced voltage inthe 2000 turn DetectorCoil is a square wave(green trace).3451. EM-6711 Field Coil: 200 turns of #22 copper wire, 18.6 cm ID, 22.1 cm OD.Max. current 2 A.2. EM-6723 500 turns of #22 copper wire. Max current 2 A.3. EM-6712 Detector Coil (400 turn): 400 turns of #28 copper wire.4. EM-6713 Detector Coil (2000 turn): 2000 turns of #36 copper wire.5. EM-6714 Bi-color LED Indicator.FeaturesVerify Faraday’s Law: Verify all aspects of Faraday’s Law.Qualitative Demonstration: With the EM-6714 Bi-ColorLED Indicator and the EM-8641 Variable Gap Magnet, students cansee when a current is induced in the detector coil. With the LEDindicator plugged into a detector coil, the LED flashes red or greenas the detector coil passes through the magnet.Quantitative Demonstration: PASCO’s coils can be usedwith a function generator and an oscilloscope, or connected to theScienceWorkshop 750 Interface.Developed for WorkshopPhysics ® activitiesOrder Information:For details of experiments using these coils,see Christopher C. Jones, Faraday’s LawApparatus for the Freshman Laboratory.Am. J. Phys. 1987; 55(12):1148-1150.Field Coil (200 turn) ............................................................................ EM-6711Field Coil (500 turn) ............................................................................ EM-6723Detector Coil (400 turn)................................................................. EM-6712Detector Coil (2000 turn) ............................................................. EM-6713LED Indicator .............................................................................................. EM-6714Recommended:Variable Gap Magnet ........................................................................ EM-8641 p. 266ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface .................................................................................p. 68orLow Voltage AC/DC Power Supply .................................. SF-9584B p. 280and:Function Generator ............................................................................. PI-8127 p. 284Helmholtz CoilsEM-6722 with 200-turn CoilsEM-6724 with 500-turn CoilsThe Helmholtz Coils consist of two coilsmounted on a base to provide a uniformmagnetic field between the coils. Thebase has a slot that allows thecoils to be spaced apart at anydistance from 3 cm to 20 cm(center-to-center distance).The proper separation forHelmholtz coils (i.e., the radiusof the coils) is marked on thebase. Two 0.635 cm (0.25 inch)diameter holes between the coils accommodate mountingdevices in the uniform magnetic field.This plot showsthe magnetic fieldstrength along the axisof Helmholtz coils forthree different coilseparations: the greendata is the magneticfield with the coilsseparated at theproper distance (theradius of the coils).Order Information:Helmholtz Coils (200-turn Coils) ......................................................EM-6722Helmholtz Coils (500-turn Coils) ......................................................EM-6724Helmholtz Coil Base (without coils) ...........................................EM-6715273

Electromagnetism – Force on Current-Carrying WiresBasic Current BalanceSF-8607A Measure Force vs. Current, Wire Length,Magnetic Field and AngleThe Current BalanceAccessory KitSF-8608A Use a Gram Balance to Measure ForceSF-8607 Basic Current Balance:measuring the force on a current-carrying wire in a magnetic field.With the SF-8607 Basic Current Balance,students can perform quantitativeinvestigations into the force betweena current-carrying wire and a magneticfield. Vary the wire length (L), the current(I), and the magnetic field (B), and thenmeasure the resulting force (F).Add the SF-8608 Current BalanceAccessory Kit, and students can alsodetermine how the angle (θ) between thewire and the magnetic field affects theforce. With this addition, all the relevantvariables can be analyzed:274F m = ILBsinθThe Basic Current BalanceOne to six magnets are mounted on aniron yoke, which is placed on a grambalance. A conductor is suspendedbetween the magnets. The weight of themagnets and yoke is measured, thena current (0-5 A) is passed through theconductor. The change in the reading ofthe balance (0-4 grams) measures theforce between the conductor and themagnetic field.Includes:341. Iron Yoke (holds magnets)2. Removable Magnets (six)3. Six Conductors (1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 cm in length)4. Mount (for holding/positioning conductors)Six conductors of different lengths areprovided and can be easily changedwhile main tain ing a repeatable positionwith respect to the magnetic field. Themag net ic field is pro por tion al to thenumber of magnets used.Order Information:Basic CurrentBalance .......................................SF-8607Required:Ohaus Balance ..................SE-8725 p. 222Power Supply .....................SF-9584B p. 280Base andSupport Rod .........................ME-9355 p. 213Recommended:BasicDigital Multimeter.........SE-9786A p. 281Tesla Meter ............................SF-7579 p. 277132The Current Balance Ac ces so ry Kitcompletes the Basic Current Balance,allowing the angle between the conductorand the magnetic field to be varied. Theexperiment is the same as with the BasicCurrent Balance, but a 10-turn rectangularcoil is used. The coil can be turned througha full 180°, and a built-in degree scale letsstudents accurately measure the anglebetween the coil and the field of the fixedmagnet.Includes:Fixed Magnet with Yoke10-turn Rectangular CoilOrder Information:Current BalanceAccessory Kit ............................................SF-8608Eddy Current RodsSE-7361This dramatic demonstration uses fallingring-shaped neodymium magnets tocreate eddy currents in four rods ofdiffering materials. Due to the differencein conductivity of the rods, the magnetsfall at different rates. The demonstration isperformed by turning the apparatus upsidedown and can be repeated by continuingto invert the apparatus. The 15-cm longrods are made of (in order of decreasingconductivity) copper, aluminum, brass,plastic.Order Information:Eddy Current Rods ............................SE-7361www.pasco.com

1.5 meter tubeElectromagnetism – Magnetic LevitationLenz’s LawDemonstratorMG-8600Magnetic Levitation DemonstrationSE-7339A Demonstrate Magnetic LevitationA Shipped Ready for DisplayHow it WorksThe force of earth’s gravity pulls the cube magnet downward.Simultaneously, the ceramic ring magnets exert an upward force.Two diamagnetic graphite plates, one above and below, repeleither pole of the cube, creating a stable equilibrium.FeaturesVisually Appealing: Clear plastic bell housing is viewable from360 degrees.No Setup: Shipped ready to display. Only a minor finger-tight adjustment of the hex nut may benecessary.Easy to Use: Adjust the hex nut manually. No tools necessary to levitate the cube. A hex key issupplied for reassembling the device or making precise measurements.Complete Manual: Ships with a detailed manual including a theoretical explanation,disassembly/reassembly instructions and an experiment with illustrated instructions.Includes:A sealed unit (10 cm high) of high purity diamagnetic graphite plates, a gold-plated rare earthlevitating magnet and adjustable field magnets.Clear plastic plates (2), Hex key, Complete ManualOrder Information:Magnetic Levitation Demonstration ...............................................................................................................................SE-7339Magnetic Levitation AccessoryEM-8947A Determine Lift andDrag Forces on aPermanent MagnetSuspendedOver a SpinningAluminum DiskNeodymiumMagnetAluminum DiskEddy currents are producedas the aluminum disk spins,creating a magnetic fieldthat repels the magnet.Amount of lift varies withangular velocity of disk.Eddy currents are producedas the aluminum disk spins,creating a magnetic field thatrepels the magnet. Amountof lift varies with angularvelocity of disk.See page 191 for moreinformation.High ResolutionForce SensorSold separately.PhotogateSoldseparately.Motor DriveSold separately.Drop a mass through the 1.5 metertube. It takes about half a second todrop. Then drop a magnet with anidentical mass. It takes over 10 timesas long to fall. As the magnet falls, itgenerates a current in the tube, movingin one direction above the magnetand in the opposite direction below.Both currents obey Lenz’s Law andinduce magnetic fields that oppose themagnet’s motion. (Scale included).Includes:Aluminum DiskArm Assembly45 cm Aluminum RodManual (not shown)Order Information:Rotating PlatformSold separately.Order Information:Lenz’s LawDemonstrator .............................. MG-8600Magnetic Levitation Accessory ..........................................................................................................EM-8947Required:Rotating Platform .................................................................................................................................................ME-8951 p. 188275

Electromagnetism – Magnetic Fields2-D Magnetic FieldDemonstratorSF-8602AConsists of four plastic plates, eachcontaining 98 small iron bars, a barmagnet and four cardboard disks. Place amagnet above or below this demonstrator.Magnetic field lines are clearly revealed asthe iron bars align with the field. Lay theplates together to form a large plate, orstand them on edge to map out a 3-D field.Can be viewed directly or used with anoverhead projector.Order Information:2-D Magnetic FieldDemonstrator ...............................................SF-8602ADip NeedleSF-8619This rotating compass has durable andalmost frictionless bearings. Use ithorizontally as a standard compass, orvertically to find the dip angle of the Earth’smagnetic field. Instruction sheet included.Order Information:Dip Needle.........................................................SF-8619MagnaprobeSE-7390The Magnaprobe is agreat way to demonstratethe 3-D nature of magneticfields. The probe features agimbal-mounted Alnicomagnet which is free tomove in the x, y and zdimensions. As the probeis brought near a magneticfield, the alnico magnetaligns itself with the field.Use it to investigate themagnetic field aroundvarious geometries ofmagnets or the magneticfields around commonelectrical devices. Suggestedactivities are included with each probe.Magnaprobe is 12 cm long.3-D Magnetic FieldDemonstratorSE-8603Transparent CompassSE-8681Order Information:Magnaprobe ......................................................SE-7390Order Information:3-D Magnetic FieldDemonstrator ..................SE-8603Recommended:Bar Magnets(set of 2) .................................SE-8604 p. 277or:any magnet, 4-5 cm long, dia.

Electromagnetism – Magnetism SuppliesBar MagnetsSE-8604 (2 pack)These cylindricalmagnets (10 x 50 mm)are small, strong andcolor-coded for polarity.Plastic case and keeperplates included.Order Information:Bar Magnets (2 pack) ............................SE-8604Neodymium MagnetsNeodymium magnets are some of the strongest commercialmagnets available. Available either bare or with a protectivecoating to prevent the brittle metal from chipping.Plastic case included.Plastic CoatedEM-862119 mm dia. x 10 mmWith Hole EM-9980A13 mm dia. x 10 mmWithout Hole EM-8648B13 mm dia. x 5 mmRotating Magnet StandsSE-8605 (2 pack)Order Information: Order Information: Order Information:Neodymium Magnets (2)(Plastic Coated)EM-8621Hole fits a#2 screwNeodymium Magnets (8)(with hole)EM-9980ANeodymium Magnets (16)(without hole)EM-8648BThese clear acrylic stands have low-frictionswivels and can be used with an overheadprojector for demonstrations with magnetsand charged rods. The agate bearings aresmooth and durable. An azimuth scale ismolded into each base. Shown withSE-8604 Bar Magnets (not included).Order Information:Rotating MagnetStands (2 pack) .............................................SE-8605Alnico Bar MagnetsEM-8620 (2 pack)MagnetizerSE-8637Re-magnetize bar and horseshoemagnets or magnetize iron bars forexperiments. Insert a magnet intoeach cavity and press the button.Three keeper bars are included.Magnet not included.These magnets (150 x 13 mm) are strongerand last longer than iron magnets. They fita St. Louis motor and the north poles arenotched. Case included.Order Information:Alnico Bar Magnets(2 pack) ....................................................................EM-8620Bar MagnetsSE-8687 (2 pack)These economicalBar Magnets(100 mm x 12 mm)are color coded todistinguish betweenthe north and south poles. Align thesimilar poles together and watch themagnets repel. Align the opposite polestogether and watch them attract.Order Information:Bar Magnets (2 pack) ............................SE-8687SpecificationsCoil Current: 100 A peak (min.)Magnetization Field: At least 7 kG peakOperating Voltage: 115/220V AC, 50/60 HzTesla MeterSF-7579A 0–2 Tesla RangeA Range AutoscalingA 6-12 Volt DC power supply isrequired to use the Tesla Meter.Includes:Tesla Meter with Digital DisplayProbe (80 mm x 8 mm x 2 mm)Power Adapter: 110V AC to 9V DC, 200 mASpecificationsResolution: 0.1 mT (0 – 200 mT)1 mT (200 mT – 2T)Accuracy: ±5% of measurementOrder Information:Magnetizer ....................................................SE-8637Order Information:Tesla Meter ....................................................SF-7579277

Electromagnetism – Magnetic FieldsDC Power SupplyPI-9877A 1 Amp at 18 VDCA Digital DisplayA Ramp or Step Positive Voltage Up or DownProvides a current of 1 A at 18 V, with a resolution of0.01V and typical ripple of 10mV. This DC power supplyhas added features to cycle the voltage on and off, toramp the voltage up or down between the maximumand minimum set, and to change the voltage in steps.A positive offset can be introduced so the ramp can startat a voltage other than zero. Minimum period is 0.1 sec(10 Hz) and the maximum period is 999 seconds.The digital display has four digits (0.76 cm high) and candisplay voltage, current, or time. The time is displayedto set the period, duration, or duty cycle.There are both coarse and fine adjustment knobs. As asafety factor, a maximum current and a maximum voltagecan be set to protect your students’ external circuits. Theoutput is voltage regulated but not current regulated.The power supply is connected to AC power using auniversal power adapter.Available Functions:Power OutputStandard bananajacks allow the DCPower Supply to beeasily connectedto circuits.IndentationsFor stackingduring storage.LED DisplayRed LEDs make thedisplay easy to read.Display SelectionCurrent, voltage, cycle time.Green LED indicates whichmeasurement has beenselected.Start/StopCycleChoice ofsteps, ramps,or cycle onand off.Small and light weight;12cm x 13 cm x 5.5cm highand approximately 300g.AmplitudeAdjustmentSets maximum current,voltage, cycle period.Step Voltage UpStep Voltage Down fromMax to MinCycle On and OffIncludes:DC Power SupplyUniversal Power AdapterOrder Information:Cycle On and Off withDifferent Duty CyclesRamp Up with OffsetProgrammableDC Power Supply ................................PI-9877Instrument AmplifierPI-2212A Drive a Speaker with a Low Power SignalThe Instrument Amplifier is a currentamplifier and is capable of using a low powerinput (such as the output of an MP3 player)to produce an output with up to 10 wattsof power (±10 V at 1 A). This output can beused to drive a variety of devices such as thePASCO SF-9324 Mechanical Wave Driver.The input to the amplifier is a pair of strippedand tinned wires on a 72 inch (1.8 meter)cord. One lead is red and the other is black.These wires feed into a differential amplifierwith an input impedance of 50,000 ohms(50 kΩ). The output is present on the red andblack female banana jacks on the side of theamplifier opposite to the input cord.Heat sinkDissipates waste heat.Output JacksAccept 4 mm banana plugs(shielded or unshielded)to connect a device to theInstrument Amplifier.SpecificationsInput Range: ±10 VInput Impedance: 50 kΩOutput Range: ±1 A @ ±10 VOutput Current Limit: ±1.5 AOver-current Indicator: 1 AOver-current IndicatorLoad Regulation: 1%Lighted LED indicates thatOutput Noise: 20 mV p-p, typicalthe output voltage may beclipped or distorted.Output Connectors: Shock proof 4 mm“banana” jacks, 0.75 inch spacing (19 mm). Order Information:Black connector common with earth ground.Included AC AdapterInput Signal LeadsConnect to the signalto be amplified by theInstrument Amplifier.Instrument Amplifier.......................PI-2212278www.pasco.com

Power Supply(18 VDC, 5 A)SE-9720APower Supply(30 VDC, 6 A)SE-9721AElectromagnetism – Magnetism SuppliesTriple Output PowerSupplySE-8587A 0-18 VDC at 0-5 AA Serial and ParallelOperationA 0-30 VDC at 0-6 AA 0.01% High RegulationA 0-30 VDC at 0-3 AA Digital Voltage & Current MetersThe SE-9720 has a remote control connectorand switch on the rear panel so units can beconnected in series or parallel with each otherto provide higher voltage, higher current andhigher power output.SpecificationsDigital Meter: Voltage or CurrentConstant Voltage Mode: Output voltage:continuously variable, coarse and fine control;line regulation: ≤0.01%±3 mV; load regulation:≤0.01%+3 mV; ripple and noise: ≤0.5 mV rmsat low current, ≤1 mV rms at high currentConstant Current Mode: Output voltage:continuously variable, coarse and fine control;line regulation: ≤0.02% ±3 mA; load regulation:≤0.02% ±3 mA; ripple and noise:≤3 mA rmsPower Source: AC 100, 120, 220, 240 V±10%, 50/60 Hz; Protection— overload andreverse polarity protectedDimensions: 29 x 13 x 15 cm (5.5 kg)This medium-size power supply is conservativelydesigned for long-term stability anddurability. Dual display allows for fast checkingof both voltage and current.SpecificationsDigital Meters: Voltage and CurrentConstant Voltage Mode: Output voltage:continuously variable, coarse and fine control;line regulation: ≤0.01%± 3 mV; load regulation:≤0.01%+3 mV; ripple and noise: ≤0.5 mVrms at low current, ≤1 mV rms at high currentConstant Current Mode: Output voltage:continuously variable, coarse and fine control;line regulation: ≤0.02% ±3 mA; load regulation:≤0.02% +3 mA; ripple and noise:≤3 mA rmsPower Source: AC 100, 120, 220, 240 V±10%, 50/60 Hz; Protection— overload andreverse polarity protectedDimensions: 34 x 26 x 15 cm (11.5 kg)This power supply offers adjustable voltageoutput (0-30 V), adjustable current output(0-3 A) and two independent constant voltageoutputs (5 V and 12 V). Digital displays of bothcurrent and voltage allow students to easilygather data. Features overload and shortcircuitprotection.SpecificationsDigital Meters: Voltage and CurrentConstant Voltage Mode: Output voltage:continuously variable; line regulation:≤0.05% ±10 mV; load regulation:≤0.05%+10 mV; ripple and noise: ≤0.5 mVrmsConstant Current Mode: Output voltage:continuously variable, line regulation:≤ 0.05%+10 mA; load regulation:≤0.05%+10 mA; ripple and noise:≤3 mA rmsPower Source: AC 110/220 VAC, 50/60 HzDimensions: 29 x 13 x 15 cm (5.5 kg)Order Information: Order Information: Order Information:Power Supply ............................................SE-9720A(18 Volt DC, 5 A)Power Supply ............................................SE-9721A(30 Volt DC, 6 A)Triple OutputPower Supply ............................................SE-8587Variable TransformerSE-7351The Powerstat Variable Transformer isdesigned for heavy-duty use. Rotation ofthe knob delivers any output voltage in therange of 0 to 140 Volts. Operating characteristicsmake it ideal for laboratory, testingand other applications requiring a portablesource of variable AC voltage. This variacprovides up to 140 V at 10 Amps. 110 VACpower only.Order Information:Variable Transformer ...............................SE-7351Student Power Supply (18 VDC, 3 A)SE-8828A 0-18 VDC at 0-3 AA Constant voltage or currentA Short-circuit protectedA Current limitingA Low noise/rippleThis high quality,compact powersupply providesthe DC voltageand current levelsnecessary formost introductorystudent labs.SpecificationsDigital Meters: Voltage and CurrentConstant Voltage Mode: Output voltage:continuously variable; line regulation:

Instrumentation – Power SuppliesHigh VoltagePower SupplySF-9585AKilovoltPower SupplySF-9586Low Voltage AC/DCPower SupplySF-9584BA 0 to 50 VDC at up to 50 mAA 0 to 500 VDC at up to 50 mAA 2 to 7 VAC at up to 3 AA 0 to 6 kVDCA 6.3 VAC, 2 A filament sourceA 0 to 24 VDC at 0 to 10 AA 0 to 24 VAC at up to 6 AA Digital readoutsA versatile and reliable supply for electronphysics and other experiments requiringmedium to high voltages at relatively lowcurrents.The 50 and 500 VDC outputs are in de pendently variable, providing up to 50 mA, andthe output displays can be switch-selected toread voltage and current in either range.A separate set of output terminals provides 2,4, 5, 6 and 7 VAC at up to 3 A, a convenientsource for electron tube filaments.Note: The positive terminal of the 50-volt supply isinternally connected to the negative terminal of the500-Volt supply.SpecificationsRipple: Less than 0.1%, ±1 digit LineRegulation:

Basic Digital MultimeterSE-9786AThis basic meterincludes all functionsand ranges neededfor most in tro duc to rylab work.Features20 Amp rangeBacklit display with25 mm digitsSoft rubber bootfor drop protectionBuilt-in tilt standType K thermometer built in for surface orair measurementsAuto power off saves battery lifeSpecificationsDC Voltage: 0.1 mV to 600 V with ± 0.5%accuracyAC Voltage: 1 mV to 600 V with ± 0.3%accuracyDC Current: 0.1 μA to 20 AAC Current: 0.1 mA to 20 AResistance: 0.1 Ω to 20 MΩAdditional Functions: Input fuse protection,audible and visible misconnectionsignals, data hold freezes display readingDisplay: 3-1/2 digit display with 25 mm digits,polarity indication, low battery indicationPower: 9V battery (included)Order Information:Basic DigitalMultimeter ......................................................SE-9786ADigital LCRMeterSE-8792Measure in duc tance,ca pac i tance andre sis tance. Test leadsare included, alongwith a battery, aprotective holster anda manual.FeaturesAccuracy: 1% or better on most rangesEasy to Use: Push-button selection for allmea sure mentsDigital Display: 4-1/2 digit backlit LCDBuilt-in Tilt Stand: Con ve nienttabletop useGeneral PurposeDigital MultimeterSE-9589AThis durable,general purposemeter isrecommend edfor generaluse in thestudent lab.SpecificationsDC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V,1000 V; ±(0.5% +1 digit) 10 M Ω inputimpedanceAC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V;±(1% + 4 digits) 750 V; ±(1.5% + 4 digits)10 M Ω input impedanceDC Current: 200 μA, 2 mA, 20 mA,200 mA; ±(1% + 2 digit) 2 A;±(2% + 3 digits)AC Current: 200 μA, 2 mA, 20 mA,200 mA; ±(1.5% + 5 digits) 2 A;±(2.5% + 5 digits)Resistance: 200 Ω, 2 k Ω, 20 k Ω, 200 k Ω,2 M Ω; ±(1% + 4 digits) 20 M Ω; ±(3% +5 digits)Additional Functions: diode test, logicprobe, audible continuity testDisplay: 3-1/2 digit LCD, 17 mm high digits,polarity indication, low battery indicationPower: 300-hour life on 9-V alkaline(battery included)Protection: Overload on all rangesOrder Information:General PurposeDigital Multimeter .................................SE-9589ASpecificationsInductance: 2000.0 μH, 20.000 mH,200.00 mH, 2000.0 mH, 20.000 H, 200.00H, 20.000 H (± 0.7% rdg + Lx/10000 +digit)Capacitance: 2000.0 pF, 20.000 nF, 200.00nF, 2000.0 nF, 20.000 μF, 200.00 μF, 2000.0μF (± 0.7% rdg + 5 digit)Resistance: 20.000 Ω, 200.00 Ω, 2.0000kΩ, 20.000 kΩ, 200.00 kΩ, 2.0000 MΩ,20.000 MΩ (± 0.5% rdg + 8 digit)Power: 9 V alkaline battery (included)Accessories: Test leads (2), alligator clips(2), protective holderOrder Information:Digital LCR Meter...................................SE-8792Instrumentation – MetersPrecision DigitalMultimeter, ComponentTester and ThermometerSB-9631BAn excellent general purpose multi-meter.Features high-ac cu ra cy overload pro tec tionon all ranges and a built-in digital ther mometer. It also has 10 A current ranges foruse in electromagnetic experiments. It canmeasure capacitance and transistor gain(hFE).SpecificationsDC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V, 1000V; ± (0.5% + 1 digit) 10 M Ω input impedanceAC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V; ± (1%+ 4 digits) 750 V; ± (1.5% + 4 digits) 10 M Ωinput impedanceDC Current: 200 μA, 2 mA, 20 mA, 200 mA;± (1% + 1 digit) 2 A, 10 A; ± (2% + 3 digits)AC Current: 200 μA, 2 mA, 20 mA, 200mA; ± (1.2% + 4 digits) 2 A, 10 A; ± (2% +4 digits)Resistance: 200 Ω; ± (1% + 3 digits) 2 k Ω,20 k Ω, 200 k Ω, 2 M Ω; ± (0.8% + 1 digit)20 M Ω; ± (3% + 3 digit)Capacitance: 2 nF, 20 nF, 200 nF, 2 μF, 20μF; ± (3% + 10 digits)Temperature: -4° to 1400° F -4° F to 900° F;± 2.0% reading + 4° F; 900° F to 1,400° F; ±3.0% reading + 4° FAdditional Functions: Diode test, transistorhFE, audible continuity test, fold-out standDisplay: 3-1/2 digit LCD display, 17 mm highdigits, polarity indication, low battery indicationDrop ResistantPower: 200-hour life on 9-V alkaline (batteryincluded). Test leads, temperature probe andbattery are included.Order Information:Precision DigitalMultimeter ......................................................SB-9631BReplacement Supplies:Thermocouple Probe .........................SB-9632281

Instrumentation – Oscilloscopes20 MHz Dual TraceOscilloscopeSB-9591AFeaturesDual Channel: Allows two variables to bemonitored on the y-axis simultaneouslyX-Y Operation: Displays one variable on they-axis and the other on the x-axisBuilt-in Calibration SourceAlgebraic Add and Subtract: For differentialmeasurementsTwo 10:1 probes are included, along with a detachablepower cord, spare fuse, schematic diagrams and parts list.Digital Storage/AnalogOscilloscopeSB-9699BFeaturesDual Channel: Allows two variables to bemonitored on the y-axis simultaneouslyAnalog Operation: Excellent for generalpurpose oscilloscope experimentsDigital Storage: Cap tur e, replay and analyzefast transients and one-shot events atthe touch of a buttonThe SB-9699B Digital Storage/Analog Oscilloscopecomes complete with two 10:1 probes, a spare fuseand an instruction manual.Order Information:Digital Storage/AnalogOscilloscope ...............................................SB-9699BReplacement Supplies:Oscilloscope Probe............................SB-9648282Specifications:Vertical Deflection:Deflection Factor: 5 mV/div to 5 V/div in10 calibrated steps (1-2-5 sequence) withvariable controlMagnification: 5x increase in sensitivity ofselected range (provides 1 mV to 1 V/div)Accuracy: ±3% at CAL’D position: ±5%at CAL’D position for 5x gain Bandwidth(referenced to 5 divisions at 50 kHz)— DCto 25 MHz (at –3 dB); DC to 10 MHz (at –3dB) on 1 mV/div rangeRise Time: Approximately 18 nsInput Impedance: 1 M Ω shunted by 25pF ± 10 pFMax. Input Voltage: 400 VDC + AC peakOperating Modes: CHA, CHB, DUAL (ALTor CHOP) and ADD Chop Frequency—approx. 500 kHz Channel B Polarity—waveform inversion selectableHorizontal Deflection:Triggered Operation:Sweep Time: 0.2 s to 0.1 ms/div; 20 stepsin 1-2-5 sequence with variable controlMagnification: x10 (provides sweepexpansion to 10 ns/div)Accuracy: ±3% at CAL’D position except±6% on 0.2 s and ±20% on 0.1 ms (add±3% when using x10 magnifier) TriggerHoldoff Time-adjustable to longer than 5times full-width sweep length on all rangesSpecificationsDigital ModeOperating Modes:Storage: 2048 x 8 bits/channel (2K perchannel direct sampling, 1K per channelequivalent time sampling)Vertical Resolution: 1 in 256, approximately25 steps/divHorizontal Resolution: 1 in 2048, approx.200 samples/divSampling Rate: 10 M samples/sec to4 samples/sec, reduced in proportion totime base; direct sampling at >10 µs/div;equivalent time sampling at 10 ms/divEquivalent Time Sampling Bandwidth: 20MHz for repetitive waveformsLinear Interpolation: Smooths digital traceDisplay:Roll: Continuously updates data and displayRefresh: Updates at each triggered sweepHold: freezes trace on both channelsSave CH2: Freezes channel 2 tracePre-trigger Storage: single shot events,switchable to 0 or 50%Output Plotting:Output Jacks: Rear panel (0.2 V/div,2 V max)Sweep Rate: 1/10 of time base settingPen Lift Output: output jack on rear panel;TTL high, pen up; TTL low, pen downLED Indicators: Trigger (green), arm (red),pen down (red)X-Y Operation:Inputs: Channel A: x-axis; channel B: y-axisSensitivity: Same as channel A and channelB deflection factor switch setting oncorresponding axisFrequency Response: DC to 1 MHz(at -3 dB)Phase Shift: Less than 3° at DC to ~100 kHzTrigger:Source: CHA, CHB, LINE and EXTCoupling/Sensitivity: AUTO— 100Hz-30 MHz: 1.5 div (int.); ≥ 0.1 V p-p (ext.)NORM— DC-30 Mhz: 1.5 div (int.); ≥ 0.1 Vp-p (ext.) TV-V— 20 Hz-1 kHz: 0.5 div (int.);≥ 0.05 V p-p (ext.) TV-H— 1 kHz-100 kHz:0.5 div (int.); ≥ 0.05 V p-p (ext.)Slope— Normally “+”; pull TRIG LEVELcontrol for “-”External Input:Input Impedance: 1 M Ω, 30 pF MaximumInput Voltage: 300 V (DC + AC peak)Order Information:20 MHz Dual TraceOscilloscope ...............................................SB-9591AReplacement Supplies:Oscilloscope Probe............................SB-9648Analog ModeOperating Modes:Single trace: Channel 1 or 2Dual trace: Alternate or chopAlgebraic Sum or Difference X-Y: 5 mV/divto 5 V/div on each channel, DC to 2 MHz (-3db), phase difference approximately 3° at 50kHz Vertical Amplifiers (both channels)Sensitivity: 5 mV/div to 5 V/div in 1-25 sequence, 10 steps; vernier providescontinuous adjustment between steps,increasing max sensitivity to 1 mV/divAccuracy: ±3%Input Impedance: 1 M Ω ±2%; 25 pF ± 10 pFFreq. Response: DC to 20 MHz at 5 mV to 5V/div (calibrated), DC to 10 MHz at 1 mV/div(uncalibrated)Rise Time: Approximately 18 nsPolarity Reversal: Channel 2 onlyMax. Input Voltage: 400 V (DC + AC peak)Max. Undistorted Amplitude: 4 divisions(DC to 20 MHz); 8 divisions (DC to 10 MHz)Sweep System:Speed: 0.1 µs/div to 0.5 s/div in 1-2-5sequence, 21 steps; vernier providescontinuous adjustment between stepsAccuracy: ±3%Magnifications: 10xTrigger Coupling: AC, TV H/HF, TV V DC/LFTrigger Sensitivity: 0.5 div (internal); 500mV (external)OTHER: CRT– 8 x 10 div, rectangular withinternal graticule (1 div = 1 CM)www.pasco.com

Instrumentation – Digital OscilloscopesDigital StorageOscilloscopesSB-9620 (60 MHz)SB-9621 (100 MHz)A Stunning Color DisplayA Advanced TriggersA Memory and InterfaceThe 5.6” TFT color LCD greatly enhancesthe display performance, letting you seethe waveform details clearly from a broadrange of viewing angles.Easily adjust settings to capture any signalof interest with Normal, Single, Force,Pulse Width, and Video line selectabletriggers.Up to 17 waveforms on the screen can besaved into the internal memory for laterrecall and comparison. SD card massstorage and USB device port are supportedto provide a safe environment for datastorage/transfer of measurement resultsand remote control for diversified solutions.Specifications:VerticalSB-9620: DC to 60MHz(-3dB)SB-9621: DC to 100MHz(-3dB)Channels: 2Rise Time:

Instrumentation – Function GeneratorFunction GeneratorPI-8127A 0.001 Hz to 150 kHzA Programmable Frequency SweepA 10 Volts at 1 AmpA Use for circuits and/or driving speakersA Use the ramp function to vary the speedof DC motorsFeatureA Frequency Resolution of0.001 Hz over entire rangeLCD displaysfrequency, voltage,current and menus.Frequency SelectionMenu driven selection makes theFunction Generator intuitive to use.VoltageAdjust/Menu ItemSelectionFeatureA Upgradable FirmwareDownload the latest new features for yourPI-8127: The built-in USB port allows usersto access and upgrade firmware wheneverthe unit is attached to a computer runningcurrent versions of DataStudio (page 86) orSPARKvue (page 22).FeaturesThe Function Generator outputs sine, square,triangle, positive and negative ramps in additionto DC. It’s powerful output, 1 Amp at 10Volts, makes it useful for driving speakers,string vibrators, and circuits. Set maximumcurrent and voltage outputs for safety. The LCDdisplay is used to show readouts of frequency,voltage amplitude and rms current.LCD Readout: The LCD displays frequency,voltage, current, waveform, and menus.The backlight has two levels, low and high,selectable using the menu. The low backlightis useful in dark rooms.Frequency/Range Selection: There are tworanges, 0.001 Hz to 100 Hz and 1 Hz to 100kHz, selected using the range push-buttonswitch (integrated with the frequency knob).Output Standby: Pushing the standby buttondisables the output without changing settings.Output Current/Voltage Maximum: Themaximum current or maximum voltage can beset using the menu. This is useful when theinstructor needs to limit the voltage applied toa light bulb.284PowerButtonStandby push-buttonenables/disablesoutput voltageOffset Voltage: Any waveform may be offsetwith a DC voltage ranging from -10 V to +10 V,provided the peak voltage does not exceed 10 V.Frequency Sweep: Sweep between anytwo frequencies at a selectable rate.Available Waveforms:A SineA TriangleA SquareA Positive RampA Negative RampA DCUpgrades: The PI-8127 has upgradablefirmware. The USB port allows users toaccess and upgrade firmware wheneverthe unit is attached to a computer runningcurrent versions of DataStudio (page 86) orSPARKvue (page 22).Resolution SelectionButtonsOutput JacksSpecifications:Input Power: 15 V @ 1.6 A.Voltage Output: ±10 V @ 1 A.Frequency Range: DC to 100 kHz. SineWave retains its form to 150 kHz.Frequency Resolution: 0.001 Hz over entirerange.Offset Voltage: ±10 V.Waveforms: Sine, Triangle, Square, PositiveRamp, Negative Ramp, DCExternal Voltage Input: ±10 V MaximumTrigger Output: TTL Compatible; BNC jackon back of unitDisplay: LCD Graphics Monochrome Display,128 x 64, with Two-Level BacklightDisplays: Frequency, Waveform, Voltage,Current, Offset Voltage.Amplitude Modulation Modulate the signalof one function generator using another.Order Information:Function Generator ..............................PI-8127www.pasco.com

Instrumentation – Function Generator/Decade BoxesWide Range FunctionGeneratorSB-9549ADecade Resistance BoxPI-9588Heavy-duty VoltmeterSF-9568AThis function generator is similarto the Basic Function Generator, but itprovides a wider frequency range andgreater output voltage.SpecificationsRanges: 0.2 Hz to 5 MHz in seven ranges,(±1 count)Waveforms: - sine (distortion

Waves and Sound – Ripple TankRipple Tank SystemWA-9899A Completely Redesigned SystemA More AffordableA Integrated strobe/ripple generator simplifiesoperationA Foam “beach” design dramatically reducesreflections from wallsA Silent operationPASCO has completely redesigned its Ripple TankSystem to make it easier to use, more reliable,and more affordable. The strobe and rippler arecontrolled by the same unit and a new featuremakes it possible to introduce a small frequencydifference between the strobe and the rippler tomake the waves appear to move slowly. A simpleswitch changes the phase of the two ripplers from0 to 180 degrees.The rippler uses voice coil actuators for preciseand silent operation. The frequency range (1.0 Hzto 50.0 Hz) includes those important low frequenciesthat make refraction more prominent. TheLED digital frequency readout can be seen in lowlighting. The rippler has knobs to easily adjustthe dipper depth and the amplitude of the dipperstroke.The new light source is a white LED whichremains cool during operation and produces abright, clear wave pattern. The light can be usedas a strobe or in steady mode.Typical Applications:Ripple GeneratorProducing interference patternwith two point sourcesBase and Rod(not included)Point Sources(Three sizes)White LED StrobeCool running, producesbright, clear, wave patterns(includes rod)Sloped Foam BeachEliminates reflectionsRippleTankDetachableLegsViewingScreen(included)A Speed of Wave PropagationA Superposition of WavesA Effects of Varying Water DepthA Reflection, Refraction and DiffractionDigitalFrequencyReadoutPlane Waveand multiple sourcePhaseDepthControlCurvedReflectorAmplitudeDiffractionBarriersRefractorsConvex, Concave andTrapezoidThe yellow convex lens focuses the planewater waves. The waves show a pronouncedrefraction due to the abrupt change in depthof the water over the plastic lens.Ripple Arms(shown withPoint Source)StrobeControlLevel ControlFrequency(1-50 Hz)286www.pasco.com

Waves and Sound – Ripple TankRipple TankWA-9897Refraction occurs at the boundaries of thisrhomboid shape.The Doppler Effect is clearly demonstratedby moving the dipper. In this picture themovement is downward.Diffraction Barriers are used to createa double slit to show interference.The barriers can be changed to adjustthe slit width and slit separation.Includes:Tank with legsProjection Mirror and ScreenStrobe Mounting RodRefractors (convex, concave,rhomboid)Curved ReflectorDiffraction Barriers (2 long,1 short, 1 mini)Plastic Storage Box forcomponentsSpecifications given at leftOrder Information:SurfactantDrainage tube (30 cm)with clamp1 liter Plastic BeakerPipetteClear Plastic RulerWater ResistantStorage Box for EntireSystemRipple Tank .............................................................WA-9897Specifications Ripple Tank (WA-9897)Viewing Area: 34 cm x 34 cmUsable Tank Depth: 1 cmDrain Tube: 30 cm longProjection Screen: 35.6 cm x 38.8 cm wideAcrylic Mirror: 49.8 cm x 38.8 cm wideLight Source Support Rod: 46 cm longWater Resistant Storage Box: 64 cm x 52 cm x 17 cmSpecifications Ripple Generator/Light Source (WA-9896)Voice Coil Actuator Frequency Range: 1.0 to 50.0 Hz with 0.1 Hz ResolutionLight Source: Strobe or Steady, 5 W White LEDDigital LED Display: Frequency/DeltaAdjustable Delta Frequency Between Ripple Generator and Strobe: ± 45%frequency setting in steps of 9%Phase Switch: 0 or 180 degreesDepth, Tilt and Amplitude Adjustment ControlsPower Supply: 15 VDC at 1.5 A with On/Off SwitchRippler Case Dimensions: 10.5 cm x 16.3 cm x 3.9 cmIncludes:Ripple Tank WA-9897(complete components list at right)Ripple Generator/Light Source WA-9896(complete components list at right)Water Resistant Storage Box included(64 cm x 52 cm x 17 cm)Order Information:Ripple Tank System......................................................................................................................WA-9899Required:Large Rod Base .............................................................................................................................ME-8735 p. 21290 cm Rod ................................................................................................................................................ME-8738 p. 212Replacement:Ripple Tank Replacement Set ..........................................................................................WA-9898Ripple Generator/LightSourceWA-9896Includes:Ripple Generator/Strobedriver with Power AdapterLED Strobe AssemblySpecifications given at leftOrder Information:Ripple TankGenerator/Light Source .......................WA-9896Ripple Tank ReplacementSetWA-9898Includes:Plastic Storage Boxfor ComponentsDippersPipetteFoam BeachSpecifications given at leftPlane Wave Generatorwith multi-point dippersPoint Sources (3 sizes)RefractorsCurved ReflectorDiffraction BarriersOrder Information:Ripple Tank Optics ........................................WA-9898287

Waves and Sound – Mechanical WavesString VibratorWA-9857A Great Tool for Mechanical WaveDemonstrationsA Uses Magnetic Field to DriveFlexible TongueA Includes Constant FrequencyPower SupplyPower InputsDrive String Vibrator’s coil withincluded power supply, Sine WaveGenerator or 750 Interface.ClampingConvenient for clamping the String Vibrator to thetabletop or any other edge. Holes allow permanentmounting to a surface.Custom Plastic CaseTough enough forstudent use;stacking postsallow severalunits to beverticallystacked forstorage.Stainless Steel TongueFlexible metal strip mounted toa powerful neodymium magnet;includes a hole for connectingstring or wave cord.Air VentsProvides good circulationof air around coil.Built-in RodClampsFor mounting oneither a horizontalor vertical rod.The String Vibrator transforms mechanical wave demonstrationsto hands-on activities that every lab group can easily perform.Featuring an elegant design with no motors or speakers, the StringVibrator allows students to study the fundamental characteristicsof mechanical waves including wave speed, frequency, wavelength,amplitude, interference and resonance.Powering the String VibratorConstant Frequency Power Supply: Use the included powersupply to create waves at a constant 60 Hz frequency. By changingthe tension, various standing wave patterns can be created.How it WorksA neodymium magnet fastened to the stainless steel tongue is freeto move within a coil. By supplying AC current to the coil, an alternatingmagnetic field is created which vibrates the magnet and tongue.Power the String Vibrator by plugging the included power supply into the wall outlet.The waveform is varied by changing the tension in the elastic Wave Cord.By varying the amplitude and frequency of the AC signal, standing waves arecreated in the vibrating string.Typical ApplicationsA Standing Wave Patterns: Students learn about constructive anddestructive interference by studying these waveformsA Mechanical Wave Characteristics: Wave speed, string density,frequency, amplitude and wavelength can all be examined288Sine Wave Generator: Use this versatile device to drive the StringVibrator over a range of amplitudes and frequencies (0-800 Hz).A special mode allows the Sine Wave Generator to “learn” thefundamental frequency and scan through each of the resonantfrequencies. See page 289 for more details.750 Interface: The String Vibrator can also be powered by the 750Interface (CI-7650) directly or by using the Power Amp (CI-6552A).Includes:String Vibrator UnitConstant Frequency Power Supply(60 Hz)Wave Cord (not shown)(3 meters)Order Information:String Vibrator ...........................................................................................................WA-9857Recommended:Sine Wave Generator........................................................................................WA-9867www.pasco.com

Waves and Sound – Mechanical WavesSine Wave GeneratorWA-9867Power OutputStandard banana jacks allow the Sine Wave Generator tobe easily connected to other devicesFrequency IncrementsUse these buttons to store a frequencyincrement and scan through a frequencyrange by this increment.A Sine Wave Output up to 800 HzA Ideal for Driving Speakers and Wave DriversA Auto-Scan of Resonant FrequenciesLED DisplayRed LEDs make thedisplay easy to readwith 0.1 Hz resolution.AmplitudeVary the amplitude ofthe sine wave.The Sine Wave Generator is an effective tool for generating waveswith speakers or wave drivers. It enables users to change both thefrequency (0-800 Hz) and amplitude of the sine wave output. Bothfine and coarse frequency controls are included and the digital displayfeatures a 0.1 Hz resolution. In addition, the generator can “learn” thefundamental frequency for a particular configuration. Students canobserve the quantum nature of standing wave patterns as the SineWave Generator jumps from one resonant frequency to the next.FrequencyAdjustmentChange the frequencyby 1 Hz or 0.1 Hz increments.Clearly demonstrate various standing wave patterns.Typical ApplicationsA Wave Patterns in Strings: The Sine WaveGenerator can drive the following:String Vibrator (WA-9857)Economy Wave Driver (WA-9854)Mechanical Wave Driver (SF-9324)A Resonant Frequencies in Air: Use thegenerator with the Open Speaker(WA-9900) and Economy ResonanceTube (WA-9495) to produce easilyaudible standing waves in air.FeaturesCustom Plastic Case: Designed to withstandstudent use; includes angled rubber feet forease of use and rear rod clamp for additionalmounting options. Cases are also stackablefor easy storage.Digital Display: Frequency is displayedwith 0.1 Hz resolution using red LEDs.Frequency Adjustment: Adjust the frequencyof the output with either the fine(0.1 Hz) or coarse (1 Hz) knobs. The knobsinclude a “smart scan” feature so theychange frequency more quickly whencontinuously turned.Amplitude Adjustment: Change thevoltage of the sine wave signal.“Learn” Frequency: The Sine WaveGenerator will store a frequency increment,then cycle through the selected frequencyrange by the increment automatically; veryuseful for resonance demonstrations oractivities.Includes:Sine Wave GeneratorPower SupplyBuilt-In Clampis used to mountthe generator on astandard rod.Order Information:Sine WaveGenerator .............................WA-9867Recommended:String Vibrator ................WA-9857 p. 288Economy WaveDriver .........................................WA-9854 p. 291Mechanical WaveDriver .........................................SF-9324 p. 292Open Speaker .................WA-9900 p. 296EconomyResonance Tube ............WA-9495 p. 296289

Waves and Sound – Mechanical WavesVisualize motion with PASCO’s NEW modular LED Strobe.StrobeME-6978A 1 Hz to 500 HzA Variable IntensityA Low CostUnique modular design makes it easy to light any geometry. TheME-6978 Strobe includes the Strobe Control Box and one StrobeModule. Additional Strobe Modules (ME-6982) can be purchasedseparately (see below) for up to a total of four lamp modules percontroller, and multiple control boxes can be connected togetherusing the External Trigger. The Strobe Modules have a tilting lamphead on a sturdy base that sits on the table or fastens to a rodstand.FeaturesDisplay frequency in Hz or rpmAdjustable light intensityExternal Trigger to Daisy-chainmultiple controllers togetherTrigger strobe using external input such as the ME-9498A photogate.Specifications:Frequency.Range: 1 Hz to 500 HzResolution: 0.1 HzAccuracy: 0.1%Lamp.Life: 50,000 hours.Brightness:.230 lumens (peak) per moduleShown using ME-6978 Strobe(with Strobe Module) and threeadditional ME-6982 Strobe Modules.DigitalDisplayLamp ON/OFFFrequencyAdjustmentBrightnessControlWA-9857 String Vibrator includes a constant frequency (60 Hz)brick power supply. Can also be used with the WA-9867Sine Wave Generator to vary the amplitude and frequency.Tilting lamp head on a sturdy base sitson the table or fastens to a rod stand.290Includes:Control Box and oneStrobe ModuleOrder Information:Strobe.....................................................................................................................ME-6978. .(Includes Control Box and one Strobe Module)Additional Strobe Module ...........................................................ME-6982Shown in use with:String Vibrator .............................................................................................WA-9857 p. 288Small “A” Base ............................................................................................ME-8976 p. 212Large Rod Base ..........................................................................................ME-8735 p. 21260 cm long Steel Rod (threaded) ....................................ME-8977 p. 21290 cm long Steel Rod (non-threaded) .......................ME-8738 p. 212Pendulum Clamp ...................................................................................SE-9443 p. 214www.pasco.com

Waves and Sound – Mechanical WavesEconomy Wave DriverWA-9854A Economical Tool for the Study of Mechanical WavesA Includes Constant Frequency Power SupplyA Can Also be Driven with PASCO’s Sine Wave Generator or 750 InterfaceUsing the Sine Wave Generator, the frequency and amplitude of the Economy Wave Driver can be varied to facilitate the study of standing wave patterns.The Economy Wave Driver is aninexpensive yet effective solution forhands-on experiments on the properties ofmechanical waves. It includes everythingstudents need to generate and analyzestanding wave patterns in strings.How it WorksA molded plastic post is attached directlyto the cone of the speaker and the wavecord is fed through the groove on the topof the post. The two ends of the cord aretied off or held with suspended masses.Using the included power supply, studentscan drive the speaker at a constant 60 Hzand vary the tension to create standingwave patterns.The Economy Wave Driver can be usedwith any function generator which outputs0 – 7 Volts and 0.3 – 0.6 Amps. The operatingfrequency for the driver is 0 – 90 Hz.Typical ApplicationsA Study the effect of tension on resonancewhile powering the wave driver at aconstant frequency (60 Hz) and amplitudeA Using the Sine Wave Generator or 750Interface, vary the frequency and amplitudeof the wave driver to discover therelationship between frequency andresonance wave patternsIncludes:5 ¼” Sub Woofer Speaker with WaveDriver PostElastic Cord (three meters) (not shown)Power Supply (60 Hz)Order Information:Economy.Wave.Driver...........................WA-9854.Wave Driver PostWA-9870 (2 pack)The Wave Driver Post can also be purchasedseparately for use with existing 5 1/4” speakers.Actual diameter is 3 1/4” (8.3 cm).Order Information:Wave.Driver.Post.(2.pack)..............WA-9870.Sine Wave GeneratorWA-9867The Sine Wave Generator is an excellenttool for generating waves with speakers orwave drivers. It allows both the frequency(0-800 Hz) and amplitude of the sine waveoutput to be changed. Both fine and coarsefrequency controls are included and thedigital display features a 0.1 Hz resolution.In addition, the generator can “learn” thefundamental frequency for a particularconfiguration. Students can observe thequantum nature of standing wave patternsas the Sine Wave Generator jumps fromone resonant frequency to the next. Formore information on its full capabilities,see page 289.Order Information:Sine.Wave.Generator.........................WA-9867.291

Waves and Sound – Mechanical WavesMechanical Wave DriverSF-9324A Drive Any Wave Experiment at Specified FrequenciesA Variable AmplitudeA Tough and VersatileMechanical WaveDriver AccessoriesChladni Plates KitWA-9607SF-93248 Ω ImpedancePowering the Wave DriverDifferent PASCO products can be used topower the Wave Driver:FeaturesFrequency Response: From 0.1 to 1000 Hzwith an amplitude of approximately 5 mmup to about 50 Hz.Mounts Vertically or Horizontally:Designed to sit upright on a table, on itsside or mounted on a 12.7 mm (1/2 inch)rod.Driving Signal Required: Requires afunction generator with a minimum of±8 V@0.5 A. An accurate measurementof frequency is necessary for quantitativeresonance experiments.In the early nineteenth century, ErnstChladni added another dimension to waveexperiments by sprinkling sand on a thinplate and using a violin bow to inducevibrations. The sand collected along thenodal lines of the wave patterns paintedclear and beautiful pictures of the variousmodes of vibration.The Chladni Plates Kit and a Wave Driverallow continuous vibrations to be producedat measurable frequencies. Students candetermine the resonant frequencies of theplates and examine the modes of vibrationat any frequency.The Chladni Plates Kit includes a24 cm x 24 cm square plate, round plate,0.8 kg of extra-fine sand and a sand shaker.The round plate can be vibrated about itscenter or an offset point to investigate bothsymmetric and asymmetric modes ofvibration.Sine WaveGeneratorWA-9867PowerAmplifier IICI-6552AFunctionGeneratorPI-8127Order Information:MechanicalWave Driver .....................SF-9324Required:Banana PlugPatch Cord ........................SE-9751 p. 261and one of the following function generators:Sine WaveGenerator...........................WA-9867 p. 291FunctionGenerator...........................PI-8127 p. 284PowerAmplifier II........................CI-6552A p. 70withScienceWorkshop 750Interface ......................................................................p. 68-69Equivalent function generator providingup to 1 A to an 8 Ω impedance.Order Information:Chladni Plates Kit ................................... WA-9607292www.pasco.com

Mechanical Wave Driver AccessoriesMetal Resonance StripsSF-9404These resonance strips demonstrate standingwaves, harmonics and the relationshipbetween length, frequency and resonance.Longitudinal Wave SpringWA-9401Using the Longitudinal Wave Springaccessory, it is easy to demonstrate andvisualize the nodes and antinodes of longitudinalwaves. Unstretched length is 13 cm.Waves and Sound – Mechanical WavesStructures ResonancePASCO’s Structures System is perfectfor demonstrating resonance in complexsystems. The plastic I-Beams clearly showtwo different bending moments, and canbe connected together to build a varietyof structures. See page 294 for moreexamples.Investigate the unique resonant frequenciesof the SF-9404 Metal Resonance Strips.Order Information:Metal Resonance Strips ................. SF-9404Resonance Wire LoopSF-9405Longitudinal waves can be easily demonstratedwith the WA-9401 Longitudinal Wave Spring.Use this wire loop (29 cm diameter) tointroduce Bohr’s quantum atom using aclassical model.Order Information:Resonance Wire Loop ......................... SF-9405String HoldersSlot (set of 4)SF-9322Hole (set of 4)SF-93234 mm diameter banana plugs fit into shaftof Wave Driver.Order Information:Slot String Holder (set of 4) ........SF-9322Hole String Holder (set of 4) ......SF-9323Order Information:Longitudinal Wave Spring ........... WA-9401Violin Chladni PlateSE-7319This 40 cm-long plate is shaped like astandard violin. Place sand on the plateand excite with either a violin bow or wavedriver. Includes a standard banana jack connectorfor use with the Mechanical WaveDriver (SF-9324).Order Information:Violin Chladni Plate ............................... SE-7319CompositeI-Beam1.2 m tallThe long plastic I-Beam is constructed ofcomponents from the Advanced StructuresSet (p. 170). It is driven using the SF-9324Mechanical Wave Driver and the PI-8127Function Generator, demonstrating thethree lowest harmonics.Equipment Shown:AdvancedStructures Set* ..............ME-6992B p. 170Large SlottedMass Set .................................ME-7566 p. 22345cm StainlessSteel Rod................................ME-8736 p. 212Large Rod Base ..............ME-8735 P. 212*Patents pending293

Waves and Sound – ResonanceDemonstrate resonance incomplex systems.The bridge shown here was constructed usingthe Advanced Structures Set (pages 170-171),plus additional Truss Sets (page 168).The bridge is driven using theSF -9324 Mechanical Wave Driverand the PI-8127 Function Generator.Tied ArchBridge2 m longShort Slotted MassSet (ME-7589)Load Cell Amplifier(PS-2198)5NLoadCellShaking Tower75 cm tallStudents can analyze phase relationshipbetween the driving force (blue trace)and resulting acceleration of the bridge(red trace).This building frame is built with anAdvanced Structures Set. The buildingis being shaken with the MechanicalWave Driver. Additional mass is addedto the foam core floors (not included).See page 184 for an example of passivependulum damping with the shakingtower.Measure accelerationwith a 5N Load CellConnect one end of a load cellto the structure and attach amass to the other end of the load cell.The acceleration of the structure is graphed inreal time as the structure shakes.MechanicalWave Driver(SF-9324)294FunctionGenerator(PI-8127)The resonance of the bridge is characterized by driving the bridge at differentfrequencies, and measuring the resulting accelerations using Load Cells at variouslocations. The graph above (orange trace) shows the response in the 1 Hzto 10 Hz frequency range. The students can also look at the free vibration of thebridge by simply hitting it with a hammer! The resulting FFT (blue trace) showsthe correlation between the forced and free vibrations.Experiments on this page shown in use with:Advanced Structures Set* ..............................ME-6992B p. 172Load Cell Amplifier* ...............................................PS-2198 p. 325 N Load Cell* ................................................................PS-2201 p. 33Function Generator ..................................................PI-8127 p. 284Mechanical Wave Driver ....................................SF-9324 p. 292Mass and Hanger Set............................................ME-8979 p. 223Short Slotted Mass Set .......................................ME-7589 p. 223Rods and Stands ........................................................................................................p. 212*Patents pendingwww.pasco.com

Sonometer SystemWA-9757A Investigate Waves on a WireA Control Length, Tension, Density and DrivingFrequencyA Observe and Measure the Waveforms on anOscilloscopeUses Standard Guitar StringsThey come in a variety of lineardensities and can be changed inseconds.Driver CoilUse a functiongenerator to drive thewire at set frequencies.Built-inMillimeter ScaleDetermine lengthsquickly and easily.DriverCoil100.0 HzFrequency GeneratorMagnetic MountsThe two movable bridges and the Driver/Detector Coils mount magnetically to thebase, so setup is easy andcomponents stay put.Detector CoilMonitor frequency andamplitude at any point on thewire with an oscilloscope orcomputer.OscilloscopeDetectorCoil Guitar String60 cmSlotted Tensioning LeverAdjust the tension quicklyand accurately using a singlehanging mass (1-2 kg). Vary thetension instantly by factors of2, 3, 4 or 5.SonometerChannel 1 (Detector Coil)Channel 2 (Driver Coil)Sound BoxStudents can hear thesound of the plucked ordriven wires.With the classic sonometer, students can investigate waves ona wire by adjusting the wire tension and length and listening to thedifference in tone when the wire is plucked or bowed. It is a usefuldemonstration, but is only qualitative.With the PASCO Sonometer and the Driver/Detector Coils, studentscan vary the density, tension and length of the wire, adjust the drivingfrequency and examine the resulting waveform in full detail onan oscilloscope or computer interface. This is all done quantitatively.Features include a slotted tensioning lever, magnetic mounts, built-inscale and a sound box.In the LaboratoryThe included Sonometer Manual contains a discussion of the theoryof waves on a stretched string, and student-ready experiments forinvestigating the resonant modes of a stretched string and formeasuring velocity of wave propagation on a string.The PASCO Sonometer measuring resonant modes on a stretched string.Bridge TensioningLever1 kgWaves and Sound – Mechanical Waves32The WA-9757 Sonometerwith Driver/Detector Coils includes:1. Base with magnetic mounting strip, sounding board, tensioninglever and wire positioning screw2. 10 Solid Steel Wires— two each of 0.245, 0.356, 0.432, 0.508 and0.559 mm diameter3. Driver and Detector Coils4. BNC-to-Banana Plug Adapter (not shown— used to connect toScienceWorkshop interface)5. Instruction Manual and Experiment Guide (not shown)ExperimentsUsing a PASCO computer interface to monitor the detector signalmakes it easier to measure and document the relationship be tweenwave amplitude and frequency. Use the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)mode for a more sophisticated analysis of wave behavior on a string.The Sonometer’s immediate audio feedback from the vibrating stringcombined with DataStudio’s sophisticated analysis tech niques addsreality to advanced concepts.Equipment Required:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 InterfaceCI-6552A Power Amplifier (ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 only) orPI-9587C Function Generator to drive the SonometerCI-6503 Voltage Sensor to monitor the detectorThis oscilloscope display shows theoutput signal generated from the poweramplifier (red trace) and the input signalfrom the detector coil (green trace). Theoutput frequency is 55 Hz.1This FFT display shows a fundamentalfrequency of 400 Hz for a pluckedsonometer string.Order Information:Sonometer System ............................................................................. WA-9757Sonometer (No Coils) ...................................................................... WA-9611Sonometer Driver/Detector Coils (pair)................... WA-9613Required:Slotted Mass Hanger ........................................................................ SE-8703A p. 223Slotted Mass Set .................................................................................... SE-8704A p. 223ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface .............................................................p. 68-72Voltage Sensor.......................................................................................... CI-6503 p. 79Dual Trace Oscillosope .................................................................... SB-9591A p. 282Function Generator ............................................................................. PI-8127 p. 284orPower Amplifier II ................................................................................. CI-6552A p. 70(for ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interface only)295

Waves and Sound – SoundDemonstrate Acoustic ResonanceEconomyResonanceTubeWA-9495Metric ScaleDirectly measureslength of air column foropen and closed tube.Nested TubesStandStudents will have no difficulty hearing resonantfrequencies from this tube. Two nested cardboardtubes allow the length of the air column to beeasily varied, and the inner tube contains aremovable end-cap to change from a “closed”to an “open” tube. The length of the resonatingcolumn can be read directly off the metric scalefor both open and closed operation.Closed tube (with end cap in place)Open tube (with end cap removed)The removable end-cap on the inner tube allows the air column to act aseither an “open” or a “closed” tube.Open SpeakerWA-9900Features a high-quality, 13.3 cm woofermounted on a sturdy base with standardbanana jack inputs. The Open Speakeris not enclosed inside a case, making itperfect for resonance experiments.SpecificationsFrequency Response: 75 - 8000 HzImpedance: 8 ohmsInput Power: 60 watts (max)Order Information:Open Speaker .......................................................................................................WA-9900296Shown in use with the Open Speaker (WA-9900) and theSine Wave Generator (WA-9867)WA-9495 Includes:Outer Tube (length 1.3m; diameter 0.15m)Inner Tube (Includes measuring tape andremovable end-cap)Tube Stands (2)Order Information:Economy Resonance Tube ...................................WA-9495Shown in use with:Open Speaker ......................................................................WA-9900Sine Wave Generator..................................................WA-9867 p. 289www.pasco.com

Resonance TubeWA-9612A Investigate Sound Waves in a Closed orOpen TubeA Observe Waveforms on an OscilloscopeA Movable Piston and MicrophoneBuilt-in Metric ScaleMakes it easy to measure tubelength and microphone position.Waves and Sound – SoundMovable PistonPush in the piston toadjust the tube length.This Resonance Tube brings the same advantages to longitudinalwave experiments that PASCO’s Sonometer brings to transversewave experiments. Drive the speaker with a function generator tocreate stable wave patterns at specified frequencies. Then connectan oscilloscope or ScienceWorkshop computer interface to themicrophone to examine the waveforms in detail. The 90 cm long,clear plastic tube is simple and rugged.Two methods of investigating wave patterns:Movable pistonMovable MicrophonePosition the microphoneat the edge of the tube oruse the probe to position itanywhere inside the tube.Easily locate all the nodesand antinodes of a standingwave pattern.Built-in Speaker/MicrophoneAssemblySetup is easy.A function generatoris used to drive thespeaker.Musical Instrument HolesA pair of holes in the tube letstudents investigate the effectsof closed and open holes inmusical instruments. Whenperforming other experiments,the holes can be covered withthe included slip rings.with a movable piston and fixed microphone...This DataStudio FFTdisplay shows thefrequency spectrumfor a sound above 600Hz recorded by theResonance Tube’smicrophone.Microphone on probe rodwith a fixed piston and movable microphone.Includes:1. 90 cm Acrylic Tube with mounting stand and built-inmillimeter scale2. Piston and Rod for adjusting tube length3. Miniature Microphone4. Microphone Probe Rod for examining the waveform inside the tube5. Speaker Assembly6. Two holes with slip ring covers7. BNC-to-Banana Plug Adapter (not shown— used to connect toScienceWorkshop interface)8. Instruction Manual and Experiment Guide (not shown)Equipment Required:ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 InterfaceCI-6552A Power Amplifier (ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 only) orPI-9587C Function Generator to drive the Resonance TubeCI-6503 Voltage Sensor to monitor the detectorThe oscilloscope displayshows two traces: the greentrace is the output signalfrom the Resonance Tube’smicrophone, and the redtrace is the output signalfrom DataStudio’s SignalGenerator.Order Information:Resonance Tube ....................................................................................... WA-9612Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface ..................................................................................p. 68-72Voltage Sensor.......................................................................................... CI-6503 p. 79Power Amplifier II ................................................................................. CI-6552A p. 70(for ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interface only)Required for use without sensors:20 MHz Dual Trace Oscilloscope ........................................ SB-9591A p. 282Function Generator ............................................................................. PI-8127 p. 284Replacement Supplies:Replacement Speaker ...................................................................... WA-9662297

Waves and Sound – Transverse WavesComplete Wave Motion DemonstratorSE-9600A Produces Slow-Moving, High-Amplitude Transverse WavesA Demonstrates All Basic Wave PhenomenaSingle Section WaveMotion DemonstratorSE-9601SE-9600 Complete Wave Motion Demonstrator: in three sections. The high-amplitude, slow-moving waves providea fascinating introduction to basic wave phenomena.The PASCO SE-9600 Complete (Transverse)Wave Motion Demonstrator allows mechanicalwaves to be created to demonstrate thebehavior and properties common to manytypes of waves.How It WorksA series of steel rods is attached at theircenters to a torsion wire. When a rod isdisplaced and released, a wave propagatesalong the rod. Velocity depends on thetorsion constant of the wire and themoment of inertia of the rods.Features2.3 Meters Long: Plenty of room to watchthe wave develop and interact.Three Wave Sections: Each section hasrods of different lengths, allowing reflectionand transmission demonstrations.- Section 1 is 92 cm long with 46 cmrods.- Section 2 is 92 cm long with 23 cmrods. The resulting wave velocity isabout three times as fast.- Section 3 is 46 cm long with rods thatvary exponentially from 46 cm to 23cm. This section acts as an impedancematchingunit.Yellow Rod Tips: Easy viewing and highlightswave motion.Folds for Compact StorageEasy SetupOrder Information:Complete WaveMotion Demonstrator ..........................SE-9600The SE-9601 Single Section Wave Motion Demonstrator:A-frame design collapses for easy storage.Includes:Section 1 (46 cm long rods)Length of section: 92 cmClamp for rigid terminationDash Pot for liquid dampingOrder Information:Single Section WaveMotion Demonstrator ..........................SE-9601Matter ModelME-9825ALongitudinalWavesA Dynamic Model of Solid MaterialsA Excellent Visualization of WaveMotionA Easily Assembled into a Variety ofConfigurationsTransverse WavesStudents can investigate wave propertiesincluding reflection, wave speed, andstanding waves. See page 204 for moreinformation on Matter Model.298Includes:Atoms (40)Heavy springs (60) (350 N/m spring constant)Light springs (60) (70 N/m spring constant)Long Springs (60)Nuts (30) (for increasing the atom mass)Brass rod (1)Order Information:Matter Model .............................................ME-9825Awww.pasco.com

Demonstration WaveSpringWA-7334Double-Length SlinkySE-8760Waves and Sound – Wave MediaElastic Wave CordSE-9409The Demonstration Wave Spring is ideal forillustrating mechanical wave properties suchas frequency, wavelength and interference.Because it’s not as stiff as the Snakey (below),the Demonstration Wave Spring provides adifferent medium in which to study waves.Two hooks on either end allow students tostretch this spring to a length of 8 meters.It has a diameter of 2.3 cm and anunstretched length of 80 cm.The Slinky is an excellent tool for demonstratingtransverse and longitudinal wavephenomena. This Double-Length Slinky istwice as long as a traditional slinky, allowingstudents to create well-defined wavepulses and standing wave patterns. Thetension in the Slinky is very low, causingwave pulses to travel slowly throughout itslength.Order Information:Double-Length Slinky ...........................SE-8760This highly visible elastic cord can beused to set up standing transverse waves.Or, pluck it to watch wave propagation.Approximately 3 mm diameter and 90meters in length.Order Information:Elastic Wave Cord.......................................SE-9409Clear standing wavepatterns can easily becreated.Digital StroboscopeSF-9211Glow String (2 pack)SE-8690Order Information:DemonstrationWave Spring ......................................................WA-7334A 1-300 Flashes per Second(18,000 RPM)A Digital Frequency ReadoutA Bright: A Xenon flashtube with a 14 cm wide reflectorThis “string” glows in the dark after beingexposed to light. Use it to demonstratewave motion, including resonance andstanding wave patterns. Two rolls areincluded, totaling over 15 meters of string.SnakeySE-7331The extra-long metal spring is ideal for thestudy of mechanical waves. The Snakey hasan unstretched length of 80 centimeters. Pullthe convenient end loops more than 7 metersapart to demonstrate transverse, longitudinaland standing waves.Order Information:Snakey ......................................................................SE-7331See page 225 for more information.Order Information:Digital Stroboscope ................................SF-9211Glow String forming a standing wave using PASCO’sString Vibrator WA-9857, Sine Wave GeneratorWA-9867 and a UV Light Source SE-7228.Color of string may be different fromwhat is shown.See page 334 for more information onUV Light Source.Order Information:Glow String (2 pack) ..............................SE-8690299

Waves and Sound – WAVEPORTSoftwareSingle UserCI-6872DClassroom License CI-6858BSite LicenseCI-6874DA No sensors requiredA Uses computer sound card to generate and record soundA Intuitive, yet powerful analysis toolsIn the Sound Analyzer mode, the computer listens to sound through amicrophone. The waveform and the FFT of the frequencies comprisingthe sound are displayed. In this case, a student was singing a notecentered on 280 Hz.Using the hand icons, students can change the frequency, wavelength, andphase of sound waves. In this case, the sum of the waves is shown andbeats can be seen and heard.Never before have students had the opportunity to learn aboutwaves and sound in such an interactive manner. WAVEPORTengages students’ senses, allowing them to see, hear and feelsound waves. WAVEPORT software uses only the internal soundcapability of the computer, so no additional equipment is necessary.WAVEPORT also enables students to collect and analyze soundwaves. Using an external sound source or a favorite music CD, studentscan see the changes in the sound waves as they change theinput sound. Students can whistle into the computer microphoneand observe the waveform on the screen. Next, they can changethe pitch of their whistle and see the changes in the waveform.WAVEPORT allows students to directly manipulate a waveform tosee, feel and hear the effects of their manipulations. Students canchange the frequency of the waveform by dragging an intuitive iconacross the screen. As the students change the frequency on thescreen, they can hear the changing sound waves from the computer’sspeakers! All data created in WAVEPORT can easily be exportedinto DataStudio for more detailed analysis.WAVEPORT Computer RequirementsWindows: 2000 or higherFree RAM: 8 MB (16 MB preferred), CD-ROMdrive, hard disk (20 MB free)Macintosh®: MAC OS X v. 10.4 or higher(Universal Binary), Free RAM: 8 MB (16 MB preferred),CD-ROM drive, hard disk (20 MB free)300MAC•WindowsIn the Piano mode, students can relate pressing piano keys to the notesthey hear and the waveform they see.Each WAVEPORT CD includes:WAVEPORT SoftwareSix DataStudio Workbooks:- Sound Creator Tutorial - Sound Analyzer Tutorial- Creating Sound - Beat Frequency- Constructive/Destructive - Capturing SoundInterferenceDataStudio LiteWAVEPORT may be purchased as a single copy for use with onecomputer, or as a Classroom License for use in a single K-12 classroom,or as a Site License for use on all computers in a high schoolor college/university department.Order Information:WAVEPORT Software (Single User) ..............................................CI-6872DWAVEPORT Software (Site License) ............................................CI-6874Dwww.pasco.com

Doppler RocketWA-9826A Experience the Frequency Shift ofSound WavesA Easily Generate High Velocity MotionA Rugged ConstructionO-ringsRemove easily tochange batteryWaves and Sound – DopplerDemonstrate Waves and DopplerRipple Tank SystemWA-9899PASCO’s Ripple Tank is perfect for demonstrating waves thatstudents can actually see! Vary the amplitude and frequency, anduse the built-in strobe to “stop” the waves or make them appear tomove slowly. Students can investigate speed of wave propagation,superposition of waves (interference), reflection, refraction anddiffraction. In the photo below, the Doppler Effect is demonstratedby rotating the Ripple Generator on its stand, causing the singlepoint source dipper to move though the water.Skinned Foam BodyProtects buzzer during impactFlying Horizontally — A set oftwo ropes can be passed throughthe center of the unit. This allowsstudents to use the included handlesto propel the Doppler Rocket acrossthe room at high velocities. The unitis guided by the ropes. Students hearthe change in pitch as the DopplerRocket flies past them.Rope TubePass rope through to fly horizontallyThe DopplerEffect is clearlydemonstratedby moving thedipper. In thispicture themovement isdownward.Ripple GeneratorProducing wave patternfor single point sourceWhite LED StrobeCool running, producesbright, clear, wavepatternsThe Doppler Rocket combines the elements of a toy with an audioDoppler shift to create an educational experience students won’tforget. The Doppler Rocket emits a true, sinusoidal sound waveformat a constant frequency of approximately 620 Hz. The circuit andspeaker are housed in skinned foam that protect the unit duringnormal impacts. The circuit is powered by a 9V battery. As theDoppler Rocket passes the students, they hear a noticeable shift infrequency. Velocities of 10 m/s can be easily achieved, resulting in a20 Hz shift in frequency.Water coveredglass plateRippleTankIncludes:Doppler RocketRope (30 meters)Handles (4)Handle Cushions (4)Battery (9 Volt)Order Information:Doppler Rocket.........................................................................................................WA-9826Order Information:Ripple Tank System.........................................................WA-9899 p. 286-287301

TMTMTMWaves and Sound – Tuning ForksResonance BoxesResonance Box (Single)SE-7344Ideal for use withTuning Fork SetSE-7342Ideal for use withSympathetic ResonanceBox Set SE-7345(b)302(a)Resonance Box (Single)Hardwood resonance box with a256 Hz A4 tuning fork (a)Sympathetic Resonance Box SetHardwood resonance box with a256 Hz A4 tuning fork (a)Hardwood resonance box with anadjustable tuning fork (b)Chime SetSE-9081Ideal for use withThe Chime Set features three chimeswhich produce easily heard tones at1750, 2650 and 3500 Hz. The highestfrequency chime is one octave abovethe lowest frequency chime. UseWAVEPORT software to analyze thesound waves from the Chime Set.Length of bars (1.2 cm diameter):17.7 cm, 14.4 cm, 12.4 cm.Order Information:Chime Set ............................................................SE-9081Resonance boxes are greatinstruments for amplifying soundfrom a tuning fork. These boxes areconstructed from hardwood andfeature an A4 tuning fork mounteddirectly to the box. Use WAVEPORTsoftware to measure the soundwaves and beat frequencies createdby these resonance boxes.Order Information:Resonance Box ..............................................SE-7344Sympathetic ResonanceBox Set ....................................................................SE-7345Recommended:WAVEPORT Software ............................CI-6872DThe tuning fork has long been the tool ofchoice for helping students understand therelationship between wave frequency andpitch. These high-quality aluminum tuningforks are both rugged and economical. Theset includes eight forks representing a fulloctave of frequencies, a soft protectivecase and a rubber mallet.NoteCDEFGABCAdjustableTuning ForkSE-7343Frequency256 Hz288 Hz320 Hz341.3 Hz384 Hz426.7 Hz480 Hz512 HzOrder Information:Tuning Fork Set .............................................SE-7342Use the Adjustable Tuning Fork to demonstratehow to change the frequency of atuning fork. Includes a 240 Hz tuning forkand two adjustable masses. The adjustablemasses can be moved up and downto change the pitch. Conveniently labelednotches allow an entire octave from “C”to “B” to be produced.Order Information:Adjustable Tuning Fork ........................SE-7343www.pasco.com

TMTMSlide Whistles (4 pack)SE-8686Ideal for use withThese brightly colored whistles are a greattool for demonstrating the relationshipbetween tube length and pitch. Studentsblow into the mouthpiece and change thelength of the tube by pulling the piston handle.As the length of the tube is increased,the frequency of the whistle varies fromapproximately 1500 Hz to a minimum of500 Hz.Acoustics DemonstrationDiscSE-9410Ideal for use withA 39 AuralDemonstrationsA High-Quality Compact DiscBetween the physics of sound and theapp re ciation of a Bach fugue lies the fascinatingfield of psychoacoustics. The basicquestion is simple: What is the relationshipbe tween physical vibrations in the air andthe sounds we perceive?The high-quality digital compact discprovides 39 aural demonstrations that introducethe key elements of human soundperception. Each demonstration highlights aparticular aspect of human hearing.Waves and SoundDigital Sound LevelMeterSE-9761CA Compact, Easy to UseA Versatile MeasurementsA ±1.5 dB AccuracyThe Digital SoundLever Meter providesgreater accuracy andmore sophisticatedmeasuring capabilitiesthan an analog meter.Order Information:Slide Whistles (4 pack) ........................SE-8686Sound Tubes (4 pack)SE-8692When students spin these tubes over theirheads the tube produces an audible tonesimilar to that produced by blowing acrossthe mouth of a bottle. As the tube is spunfaster, the resonant frequency increases.Five different frequencies can be achieved.Four tubes of various colors are included.Order Information:Sound Tubes (4 pack) ............................SE-8692SE-9410AcousticsDemonstrationDisc:39 auraldemonstrationsintroduce studentsto the fascinating fieldof psychoacoustics.Investigate:Frequency analysis and critical bandsSound pressure, power and loudnessMaskingPitchTimbreBeats, combination tones, distortionand echoesBiaural effectsOrder Information:AcousticsDemonstration Disc ..............................SE-9410Required:Compact Disc Player (Headphones requiredfor biaural demonstrations)FeaturesEasy push button operationWide range; 40 to 130 dBLarge 3-1/2 digit displayVariable response rateThe Digital Sound Level Meter comesready-to-use with a built-in microphoneand four AAA batteries.SpecificationsRanges: 40 to 130 dBAccuracy: ± 1.5 dBFrequency Range: 31.5 Hz to 8 kHzFrequency Weighting: A and CTime Weighting: Fast and SlowAuxiliary Outputs: AC conditioned,0.707 V rmsDisplay: 3-1/2 digit LCDPower: Four AAA batteries (included)Order Information:Digital Sound LevelMeter ...................................................................SE-9761C303

Light and Optics – Basic Optics SystemsBasic Optics SystemOS-8515CA Geometric and Ray OpticsA Concave and Convex LensesA Concave/Convex MirrorPASCO’s Basic Optics System is easy-to-use, affordable, andruggedly designed. Large 50 mm diameter optics components aremounted in protective holders that snap directly onto the aluminumtrack, and are easy to slide and position. Built-in metric tape makesmeasurements of image and object distances quick and accuratefor both lenses and mirrors. The versatile Light Source doubles as atable-top ray box, for studies in reflection, refraction, color addition,and Snell’s Law. All the components (except the track)fit in the included custom foam storage box.Adjustable Lens HolderUse your own lenses(from 19 mm to 75 mmin diameter) or choosefrom our lens sets.Viewing ScreenWhite plastic screensnaps into the opticsbench and the positionof the screen can beread directly on thebench scale.Four 50 mm diameter Lenses+100, +200, +250, -150 mm lenses aremounted in protective holders.Ray TableTwo-piece construction allowsthe table to be rotated forstudying Snell’s Law or the Lawof Reflection. Includes D-shapedacrylic lens.Optics Bench (1.2 m)The lenses, mirrors, light source,and screen snap into this ruggedaluminum extrusion. The metric tapemakes position measurements easy.Concave/Convex Mirror50 mm diameter plastic mirror with reflectivesurface on both sides. Includes “half-screen”upon which the image is focused.Ray Optics KitConcave/convex lenses, concave/convex/plane mirrors, acrylic rhomboidfor prism spreading of white light and refraction experiments, hollowlens for teaching the lensmaker’s equation. Includes storage tray whichcan also be used as a water tank for the hollow lens.“Half Screen”with imageMirrorRay Table in use showing both theReflected and Refracted rays.304Components from the Ray Optics Kitshowing Refraction and Reflection.Light Source: Has a lighted crossed arrow target withmetric scale for focusing images through lenses or usingwith the concave mirror.www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Basic Optics SystemsVersatile Light Source: Has a crossed arrowtarget, a point light source for inverse-square lawexperiments, and acts as a ray box for table-topray optics experiments. Red-green-bluerays are also available for coloraddition experiments.Basic Optics Componentsand Accessories:System Componentspg 306-307Lens Setspg 308Rotate the selector knob to choose betweenrays (1, 3 or 5) or the primary color mask.The primary color maskallows experiments incolor addition usingcomponents from theRay Optics Kit.System Accessoriespg 309-311Basic Optics System Experiments Included:Human Eye Modelpg 312-3131. Color Addition2. Prism3. Reflection4. Snell’s Law5. Total Internal Reflection6. Convex and ConcaveLenses7. Hollow Lens8. Lensmaker’s Equation9. Apparent Depth10. Reversibility11. Dispersion12. Focal Length andMagnification of a Thin Lens13. Focal Length and Magnificationof a Concave Mirror14. Virtual Images15. Telescope16. Microscope17. ShadowsBasic Optics SystemStorage Box:Diffractionpg 314-317All components (except the track)fit in the custom foam box. Thereare additional slots for accessorylenses. (See page 308)Includes:1.2 m Optics BenchBasic Optics Light Source50 mm diameter Glass Lenses in Holder+100 mm, -150 mm, +200 mm,+250 mmAdjustable Lens HolderOrder Information:Concave/Convex Mirror with ScreenRay Optics KitRay Table with D-shaped LensViewing ScreenStorage BoxDynamics Track Opticspg 319Basic Optic System ................................................................................................................OS-8515C305

Light and Optics – Basic Optics ComponentsBasic Optics Light SourceOS-8470A One, Three or Five Parallel RaysA Three Primary Color SourceA Crossed Arrow Object and Point SourceThe Basic Optics Light Source is an excellent source for a variety ofoptics experiments. A single 10-watt quartz-halogen bulb providesbright, easy-to-see ill umination without a lot of heat. By turning thebox to a different side, it becomes a:1. Crossed Arrow Object with Metric Scale. Ideal for showingimages, focal point and magnification.2. Bright Point Source. The very small filament of the halogenbulb provides an excellent point source for experimentingwith shadows or the Inverse Square Law.3. Three Primary Colors Source. The red, green and blue filtersprovide 3 rays of light which are easily combined with a lens forcolor mixing.4. 1, 3 or 5 Ray Source. Just rotate the knob on front of the lightsource to vary the number of rays produced.Rotate the selector knob to choose between rays (1, 3 or 5) or the primary color mask.The Basic OpticsLight Source providesa point source andan extremely brightcrossed arrow target.Use free standing oreasily clip directly toBasic Optics Track.The primary color mask allows experiments in color addition using componentsfrom Ray Optics Kit (OS-8516A).Order Information:Basic Optics Light Source..........................................................................OS-8470Concave/Convex Mirror AccessoryOS-8457“Half Screen”with imageA 50 mm DiameterA ±100 mm Focal LengthA Plastic MirrorMirrorThis double-sided convex/concave plastic mirror is mounted in a lensholder for easy placement on the Basic Optics Track. The Accessoryalso includes a “half screen” that allows light to pass through on oneside, and an opaque screen on the other half to focus the real imageformed by the concave mirror.Includes:Concave/Convex MirrorHalf Screen306Order Information:Concave/Convex Mirror Accessory ................................................OS-8457www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Ray OpticsRay Optics KitOS-8516AStorage TrayDoubles as water tank for Hollow LensRhomboid acting as a prism to separate white light.HollowLensAcrylic LensesMirrorAcrylic RhomboidRay Optics Kit includes two lenses and a three-sided mirror.Includes:Double Convex LensDouble Concave LensRhomboidEye DropperRay TableOS-8465A Angle of ReflectionA Snell’s LawA Total Internal ReflectionTriangular mirror accessorywith concave, convex and planereflective surfacesHollow lens to fill with a liquid oruse as an air lens.The storage trayis used to createa “hollow” airfilled convex lens.Note that the raysdiverge.Order Information:Ray Optics Kit ............................................................................................................OS-8516AThe Ray Table provides an excellent viewing surface for ray optics.The table can be rotated about its axis to quickly change the incidentangle of the ray. The resulting angles of reflection and refractionare easily measured directly off the polar grid printed on thetable. The (included) acrylic cylindrical D lens simplifies the experimentby having the rays bend at only one surface. InvestigateSnell’s Law for both cases of rays either entering or leaving theacrylic.Includes:TableD-shaped LensOrder Information:Ray Table ...........................................................................................................................OS-8465307

Light and Optics – LensesGround Glass Lenses(set of 6)SE-9013These precision ground glass lenses providea useful range of focal lengths. Eachlens has a 50 mm diameter – small enoughfor easy mounting, yet large enough foreffective viewing. The set of six comes in aconvenient storage box.FocalFocalLength Description Length Description500 mm concave convex -167 mm double concave333 mm plano convex -333 mm plano concave167 mm double convex -500 mm convex concaveOrder Information:Ground Glass Lenses(set of 6) .................................................................SE-9013Lens Holder SetOS-8522These holders for the Basic Optics Systemare an excellent way to permanently mount50 mm diameter lenses.Order Information:Lens Holder Set (2 pack) ..................OS-8522General Quality Lens SetsGeometric Lens SetOS-8466AThis is a set of three unmounted 50 mmdiameter glass lenses with focal lengthsof +100 mm, +200 mm, and -150 mm.These are the same lenses included in theDynamics Track Optics Kit (OS-8471A) andthe Beginning Optics System (OS-8459).They can be mounted in the AdjustableLens Holder (OS-8474).Order Information:Geometric Lens Set ................................OS-8466A50 mm Diameter ConvexClass SetsThese class sets each contain six identical50 mm diameter lenses made of polishedglass with ground edges, and come in awooden storage box.Order Information:100 mm Focal LengthClass Set ................................................................SE-7582200 mm Focal LengthClass Set ................................................................SE-758375 mm Diameter ConvexClass SetSE-7584This class set contains four identical75 mm diameter 200 mm focal lengthlenses made of polished glass withground edges. Shipped in a cardboardbox with thermoform packing.Order Information:75 mm Diameter Class Set ............SE-758450 mm DiameterLens AssortmentSE-7581This set of six lenses is made of polishedglass with ground edges, and comes in awooden storage box.FocalFocalLength (mm) Description Length (mm) Description+1000 double convex -1000 double concave+300 double convex -200 double concave+150 double convex -150 double concaveOrder Information:50 mm DiameterLens Assortment .........................................SE-7581Adjustable Lens HolderOS-8474The Adjustable Lens Holder for theBasic Optics System is designed for usewith lenses and mirrors with diametersbetween 19 mm and 75 mm.Place the lens or mirror in the holder andadjust the three arms to hold the component.A set screw in each adjustable armensures the mirror or lens will remain inplace.The holder snaps into the Basic Optics Track and is designed toposition all mirrors and lenses at the same height as the rest ofthe Basic Optics System components.Order Information:Adjustable Lens Holder .................................................................................OS-8474308Actual view through thelens of the magnifiedimage of the pencil.Build a telescope ormicroscope: Shownwith 1.2 m BasicOptics Track OS-8508www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Basic Optics AccessoriesLens SetsBasic OpticsGeometric Lens Set(Set of 2)(+200, +100 mm)OS-8456Accessory Lens Set(Set of 2)(+250, -150 mm)OS-8519Basic Optics ViewingScreenOS-8460Concave MirrorAccessoryOS-8532Each lens is mounted in a lens holder forprotection and easy storage. The lens holderclips directly to the Basic Optics track.Order Information:Basic Optics GeometricLens Set (set of 2) .....................................OS-8456Accessory Lens Set(set of 2) .................................................................OS-8519This white plastic screen is used withBasic Optics systems. The screen snapsinto the optics bench and the position ofthe screen can be read directly on thebench scale. Also fits the Dynamics TrackOptics Carriages (OS-8472 on page 319)for use with a Dynamics Track.Order Information:Basic OpticsViewing Screen.............................................OS-8460The OS-8532 Concave Mirror is made ofglass and has a 50 mm focal length. Usingthe “crossed arrow” object of the lightsource, students will shine the lightthrough the open section of the “halfscreen”onto the concave mirror. The lightrays will reflect off the mirror and form apartial image on the screen. Students canuse the Lensmaker’s Equation to verify thefocal length of the mirror.Order Information:Concave MirrorAccessory .............................................................OS-8532Basic Optics Spares KitOS-8510The Basic Optics Spares Kit includes many of the small parts which are sometimes lostafter student use. Also includes two replacement bulbs for the Light Source. Suitablefor all versions of the Basic Optics System (OS-8515).All parts are organized in a plastic case for easy storage.Includes:2 10W bulb for Basic Optics Light SourceOS-8470 or OS-8517A8 6-32 1 1/2” screw for the Basic OpticsLight Source OS-8517A6 3/8” screw for optics accessories4 3/8” brass thumbscrew for optics trackbrackets8 1/4-20 1/2” nylon thumbscrew2 0 1/4-20 square nut6 nylon washers6 nylon washers4 1/4-20 9/16” round steel thumbscrew4 1/4-20 3/8” round steel thumbscrew6 6-32 5/8” round steel thumbscrew4 6-32 3/8” round steel thumbscrew4 4-40 5/16” round steel thumbscrew4 6-32 3/16” round steel thumbscrew6 Replacement rubber feet for optics bench15 replacement rubber feet for Basic OpticsLight Source OS-8517A4 replacement screws for Basic OpticsLight Source OS-84701 Plastic Storage BoxOrder Information:Spares Kit – Basic Optics .................OS-8510309

Light and Optics – Basic Optics AccessoriesAdjustable FocalLength LensOS-8494Use the syringe to adjust the amount ofwater in the lens. Changing the curvature ofthe clear flexible membranes changes thefocal length of the lens.LightSourceAdjustableLens HolderViewingScreenApertureAccessoriesOS-8524Aperture DiskSimulate thecompound lenssystem of acamera using theAperture Disk. Simplysnap the disk onto one face of a lens. Thedisk offers six different f-number settingsfor controlling the amount of light thatreaches the viewing screen.The f-number is designated as f /#, where # equalsthe focal length of the lens, f, divided by the diameterof the aperture, D. (Example uses a +100 mmlens.)PhotometerOS-8520PASCO’sPhotometer is aneasily understood,nonelectronicdevice that allowsstudents to measurerelative lightintensities. Bylooking through theeyepiece, students can see if the two fluorescentdisks, each receiving light from anopposite side of the photometer, are equalin intensity. Students can verify the InverseSquare Law.I AI BUse the Adjustable Focal Length Lenswith your Basic Optics SystemSee page 313 for use with Human Eye Model.Apertureƒ-Number Diameter (mm)ƒ / 4 25.0ƒ / 5.6 17.7ƒ / 8 12.5ƒ / 11 8.8ƒ / 16 6.3ƒ / 22 4.4PhotometerView throughPhotometer for thecase that I A > I BClear FlexibleMembraneSyringeIncludes:SyringeTubingLenses (2)Order Information:Adjustable FocalLength Lens ..........................OS-8494 .....Shown in use with:Basic OpticsSystem ........................................OS-8515C... p. 304310Clear FlexibleMembraneWater-filled LensRemovable membranes makeit easy to clean.RetainingRingSpherical Aberration AttachmentsDo the center and outside parts of a lensfocus light differently? With the SphericalAberration Attachments, students will besurprised by the answer. Simply snap theattachments onto a lens from the BasicOptics System and compare the imagedistance for each attachment.The Peripheral Maskpasses light throughthe center only.The Center Maskpasses light throughan outside ring.Includes:Aperture Disk and HolderSpherical Aberration AttachmentsOrder Information:Aperture Accessories .................OS-8524Peripheral Maskshown mounted on+250 mm lens.Includes:PhotometerSet of polarizers and an accessory holderDisk of neutral density filters—25, 50, 75 and 100% transmittanceOrder Information:Photometer .............................................OS-8520Polarizer SetOS-8473This accessory setincludes two polarizerdisks and an optics holder.Rotate the polarizersrelative to one anotherto view the effecton light intensity.Order Information:Polarizer Set ...........................................OS-8473www.pasco.com

Polarization AnalyzerOS-8533ALight and Optics – Basic Optics AccessoriesOptics BenchesStudents can confirm Malus’ Law of Polarization by using the Polarization Analyzer withthe Basic Optics System. All components mount directly to PASCO’s OS-8515B BasicOptics Bench. The Rotary Motion Sensor is used to measure the angle between the twopolarizing disks. The Light Sensor measures the intensity of light which passes throughboth polarizers.DiodeLaserPolarizationAnalyzerRotary MotionSensorFirst PolarizationHigh SensitivityLight SensorCLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM60 cm Optics BenchOS-8541The short optical bench is for experiments suchas polarization and spectrophotometry.120 cm Optics BenchOS-8508This optics bench is used for lens and mirrorexperiments, inverse-square law, anddiffraction/interference experiments. If youwant a bench longer than 120 cm, use theOptics Bench Connectors (OS-8538) shownbelow.Order Information:60 cm Optics Bench .........................OS-8541120 cm Optics Bench......................OS-8508Optics Bench Rod ClampsOS-8479Rod Clamps are used to elevate BasicOptics benches to match the height ofvarious light sources.Shown with OS-8541,60 cm track.Includes:Polarizer Disks (2)Polarizer HolderAperture BracketAccessory Holder withMounting BracketAccessory Holder forAperture BracketRetarder DiskAs the polarizer is rotated,the intensity of the lightvaries as the square of thecosine of the angle betweenthe two polarizers.See page 394 forcomplete experiment.Order Information:PolarizationAnalyzer ................................ OS-8533ARequired for use with PASPORT:Rotary MotionSensor ......................................PS-2120 p. 26Light/High SensitivitySensor ......................................PS-2176 p. 46Basic OpticsSystem ....................................OS-8515C p. 304Diode Laser .......................OS-8525A p. 316PASPORT Interface ........................................p. 10-23Includes:Two Rod ClampsOrder Information:Optics Bench Rod Clamps ............ OS-8479Optics Bench ConnectorsOS-8538Optics Bench ConnectorThe OS-8538 Connectors slide into theT-slot to couple two Basic Optics Benchestogether. Includes two connectors.Order Information:Optics Bench Connectors .............. OS-8538311

Light and Optics – Optics of the Human EyeHuman Eye ModelOS-8477A Classic Eye Model at anAffordable PriceA 3-dimensional Working Modelof the Human EyeRetinaThree positions for near-sighted,far-sighted and normal visionBlind SpotSimulates retinaattachment pointPlastic EyeballHolds water to simulatethe vitreous humor Crystalline Eye LensInterchangeable lenses tofocus on near and far objects.Additional slots for pupil andasymmetric lensFeaturesWorking Model of the Human Eye: Two lenses areused to form images on the retina. Sealed tank holdswater to simulate the vitreous humor. Size andorientation of the illuminated object can be easilymeasured.Study the Optics of Normal Vision andVision Correction: Use the included plastic lenses tocreate images for normal vision, far-sightedness,near-sightedness and astigmatism. Additional lenses areplaced in front of the eye to correct for vision problems.Fixed Corneal Lens and InterchangeableCrystalline Lens: The crystalline lens is surroundedby water (vitreous humor). By changing the crystallinelens, the eye can focus on both near and far objects.Moveable Retina: Three positions to demonstrate near-sightedness,far-sightedness and normal vision.Variable Pupil Size: Students can observe the change in brightnessand clarity of the image as the pupil size is reduced.PupilApertureCorneal LensFixed glass lensEyeglass Lens SlotsChange to correct visionThe Eye Model canimage any illuminatedpicture, or use with theBasic Optics Systemand Eye Model Bracketshown on page 313.Use the Pupil Aperture to reduce the pupil size,or to change the shape to a “cat’s eye”.Includes:Molded Plastic EyeballPlastic Lenses(2 sets of 6)Pupil ApertureRetina ScreenOptics Caliper (1)Experiment ManualIncludedSpecificationsFocal Lengths in Air of Plastic Lenses: +62 mm (+16d), +120 mm(+8.3d), +400 mm (+2.5d), -1000 mm (-1.0d), -128 mm (-7.8d)cylindrical, +307 mm (+3.26d) cylindricalCorneal Lens Focal Length in Air: +140 mm (+7.1d)Dimensions: 15 cm x 17 cm x 10 cm high312Order Information:Human Eye Model ............................................................................... OS-8477Recommended:Basic Optics Light Source .......................................................... OS-8470 p. 306Human Eye Replacement Set(includes lenses, screen and pupil) ............................. OS-8476Optics Caliper (set of 5) ................................................................. OS-8468 p. 313www.pasco.com

Eye Model BracketOS-8469Built-in scaleSimplifies distance measurementson the optics track.Basic OpticsLight SourceImage onretina screen ofcrossed-arrowtargetLight and Optics – Optics of the Human EyeThe OS-8469 Bracket allowsthe Human Eye Model(OS-8477) to be used withthe Basic Optics System(OS-8515). The bracket holdsthe Eye Model securely onthe track at the correct opticalheight.The illuminated crossedarrowtarget on the BasicOptics Light Source makesthe perfect object. Easilymeasure object and imagedistances, as well as thesize of the object and imagefor calculations of magnification.Adjustable FocalLength LensOS-8494Use the syringe to adjust the amount ofwater in the lens. Changing the curvature ofthe clear flexible membranes changes thefocal length of the lens.RetinaHuman EyeModelDemonstrate accommodation:Show how the eye lens changes focallength by changing its surface curvature.See page 304 for use with Basic Optics System.Eye Model and Bracket shown with a telescopemade using two Adjustable LensHolders (OS-8474) and accessory lenses(see page 309). Students can see theimage through the telescope with theirown eyes, and then place the Eye Modelon the track and see the same image projectedon the retina screen.Optics CaliperOS-8468A Glow in the Dark TipsA WaterproofThis lightweight plastic caliper is perfect formeasuring images in the dark. Simply spanthe object and then use a scale to measurethe distance. For approximate measurements,use the built-in cm scale on thecalipers.The tips of the caliper glow in the dark: Activate withan incandescent or UV lamp.Includes:BracketTwo 1/4-20 thumbscrews with nutsOrder Information:Eye Model Bracket ............................OS-8469Shown in use withBasic Optics System .......................OS-8515CHuman Eye Model ............................OS-8477Use the Optics Caliper to measure image sizesin the Human Eye Model. Glow-in-the-dark tipsactivated using a UV light source.Order Information:Optics Caliper(Set of 5) ......................................OS-8468Recommended:UV Light Source .................SE-7228 p. 334Clear FlexibleMembraneSyringeIncludes:SyringeTubingLenses (2)Water-filled LensClear FlexibleMembraneRemovable membranes makeit easy to clean.Order Information:Adjustable FocalLength Lens ..........................OS-8494 .....Shown in use with:Human Eye Model .......OS-8477 ..... p. 312RetainingRing313

Light and Optics – DiffractionSensor-Based Diffraction SystemOS-8452 with Optics BenchOS-8455A without Optics BenchA Single-Slit DiffractionA Double-Slit InterferenceA Real-Time Intensity GraphsMultiple-SlitSetSingle-SlitSetApertureBracketHigh SensitivityLight SensorRotary MotionSensorRed DiodeLaserLinearTranslatorThe Sensor-Based Diffraction System enables students to scanmany diffraction and interference patterns during one lab period.They can study the differences caused by changing the slit width,slit separation, and number of slits. And, with the addition of theGreen Diode Laser, they can study the difference caused bychanging the wavelength.How It WorksScanning with the Linear TranslatorIn this unique scanning system, the diffraction pattern is scannedusing a light sensor attached to a Rotary Motion Sensor. Asthe wheel on the Rotary Motion Sensor is rotated by hand, theRotary Motion Sensor moves along a gear rack (called the LinearTranslator). Students make the association between the diffractionpattern they see and the real-time graph of the light intensity versusposition.LinearTranslator314Rotary Motion SensorThe DataStudio computer scan of an interferencepattern is shown above a photograph of the actuallaser pattern. The pattern was produced with adouble-slit, having a slit width 0.08 mm and slitseparation 0.50 mm.Light SensorApertureBracketOptics BenchCLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMEasy Laser AlignmentThe laser beam can be aimedthrough the slits using two thumbscrews. Once the beam is aligned,either the laser or the slits can beremoved from the optics bench andreturned to the bench withoutre-aligning the beam.Change slits in the dark without re-aligning everything.The slit wheels eliminate the frustration of trying to change the slitsin a darkened room. Simply rotate to the next positive click to lock adifferent slit into position. The alignment of the disk only has to bedone once; thereafter all the slits on that wheel will be in aligned.Includes:Red Diode LaserDiffraction SlitsLinear TranslatorAperture BracketOptics BenchOS-8525AOS-8453OS-8535OS-8534AOS-8508Computer scanof a single-slitand double-slithaving the sameslit width.Order Information:Sensor-Based Diffraction ............................................................. OS-8452Also Available without Optics Bench:NEW Sensor-Based Diffraction Kit.................................. OS-8455ARequired for use with ScienceWorkshop:Light Sensor ................................................................................................. CI-6504ARotary Motion Sensor ..................................................................... CI-6538ScienceWorkshop Interface ...............................................................................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:High Sensitivity Light Sensor ................................................ PS-2176Rotary Motion Sensor ..................................................................... PS-2120PASPORT Interface .......................................................................................................................p. 10-23Recommended:Green Diode Laser ............................................................................... OS-8458 p. 316www.pasco.com

High Precision Diffraction SlitsOS-8453Light and Optics – DiffractionDouble-SlitDiffraction PatternA Vacuum Deposited Chromium on GlassA Single-Slit and Double-Slit WheelsOS-8453 includes two slit wheels with holders designed to match theheight of the slits to the height of the diode laser. All components clipdirectly to the Optics Bench from the OS-8515C Basic Optics System.The slit wheels eliminate the frustration of trying to change the slits in adarkened room. To change the slit being illuminated by the laser, the slitwheel is simply rotated to the next positive click to lock another slit intoposition.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMSingle-SlitDiffraction PatternFour Slit DiffractionPatternThe Multiple-Slit wheelincludes four double slits, a set offour multiple slits having the sameslit width and separation (2, 3, 4,and 5 slits), four slit comparisons,and a variable double slit.4.The Single-Slit wheel includesfour single slits of different widths,two circular apertures, one line/slit comparison, one opaque line, avariable width slit and four patterns.2.1.The comparisons have two slits illuminated bythe same laser beam, so that the patterns canbe viewed side by side.1. Two slit and three slit comparison2. Different slit widths3. Different slit separation4. Single slit and Double slit3.The Circular Diffractionpattern has the samedimensions for both thedots and the holes.The diffraction geometry represents the structureof the Square and Hex pattern.Simply rotate the wheel toselect the desired slit. Eachposition locks into place makingit easy to use, even in the dark.Green Diode Laser OS-8458CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STAREINTO BEAMAdd a second wavelengthwith the newGreen Laser.Order Information:Green Diode Laser ...................................................................................OS-8458Includes:Single-Slit Wheel with holderMultiple Slit-Wheel with holderOrder Information:High Precision Diffraction Slits ........................................... OS-8453Recommended:Basic Optics System .......................................................................... OS-8515C p. 304315

Light and Optics – DiffractionDiode Laser – Basic OpticsOS-8525A (Red)OS-8458 (Green)Green LaserCLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMThese unique diode laserstake the frustration out ofaligning the laser beamwith the diffraction slitsbecause the horizontal andvertical positions of thebeam can be adjusted byturning the thumb screwson the back of the laser.With the addition of the new Green DiodeLaser, you can demonstrate the effect ofchanging wavelength on the diffraction andinterference patterns. At left, a red laser beamwas passed through a double slit. Then the RedDiode Laser was replaced by the Green DiodeLaser by simply pulling the Red Laser off theoptics track and clipping the Green Laser into itsplace. The recorded patterns from red and greenlasers show clearly that the longer wavelength(red) is spread out more than the green.SpecificationsOutput Power:

Light and Optics – DiffractionDiffraction Optics KitOS-8531Add this kit to the Basic Optics System to allow the investigation ofa wide variety of diffraction slit patterns. The following patterns areincluded on the two slit accessory disks:Single Slit Pattern (a = 0.04 mm)A Single Slit (Four variations)A Variable Width Single SlitA Double Slit (Four variations)A Multiple Slit (3,4,5)A Single Slit/Double Slit ComparisonA Variable Spacing Double SlitDiffractionPatternDouble Slit Pattern (a = 0.08 m, b = 0.05 mm)4-Slit Pattern (a = 0.04 mm, d = 0.125 mm)Diode LaserIncludes:Diode Laser (OS-8525)Slit Accessories (OS-8523)Slit AccessorySnaps into position on thebench for automatic slitalignment with laser. Rotatedisk to select a differentpattern.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMOrder Information:Diffraction Optics Kit ......................OS-8531Optics CaliperOS-8468This light-weight plastic caliper is perfectfor measuring interference and diffractionpatterns in the dark. Glow-in-the-dark tipsare activated using an incandescent or UVlamp. See page 313 for more information.Slit Accessories – Basic OpticsOS-8523Two Slit Accessory disks offer a variety of single and multiple slits for diffraction experiments.The two accessory disks come mounted to lens holders. Just rotate the disk for a widerange of diffraction patterns. The slit patterns automatically align with the laser.Includes User’s Guide with experiments.Slit wheels are constructedusing a photographic process.Order Information:Optics Caliper(Set of 5) ......................................OS-8468Recommended:UV Light Source .................SE-7228 p. 334Single-slit Disk— Four singleslits, two circular apertures,one line/slit comparison, fourtwo-dimensional diffractionpatterns, variable-width slit(0.02-0.20 mm),one opaque line.Multiple-slit Disk—Four double slits, four multipleslits (2, 3, 4 or 5 slits), foursingle/double-slit comparisons,variable double-slit(slit separation 0.125-0.75 mm).Order Information:Slit Accessories – Basic Optics .........................................OS-8523317

Light and Optics – Basic Optics SystemPASCO Optics SystemsBasic Optics SystemOS-8515CBasic Optics System IIOS-8546BComputer-Based Optics System II OS-8548BThese optics systems provide a wide range of opticslaboratories from the very basics of ray tracing toquantitative measurement of blackbody radiation.Computer-based Optics System II OS-8548BBasic Optics System II OS-8546BBasic Optics System OS-8515C4271038615922Basic Optics System OS-8515C1211Basic Optics System II OS-8546B1314*2131815 161718Computer-based Optics System II OS-8548BComputer-based Optics System II OS-8548BBasic Optics System II OS-8546BBasic Optics System OS-8515CPage1. 1.2 m Optics Bench 1 1 1 3112. OS-8456 Geometric Lens Set (+100, +200 mm lens) 1 1 1 3093. OS-8460 Viewing Screen 1 1 1 3094. OS-8470 Basic Optics Light Source 1 1 1 3065. OS-8516A Ray Optics Kit 1 1 1 3076. OS-8465 Optics Table (for ray experiments) 1 1 1 3077. OS-8474 Adjustable Lens Holder 1 1 1 3088. OS-8519 Accessory Lens Set (+250, -150 mm lens) 1 1 1 3099. OS-8457 Convex/Concave Mirror Accessory 1 1 1 30610. O12-09900A Experiment Manual and Storage Box 1 1 111. OS-8524 Aperture Accessories (for studying ƒ-stop settings) 1 1 31012. OS-8525A Diode Laser 1 1 31613. OS-8523 Slit Accessories 1 1 317*14. OS-8520 Photometer (with polarizers) 1 0 31015. CI-6504A Light Sensor (for interference experiments) 1 7816. CI-6604 High Sensitivity Light Sensor (for spectrophotometry) 1 7817. CI-6538 Rotary Motion Sensor 1 7418. CI-6630 Broad Spectrum Light Sensor 1 7819. OS-8544 Prism Spectrophotometer Kit 1 33020. OS-8537 Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit 1 32821. OS-8535 Linear Translator 1 31622. OS-8533A Polarization Analyzer 1 311*14. Not included with OS-8548B.NOTE: The computer-based systems include the necessary sensors for the experiments but not the necessary ScienceWorkshopInterface (500 or 750). See pages 68-72.19Basic Optics System(OS-8515C)Includes the lenses and mirrors required forgeometrical and ray box optics. Experimentmanual and storage box included.Basic Optics System II(OS-8546B)Adds to the Basic Optics System a widerassortment of lenses and mirrors pluscomponents for polarization, interferenceand diffraction.Computer-Based Optics System II(OS-8548B)Adds to the Basic Optics System II awider assortment of lenses and mirrorsplus components for prism and gratingspectrophotometers.Additionally the sensors to allow acomputer to record and analyze datafrom diffraction, interference, polarizationand Inverse-Square Law experiments areincluded.Order Information:Basic Optics System ................... OS-8515CBasic Optics System II .............. OS-8546BComputer-BasedOptics System II................................ OS-8548B20www.pasco.com

Entry Optics SystemsDynamics Track Optics KitOS-8471AA Makes your Dynamics Track into an optical benchA Use with 1.2 or 2.2 meter Dynamics Tracks and PAStrackA Expandable with Basic OpticsSystem componentsLight and Optics – Dynamics Track OpticsBeginning Optics SystemOS-8459NEWLab ManualwithExperimentsA New lab manual with five experimentsA Expandable with Basic Optics System componentsA The most affordableoptics system witha metal benchThe PASCO Dynamics Track Optics Kit includes specially designedslides (carriages) that snap on the dynamics track. PASCO BasicOptics components attach directly to the carriage for positioninganywhere on the track.Choose from a wide range of optics components to expand yoursystem. See pages 306-317 for more components.Dynamics Track Optics Kit Includes:Basic Optics Light SourceTwo AdjustableLens/Mirror Holders+100 mm, +200 mm,and -150 mm Focal Length LensesViewing ScreenThree Optics CarriagesOrder Information:Dynamics Track Optics Kit .........................................................................OS-8471ARequired:Dynamics Track 1.2 m .......................................................................................ME-6953orDynamics Track 2.2 m .......................................................................................ME-9779orPAStrack .............................................................................................................................ME-6960Dynamics Track Optics CarriageOS-8472The Dynamics Track OpticsCarriages are designed to snaponto the PASCO DynamicsTrack. Basic Optics componentsattach directly to the carriagesfor positioning anywhere on thetrack.Includes:Carriages(3)Order Information:Dynamics Track Optics Carriage .........................................................OS-8472This economical system has everything needed to do the fiveincluded experiments.It is a good start for studying optics and can be expanded usingthe components of the Basic Optics System (see pages 306-317).Included Experiments1. Focal Length and Magnification of a Thin Lens2. Telescope3. Microscope4. Shadows5. Virtual ImagesIncludes:Basic Optics Light Source(Point, Luminous Object, Rays,and Primary Colors);Two Adjustable Lens/Mirror HoldersOrder Information:Beginning Optics System...........................................................................OS-8459Geometric Optics KitOS-8518The Geometric Optics Kit Includes:Optics BenchTwo Lenses in Holders: +100/+200 mmViewing ScreenGeometric Lens Set (+100 mm,+200 mm, and -150 mm focallength lenses)Viewing Screen1.2m Optics BenchLab ManualOrder Information:Geometric Optics Kit ........................................................................................OS-8518319

Light and Optics – Introductory Optics SystemIntroductory Optics SystemOS-8500A Complete and Comprehensive SystemA 22 Experiments— From Basic Ray Optics to Multiple-Slit DiffractionA Easy Setup– Magnetic MountingHigh-Intensity Light SourceThe special line filament makes imagesand diffraction lines bright and sharp.Features a built-in power supply and aknob for adjusting the filament position.Rotating Ray TableTable mounts magnetically on the bench, at a slight angle, for bright,sharp rays. Measurements are easy: there’s a polar grid on one side ofthe table and both a polar and rectangular grid on the other.70 cm Optics BenchThis tough aluminum bench has two built-inmetric scales, one on each side, andmagnetic pads for attaching the light source,component holders and ray optics table.Diffraction Scale, Grating and SlitsThe system includes a diffraction grating and diffractionplate with 10 diffraction apertures (single, double andmultiple slits, plus random and ordered arrays).Ground Glass Lenses and MirrorProduce sharp images and mount in recessedplastic holders for protection.Calibrated PolarizersTwo polarizers rotate through360° in 2° increments.Full Range of ComponentsIncludes a parallel ray lens, slitmask, universal mirror and othercomponents needed for a fullrange of optics experiments.A Comprehensive and Self-Contained Optics SystemThis Introductory Optics System includesboth a ray table and an optics bench. Itincludes everything needed for a completecourse in introductory optics. It will takestudents through re flec tion, thin-lensthe o ry, color theory, po lar iza tion, in ter ference,diffraction and optical instruments.The manual includes 22 quantitativeexperiments.Designed for theIntroductory LabIn many ways, the requirements fora good introductory system are evenmore stringent than for more advancedequipment. The equipment must be easyto-useand durable, and the experimentsmust be substantive, yet conceptuallystraight-forward.With these requirements in mind, weincorporated the following features intoour Introductory Optics System:320Color FiltersInvestigate color mixing.Virtual Image LocatorsHelp locate virtual images and determinetheir magnification.FeaturesMagnetic Mounting: Com po nents mountmag net i cal ly to the optics bench and raytable, yet are easily aligned and re po sitioned.Fully-Illustrated Manual: The 22 copyreadyexperiments provide a thor ough andorderly introduction to both elementary andmore advanced optics experiments.Full Range of Components: No improvisingor buying additional equipment.Built-In Scales: Built-in scales are convenientand provide accurate results.Order Information:IntroductoryOptics System ...........................................OS-8500Calibrated Variable ApertureInvestigate the relationship betweenaperture and depth of field.Typical ExperimentsWith Teacher’s Guide and Sample Data.1. Introduction to Ray Optics2. The Law of Reflection3. Image Formation in a Plane Mirror4. The Law of Refraction5. Optical Reversibility6. Dispersion and Total Internal Reflection7. Converging Lens— Image and ObjectRelationships8. Light and Color9. Two-Slit Interference10. Polarization11. Image Formation: Concave Mirrors12. Image Formation: Spherical Mirrors13. Image Formation: Cylindrical Lenses14. Spherical Lenses: Spherical and ChromaticAberration, Aperture Size, Depth of Field15. The Diffraction Grating16. Single-Slit Diffraction17. General Diffraction18. Introduction to Optical Instruments19. The Projector20. The Magnifier21. The Telescope22. The Compound Microscopewww.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Introductory Optics SystemLenses and MirrorsDiode Laser –Intro. OpticsOS-8528AThe OS-8500 Introductory Optics Systemcomes in a fitted box for convenient storage.Component List for IntroductoryOptics SystemEach system contains a complete set of thefollowing components:Optics bench— 70 cm extruded aluminum bench withmagnetic surfaceIncandescent light source— high-intensity; built-inpower supplyInstruction and experiment manual— with 22 experimentsThe following components are included and canbe purchased separatelyProduct #Diffraction Set— Introductory Optics ..............OS-8480Diffraction plate (ten patterns)— single slits, double slits,multiple slits, crossed slits and circular aperturesDiffraction gratingDiffraction scale— for measuring maxima and minimaColor Filter Set— Introductory Optics .............OS-8481Color filters— red, green and bluePolarizer Set— Introductory Optics ...................OS-8482Polarizers (two)— with degree scalesMirror Set— Introductory Optics ...........................OS-8483Mirror— front surface, concave (50 mm F.L.)Mirror— three-sided (plane, concave, and convex)Slit Set— Introductory Optics .....................................OS-8484Slit plate and mask— for producing up to seven raysVariable aperture— for investigating depth of fieldVirtual image locators (two)Screen/Target Set— Introductory Optics ..OS-8485Crossed arrow target— for determining image orientationand magnificationViewing screen— with metric scale for measuring imagesVirtual image locatorRotating Base Set— Introductory Optics ...OS-8486Ray Table– degree scale, mm grid and component holderComponent Set— Introductory Optics ...........OS-8487Component holders (three)–– attach magnetically to the bench75 mm Lens— Introductory Optics .......................OS-8488Spherical lens— ground glass, mounted in plastic carrier forprotection (75 mm F.L.)150 mm Lens— Introductory Optics ...................OS-8489Spherical lens— ground glass, mounted in plastic carrier forprotection (-150 mm F.L.)150 mm Lens ..........................................................................................OS-8490Spherical lens— ground glass, mounted in plastic carrier forprotection (150 mm F.L.)Parallel Ray Lens— Introductory Optics .....OS-8491Parallel ray lens— for producing parallel rays for ray tracingCylindrical Lens— Introductory Optics ..........OS-8492Cylindrical lens— for ray tracingThese ground-glass lenses and silver coatedfront-surface glass mirrors are mountedin recessed plastic holders to protect theoptical surfaces.Order Information:Double Concave (-22 mm) ............OS-9131Double Convex (+18 mm) ..............OS-9132Double Convex (+48 mm)..............OS-9133Double Convex (+127 mm) ..........OS-9134Plano Convex (+252 mm) ...............OS-9135Mirror, Flat–Advanced Optics .......................................OS-9136Concave Mirror (-25mm)–Advanced Optics .......................................OS-9137Component CarrierOS-9107Mounts magnetically to theOptics Bench and componentsmount magneticallyto the carrier. The apertureis 22 mm x 22 mm.Order Information:Component Carrier–Advanced Optics .........................................OS-9107ElectroformedDiffraction SlitsThese slits are extremely sharp (±5 microntolerance), producing diffraction patternssuperior to those produced by traditionalfilm emulsion slits. Four slides are available,each providing four patterns.Order Information:Complete Slit Set–Advanced Optics .......................................OS-9165Four slides.Slide 1–4 single slits: widths 0.02, 0.04,0.08, 0.16 mm ...............................OS-8461Slide 2–4 sets of double slits: slit widths0.04 and 0.08 mm; slit spacing0.25 and 0.5 mm .......................OS-8462Slide 3–4 sets of multiple slits: 2, 3, 4, 5 slits;all widths 0.04 mm, all spaced0.125 mm ...........................................OS-8463Slide 4–Apertures: 2 circular apertures0.04, 0.08 mm dia.; 1 array oftriangular apertures (equilateral);1 array of squareapertures ............................................OS-8464Single/Double Slits–Advanced Optics .......................................OS-9179Slides 1 and 2 only.Support bracketautomatically alignslaser with IntroductoryOptics or AdvancedOptics components.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMThis versatile, inexpensive Diode Lasercan be placed on the Introductory Opticsbench. The metal stand adheres to themagnetic strip and automatically aligns thelaser beam with each system’s diffractionaccessories. Easy set-up makes it idealfor diffraction or other general laserexperiments.SpecificationsOutput Power:

Light and Optics – DemonstrationsRay Optics Laser SystemSE-8506Lens Plus SetSE-7578A No Need to Dim the LightsA Wide Variety of Optical ComponentsA Templates Simulate Real-World Optical DevicesCLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMThe laser rays are focused in front of the retina bythe myopic lens used with the human eye template.This demonstrations optics set uses aLaser Ray Box which has bright, welldefinedrays because it uses lasers ratherthan an incandescent light source. TheLaser Ray Box projects five parallel laserbeams onto any flat surface. It contains five1 mW diode lasers (wavelength 635 nm).The laser beams are spread out into clearlyvisible lines by cylindrical lenses inside thebox.The ray box has a magnetic back formounting on any steel board. The unit ispowered by an included AC adapter.This exceptional optics set includes sixmagnetically-backed templates that haveguidelines showing where to put componentsto perform different demonstrations,including:A Modeling the human eye and eyeglassesA How a camera worksA Two types of telescopesA Spherical aberrationA Refraction and reflectionEach component has a magnetic backingfor mounting on any steel board.The included protractor template can be used todemonstrate refraction.322The laser rays are redirected by the converging lensand focused on the “film” of the camera template.Includes:Laser Ray BoxLaser Ray MaskDouble-convex lenses (4)Double-concave lensPlano-concave lens“D” lenses (4.5 cm and 7.5 cm radius) (2)Plane, convex and concave mirrorsRight-angle prismRectangle (6 cm x 10 cm)Optical Fiber (2 cm x 20 cm)Templates (6)Steel white board (56.5 cm x 41.5 cm)Most components are 10 cm tall and1.7 cm thick.Specifications for Laser Ray BoxDimensions: 11 cm x 6 cm x 2 cmLaser Ray Separation: 1.8 cmPower Adapter: 3 VDC, 300 mA (included)Wavelength: 635 nmOrder Information:Ray Optics Laser System .............SE-8506Laser Ray Box (only) ..........................SE-8505Add this additional lens set to extend theuse of the Ray Optics Laser System orLaser Ray Box. Components were chosento demonstrate the effect of both positiveand negative optical devices.Includes:Biconcave Air LensBiconcave Glass LensBiconvex Air LensBiconvex Glass LensOptical Air PrismEquilateral Optical Glass PrismRectangular Optical Glass Prism (2 piece)Square Glass Planar Parallel PlateRectangular Glass Planar Parallel Plate(2 piece)Planar Mirror (2 piece)Order Information:Lens Plus Set ............................................SE-7578“Visible Ray” Optics SetSE-9767Students can see the light rays as theypass through these unique 20 mm thickacrylic components. Refraction and internalreflection are easily observed.Each set comes in a convenientcase and includes:Double Convex lens: 50 mm focal lengthDouble Concave lens: 50 mm focal lengthPlano-Convex lens: 100 mm focal lengthPrism: 120°, 90°, 90°, 60°Order Information:Visible Ray Optics Set ..................SE-9767www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – DemonstrationsBlackboard Optics SystemsBasic Magnetic SystemA Versatile Magnetic SystemA Magnetic MountingA Large ComponentsSE-9193With this unique system, optics diagrams aretransformed into working demonstrations. Allcomponents and light sources mount righton the blackboard. Instead of ray diagrams,students observe the interactions of actuallight rays.Systems AvailableBasic Blackboard Optics Systems include:Ray projector (2)Holder for projector (2)Clamping bar, 13-inch (2)Clamping bar, 15-inch (1)Plano-convex lens (1)Plano-concave lens (1)Semi-circular lens (1)Rectangular block (1)Prism, right angle (1)Plane mirror (2)Curved mirror, double (1)Projector lamp, spare (1)Cushioned storage cabinet (1)Note: A power supply, such as the SE-9197AC Transformer, is required and must beordered separately. See Order Informationon this page.Carrying CaseThe basic system storesneatly in the included hardwoodcarrying case.Large AcrylicComponents(5 cm thick and 20 cm high)Durable and easy to use.High-intensity LightSourcesFor clearly visible rays,both inside and outsidethe components. Adjustthe sliding apertures forthin rays of light ordivergent cones.The Blackboard Optics Accessoriesinclude: (not shown)Multiple-ray projector w/spare lampTwo prisms: flint glass, equilateralProjection screen w/holderReplica grating w/holder(6000 lines/cm)Color filters (3) and polarizers (2)Double slitThree lenses: plano-convex (2); plano-concaveVersatile MountingBracketsComponents can berotated without movingthe brackets.Magnetic MountingMagnetic mounting forsteel-backed blackboards.The Blackboard Optics System withAccessories includes:Basic Blackboard Optics SystemBlackboard Optics AccessoriesBasic System primarydemonstrations:ReflectionLaw of ReflectionVirtual ImagesFocal LengthsReal ImagesDemonstrationsRefractionLaw of RefractionRectangular BlockCritical AngleTotal Internal ReflectionReversing PrismAngle of Minimum DeviationLensesFocal LengthsVirtual ImagesThick Lens OpticsBasic System with Accessoriesadditional demonstrations:AdvancedFocal Lengths: Double Convexand Double Concave LensReal Image Formation:Double Convex LensNearsighted/FarsightedThe TelescopeThe MicroscopeSpherical AberrationDispersion: Prisms and GratingsTwo Slit InterferenceOrder Information:Basic Blackboard Optics System:Magnetic Mount ...................................SE-9193Blackboard Optics Accessories:Magnetic Mount ...................................SE-9195Blackboard Optics System with Accessories:Magnetic Mount ...................................SE-9198Required:(for Blackboard Optics)AC Transformer(110V version only) ............................SE-9197or Equivalent supply providing up to100 watts at 12 VACReplacement Bulbs:for Single Ray Projector(12 V, 35 W) ..................................................SE-9406Afor Multiple Ray Projector(12 V, 55 W) ..................................................SE-9407Note: Blackboard not included.323

Light and Optics – Ray BoxRay BoxSE-9474Ray Box Component SetSE-9476Basic Optics Light SourceOS-8470A Bright, Sharp Ray OpticsA One, Three or FiveParallel, Convergent orDivergent RaysA Rugged and ReliableThe Ray Box is the standard light sourcefor ray optics experiments. It is easy touse, extremely durable and the rays arebright enough to be seen clearly, even in arelatively bright room.Just plug it in, turn it on and rotate theadjust able screen to produce one, three orfive pencil-thin rays, or a single wide beam.A sheet of white paper makes a greatexperimental surface. The rays are clearlyvisible, and both rays and componentpositions can be traced onto the paper.The included manual describes 15 basicexperiments that can be performed usingthe Ray Box, Ray Box Component Set, RayBox Color Filter Set and a prism.Includes:Two lenses —double concave anddouble convexThree mirrors — flat, concave and convexCushioned plastic storage caseOrder Information:Ray Box ColorComponent Set .....................................SE-9476Ray Box ColorFilter SetSE-9475Rotate the selector knob to choose between rays(1, 3 or 5) or the primary color mask.Order Information:Basic OpticsLight Source ..........................................OS-8470Ray Optics KitOS-8516AStorage TrayDoubles as water tank for Hollow LensTabletop DesignThe flat Ray Box and flatcomponents mean the labbench quickly becomes theexperimental surface.AcrylicLensesMirrorAcrylicRhomboidHollowLensOrder Information:Ray Optics Kit........................................OS-8516AAdjustableRay SlitsQuickly adjust the number ofrays to fit the experiment.Order Information:Ray Box ............................................................SE-9474324Includes:Amber Lucite filter w/standWhite Plexiglas® filter w/standSlotted screens (2)Cellophane color filters(7.62 cm sq: red, blue, pink, purple, green,orange, yellow)Cushioned plastic storage boxOrder Information:Ray Box Filter Set .........SE-9475Recommended:Equilateral Prism ............SE-9021A p. 327Hollow Lens OS-8511The Hollow Lens allows students to investigatethe effect of different liquids on the indexof refraction. In addition, students can fill onlyone or two of the compartments to experimentwith compound lenses.Order Information:Hollow Lens .................................................... OS-8511www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Optics Components & AccessoriesColor FiltersSE-9360Basic DiffractionGrating SetSE-9357A For Qualitative DemonstrationsHigh-Quality Gratings300 lines/mm SE-9359600 lines/mm SE-9358Seven filters in glass-covered 35 mmslides. Colors include red, green, blue,magenta, peacock blue, yellow and purple.Filters can be used in projectors and rayboxes and are excellent for color mixingand color perception demonstrations.Order Information:Color Filters(set of 7) ........................................................SE-9360Polarizing Sheets(2 pack)OS-9477Three diffraction gratings on a single slide:100, 300 and 600 lines/mm.By looking at spectral light sources,students can study the relationshipbetween line spacing and angle of diffraction.The low cost means each student canuse one during lecture demonstrations.Order Information:Basic DiffractionGrating Set ................................................SE-9357Diffraction GratingsSE-9361The 300 lines/mm replica grating is stronglyblazed in the first through fifth orders,while the 600 lines/mm grating is stronglyblazed in the first order. They have excellentresolving power and produce bright, sharpspectral lines for spectrometer labs or forprojecting spectra in lecture demonstrations.Order Information:High-Quality Gratings300 lines ........................................................SE-9359600 lines ........................................................SE-9358Two large polarizing sheets for easily visibleclassroom demonstrations. Show howthe intensity of transmitted light varieswith the angle between the two sheets,or investigate stress patterns by viewingplastic objects (not included) betweencrossed polarizers.Two 23 x 25 cm sheets included.Order Information:Polarizing Sheets(2 pack) ...........................................................OS-9477PolarizerOS-91092 cmOrder Information:Calibrated Polarizer–Advanced Optics ....................................... OS-9109(HN-32) calibrated in 2 degree incrementsThis set of four glass-mounted diffractionreplicas are excellent for introductory studentwork. Four line spacings are provided: 80,100, 300 and 600 lines/mm. Excellent forquantitatively studying the relation betweenline spacing, angle of diffraction andwavelength.Each grating is 21 x 35 mm.Order Information:Diffraction Gratings(set of 4) ........................................................SE-9361Optics Bench CouplersOS-9142Connect two Optics Benches together fora two meter long bench. The couplers keepthe benches in alignment.Order Information:Optics Bench Couplers(2 pack) – Advanced Optics ..........OS-9142Digital LightMeterSE-9087AThis handheld Digital Light Meter measureslight intensity from 0-50,000 lux in threeranges (2000; 20,000; 50,000 from 1 lux).A precision selenium photovoltaic cell isbuilt-in, providing high accuracy (to 5%)and a fast sampling time (0.4 seconds). Tomeasure light intensities, turn the switch tothe desired range, then read the result onthe large digital display (13 mm high digits).Zero adjustment is automatic, and thedisplay lets students know if the intensityexceeds the range setting. Read the resultin lux or in foot-candles (0 to 5000 Fc). Inaddition to the digital readout, the meterprovides an analog output that can beused to drive a strip chart recorder or othervoltage measuring device. Powered by9-volt battery (included).Order Information:Digital Light Meter ..........................SE-9087A325

Light and Optics – MirrorsDemonstration MirrorsLarge Corner Reflector SetSE-8810Convex Mirror(SE-7574)Classic demonstration to teachstudents aboutreflection: Do mirrorsreally reversethe image? Twomirrors are held at90˚ by a rigid base.Set also includes athird mirror whichwhen placed overthe base, createsa corner reflector.A cork base is alsoincluded for ray tracing.Virtual and real images are formed with these large, curved mirrors.Includes:Sturdy base, three mirrors and acork base for tracing.Order Information:Large Corner Reflector Set ..........................................................SE-8810Reflect ViewSE-8699Concave MirrorSE-7573Convex MirrorSE-7574The Reflect View is a unique plane mirror that is both reflective andtransparent. By placing an object on one side of the “mirror,” studentscan locate the position of the virtual image by looking throughthe “mirror.” This position will coincide with the location where thereflected light rays from the object appear to converge. Studentswill better understand virtual image formation and location afterusing the Reflect View.Extra large mirrors are a great way to teach students about imageformation. Watch the amazement on their faces as they observea real image hanging in space before their eyes (produced by theconcave mirror). Use the convex mirror to demonstrate why they areused for security purposes in many retail establishments.Order Information:Demonstration Convex Mirror ................................................SE-7574Concave MirrorSE-7573The mirrors combine large size and a sturdy stand for ease of useduring demonstrations. Each silver-backed, non-aluminized mirrormeasures 60 cm in diameter with a 75 cm focal length. Uniqueclamp on stand allows mirror to be adjusted to any angle.Order Information:Demonstration Concave Mirror .............................................SE-7573326The reflection of the yellow car appears to be behind the mirror next to the blue car.Includes:Four reflect view mirrors (9 cm X 15 cm)Cars not includedOrder Information:Reflect View (4 pack) ...........................................................................SE-8699www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Mirrors & PrismsDiscover Reflection KitSE-8803The DiscoverReflection Kitincludes everythingto perform a varietyof reflection experiments.The planemirror is plastic toavoid the chippingwhich accompaniesglass mirrors and thesturdy stand holdsthe mirror perpendicular to the surface. The corkboard provides areusable surface for inserting pins during experiments.Law of ReflectionStudents place a pin in the corkboard and view the image of thepin. Light rays are drawn from the pin to the mirror and finally tothe position of their eye. This is repeated for several different viewingpositions. For each reflected light ray, a normal line is drawn atthe surface of the mirror. Students use a protractor to measure theangle of incidence and angle of reflection to determine that theyare always equal.Includes:Plane mirror with stand(15 cm x 15 cm)Corkboard(22 cm x 28 cm)Colored pinsDioxide GlassSE-8719Intrigue your students: What special property of Dioxide Glasscauses it to invert blue letters (GLASS) while not effecting redletters (DIOXIDE)? Of course, it is a trick of symmetry. DioxideGlass is actually an acrylic rod which acts as a lens and bothwords are inverted in the image. Includes acrylic rod with standand printed card.Order Information:Dioxide Glass ....................................................................................................................SE-8719PrismsThese prisms are made of high quality optical glass.Equilateral Prism: 30 x 30 mm sides; 50 mm longRight Angle Prism: 23 x 32 mm sides; 50 mm longEquilateralSE-9021ARight AngleSE-9022AOrder Information:Discover Reflection Kit .............................................................................SE-8803Plane Mirror (2 pack)SE-8804These mirrors are excellentfor many reflectiondemonstrations.The mirrors areconstructed ofplastic to avoidchipping on theedges.Each mirror measures15 cm x 15 cm.Order Information:Equilateral Prism .......................................................................................................SE-9021ARight Angle Prism ....................................................................................................SE-9022AAchromatic Prism PairSE-9333Top View ofAchromatic PrismPairA beam of white light can be broken up into its constituent colors,and the colored light can be recombined to produce the originalwhite beam of light. Use these prisms to demonstrate dispersion,to show that white light is actually a mixture of colored lights.Includes:Unassembled Mirrors (2)WrenchSpecificationsMaterial: Optical glassShape: IsoscelesLength: 45 mm (long side)Angles: 20°, 80°, 80° for one, and40°, 70°, 70° for the otherWhiteDispersionAll colorsemerge parallel—no dispersionOrder Information:Order Information:Plane Mirror (2 pack) ......................................................................................SE-8804Achromatic Prism Pair ..............................................................................SE-9333327

Light and Optics – SpectrophotometerEducational SpectrophotometerEducational Spectrophotometer Accessory KitOS-8537Educational Spectrophotometer SystemOS-8539A Analyze and Graph Spectral LinesA Explore Relationship Between Angle, Wavelength and IntensityA Versatile and InexpensivePASCO’s Educational Spectrophotometerteaches basic optical principles and allowsquantitative measurements rivaling those ofmore expensive units.When the Spectrophotometer is usedwith DataStudio, students can explore therelationship between angle, wavelengthand intensity and graph the spectral linesfrom discharge tubes. Lines from mercury,Collimating SlitsSet of five slits rangingfrom 0.1-1.5 mm.sodium, helium, neon, krypton and argoncan be plotted— even the lines of the Balmerseries in hydrogen can be detected.Students can also analyze the trans-missioncharacteristics of filters, chemical solutionsand even the absorption spectrum of a leaf.Few instruments can be used to teach somany aspects of science.Collimating Lens100 mm focal length,50 mm dia. coated lens.Diffraction GratingHigh-quality, 600 lines/mmgrating strongly blazed in thefirst order.Focusing Lens100 mm focal length,50 mm dia. coated lens.Rotating Light Sensor Arm and TableThe arm can rotate 360 degrees. As the arm rotates,the edge of the circular table drives the RotaryMotion Sensor. The arm angle can be resolved to15 seconds of arc.CI-6604 High-SensitivityLight SensorProvides full-scale,switch-selectable rangesof approximately 5, 0.5 and0.05 lux (full aperture). SpectralResponse: 320–1100 nm.Aperture Bracket with Light SensorAllows selection of aperture slits from 0.1 to1.5 mm in six steps. The 0.1 mm slit, when usedwith a 600 lines/mm grating, permits resolutionto 1.5 nm.328Rotary Motion SensorSensor is coupled to the rotating tablevia a friction rim drive. Resolves to15 arc seconds.www.pasco.com

Typical Spectrum GraphsLight and Optics – SpectrophotometerEducationalSpectrophotometerComponentsTeachers that already own a PASCOInterface and the OS-8515C Basic OpticsSystem should purchase the OS-8537Accessory Kit and any additional equipmentneeded from the list below.25Mercury Spectrum in theSecond Order1Mercury Spectrum in the First Order4378610The left graph shows three lines of the Balmer series for hydrogen. A second scan, with a 10X increasein sensitivity, shows an additional line in the violet (410 nm).Helium SpectrumIncandescent light transmitted through a green leaf.Note: The open design of this spectrophotometeraccessory is ideal for education. It is not intended forindustrial or research applications.Order Information:Educational SpectrophotometerSystem ............................................OS-8539Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or750 Interface .............................................................p. 68-72Spectral Sources .................................................p. 333For adjusting height of optics bench to yourlight source:Large Rod Stand (2) .......ME-8735 p. 21245 cm Rod (2) .........................ME-8736 p. 2129The SpectrophotometerAccessory Kit includes:1. Spectrophotometer Table2. Rotating Arm3. Collimating Slits and Lens4. Focusing Lens5. Diffraction Grating and Holder6. Optics Bench Rod Clamps (2)(ME-9836, see page 116)The SpectrophotometerSystem includes:1-6 above and 7-10 below.7. Optics Bench (60 cm)8. CI-6538 Rotary Motion Sensor9. CI-6604 High-Sensitivity Light Sensor10. OS-8534 Aperture BracketOrder Information:Educational SpectrophotometerAccessory Kit ..........................OS-8537Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Basic Optics System ......OS-8515C p. 304ScienceWorkshop 500 or750 Interface .............................................................p. 68-72Spectral Sources .................................................p. 333Rotary MotionSensor ..............................................CI-6538 p. 74High-SensitivityLight Sensor .............................CI-6604 p. 78Aperture Bracket .................OS-8534A p. 316329

Light and Optics – Polarization/BlackbodyBrewster’s Angle AccessoryOS-8170AA Polarization by ReflectionA Brewster’s AngleA Fresnel’s Law of ReflectionA Snell’s LawLight SensorFor reflected beam.CollimatingSlitsRed DiodeLaserBeam SplitterSample being studiedRotary Motion SensorLight SensorFor calibration.Prism Spectrophotometer KitOS-8544A High-Quality PrismA Light Sensor Senses Into InfraredA Blackbody Light SourceOS-8544 Prism SpectrophotometerKit mounted on the OS-8539Spectrophotometer System.BroadSpectrumLightSensorBrewster’s Angle is measured using a computer.It is then used to calculate the index of refractionof the reflecting material.When light reflects off a nonconducting material, the reflected lightis partially polarized. The amount of polarization depends on theincident angle and the index of refraction of the reflecting material.The incident angle that gives maximum polarization is calledBrewster’s Angle.Light from a diode laser (wavelength = 650 nm) is reflected off theflat side of an acrylic semi-circular lens. The reflected light passesthrough a polarizer and is detected by a Light Sensor. The angleof incidence is measured by a Rotary Motion Sensor mounted onthe Spectrophotometer table. The intensity of the reflected polarizedlight versus incident angle is graphed to determine the angleat which the light intensity is a minimum. This is Brewster’s Angle,which is used to calculate the index of refraction of acrylic.Includes:Acrylic semi-circular lensLens platformPolarizers (2) with holderAnalyzing polarizerBeam splitterOrder Information:Brewster’s Angle Accessory ....................................................................OS-8170ABeam Splitter (only) ..........................................................................................OS-8171Required:Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit...................................................OS-8537Optics Bench (60 cm) (2)..............................................................................OS-8541Aperture Bracket (2) ...........................................................................................OS-8534ARed Diode Laser ......................................................................................................OS-8525ARequired for use with ScienceWorkshop:High Sensitivity Light Sensor (2) ......................................................CI-6604Rotary Motion Sensor .....................................................................................CI-6538Required for use with PASPORT:High Sensitivity Light Sensor (2) ......................................................PS-2176Rotary Motion Sensor .....................................................................................PS-2120330PolarizersFor intensity control.Developed using original ideas fromP.J. Ouseph, Professor of Physicsat University of Louisville, KY:Polarization of Light by Reflection andthe Brewster Angle by P.J. Ouseph,Kevin Driver, and John Conklin, Am.J. Phys. 69, 1166 (2001).The intensity (% of total reflected) of thereflected polarized light as a function ofthe incident angle. See Brewster’s AngleExperiment on page 395.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOTSTARE INTO BEAMBlackbody Light SourceIncandescent bulb provides acontinuous spectrum, 6-V DC.PrismDense flint glass,60 degrees.The classic textbook diagram of theintensity versus wavelength blackbodycurves can be produced with real data.In this graph, the peak wavelength inthe blackbody curve shifts as the sourcetemperature is lowered.Order Information:Prism Spectrophotometer Kit ............................................... OS-8544OR components of the system may be ordered separately:Blackbody Light Source ................................................................ OS-8542Mounted Prism ....................................................................................... OS-8543Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:Broad Spectrum Light Sensor .............................................. CI-6630 p. 78Spectrophotometer System .................................................... OS-8539 p. 328Power Supply (18V DC, 5A) ..................................................... SE-9720A p. 279or ScienceWorkshop 750Interface and Power Amplifier .....................................................................................p. 68-72Replacement Supplies:Replacement Bulbs (10 pack) ................................................. SE-8509Detail ofprismspectrum.One of the basic phenomena that led to the development ofquantum mechanics was the spectral curve seen from a blackbody.Using this prism spectrophotometer, students can scan thespectrum of a blackbody, plot the intensity versus wavelengthand change the temperature of the blackbody to see the shift inthe peak wavelength.This spectrophotometer uses a prism to disperse the light insteadof a diffraction grating. This allows the infrared to be seen withoutoverlapping the second order visible spectral lines. The InfraredSensor has a linear response to all wavelengths within its range,so the actual intensity of the light in the blackbody spectrum isdetected and there is no need to calibrate the intensity. Designed tobe used with the OS-8539 Spectrophotometer System described onpages 328-329. See Blackbody Radiation Experiment on page 389.Includes:Prism, Mount and IR Filter (OS-8543)Blackbody Light Source (OS-8542)DataStudio Experiment Setup CDwww.pasco.com

Light and Optics – SpectrometerStudent SpectrometerSP-9268AA Wide Aperture OpticsA Precision Vernier— Resolves 1 Minute of ArcA Durable and PreciseCollimatorHigh-quality, large-aperture optics with a 6 mm long slitof adjustable width. The collimator can be independentlyfocused, leveled and aligned.Custom Prism/Grating TableThreaded holes and engraved referencelines for accurate component placement.Precision Ground BearingsThe main bearings are ground asa single unit, so the movement isexceptionally smooth with virtually nobacklash. This is essential for precisepositioning.TelescopeHigh-quality, large-apertureoptics plus a 15x Ramsden eyepiecewith a crosshair graticule.The telescope can be independentlyfocused and aligned.Dense FlintGlass Prismwith holderMagnifierFor reading the Vernier ScaleVernier ScaleFor precision measurementsDurable ConstructionHeavy aluminum castingsprovide a stable base fordelicate measurements andensure long-term durability.Chemists use it to determine theconstituents of molecules, astronomersuse it to determine the constituents ofstars and physicists use it to investigatethe structure of the atom— not bad foran instrument for which few people canname the inventor (David Alter, with someimportant later enhancements by Josephvon Fraunhofer).PASCO offers this high-quality spectrometerthat allows students to performaccurate prism and grating spectrometry.High-quality, large-aperture optics producesharp spectral images, while precisionmachining allows for precise rotation andaccurate measurement.The Student Spectrometer is most popularin upper division labs, where precision anddurability are equally important.FeaturesResolution to 1 Minute of Arc: The 127mm diameter, precision-engraved de greeplate is complemented by two precisionengravedverniers, one on each side ofthe instrument for convenient reading.Wider Aperture Optics: 32 mm wideapertures on the telescope and collimatorprovide more light for brighter and sharperimages.Rack and Pinion Focusing: On both thetelescope and the collimator. Focusingis easier and more precise.Rotatable Table: For greater flexibility inmeasurements. Turn the table by handfor coarse adjustments. Use the fine leadscrew for delicate adjustments.The Vernier Scale resolves angle measurementswithin 1 minute of arc.Order Information:StudentSpectrometer ...................SP-9268ARecommended:Spectral Light Sources ..............................p. 332-333331

Light and Optics – Spectral Light SourcesEmission SpectrometerSystem for Xplorer GLXPS-2635Solar Spectrum ChartSE-7338A Uses OceanOptics Red TideSpectrometerSpectrum of Hydrogen as seen onthe Xplorer GLX screen. The SmartCursor can be used to measure thewavelengths of the peaks.28 cm71 cmLight from a Hydrogen tube issampled using the fiber opticscable connected to the OceanOptics Spectrometer. TheSpectrometer is plugged into theUSB port on the Xplorer GLX.This Solar Spectrum Chart highlights the visible portion of thespectrum showing prominent Fraunhofer lines. Includes a historicalbackground of solar absorption spectra.Order Information:Solar Spectrum Chart......................................................................................SE-7338Spectrum ChartSE-7336The continuous nature of the electromagnetic spectrum is oftendifficult for students to understand. The Spectrum Chart clearlydisplays all of the regions of the spectrum, from cosmic rays tolong-wave radio. Complete with full-color enumerated examples,the Spectrum Chart visually displays emission or bright line andabsorption spectra.The Xplorer GLX controls the Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometerwhich detects the spectrum using a 2048 pixel CCD linear array. TheXplorer GLX does a full sweep in less than 1 second. See page 16for the Absorption Spectrometer System.SpecificationsRange: VIS-NIR, 350-1000 nmOptical Resolution: 2 nmIncludes:Ocean Optics Red Tide SpectrometerFiber Optics Cable, USB CableLicense key for Ocean Optics GLX feature setOrder Information:Emission Spectrometer Systemfor Xplorer GLX ....................................................................................... PS-2635Required:Xplorer GLX ................................................................................................. PS-2002 p. 10SpectroscopeSE-8688The rugged, Stainless Steel design ofthis spectroscope means durability.Turn the dial to adjust the slit widthand slide the eyepiece back and forthto focus the spectrum.107 cm71 cmOrder Information:Spectroscope ..............................................................................................................SE-8688332Order Information:Spectrum Chart .......................................................................................................SE-7336www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Spectral Light SourcesSodium Light SourceOS-9287BA Long Lamp LifeA Rugged and ReliableA Can be Used by Two Groups SimultaneouslyThis Low-Pressure Sodium Light Sourcehas an output intensity of approximately sixcandela/cm2, with better than 99.5% of thevisible output concentrated in the 5889 and5895 angstrom spectral lines. Slight impurities(1% neon and argon) are added to thesodium gas to improve operating efficiency.Lamps provide 10,000+ hours of troublefreeoperation. The light ports are 3.2 cm indiameter and are 22.5 cm high.This light source is supplied fully operationalwith built-in power supply, housingand lamp. Operating voltage is 115/220VAC, 50/60 Hz.Order Information:Low-Pressure Sodium Light Source .............................................OS-9287BReplacement Supplies:Replacement Lamp - Sodium Light Source(for OS-9287B only) ............................................................................................526-034Osram® Spectral LampsThe PASCO SF-9288 Spectral Lamp Power Supply and Lamp Mountare designed for use with Osram® 9-pin DIN spectral lamps. Avariety of spectral lamps are available. Changing spectral lampsis easy, so a single power supply and lamp mount is required topower any one of the Osram® lamps.Power SupplyLamp MountSpectral Tube Power Supplyand MountSE-9460This system is easy-to-use andinexpensive, with a variety of safetyfeatures that make it suitable forbeginning labs. Mount any of theeight different spectral tubes intothe power supply and turn it on. The26 cm long tubes are capillary-thinover the middle 10 cm, providingsharp, bright spectra.FeaturesStudent Safety: The tubes mountfrom the front of the supply and snapinto molded sockets that fully enclosethe conductive ends. The all-metalcase is electrically grounded.Spectral Tube Safety: A currentlimiting transformer protects thetubes. A protective shield also helpssafeguard the tubes, while blockingunwanted ambient light for clearviewing.Power Requirements: 115/220 VAC,50/60 Hz.Spectral TubesA ArgonA KryptonA Carbon DioxideA MercuryA HeliumA NeonA HydrogenA Water VaporSE-9460Power Supply and MountOrder Information:Spectral Tube Power Supply ...................................................................SE-9460These spectral tubes aredesigned for use in theSE-9460 Spectral TubePower Supply and Mount.Order Information:Spectral Lamp Power Supply and Mount .............................SF-9288Mercury Spectral Lamp.................................................................................SF-9282Sodium Spectral Lamp ..................................................................................SF-9289Cadmium Spectral Lamp ............................................................................SF-9290Helium Spectral Lamp ....................................................................................SF-9291Neon Spectral Lamp .........................................................................................SF-9292Order Information:Spectral Tubes:Argon ....................................................................................................................................SE-9463Carbon Dioxide ........................................................................................................SE-9464Helium .................................................................................................................................SE-9462Hydrogen ..........................................................................................................................SE-9461Krypton...............................................................................................................................SE-9465Mercury ..............................................................................................................................SE-9466Neon.......................................................................................................................................SE-9467Water Vapor ..................................................................................................................SE-9468333

Light and Optics – UV Light SourceUV BeadsSE-8796Glow String (2 pack)SE-8690This stretchy “string”glows in the dark afterbeing exposed to light.Use it to demonstratewave motion, includingresonance and standingwave patterns. Two rolls are included, totalingover 15 meters of string.UV Light SourceSE-7228Before (left) and after (right) being exposed toUV Light.18 cmUV-Sensitive beads are pale while indoors,but change color instantly when exposedto UV radiation. Each bead is created witha pigment which changes color as the UVenergy is absorbed. As the UV radiation isremoved, the beads will return to their palewhite color. This process can be repeatedmany thousands of times.Each package includes over 200 beads.Order Information:UV Beads .......................................................SE-8796UV FiltersSE-8797This set of two plastic discs look identical,however one disc absorbs ultravioletradiation (UVA and UVB) while the otherdoesn’t. Use the discs with UV Beads(SE-8796) or our UV Sensors (see pages47 and 78).A UV Light Source illuminates the UV beads undertwo types of filters.Includes:Two FiltersOrder Information:UV Filters .....................................................SE-8797334Glow String forming a standing wave using PASCO’sString Vibrator WA-9857, Sine Wave GeneratorWA-9867 and a UV Light Source SE-7228.Order Information:Glow String (2 pack) .......................SE-8690Red Laser PointerSE-9716BA Push-Button SwitchA InexpensiveCLASS IIIa LASER PRODUCTLASER RADIATION – AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSUREThis Red Diode Laser Pointer is an inexpensive,easy-to-use light beam for a multitudeof demonstrations and experiments inoptics.SpecificationsSource: Laser diodePower: 5 mW max. (class IIIa)Wavelength: 645 nm (red)Beam Dia.: Approx. 8 mm at 5 metersBeam Visibility: Up to 50 mBattery: Alkaline AAA (2 included)Battery Life: Approx. 1 1/2 hours continuousDimensions: 143 mm x 12.7 mmOrder Information:Laser Pointer ...........................................SE-9716BDiode Laser –Intro. OpticsOS-8528AThis diode laser adheresto the magnetic strip onthe Introductory Optics(OS-8500)Bench.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMSpecificationsOutput Power:

X-Y AdjustableDiode LaserOS-8526AMini Laser w/BracketOS-8514Light and Optics – LasersModulated Laser(1.5 mW)SE-9449This versatile,inexpensiveDiode Laser isdesigned to mount on a rod stand. Thelaser assembly can rotate 360 degrees.Easy set-up makes it perfect for refractioninvestigations or other general laser experiments.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOTSTARE INTO BEAMTwo knobs allow independent adjustment of horizontaland vertical alignment of the laser beam.SpecificationsOutput Power:

Light and Optics – InterferometryIntroductory Michelson InterferometerOS-8501A Micrometer-Controlled Mirror MovementA Precision, Front-Surface OpticsA Good Quality, Low PriceThe Introductory Michelson Interferometerprovides precision interferometry at aneconomical price (laser and screen not included).This Introductory Michelson Interferometeris a precision interferometer for theintroductory lab. It’s easier to use, morecompact and less expensive than PASCO’sadvanced interferometer (see page 337).It’s capable of measuring the wavelengthof monochromatic light with an accuracyof better than 5%. The MichelsonInterferometer can also be used for makingprecise measurements of the index ofrefraction of air.FeaturesSmooth Mirror Movement:Uses a taut-band mirror movement similarto PASCO’s more expensive interferometer,providing smooth movement with minimalbacklash.Built-in Micrometer:Measures mirror movement to a fractionof a micron.Easy Setup:Especially easy with a laser and a PASCOOptics Bench. If a laser is unavailable, aspectral light source can be used.Complete Manual:Manual includes illustrated set-up instructions,a detailed discussion of basicMichelson interferometry plus two copyreadyexperiments (measure the wavelengthof monochromatic light, and measurethe index of refraction of air).Laser336Viewing ScreenBeamSplitterM 1 (Fixed Mirror)Beam-splitting schematic for a basic MichelsonInterferometer.M 2(MovableMirror)Laser or SpectralLight Source(Not included)Beam Splitter(50% transmittance)Fixed MirrorTwo-axisadjustable mirror foreasy alignmentOptics BenchNote: While the interferometer is designedto be used with the Optics Bench of theOS-8500 Introductory Optics System, orthe OS-9103 Optics Bench of the AdvancedOptics System, it can also be used withoutthe PASCO Optics Bench.Includes:MichelsonInterferometerGas CellCollimating Lens(18.4 mmfocal length)Lens HolderStorage CaseManualOrder Information:Introductory MichelsonInterferometer...................OS-8501Recommended:Mini Laserw/Bracket .................................OS-8514 p. 335Hand Operated VacuumPump w/Gauge ................OS-8502Moveable MirrorFront surfacealuminized mirrorsDiffraction PatternMay be viewed nearby or, if a laser is used,can be projected on a wall for a classroomdemonstration.Taut-Band MirrorSuspensionFor minimal backlashBase PlateHeavy 9.5 mm thick aluminumHand OperatedVacuum PumpOS-8502Precision Lever ArmPermits ±5% accuracy onwavelength measurementFine PitchMicrometer ScrewHand OperatedVacuum Pumpwith GaugeShown above: OS-8502 Hand Operated VacuumPump with Gauge (required for measuring the indexof refraction of air using the Introductory MichelsonInterferometer).Order Information:Hand OperatedVacuum Pump .........................................OS-8502www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – InterferometryPrecision InterferometerOS-9255AA Three Modes: Michelson, Fabry-Perot, Twyman-GreenA Large Precision OpticsA 5 kg Machined Aluminum BaseLarger Optics3.2 cm (1 1/4”).Fabry-PerotInterferometry:Two parallel, partiallyreflecting mirrorscreate clear, widelyspaced interferencefringes.No study of interferometry shouldoverlook the historical importance ofthe Michelson interferometer. Yet inthe laboratory, the Fabry-Perot andTwyman-Green interferometers can bemore important tools; the first for highresolutionspectroscopy, the second fortesting and producing optical componentswith aberrations that can be measured infractions of a wavelength.The PASCO Interferometer is a highprecision,movable-mirror interferometerthat can be used to perform Michelson,Fabry-Perot and Twyman-Green interferometry.Mirrors are attached withthumbscrews, so it’s easy to set up andchange configurations.The PASCO Interferometer can be orderedin a variety of systems. The OS-9255A BasicInterferometer can be operated in eitherthe Michelson or Fabry-Perot modes. TheComplete Interferometer Systems alsocontain components for the Twyman-Greenmode and a vacuum pump for the refractiveindex of air experiment. The Systems ComponentList shows the contents of eachsystem.FeaturesStable: The massive (5 kg) base ismachined from a single block of aluminumensuring extremely stable optics.Smooth Mirror Movement: With the tautbandsuspension system, there’s no startingor stopping friction and virtually no backlash(less than 0.5 micron).Precise Measurements: Mirror control isextremely fine— one micron per divisionof the micrometer head. The mirrors andbeam-splitter are flat to 1/4 wavelength toensure uniform interference patterns.Larger Optics: The 3.2 cm (1 1/4”) diameteroptics in the PASCO Inter fer ome ter producelarger and sharper interference patterns forbetter experimental results.Complete: The Basic Interferometerin cludes everything necessary to performbasic Michelson and Fabry-Perot interferometry.Order Information:Complete InterferometerSystem .......................................................OS-9258BComplete InterferometerSystem (no laser) .........................OS-9257APrecisionInterferometer...................................OS-9255AInterferometerAccessories Kit ................................OS-9256AHeavy-Duty Base5 kg ensures excellentstability.CLASS II LASER PRODUCTLASER RADIATION – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM ORVIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTSAdd the Accessories Kit (in cluded in theComplete Interferometer) to:Demonstrate that cross-polarized beamswill not interfereMeasure lens irregularities inTwyman-Green ModePrecisionOpticsFlat to 1/4wavelength.Smooth MirrorMovementNo friction or backlash.The OS-9255A Interferometer in Michelson mode.Measure the indices of refraction for airand glass. The indices of refraction for usersuppliedmaterials can also be measured.Note: The fitted case will hold all components andaccessories except the 5 kg base, which must bestored separately.A. OS-9258B Complete Interferometer System with Laser C. OS-9255A Precision InterferometerB. OS-9257A Complete Interferometer System without Laser D. OS-9256A Interferometer Accessories KitPart Number Systems Component List A B C D003-06412 Machined base— 5 kg 1 1 1003-03957 Three-point adjustable mirror 1 1 1003-03956 Mounted beam-splitter 1 1 1003-03955 Mounted movable mirror 1 1 1003-05161 Accessory mounts 3 3 2 1OS-9138 Viewing screen– Advanced Optics 1 1 1OS-9120 Diffuser– Advanced Optics 1 1 1OS-9132 Double Convex lens (18 mm)– Advanced Optics 1 1 1003-03958 Compensator lens 1 1 1650-05178 Fitted case 1 1 1OS-8502 Vacuum pump with gauge 1 1 1003-05162 Gas cell 1 1 1OS-9109 Calibrated Polarizer– Advanced Optics 2 2 2OS-9128 Glass plate– Advanced Optics 1 1 1003-05160 Rotating component holder 1 1 1OS-9133/OS-9132 Twyman-Green lenses 2 2 2OS-8514 Mini laser with bracket– Advanced Optics 1OS-9172 Laser alignment bench– Advanced Optics 1012-05187 Instruction manual 1 1 1337

Light and Optics – Microwave OpticsMicrowave OpticsBasic SystemWA-9314BDurable ConstructionParts are made of Stainless Steel ordie-cast aluminum.Diffraction Slit HardwareAdvanced SystemWA-9316Microwave Accessories13Ethafoam®Prism withStyrene PelletsUsed for refractionof microwaves.Rotating MountsThe transmitter and receiverrotate through a full 360°.Gunn Diode TransmitterA stable, low-voltage source oflinearly polarized microwaves(10.5 GHz; 15 mW).The Microwave Optics AdvantageThe large 3 cm wavelength makesit easy to understand and visualizeelectromagnetic wave interactions.Interference and diffraction slits areseveral centimeters wide, and polarizersare slotted sheets of Stainless Steel.How It WorksThe heart of the Microwave Optics Systemis the Gunn Diode Transmitter and receiver.The transmitter is a low voltage source oflinearly polarized micro waves (10.5 GHz;15 mW). The receiver can detect and measurethe intensity of the microwaves atvarious positions beyond the transmitter.The receiver has a built-in amplifier as wellas a variable sensitivity scale, ensuringaccurate data for even the lowest intensitymeasurements.Order Information:Basic Microwave Optics System ..............................................................................................................................WA-9314BAdvanced Microwave Optics System ................................................................................................................WA-9316Recommended:Themicrowavetransmitterandreceiverassembliesmaybepurchasedseparately:Microwave Transmitter ..........................................................................................................................................................WA-9801Microwave Receiver .................................................................................................................................................................WA-9800Microwave Mounting Stand (two needed) .................................................................................................WA-9802338Magnetic MountingAll components mountmagnetically.18 cm HighMountsMinimize tabletopreflections.Long-ArmGoniometerBuilt-in degree andmillimeter scales.Receiver witha Built-InAmplifierVariablesensitivityensuresclear data.The WA-9314BBasic MicrowaveOptics System includes:Gunn Diode Transmitter with mountingstandReceiver with built-in amplifier andmounting standGoniometer with fixed and rotatablearms and degree scaleFixed-arm assembly for interferometerexperimentsComponent holders: two standard,one rotatingRotating tableReflectors: two full reflectors (metal),two partial reflectors (wood)Polarizers (two)Diffraction slit hardwarePrism (Ethafoam) with styrene pelletsAC adapterLaboratory manual with 12 experimentsThe WA-9316 Advanced Microwave Optics System includes:WA-9314B Basic Microwave Optics SystemWA-9315 Microwave Accessory Package1. WA-9315 Microwave AccessoryPackage (included in the WA-9316Advanced System)Includes a polyethylene panel formeasuring Brewster’s angle and asimulated crystal for Bragg diffractionexperiments. The crystal is a cubiclattice of 100 metal spheres in a5 x 5 x 4 array, mounted in plastic foam.2. WA-9319 Microwave Detector ProbeInvestigate the nodes and antinodes instanding wave patterns with this microwaveprobe. It plugs directly into thereceiver.3. WA-9318 Microwave TransmitterModulatorModulate a microwave signal to demonstratemicrowave communication.Includes a built-in signal generator (0.4to 4 kHz) as well as a microphone forvoice and music modulation. The signalcan be detected with the microwavereceiver, but an oscilloscope is neededto view the signal, or an amplifier andspeaker to hear it.Order Information:Microwave AccessoryPackage .......................................WA-9315Microwave DetectorProbe ..............................................WA-9319MicrowaveTransmitter Module .....WA-9318RequiredforTransmitterModulator:Audio AmplifierOpen Speaker .....................WA-9900 p. 29620 MHz Dual TraceOscilloscope ..........................SB-9591A p. 2822www.pasco.com

Light and Optics – Communication KitsFiber Optics Communication KitSE-8794A Demonstrate Light Propagation in Optical FibersA Transmit and Receive Optical DataA Includes Experiment ManualLaser Communication KitSE-8793A Transmit Both Audio and Videoover Laser BeamA Transmit Voice using MicrophoneA Laser IncludedA laser is modulated by a microphone, audio oscillator, or videoplayer. The modulated beam is received on the other side of theroom and the signal emitted out of a speaker or television.LaserModulatorVCRTVLaserLaserBeamReceiverThis kit has transmitter and receiver boards and several modules toconnect to these boards to transfer optical data through fiber opticscables. The modules included are: analog transmitter and receiver,digital transmitter and receiver, transmitter set with microphone,receiver set with amplifier and speaker, a frequency generator,RS232 signal converter receiver and transmitter. The kit also includesa special holder for the optical fibers, special emery cloths forpreparation of the fibers, multimeter, equipment for Tyndall’s lightguiding experiment, force plates, bending cylinders, jacketed and notjacketed fibers, power sources, and a user’s guide. Also included is aWindows CD user guide and video tutorials.Both Video & Audio: A video tape is played to modulate the laser beam and thelaser signal is received and displayed on a television set.Order Information:Fiber Optics Communication Kit ......................................................SE-8794Red Laser PointerSE-9716BA Push-Button SwitchA InexpensiveThis Red Diode Laser Pointer is an inexpensive, easy-to-use lightbeam for a multitude of demonstrations and experiments in optics.SpecificationsSource: Laser diodePower: 5 mW max. (class IIIa)Wavelength: 645 nm (red)Beam Dia.: Approx. 8 mm at 5 metersBeam Visibility: Up to 50 mBattery: Alkaline AAA (2 included)Battery Life: Approx. 1 1/2 hours continuousDimensions: 143 mm x 12.7 mmCLASS IIIa LASER PRODUCTLASER RADIATION – AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSUREOrder Information:Laser Pointer ...............................................................................................................SE-9716BSpeak into a microphone and your words are transmitted over the laser beam to thespeakers.Included:Laser Transmitter(Diode Laser 635 nm, 1 mW)Laser ReceiverMicrophoneSpeakerAdjustable Transmitter HolderAdjustable Receiver HolderPower Source:230VAC/110VAC or 12VDCCompact Plastic CaseCLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMOrder Information:Laser Communication Kit ..........................................................................SE-8793339

Fundamental Constants – Electron ChargeMillikan Oil Drop ApparatusAP-8210A Nobel Prize-Quality Physics in the Student LabA Ionization Source for Changing Droplet ChargeA Measures the Charge of an Electron to Within ±3%The Millikan Oil Drop Experiment is one of the most popular experiments in undergraduatephysics for several reasons:A The experimental principle is straight-forward and easy to understandA It measures a fundamental atomic constant using a method that won itsoriginator, Robert Millikan, the Nobel PrizeA The observation of the effects of one or more electrons upon oil drops in an electricfield provides a striking demonstration of the quantized nature of electricityThermistor ConnectorsAttach an ohmmeter tomonitor chamber temperature.A thermistor is embedded in thebottom plate of the chamber.Plate Voltage ConnectorsConnect a power supply to charge theplates inside the chamber.Plate Charging SwitchAllows the operator to chargethe plates to either polarity orground the plates. The switch box isseparate to minimize vibration.The Millikan Apparatus mounted on a rod stand foreasy, eye-level viewing.SpecificationsMaximum Plate Voltage:500 VDCLamp: 5 watts, 12 voltsReticle Line Separation:0.5 mm major divisions0.1 mm minor divisionsPlate Spacing— 7.62 mmPlate Diameter— 60 mmChamber Lever PositionsIonization ONIntroduces a thoriumsource into the chamberfor changing droplet charge.Spray PositionAllows air to be displacedwhen oil droplets are sprayedinto chamber.Ionization OFFPrevents ionization source fromaffecting the droplets.Bright 5-Watt Halogen LampCombined with a convex lensand heat reflecting mirror, thedroplet illumination system deliversmaximum light and minimal heat tothe droplet area.Lamp Adjustment ScrewsPosition the lamp filament to befocused precisely on the areawhere the droplets are viewed.Bubble LevelBull’s-eye level makes sureapparatus is level.Droplet ViewingChamberUnique design minimizesdroplet drift due to heatfrom droplet illuminationand outside air currents.Viewing Scope30X, bright-field, erect-image microscopewith focusing ring.Reticle FocusSeparate reticle focus and precision etching providesharp, easy-to-view grid lines with 0.5 mm major and0.1 mm minor divisions.340Focusing WireWhen placed in the chamber,the focusing wire:1) Allows the lamp to be aligned so thelight illuminates the center of thechamber.2) Allows the eyepiece to be focused onthe center of the chamber.Rod Stand Mounts andScrewsDesigned to mount on PASCO’s LargeRod Stand. Allows the apparatus tobe used at eye level.Thermistor Resistance TableA convenient table provided forquick conversion of resistancevalues to Celsius.Clear droplet observation and low droplet drift are essential for success with Millikan’s classicexperiment. PASCO’s apparatus uses a pre-aligned optical system and special condenser toachieve these conditions.Accuracy in the Oil Drop Experiment depends on the student’s ability to accurately measureall the variables involved: plate voltage, plate separation, time and distance of droplet riseand fall, temperature, oil density, etc. Extreme care taken in the design and manufacture ofthis unit ensures that the student’s best efforts will be rewarded with more accurate results.Typically, a careful student can achieve results within 3% or less of the accepted value.Includes:Millikan Oil Drop Apparatus with switchNon-volatile Oil and Atomizer12 VAC Lamp Power AdapterOrder Information:Millikan OilDrop Apparatus ................AP-8210Required:Basic DigitalMultimeter (2) ....................SE-9786A p. 281High VoltagePower Supply .....................SF-9585A p. 280Recommended:For mounting unit at eye level on astandard lab table:Large Rod Base ................ME-8735 p. 21245 cm Steel Rod (2) ....ME-8736 p. 212Complete System:Charge of anElectron ......................................EX-9929 p. 382VideoFlexSE-7227B-110 NTSC p. 341SE-7227B-220 PAL p. 341USB Video Flex .................SE-7235 p. 341Replacement Part:4 oz. BottleMineral Oil (qty. 4) .......AP-8211www.pasco.com

Fundamental Constants – Millikan Oil DropVideoFlex MicroscopeSE-7227B-110 NTSCSE-7227B-220 PALThe Ken-A-Vision® VideoFlex Microscopeis an ideal way to demonstrateMillikan’s experiment to an entireclassroom. Connect themicroscope to a computer ortelevision, adjust the eyepiece,and students can view Millikan’sexperiment as it occurs.USB Digital VideoFlexSE-7235A Display and record fallingMillikan oil dropsA Connects through USB 2.0 to a computerso the whole class can seeA Digital signal for crisp clear imagesA Applied Vision Software includedA Interchangeable lens systemaccommodates all C-mount lensesA Discovery Scope Kit to viewspecimens without a microscopeA High Resolution 1280 x 960 SXGAKen-A-Vision Microscope shown ready for usewith the Millikan Apparatus (inset).Includes:VideoFlexMicroscope3.7 m Video CablePower Supply28 mm MicroscopeEyepiece AdapterInstruction SheetOil drops viewed through theVideoFlex Microscope.SpecificationsMagnification: 50:1 (or greater)Resolution: 500 TV linesSensitivity: 1.5 luxLens: 8 mm, focus from 0.64 cm to infinityGooseneck: 63.5 cm full motion, flexibleTV System: NTSC Standard or PALWhite Balance: Electronic IrisComputer Compatible: RCA or S-video connectors; Composite orSuper VHS Video; 110 and 220 VAC versions are availableOrder Information:VideoFlex Microscope.......................................................SE-7227B-110 NTSCSE-7227B-220 PALRecommended:For use with a computer, a video card capable of interpreting raw videoinput via RCA plugs or S-video input is recommended.The Megapixel Digital VideoFlex® connects directly to a PC orlaptop via a fast USB 2.0 connection. The flexible gooseneck andthe ball-and-socket head allow the camera to adapt easily to microscopesor to focus it on scientific experiments, graphic materials,moving objects or presenters. A custom CMOS chip and QuickFocus 8 mm glass lens enable this Digital VideoFlex® to capturesuperior quality images showing details which would otherwisebe missed. The Ken-A-Vision® Applied Vision Software (supplied)allows easy display and editing of pictures and videos. The lens canbe focused from 6 mm to infinity allowing magnification up to 50Xfor macro- and micro-photography.No external power supply is required as the camera is powered bythe computer through the USB connection. The delivery is completewith a 28 mm microscope adapter, Discovery Scope Kit, AppliedVision Software and carrying case. The USB cable is pre-attachedto the camera.SpecificationsLight Sensitivity: 20 luxSensor: CMOSOutput/Interface: Digital / USB 2.0 / USB 1.1Exposure: Software controlledResolution: 1280 x 960 SXGAReal Time Video: Up to 30 frames per secondLens: 8 mm interchangeable C-mount, glassFocal Distance: 1⁄4” (6 mm) to infinityMagnification: 50:1Eyepiece Adapter: 34.5 mm built-in, and 28 mmPower Supply: via USBCable Length: USB connecting cable, approx. 1.5 m pre-fixedGooseneck: 65 cm lengthBase: 7”x7”x7” / 180 x 180 x 180 mm, polycarbonateWeight: 5.95 lbs / 2.7 kgHeight: 30” / approx. 76 cmOrder Information:USB Digital VideoFlex ............................................................................................SE-7235341

Fundamental Constants – Photoelectric EffectPhotoelectric Effect SystemAP-8209A Find Planck’s Constant to within 5%A Verify the Stopping Voltage is Independent of IntensityA Find Characteristics of PhotodiodeThe Photoelectric Effect System is used to perform the photoelectric experiment, determining Planck’s Constant to within 5%.This apparatus uses the conventional method of determining Planck’s Constant. The metal plate in the photodiode is illuminatedwith various frequencies of light selected from a mercury lamp using filters. The voltage is then adjusted to stop the photoelectriccurrent. The stopping voltage is plotted versus the frequency and Planck’s Constant is determined from the slope of the graph.The concept that the stopping voltage does not change with light intensity is tested using the various apertures that vary the lightintensity by partially blocking the light.Mercury LampPower Supply for Mercury Lampand Current AmplifierPhotodiodeFilter and Aperture SetCurrent Amplifierand AmmeterCurrent Range Switch:10 -8 A to 10 -13 AAmmeterVoltmeterCurrent Calibration Switch Current Calibration Voltage AdjustVoltage Range Switch:2 V to +2 V for Stopping Voltage-2 V to +30 V for PhotodiodeCharacteristicsSpecificationsCurrent AmplifierMeasuring range: 10-8 to 10-13 A, in six ranges,3-1/2 digit display.Zero drift: ≤ ±0.2% of full range reading in 30minutes at the range of 10-13 A (after 20 minutewarm-up).Voltage Output for Photoelectric TubeVoltage adjustment: –2 to +2V and –2 to +30V(two ranges), 3-1/2 digit display.Stability: ≤ 0.1%Photoelectric tubeSpectral response range: 300–700 nmMinimum cathode sensitivity: ≤1µA/LmAnode: nickel ringDark current: ≤ 2 x 10-13 A (–2V ≤ V AK ≤ 2V)Optical filtersFive filters with central wavelengths of 365.0,404.7, 435.8, 546.1, and 578.0 nmMercury lampEmitting spectral lines of 365.0, 404.7, 435.8,546.1, and 578.0 nmMeasuring errorFor Planck’s constant, within 3%, typicalThe filter set includes five narrowband filters to select the spectrallines of Mercury. Three aperturesare included to partially block thelight to test the effect of lightintensity on the stopping voltage.For the typical sample data shown, the graph of stopping voltage versus frequency gives a slope of4.09 x 10-15 V·s. This results in a value for Planck’s Constant of 6.54 x 10-34 J·s which is 1.4% belowthe accepted value. Graph generated using DataStudio® Software.342Order Information:Photoelectric Effect System ................ AP-8209Replacement Parts:Replacement Photodiode,Including Housing ............................................ AP-8207Replacement Mercury Tube .................. AP-8208www.pasco.com

Coulomb’s Law ApparatusES-9070A Accurately Measure Charge,Force and DistanceA Symmetric Design Minimizes Strayand Mirror ChargesA Magnetic Damping for Quick,Accurate MeasurementsFundamental Constants – Coulomb’s LawBuilt-in ScaleA degree scale on the torsion balanceprovides accurate measurements of thetorsion wire’s twist angle.Magnetic DampingAllows measurementsto be made quickly.How It WorksA conductive sphere is mounted on theend of an insulating, counterbalanced rodand suspended from a thin torsion wire.An identical sphere is mounted on a calibratedlinear track. This second sphere canbe positioned at various distances fromthe first. When the con duc tive spheres arecharged, the force between them is proportion al to the twist of the torsion wirethat is required to bring the balance backto its equilibrium position. Beginning studentscan determine the Inverse SquareLaw in a simple ex per i ment. Ad vancedstudents can perform a more so phis ti cat edinvestigation into all the variables of electrostat ic re pul sion.Insulated TrackThe calibrated track is designed to minimize mirrorcharges which can significantly affect results.Built-inMillimeterScaleMilligram MassesIncluded so determiningthe torsion constant andverifying its linearity canbe part of the experiment.SymmetricConstructionAll conductive parts areVary Charge Accuratelysymmetrical, so errors dueA third conductive sphere, identical to theto mirror charges areexperimental spheres, is included for reducingpractically nonexistent.the charge on one or both spheres by fixed ratios.This method is quick and accurate.Additional EquipmentTo perform a basic experiment, theconductive spheres can be charged witha piezoelectric gun, or by contact witha charged rod. This allows the InverseSquare Law to be verified with reasonableaccuracy. However, for more accurateand thorough investigations, we stronglyrecommend the following (see the orderinginformation for recommended equipment):A A Kilovolt Power Supply, whichprovides a fixed and repeatable charge.The charge can be refreshed beforeeach measurement, which practicallyeliminates errors due to leakagecurrents.A An Electrometer and a Faraday IcePail, for ac cu rate measurement of thecharge on the spheres (required onlyif you wish to measure the CoulombConstant).SpecificationsTorsion Balance:Torsion Assembly: 38 mm dia.conductive sphere on 12 cm rod withcounterbalance vaneTorsion Wire: equals 10 -6 Newtons/degreeDegree Plate: 1° incrementsMagnetic Damping: dampens oscillationsfor quick measurementsCalibrated Linear Track:Sphere: 38 mm dia. conductive sphereRange of Movement: 350 mm in 1 mmincrementsMaterial: phenolic (to minimize mirrorcharges)Miscellaneous Equipment:Charging Probe: 17 cm long plus 1.5 mcable; banana plug connector; 200 µΩinternal resistanceCalibration Masses: 50 mg (1), 20 mg (2)Conductive Sphere on InsulatingThread: for reducing charge by fixed ratiosSpare Torsion Wire: 3 mShipping Information:Size: 28 x 38 x 61 cm (11 x 15 x 24 in.)Weight: 9.5 kg, 21 lbsActual data of the angle (force) vs. distance.Order Information:Coulomb’s LawApparatus ...............................ES-9070Recommended:Kilovolt PowerSupply .........................................SF-9586 p. 280Basic Electrometer ......ES-9078 p. 250Faraday Ice Pail ...............ES-9042A p. 251Charge Producers ........ES-9057C p. 251Complete System:Coulomb’s Law ................EX-9930 p. 381343

Fundamental Constants – Charge-to-Mass Ratio of the ElectronComplete e/m SystemSE-9625e/m ApparatusSE-9638A Sharp, Clearly Visible Electron BeamA Lighted, Mirrored Scale Eliminates Parallax ErrorsA Tube Rotates for General Study of Electrons in aMagnetic FieldBuilt-In 15 cm Radius Helmholtz CoilsProvide a highly uniform magnetic field within the tube.Since the coils are built-in, proper alignment is assured.Illuminated, Mirrored ScaleEliminates parallax errors and allowsaccurate measurement (±1 mm), even ina dark room.Hood (not shown)Experiments can beperformed in a lightedroom.In 1897, J. J. Thomson showed that themysterious cathode rays were actuallynegatively charged particles— he haddis cov ered the electron. In the sameyear he measured the charge-to-massratio of the electron, providing the firstmea sure ment of one of the fundamentalconstants of the universe.The PASCO e/m Apparatus reproducesone version of Thomson’s landmarkexper iment, providing an accuratemeasurement of the charge-to-massratio of the electron. And, since theelectron tube can be rotated through90 degrees, students can also make amore general study of the behavior ofelectrons in a magnetic field.344Bright, HighlyFocused BeamThe electron beam is easy tosee, for accurate measurementsandclearly visibledemonstrations.Clearly LabeledFront PanelAll power supplyand meter connectionsare clearly labeled.Banana plug terminalsmake setup easy.How It WorksA large, helium-filled electron tube is mounted between a pair ofHelmholtz coils. The tube contains an electron gun, which generatesa focused beam of electrons. A measured current is applied to theHelmholtz coils so that the magnitude of the magnetic field withinthe electron tube can be calculated. A measured acceleratingpo ten tial (V) is then applied to the electron gun. The magnetic field(B) deflects the electron beam in a circular path with a radius (r) thatis measured using the il lu mi nat ed mm scale. From these mea suredvalues, the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron is cal cu lat ed:e/m = 2V/B2r2.(The details of the calculations are fullydescribed in the manual.)Complete System Includes:SE-9638 e/m ApparatusSF-9584A Low Voltage Power SupplySF-9585A High Voltage Power SupplySE-9750 Red Patch CordsSE-9751 Black Patch CordsOrder Information:Rotatable TubeThe tube rotatesthrough a full 90°angle. Experimentscan be expandedinto a more generalinvestigationof chargedparticles moving ina magnetic field.The SE-9625 Complete e/m System includes:SE-9638 e/m Apparatus, power supplies and connecting cablesto measure the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron.Note: The tube used in this system is filled with helium-gas. As with all such tubes,the helium will gradually “out-gas,” giving the tube a finite life. Because of this, thetube will need to be replaced from time to time. Do not buy replacement tubes untilneeded, since they may “out-gas” while sitting on the shelf.Complete e/m System ................................................................... SE-9625Required:Digital Multimeter (2) ....................................................................... SE-9786A p. 281e/m Apparatus ........................................................................................ SE-9638Required:Low Voltage Power Supply ..................................................... SF-9584B p. 280High Voltage Power Supply .................................................... SF-9585A p. 280Digital Multimeters (2) .................................................................... SE-9786A p. 281Red Patch Cords ...................................................................................... SE-9750 p. 261Black Patch Cords .................................................................................. SE-9751 p. 261or equivalent power supplies providing:Helmholtz Coil Voltage— 6-9 VDC at 3 A, ripple

Gravitational Torsion BalanceAP-8215AA Measure the Universal Gravitational Constant ina Single Lab PeriodA Adjustment and Locking Mechanisms DecreaseLab Set-up TimeA Torsion Band Easily ReplacedFeaturesView the pendulum bob’s position through a mirror in the unit’scentral shaft. Use the leveling screws in the cast iron base toaccurately center the bob.A special “U”-shaped groove in the locking mechanism is used todampen the oscillation of the small lead balls.Easily adjust pendulum height with a single screw.The smooth action of the rotating large tungsten ball supportensures that the balls can be moved easily without disturbing themotion of the small tungsten balls.Attach a grounded wireto remove electrostaticcharges.MirrorFundamental Constants – Universal Gravitational ConstantEasy Torsion BandReplacement.Use the clear plasticshield for setup anddemonstration.Torsion Band Height AdjustEquilibrium AdjustmentCenter the pendulum bobarms within the case.Torsion Band and PendulumAssemblyRaise or lower the pendulum fromatop the unit. The highly sensitiveband (1 replacement included) canbe easily installed.Aluminum ShieldAluminum shield with optical glasswindow reduces electrostaticcharges.Two precisiontungstenspheres,1.5 kg each.A mirror is used to sight up the centershaft, providing a simple method toproperly center the pendulum in thehousing.Two tungsten balls areconnected to a cross-beamsuspended from thependulum bob.Large Rod StandAdjust the leveling screwsto center the pendulum.SpecificationsTorsion Band: Beryllium copper ribbon, 26 cm long with across section of 0.0178 x 0.15 mmSmall Masses: Two tungsten balls of 38 g eachLarge Masses: Two tungsten balls of 1.5 kg eachPeriod of Oscillation: Eight minutes (approx.)Accuracy: 5% (approx.)Includes:Torsion Balance AssemblyME-8735 Large Rod StandOne Extra Torsion BandManualOrder Information:Gravitational Torsion Balance.............................................AP-8215ARequired:x-y Adjustable Diode Laser ....................................................OS-8526A p. 33545 cm Steel Rod ...................................................................................ME-8736 p. 212Large Table Clamp .............................................................................ME-9472 p. 215Replacement Supplies:Torsion Bands (2 pack) –Gravitational Torsion Balance .............................................AP-8218Universal GravitationalConstant Experiment .....................................................................EX-9908 p. 365Gravitational Balls Replacement Set .........................AP-8219345

Fundamental Constants – Speed of LightComplete Speed of Light Apparatus OS-9261ABasic Speed of Light Apparatus OS-9262CLASS II LASER PRODUCTLASER RADIATION – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM ORVIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTSA Classic Foucault Method— Accurate to 5%A 1-15 Meter Path LengthA Tabletop or Hallway ExperimentPower Supply andRev/Sec ReadoutAlignmentGuidesMeasuringMicroscopeTwo Lensesand Mounts0.5 m WLaserRotatingMirrorFixed MirrorOptics BenchTwo Polarizersand MountDBeamSplitterBeamSplitterL2 BS S L1FMFixed MirrorLaserHow It Works—The Foucault Method1.Th e firstobservationismadewhentherotatingmirrorisnotrotating.LightfromaHe-NelaserisfocusedtoapointatSbylensL1.LensL2ispositionedsothattheimageofSisreflectedfromtherotatingmirror(RM)andfocusedontothefixedmirror(FM).Thefixedmirrorreflectstheimagebackontotherotatingmirror,whichinturnreflectsthelightbackthroughthelensestoreformthepointimageatS.However,thelightalsopassesthroughabeamsplitter(BS),whichformsamirrorimageatS’,whereitcanbeobservedwiththemicroscope.2.Th e secondobservationismadewhentherotatingmirrorisrotating.Sinceittakesafiniteamountoftimeforthelighttotraversethedistance(D),betweenthefixedandrotatingmirrors,therotatingmirrorisinaslightlydifferentpositionwhenthelightreturnsafterreflectingoffthefixedmirror.ThisproducesadisplacementinthepositionofS’,whichcanbemeasuredwiththemicroscope.346c =4 AD2 ω(D + B) Δ S’RMRotatingMirrorBSpeed of Light Apparatus Schematic3.Th e displacementofS’betweenthefirstandsecondobservations(DS’)isproportionaltothetransittimeofthelightoverthedistanceD,andtotheangularvelocityoftherotatingmirror.Withaverystraightforwardcalculation,thespeedoflight(c)canbecalculated:ω = Rotationalspeedoftherotatingmirror.A,DandBarenotedinthediagramabove.AS'MicroscopeOrder Information:Complete Speedof Light Apparatus .........OS-9261AIncludes all items needed for this experiment.Basic Speedof Light Apparatus .........OS-9262Includes the OS-9263A High Speed Rotating Mirror,microscope/beam splitter, and an X-Y alignable mirror.Required with Basic Apparatus:Optics Bench (1 m) ........OS-9103 p. 311Laser AlignmentBench ..............................................OS-9172 p. 335Mini Laserwith Bracket ............................OS-8514 p. 335Lens, 48 mm F.L. ...............OS-9133 p. 321Lens, 252 mm F.L.............OS-9135 p. 321CalibratedPolarizers (2) ..........................OS-9109 p. 325ComponentCarriers (3)................................OS-9107 p. 321High SpeedRotating Mirror ...................OS-9263AThe OS-9263A High Speed Rotating Mirror isavailable separately for do-it-yourself experiments.Speed of LightExperiment ..............................EX-9932 p. 393www.pasco.com

Laser Speed of Light SystemAP-8586Fundamental Constants – Speed of LightA Easy Set-upA Accurate ResultsA Low CostTheLaserSpeedofLightSystemisalowcost,yeteffectivemethodofmeasuringthespeedoflight.WhileitdoesnotduplicatetheclassicFoucaultMethod,itseaseofuseallowseverystudenttheopportunitytoperformtheexperiment.Function GeneratorLaserLightSensorInitial Mirror Position1/2 dMirrorHow It WorksAfunctiongeneratorisusedtomodulatethelightfromthelaserat3MHz.Thislightisthenreflectedfromamirrorandfocusedontoalightreceiver.Anoscilloscopeisusedtoobservethemodulatedlight,andthephaseofthesignalisnotedasthebaselinevalueforphase.Themirrorismovedback,increasingthedistancethatthelighttravels.Sinceittakesmoretimeforthelighttotravelfromthelasertothesensor,thephaseofthesignalontheoscilloscopeincreases.Thephaseateachsuccessivemirrorpositionisrecordedandcomparedtothebaselinevalue.Themirrorismovedbackseveralmoretimestogetareasonablenumberofdatapoints.Foreachmirrorposition,theadditionalpathlength(d)isgraphedversusthephasedifference(t).OscilloscopeIncludes:DiodeLaser ComponentCarrier(2)+127mmLens LaserAlignmentBenchLightReceiverStainlessSteelMountingPads(4)ConcaveMirrorCoaxialCable–RCAmaletoBNCmaleCoaxialCable–3.5mmphoneplugtoBNCmaleCoaxialCable–BNCmaletomaleA linear fit is applied to the data, and the slope of the fit represents Δd/Δt, or the speed of light.Order Information:Laser Speed of Light System .......................................................................................................................................AP-8586Required:Wide Range Function Generator ..............................................................................................................................SB-9549ATape Measure (30 m) ...............................................................................................................................................................SE-8712AStandard Photo Tripod60 MHz Oscilloscope ................................................................................................................................................................SB-9620347

Atomic/Nuclear – GM SystemsIntermediate Nuclear Laboratory SystemSN-7900A (Win/Mac)A Macintosh, Windows orStand-Alone OptionA Complete System12Includes:1. SN-7902 RadiationCounter with RADEM andLABLINK software and manual2. SN-7970A G-M Probe (35 mm)and stand3. USB Cable4. SN-8111A CalibratedAbsorber Set (20)5. SN-7972 Radioactive Sources (5)6. Two CDs with installation instructionsand nuclear science experimentsPASCO’s most sophisticated stand-aloneG-M System, providing a wide range ofexperi ments with alpha, beta and gammaradiation. Includes a versatile scaler, a G-MTube with a mount and trays, and a full setof radioactive sources and absorbers.Advanced Scaler/TimerThe SN-7902 Radiation Counter is aversatile, general purpose Scaler/Timer.Its advanced electronics and solid-statecircuitry make it perfect for seriousinvestigations of nuclear science.FeaturesPreset Timing and Counting Intervals:(in seconds) 1-9, 10-90, 100-900, 1K-9K,10K-90K, 100K- 900K. Intervals are selectedusing the Preset switch.Digital Display: Bright 6-decade digitalreadout uses extra-large LEDs for clearreadout in most ambient light conditions.Built-in Power Supply: 0 to 1200 volts forthe G-M Probe.34844Sensitive G-M ProbeA Suitable for alpha, beta and gammaradiation detection.A Rugged and Versatile Mount: Made ofsturdy plastic for years of rugged use.It comes with one sample holder and10 shelf positions.Large Variety of AbsorbersWith this set of 20 absorbers, you caneasily investigate the effects of increasingabsorber thickness and of different absorbermaterials. The SN-8111A Absorber Setincludes four lead, 10 aluminum sheets, twopolyethylene, two plastic and two aluminumfoil absorbers, ranging from 5 mg/cm2 to7200 mg/cm2.Five Radioactive SourcesThe five sources are USNRC License Exempt(US only). Outside the US, consult your locallaws and regulations. Shown below are theisotopes, activity, half-life and type of radiation.1. Po-210: 0.1 µCi, 138 days, α2. Sr-90: 0.1 µCi, 28.6 years, β3. Co-60: 1 µCi, 5.27 years, β,γ4. Tl-204: 1 µCi, 3.78 years, β,γ5. Cs-137: 5 µCi, 30.2 years, β,γ5336Computer CompatibilityThe bi-directional LABLINK software al lowsfull control of the Radiation Counter fromthe computer. LABLINK provides real-timedisplay of a simulated analog rate-meterwith auto-ranging, digital ratemeter in CPMor CPS, count, elapsed time, preset count,preset time, acquisition time and runnumber. Data is loaded into spreadsheetcompatiblefiles.Main screen display from LABLINK software.Order Information:Intermediate Nuclear Laboratory SystemUSB ..................................................................SN-7900ARecommended for use with Serial Port:Serial Cable (Win)..........................SN-7956Required:Isotope Generator Kit................SN-7995Awww.pasco.com

Advanced Nuclear Spectroscopy System, USBSN-7901B (Windows)Atomic/Nuclear – Multi-Channel AnalyzerA SophisticatedSpectroscopy SystemA Multi-channel Analysis34Designed for spectroscopy applications, theIntegrated Computer Spectrometer offerscomplete support for standard scintillationdetectors together with multi-channel scalingfor decay and time-related studies.The multi-channel analyzer contains manyadvanced features, including computercontrolledamplifier and high voltage forG-M tubes, upper- and lower-level discriminators,data memory and a comprehensivesoftware package.215SpecificationsHardware:Physical: Interface card or box includespre-amplifier, amplifier, detector highvoltage, 1024 channel analyzer with datamemory, LLD and ULDADC: Wilkinson-type with 80 MHz clockand computer selected conversion gain of256, 512 or 1024 channelsHigh Voltage: 0-1280 volts, 1 mAmaximumAmplifier: Preamplifier/amplifiercombination. Computer controlled coarse/fine gain from x2 to x1000Modes: MCA for pulse height analysis, orMCS for half-life decay or other time-relatedstudiesSoftware:Energy Calibration: 2-point linear or 3-pointquadratic converts cursor position readingdirectly to energy unitsComputer Display: Vertical scale adjustsfrom 32 to 16 M and LOG display.Horizontal 1024 channels with expansiondown to 128 channelsISOMATCH: Isotope library text file withpeak markers and labeling for overlaying onspectrum for quick isotope identification.Library may be edited and expanded.FeaturesVariable Voltage: A regulated high voltageof 0 to 1280 V is supplied with computercontrol (1 mA maximum, 5 V increments).Amplifier: On-board combinationpre amp lifier/amplifier for use with scintillationdetectors and PMTs.Complete Computer Control: When usedin MCA mode, the software provides completecomputer control of all features includingpreset live/real- time, preset count,unlimited regions-of-interest and centroid,gross and net area calculations.Includes:1. Universal Computer Spectrometer, USB2. NaI (TI) Scintillation Probe3. Gamma Sources (8)4. Connection Cables5. Installation, Instruction and ExperimentCDs (2)The sources are USNRC License Exempt(US only). Outside the US, consult yourlocal laws and regulations.Multiple Memory Buffers: In addition toon-board hardware data memory, the spectrometerprovides three software memorybuffers for holding spectra. A backgroundspectrum may be collected over a longcounting period and stored in the backgroundbuffer.Peak Labeling: With ISOMATCH, an isotopelibrary file, users can quickly identifypeaks by superimposing characteristicisotope emission lines over their spectrum.Isotope and energy information are alsoprovided.Main screen display for computer Spectrometer.Order Information:Advanced Nuclear Spectroscopy SystemUSB ..............................................................SN-7901B349

Number Collectionof counts time100080060040020000100 200 300 400ChannelsNumber Collectionof counts time60050040030020010000100 200 300 400ChannelsAtomic/Nuclear – Gamma SpectroscopyHigh Sensitivity Gamma Spectrometer SystemSE-9764Particle DetectorSE-9782TypicalExperimentsIncludes:Detector Unit and Multi-Channel AnalyzerWinDAS SoftwareRS232 Cable and USB-Serial ConverterUser Guide with teacher notes andeight experiment descriptionsSeven empty Sample ContainersA Complete College-level GammaSpectrometer SystemThis system is a complete scintillationspectrometer with a one-inch lead shieldand all electronics for connection to anyPC with an RS232 or USB interface. Thesystem has been developed for optimalperformance in nuclear spectroscopy. Addthe Particle Detector, SE-9782, to form acomplete system for teaching and understandingthe different types of nuclearradiation.SpecificationsHardware:Detector Unit: 2” x 2” NaI detector withPM-tube (

Atomic/Nuclear – Cloud ChamberDiffusion Cloud ChambersSE-7944A 12 cm Diameter ChamberSE-7943 15 cm Diameter ChamberAAANo Dry Ice RequiredView Cosmic RaysBuilt-in IlluminationThe Diffusion Cloud Chamber is used to view high energy alphaparticles, lower energy beta particles, and electrons produced bygamma rays interacting with gas molecules.Two sizesnow available!Particle tracks are visible from radioactive particles given offby the Pb-210 source at the center. The dense straight tracksare produced by alpha particles and the fainter, crooked tracksare produced by beta particles.How It WorksThe bottom of the chamber is cooled by circulating ice water throughthe base and further cooling it to -35°C with a Peltier device. Alcoholplaced in the chamber wicks up the inside chamber lining where itevaporates in the warmer region of the chamber and diffuses downward.The alcohol vapor is then cooled near the chamber bottom andbecomes super saturated.As energetic alpha and beta particles from a radioactive source passthrough the alcohol vapor, the vapor condenses, forming dropletswhich appear as tracks in the strong chamber cross-lighting.FeaturesUses ice water instead of dry iceWater circulation pumpBuilt-in high voltage (~800V) power supply for clearing the chamberof unwanted ionsPowered by 12V DC power adapterBuilt-in LED Lamps for illuminating the particle trailsSpecifications12 VDC Power Adapter (6 A)Water Circulation Pump: 120 V/ 60Hz, 3 W, 180 liter/hrBuilt-in High Voltage Source: ~800 VDC with 108Ω protectionresistorRubber hoses: 0.25” ID (6.4 mm ID), 60 cm longHigh Voltage Connection Cable: 22 cm long, Banana plug to ring lug8 Amber LEDsIncludes:Cloud Chamber12 VDC Power Adapter (6 A)Water Circulation PumpTwo Rubber HosesExtraction PipetteSource Holder and StopperHigh Voltage Connection CableSpecTech Coupon for Pb-210 Source NeedleOrder Information:Diffusion Cloud Chamber ................................................................................SE-7944ADiffusion Cloud Chamber – No Source ..........................................SE-7939Large Diffusion Cloud Chamber ..............................................................SE-7943Large Diffusion Cloud Chamber – No Source .......................SE-7940Required:Ice WaterRecommended:Pb-210 Replacement Radioactive Needle Source .............SE-7945The Needle Source is USNRC License Exempt (US only).351

Atomic/Nuclear – Radiation CountersG-M Probe withSample HolderSN-7970ARadiation CounterSN-7902 (Win/Mac)Nuclear Experimentswith ScienceWorkshopComputer InterfacesGeiger-Muller TubeSN-7927AThe 35 mm diameterwindow providesexcellent photonefficiency fordetecting lowactivity samples.The SN-7970AG-M Probe has a200 μs dead time.Con tains 10 shelf positions and isde sign ed to accommodate the larger G-MProbe. The probe can be removed from theholder and comes with a standard BNCconnector cable.SpecificationsMica Window: ≤ 2 mg/cm2Probe Dimensions: 11.25 x 3.5 cm(4.5 x 1.4 in.) OD, excluding connectorOperating Voltage: 900 V, 150-V plateauOrder Information:G-M Probe .................................................SN-7970AScintillation ProbeSN-7971AThis probe usesa sodium iodidecrystal, NaI(Tl),providingexcellentresolutionfor gammaspectroscopy.The crystal is3.8 cm indiameter and3.8 cm thick.Shielding isprovided by1.2 cm-thickvirgin lead.Resolu tion is 8.5%or better full-width,half-maximum for Cs-137.A sample holder with 10 tray positions,a tube base, voltage divider and cablesare included.Order Information:Scintillation Probe ..........................SN-7971A352Using a specialized microcontroller, many ofthe features previously found only in multipleproducts are now combined in PASCO’sRadiation Counter.The classic nuclear scaler function hasbeen extended to include a timer, presetcounter, digital ratemeter with alarm, computerinterface and battery power for fieldapplications. The alarm level may be set toany preselected value.FeaturesPreset Scaler/TimerLarge 6-digit LED displayComputer Programs: For Win and Maccomputers, LABLINK offers full computercontrol of all functions including presetcount, preset time, count rate in CPM orCPS, alarm level, start, stop, reset, datatransfer and high-voltage setting.Includes USB CableSpecificationsHigh Voltage: 0-1200 V, digitally selectablein 25-volt incrementsSoftware:RADEM: Runs on Win and Maccomputers including CGA, EGA, VGA,SVGA and HerculesLABLINK: Requires EGA or VGA graphicsDimensions: 31 x 21 x 12 cm (12 x 8 x 4.5 in.)Order Information:Radiation Counter, USB ...........SN-7902Required for use with Serial Port:Serial Cable (Win)............................SN-7956A Geiger-Muller tube is available for use withPASCO’s ScienceWorkshop 750 or 500interface. The SN-7927A Geiger-Muller Tubecan also be used with any PASPORT interfacewith a Digital Adapter. Easy portabilitymakes them ideal alpha, beta and gammaradiation detectors.Typical histogram of Counts per Time forScienceWorkshop nuclear sensors.SpecificationsSensitivity: Beta, gamma, alphaCount Detection: Audio signalWindow Thickness: 1.5 to 2 mg/cm2, micaGas Filling: Neon, Argon and HalogenStarting/Operating Voltage for tube:450 VDC/500 VDCDead Time: 90 μsOrder Information:Geiger-Muller Tube ..........................SN-7927Awww.pasco.com

Atomic/Nuclear – Radioactive SourcesRadioactive Sources and SuppliesThe following sources are mounted in2.5 cm diameter sealed plastic disks. Allsources and isotopes on this page areUSNRC License Exempt (US only). Outsidethe US, consult your local laws and regulations.Shown below are the isotopes, activity,half-life and types of radiation (alpha-α,beta-β, gamma-γ).RadioactiveSourcesSN-81101. Po-210 0.1 µCi 138 days α2. Sr-90 0.1 µCi 28.6 years β3. Co-60 1 µCi 5.27 years β,γOrder Information:Radioactive Sources(set of 3) ..........................................................SN-8110RadioactiveSourcesSN-7972A1. Po-210 0.1 µCi 138 days α2. Sr-90 0.1 µCi 28.6 years β3. Tl-204 0.25 µCi 3.78 years β4. Co-60 1 µCi 5.27 years β,γ5. Cs-137 0.25 µCi 30.2 years β,γOrder Information:Radioactive Sources(set of 5) ..........................................................SN-7972AIndividualSourcesGamma SourcesSN-7949A1. Co-60 1 µCi 5.27 years β,γ2. Na-22 1 µCi 2.60 years β+,γ3. Mn-54 1 µCi 313 days γ4. Cs-137 0.25 µCi 30.2 years β,γ5. Ba-133 1 µCi 10.5 years γ6. Cd-109 1 µCi 464 days γ7. Co-57 1 µCi 270 days γ8. “UNKNOWN”: mixture of Cs-137 andZn-65 for student testing.Cs-137 is 0.25 µCi or lower.Order Information:Gamma Sources(set of 8) ..........................................................SN-7949AG-M Resolving Time SetSN-9798This set is used for determining the resolvingtime of GM counters. It consists of three halfdiscs:two of five microcuries of Tl-204, plusa third with no activity. The count-rate of eachhalf-disc plus the blank (to maintain constantgeometry) is measured, and then both activehalf-discs are combined for a measurementwith high count-rate. The counting loss iscalculated by adding the rates from each halfdiscand comparing the result to the countratewith both.Order Information:G-M Resolving Time Set ............SN-9798AbsorbersSN-8111AIsotope Generator Kit(Barium-137 m)SN-7995AThis Cs-137/Ba-137 m Isotope Generatoris used to demonstrate the properties ofradioactive decay. Based on the originalUnion Carbide patented design, it offersexceptional performance, ease-of-use andsafe operation.Each generator contains 10 μCi of Cs-137.The generator can produce up to 1000 smallaliquots of the short-lived Ba-137m isotopewith a half-life of 2.6 minutes.Each generator is supplied with 250 mL ofeluting solution (0.9% NaCl in 0.04M HCl).The parent isotope Cs-137 with a half-lifeof 30.1 years beta decays (94.6%) to themetastable state of Ba-137m. This furtherdecays by gamma emission (662 keV) witha half-life of 2.6 min. to the stable Ba-137element. During elution, the Ba-137mis selectively “milked” from the generator,leaving behind the Cs-137 parent.Regeneration of the Ba-137m occurs as theCs-137 continues to decay, re-establishingequilibrium in less than 1 hour.Approximately 30 minutes after elution, theresidual activity of the Ba-137m sample hasdecayed to less than one thousandth of itsinitial activity, making it safe for disposal.When used with the eluting solution supplied,bleed through of the parent Cs-137 isless than 50 Bq/mL, affording a long workinglife. Each kit is supplied with the generator,syringe, tube, 250 mL of solution and astorage case.Order Information:Isotope Generator Kit ....................SN-7995AOrder Information:Po-210 0.1 µCi 138 days α SN-9085Sr-90 0.1 µCi 28.6 years β SN-9796Tl-204 1 µCi 3.78 years β SN-9797Co-60 1 µCi 5.27 years β,γ SN-9794Cs-137 5 µCi30.2 years β,γ SN-9795Cs-137 0.25 µCi 30.2 years β,γ SN-7942This set of 20 calibrated absorbers includesfour lead, two plastic, 10 aluminum sheets,two polyethylene and two aluminum foilabsorbers. Absorbers vary in densityfrom 5 mg/cm2 to 7200 mg/cm2.Order Information:PlanchetsSN-9799These disposable planchets are useful forholding isotope samples produced by theIsotope Generator.Order Information:Tl-204 0.25 µCi 3.78 years β SN-7941 Absorbers (set of 20) ......................SN-8111A Planchets (100 pack)........................SN-9799353

Experiment ListExperimentsPASCO ExperimentsThe following pages present classicexperiments in physics performedwith PASCO apparatus. Everythingis included in the experiment;apparatus, sensors (when needed),and accessories. Manuals can bedownloaded at www.pasco.com.Interfaces, where indicated, shouldbe ordered separately.DownloadsAvailableEach experiment manualand the DataStudio filesmay be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experimentnumber EX-xxxx into thesearch box to find thedownload information:A Experiment Manual:A detailed experimentmanual ensures studentsuccess. An electronicWord® version is includedfor modification by theteacher.A DataStudio File:DataStudio files areincluded for each experiment.These files containall the displays, calculationsand analysis tools neededfor the experiment. Usethese files with students.A file with sample data isalso included.Experiment ListPage No.Science-WorkshopPASPORTXplorerGLXInterfaceNot UsedMechanicsAtwood’s Machine NEW 355 EX-9973Projectile Motion 355 EX-9948Newton’s Laws 356 EX-9940 EX-9941Hooke’s Law 357 EX-9947 EX-9951Centripetal Force on a Pendulum NEW 358 EX-9974Centripetal Force 358 EX-9925 EX-9926Motion Graph Matching NEW 359 EX-9975Sliding Friction 359 EX-9938 EX-9939Impulse 360 EX-9902Conservation of Momentum 361 EX-9901Ballistic Pendulum 362 EX-9959Conservation of Energy 363 EX-9935Work Energy Theorem NEW 364 EX-9976Conservation of Energy II 364 EX-9961Universal Gravitational Constant 365 EX-9908Archmides’ Principle 366 EX-9909Materials Stress Strain 367 EX-9927 EX-9928Rotational Inertia 368 EX-9936 EX-9942Conservation of Angular Momentum 369 EX-9960 EX-9960OscillationsLarge Amplitude Pendulum 370 EX-9905Variable-g Pendulum 371 EX-9904Torsional Pendulum 372 EX-9903 EX-9943Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillator 373 EX-9906 EX-9970Chaos 374 EX-9907ThermodynamicsSpecific Heat NEW 375 EX-9977Electrical Equivalent of Heat 375 EX-9962 EX-9963Ideal Gas Law 376 EX-9950 EX-9954Cavity Radiation 377 EX-9912Blackbody Radiation 378 EX-9920 EX-9971Heat Engine Cycle 379 EX-9911 EX-9972Ratio of Specific Heats 380 EX-9910 EX-9969ElectromagnetismElectrostatic Charge NEW 381 EX-9978Coulomb’s Law 381 EX-9930Capacitance NEW 382 EX-9985Charge of an Electron 382 EX-9929Resistivity 383 EX-9966Ohm’s Law 384 EX-9949 EX-9953RC Circuit NEW 385 EX-9986LRC Circuit 385 EX-9915LRC Resonance 386 EX-9967Earth’s Magnetic Field 387 EX-9913 EX-9968Magnetic Forces on Wires 388 EX-9933Magnetic Fields of Coils 389 EX-9931Faraday’s Law of Induction 390 EX-9914 EX-9957 EX-9957Waves and OpticsVibrating String 391 EX-9964Waves 392 EX-9952Reflection and Refraction NEW 393 EX-9987Speed of Light 393 EX-9932Telescope/Microscope NEW 394 EX-9988Polarization of Light 394 EX-9917A EX-9958Brewster’s Angle 395 EX-9919A EX-9965AInterference and Diffraction of Light 396 EX-9918 EX-9956 EX-9956Nuclear and QuantumAtomic Spectra 397 EX-9921 EX-9955354www.pasco.com

Atwood’s MachineEX-9973 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Newton’s 2nd Law of MotionA Newton’s 2nd Law of Rotational MotionA Rotational InertiaIn this classic experiment students use a very low mass/low frictionpulley and measure the changing velocity of the unbalanced masssystem. They interpret the slope of the velocity graph as acceleration.They examine the effect of the rotational inertia of the pulleyand estimate the friction forces based on experimental data.Mechanics ExperimentsExperimentsExperiment Includes:Super Pulley with Mounting RodME-9499Photogate HeadME-9498AMass and Hanger SetME-8979Universal Table ClampME-9376BThreaded Rod 60cmME-8977Multi-ClampSE-9442Braided Physics StringSE-8050Atwood’s Machine/Newton’s 2nd Law Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Atwood’s Machine/Newton’s 2nd Law ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Projectile MotionEX-9948Concepts:A Independence of x and y MotionA Muzzle Velocity vs. Time of FlightA Angle vs. Horizontal RangeMuzzle Velocity vs. Time of FlightStudents fire the projectile at three different velocities fromthe same height. The Photogate and Time of Flight Accessoryare used to measure the time of flight at each muzzle velocity.Students are surprised to find that time of flight is not related tomuzzle velocity at 0˚ launch angle.Angle vs. Horizontal RangeThe angle of launch is varied and the horizontal range measuredfor each angle. Students produce a graph of angle vs. horizontalrange. The angle of maximum range can then be found. Thisexperiment is conducted for two cases:AProjectile is fired from a higher vertical position than its landingpositionAProjectile is fired from the same vertical positionas its landing positionStudents are asked to use the kinematics equations to predictthe horizontal range given a launch angle and muzzle velocity.Carbon paper and a bulls-eye can thenbe used to test their hypothesis.PASCO AdvantagePASCO projectile launchers are designed for repeatable and accuratelaunches. In addition, photogates and other accessories are designedto work seamlessly with our projectile launchers. These features allowstudent predictions and calculations from the kinematics equations tobe empirically verified.The acceleration of the weights is determinedusing the slope of the velocity vs. time graphand, from this, the acceleration due togravity can be found.Order Information:Atwood’s Machine/Newton’s 2nd Law ..............EX-9973Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface .................p. 68-72DataStudio Software ......................................................................p. 86-89Balance or Scale ..................................................................................p. 222Calipers ..............................................................SE-8710 p. 218Students can use their data to determinewhich launch angle produces the maximumhorizontal range.The Photogate and Timeof Flight Accessory areused with the MiniLauncher to measureboth muzzle velocityand time of flight.Experiment Includes:Mini LauncherSmart TimerTime-of-Flight AccessoryPhotogate Head (2)Photogate BracketUniversal Table ClampCarbon PaperMetric Measuring TapeProjectile Motion Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Projectile Motion ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Projectile Motion ..............................................................................................EX-9948ME-6825ME-8930ME-6810ME-9498AME-6821ME-9376BSE-8693SE-8712A355

ExperimentsMechanics ExperimentsNewton’s LawsEX-9940 ScienceWorkshopEX-9941 PASPORTConcepts:A Newton’s First Law (Inertia)A Newton’s Second Law (F = ma)A Newton’s Third Law (Fab = -Fba)Students can effectively study Newton’s Second Law with a Dynamics System, Force Sensor and Motion Sensor.MethodStudents use this collection of equipment to discover orexperimentally determine all three of Newton’s Laws.Newton’s First Law – Students use a Motion Sensor to collectdata for various sliding, rolling and hovering objects. Using thedata and their observations, students better understand that anobject’s motion will not change unless acted upon by an externalnet force.Newton’s Second Law – Students use a Force Sensor andMotion Sensor with PASCO’s Dynamics System to discover therelationships between force, mass and acceleration.Newton’s Third Law – Using two Force Sensors, students provethat forces between objects are equal in magnitude yet oppositein direction. These experiments include both tug-of-war exercisesand collisions between cars.PASCO AdvantageUsing this set of equipment and probeware, students willbetter understand all three of Newton’s Laws. The integrationbetween the probeware and equipment helps students focuson the physics of each experiment.Experiment Includes:EX-9940EX-9941ScienceWorkshop PASPORTPAScar Dynamics System ME-6955 ME-6955Force Sensor (2) CI-6746 PS-2104Motion Sensor CI-6742 PS-2103Hover Puck SE-7335 SE-7335Discover Friction Accessory ME-8574 ME-8574Smart Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A ME-9448AMass and Hanger Set ME-9348 ME-9348Physics String SE-8050 SE-8050Newton’s Laws Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Newton’s Laws ExperimentDataStudio Lite Software356Force vs. acceleration data for the PAScar as it experiences changing net force.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Newton’s Laws (ScienceWorkshop) ........................................EX-9940Newton’s Laws (PASPORT).................................................................EX-9941Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23www.pasco.com

Hooke’s LawEX-9947 ScienceWorkshopEX-9951 PASPORTConcepts:A Relationship between Forceand Spring DeformationA Investigate both Spring Compressionand ExtensionMechanics ExperimentsThe slope of theForce vs. Stretchgraph is knownas the springconstant. Varioussprings of differentconstructionare included, eachhaving a differentspring constant.ExperimentsMethodIn this experiment, students use a Force Sensor to measure theforce exerted to either compress or extend various springs. Thestretch or compression of the spring is measured directly from ameter stick. The manual sampling feature of DataStudio® allowsstudents to save measurements of force for each of the chosendeformations of the spring.Once the data is collected, students can easily create a Force vs.Stretch (or Compression) graph by dragging their table of data tothe Graph icon. The slope of this graph is known as the springconstant, while the vertical intercept is the initial loading force.Various springs of different construction are included, so studentscan better understand the physical meaning of the springconstant.PASCO AdvantageThe Force Sensor allows students to take direct measurementsof force for each compression or elongation of the spring. This issuperior to using a hanging mass to apply a force, since studentsdon’t have to convert from mass to force. In addition, studentsare applying the forces to the springs and will have a better kinestheticfeel for the amount of force being applied in each case.Experiment Includes:EX-9947EX-9951ScienceWorkshop PASPORTDemonstration Spring Set ME-9866 ME-9866Force Sensor CI-6746 PS-2104Universal Table Clamp ME-9376B ME-9376BHeavy Spring Bumper 003-09925 003-09925Light Spring Bumper 003-09926 003-09926Four-Scale Meter Stick SE-8695 SE-8695Hooke’s Law Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Hooke’s Law ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareReal-time force measurements are collected as the spring is compressed.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Hooke’s Law (ScienceWorkshop) ................................................EX-9947Hooke’s Law (PASPORT) .........................................................................EX-9951Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23357

ExperimentsMechanics ExperimentsCentripetal Force on a PendulumEX-9974 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Centripetal ForceA Angular VelocityA Periodic MotionStudents explore the relationship between mass, radiusof rotation, angular velocity and centripetal force. Bycontinuously measuring the force and angular velocitystudents see not just peak values but also how thesechange during the entire motion of the pendulum.Students explore sources of error and magnitude of error.Experiment Includes:Economy Force SensorCI-6746Rotary Motion SensorCI-6538Centripetal Force PendulumME-9821Aluminum Table ClampME-8995Steel Rod 45 cmME-8736Centripetal Force on a Pendulum Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Centripetal Force on a Pendulum ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareThe force, position and velocity can bemonitored for the entire range of motion.Note that the position and velocity are notsinusoidal for this large amplitude pendulum.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Centripetal ForceEX-9925 ScienceWorkshopEX-9926 PASPORTConcept:A How Centripetal ForceDepends on Radius,Mass and SpeedForce SensorMeasures thecentripetal forcedirectly.SwivelConnectorOrder Information:Centripetal Force on a Pendulum ...............................................EX-9974Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Speed is measuredusing the frequencywith which this pegpasses through thephotogate.Easily readthe radius.Motor-driven so thespeed can be heldconstant.In this experiment, the forceand the speed are directlymeasured with sensors.Experiment Includes:EX-9925EX-9926ScienceWorkshop PASPORTCentripetal Force Apparatus ME-8088 ME-8088Economy Force Sensor CI-6746 PS-2104Photogate Head ME-9498A ME-9498ADigital Adapter not required PS-2159Large Rod Stand ME-8735 ME-873590 cm Steel Rod ME-8738 ME-8738Multi Clamp SE-9442 SE-944245 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 ME-8736Triple Output Power Supply SE-8587 SE-8587Centripetal Force Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Centripetal Force ExperimentDataStudio Lite Software358Force vs. Velocityis quadratic.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Centripetal Force (ScienceWorkshop)...................................EX-9925Centripetal Force (PASPORT)............................................................EX-9926Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Motion Graph MatchingEX-9975Concepts:A Position vs. Time GraphA Velocity vs. Time GraphA Meaning of Slope and Inflection PointStudents explore the relationship between their motionwalking toward and away from a motion sensor andgraphs of position and velocity. They are challengedto match a predetermined graph and explain what themeaning of slope and inflection points on the graph oftheir movements mean.Experiment Includes:Motion Sensor IICI-6742AMotion Sensor II Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Motion Sensor II ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareOn this position versus timegraph, the red trace is themotion he is trying to match.He learns to pay attention tothe axis values and that theslope reflects the speed.Mechanics ExperimentsExperimentsDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Sliding FrictionEX-9938 ScienceWorkshopEX-9939 PASPORTConcepts:A Relationship between FrictionalForce and Normal ForceA Coefficients of Friction(Kinetic and Static)Students pull the friction tray from rest to a constant velocity tomeasure both static and kinetic friction.Order Information:Motion Graph Matching .........................................................................EX-9975Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89In this experiment, students use a Force Sensor to discoverfrictional forces and their effect on the motion of an object.In addition, the coefficients of friction for various surfacecombinations can be empirically determined.The peak of the graph represents the maximum staticfrictional force. Once the friction tray begins to move,the kinetic frictional force is evident on the graph.Experiment Includes:EX-9938 EX-9939ScienceWorkshop PASPORTDiscover Friction Accessory ME-8574 ME-8574Force Sensor CI-6746 PS-2104500 g Cart Masses (4) 648-04636 648-04636Physics String SE-8050 SE-8050Sliding Friction Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Sliding Friction ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareStudents create a graph of frictional force vs.normal force to find the coefficients of staticand kinetic friction.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Sliding Friction (ScienceWorkshop).........................................EX-9938Sliding Friction (PASPORT)..................................................................EX-9939Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23359

Mechanics ExperimentsExperimentsImpulseEX-9902 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Impulse: Change in MomentumA Impulse: Area Under a Force Versus Time CurveA Different Shaped Force Curves for Elastic and Inelastic CollisionsThe impulse of a collision is determined by two methods.In this experiment, the impulse on a cart is determined in twoways, by measuring the change in velocity and by finding the areaunder a force versus time curve.A cart runs down a slightly inclined track and collides with aForce Sensor equipped with either a clay bumper, spring bumperor magnetic bumper. To determine the change in momentum(impulse), the speeds before and after the collision are recordedwith a photogate. The photogate is also used to trigger thebeginning of data collection for the Force Sensor. To confirmthe impulse, the force versus time is plotted and the impulse isdetermined by finding the area under the curve.Different shaped curves of force versus time are obtained forthe different bumpers. The spring and magnetic bumpers resultin nearly elastic collisions while the clay produces a completelyinelastic collision. The area under the clay force curve is half thearea under the spring or magnetic force curves because the cartdoes not rebound in the clay collision.Close-up of magnetic bumper.PASCO AdvantageSince DataStudio is capable of having start and stop conditions, forcedata can be collected at a high rate during the collision, showing theforce in great detail without a lot of extraneous data before and afterthe collision. The data collection starts when the cart passes throughthe photogate and ends after a set amount of time.Experiment Includes:1.2 m PAScar Dynamics System ME-6955Force Accessory BracketCI-6545IDS Photogate BracketME-9806Photogate HeadME-9498AForce SensorCI-6537Picket Fence 648-06817Impulse Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Impulse ExperimentDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.The force versus time is shown for three different bumpers: Clay bumper in green,spring bumper in blue and magnetic bumper in red.360Order Information:Impulse ..........................................................................................................................EX-9902Required:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Conservation of MomentumEX-9901 ScienceWorkshopCart velocities are recorded using two Rotary Motion Sensors connected to the cartsby string wrapped around pulleys. The moving cart rotates the pulley on the RotaryMotion Sensor, recording the cart’s position with a resolution of 0.4 mm.Concepts:A Conservation of Momentum in Elastic and InelasticCollisionsA Kinetic Energy not Conserved in Inelastic CollisionsA Kinetic Energy Temporarily Stored as MagneticPotential Energy During Elastic Collisions UsingMagnetic BumpersThe total momentum and total energy of carts undergoing elasticand inelastic collisions are measured. The values before and afterthe collisions are compared to verify that momentum is conservedin all collisions while energy is only conserved in elastic collisions.Elastic and inelastic collisions are performed with two dynamicscarts of different masses. Magnetic bumpers are used in the elasticcollision and Velcro® bumpers are used in the completely inelasticcollision. In both cases, momentum is conserved.Cart velocities are recorded using two Rotary Motion Sensorsconnected to the carts by string wrapped around pulleys. Thismeasurement method adds very little friction to the experimentand, since the velocities are continuously monitored, anydeceleration due to friction can be measured.A real-time graph of velocity versus time is obtained for each cart,clearly showing when the collision occurred. This enablesthe student to determine the cart velocities immediately beforeand after the collision.The kinetic energy before and after the collision is also studied.Kinetic energy is not conserved for inelastic collisions. It is alsodemonstrated that kinetic energy momentarily decreases duringthe elastic collision and then returns to the original value after thecollision.PASCO AdvantageThe magnitude and direction of the velocity of each cart is recordedcontinuously throughout the collision, eliminating the problem inolder methods, of positioning photogates too close or too far fromthe point of collision.Experiment Includes:2.2 m PAScar Dynamics System ME-6956Dynamics Track Mount (2)CI-6692RMS/IDS Adapters (2)ME-6569Rotary Motion Sensors (2)CI-6538Conservation of Momentum Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Conservation of Momentum ExperimentMechanics ExperimentsA real-time graph of velocity versus time is obtained for each cart, clearlyshowing when the elastic collision occurred.The top graph of the total momentum for the 2-cart system (as calculated inDataStudio) shows no change throughout the elastic collision. The total kineticenergy, shown in the bottom graph, momentarily decreases during the collisionbecause energy is stored as magnetic potential energy.ExperimentsDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Conservation of Momentum .................................................. EX-9901Required:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface .....................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software ........................................................................................................p. 86-89361

ExperimentsMechanics ExperimentsBallistic PendulumEX-9959 PASPORTConcepts:A Modern Approach to a Classic ExperimentA View Graph of Entire Pendulum SwingA Conservation of MomentumA Conservation of EnergyPASCO’s Rotary Motion Sensor is the heart of this modern approach to a classicphysics experiment. The Mini Launcher (ME-6825A) fires a steel ball into the foamcatcher of the Ballistic Pendulum Accessory (ME-6829) mounted on the RotaryMotion Sensor. The Rotary Motion Sensor measures the angular displacementof the pendulum and it is plotted in real-time in DataStudio®.There is no need to catch the pendulum at its maximum height because theangle is continuously measured. Using the analysis tools in DataStudio,students can find the maximum angle.Using Conservation of Momentum and Conservationof Energy, students can determine the initial speed ofthe ball as it leaves the projectile launcher.The initial speed of the ball is confirmed by using twophotogates to time the flight of the ball for a shortdistance.Two photogates aremounted at a fixeddistance apart on theProjectile Launcherto measure the initialspeed of the ballThe ball is shot into a foam catcher at the end of apendulum. The pendulum is mounted on a Rotary MotionSensor to record the entire swing.The times betweenphotogates and thecalculated speedsfor multiple trials areshown in this table.Experiment Includes:Rotary Motion SensorMini LauncherPhotogate Heads (2)Photogate Mounting BracketDigital AdapterMini Launcher Ballistic PendulumLarge Table ClampSteel RodBallistic Pendulum Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Ballistic Pendulum ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwarePS-2120ME-6825AME-9498AME-6821APS-2159ME-6829ME-9472ME-8736This graph of the angle of the pendulum versus time is plotted in real time inDataStudio. The maximum angle is displayed in the graph legend.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.362Order Information:Ballistic Pendulum ..........................................................................................EX-9959Required:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Conservation of EnergyEX-9935Concepts:A Conservation of EnergyA Centripetal AccelerationA Apparent WeightIn this experiment, the Law of Conservation of Energy is verifiedby measuring the potential and kinetic energies for a car travelingover hills and loops on a curved track.A car is started from rest on a variety of tracks (hills, valleys, loops,straight track). The speed of the car is measured at various pointsalong the track using a photogate connected to a Smart Timer.The potential energy is calculated from the measured height andthe kinetic energy is calculated from the speed. The total energyis calculated for two points on the track and compared.The height from which the car must be released from rest tojust make it over the loop can be predicted from conservation ofenergy and the centripetal acceleration. Then the prediction canbe tested on the roller coaster. If the car is released from the topof the hill so it easily makes it over the top of the loop, the speedof the car can be measured at the top of the loop and the centripetalacceleration as well as the apparent weight (normal force) onthe car can be calculated.Conservationof energy for acar going over hills.Mechanics ExperimentsExperimentsConservation of energy shows that the final speeds of these two cars are thesame even though the red car takes much less time than the yellow car to reachthe end of the track.Roller coasterloop demonstratesconservation of energy.The different speeds of eachof three linked cars as theygo over the loop aremeasured usinga photogate.Experiment Includes:Complete Roller Coaster SystemPhotogate Heads (2)Smart TimerConservation of Energy Experiment ManualME-9812ME-9498AME-8930PASCO AdvantageThe Roller Coaster can be configured in many ways. Thewhite board background is convenient for writing calculationsor making marks for measuring heights. The PASCO RollerCoaster differs from conventional roller coaster toys in threeways:A Speed and height of the Roller Coaster car can be easilymeasuredA Loss of energy due to friction is generally only about 5%A Cars will withstand repeated drops to the floorDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Conservation of Energy ...........................................................................EX-9935363

ExperimentsMechanics ExperimentsWork Energy TheoremEX-9976 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Kinetic EnergyA Potential EnergyA Work Energy TheoremA Conservation of Mechanical EnergyThe total work done on an object is compared withthe change in kinetic energy of the object. Using aforce sensor and photogate/pulley system, studentsrecord and display the force as a function of positionand the work done is the area under the force vs.position plot. Kinetic energy, at any point during theexperiment, is calculated from the velocity measuredwith the photogate and pulley. Students explore themeaning of dissipative forces.Experiment Includes:Economy Force SensorCI-6746PAStrack Basic SystemME-6962Compact Cart MassME-6755Photogate HeadME-9498APhotogate BracketME-9806Super Pulley with ClampME-9448AMass and Hanger SetME-8979Braided Physics StringSE-8050Work Energy Theorem Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Work Energy Theorem ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareConservation of Energy IIEX-9961 PASPORTConcepts:A Potential energy of a falling ballA Kinetic energy of a falling ballA Use different size balls tochange frictionDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Work Energy Theorem ................................................................................EX-9976Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89As the ball falls, its height and speed arerecorded and displayed in DataStudio.A ball is dropped from rest and its heightand speed are recorded using a MotionSensor. The ball’s potential energy andkinetic energy are calculated at variouspoints during the ball’s fall.The total energy of the ball is examined throughout the fall todetermine if there is any change. Balls of different sizes are usedto vary the amount of air friction so that students can see thatenergy is not conserved when friction is appreciable.Experiment Includes:Motion SensorPS-2103ADiscover Freefall SystemME-9889Large Rod BaseME-873545 cm Rod ME-8736120 cm Rod ME-8741Multi-ClampSE-9442Motion Sensor GuardSE-7256Mass BalanceSE-8707Conservation of Angular Momentum Experiment ManualXplorer GLX Files for Conservation of Angular Momentum ExperimentDataStudio Lite Software364The height and speed of theball at various points duringthe fall are used to calculatethe potential energy and thekinetic energy.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Conservation of Energy II ......................................................................EX-9961Required:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23www.pasco.com

Universal Gravitational ConstantEX-9908Concepts:A Measure the Universal Gravitational ConstantA Recreate Cavendish’s Historical ExperimentIn the Universal Gravitational Constant Experiment, studentsmeasure the attractive force between two sets of tungstenspheres. Using this force, the mass of each sphere, and theseparation of the spheres, the universal gravitational constantcan be determined.The attraction between a pair of small tungsten spheres and apair of larger tungsten spheres is measured by the torsion ofa beryllium ribbon. The large spheres are placed close to thesmall spheres and allowed to equilibrate. A laser is reflectedfrom a mirror on the beryllium ribbon and shown on a screenor wall. The large spheres are then rotated through an angle toproduce torque on the ribbon. The mirror rotates with the ribbon,thus the laser reflection on the screen or wall is displaced. Thedisplacement of the laser reflection is measured and an “opticallever” calculation is used to find “G”.Top ViewMasses arenow tungstenrather thanlead.The large tungsten balls are rotated toproduce a torque on the beryllium torsionband. The angular displacement of theband causes the reflected laser beam to bedisplaced, which is used to calculate “G”.Mechanics ExperimentsExperimentsreflected beam (from mirror)laserscreen with scaleSide ViewExperiment Includes:Gravitational Torsion BalanceAP-8215X-Y Adjustable Diode LaserOS-8526A45 cm Steel Rod ME-8736Large Table ClampME-9472Universal Gravitational Constant Experiment ManualDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.PASCO AdvantagePASCO’s Gravitational Torsion Balance features a rugged torsionband that rarely needs to be replaced. If the band fails it can bereplaced using a screwdriver in less than 10 minutes. In addition,a “U”-shaped groove in the housing allows students to damp theoscillation of the small tungsten balls, reducing measurementtime from hours to minutes. Finally, an equilibrium adjustmentknob on the top of the unit allows the angle of the mirror to beeasily adjusted.Order Information:Universal Gravitational Constant .........................................................EX-9908Gravitational Ballistic Replacement Set ......................................AP-8219365

ExperimentsMechanics ExperimentsArchimedes’ PrincipleEX-9909Concepts:A Archimedes’ PrincipleA DensityA Buoyant ForceArchimedes’ Principle states that the buoyant force on asubmerged object is equal to the weight of the fluid that isdisplaced by the object.The buoyant force on several objects is measured byweighing the water displaced by a submerged object. Thebuoyant force is also determined by measuring the differencebetween the object’s weight in air and its apparent weight inwater.Some of the objects have the same density, some have thesame volume and some have the same mass. The density ofeach object is measured and the dependence of the buoyantforce on density, mass and volume is explored.The buoyant force is measured by weighing the water displaced by the object.The mass and volume are measured to determine the dependence of the buoyantforce on mass, volume and density.Experiment Includes:Density SetME-8569Overflow CanSE-8568Rod BaseME-873545 cm Steel Rod ME-8736Physics StringSE-8050Triple-Beam BalanceSE-8707Stainless Steel CalipersSF-87111000 ml Beaker SE-7288100 ml Beaker SE-728750 ml Graduated Cylinder SE-7289Archimedes’ Principle Experiment Manual366PASCO AdvantageThe provided objects have related volumes, masses anddensities to demonstrate that only the volume of waterdisplaced affects the buoyant force.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Archimedes’ Principle (Balance) ...................................................EX-9909www.pasco.com

Materials Stress StrainEX-9927 ScienceWorkshopEX-9928 PASPORTConcepts:A StressA StrainA Young’s ModulusA Yield PointMechanics ExperimentsExperimentsMethodIn this experiment, students test a variety of materials bystretching them until failure under the tensile load. Thesample is placed in the holder and firmly held on bothends. By turning the hand crank, the sample is stretchedin one dimension. During the stretching, the Force Sensormeasures the applied force through the 5 to 1 lever arm.This allows the maximum allowable force in the experimentto be 250 N. Simultaneously, the Rotary MotionSensor measures the stretch of the sample real-time.Using DataStudio® software, the stress and strain can becalculated and graphed versus one another. The slope of thestress-strain graph in the elastic region is known as Young’sModulus. The transition between elastic and plastic deformationis known as the Yield Point; this point can be easilydetermined from the DataStudio graph.PASCO AdvantageStudents experience the tensile failure of various materialsand collect critical measurements real-time with PASCOprobeware. DataStudio graphs and calculations are createdto extend student understanding of materials science. Thecompact size of the Stress-Strain Apparatus makes it idealfor any laboratory or classroom setting.Experiment Includes:EX-9927 EX-9928ScienceWorkshop PASPORTStress-Strain Apparatus AP-8214 AP-8214Force Sensor CI-6746 PS-2104Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Stainless Steel Calipers SF-8711 SF-8711Materials Stress-Strain Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Materials Stress-Strain ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Young’s Modulus for steel is determined using a linear curve fit on the elasticportion of the curve.Order Information:Materials Stress-Strain (ScienceWorkshop)..............EX-9927Materials Stress-Strain (PASPORT).......................................EX-9928Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89367

ExperimentsMechanics ExperimentsRotational InertiaEX-9936 ScienceWorkshopEX-9942 PASPORTConcepts:A Rotational inertia of a ring and a diskA TorqueIn this experiment, the rotational inertias of a ring and a diskare determined by applying a torque to the object and measuringthe resulting angular acceleration.A known torque is applied to the pulley on the Rotary MotionSensor, causing a disk and ring to rotate. The resultingangular acceleration is measured using the slope of a graphof angular velocity versus time. The rotational inertia of thedisk and ring combination is calculated from the torque andthe angular acceleration. The procedure is repeated for thedisk alone to find the rotational inertias of the ring and diskseparately.The rotational inertia of the ring and disk is calculated from the angularacceleration obtained from the slope of this angular velocity versus timegraph.PASCO AdvantageFriction can be neglected in this compact setup. The RotaryMotion Sensor is a versatile tool which can be used in avariety of other experiments.Experiment Includes:EX-9936 EX-9942ScienceWorkshop PASPORTLarge Rod Base ME-8735 ME-873590 cm Steel Rod ME-8738 ME-8738Mini-Rotational Accessory CI-6691 CI-6691Drilled Mass & Hanger Set(5 g resolution) ME-9348 ME-9348Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Rotational Inertia Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Sliding Friction ExperimentDataStudio Lite Software368A known torque is applied to the ring and disk by the weight hanging over thepulley. The rotational inertia of the ring and disk are determined from the resultingangular acceleration. The procedure is repeated for the disk alone.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Rotational Inertia (ScienceWorkshop)..................................EX-9936Rotational Inertia (PASPORT)...........................................................EX-9942Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Conservation of Angular MomentumEX-9960 PASPORT or Xplorer GLX Stand-aloneConcepts:A Conservation of Angular Momentum During CollisionsA Easy Determination of Before and After PointsA Calculation of Energy Lost During CollisionThe study of conservation of angular momentum during collisions iseasy and fast using this system based on the Rotary Motion Sensor.The angular velocity of the spinning disk is graphed inreal-time as a non-rotating ring is dropped onto it.It is easy to measure the rotational speeds justbefore and after the collision since the entirecollision is visible in the graph.The rotational inertias of the ring and disk arecalculated using the mass and dimensions ofeach. Then the total angular momentum beforethe collision is compared to the total angularmomentum after the collision to show that itdoes not change.The total kinetic energy before and after the collisionis calculated to show the amount of energylost during the inelastic collision.Mechanics ExperimentsExperimentsA disk is dropped onto a rotating disk. Since the disks are identical,the angular velocity decreases by half.Experiment Includes:Rotary Motion SensorPS-2120Rotational AccessoryCI-6691BalanceSE-8723CalipersSF-8711Large Rod StandME-873545 cm Long Steel Rod ME-8736Conservation of Angular Momentum Experiment ManualXplorer GLX Files for Conservation of Angular Momentum ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareAs a non-rotating ring is dropped onto a rotating disk, the angular velocitydecreases to about 1/6th of its initial value since the ring has a largerotational inertia compared to the disk.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Conservation of Angular Momentum ....................................EX-9960Required:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23369

ExperimentsOscillation ExperimentsLarge Amplitude PendulumEX-9905 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Low Amplitude Approximation for the Pendulum PeriodA Large Amplitude PeriodA Shape of Displacement, Velocity and AccelerationCurves for Large AmplitudeThis experiment explores the dependence of the period of a simple pendulumon the amplitude of the oscillation. Also, the displacement, velocity andacceleration for large amplitude are plotted versus time to show the differencefrom the sinusoidal motion of low amplitude oscillations.A rigid pendulum consists of a 35 cm long lightweight (28 g) aluminumtube with a 75 g mass on each end. The center of the tube is mounted on aRotary Motion Sensor. One of the masses is slightly closer to the center thanthe other mass, so the pendulum will oscillate slowly. Students will have timeto view the motion of the pendulum while also watching the real-time graphof displacement, velocity and acceleration versus time.The period is measured as a function of the amplitude of the pendulumand compared to theory.The rigid pendulum can bedisplaced 180 degrees andhas a long period becauseof the offset masses.Graphs of angular displacement, velocity and acceleration versus time aredisplayed for a pendulum oscillating with large amplitude.Experiment Includes:Large Rod BaseME-873545 cm Steel Rod ME-8736Pendulum Accessory 003-05971Rotary Motion SensorCI-6538Large Amplitude Pendulum Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Large Amplitude Pendulum ExperimentThe pendulum period is plotted versus amplitude.PASCO AdvantageDataStudio has a period function which can be plotted versusthe amplitude in real-time as the pendulum’s oscillation dampsout. The pendulum is initially displaced almost 180 degrees andthen, as the amplitude decreases because of friction, the periodis automatically recorded as a function of amplitude.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.370Order Information:Large Amplitude Pendulum .......................................................EX-9905Required:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .....................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Variable-g PendulumEX-9904 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Period of a Simple PendulumA Effect of Decreasing “g” on the Pendulum PeriodA Large Amplitude PeriodA Shape of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration Curvesfor Large AmplitudeOscillation ExperimentsExperimentsThis experiment explores the dependence of the period of a simplependulum on the acceleration due to gravity and on the length andamplitude of the pendulum.A simple rigid pendulum consists of a 35 cm long lightweight (28 g)aluminum tube with a 150 g mass at the end, mounted on a RotaryMotion Sensor. The pendulum is constrained to oscillate in a planetilted at an angle from the vertical. This effectively reduces theacceleration due to gravity because the restoring force is decreased.The period of the pendulum is measured using a Rotary MotionSensor and the period function in DataStudio.The Adjustable Angle Clamp makes it easyto adjust the angle from zero to 90 degrees,thus varying “g” from 9.8 m/s 2 to zero.The period of the Variable-g Pendulum is plotted as a function of theangle of inclination to show the dependence of the period on g.PASCO AdvantageThe rigid pendulum can be assumed to be a simple pendulum: Theactual period is approximately 99% of the period of a simple pendulumof the same length.Experiment Includes:Large Rod BaseME-873545 cm Steel Rod ME-8736Variable-g Pendulum AccessoryME-8745Pendulum Accessory 003-05971Rotary Motion SensorCI-6538Variable-g Pendulum Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Variable-g Pendulum ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Variable-g Pendulum Experiment Kit .....................................EX-9904Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89371

ExperimentsOscillation ExperimentsTorsional PendulumEX-9903 ScienceWorkshopEX-9943 PASPORTConcepts:A Period of a Torsional PendulumA Rotational Inertias of a Disk,Ring and Point MassesA TorqueA Torsional Spring ConstantThe period of a Torsional Pendulum is measured and comparedto the theoretical value. The torsional pendulum consists of atorsion wire attached to a Rotary Motion Sensor with an object(a disk, ring or a rod with point masses) mounted on top of it.The period of oscillation is measured from a plot of the angulardisplacement versus time. To calculate theoretical period, therotational inertia is determined by measuring the dimensionsof the object. The torsional spring constant is determined fromthe slope of a plot of force versus angular displacement.The dependence of the period on the torsional constant andthe rotational inertia is explored by using different diameterwires and different shaped objects.To determine the torsionalspring constant, a torqueis applied by pulling with aForce Sensor.The torsional pendulum uses a RotaryMotion Sensor to record the oscillations.The torsional spring constant isdetermined from a plot of torqueversus angular displacement.The period of the torsional pendulum is determined from a plot of angulardisplacement versus time.PASCO AdvantageTo determine the torsional spring constant, the force versusangular displacement graph is quickly and easily obtained bypulling with a Force Sensor on a string wrapped around theRotary Motion Sensor pulley.Experiment Includes:EX-9903 EX-9943ScienceWorkshop PASPORTTorsion Pendulum Accessory ME-6694 ME-6694Large Rod Base ME-8735 ME-873545 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 ME-8736Mini-Rotational Accessory CI-6691 CI-6691Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Force Sensor CI-6537 PS-2104Torsional Pendulum Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Sliding Friction ExperimentDataStudio Lite Software372Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Torsional Pendulum (ScienceWorkshop)...........................EX-9903Torsional Pendulum (PASPORT)....................................................EX-9943Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Driven Damped Harmonic OscillatorEX-9906 ScienceWorkshopEX-9970 PASPORTConcepts:A Resonance Curves for an Oscillator:Amplitude vs. FrequencyA Resonant FrequencyA Period of a PendulumA Effect of Magnetic Damping on Shape ofResonance CurveA Phase Difference Between Oscillator andDriver at Low, Resonant and High FrequenciesIn this experiment, the resonance of a driven damped harmonic oscillatoris examined by plotting the oscillation amplitude versus frequency forvarious amounts of damping.The oscillator consists of an aluminum disk with a pulley connected totwo springs by a string. The angular positions and velocities of the diskand the driver are recorded as a function of time using two Rotary MotionSensors. The amplitude of the oscillation is plotted versus the drivingfrequency for different amounts of magnetic damping. Increased dampingis provided by moving an adjustable magnet closer to the aluminum disk.Oscillation ExperimentsMagneticDampingDiskExperimentsSpringsDriverThis graph showsthe resonancecurves (amplitude vs.frequency) for threedifferent settings ofmagnetic damping.PASCO AdvantageThe combination of DataStudio and the 750 Interface has thepower to sweep through the driver frequencies and the capabilityto plot the amplitude versus the driver frequency in real-time.Experiment Includes:EX-9906 EX-9970ScienceWorkshop PASPORTChaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory CI-6689A CI-6689AMechanical Oscillator/Driver ME-8750 ME-8750Large Rod Base ME-8735 ME-8735120 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-8741 ME-874145 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 ME-8736Multi-Clamps (2) SE-9442 SE-9442Rotary Motion Sensor (2) CI-6538 PS-2120Braided Physics String SE-8050 SE-8050DC Power Supply ------- PI-9877Power Supply (18V DC, 5A) SE-9720A -------Power Amplifier II CI-6552A -------Banana Plug Cords – Red (5 pack) SE-9750 SE-9750Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillations Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillations ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareThe magnetically damped oscillator is driven by a sinusoidal mechanical driver.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Driven DampedHarmonic Oscillator (ScienceWorkshop)...........................EX-9906NEW Driven DampedHarmonic Oscillator (PASPORT)....................................................EX-9970Required:ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface .............................................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89373

ExperimentsOscillation ExperimentsChaosEX-9907 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Nonlinear OscillatorA Chaotic MotionA Phase SpaceA Poincare PlotThe chaotic behavior of a driven nonlinear pendulum is explored by graphing its motionin phase space and by making a Poincare plot. These plots are compared to the motionof the pendulum when it is not chaotic.The oscillator consists of an aluminum disk connected to two springs. A point masson the edge of the aluminum disk makes the oscillator nonlinear. The frequency of thesinusoidal driver can be varied to investigate the progression from predictable motionto chaotic motion. Magnetic damping can be adjusted to change the character of thechaotic motion. The angular position and velocity of the disk are recorded as a functionof time using a Rotary Motion Sensor. A real-time phase plot is made by graphing theangular velocity versus the displacement angle of the oscillation.The Poincare plot is also graphed in real-time, superimposed on the phase plot. This isachieved by recording the point on the phase plot once every cycle of the driver arm asthe driver arm blocks a photogate.A graph in phase space and a Poincare plot are obtained to study thechaotic motion of this nonlinear oscillator.This phase plot (angular velocity versus displacement angle) shows thefirst few cycles of chaotic movement of the oscillator.PASCO AdvantageDataStudio® can graph the motion in phase space and superimposethe Poincare plot in real-time, showing students how the motion inphase space relates to actual motion of the oscillator.Experiment Includes:Large Rod BaseME-8735120 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-874145 cm Steel Rod ME-8736Multi Clamp (2)SE-9442Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory CI-6689AMechanical Oscillator/DriverME-8750Power Supply (18 V DC, 5A)SE-9720Rotary Motion SensorCI-6538Photogate HeadME-9498ABasic Digital MultimeterSE-9786ABanana Plug Cord-Red (5 Pack)SE-9750Chaos Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Chaos Experiment374The Poincare plot (in orange) shows the pendulum’s velocity versus position onceper revolution of the driver. The grey background is the phase plot.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Chaos ...............................................................................................................................EX-9907Required:ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface .............................................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Specific HeatEX-9977 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Thermal EnergyA Equilibrium TemperatureA Specific HeatStudents learn that materials can be identified using specific heat asa measurable characteristic. A known mass of water is used and theunknown material is placed in the water. The initial temperature ofthe water and the unknown material are measured. The equilibriumtemperature is found and from this the specific heat of the unknownmaterial is derived.By performing this experiment in two ways (water warming, watercooling) students explore how experiment design may alter results.Finally students explore sources of error and magnitude of error.Experiment Includes:Temperature SensorCI-6605Calorimetry CupsTD-8825ASpecific Heat SetSE-6849BalanceSE-8723Hot PlateSE-8830Graduated Cylinder 100mlSE-7289Beaker 1000 mlSE-7288Braided Physics StringSE-8050Specific Heat Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Specific Heat ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareElectrical Equivalent of HeatEX-9962 PASPORTEX-9963 Xplorer GLXConcepts:A Hand-Cranked Generator provides tactile experienceA Power is plotted as work is doneA See the temperature riseNothing reinforces the relationship between mechanical work andheat better than hand cranking a generator to produce electricityand electrically heating water.With the PASCO Hand Crank Generator, Calorimeter and theXplorer GLX to measure temperature and voltage, turns aqualitative demonstration into a quantitative experiment.The student cranks the generator by hand, causing a current toflow through the heating resistor. The dissipated heat warms thewater in the calorimetry cup.The amount of electrical energy used to heat the water is equalto the area under the power versus time curve. The amount ofheat delivered to the water can be calculated using the increasein temperature and the mass of the water. The comparison of theelectrical energy to the heat results in a value for the number ofJoules in a calorie.EX-9962EX-9963Experiment Includes: PASPORT Xplorer GLXEnergy Transfer-Calorimeter ET-8499 ET-8499Hand Crank Generator EM-8090 EM-8090Voltage/Current Sensor PS-2115 PS-2115Fast-Response Temperature Probe PS-2135 Included with(Incl. with GLX) Xplorer GLXTemperature Sensor PS-2125 Not required(Not required for GLX) for Xplorer GLXMass Scale SE-8707 SE-8707Electrical Equivalent of Heat Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Electrical Equivalent of Heat ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareThermodynamics ExperimentsDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Specific Heat ..........................................................................................................EX-9977Required:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-73DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89The top graph displays thepower output from the generatorand the bottom graphthe increase in temperature.The amount of electricalenergy used to heat to thewater is determined by findingthe area under the powerversus time curve.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Electrical Equivalent of Heat (PASPORT)...........................EX-9962Electrical Equivalent of Heat (Xplorer GLX) ..................EX-9963Required:PASPORT Interface/Xplorer GLX ...........................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89375Experiments

ExperimentsThermodynamics ExperimentsIdeal Gas LawEX-9950 ScienceWorkshopEX-9954 PASPORTConcepts:A Ideal Gas LawA Boyle’s LawA Gay-Lussac’s LawThe temperature, volume, and pressure of a gas are measured simultaneously to show that theychange according to the Ideal Gas Law. Two special cases of the Ideal Gas Law are also examined:Constant volume (Gay-Lussac’s Law) and constant temperature (Boyle’s Law). A syringe is used tovary the volume at constant temperature. A sphere of constant volume is immersed in differenttemperature water baths to show the change in pressure.For the Ideal Gas Syringe (shown above right) the slope of the Volume vs. —T graph equals nR.PFor the Absolute Zero Apparatus (shown at right) whichhas constant volume, the pressure versus temperaturegraphs have different slopes corresponding to differentnumber of moles in the container.Experiment Includes:EX-9950 EX-9954ScienceWorkshop PASPORTIdeal Gas Law Syringe TD-8596 TD-8596Absolute Zero Apparatus TD-8595 TD-8595Plastic Containers (3L, 2 pack) 740-183 740-183Pressure Sensor CI-6532A not neededThermistor Temperature Sensor CI-6527A not neededPressure/Temperature Sensor not needed PS-2146Ideal Gas Law Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Ideal Gas LawDataStudio Lite SoftwareDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.376PASCO AdvantageThe Ideal Gas Syringe and Absolute Zero Sphere have athermistor with small mass that responds quickly totemperature changes.Order Information:Ideal Gas Law (ScienceWorkshop)....................................EX-9950Ideal Gas Law (PASPORT).............................................................EX-9954Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:USB Link (2), Xplorer (2), PowerLink, or Xplorer GLX ..............p. 10-23www.pasco.com

Cavity RadiationEX-9912 ScienceWorkshopThermodynamics ExperimentsThe surface of thecube is scanned withtwo different LightSensors (visible andinfrared).ExperimentsConcepts:A Thermal Radiation fromDifferent Colored SurfacesA Cavity RadiationThe amounts of thermal radiation from different colored surfaces and acavity, all at the same temperature, are compared.An aluminum cube has sides that are black, white, polished aluminum andmatte aluminum with a hole. The cube is heated to approximately 90°C and anInfrared Light Sensor is moved across the face with the hole in it to show thatthe hole emits more infrared radiation than the surrounding surface. A RotaryMotion Sensor on a Linear Translator keeps track of the light sensor positionand the light intensity versus position is plotted. The scan in the visiblespectrum is made with a Light Sensor to confirm that the hole is darker thanthe surrounding surface.Also, the intensity of radiation from the different colored surfaces is compared.PASCO AdvantageThe temperature of the cavity is controlled by the 750 Interfaceand measured using a Thermistor Temperature Sensor, which readsin degrees rather than resistance, eliminating confusion aboutthe resistance decreasing as the temperature increases. Thetemperature is used to calculate the theoretical wavelength ofmaximum intensity emitted by the cavity.Experiment Includes:Thermal CavityTD-8580Banana Plug Cord-Red (5 Pack)SE-975060 cm Optics Bench OS-8541Linear TranslatorOS-8535Aperture BracketOS-8534Light SensorCI-6504AInfrared SensorCI-6628Rotary Motion SensorCI-6538Thermistor Temperature SensorCI-6527APower Amplifier IICI-6552ACavity Radiation Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Cavity Radiation ExperimentIn the infrared part of the spectrum, the hot cavity is surprisinglybrighter than the surrounding matte aluminum surface.In the visible part of the spectrum, the cavity is darker than itssurroundings, as expected.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Cavity Radiation ......................................................................................EX-9912Required:ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface .............................................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89377

ExperimentsThermodynamics ExperimentsBlackbody RadiationEX-9920 ScienceWorkshopEX-9971 PASPORTConcepts:A Blackbody SpectrumA Peak Wavelength VersusTemperatureThe continuous blackbodyspectrum is scanned usinga prism spectrophotometer.The classic blackbody spectrum of light intensity versus wavelengthis obtained for a light bulb and the shift in the peakwavelength is demonstrated for different bulb temperatures.The spectrum of an incandescent light bulb is scanned by handusing a prism spectrophotometer, which measures relative lightintensity as a function of angle. A Broad Spectrum Light Sensoris used with a prism so the entire spectrum from approximately400 nm to 2500 nm can be scanned without the overlappingorders caused by a grating. The wavelengths corresponding tothe angles are calculated using the equations for a prism spectrophotometer.The relative light intensity can then be plotted as afunction of wavelength as the spectrum is scanned, resulting inthe characteristic blackbody curve. The intensity of the light bulbis reduced, reducing the temperature, and the scan is repeatedto show how the curves nest with a shift in the peak wavelength.The temperature of the bulb’s filament can then be measuredindirectly by determining the resistance of the bulb from themeasured voltage and current. From the temperature, the theoreticalpeak wavelength can be calculated and compared to themeasured peak wavelength.Note: Results are qualitative and suitable for introductoryclasses only.Experiment Includes:EX-9920 EX-9971ScienceWorkshop PASPORTSpectrophotometer Accessory Kit OS-8537 OS-8537Optics Bench (60 cm) OS-8541 OS-8541Prism Spectrophotometer Kit OS-8544 OS-8544Aperture Bracket OS-8534A OS-8534ABroad Spectrum Light Sensor CI-6630 PS-2150Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Voltage Sensor CI-6503 ------Voltage/Current Sensor ------- PS-2115Power Amplifier II CI-6552A ------DC Power Supply ------- PI-9877Replacement Bulb (10 pack) SE-8509 SE-8509Banana Plug Cords – Black (5 pack) SE-9751 SE-9751Blackbody Radiation Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Blackbody Radiation ExperimentDataStudio Lite Software378Classic textbook diagram of the intensity versus wavelength blackbody curvescan be produced with real data. In this graph, the peak wavelength in the blackbodycurve shifts as the source temperature is decreased.PASCO AdvantageAll the complex calculations for the angle-to-wavelength conversionare stored in the set-up file supplied for DataStudio.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Blackbody Radiation (ScienceWorkshop) ........................EX-9920Blackbody Radiation (PASPORT) .................................................EX-9971Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface .............................................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Heat Engine CycleEX-9911 ScienceWorkshopEX-9972 PASPORTConcepts:A Heat Engine EfficiencyA Isothermal ProcessesA Isobaric ProcessesA Ideal Gas LawA P-V diagram is generated as a heat engine is taken through acycle. From this diagram, the heat added to the gas and the workdone by the engine are measured to determine the efficiency ofthe engine. This actual efficiency is compared to the theoreticalmaximum efficiency.The heat engine consists of air inside a cylinder which expandswhen an attached can is immersed in hot water. The expandingair pushes on a piston and does work by lifting a weight. The heatengine cycle is completed by immersing the can in cold water,which returns the air pressure and volume to the starting values.Thermodynamics ExperimentsThe actual efficiency is determinedfor a heat engine which lifts aweight as heat is added to the gas.ExperimentsThe cycle is performed as follows:1. With the can in the cold bath, the 200 g mass is placedon the platform.2. The can is moved from the cold bath to the hot bath.3. The 200 g mass is removed from the platform.4. The can is moved from the hot bath to the cold bath.The change in pressure is measured with a Low Pressure Sensor.The change in piston height is measured by the attached stringover the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley. The change in volume iscalculated by multiplying the change in piston height by thepiston cross-sectional area.Graph of Pressure versus Piston PositionPASCO AdvantageThis operating heat engine shows how a difference in temperaturecan be used to do work. Each part of the cycle is easily identifiableand the actual efficiency as well as the maximum possible efficiencycan be easily determined.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Experiment Includes:EX-9911 EX-9972ScienceWorkshop PASPORTHeat Engine Apparatus TD-8572 TD-8572Large Rod Base ME-8735 ME-873590 cm Steel Rod ME-8738 ME-8738Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Temperature Sensor (2) CI-6605A -------Quad Temperature Sensor ------- PS-2143Low Pressure Sensor CI-6534A -------Dual Pressure Sensor ------- PS-2181Plastic Containers (3.8 L, 2 pack) ME-7559 ME-7559ThreadMass Hanger (5 g)Drilled Mass (10 g)Drilled Mass (20 g)Slotted Mass (200 g)Heat Engine Cycle Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Heat Engine Cycle ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareOrder Information:Heat Engine Cycle (ScienceWorkshop)............................EX-9911Heat Engine Cycle (PASPORT).....................................................EX-9972Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89379

ExperimentsThermodynamics ExperimentsRatio of Specific HeatsEX-9910 ScienceWorkshopEX-9969 PASPORTConcepts:A C p /C v for a GasA Ruchhardt’s Method of Measuringthe Ratio of Specific HeatsA Adiabatic ProcessThe piston oscillationsare started by pluckingit by hand.In this experiment, the ratio of specific heat capacities for air isdetermined using Ruchhardt’s Method of measuring the periodof oscillation of the piston in a cylinder filled with air.A cylinder is filled with air and a Pressure Sensor is attached.The piston is plucked by hand and allowed to oscillate. Theoscillating pressure is recorded as a function of time and theperiod is determined. The ratio of specific heat capacitiesis calculated using the period of oscillation, according toRuchhardt’s method.A plot of the position of piston versus the square of the period showsthat the period increases as the gas volume increases. The slope of theline is related to the ratio of specific heats (C p /C v ) and is different forthe two gasses.PASCO AdvantageSince the oscillations are plotted, it is easy to accuratelymeasure the period of oscillation.Experiment Includes:EX-9910 EX-9969ScienceWorkshop PASPORTHeat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus TD-8572 TD-8572Large Rod Stand ME-8735 ME-873545 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 ME-8736Low Pressure Sensor CI-6534ADual Pressure SensorPS-2181Ratio of Specific Heats Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Ratio of Specific Heats ExperimentDataStudio Lite380The pressure oscillates after the piston is plucked by hand.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Ratio of Specific Heats(ScienceWorkshop) ........................................................................................EX-9910Ratio of Specific Heats(PASPORT) .................................................................................................................EX-9969Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Electrostatic ChargeEX-9978Concepts:A Methods of ChargingA Charge DistributionA Conservation of ChargeUsing classic equipment, a Faraday Ice Pail andConductive Spheres, students learn to chargeobjects by direct contact and by induction.The charge is measured using a high impedanceelectrometer.Students explore the distribution of charge ondifferent shaped conductive shapes. A spherewith a hole in it is provided to show that nocharge resides on the inner surface of theconductor when it is charged.Experiment Includes:Basic ElectrometerES-9078Charge Producers & Proof Plane ES-9057CFaraday Ice Pail and ShieldES-9042AConductive SpheresES-9059CConductive ShapesES-9061Electrostatics Voltage SourceES-9077Electrostatic Charge Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Electrostatic Charge ExperimentElectromagnetism ExperimentsDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Electrostatic Charge .....................................................................................EX-9978Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89ExperimentsCoulomb’s LawEX-9930Concepts:A Verify the Inverse Square Law: F ~ 1/R 2A Verify the Force/Charge Relationship: F ~ q q 1 2A Determine Coulomb’s Constant:k = 9.0 x 10 9 Nm 2 /C 2A conductive sphere is mounted on the end of an insulating,counterbalanced rod and suspended from a very thintorsion wire. An identical sphere is mounted on a calibratedlinear track and can be positioned at various distances fromthe first sphere. When the conductive spheres are charged,the force between them is proportional to the twist of thetorsion wire that is required to bring the balance back toits equilibrium position. Introductory physics students candetermine the Inverse Square Law in a simple experiment,while advanced students can perform investigations into allthe variables involved in electrostatic repulsion.Experiment Includes:Coulomb’s Law ApparatusKilovolt Power SupplyBasic ElectrometerFaraday Ice PailCharge Producers and Proof PlaneCoulomb’s Law Experiment ManualDataStudio Lite SoftwareES-9070SF-9586ES-9078ES-9042AES-9057BWhen an electrostatic forceis applied, the torsion wire istwisted to return the balance toequilibrium. The twist of the wireis proportional to the electrostaticrepulsion force.Electrostatic force is directly proportionalto the angle of twist.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Coulomb’s Law ...................................................................................................EX-9930381

ExperimentsElectromagnetism ExperimentsCapacitanceEX-9985Concepts:A CapacitanceA Parallel Plate CapacitorA Factors Effecting CapacitanceThis lab explores the effect of varying the plate distanceand insulating dielectric materials in a variable flat platecapacitor. Students also acquire data that allows thecalculation of an experimentally derived value for thepermittivity constant.The Electrometer (ES-9078) used in this experimentmakes it possible to measure the voltage across thecapacitor plates without discharging the capacitor sinceit has an internal resistance of 1014 ohms.Experiment Includes:Basic ElectrometerES-9078Basic Variable CapacitorES-9079Electrostatics Voltage SourceES-9077Capacitance Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Capacitance ExperimentDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Capacitance .............................................................................................................EX-9985Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Charge of an ElectronEX-9929Concepts:A Accurately Measure the Charge of a Single ElectronA Recreate Robert Millikan’s Historical ExperimentSmall droplets of oil are introduced into a chamber where anelectric field of known strength is present. Using the viewingscope and a stopwatch, the velocity of a falling oil dropletis measured and recorded. Next, the electric field in thechamber is increased, causing the oil droplet to move upward.This allows the measurement of the force on the dropletand, ultimately, the charge of the droplet. By measuring thecharge of several different oil droplets, the smallest differencein charge between them can be equated to the charge of anelectron.Experiment Includes:Millikan Oil Drop ApparatusAP-8210Basic Digital MultimeterSE-9786High Voltage Power SupplySF-9585ALarge Rod BaseME-873545 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-8736Banana Plug Cord-Red (5 Pack)SE-9750Banana Plug Cord-Black (5 Pack) SE-9751Charge of an Electron Experiment Manual382Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Charge of an Electron ..................................................................EX-9929www.pasco.com

Electromagnetism ExperimentsResistivityEX-9966 Xplorer GLXConcepts:A Relate Resistance to Wire LengthA Determine Resistivity of Different MaterialsDiscover the relationshipbetween the resistance of awire and its length, diameter,and the resistivity of the metal.The GLX Power Amplifierproduces a 10 second voltageramp, resulting in a varyingcurrent through a straightwire. The current is measureddirectly by the PowerAmplifier, and the voltagedrop over the selected sectionof wire is measured by theGalvanometer Sensor.A graph of voltage drop vs.current is created, and theslope of the line is the resistanceof the length of wire.The resistance is plottedversus the length of the wireand the slope of the resultingstraight line is used to determinethe resistivity.GLX Power Amplifier isdesigned to work with theXplorer GLX to provide AC/DC power. In this application,the ramp function is used tosweep through thevoltages.The Resistance Apparatus has a slide wire probe to easily change the measured length ofthe wire, and utilizes a four wire hook-up to accurately measure the voltage drop. It comeswith four different brass wire diameters and four other wire materials.ExperimentsPASCO AdvantageThe Resistance Apparatus has a slide-wire probe to easilychange the measured length of the wire, and utilizes afour-wire hook-up to accurately measure the voltage drop.The Xplorer GLX Amplifier makes it possible to scan thevoltages, allowing more time to examine wires made ofdifferent metals and having different diameters.Experiment Includes:Resistance ApparatusGLX Power AmplifierGalvanometer SensorPatch CordsResistivity Experiment ManualXplorer GLX Files for Resistivity ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareEM-8812PS-2006PS-2160SE-9750The resistances of various lengths of the 0.0813 cm diameter brass wire are determined,and a graph of resistance vs. wire length is made. The slope of this graph along with thediameter of the wire gives a resistivity of 7.2 x 10 -8 Ω•m for the brass material.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Resistivity ....................................................................................................EX-9966Required:Xplorer GLX .........................................................................................................................................p. 10383

ExperimentsElectromagnetism ExperimentsOhm’s LawEX-9949 ScienceWorkshopEX-9953 PASPORTConcepts:A Compact DesignA Relationship between Voltage and CurrentA Uses Capacitor as a Variable Voltage SourceMethodIn this experiment, students simultaneously measure bothcurrent and voltage for a simple DC circuit. The relationshipbetween current and voltage is explored for a 10 Ω resistor,33 Ω resistor, and a light bulb.Prior to performing the Ohm’s Law experiment, studentsstudy the characteristics of a capacitor by recording currentand voltage measurements during both the charging anddischarging cycles. Once the function of a capacitor is betterunderstood, the capacitor is used as a variable voltagesource during the Ohm’s Law experiment.The relationship between current and voltage is studied foreach resistor and the light bulb to determine their similaritiesand differences.Voltage across and current through the light bulb are measured real-time as thecapacitor discharges.The relationship between voltage and current varies for differentelectrical components. The resistance of the light bulb filamentincreases with temperature.PASCO AdvantageUsing a capacitor as a variable voltage source allows the experimentto be easily repeated for several loads. Students can view thevoltage vs. current graph real-time which allows them to see therelationship unfold before their eyes. Furthermore, the tangent toolon the DataStudio graph enables students to easily determineresistance of the light bulb at any instant.The included AA batteries charge the capacitor, and thus no otherpower supply is needed.Experiment Includes:EX-9949 EX-9953ScienceWorkshop PASPORTCharge/Discharge Circuit EM-8678 EM-8678Voltage Sensor CI-6503 not neededCurrent Sensor CI-6556 not neededVoltage-Current Sensor not needed PS-2115AA Batteries PI-6601 PI-6601Short Patch Cords SE-7123 SE-7123Ohm’s Law Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Ohm’s Law ExperimentDataStudio Lite Software384Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Ohm’s Law (ScienceWorkshop).....................................................EX-9949Ohm’s Law (PASPORT) .............................................................................EX-9953Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface ..........................................p. 68-72Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23www.pasco.com

RC CircuitEX-9986 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Charging and Discharging a CapacitorA Exponential Growth and DecayA Time ConstantsStudents collect data to understand therelationship between charging and dischargingrates and the capacitance and resistance in asimple circuit. The time constant is derived andexponential growth and decay are explored.Electromagnetism ExperimentsExperimentsExperiment Includes:AC/DC Electronics LabEM-8656Voltage SensorCI-6503Banana Plug (5 pack)SE-9750Alligator Clip Adapters (10 pack) SE-9756RC Circuit Experiment ManualDataStudio File for RC Circuit ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:RC Circuit....................................................................................................................EX-9986Required:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89LRC CircuitEX-9915 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A LC OscillationsA Inductive, Capacitive and Resistive AC CircuitsA LRC Resonant FrequencyThe response of a series LRC circuit is examined at drivingfrequencies above, below and at the resonant frequency.First, a square wave voltage is applied to an LC circuit andthe period of oscillation of the voltage across the capacitor ismeasured and compared to the theoretical value. Then threeAC circuits are examined: A sinusoidal voltage is appliedindividually to a resistor, a capacitor and an inductor. Theamplitude of the current and the phase difference betweenthe applied voltage and the current are measured in eachof the three circuits to see the effect each component hason the current. Finally, a sinusoidal voltage is applied to aninductor, resistor and capacitor in series. The amplitude ofthe current and the phase difference between the appliedvoltage and the current are measured and compared totheory.Experiment Includes:AC/DC Electronics LaboratoryVoltage Sensors (3)Banana Plug Cord (30 cm, Set of 8)LRC Circuit Experiment ManualDataStudio File for LRC Circuit ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareEM-8656CI-6503SE-7123The 750 Interface supplies ACvoltage to an LRC series circuit.The oscilloscope display in DataStudiois used to simultaneously display thevoltages across the inductor, capacitorand resistor, as well as the source voltageand current.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:LRC Circuit ................................................................................................................EX-9915Required:ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface .............................................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89385

ExperimentsElectromagnetism ExperimentsLRC ResonanceEX-9967 Xplorer GLXConcepts:A Plot Resonance Curves for LRCSeries CircuitA Examine Differences when R and Lare ChangedA Phase Difference vs. DrivingFrequencyTo study the resonance curve for a series LRCcircuit, the Xplorer GLX Power Amplifier isused to automatically scan through the drivingfrequencies while simultaneously measuring theresponse current. The amplitude of the currentis plotted versus frequency and the resonantfrequency is determined. The value of theresistance is changed to see how the resonancecurve changes.Using the scope mode of the Xplorer GLX, the phase differencebetween the driving voltage and the resulting current is measuredat low frequency, resonant frequency, and high frequency, andcompared to theory.The CI-6512 RLC Circuit Board is perfect for studying introductoryAC Circuit Theory. Vary all parameters, including resistance,capacitance, and even the inductance of the coil by using theincluded iron core.GLX Power Amplifier is designed to work with the Xplorer GLXto provide AC/DC power for heat, sound, vibration, and electronicstudies. Adjust Waveform, Frequency, Voltage Amplitude, DCOffset and more, directly from the GLX.The RLC Circuit Board is powered using the Xplorer GLX to controlthe output of the Xplorer GLX Power Amplifier.Use the built-in calculator on the GLX to automatically sweep theoutput frequency of the Power Amplifier through the desired range.The graph shows the resonance curves for two different resistance values,with a 100 µF capacitor and the 8.2 mH coil (without iron core). The theoreticalresonance frequency for these values is 176 Hz.The scope mode of the Xplorer GLX is used to measure the phasedifference between the driving voltage and the current at variousfrequencies.Experiment Includes:RLC Circuit BoardCI-6512GLX Power AmplifierPS-2006Patch CordsSE-7123LRC Resonance Experiment ManualXplorer GLX Files for LRC Resonance ExperimentDataStudio® Lite Software386Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:LRC Resonance ...................................................................................................EX-9967Required:Xplorer GLX .....................................................................................................................................p. 10www.pasco.com

Earth’s Magnetic FieldEX-9913 ScienceWorkshopEX-9968 PASPORTConcepts:A Magnitude of the Earth’s Magnetic FieldA Direction of Earth’s Magnetic FieldA Dip AngleElectromagnetism ExperimentsThe Magnetic Field Sensor ismounted on a Rotary MotionSensor to measure the magnitudeand direction of the Earth’smagnetic field.ExperimentsThe magnitude and direction of the Earth’s magneticfield are measured using a Magnetic Field Sensormounted on a Rotary Motion Sensor. The MagneticField Sensor is rotated through 360 degrees by rotatingthe Rotary Motion Sensor pulley by hand. TheMagnetic Field Sensor is zeroed using the Zero GaussChamber, the walls of which are made of a highlypermeable material which redirects the magnetic fieldaround the chamber.The Earth’s magnetic field is measured as the Magnetic Field Sensor isrotated 360 degrees in the Earth’s field.PASCO AdvantageThe sensitive Magnetic Field Sensor combined with the RotaryMotion Sensor enables the measurement of the magnetic fieldstrength as a function of angle from North. It is essentially acomputerized compass that can measure both the direction andthe magnitude of the field.Experiment Includes:EX-9913 EX-9968ScienceWorkshop PASPORTMagnetic Field SensorCI-6520A2-Axis Magnetic Field SensorPS-2162Zero Gauss Chamber EM-8652 EM-8652Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Dip Needle SF-8619 SF-8619Large Table Clamp ME-9472 ME-947245 cm Stainless(non-magnetic) Steel Rod ME-8736 ME-8736Adjustable Angle Clamp ME-8744 ME-8744Angle Indicator ME-9495 ME-9495Earth’s Magnetic Field Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Earth’s Magnetic Field ExperimentDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Earth’s Magnetic Field (ScienceWorkshop)....................EX-9913Earth’s Magnetic Field (PASPORT).............................................EX-9968Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89387

ExperimentsElectromagnetism ExperimentsMagnetic Forces on WiresEX-9933Concepts:A Relationship between:Force and Current, Force and Length of Wire,Force and Magnetic Field Strength, Force and Angle211. Fixed Magnet with Yoke2. 10-turn Rectangular Coil(with a built-in degreescale)1. Iron Yoke (holds magnets)2. Removable Magnets (six)3. Six Conductors (1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 cm in length)4. Mount (for holding/positioning conductors)41323Magnets are mounted on an iron yoke and placed on a balance(resolution of at least 0.01 g). One of the conducting pathsis suspended between the magnets. The balance is used tomeasure the mass of the magnets and yoke prior to any currentpassing through the conducting path. Current is then passedthrough the conducting path, producing a force. The change inreading on the balance can be converted to find the magneticforce between the conductor and magnetic field.Conductors of different length are included to measure the effectof length on magnetic force. Magnetic field can be varied bychanging the number of magnets in the yoke. The power sourceis used to change the current supplied to the conductor. TheCurrent Balance Accessory includes all the components neededto test the effect of angle on magnetic force.PASCO AdvantagePASCO’s Magnetic Force in Wires Experiment allows studentsto study the key variables (conductor length, current, magneticfield strength and angle) that affect magnetic force.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.388Graph illustrates the direct relationship between magnetic field andmagnetic force.Experiment Includes:Basic Current BalanceCurrent Balance AccessoryOhaus Cent-o-Gram BalanceLow Voltage AC/DC Power SupplyLarge Base and Support RodBanana Plug Cord-Red (5 pack)Banana Plug Cord-Black (5 pack)Magnetic Forces on Wires Experiment ManualOrder Information:Magnetic Forces on Wires ....................................................EX-9933SF-8607SF-8608SE-8725SF-9584AME-9355SE-9750SE-9751www.pasco.com

Magnetic Fields of CoilsEX-9931 ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Magnetic Fields of:Single CoilHelmholtz CoilsInside a SolenoidThe magnetic field of Helmholtz coilsis measured as a function of distancealong the perpendicular axis.Electromagnetism ExperimentsExperimentsThis plot shows the magnetic field strength alongthe axis of Helmholtz coils for three different coilseparations: The green data is for coils with theproper separation (the coil radius), the orange datais for the coils too close together and the bluedata is for the coils too far apart.The dependence of the magnetic field strength of currentcarryingcoils on the distance from the coil along theperpendicular axis is determined and compared to thetheoretical curve. In addition, the effect of varying the coilseparation on the shape of the magnetic field between theHelmholtz coils is examined.The magnetic fields of various coils are plotted versus positionas the Magnetic Field Sensor is passed through the coils,guided by a track. The position is recorded by a string attachedto the Magnetic Field Sensor that passes over the RotaryMotion Sensor pulley to a hanging mass.It is particularly interesting to compare the field from Helmholtzcoils at the proper separation of the coil radius to the field fromcoils separated at less than or more than the coil radius.The magnetic field inside a solenoid can be examined in boththe radial and axial directions.PASCO AdvantageUsing DataStudio curve fit, the theoretical equation for themagnetic field can be plotted on the same graph.Experiment Includes:Helmholtz Coil BaseEM-6715Field Coil (200 Turn) (2)EM-6711Primary and Secondary CoilsSE-8653Banana Plug Cord-Red (5 pack)SE-9750Banana Plug Cord-Black (5 pack)SE-975160 cm Optics Bench OS-8541Dynamics Track MountCI-6692Hooked Mass SetSE-8759Small Round Base (2)ME-897425 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-8988Optics Bench Rod Clamps (2)OS-8479DC Power SupplySE-9720Digital MultimeterSE-9786AMagnetic Field SensorCI-6520ARotary Motion SensorCI-6538Magnetic Field of Coils Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Magnetic Fields of Coils ExperimentThe magneticfield inside asolenoid ismeasured in theradial and axialdirections.The olivegreen curve isthe measuredmagnetic fieldversus distancealong theperpendicularaxis of a singlecoil. The orangetheoretical curveis plotted froman equation.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Magnetic Fields of Coils ..........................................................................EX-9931Required:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89389

ExperimentsElectromagnetism ExperimentsFaraday’s Law of InductionEX-9914 ScienceWorkshopEX-9957 PASPORT(with computer or stand-alone Xplorer GLX)Concepts:A Magnetic FluxA Faraday’s Law of InductionA Lenz’s LawA Conservation of EnergyA Electrical PowerA voltage is induced in a coil swinging through a magnetic field.Faraday’s Law and Lenz’s Law are examined and the energydissipated in a load resistor is compared to the loss of energyof the coil pendulum.A rigid pendulum with a coil at its end swings through ahorseshoe magnet. A resistive load is connected across thecoil and the induced voltage is recorded using a Voltage Sensor.The angle is measured with a Rotary Motion Sensor, whichalso acts as a pivot for the pendulum. The induced voltage isplotted versus time and angle. The power dissipated in theresistor is calculated from the voltage and the energy convertedto thermal energy is determined by finding the area under thepower versus time curve. This energy is compared to the lossof energy determined from the amplitude and speed of thependulum.Faraday’s Law is used to estimate the magnetic field of themagnet from the maximum induced voltage. Also, the directionof the induced voltage as the coil enters and leaves themagnetic field is examined and analyzed using Lenz’s Law.A voltage is induced in a coil swinging through a magnetic field.Plot of voltage versus time.PASCO AdvantageThe DataStudio calculator calculates energy and power using thevoltage and angle data. The induced voltage and the calculationsare plotted in real-time as the coil swings through the magnet.The energy of the pendulum decreases with each pass of the coilthrough the magnet. The energy dissipated in the resistor is obtainedfrom the area under a power versus time plot.Experiment Includes:EX-9914 EX-9957ScienceWorkshop PASPORTInduction Wand EM-8099 EM-8099Variable Gap Magnet EM-8641 EM-8641Large Rod Base ME-8735 ME-873545 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-8736 ME-8736Multi-Clamp SE-9442 SE-9442Voltage Sensor CI-6503 PS-2115Magnetic Field Sensor CI-6520A PS-2162Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Faraday’s Law Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Faraday’s Law Experiment390Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Faraday’s Law of Induction(ScienceWorkshop) ......................................................................................EX-9914Faraday’s Law of Induction (PASPORT) ..............................EX-9957Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT (with computers or stand-alone GLX):PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software (if used with computers) ..................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Vibrating StringEX-9964 Xplorer GLXConcepts:A Investigate Standing WavesA Pull String to Adjust Numberof SegmentsA Vary Frequency of VibrationWaves and Optics ExperimentsExperimentsStudy standing waves in a string byvarying the driver frequency and keepingthe number of segments constant.The unusual approach in this versionof the experiment is that the studentsactually provide the tension in the stringby pulling directly on the force sensor.This is particularly instructive becausethe students get a feel for how the tensionmust change to vary the numberof segments. Rather than hanging moreweight over a pulley, the students mustpull harder to achieve a smaller numberof segments. This helps them rememberthe relationship between tensionand wavelength.The Xplorer GLX and Power Amplifier controlthe frequency and amplitude of the sinewaves applied to the String Vibrator. As thefrequency is gradually increased (in 10 Hzincrements), the student pulls on the ForceSensor to adjust the tension for resonancewith the string vibrating in two segments.Using the Manual Sampling Mode, on theXplorer GLX, each discrete measurement isrecorded, and a graph of force vs. frequencyis created in real-time.To analyze the data, the GLX’s built-in calculatoris used to create a graph of force vs. thesquare of the frequency (shown at right). Theslope of the resulting straight line is used(along with the length of the string) to calculatean experimental value for the string’sdensity.Experiment Includes:String VibratorWA-9857Physics StringSE-8050GLX Power AmplifierPS-2006Force SensorPS-2104C-clamp (small)SE-7286Patch CordsSE-9750Tape MeasureSE-8712AVibrating String Experiment ManualXplorer GLX Files for Vibrating String ExperimentDataStudio LiteA graph of force vs.the square of thefrequency shows alinear relationship.The slope of thisline is related to thelength and densityof the string.PASCO AdvantageThe string tension is measured directly with a Force Sensor,enabling students to feel the force required to obtain a certainnumber of segments.Set-up and execution of this experiment is extremely easybecause no connection to a computer is necessary. All dataanalysis can be performed on the Xplorer GLX and the resultscan be printed directly to a variety of HP USB printers.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Vibrating String ..................................................................................................EX-9964Required:Xplorer GLX .....................................................................................................................................p. 10391

Waves and Optics ExperimentsExperimentsWavesEX-9952Concepts:A Speed of Waves in a StringA Speed of Sound in AirA Resonance in Strings and Air ColumnsA HarmonicsStanding waves in strings and air columns are studied. Usinga sine wave generator to drive a string vibrator, the driving frequency,length, density, and tension of the string are varied toexplore standing waves in strings and to determine the speedof the wave. For the sound waves in the air column, a speakeris used to drive a resonance tube. The driving frequency andthe length of the tube are varied for both open and closedtubes. The relationship between resonant frequency modesand tube length is determined for closed versus open tubes.Experiment Includes:String VibratorWA-9857Sine Wave GeneratorWA-9867Open SpeakerWA-9900Economy Resonance TubeWA-9495Elastic Wave CordSE-9409Physics StringSE-8050Yellow Braided Cord 699-067Drilled Mass and Hanger SetME-8967Universal Table Clamp (2)ME-9376BAdjustable Angle ClampME-8744Super PulleyME-9450Pulley Mounting RodSA-924245 cm Rod (2) ME-8736Banana Plug Cord Set, RedSE-9750Waves Experiment ManualDataStudio Lite Software (for graphing)392Graphs of the square of the frequency versus the hanging mass for two differenttypes of strings have different slopes corresponding to different string densities.PASCO AdvantageThe frequency of the vibration of the string is not limited to the linefrequency so the frequency can be varied, as well as the length andthe tension.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Waves .............................................................................................................................EX-9952www.pasco.com

Reflection and RefractionEX-9987Concepts:A Reflection and RefractionA Index of RefractionStudents experimentally derive the Law of Reflection forcurved and flat mirrors. Snell’s law is explored for bothconcave and convex lenses and the index of refraction fora piece of acrylic material is found.Waves and Optics ExperimentsExperimentsStudents trace rayson the providedtemplates.Experiment Includes:Ray Optics KitBasic Optics Light SourceReflection and Refraction Experiment ManualOS-8516OS-8470Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Reflection and Refraction ......................................................................EX-9987Required:Protractor and RulerSpeed of LightEX-9932Concepts:A Determine the Speedof Light in AirA Recreate Foucault’sHistorical ExperimentRMRotatingMirrorBDBeamSplitterL2 BS S L1AS'MicroscopeFMFixed MirrorLaserCLASS II LASER PRODUCTLASER RADIATION – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM ORVIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTSThe Speed of Light Experiment uses laser light and a highspeedrotating mirror to determine this fundamental constantusing the Foucault method.Laser light passes through a series of lenses to produce animage of the light source at a measured position. The light isthen directed to a rotating mirror, which reflects the light toa fixed mirror at a known distance from the rotating mirror.The laser light is reflected back through its original path anda new image is formed at a slightly different position. Thedifference between final/initial positions, angular velocity ofthe rotating mirror and distance traveled by the light are thenused to calculate the speed of light in air.Experiment Includes:Complete Speed of Light ApparatusSpeed of Light Experiment ManualOS-9261APASCO AdvantagePASCO’s Speed of Light Experiment allows students toexperimentally measure the speed of light within 5% of theaccepted value. In addition, the experiment can be performedon a desktop or in a hallway.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Speed of Light......................................................................................................EX-9932393

ExperimentsWaves and Optics ExperimentsTelescope/MicroscopeEX-9988Concepts:A Multiple Lens SystemsA MagnificationA ParallaxA Description of ImagesStudents construct an astronomical telescope, aGalilean telescope and a compound microscopeon the optical bench. Using a viewing screen withgrid they find and describe the ways in whichimages are changed by the multiple lens systems.The method parallax is used to locate virtualimages. Students draw ray diagrams andmeasure the magnification of the instruments.Experiment Includes:Beginning Optics System OS-8459Includes:Basic Optics Light Source OS-8470Adjustable Lens Holders OS-8474Geometric Lens Set OS-8456Viewing ScreenOS-84601.2m Optics Bench OS-8508Polarization of LightEX-9917A ScienceWorkshopEX-9958 PASPORTA Malus’ Law of PolarizationIn this experiment, Malus’ Law of Polarization is verified byshowing that the intensity of light passed through two polarizersdepends on the square of the cosine of the angle betweenthe two polarization axes.Laser light (peak wavelength = 650 nm) is passed through twopolarizers. As the second polarizer (the analyzer) is rotated byhand, the relative light intensity is recorded as a function of theangle between the axes of polarization of the two polarizers.The angle is obtained using a Rotary Motion Sensor coupled tothe polarizer with a drive belt. The plot of light intensity versusangle can be fitted to the square of the cosine of the angle.PASCO AdvantageLaser light is used in this experiment because its wavelengthis more completely extinguished by the crossed polarizers.Experiment Includes:EX-9917A EX-9958ScienceWorkshop PASPORTPolarization Analyzer OS-8533A OS-8533AOptics Bench (60 cm) OS-8541 OS-8541Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Light SensorCI-6504AHigh Sensitivity Light SensorPS-2176Diode Laser OS-8525A OS-8525APolarization of Light Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Polarization of Light ExperimentDataStudio Lite394Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Telescope and Microscope ...................................................................EX-9988Required:Rubber Bands and RulerA laser beam passesthrough two polarizersto a Light Sensor.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOTSTARE INTO BEAMAs the polarizer is rotated, the intensity of the lightvaries as the square of the cosine of the anglebetween the two polarizers.Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Polarization of Light (ScienceWorkshop)..........................EX-9917APolarization of Light (PASPORT).................................................EX-9958Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface ..................................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software .............................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Brewster’s AngleEX-9919A ScienceWorkshopConcepts:A Polarization by ReflectionA Brewster’s AngleA Fresnel’s Law of ReflectionA Snell’s LawCollimating SlitsEX-9965A PASPORTLight SensorFor reflected beam.Beam SplitterSample beingstudiedWaves and Optics ExperimentsRotary Motion SensorCLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOT STARE INTO BEAMBrewster’s angle is measured and usedto calculate the index of refraction ofthe reflecting material.Light SensorFor calibration.ExperimentsRed Diode LaserPolarizersFor intensity control.Brewster’s angle is determined by finding the angle at which nolight is transmitted through the analyzing polarizer.Developed using original ideas from P.J. Ouseph, Professor of Physics at Universityof Louisville, KY: Polarization of Light by Reflection and the Brewster Angle by P.J.Ouseph, Kevin Driver, and John Conklin, Am. J. Phys. 69, 1166 (2001).Experiment Includes:EX-9919 EX-9965ScienceWorkshop PASPORTBrewster’s Angle Accessory OS-8170A OS-8170ASpectrophotometer Accessory Kit OS-8537 OS-8537Optics Bench (60 cm) (2) OS-8541 OS-8541Aperture Bracket (2) OS-8534A OS-8534ARed Diode Laser OS-8525A OS-8525ARotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120High Sensitivity Light Sensor (2) CI-6604 PS-2176Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Brewster’s Angle Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Brewster’s Angle ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareIn this experiment, light is partiallypolarized when reflected off a nonconductingsurface and Brewster’s angle is measured.Light from a diode laser is reflected off the flat side of anacrylic semi-circular lens. The reflected light passes through apolarizer and is detected by a Light Sensor. The angle of reflection ismeasured by a Rotary Motion Sensor mounted on the Spectrophotometertable. The intensity of the reflected polarized light versus reflected angle isgraphed to determine the angle at which the light intensity is a minimum. This isBrewster’s Angle, which is used to calculate the index of refraction of acrylic.PASCO AdvantageIt is possible to determine the difference in index of refraction fordifferent wavelengths of light. This is accomplished by using a beamsplitterand a second light sensor to compensate for the variationof the laser intensity: The reflected beam intensity is normalizedby the intensity of the laser. This modification to the experimentwas suggested by Cristian Bahrim and Wei-Tai Hsu in the AmericanJournal of Physics article: “Precise measurement of the refractiveindices for dielectrics using an improved Brewster angle method”,Vol. 77, page 337 (2009).Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Brewster’s Angle (ScienceWorkshop)............................................EX-9919ABrewster’s Angle (PASPORT).....................................................................EX-9965ARequired for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface .......................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software ............................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Interface .................................................................................................p. 10-23DataStudio Software ............................................................................................p. 86-89395

ExperimentsWaves and Optics ExperimentsInterference andDiffraction of LightEX-9918 ScienceWorkshopEX-9956 PASPORT Xplorer GLXConcepts:A Two-Slit InterferenceA Single-Slit DiffractionA Multiple-Slit Minor MaximaA Slit Versus Line DiffractionInterference and diffraction patterns from laser light passing throughvarious single-slits and multiple-slits are scanned and plotted inreal-time. These patterns are then examined for similarities anddifferences.The distances between the central maximum and the diffractionminima for a single slit are measured by scanning the laser patternwith a Light Sensor and plotting light intensity versus distance.Also, the distances between interference maxima for two ormore slits are measured. These measurements are compared totheoretical values. Differences and similarities between interferenceand diffraction patterns are examined.CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCTLASER LIGHT – DO NOTSTARE INTO BEAMThe laser interferencepatternis scanned byhand with a LightSensor on aLinear Translator.A computer scan of adouble-slit interferencepattern (slit width 0.08mm and slit separation0.50 mm) is shown abovea photograph of the actuallaser pattern.A GLX scan of double-slit interference pattern and single-slit diffraction pattern.The double slit and the single slit have the same slit width.PASCO AdvantageSince the Linear Translator tracks the position of the Light Sensor,it is not necessary to move the Light Sensor at a constant speed.The intensity versus distance graph is plotted in real-time, showingthe connection between the intensity pattern and the actual laserpattern. Adjustment of the slit size on the Light Sensor mask givesthe resolution required to see detail in the interference patterns.Experiment Includes:EX-9918EX-9956ScienceWorkshop PASPORT1.2 m Optics Track OS-8508 OS-8508Diode Laser OS-8525A OS-8525ASlit Accessories OS-8523 OS-8523Light Sensor CI-6504A PS-2176Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Aperture Bracket OS-8534 OS-8534Linear Translator OS-8535 OS-8535Interference and Diffraction of Light Experiment ManualDataStudio File for Interference and Diffraction of Light Experiment396Downloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Order Information:Interference and Diffraction of Light(ScienceWorkshop)...................................................................EX-9918Interference and Diffraction of Light(PASPORT Xplorer GLX) .....................................................EX-9956Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ..................................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .......................................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Xplorer GLX ........................................................PS-2002 p. 10DataStudio Software ........................................................................................................p. 86-89www.pasco.com

Atomic SpectraEX-9921 ScienceWorkshopEX-9955 PASPORTConcepts:A Hydrogen Balmer SeriesA Helium SpectrumA Mercury DoubletThe wavelengths of the discretelines of the atomic spectra ofvarious gases are measured usinga grating spectrophotometer.The atomic spectra of Hydrogen,Helium and Mercury arescanned by hand using agrating spectrophotometer,which measures relative lightintensity as a function of angle.From the resulting graph, thewavelengths of the spectral linesare determined by measuring theangle from the central maximumto each line. First and secondorder lines are examined. Thespectrum of Sodium (the Sodiumdoublet cannot be resolved) isused to calibrate the diffractiongrating.The wavelengths of the spectrallines are compared to theaccepted values and, in the caseof Hydrogen, the electron orbittransitions corresponding to thelines are identified.PASCO AdvantageThe open construction of thespectrophotometer allows theentire spectrum to be seenwhile the intensity versus angleis graphed in real-time.Experiment Includes:EX-9921 EX-9955ScienceWorkshop PASPORTSpectrophotometer Accessory Kit OS-8537 OS-8537Optics Bench (60 cm) OS-8541 OS-8541Aperture Bracket OS-8534A OS-8534AHigh Sensitivity Light Sensor CI-6604 PS-2176Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120Small Round Base (2) ME-8974 ME-897425 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-8988 ME-8988Low Pressure Sodium Light Source OS-9287B OS-9287BSpectral Lamp Power Supply and Mount SF-9288 SF-9288Mercury Spectral lamp SF-9282 SF-9282Spectral Tube Power Supply and Mount SE-9460 SE-9460Hydrogen Spectral Tube SE-9461 SE-9461Helium Spectral Tube SE-9462 SE-9462Atomic Spectra Experiment ManualDataStudio Files for Atomic Spectra ExperimentDataStudio Lite SoftwareDownloads AvailableEach experiment manual and the DataStudio files may be downloaded free atwww.pasco.comType the experiment number EX-XXXX into the search box to find the download information.Nuclear and Quantum ExperimentsThe Balmer spectral lines of Hydrogen are scanned.The three brightest lines of the Balmer series for Hydrogen.A scan with the Light Sensor set on a higher sensitivityreveals a violet line which cannot be seen in this scan.Helium SpectrumOrder Information:Atomic Spectra (ScienceWorkshop).................... EX-9921Atomic Spectra (PASPORT)............................................. EX-9955Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface ........................................p. 68-72DataStudio Software .............................................................................................p. 86-89Required for use with PASPORT:PASPORT Xplorer GLX ....................................................PS-2002 p. 10PowerLink or SPARKlink ...................................................................................p. 19DataStudio Software .............................................................................................p. 86-89Experiments397

Professional DevelopmentPASCO Professional Development and TrainingA teacher’s time is precious, and we believe it is important to offer Professional Development optionsthat can accommodate a busy schedule. We have several offerings that can be customized to meetyour staff’s needs. Whether it is a group training session on your campus or a web-based learningopportunity, PASCO has a solution that will work for you.Professional Development OpportunitiesScience-Centered TopicsHigh SchoolA BiologyA ChemistryA Earth/EnvironmentalA PhysicsMiddle SchoolA Earth ScienceA Life ScienceA Physical ScienceElementary SchoolA GeneralA Earth ScienceA Life ScienceA Physical ScienceTechnology-Centered TopicsAAAASPARK Science Learning System – Probeware without computersSPARKvue – Probeware with computersDataStudio – Probeware with computersXplorer GLX – Probeware without computersFor a complete listing of opportunities, visitwww.pasco.com/pdAAPASCO’s professional development team includes over 100 current or former teachers enthusiasticabout science teaching.Programs are developed in consultation with customers, learning technology experts, educationalresearchers, and science educators.398www.pasco.com

Teaching with PASCOProfessional DevelopmentComprehensive TrainingAt your SchoolA Work with a PASCO trainer in your science lab usingyour probewareA Learn through an effective mix of demonstrationsand hands-on activitiesA Develop skills to create labs or convert yourexisting labs to take advantage of probewaretechnologyA Conduct classroom-ready experimentsA Integrate an inquiry approach in your teachingto help students learn science conceptsOnline from School or HomeA Series of three 1 1/2 hour sessionsA Delivered by trainers interactively onlineA Learn essentials of equipment with hands-on, skill-building activitiesA Join training sessions from school or from the convenience of homeGet Started QuicklyFree Online TrainingA Join our trainers live online for a 1-hour session to helpyou get startedA Sessions designed for users of SPARK Science LearningSystem, SPARKvue, Xplorer GLX, DataStudioA Walk through a lab activity with an experienced PASCOfacilitator and collect dataFree Online Video and TutorialsA Discover SPARK Science Learning System, SPARKvue,Xplorer GLX and DataStudio featuresA Follow along with each video tutorialA Develop skills as you complete short lab investigationsA Learn to teach complex science concepts usingtechnology through short video demonstrationsPASCO Professional Development800-772-8700 (inside USA) • 916-786-3800 (outside the USA)Email: training@pasco.com • www.pasco.com/pd399

www.pasco.comProduct Numeric Index400526-034......................333540-007......................145540-027......................145699-06621....................56699-161........................82699-195........................81AP-8207.....................342AP-8208.....................342AP-8209.....................342AP-8210.....................340AP-8211.....................340AP-8213.....................202AP-8214.....................202AP-8215A...................345AP-8216.....................202AP-8217.....................203AP-8218.....................345AP-8219.....................345AP-8586.....................347CA-6782B.....................92CA-6783B.....................92CA-6787.......................90CA-6788A.....................99CA-6789A...........100,.101CA-7600C.....................91CA-7601C.....................90CA-7602A.....................93CI-6400.........................72CI-6460...................28,.30CI-6461.................76,.180CI-6462.................36,.253CI-6463...................28,.74CI-6464.................76,.167CI-6465.......................167CI-6499.........................81CI-6503.........................79CI-6504A......................78CI-6506B......................84CI-6507A......................81CI-6512.................70,.254CI-6513.................70,.270CI-6514A..............70,.243CI-6516.........................70CI-6520A......................80CI-6525.........................77CI-6526.........................77CI-6527A......................77CI-6531A......................83CI-6532A......................76CI-6534A......................76CI-6535.........................84CI-6537.........................74CI-6538...........62,.74,.105CI-6539A......................84CI-6541.........................59CI-6542.........................82CI-6543B......................84CI-6545.................29,.126CI-6549.........................43CI-6552A......................70CI-6555.........................79CI-6556.........................79CI-6558.........................76CI-6559.........................83CI-6561.........................81CI-6562.........................80CI-6604.........................78CI-6605A......................77CI-6611.........................73CI-6620...................53,.84CI-6628.........................78CI-6630.........................78CI-6685.........................79CI-6688...................26,.50CI-6689A......26,.105,.197CI-6690...............190,.201CI-6691.................26,.195CI-6692.................27,.132CI-6693.........................26CI-6716.........................57CI-6717...................57,.82CI-6718.........................71CI-6719.........................71CI-6726...................57,.82CI-6727...................57,.82CI-6728...................57,.82CI-6729.........................80CI-6730A......................83CI-6731.........................83CI-6732...................57,.82CI-6733...................57,.82CI-6734...................57,.82CI-6735...................57,.82CI-6736...................57,.82CI-6738.........................82CI-6739A......................80CI-6740.........................79CI-6742A..............74,.127CI-6746.........................74CI-6747.........................81CI-6748.........................74CI-6759A................71,.72CI-6858B..............88,.300CI-6870G..........87,.97,.98CI-6871G..........87,.97,.98CI-6872D..............88,.300CI-6874D..............88,.300CI-6876...................89,.95CI-6882...................89,.95CI-7013.........................95CI-7014.........................95CI-7015.........................95CI-7016.........................95CI-7603...................94,.95CI-7604...................94,.95CI-7605...................94,.95CI-7650...................69,.70CI-9784.........................78CI-9842...................54,.84EM-6711............105,.273EM-6712............105,.273EM-6713............105,.273EM-6714............105,.273EM-6715....................273EM-6722....................273EM-6723....................273EM-6724....................273EM-8090....................270EM-8099....................267EM-8620....................277EM-8621....................277EM-8622....................255EM-8624A..................259EM-8627....................260EM-8628....................260EM-8629....................261EM-8630....................260EM-8631A..................276EM-8632....................261EM-8634....................261EM-8641....................266EM-8642A..................266EM-8644A..................266EM-8648B..................277EM-8652................50,.80EM-8654....................259EM-8655....................261EM-8656..............70,.257EM-8661....................271EM-8662....................271EM-8663....................255EM-8668....................257EM-8675....................255EM-8677....................254EM-8678....................253EM-8679....................254EM-8784....................261EM-8785....................261EM-8812....................262EM-8813....................262EM-8814....................260EM-8815....................260EM-8947............191,.275EM-9099....................260EM-9980A..................277ES-8086......................249ES-9042A...................251ES-9057C...................251ES-9059C...................251ES-9060......................252ES-9061......................251ES-9070......................343ES-9077......................251ES-9078......................250ES-9079......................251ES-9080A...................250ET-8499......................232ET-8593......................246ET-8770......................233ET-8771A....................268ET-8772......................269ET-8773......................268ET-8775......................268ET-8779......................234ET-8781......................234ET-8782......................239ET-8783......................269EX-9901......................361EX-9902......................360EX-9903......................372EX-9904......................371EX-9905......................370EX-9906......................373EX-9907......................374EX-9908......................365EX-9909......................366EX-9910......................380EX-9911......................379EX-9912......................377EX-9913......................387EX-9914......................390EX-9915......................385EX-9917A...................394EX-9918......................396EX-9919A...................395EX-9920......................378EX-9921......................397EX-9925......................358EX-9926......................358EX-9927......................367EX-9928......................367EX-9929......................382EX-9930......................381EX-9931......................389EX-9932......................393EX-9933......................388EX-9935......................363EX-9936......................368EX-9938......................359EX-9939......................359EX-9940......................356EX-9941......................356EX-9942......................368EX-9943......................372EX-9947......................357EX-9948......................355EX-9949......................384EX-9950......................376EX-9951......................357EX-9952......................392EX-9953......................384EX-9954......................376EX-9955......................397EX-9956......................396EX-9957......................390EX-9958......................394EX-9959......................362EX-9960......................369EX-9961......................364EX-9962......................375EX-9963......................375EX-9964......................391EX-9965A...................395EX-9966......................383EX-9967......................386EX-9968......................387EX-9969......................380EX-9970......................373EX-9971......................378EX-9972......................379EX-9973......................355EX-9974......................358EX-9975......................359EX-9976......................364EX-9977......................375EX-9978......................381EX-9985......................382EX-9986......................385EX-9987......................393EX-9988......................394EZ-2331........................66EZ-2333A.....................66EZ-2334........................66EZ-2337........................66EZ-2338........................66EZ-2339........................66EZ-2340........................66EZ-2341........................66ME-1234............130,.224ME-1235....................224ME-6569..............27,.132ME-6616....................120ME-6617......................30ME-6663....................142ME-6664..............38,.117,.131,.142ME-6666......38,.117,.131ME-6667......................58ME-6668......................61ME-6694....................196ME-6743..............25,.127ME-6755....................109ME-6756....................109ME-6757....................109ME-6800....................150ME-6801....................150ME-6802....................150ME-6807A..................179ME-6810................39,.75,.149,.157ME-6812......................62ME-6813....................207ME-6814....................155ME-6815....127,.155,.190ME-6816....................208ME-6819A..................211ME-6821A............39,.157ME-6822............157,.219ME-6824....................151ME-6825A..................151ME-6827....................153ME-6828............123,.132ME-6829..............27,.156ME-6830....................154ME-6831....................154ME-6835....................156ME-6836....................151ME-6837....................199ME-6838A..............37,.75,.149,.164,.216ME-6841............115,.118ME-6842....................183ME-6843....................122ME-6844....................183ME-6848....................182ME-6853....................152ME-6854....................152ME-6855............161,.217ME-6856....................199ME-6936......................60ME-6937......................59ME-6940......................40ME-6941......................40ME-6942......................40ME-6950....................108ME-6951....................108ME-6952....................123ME-6953....................112ME-6954....................112ME-6955....................110ME-6956....................110ME-6957....................116ME-6958....................112ME-6959....................189ME-6960............113,.159ME-6961....................113ME-6962....................113ME-6964....................115ME-6965....................114ME-6966....................114ME-6967....................114ME-6972....................199ME-6977............105,.119ME-6978............225,.290ME-6982............225,.290ME-6983....................177ME-6984....................171ME-6985............165,.177ME-6986....................177ME-6987....................177ME-6988A....................31ME-6989....141,.173,.174ME-6990....................168ME-6991............141,.169,.175,.294ME-6992B..........159,.171,.174-175,.178,.294ME-6993....................177ME-6994....................177ME-6995............132,.177ME-6996....................177ME-6997....................177ME-6998A..................177ME-6999A..................177ME-7003....................141ME-7004....................171ME-7005....................177ME-7008....................177ME-7009....................172ME-7559....................221ME-7566....................223ME-7589....................223ME-7590....................223ME-8088....................192ME-8089....................189ME-8091....................185ME-8092....................158ME-8093....................158ME-8569....................209ME-8574....................124ME-8594............205,.221ME-8598..............42,.205ME-8734....................140ME-8735....................212ME-8736....................212ME-8738....................212ME-8741....................212ME-8743....................214ME-8744....................215ME-8750............105,.132ME-8751....................132ME-8752..............37,.185ME-8930............130,.147ME-8932....................147ME-8933......38,.117,.147ME-8949............105,.158ME-8950A..................186ME-8951....................188ME-8952....................188ME-8953....................188ME-8955....................190ME-8957....................190ME-8960..............27,.200ME-8961....................200ME-8963....................201ME-8966A..................210ME-8968....157,.194,.219ME-8970....................182ME-8971....................116ME-8972....................116ME-8973..............29,.126ME-8974A..................212ME-8975....................159ME-8976....................212ME-8977....................212ME-8978....................213ME-8979....................223ME-8980....................223ME-8981....................223ME-8982....................223ME-8983....................223ME-8984....................223ME-8985....................223ME-8986....116,.134,.220ME-8987....................165ME-8988....................212ME-8995....................215ME-8997......................26ME-8998..............25,.116ME-8999............116,.181ME-9204B....37,.148,.149ME-9207B..............39,.75,.144,.149ME-9215B..........130,.148ME-9239....................135ME-9259A......37,.75,.149ME-9283............130,.145ME-9284....................145ME-9299A..................162ME-9341....................198ME-9355....................213ME-9376B..................215ME-9377A....................38ME-9403A..................148ME-9426A..................140ME-9429B..................111ME-9430....................108ME-9431....................110ME-9432....................110ME-9433....................216ME-9435A..................112ME-9447....................160ME-9448B..........116,.160,.164,.216ME-9450A....38,.164,.216ME-9452A..................111ME-9454....................108ME-9457....................124ME-9458....................112ME-9471A....38,.117,.131ME-9472....................215ME-9481............125,.206ME-9483............164,.216ME-9486....................121ME-9487....................121ME-9488....................122ME-9490....................111ME-9491....................120ME-9493....................112ME-9494....................109ME-9495A..................116ME-9496....................120ME-9497....................123ME-9498A...............37,.75ME-9499.............164,.216ME-9595....................125ME-9774....................194ME-9779....................112ME-9781....................118ME-9804..............38,.117ME-9805................37,.75ME-9806..............37,.117ME-9807....................124ME-9811....................138ME-9812....................138ME-9813....................138ME-9814............138,.177ME-9815....................138ME-9817....................138ME-9819..............37,.149ME-9821..............26,.193ME-9823....................116ME-9825A..........204,.298ME-9827....................184ME-9829....................204ME-9830....................204ME-9833....................196ME-9835....................184ME-9836....................116ME-9837....................193ME-9838....................136ME-9845....................139ME-9847....................194ME-9849....................211ME-9856............138,.177ME-9858....................139ME-9859....................153ME-9864............157,.219ME-9865....................157ME-9866....................182ME-9868....................157ME-9869....................120ME-9872............157,.219ME-9873....................214ME-9875....................220ME-9876............177,.220ME-9878....................136ME-9884..............29,.126ME-9885A............29,.126ME-9887....................204ME-9889....................143ME-9890............143,.219ME-9891....................165ME-9892..............27,.156ME-9893....................152ME-9894....................156MG-8600....................275OS-8170A...................330OS-8451.....................316OS-8452.....................314OS-8453.....................315OS-8454.....................321OS-8455A...................314OS-8456.....................309OS-8457.....................306OS-8458.............316,.334OS-8459.....................319OS-8460.....................309OS-8465.....................307OS-8468.....218,.313,.317OS-8469.....................313OS-8470.............306,.324OS-8471A...........110,.319OS-8472.....................319OS-8473.....................310OS-8474.....................308OS-8476.....................312OS-8477.....................312OS-8479.....................311OS-8480.....................321OS-8481.....................321OS-8482.....................321OS-8483.....................321OS-8484.....................321OS-8485.....................321OS-8486.....................321OS-8487.....................321OS-8488.....................321OS-8489.....................321OS-8490.....................321OS-8491.....................321OS-8492.....................321OS-8494.............310,.313OS-8500.....................320OS-8501.....................336OS-8502.....................336OS-8508.....................311OS-8510.....................309OS-8511.....................324OS-8514.....................335OS-8515C...........305,.318OS-8516A...........307,.324OS-8519.....................309OS-8520.....................310OS-8522.....................308OS-8523.....................317OS-8524.....................310OS-8525A...........316,.334OS-8526A...................335OS-8527A...................152OS-8528A...........321,.334OS-8531.....................317OS-8532.....................309OS-8533A.............27,.311OS-8534B...................316OS-8535...............27,.316OS-8537.....................329OS-8538.....................311OS-8539...............27,.329OS-8541.....................311OS-8542.....................330OS-8543.....................330OS-8544.....................330OS-8546B...................318OS-8548B...................318OS-9107.....................321OS-9109.....................325OS-9131.....................321OS-9132.....................321OS-9133.....................321OS-9134.....................321OS-9135.....................321

Product Numeric Index401OS-9136.....................321OS-9137.....................321OS-9142.....................325OS-9165.....................321OS-9172.....................335OS-9179.....................321OS-9255A...................337OS-9256A...................337OS-9257A...................337OS-9258B...................337OS-9261A...................346OS-9262.....................346OS-9263A...................346OS-9287B...................333OS-9477.....................325PI-2212.......................278PI-6601.......................261PI-6602.......................261PI-6603.......................261PI-8117.................39,.149PI-8127.......................284PI-9588.......................285PI-9877.......................278PK-9023......................252PK-9025......................252PK-9026......................252PK-9031B...................252PM-8761....................218PS-2000........................18PS-2001........................19PS-2002........................10PS-2006........................14PS-2008A.....................21PS-2009........................19PS-2010........................23PS-2100A.....................18PS-2102........................56PS-2103A.............25,.127PS-2104........................28PS-2106A.....................46PS-2107........................41PS-2108........................59PS-2109........................55PS-2110..................58,.60PS-2111........................53PS-2112........................50PS-2113A.....................63PS-2114........................41PS-2115........................48PS-2116A.....................56PS-2117........................58PS-2118........................34PS-2119........................35PS-2120..........26,.62,.105PS-2121........................56PS-2122........................65PS-2124A.....................63PS-2125........................43PS-2126A...............58,.60PS-2127........................45PS-2128................34,.128PS-2129A.....................52PS-2130........................65PS-2131..................44,.77PS-2132........................49PS-2133........................54PS-2134........................45PS-2135............13,.44,.77PS-2136........................35PS-2137................51,.180PS-2138................51,.180PS-2139........................51PS-2140........................55PS-2141........31,.176,.180PS-2142................31,.180PS-2143........................43PS-2146........................42PS-2147........................57PS-2148........................47PS-2149........................47PS-2150........................47PS-2151........................65PS-2152........................54PS-2153........................44PS-2154A.....................62PS-2155..................45,.77PS-2156........................63PS-2157........................44PS-2158........................85PS-2159..................36,.85PS-2160........................48PS-2161........................63PS-2162........................50PS-2163........................64PS-2164........................42PS-2165........................13PS-2168........................55PS-2169........................66PS-2170........................57PS-2174........................62PS-2175..................17,.67PS-2176........................46PS-2177........................46PS-2179........................66PS-2181........................40PS-2184..................48,.79PS-2186........................52PS-2187........................54PS-2189........................28PS-2190........................15PS-2193........................49PS-2194........................58PS-2195........................64PS-2197................45,.247PS-2198................32,.167PS-2199........32,.141,.167PS-2200.................32,.33,...........................76,.167PS-2201..........33,.76,.167PS-2204................33,.167PS-2205................33,.167PS-2206................33,.167PS-2207........................53PS-2400........................22PS-2401........................22PS-2500..................24,.60PS-2505........................89PS-2508........................89PS-2509..................56,.65PS-2510........................65PS-2511........................65PS-2513........................64PS-2515........................77PS-2516................34,.129PS-2517........................13PS-2518........................52PS-2521A.....................59PS-2522........................54PS-2525........................44PS-2526........................13PS-2527........................13PS-2528........................13PS-2529........................13PS-2530........................18PS-2531........................53PS-2532........................53PS-2533........................53PS-2536........................13PS-2539........................13PS-2542........................12PS-2546........................25PS-2547......................180PS-2548................30,.180PS-2549........................13PS-2551........................12PS-2552........................44PS-2553........................23PS-2557........................12PS-2558........................12PS-2565........................57PS-2567........................54PS-2568........................54PS-2570........................21PS-2571..................56,.80PS-2572..................59,.82PS-2573..................56,.81PS-2611................51,.179PS-2635................16,.332PS-2642........................16PS-2664........................98PS-2665........................98PS-2666........................98PS-2680.................. 96-97PS-2681.................. 96-97PS-2682.................. 96-97PS-2688........................12PS-2794........................19PS-2810A.....................98PS-2817A.....................97PS-2826......................101PS-2829A.....................66PS-2873A...................102PS-2879A...................102PS-2893......................102PS-2899......................102PS-2923................23,.102PS-2931......................102PS-2932......................102PS-6524........................80SA-9241.....................164SA-9242.....164,.213,.216SB-9549A...................285SB-9591A...................282SB-9620.....................283SB-9621.....................283SB-9631B...................281SB-9632.....................281SB-9648.....................282SB-9699B...................282SE-6651......................105SE-6849......................232SE-7122......................285SE-7123......................261SE-7139......................247SE-7145......................258SE-7146......................258SE-7194........................16SE-7226......................209SE-7227B...................341SE-7228......................334SE-7231......................248SE-7232......................248SE-7233......................248SE-7235......................341SE-7252................25,.220SE-7256........................25SE-7285......................215SE-7286......................215SE-7287......................221SE-7288......................221SE-7289......................221SE-7316......................209SE-7317......................230SE-7319......................293SE-7327......................229SE-7328......................228SE-7329......................210SE-7331..............181,.299SE-7335B...................137SE-7336......................332SE-7337......................218SE-7338......................332SE-7339......................275SE-7340......................217SE-7341......................263SE-7342......................302SE-7343......................302SE-7344......................302SE-7345................11,.302SE-7347......................220SE-7348......................217SE-7349......................217SE-7351......................279SE-7355......................248SE-7361......................274SE-7370......................210SE-7363..................17,.67SE-7389......................137SE-7390......................276SE-7396A...................210SE-7397A.....................13SE-7443E....................104SE-7445E....................104SE-7526A...................106SE-7531......................103SE-7533......................103SE-7535......................103SE-7537......................103SE-7560......................221SE-7561......................221SE-7562......................221SE-7567......................103SE-7571......................219SE-7573......................326SE-7574......................326SE-7578......................322SE-7581......................308SE-7582......................308SE-7583......................308SE-7584......................308SE-7585................49,.272SE-7586......................211SE-7590......................221SE-7700........................58SE-7939......................351SE-7940......................351SE-7943......................351SE-7944A...................351SE-7945......................351SE-8028A...................120SE-8050......................220SE-8505......................322SE-8506......................322SE-8509......................330SE-8562......................242SE-8568......................209SE-8573......................263SE-8575......................242SE-8576A...................242SE-8587......................279SE-8590......................242SE-8603......................276SE-8604......................277SE-8605......................277SE-8626......................261SE-8636......................242SE-8637......................277SE-8645......................270SE-8646......................270SE-8653......................272SE-8657......................267SE-8658A...................267SE-8681......................276SE-8683......................185SE-8685......................163SE-8686......................303SE-8687......................277SE-8688......................332SE-8689......................285SE-8690......220,.299,.334SE-8691......................248SE-8692......................303SE-8693..............157,.220SE-8694A...................142SE-8695......................218SE-8696......................142SE-8699......................326SE-8700......................106SE-8702C...................224SE-8703A...................223SE-8704A...................223SE-8705......................223SE-8707......................222SE-8708......................222SE-8710......................218SE-8712A...................218SE-8713......................217SE-8714......................217SE-8715......................217SE-8716......................217SE-8717......................217SE-8718......................217SE-8719......................327SE-8723......................222SE-8725......................222SE-8726A...................223SE-8727......................208SE-8728..............157,.220SE-8729......................220SE-8739........................81SE-8740......................140SE-8747..............105,.137SE-8749......................184SE-8756A...................222SE-8757A...................222SE-8758A...................222SE-8759......................223SE-8760..............181,.299SE-8762......................198SE-8764......................207SE-8768......................224SE-8788......................222SE-8792......................281SE-8793......................339SE-8794......................339SE-8796......................334SE-8797......................334SE-8799......................260SE-8802......................207SE-8803......................327SE-8804......................327SE-8805......................335SE-8806......................136SE-8810......................326SE-8827......................218SE-8828......................279SE-8830......................229SE-8834......................265SE-8835......................265SE-8836......................265SE-8837......................264SE-8838......................265SE-8839......................265SE-8840......................107SE-8841......................107SE-8842......................219SE-8847......................265SE-9013......................308SE-9021A...................327SE-9022A...................327SE-9072......................144SE-9076......................144SE-9081......................302SE-9082......................247SE-9084A...................247SE-9086A...................247SE-9087A...................325SE-9089......................241SE-9193......................323SE-9195......................323SE-9197......................323SE-9198......................323SE-9333......................327SE-9349......................223SE-9357......................325SE-9358......................325SE-9359......................325SE-9360......................325SE-9361......................325SE-9372......................215SE-9373......................215SE-9374......................215SE-9406A...................323SE-9407......................323SE-9409..............220,.299SE-9410......................303SE-9442......................214SE-9443..............182,.214SE-9444......................215SE-9445......................214SE-9446......................214SE-9449......................335SE-9451......................213SE-9460......................333SE-9461......................333SE-9462......................333SE-9463......................333SE-9464......................333SE-9465......................333SE-9466......................333SE-9467......................333SE-9468......................333SE-9474......................324SE-9475......................324SE-9476......................324SE-9482......................256SE-9589A...................281SE-9600......................298SE-9601......................298SE-9716B...........334,.339SE-9717......................206SE-9718......................206SE-9719......................209SE-9720A...................279SE-9721A...................279SE-9750......................261SE-9751......................261SE-9756......................261SE-9760......................225SE-9761C...................303SE-9764......................350SE-9767......................322SE-9769A...................106SE-9782......................350SE-9785C...................247SE-9786A...................281SE-9788......................144SE-9789......................247SE-9790......................207SE-9791......................254SE-9981......................256SF-6300......................135SF-6301......................135SF-6302......................135SF-6303......................135SF-6304......................135SF-6305......................135SF-6306......................135SF-6307......................135SF-6308......................135SF-6309......................135SF-6310......................135SF-6311......................135SF-6312......................135SF-6313......................135SF-7579......................277SF-8563......................236SF-8602A...................276SF-8607......................274SF-8608......................274SF-8609......................272SF-8610......................272SF-8611......................272SF-8612......................272SF-8613......................272SF-8614......................272SF-8615......................272SF-8616......................272SF-8617......................272SF-8619......................276SF-8711......................218SF-9068......................249SF-9069......................249SF-9211..............225,.299SF-9214......................133SF-9216......................133SF-9217......................135SF-9224......................135SF-9282......................333SF-9288......................333SF-9289......................333SF-9290......................333SF-9291......................333SF-9292......................333SF-9295......................134SF-9296......................134SF-9297......................134SF-9298......................135SF-9322......................293SF-9323......................293SF-9324......................292SF-9339......................153SF-9404......................293SF-9405......................293SF-9500A...................285SF-9568A...................285SF-9569A...................285SF-9584B....................280SF-9585A...................280SF-9586......................280SN-7900A..................348SN-7901B...................349SN-7902.....................352SN-7927A.............39,.80,.149,.353SN-7941.....................353SN-7942.....................353SN-7949A..................353SN-7956.....................348SN-7970A..................352SN-7971A..................352SN-7972A..................353SN-7995A..................353SN-8110.....................353SN-8111A..................353SN-9085.....................353SN-9794.....................353SN-9795.....................353SN-9796.....................353SN-9797.....................353SN-9798.....................353SN-9799.....................353SP-9268A...................331TD-8497.....................243TD-8513.....................231TD-8550A...................239TD-8551A...................233TD-8552.....................234TD-8553.....................245TD-8554A...................244TD-8555.....................245TD-8556A...................229TD-8557A...................232TD-8558A...................226TD-8561.....................230TD-8564.....................238TD-8565.....................235TD-8570A...................243TD-8572.......27,.105,.240TD-8577.....................235TD-8578.....................227TD-8579A.............27,.228TD-8580A...................245TD-8581.....................241TD-8582.....................233TD-8583.....................233TD-8592.....................241TD-8595...............42,.236TD-8596A...................237TD-8825A...................232TD-8855.....................244WA-7334............181,.299WA-9314B..................338WA-9315....................338WA-9316....................338WA-9318....................338WA-9319....................338WA-9401....................181WA-9495....................296WA-9607....................292WA-9611....................295WA-9612....................297WA-9613....................295WA-9662....................297WA-9757....................295WA-9800....................338WA-9801....................338WA-9802....................338WA-9826....................301WA-9854....................291WA-9857....................288WA-9867............289,.291WA-9870....................291WA-9896....................287WA-9897....................287WA-9898....................287WA-9899............287,.301WA-9900....................296

Replacement Parts and Spares IndexPart For: Part # Part Description Page Part For: Part # Part Description PageAir Track ME-9239 Air Track Riser Block 135Amusement ParkPhysics ME-8734 Springs, Accelerometer 140Balance, Ohaus SE-8708 Mass Set, Ohaus Additional 222Blackboard Optics SE-9406A Replacement Bulbs (12 V, 35 W) 323Blackboard Optics SE-9407 Replacement Bulbs (12 V, 55 W) 323Blackbody SE-8509 Replacement Bulbs for Blackbody 330Calorimetry Set,Basic TD-8825A Calorimetry Cups 232Cart Launcher, Spring ME-6847 Springs, Cart Launcher 122Carts ME-6957 Replacement Axles (4 pack) 116CASTLE Kits EM-8655 Capacitor, 0.1 F 261CASTLE Kits EM-8632 Capacitors (0.025 F, 2 pack) 261CASTLE Kits EM-8630 Light Bulb Sockets (10 Pack) 259CASTLE Kits EM-8628 Light Bulbs (#48, 25 pack) 259CASTLE Kits EM-8631A Liquid Filled Compasses (5 Pack) 276Circuit, AC/DCElectronicsLaboratory EM-8668 Electronic Components 257Circuit,Basic Electricity EM-8663 Electronic Components 255Circuit, Series/Parallel EM-8679 Bulb 254Circuits SE-9756 Alligator Clip Adapters 261Circuits EM-8785 Capacitor Pack 261Circuits SE-8626 Capacitor, 1F 261Circuits EM-8634 Leads, Alligator Clips 261Circuits SE-9751 Patch Cords, Long Black 261Circuits SE-9750 Patch Cords, Long Red 261Circuits SE-7123 Patch Cords, Short 261Circuits EM-8784 Resistor Pack 261Circuits EM-8815 Switch Set 260Circuits EM-8627 Light Bulbs 260Cloud Chambers SE-7945 Radioactive Needle Source, Pb-210 351ColorimeterCI-6747 SE-8739 Cuvettes and Caps 81Colorimeter,PASPORT PS-2509 Replacement Cuvettes/Cap 56Conductivity Sensors PS-2571 Conductivity Probe, 10x 56Dissolved OxygenSensor CI-6541 Membrane Replacement Kit 59Dissolved OxygenSensor PS-2572 Replacement Electrode 82Dynamics Track ME-8972 Adjustable Feet (2) 116Dynamics Track ME-9495 Angle Indicator 116Dynamics Track ME-9823 Dynamics Systems Spares Kit 116Dynamics Track ME-9836 Pivot Clamp 116Dynamics Track ME-8999 Dynamics Track Spring Set 116Dynamics Track ME-8998 Elastic Bumper 116Dynamics Track ME-8971 End Stops (2) 116Dynamics Track ME-9807 Friction Block, Dynamics Track 124Dynamics Track ME-9448B Super Pulley with Clamp 216EKG Sensors CI-6620 EKG Patches 84Eye Model, Human OS-8476 Lens Replacement Set, Human Eye 312Fan Accessory ME-9869 Fan Accessory Guard 120Force AccessoryBracket ME-9884 Bumper Accessory Set 29Force AccessoryBracket ME-9885A Magnetic Bumper Set 29Generator, Mini EM-8814 Light Bulb 260Generator, Mini EM-9099 Light Bulb and Stand 260Goniometer PS-2138 Goniometer Probe 180Goniometer PS-2547 Velcro Straps 180GravitationalTorsion Balance AP-8218 Grav Torsion Balance Bands 345Gyroscope ME-8961 Gyro Disk and Mass 200Heart Rate Sensor,Exercise PS-2518 Replacement Transmitter Belt 52Heat EngineExperiment ME-7559 Container Set, 3 Liter Plastic 221Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus TD-8581 Heat Engine Accessory 241Hooke’s Law Set SE-8749 Spring Set, Hooke’s Law 184Launcher,Mini Projectile ME-9872 Balls, Small Steel 157Launcher,Mini Projectile ME-6836 Launcher Bracket, Mini 151Launchers,Large Projectile ME-6822 Balls, Plastic 157Launchers,Large Projectile ME-9864 Balls, Steel 157Launchers,Large Projectile ME-8968 Mass Set, Spherical 157Launchers,Large Projectile ME-9865 Sights, Projectile Launcher 157Launchers,Projectile SE-8693 Carbon Paper 157Launchers,Projectile ME-9868 Plumb Bobs, Projectile Launcher 157Mapper,Electric Field PK-9031B Conductive Ink Pen 252Mapper,Electric Field PK-9026 Conductive Paper - No Grid 252Mapper,Electric Field PK-9025 Conductive Paper - with Grid 252Matter Model ME-9829 Matter Model Heavy Springs (60) 204Matter Model ME-9830 Matter Model Light Springs (60) 204Matter Model ME-9887 Matter Model Long Springs (60) 204MechanicalEquivalent of Heat TD-8583 Mech Equiv Brush 233MechanicalEquivalent of Heat TD-8582 Mech Equiv Cylinder 233Mechanics System,Microwave System WA-9802 Microwave Mounting Stand 338Microwave System WA-9800 Microwave Receiver 338Microwave System WA-9801 Microwave Transmitter 338Motion Sensors SE-7252 Coffee Filters 25Multimeter withThermometer SB-9632 Thermocouple Probe 281Optics System,Basic OS-8508 1.2m Optics Track 311Optics System,Basic OS-8510 Basic Optics Spares Kit 309Optics System,Introductory OS-9107 Component Carrier, Optics 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8480 Diffraction Set, Intro Optics 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8481 Filter Set, Intro Optics Color 321Optics System,Introductory OpticsIntroductory Optics OS-8487 Component Set 321Optics System,Introductory Optics OS-8486 Introductory Rotating Base 321Optics System,Introductory Optics OS-8485 Introductory Screen/Target 321Optics System,Introductory OS-9131 Lens, Double Concave 321Optics System,Introductory OS-9132 Lens, Double Convex 321Optics System,Introductory OS-9133 Lens, Double Convex 321402www.pasco.com

Replacement Parts and Spares IndexPart For: Part # Part Description Page Part For: Part # Part Description PageOptics System,Introductory OS-9134 Lens, Double Convex 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8490 Lens, Intro Optics 150 mm 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8489 Lens, Intro Optics -150 mm 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8488 Lens, Intro Optics 75 mm 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8492 Lens, Intro Optics Cylindrical 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8491 Lens, Intro Optics Parallel Ray 321Optics System,Introductory OS-9135 Lens, Plano Convex 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8483 Mirror Set, Intro Optics 321Optics System,Introductory OS-9137 Mirror, Advanced Optics Concave 321Optics System,Introductory OS-9136 Mirror, Advanced Optics Flat 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8482 Polarizer Set, Intro Optics 321Optics System,Introductory OS-8484 Slit Set, Intro Optics 321Oscilloscope SB-9648 Oscilloscope Probe 282pH ReplacementElectrode PS-2573 Replacement Electrode 81Photogate ME-8965 Photogate Mounting Stand 178Photogate Tape Set ME-6663 Photogate Tape (30m) 142Photogates ME-9804 2 Cart Picket Fences 117Photogates PI-8117 Cable, Phone Jack Extender 39Photogates ME-9806 Dynamics TrackPhotogate Brackets (2) 117Photogates ME-9805 Photogate Stand 37ResistanceApparatus EM-8813 Wires, Resistance Replacement 262Resonance Tube WA-9662 Replacement Speaker 297RespirationSensors CI-9842 Respiration Belt 54Ripple Tank WA-9898 Ripple Tank Replacement Set 287Roller Coaster ME-9813 Mini Car Set (3 cars) 138Roller Coaster ME-9815 Roller Coaster Spares Kit 138Roller Coaster ME-9814 Roller Coaster Track (9.1 meters) 138Rotary MotionSensors CI-6693 3-Step Pulley 26Rotary MotionSensors ME-8997 Rotary Motion Spares Kit 26Sensors CI-9874 Sensor Handles 24Sensors, PASPORT PS-2500 PASPORT Extension Cable 24Sensors,ScienceWorkshop CI-6516 8-pin DIN Extender Cable 76Spirometer PS-2522 Spirometer Mouth Pieces 54Stress/StrainApparatus AP-8217 Replacement Test Coupons (70) 203Structures ME-6983 Cast Beam Spares 177Structures ME-6985 Flexible I-Beams 177Structures ME-6986 Structures Rod Clamps 177Structures ME-6987 Flat Beams 177Structures ME-6993 Truss Set Members 177Structures ME-6994 Truss Set Screws 177Structures ME-6995 Roadbed Spares 177Structures ME-6996 Cord Lock Spares 177Structures ME-6997 Round Connector Spares 177Structures ME-6998A Axle Spares 177Structures ME-6999A Angle Connector Spares 177Structures ME-7005 Destructible Bridge Spares 177Structures ME-7008 #6 I-Beam Spares 177Tape Timer ME-9284 Tape Timer Supplies 130Temperature Array PS-2552 Temp Array Cable 44Temperature Probe,Patches, ReplacementFast Response PS-2525 Adhesive (temperature) 44Temperature Probes CI-6549 Teflon Sensor Covers (10 Pack) 44Temperature Sensors PS-2153 Temperature Probe 44TemperatureTemperature Probe,Sensors PS-2135 Fast Responses 44TemperatureTemperature Probe,Sensors PS-2131 Skin/Surface 44Turbidity Sensor PS-2511 100 NTU Calibration Standard 65Turbidity Sensor PS-2509 Replacement Cuvettes/Cap 65Turbidity Sensor PS-2510 Silicone Oil 65Van de GraaffGenerator SE-7355 Replacement Belt 248Wave Drivers SE-9409 Cord, Elastic Wave 220Xplorer GLX PS-2527 Battery, Xplorer GLX 13Xplorer GLX PS-2536 Cable, Xplorer GLX Peripheral 13Xplorer GLX PS-2537 Cable, Xplorer GLX Security 12Xplorer GLX PS-2528 Cable, Xplorer GLX USB 13Xplorer GLX PS-2535 Lanyard, Xplorer GLX 12Xplorer GLX PS-2530 Power Adapter, Xplorer 18Xplorer GLX PS-2529 Power Adapter, Xplorer GLX 13Xplorer GLX PS-2550 Screen Protectors, Xplorer GLX 12Xplorer GLX PS-2551 USB Flash Drive 12PI-6601 Batteries, AA 261PI-6603 Batteries, C 261PI-6602 Batteries, D 261ME-9876 Cord, Yellow 220SE-8713 Scale, 0.2 N Spring 217SE-7562 Syringe, Large 221SE-7561 Syringe, Small 221ME-9875 Thread, Black 220403

Product and Topic Index1-Axis Force Platform ....................................31, 76, 1801 MHz 2-Channel Voltage Sensor............................... 152-Axis Acceleration Sensor ........................................ 342-Axis Magnetic Field Sensor .................................... 502-Axis Force Platform ....................................31, 76, 1802-D Magnetic Field Demonstrator ............................ 2762-D Kinesthetics Cart ................................................ 1363-Axis Acceleration Sensor ........................................ 353-Axis Acceleration Altimeter Sensor ........................ 353-Axis Gyroscope ...................................................... 2003-D Magnetic Field Demonstrator ............................ 2763.8 Liter Plastic Container Set .................................. 2215 N Load Cell ......................................................33, 1678-Pin DIN Extender Cable ........................................... 7050 mm Diameter Convex Class, Lens Set ................ 30850 mm Diameter Mixed Lens Set ............................. 30860 cm Optics Bench .................................................. 31160 MHz Digital Storage Oscilloscope ....................... 28375 mm Convex Class, Lens Set................................. 308100 MHz Digital Storage Oscilloscope ..................... 283100 N Load Cell .............................................32-33, 167100 NTU Calibration Standard ................................... 65120 cm Optics Bench ........................................311, 316750 Physics Probeware Bundles ................................. 94404AA-base Adapter for Rotary Motion ...................190, 201A-base Rod Stand ..................................................... 212Aberration, Spherical –See Aperture Access. .......................................... 310Absolute Pressure Sensor, PASPORT ......................... 41Absolute Pressure Sensor,Science Workshop ................................................. 76Absolute Pressure/Temperature Sensor ..................... 42Absolute Zero Apparatus .......................................... 236Absorbers, Radiation ................................................ 353Absorption Spectrometer forXplorer GLX ............................................................ 16AC/DC Electronics LabElectronic Components ........................................ 256AC/DC Electronics Laboratory .....................70, 256-257AC/DC Motor ............................................................ 267Acceleration Altimeter Sensor,PASPORT 3-Axis ..................................................... 35Acceleration Demonstrator, Vertical......................... 153Acceleration –Freefall ..........................................................143-145Acceleration Sensor,PASPORT 2-Axis ..................................................... 34PASPORT 3-Axis ..................................................... 35ScienceWorkshop .................................................. 76Acceleration Tank, Rotational ................................... 190Accelerometer Springs ............................................... 34Accelerometer, Amusement Park ............................. 140Accelerometer, Visual ................................................. 34Accessory Photogate ..........................................37, 149Accuracy - See Significant Figures ........................... 211Achromatic Prism Pair ............................................... 327Acid Base – See pH Sensor..................................56, 81Acoustics Demonstration Disc .................................. 303Acoustic Resonance - see Resonance Tube ............. 296Acoustics, Sound Sensor ......................................55, 84Activity Based PhysicsHigh School CD .................................................... 105Adapter, Freefall Timer ............................................. 144Adapters, NI Elvis LabVIEW ....................................... 71Adapters,ScienceWorkshop-to-PASPORT ............................. 85Adiabatic Compression Fire Syringe ........................ 235Adiabatic Gas Law Apparatus .................................. 235Adjustable Angle Clamp ........................................... 215Adjustable End Stops ................................................ 116Adjustable Feet ......................................................... 116Adjustable Lens ................................................310, 313Adjustable Lens Holder ............................................. 308Adjustable Speed Motorized Cart ............................ 118Adjustable Tuning Fork ............................................. 302Advanced NuclearSpectroscopy System ........................................... 349AdvancedStructures Set ................... 159, 171, 174-175, 178, 294Air Cannon ................................................................ 210Air Core Solenoid ...................................................... 272Air Friction Coin and Feather .................................... 144Air Pressure – See Barometer ..............................63, 83Air Pressure Demo .................................................... 210Air Rocket .................................................................. 142Air Source, Cordless ................................................. 136Air Supply, Variable Output ...............................133-134Air Tracks and Accessories ................................133-135AirLink 2 ...................................................................... 23Alcohol Thermometer ............................................... 247Alligator Clip Adapters ............................................. 261Alligator Clip Leads ................................................... 261Alignment Bench, Laser ............................................ 335Alnico Magnets ......................................................... 277Alpha Sources ........................................................... 353Altimeter/3-Axis Accelerometer ................................. 35Altitrak....................................................................... 131Altitude..........................................................35, 67, 131Aluminum Table Clamp ............................................. 215Aluminum Tracks ................................................110-112Ammeter.................................................................... 285Amplifier, 750 Power .................................................. 70Amplifier, GLX Power .................................................. 14Amplifier, Dual Load Cell ....................................33, 167Amplifier Set with Load Cell .........................32-33, 167Amusement Park Physics .......................................... 140Amusement Park Physics Handbook ........................ 140Analog Adapter,ScienceWorkshop-to-PASPORT ............................. 85Analog NI ELVIS LabVIEW Adapter ............................ 71Analog Oscilloscope, Digital Storage ....................... 282Anemometer/Weather Sensor.................................... 62Angle Indicator (Dynamics Track) ............................. 116Angle Sensor-See Human Arm ................................... 51Angular Momentum Experiment,Conservation of .................................................... 369Aperture Accessory (Basic Optics) ........................... 310Aperture Bracket Handle .......................................... 316Aperture Bracket, Light Sensor ................................ 316Aquatics Productivity Bottles ...................................... 59Archimedes’ Principle Experiment ............................ 366Arm Model, PASPORT Human ............................51, 179Atmospheric Pressure Demonstrator ........................ 210Atmospheric Pressure Sensor -See Barometer .................................................63, 83Atmospheric Properties Chamber ............................. 207Atomic Spectra Experiment ...................................... 397Atwood’s Machine .................................................... 164Audio and Video Communication Kit ........................ 339Avogadro-See Mole Set ........................................... 211BBalance Stand, Force Sensor ...................................... 30Balance, Current ....................................................... 274Balance, Equal Arm ................................................... 152Balance, Inertial ........................................................ 185Balances, Electronic .................................................. 222Ball Launchers ....................................................150-152Ballistic Cart Accessory ............................................ 121Ballistic Pendulum .................................................... 154Ballistic Pendulum Accessory .....................27, 139, 156Ballistic Pendulum Experiment,PASPORT .............................................................. 362Ballistic Pendulum,Catcher Accessory ............................................... 155Ballistic Pendulum, Roller Coaster ...........................139Balls...................................................................157, 219Balls, Gravitational Torsion ....................................... 344Banana Plugs ............................................................ 261Banana-to-Alligator Clip Adapters ........................... 261Bar Magnets ............................................................. 277Barium-133 ................................................................ 353Barium-137m ............................................................. 353Barometer, ScienceWorkshop ..................................... 83Barometer/Low Pressure Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 63Base, Large Rod ........................................................ 212Base, Small “A” ........................................................ 212Base, Small Round .................................................... 212Base, Support Rod .................................................... 212Basic Electricity Lab .................................................. 255Basic Magnetic Blackboard Optics ........................... 323Basic Optics Spares Kit ............................................ 309Basic Optics Systems .........................................304-305Basic Optics Slit Accessories ................................... 317Basic Optics Viewing Screen .................................... 309Basic PAStrack Dynamics System ............................ 113Basic Roller Coaster .................................................. 138Basic Suction Blackboard Optics System ................. 323Batteries .................................................................... 261Battery Holders ......................................................... 260Battery, Xplorer GLX.................................................... 13Beads, UV .................................................................. 334Beakers..............................................................209, 221Beam Bending ...................................................165, 176Beams................................................................165, 177Beck Angle Mass Hanger ......................................... 223Beginning Optics System .......................................... 319Bell Jar, Student ....................................................... 207Bench Connectors, Optics ......................................... 311Bench Couplers, Advanced Optics ............................ 325Bench, Optics ............................................................ 311Bernoulli Cart Accessory ...................................125, 206Bernoulli-See Venturi ................................................ 205Beta Sources ............................................................. 353Bicycle Gyro .............................................................. 199Biomechanics .....................................................178-180Blackboard Optics Accessories ................................. 323Blackboard Optics System ........................................ 323Blackbody ..........................................................330, 378Blackbody Light Source ............................................. 330Blood Pressure Cuffs ................................................... 53Blood Pressure Sensor, PASPORT ............................... 53Blackbody Radiation Experiment .............................. 378Blower, Air................................................................. 136Bluetooth USB Adapter ............................................... 23BNC Adapter ............................................................... 79Bottles, Aquatic Productivity ...................................... 59Bounce/No Bounce Ball Set ..............................119-220Brachistochrone-See Roller Coaster ......................... 138BracketsDiscover Collision ..........................................29, 126Eye Model ............................................................ 313Multi Fan .............................................................. 120Photogate .......................................................37. 117Structures for Force Platform ........................31, 176Breadboards .............................................................. 256Breathing Sensor-See Respiration .......................54, 84Breathing Sensor-See Spirometer .............................. 54Brewster’s Angle Accessory ..................................... 330www.pasco.com

Brewster’s Angle Experiment ................................... 395Bridge Deflectionsee Displacement Sensor .................................... 176Bridge Set, Structures .......................141, 169, 175, 294Bridge Shaking .......................................................... 294Broad Spectrum Light Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 47ScienceWorkshop .................................................. 78Buggy, Constant Speed ............................................. 120Bulbs, Replacement forSeries/Parallel Circuit .......................................... 254Bumper Accessory Set ........................................29, 126Bumper Set, Magnetic ........................................29, 126Bumper Stickers ........................................................ 221Bumper, Elastic............................................................ 25Bundles............................................................................Entry 750 Physics ..............................................94-95Entry GLX Physics..............................................96-97Physics Economy Bundle GLX ................................ 99Physics Lab GLX ................................................... 100Intermediate 750 Physics..................................94-95Intermediate GLX Physics .................................96-97Physics Starter Sensor ........................................ 102Physics Standard Sensor ..................................... 102Standard 750 Physics........................................94-95Standard GLX Physics .......................................96-97Buoyancy ...........................................................208, 366Buoyant Force – See Density Set ............................. 209Buret Clamp .............................................................. 214C“C” Clamps ................................................................ 215Cable, 8-pin DIN Sensor Extender .............................. 76Cable, PASPORT Sensor Extension ............................. 24Cable, PASPORT Temperature Array .......................... 44Cable, Peripheral for Xplorer GLX ............................... 13Cable, Phone Jack Extender ...............................39, 149Cable, Security for Xplorer GLX .................................. 12Cable, Xplorer GLX USB .............................................. 13Cadmium-109 ............................................................ 353Calibrated Polarizer ................................................... 325Calibration Standard, 100 NTU .................................. 65Caliper, Optics ...........................................218, 313, 317Calipers, Vernier ........................................................ 218Calorimeter Cup ........................................................ 232Calorimeter, Energy Transfer .................................... 232Calorimetry Set ......................................................... 232Can, Overflow ........................................................... 209Cannon, Air ............................................................... 210Cans, Radiation ......................................................... 243Capacitor Assortment ............................................... 261Capacitor Box, Decade .............................................. 285Capacitor Circuit ....................................................... 254Capacitor, 1 Farad ..................................................... 261Capacitor, Basic Variable .......................................... 251Capacitor, CASTLE Kit ............................................... 259Capacitor, Variable .................................................... 251Capacitors ................................................................. 261Car Sail ...................................................................... 125Carbon Dioxide Sensor, .............................................. 60PASPORT ................................................................ 60ScienceWorkshop ................................................. 81Carbon Paper .....................................................157, 220Carnot Efficiency ....................................................... 238Carriage, Dynamics Track Optics .............................. 319Cart Adapter Accessory ......................................25, 127Cart Damping Accessory ........................................... 123Cart Launcher ............................................................ 122Cart Launcher, Spring ................................................ 122Cart, GLX Mobile ......................................................... 12Carts and Accessories2-D Kinesthetic Cart............................................. 136Accelerometer, Visual ............................................ 34Adjustable-Speed Motorized Cart ....................... 118Angle Indicator ..................................................... 116Ballistic Cart Accessory ....................................... 121Bernoulli Cart Accessory..............................125, 206Bumper Accessory Kit ....................................29, 126Cart Adapter Accessory .................................25, 127Cart Damping Accessory...................................... 123Cart Launcher ....................................................... 122Collision Cart ........................................................ 109Compact Cart Mass ............................................. 109Constant Velocity Cart ......................................... 118Constant-Force Cart ......................................119-120Drop Rod Accessory ............................................. 121Dynamics Cart Tracks ........................................... 112Elastic Bumper ...............................................25, 116End Stops, Adjustable.......................................... 116Fan Accessory ...................................................... 120Fan Cart ................................................................ 119Feet, Adjustable ................................................... 116Friction Accessory, Discover ................................ 124Friction Cart Accessory ........................................ 124GOcar ................................................................... 108Kinesthetic Cart ................................................... 137Magnetic Bumper Set ....................................29, 126Mass Bar .............................................................. 109Measurement Systems .................................126-131Mechanical Oscillator/Driver ............................... 132Motion Sensor .........................................25, 74, 127Motorized Cart ..................................................... 118Multi-Fan Bracket ................................................ 120PAScar .................................................................. 108Plunger Cart ......................................................... 109Push/Pull Accessory ............................................. 132Relative Motion - See PAStrack Wheel Set........ 115Replacement Axles .............................................. 116Sail ....................................................................... 125Super Pulley with Clamp .............116, 160, 164, 216Timing Options ..............................................146-149Tracks ................................................................... 112Wheels, Replacement .......................................... 116Case, GLX Storage ...................................................... 12Cast Beams ............................................................... 172CASTLE Curriculum Guide ......................................... 258CASTLE Kit .........................................................258-259Catcher Accessory, Mini ........................................... 155Catcher Accessory, Projectile ...................127, 155, 190Catcher, Projectile .............................................155, 190Cavendish Balance .............................................344-345Cavity Radiation Experiment ..................................... 377Center of Gravity-See Stability Model ..................... 159Cent-O-Gram Balance ............................................... 222Centripetal ForceAccessory (Computer Based) ............................... 189Accessory (Rotating Platform) ............................. 188Apparatus ............................................................. 192Demonstration ..................................................... 189Discovery (Hand-Held) ......................................... 193Experiment ........................................................... 358Pendulum ............................................................. 193Rotational Inertia ................................................. 188Rotational Tank .................................................... 190Rotary Motion ........................................................ 26Cesium-137 ............................................................... 353Chair, Rotating........................................................... 199Chaos Experiment ..................................................... 374Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory ....................26, 197Charge – See Electrometer ...................................... 250Charge of an Electron Experiment ............................ 382Charge Producers and Proof Plane ........................... 251Product and Topic IndexCharge Sensor, PASPORT ............................................ 49Charge Sensor, ScienceWorkshop .............................. 79Charge Set, Discover ................................................ 249Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper ................. 252Charge/Discharge Circuit .......................................... 253Charging Station, SPARK SLS ..................................... 21Charging Station, Xplorer GLX .................................... 12Charts, Spectrum ...................................................... 332Chemistry Sensor, PASPORT ....................................... 57Chime Set .................................................................. 302Chladni Plates Kit ...................................................... 292Chladni Violin Plate ................................................... 293CI Sensor Voltage Monitor ......................................... 73CI Load Cell Amplifier .........................................76, 167Circuit Components ............................................260-261Circuit, Charge/Discharge ......................................... 253Circuit, Resistor-Capacitor ........................................ 254Circuit, RLC ..........................................................70, 254Circuit, Series/Parallel .............................................. 254Circuits ...............................................................253-260Circular MotionCentripetal Force ...................................188-189, 192Complete Rotational System ........................186-187Demo Centripetal Force ....................................... 189Discover Rotation Apparatus ............................... 198Intro. Rotational Apparatus ................................. 198Rotary Motion Sensor .......................................26 74Clamp, Pivot .............................................................. 116Clamps................................................................214-215Classic Cart Mass ..................................................... 109Classic Dynamics System ......................................... 111Classroom Density Set .............................................. 209Cloud Chamber .......................................................... 351CO 2 Gas Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 60Science Workshop ................................................. 81Cobalt ........................................................................ 353Coffee Filters .......................................................25, 220CoilsAir Core Solenoid ................................................. 272Coil Base, Helmholtz ............................................ 273Coils and Cores Set ............................................. 272Detector Coils ...................................................... 273Field Coil .............................................................. 273Helmholtz ............................................................. 273LED Indicator ........................................................ 273Primary and Secondary ........................................ 272Sonometer Driver/Detector ................................. 295Workshop Physics Coils ....................................... 273Coin and Feather Tube .............................................. 144Collision Cart with Mass .......................................... 109Color Filter Set (for Ray Box) .................................... 325Colorimeter, PASPORT ................................................ 56Colorimeter, ScienceWorkshop ................................... 81Colorimeter, Water Quality ......................................... 66Communications Kit, Fiber Optics ............................ 339Compact Cart Mass .................................................. 109Compact Thermal Expansion .................................... 227Compass, Liquid Filled ......................................259, 276Compass, Transparent............................................... 276Complete e/m System .............................................. 344Complete Interferometer System ............................. 337Complete Roller Coaster ........................................... 138Complete Rotational System .............................186-187Component Carrier, Intro Optics ............................... 321Components, Spectrophotometer ............................. 329Comprehensive Physics SystemsStarter .................................................................... 91Thermodynamics/Waves ....................................... 92Electricity/Magnetism ........................................... 92Experiments ........................................................... 90Compression Ignitor .................................................. 235405

Product and Topic IndexComputer InterfacingDataStudio Software ....................................7, 86-87Nuclear Systems ...........................................348-349PASPORT .......................................................... 23223ScienceWorkshop .............................................68-84Computer Software ..........................................22, 86-87Computer-Based Centripetal Force ...................189, 192Computer-Based Diffraction System ........................ 314Computer-Based Optics System ............................... 318Computer-Based Thermal Expansion ........................ 228Concave Mirror Accessory ........................................ 309Concave Mirror, Demonstration Size ........................ 326Concave/Convex Mirror Assembly ........................... 306Conceptual Physics DVD ........................................... 106Conduction Apparatus, Heat ..................................... 231Conduction, Thermal ..........................................230-231Conductive Ink Pen .................................................... 252Conductive Paper ...................................................... 252Conductive Shapes ................................................... 251Conductive Spheres .................................................. 251Conductivity Replacement Probe ..........................56, 80Conductivity Sensor Probe, 10x ............................56, 80Conductivity Sensor, PASPORT ................................... 56Conductivity Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ..................... 80Conductivity, Thermal ........................................230-231Conservation of Angular MomentumExperiment ........................................................... 369Rotary Motion ....................................................... 26Conservation of Energy Experiments ................363, 364Conservation of MomentumExperiment ........................................................... 361Constant Acceleration, ..................................................see Visual Accelerometer .............................128-129Constant Force Cart ...........................................119-120Constant Speed Buggy .............................................. 120Constant Velocity Cart –See Motorized Cart .............................................. 118Constant Velocity Tubes ............................................ 132Constant Volume Gas ThermometerSee Absolute Zero Apparatus ............................. 236Constants, Measurement ofCharge of an Electron .......................................... 382Coulomb Constant ........................................343, 381Newton’s Gravitational Constant .........344-345, 365Permittivity of Free Space ...........................343, 381Speed of Light ...............................................346-347Container Set, 3.8 Liter Plastic ................................. 221Connectors, Optics Bench ......................................... 311ConstructionSee Structures ..............................................166-178Convex Class Set, Lenses ......................................... 308Convex Mirror, Demonstration Size .......................... 326Convex/Concave Mirror ............................................ 306Cord, Elastic Wave ............................................220, 299Cord, Rubber .....................................................116, 134Cord, Yellow ......................................................177, 220Cordless Air Source .................................................. 136Cords, Patch .............................................................. 261Cores ......................................................................... 272Corner Reflector Set ................................................. 326Coulomb’s Law Apparatus ........................................ 343Coulomb’s Law Experiment ....................................... 381Counter, Radiation..................................................... 352Coupled Harmonic Oscillators, Air Track .................. 134Covers, Temperature Sensor ....................................... 43Cuffs, Blood Pressure .................................................. 53Current Balance ........................................................ 274Current, PASPORT High............................................... 49Current Probe .............................................................. 48Current Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ............................. 79Current Sensor-See Galvanometer ............................. 48Current/Voltage Sensor, PASPORT ............................. 48406Curved PAStrack ........................................................ 115Cuvettes, Colorimeter ...........................................56, 81Cuvettes, Turbidity Replacement ................................ 65DDamped Harmonic Motion ........................................ 373Damping Accessory, Cart .......................................... 123Damping Accessory, Magnetic .........................123, 132Damping, Passive ...................................................... 176Data Logging .............................................10, 18, 21, 72DataStudio Software .............................................86-87DataStudio Training .................................................. 398DataStudio Workbooks ............................................... 89DataStudio/WAVEPORT ......................................88, 300DC Power Supply ...................................................... 278Decade Capacitance Box .......................................... 285Decade Resistance Box ............................................ 285Demo Spring Scale ................................................... 217Demonstration Centripetal Force ............................ 189Accessory ............................................................. 189Demonstration Mirrors ......................................326-327Demonstration Spring Set ........................................ 182Demonstration System, Pulley .................................. 163Demonstrations in Physics ........................................ 107Density Circulation Model ........................................ 208Density Sets .............................................................. 209Desktop Electricity Kit ............................................... 255Destructible Bridge Members ................................... 171Detector Coil ............................................................. 273Detector, Particle ...................................................... 350Detector Probe, Microwave ...................................... 338Detectors, Nuclear .................................................... 350Dew Point Sensor ....................................................... 62Dial Spring Scales ..................................................... 217DiffractionGratings ................................................................ 325High Precision Slits, Basic Optics........................ 315High Precision Slits, Intro Optics ......................... 321Optics Kit .............................................................. 317Sensor Based ....................................................... 314Slits (Basic Optics) ............................................... 317Slits (Intro Optics) ................................................ 321Slits, Electroformed ............................................. 321Diffusion Cloud Chamber .......................................... 351Diffusion/Osmosis Apparatus ..................................... 40Digital Adapter,ScienceWorkshop-to-PASPORT .......................36, 85Digital Calipers ......................................................... 218Digital Dial Thermometer ......................................... 247Digital Tesla Meter ................................................... 277Digital LCR Meter ..................................................... 281Digital Light Meter .................................................... 325Digital Mini-Strobe ................................................... 225Digital Multimeters ................................................... 281Digital NI ELVIS LabVIEW Adapter ............................. 71Digital Photogate Timer System ............................... 148Digital Sound Level Meter ........................................ 303Digital Storage Oscilloscopes ............................282-283Digital Stopwatch .............................................130, 224Digital Stroboscope ..........................................225, 299Digital Thermometers ............................................... 247Digital VideoFlex, USB .............................................. 341Diode Laser ...............................................316, 321, 334Dip Needle ................................................................ 276Dioxide Glass ............................................................ 327Discharge Sphere, Van de Graaff ............................. 248Discover Centripetal Force ........................................ 193Discover Charge Set ................................................. 249Discover Collision Bracket ..................................29, 126Discover Density Set .................................................209Discover Freefall Accessory ...................................... 152Discover Freefall System .......................................... 143Discover Friction Accessory ...................................... 124Discover Pi Set .......................................................... 211Discover Reflection Kit ............................................. 327Discover Rotation Apparatus .................................... 198Displacement Sensor, PASPORT .........................33, 176Dissolved Oxygen Replacement Probe .................59, 82Dissolved Oxygen Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 59Science Workshop ................................................. 82Dissolved Oxygen Electrode ....................................... 82Doppler Rocket .......................................................... 301Double Rod Clamp .................................................... 214Driven Damped Harmonic OscillatorExperiment ........................................................... 373Driver, Mechanical Oscillator ................................... 132Driver, Mechanical Wave ......................................... 292Drop Counter, High AccuracyPASPORT ................................................................ 58Science Workshop ................................................. 81Drop Rod Accessory .................................................. 121Drop Shoot Accessory ............................................... 153Dual Load Cell Amplifier .....................................33, 167Dual Pressure Sensor, PASPORT ................................ 40Dual Trace Oscilloscope ............................................ 282DVD Sets ............................................................106-107Dynamics Cart Tracks .........................................112-113Dynamics Carts ..................................................108-109Dynamics Set, Inclined Plane ................................... 114Dynamics System,Classic .................................................................. 111PAScar .................................................................. 110PAScar Expanded ................................................. 110PAStrack ............................................................... 113Photogate-Ready .................................................. 109Spares Kit ............................................................. 116Spring Set ....................................................116, 181Super .................................................................... 111Dynamics Track Mount, Rotary Motion ..............27, 132Dynamics Track Optics Kit ........................................ 110Dynamics Track Support Reactions .......................... 159EEarth’s Magnetic Field Experiment ........................... 387Eco Chamber ............................................................... 58Economy CASTLE Kit ................................................. 259Economy Force Sensor ................................................ 74Economy Resonance Tube ........................................ 296Economy Wave Driver ............................................... 291EcoZone System .......................................................... 61Efficiency, Thermal .................................................... 238EKG Electrode Patches ..........................................53, 84EKG Sensor, PASPORT ................................................ 53EKG Sensor, ScienceWorkshop .................................. 84Elastic Wave Cord .............................................220, 299ElasticityHooke’s Law .................................................184, 357Stress/Strain ...................................27, 202-203, 367Electric Field Mapper ................................................ 252Electric Launcher, Air Track ....................................... 134Electric Plume for Van de Graaff .............................. 216Electric Whirl for Van de Graaff ............................... 248Electrical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus .................. 248Electrical Equivalent of Heat Experiment ................. 375Electricity Kit, Desktop .............................................. 255Electricity Lab, Basic ................................................. 255Electricity/Magnetism Option,Comprehensive ...................................................... 92Electrocardiogram Sensor .....................................53, 84www.pasco.com

Electrode Patches, EKG .........................................53, 84Electroformed Diffraction Slits ................................. 321Electrolysis - See Hydrogen Fuel Cell................263-265Electromagnetic Ring Launcher ................................ 271Electrometer .............................................................. 250Electron Charge – Millikan Oil Drop.................340, 382Electronics Breadboards ........................................... 256Electronics Invention Kits ......................................... 258Electronics Laboratory, AC/DC...........................256-257Electroscope .............................................................. 249Electrostatics Materials Kit, Classic ........................ 249Electrostatics SystemsBasic Electrostatics System ................................ 250Charge Producers ................................................. 251Charge Sensor ........................................................ 79Conductive Spheres ............................................. 251Discover Charge Set ............................................ 249Electrometer ......................................................... 250Faraday Ice Pail .................................................... 251Field Mappers ...................................................... 252Power Supply ....................................................... 251Van de Graaff ....................................................... 248Variable Capacitor................................................ 251Voltage Source ..................................................... 251e/m Apparatus .......................................................... 344e/m Replacement Tube ............................................. 344ELVIS Adapters ............................................................ 71Emission Spectrometer forXplorer GLX ....................................................16, 332End Stops, Track ........................................................ 116Energy Conservation .........................................363, 364Energy ConversionSee Generators .............................................268-270See Hydrogen Fuel Cell ...............................268, 270See Motor Generator Kit ..................................... 270See Thermoelectric .............................................. 239Energy SystemsCalorimeter .......................................................... 232Friction ................................................................. 233Generator Gearing ............................................... 268Generator, Flywheel ............................................. 268Heat Conduction .................................................. 231Hydro Accessory .................................................. 269Solar ..................................................................... 246Thermal Hammer ................................................. 234Thermoelectric ..................................................... 239Wind Turbine ........................................................ 269Energy Transfer, Calorimeter .................................... 232Energy Transfer, Friction ........................................... 233Energy Transfer, Generator ....................................... 268Energy Transfer, Solar ............................................... 246Energy Transfer, Thermoelectric ............................... 239Engine, Stirling .......................................................... 242Engineering Problem-Solving Kit .............................. 208Entry Optics Systems ................................................ 319Equal Arm Balance .................................................... 158Equal Length Spring Set ........................................... 182Equilateral Prism ....................................................... 327Equilibrium- See Force Distribution .......................... 158Equipotential and Field Mapper ............................... 252Ethanol Sensor, PASPORT ........................................... 58Exercise Heart Rate .................................................... 52Expansion, Thermal ............................................226-229Experiments........................................................354-397Archimedes’ Principle .......................................... 366Atomic Spectra .................................................... 397Atwood’s Machine ............................................... 355Ballistic Pendulum ............................................... 362Blackbody Radiation ............................................ 378Brewster’s Angle .................................................. 395Capacitance ......................................................... 382Cavity Radiation ................................................... 377CD, Experiment Resource .................................... 354Centripetal Force .................................................. 358Centripetal Force on a Pendulum ........................ 358Chaos ................................................................... 374Charge of an Electron .......................................... 382Conservation of Angular Momentum .................. 369Conservation of Energy ........................................ 363Conservation of Energy II ..................................... 364Conservation of Momentum ................................ 361Coulomb’s Law ..................................................... 381Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillator ................... 373Earth’s Magnetic Field ......................................... 387Electrical Equivalent of Heat ............................... 375Electrostatic Charge ............................................. 381Faraday’s Law of Induction .................................. 390Heat Engine Cycle ................................................ 379Hooke’s Law ......................................................... 357Ideal Gas Law ...................................................... 376Impulse ................................................................. 360Interference and Diffraction of Light ................... 396Large Amplitude Pendulum.................................. 370LRC Circuit ............................................................ 385LRC Resonance .................................................... 386Magnetic Fields in Coils ...................................... 389Magnetic Forces on Wires .................................. 388Materials Stress Strain........................................ 367Motion Graph Matching ...................................... 359Newton’s Laws..................................................... 356Ohm’s Law ............................................................ 384Polarization of Light ............................................. 394Projectile Motion ................................................. 355Ratio of Specific Heats ........................................ 380RC Circuit ............................................................. 385Reflection and Refraction .................................... 393Resistivity ............................................................. 383Rotational Inertia ................................................. 368Sliding Friction ..................................................... 359Specific Heat ........................................................ 375Speed of Light ...................................................... 393Telescope/Microscope ......................................... 394Torsional Pendulum .............................................. 372Universal Gravitational Constant......................... 365Variable-g Pendulum ............................................ 371Vibrating String .................................................... 391Waves .................................................................. 392Work Energy Theorem ......................................... 364Experiments and Demonstrationsin Physics ............................................................. 103EXPERT Engineering Program ................................... 158Explorations in Physics Lab Manual ........................... 98Explorer-See Xplorer ................................................... 18Extension Cable .......................................................... 24Eye Model Bracket .................................................... 313Eye Model, Human .............................................312-313ezSample Test Kits, Water Quality ............................. 66FFabry-Perot Interferometer ....................................... 337Fan Accessory ........................................................... 120Fan Accessory Guard ................................................ 120Fan Bracket, Multi ..................................................... 120Fan Cart ..................................................................... 119Faraday Ice Pail and Shield ...................................... 251Faraday’s Law of Induction Experiment .................... 390Fast Response Temp Probe ...................................44, 77Feet, Track ................................................................. 116Fence, Large Picket for Photogate ..............................38Fence, Picket for Smart Timer .............................38, 117Fermentation - see Eco Chamber ............................... 58Fiber Optics Communications Kit ............................. 339Product and Topic IndexField Coil ................................................................... 273Field Guide, Water ...................................................... 66Field Mapper Kits ...................................................... 252Filter Set, Intro Optics Color ..................................... 325Filter Set, Ray Box Color ........................................... 324Filters, Coffee ......................................................25, 220Filters, Color .............................................................. 325Filters, UV .................................................................. 334Fire Syringe ............................................................... 235Flash Drive, USB ......................................................... 12Flex Rod ..................................................................... 213Flexible I-beam ..................................................165, 177Float and Chain EngineeringProblem-Solving Kit ............................................. 208Flow Rate, ScienceWorkshop ..................................... 83Flow Rate/Temperature Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 66FluidsAtmospheric Pressure Demo ............................... 210Bell Jar, Student .................................................. 207Bernoulli Cart Accessory..............................125, 206Magdeburg Plates ............................................... 206Magdeburg Plates Accessory .............................. 206Tornado Tubes ...................................................... 210Venturi Apparatus ................................................ 205Flywheel Accessory, Energy Transfer ....................... 268Force Accessory Bracket ........................................... 126Force and Motion Track ............................................ 112Force Distribution Apparatus and System ................ 158Force Platform Handle Set .......................................... 30Force Platform, PASPORT 1-Axis ................31, 176, 180Force Platform, PASPORT 2-Axis ........................31, 180Force Platform, ScienceWorkshop ......................76, 180Force Platform Structures Bracket ......................31, 176Force SensorAccessory Bracket .................................................. 29Balance Stand ........................................................ 30Bumper Accessory Set ...................................29, 126Discover Collision Bracket .............................29, 126Economy ................................................................. 74Force Platform Handle Set ..................................... 30High Resolution ...................................................... 27Magnetic Bumper Set ....................................29, 126PASPORT ................................................................ 28Platform ....................................................31, 76, 180Rocket Engine Test Bracket ................................... 30ScienceWorkshop .................................................. 74Force Sensor Balance Stand ....................................... 30Force Table ................................................................ 160Four Scale Meter Stick ............................................. 218Four-in-One Light Source-See Basic Optics .................................................. 306Freefall – See Coin and Feather Tube ...................... 144Freefall Accessory, Discover ..................................... 152Freefall Adapter ............................................39, 75, 149Freefall Balls Accessory ............................133, 191, 219Freefall System, Discover ......................................... 143Freefall Timer Adapter .............................................. 144Friction Accessory ..................................................... 124Friction Accessory, Discover ..................................... 124Friction Block ............................................................. 124Friction Cart Accessory ............................................. 124Friction Experiment ................................................... 359Friction Trays ............................................................. 124Friction, Energy Transfer ........................................... 233Friction, Magnetic –See Cart Damping ................................................ 123F-Stops-See Aperture ............................................... 310Fuel Cell Tutorial Set ................................................. 264Fuel Cell, 10-Stack .................................................... 265Fuel Cell, Dissectible ................................................ 265Fuel Cell, Electrolyzer ................................................ 265407

Product and Topic IndexFuel Cell, Hydrogen ................................................... 263Function GeneratorsComputer-based 750 .........................................48-49Function Generator .............................................. 284Power Amplifier, 750 ............................................. 70Power Amplifier, Xplorer GLX ................................ 14Sine Wave Generator ..................................289, 291Wide Range ......................................................... 285Fur, Electrostatics ...................................................... 149408GGalvanometer ............................................................ 285Galvanometer Sensor, PASPORT ................................ 48Gamma Sources ........................................................ 353Gamma Spectrometer ............................................... 350Gamma, Ratio of Specific Heats .............................. 380Gas LawAdiabatic .............................................................. 235Experiment, Ratio of Specific Heats.................... 380Ideal ..................................................................... 237Syringe ................................................................. 237Gas Thermometer, Constant VolumeSee Absolute Zero Apparatus ............................. 236Gauge Pressure Accessory ....................................... 207Gauss – Magnetic Field Sensor ................................. 50Gearing, Generator ................................................... 268Geiger-MüllerG-M Tube/Power Supply ................39, 80, 149, 352Intermediate Nuclear Lab System ....................... 348Probes with Sample Holders ............................... 352Resolving Time Set .............................................. 353Tube ...................................................................... 352Scaler/Timers ....................................................... 352General Science Sensor, PASPORT ............................ 55Generator Gearing, Energy Transfer ......................... 268Generator Manual, Mini ........................................... 270Generator, Energy Transfer ....................................... 268Generator, Hand Crank ......................................254, 270Generator, Hydro-Electric .......................................... 269Generator, Mini ......................................................... 270Generator, Sine Wave .......................................289, 291Generator, Steam ...................................................... 229Generator, Turbine ..................................................... 269Generator/Motor ....................................................... 270Geometric Lens Set ................................................... 309GIS Software, My World ............................................ 17Glass, Dioxide ........................................................... 327Glass Stirling Engine ................................................. 242Glassware .........................................................209, 221Gliders, Air Track ....................................................... 135Global Positioning Sensor .....................................16, 67Glow String ...............................................220, 299, 334GLX Power Amplifier ................................................... 14GLX Spectrometer ....................................................... 16GLX-See Xplorer GLX .................................................. 10G-M Probe with Sample Holder ............................... 352G-M Resolving Time Set ........................................... 353G-M Tube/Power Supply Sensor ......................149, 352G-M Tube/Power Supply SensorPASPORT ................................................................ 39Science Workshop ................................................. 80GOcar......................................................................... 108GOcar Accessories .................................................... 123GOcar Replacement Wheel/Axle Set ...................... 108Goniometer Probe ...............................................51, 180Goniometer, PASPORT ........................................51, 180GPS Position Sensor, PASPORT ............................16, 67GPS/GIS Software, My World .................................... 17Graduated Cylinders .........................................209, 221Graphing – See DataStudio ...................................89-87Gratings, Diffraction ................................................. 325Gravitational Torsion Balance ............................344-345GravityCavendish Torsion Balance ...........................344-345Experiment ........................................................... 365Free Fall .........................................................143-145Green Diode Laser .....................................315-316, 335Green Laser Pointer .................................................. 335Greenhouse Effect .................................................... 246Ground Glass Lenses ................................................ 308Guard, Fan Accessory ............................................... 120Guard, Motion Sensor ................................................. 25Gyroscope, 3-Axis ...............................................27, 200Gyroscope, Bicycle Wheel ........................................ 199Gyroscope, Demonstration ....................................... 199Gyroscope Disk and Mass ........................................ 200Gyroscope Masses .................................................... 199Gyroscope Mounting Bracket ................................... 201HHammer, Thermal ...................................................... 234Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump .................................. 336Hand Crank Generator ......................................254, 270Handbook, Amusement Park Physics ....................... 140Hand-Held Centripetal Force .................................... 193Handle Set, Force Platform ......................................... 30Handles, Sensor (4 Pack) ............................24, 164, 213Harmonic Oscillators, Air Track Coupled .................. 134Heart Rate Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ........................ 84Heart Rate Sensor,Exercise, PASPORT................................................. 52Hand Grip, PASPORT .............................................. 52Science Workshop ................................................. 84Transmitter Belt ..................................................... 52Heat Conduction Apparatus ...................................... 231Heat Engine Accessory, Rotary Motion ...................... 27Heat Engine Cycle Experiment ................................. 379Heat Engine, Small Piston ........................................ 241Heat Engines, Stirling ............................................... 241Heat Engines, Thermobile Nitinol ............................ 241Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus .......................27, 240Heat Expansion ......................................................... 226Heat, Electrical Equivalent of ................................... 234Heat, Mechanical Equivalent of ............................... 233Helmholtz Coils ......................................................... 273Hewitt DVD ............................................................... 106h/e Apparatus ........................................................... 342High Accuracy Drop Counter ...................................... 58PASPORT ................................................................ 58Science Workshop ................................................. 81High Accuracy Temperature Sensor ........................... 77High Current Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 49Science Workshop ................................................. 79High Quality Gratings ................................................ 325High Precision Diffraction Slits ........................315, 321High Resolution Photogate Tape ................................ 38High School Sensor Bundles .................................... 102High Sensitivity Gamma Spectrometer .................... 350High Sensitivity Light SensorPASPORT ................................................................ 46Science Workshop ................................................. 78High Voltage Power Supply ...................................... 280High Voltage Van de Graaff ...................................... 248Holes. Thermal Expansion ........................................ 228Hollow Lens .............................................................. 324Hooke’s Law Set ....................................................... 184Hooke’s Law Spring Set ............................................ 184Hooked Mass Set ...................................................... 223Hooke’s Law Experiment ........................................... 357Hot Plate ................................................................... 229Hover Puck ................................................................ 137Hover Puck Launcher ................................................. 137Hovercraft.................................................................. 136Hovercraft Blower ..................................................... 136Hovercraft Kit ............................................................ 136Human Applications of Physics .........................178-180Human Arm Model ..............................................51, 179Human Eye Model ..............................................312-313Human StructuresArm Model ........................................................... 178Back Model .......................................................... 178Leg Model ....................................................174, 178Human StructuresHuman Arm Model............................................... 178Human Back Model.............................................. 178Human Leg Model........................................174, 178Humidity Sensor, Dual ................................................ 63Humidity Sensor,ScienceWorkshop Relative .................................... 83Humidity/Temp/Dew Point Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 63Hydraulic Jack ........................................................... 207Hydraulic and Pneumatic Structures ........................ 171Hydraulic/Pneumatic System .................................... 207Hydro-Electric Generator .......................................... 269Hydrogen Car, Hyrunner ............................................ 263Hydrogen Fuel Cells ...........................................263-265Hyrunner Hydrogen Car ............................................. 263II Love Physics, Bumper Sticker ................................. 221I-beam, Flexible .................................................165, 177Ice Melting Blocks .................................................... 230Ideal Gas Law Apparatus ......................................... 237Ideal Gas Law Experiment ........................................ 376Ideal Gas Law Syringe .............................................. 237Ignitor, Compression ................................................. 235Impulse – See Time Pulse Accessory ....................... 120Impulse Experiment .................................................. 360Inclined Plane Accessory .......................................... 114Inclined Plane Dynamics Set, PAStrack.................... 114InductionFaraday’s Law....................................................... 390Lenz’s Law ............................................................ 275Magnetic Force Accessory................................... 266Magnetic Levitation Accessory ...................191, 275PASCO Coil ........................................................... 273Primary and Secondary Coils ............................... 272Ring Launcher ...................................................... 271RLC Circuit ......................................................70, 254Induction Wand ......................................................... 267Inertia, Moment of ....................................188, 194, 369Inertia, Rotational .....................................188, 194, 369Inertia Wands............................................................ 194Inertial Balance ......................................................... 185Infrared Light SensorPASPORT ................................................................ 47Science Workshop ................................................. 78Infrared Thermometer ............................................... 247Inquiry Manual .......................................................... 102Institutes, Summer .................................................... 399Instrument Amplifier ................................................. 278Integrated Science Learning EnvironmentSPARKvue ............................................................... 22Interactive Physics Software .................................... 104Interfaces, Computer500 Interface .......................................................... 72750 Interface .....................................................68-69AirLink .................................................................... 23Power Link .............................................................. 19www.pasco.com

SPARK SLS ............................................................. 21SPARKlink ............................................................... 19USB Link ................................................................. 18Xplorer .................................................................... 18Xplorer GLX ............................................................ 10Interference and Diffraction of LightExperiment ........................................................... 396Interferometer ....................................................336-337Intro. Dynamics System .............................110-111, 113Intro Mechanics System ........................................... 162Introductory Optics System ....................................... 320Intro. Rotational Apparatus ...................................... 198Invention Kits ............................................................ 258Ion-selective ElectrodesPASPORT ................................................................ 57Science Workshop ................................................. 82ISE Amplifier, PASPORT ........................................41, 62ISE Amplifier, Science Workshop ............................... 82Isogenerator Kit (Barium-137m) ................................ 353Isotope Generator, Radioactive ................................ 353JJack, Hydraulic/Pneumatic ....................................... 207Jacks, Lab ................................................................. 215Joule Equivalent of Heat ...................................232-234Jumping Ring - See Ring Launcher .......................... 271KKeyboard, USB ............................................................ 13Kilovolt Power Supply ............................................... 280Kinesthetic Cart ........................................................ 137Kinesthetic Cart (2-D) ................................................ 136Kinetic Theory Model ................................................ 236Knife Switches .......................................................... 260LLab Jacks .................................................................. 215Lab Kit, Portable - Xplorer GLX ................................... 12Lab Manuals ............................................................... 90Lab Stand, Xplorer GLX ............................................... 13LabVIEW 750 Interface ............................................... 70LabVIEW Adapter ........................................................ 72Lamp, Stefan Boltzmann ........................................... 245Lanyard, Xplorer GLX .................................................. 12Large Amplitude Pendulum Experiment ................... 370Large Ball .................................................................. 219Large Corner Reflector Set ....................................... 326Large Rod Stand ........................................................ 212Large Table Clamp .................................................... 215Large-Scale Thermal Expansion ............................... 229Laser Alignment Bench ............................................. 335Laser Communications Kit ........................................ 339Laser Fiber Optics ..................................................... 339Laser Pointer, Green .................................................. 335Laser Pointer, Red ..................................................... 339Laser Ray Box ............................................................ 324Laser Sight ................................................................ 152Laser Speed of Light ................................................. 347Laser Switch .................................................37, 75, 149LasersDiode, Basic Optics ......................................316, 334Diode, Intro Optics ............................................... 321Green Diode ..........................................315-316, 335Helium-Neon ........................................................ 335Laser Alignment Bench ........................................ 335Laser Pointer ................................................335, 339Laser Sight ........................................................... 152Laser Switch ............................................37, 75, 149Mini ...................................................................... 335Modulated ............................................................ 335Ray Box ................................................................ 324Red Diode .....................................................316, 339X-Y Adjustable .................................................... 335LaunchersCart Launcher ....................................................... 122Electric Launcher, Air Track.................................. 134Hover Puck ........................................................... 137Projectile Launchers ......................................150-152Ring ..................................................................... 271Spring Cart ........................................................... 122LCR Meter, Digital ..................................................... 281Leads— Patch Cords ................................................ 261Leaf Blower ............................................................... 136LED Indicator for Coils .............................................. 273Lens, Adjustable ...............................................310, 313Lens Holder, Adjustable ............................................ 308Lens Holder Set ......................................................... 308Lens Plus Set ............................................................. 322Lens Replacement Set, Human Eye .......................... 312Lens Set, Accessory .................................................. 309Lens Set, Basic Optics Geometric ............................ 309Lens Set, Ray Box ..................................................... 307Lens, Hollow ............................................................. 324Lenses ....................................................................... 308Lenses, Basic Optics ................................................. 309Lenses, Intro Optics .................................................. 321Lens Set, Plus (Ray Optics) ....................................... 322Lenz’s Law Demonstration ........................................ 275Leslie’s Cube ............................................................. 244Levels ........................................................................ 220Levitation, Magnetic .........................................191, 275Light Bulb and Stand ................................................ 260Light Bulb Kit ............................................................. 258Light Bulbs ................................................................ 260Light Bulb Sockets .................................................... 260Light Duty Spring Set ................................................ 184Light Meter, Digital ................................................... 325Light Level Sensor ....................................................... 46Light Sensors (Also See Photometers)Aperture Bracket .................................................. 316Broad Spectrum, PASPORT ................................... 47Broad Spectrum, ScienceWorkshop ...................... 78General Science Sensor......................................... 55High Sensitivity, PASPORT ..................................... 46High-Sensitivity, ScienceWorkshop ....................... 78Infrared, PASPORT ................................................. 47Infrared, ScienceWorkshop ................................... 78Light Level .............................................................. 46PASPORT ................................................................ 46Science Workshop ................................................. 78Temperature/Sound/Light ...................................... 55UVA, PASPORT ....................................................... 47UVA, ScienceWorkshop ......................................... 78Light SourcesBasic Optics ......................................................... 306Black Body Light Source ...................................... 330Diode Laser .......................................................... 334Lasers ...................................316, 321, 322, 334, 335Mercury Vapor Lamp ............................................ 333Point Light Source-See Basic Optics ................... 306Replacement Bulbs .............................................. 333Sodium Vapor Lamp ............................................. 333Spectral Sources .................................................. 333Stefan-Boltzmann Lamp ....................................... 245UV Light Source ................................................... 334Light Spectrum Charts .............................................. 332Light, Speed of ...................................................346-347Linear Motion Accessory ............................................ 26Linear Translator .................................................27, 316Link, USB ..................................................................... 18Product and Topic IndexLiquid-Filled Compass .......................................259, 276Load Cell, 5 N .....................................................33, 167Load Cell, 100 N ............................................32-33, 167Load Cell Amplifier ................................................... 167Load Cell and Amplifier Set ................................32, 167Longitudinal Wave Spring ................................181. 293Long-Range Launcher ............................................... 150Low Delta Stirling Engine ......................................... 242Low Pressure Sensor .................................................. 76Low Voltage AC/DC Power Supply ........................... 280LRC Circuit Experiment ............................................. 385LRC Meter, Digital ..................................................... 281LRC Resonance Experiment ...................................... 386MMagdeburg Plates ..................................................... 206Magdeburg Plates Accessory Kit ............................. 206Magnaprobe .............................................................. 276Magnet Stands, Rotating .......................................... 277Magnet, Variable Gap ............................................... 266Magnetic Blackboard Optics ..................................... 323Magnetic Breadboards ............................................. 256Magnetic Bumper Set .........................................29, 126Magnetic Compass ................................................... 276Magnetic Damping ................................................... 123Magnetic Demonstration System ............................. 266Magnetic Dip Needle ................................................ 276Magnetic Drag Demo-See Lenz’s Law...................... 275Magnetic Drag Demo-See Magnetic Force ............................................. 266Magnetic Field Demonstrators ................................. 276Magnetic Field of the Earth Experiment................... 387Magnetic Field Sensor, PASPORT ............................... 50Magnetic Field Sensor, PASPORT 2-Axis ................... 50Magnetic Field Sensor,ScienceWorkshop .................................................. 80Magnetic Field, Zero Gauss Chamber ........................ 50Magnetic Fields of Coils Experiment ........................ 389Magnetic Force Accessory ........................................ 266Magnetic Forces on Wires Experiment .................... 388Magnetic Levitation Accessory ........................191, 276Magnetic Levitation Demonstration ......................... 275Magnetic Motion Sensor Bracket .............................. 25Magnetizer ................................................................ 277Magnets .................................................................... 277Malus’ Law of Polarization ....................................... 394Manganese-54 .......................................................... 353ManualsAdvanced Physics GLX ........................................... 97Comprehensive Physics Systems .......................... 90Explorations in Physics .......................................... 98High School Advanced Physics ............................ 102High School Physics Inquiry ................................. 102PASCO Physics Student Vol.I ................................. 95PASCO Physics Student Vol.II ................................ 95PASCO Physics Teacher’s Vol.I ............................... 95PASCO Physics Teacher’s Vol.II .............................. 95Physics with GLX.................................................. 101Mapping Software-See My World ............................. 17Mass and Hanger Sets ............................................. 223Mass Balances .......................................................... 222Mass Set, Ohaus Additional ..................................... 222Mass Set, Spherical (balls) ...............................157, 194Mass Sets ..........................................................222-223Mass, Cart ................................................................. 109Materials - See Stress/Strain .....................27, 202-203Matter Model ....................................................204, 298Matter Model, Replacement Springs ....................... 204Measuring Tape, Metric ........................................... 218Mechanical Equivalent of Heat ................................ 233409

Product and Topic IndexMechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube ....................... 234Mechanical Oscillator/Driver .................................... 132Mechanical Universe DVD Set ................................. 106Mechanical Wave Driver Accessories...................... 293Mechanical Wave Driver ...................................291-292Mechanics System, Introductory .............................. 162Mechanics System with 750 Probeware .................... 93Mechanics System, Introductory .............................. 162Melting Block, Ice ..................................................... 230Membrane Replacement,Diffusion/Osmosis ................................................. 40Dissolved Oxygen Kit ............................................. 59Memory Timer ........................................................... 130Mercury Vapor Lamp ................................................. 333Metabolism Chamber ................................................. 60Meter Stick ............................................................... 218Meter Stick, Four Scale ............................................ 218MetersAnalog Meters ..................................................... 285Digital Multimeters .............................................. 281Galvanometer ....................................................... 285Heavy-Duty Student Meters ................................ 285Light Meter .......................................................... 325LRC Digital Meter ................................................ 281Magnetic Field ..................................................... 277Temperature Meters ............................................ 247Metric Measuring Tape ............................................ 218Metric Spring Scales ................................................ 217Michelson Interferometer ......................................... 336Micro Stir Bar .............................................................. 57Micrometer................................................................ 218Microscope, VideoFlex .............................................. 341Microwave Accessories Package ............................. 338Microwave Optics System ........................................ 338Millikan Oil Drop Apparatus ..................................... 340Mineral Oil ................................................................ 340Mini Cars, Roller Coaster ......................................... 138Mini Catcher ............................................................. 155Mini Drop Shoot ........................................................ 153Mini Generator, Hand-Crank ..................................... 270Mini Laser ................................................................. 335Mini Launcher ........................................................... 151Mini Launcher Ballistic Accessory ........................... 156Mini Launcher Spares Kit ......................................... 151Mini-Rotational Accessory .................................26, 195Mirror Accessory, Concave ....................................... 309Mirror, Concave/Convex ........................................... 306Mirror, High Speed Rotating ..................................... 346Mirrors, DemonstrationConcave/Convex .................................................. 326Plane .................................................................... 327Mirrors, Intro and Advanced Optics ......................... 321Mixed Lens Assortment ............................................ 308Mobile Cart, Explorer GLX .......................................... 12Modular LED Strobe ..........................................225, 290Modulated Laser ....................................................... 335Moisture Sensor – See Humidity ............................... 63Moisture Sensor, Soil ................................................. 65Mole Set ................................................................... 211Molecular Motion Model .......................................... 236Moment of Inertia .....................................188, 194, 369Monkey Hunter Demonstration ................................ 152Motion Lab .................................................................. 19Motion Sensor ........................................................... 25Cart Adapter ...................................................25, 127Coffee Filters .......................................................... 25Elastic Bumper ...............................................25, 116Guard ...................................................................... 25Magnetic Motion Sensor Bracket ......................... 25PASPORT ........................................................25, 127Science Workshop .........................................74, 127Rotary, PASPORT .................................................... 26410Rotary, Science Workshop ..................................... 74Motor Drive, Rotational ............................................ 190Motor, AC/DC ............................................................ 267Motor, Permanent Magnet ....................................... 267Motor/Generator Kit ...........................................70, 270Motorized Cart .......................................................... 118Mouse, Xplorer GLX .................................................... 13Mounting Bracket for Photogates ......................38, 157MR Breadboards ....................................................... 256Multi-Clamp .............................................................. 214Multi-Fan Bracket ..................................................... 120Multi-Length Spring Set ........................................... 182Multimeters, Digital .................................................. 281My World GIS 5.0 Software .................................17, 67Mystery Density Set ................................................. 209NNational Instruments .............................................70-71Neodymium Magnets ............................................... 277Newton’s Laws Experiment ...................................... 356NI Adapters ................................................................. 71No Bounce Balls ........................................................ 219No Bounce Pad .......................................................... 220Non-Contact Temperature Sensor ......................45, 247Nuclear Sensors-See G-M Tube ...........................39, 80Nuclear Spectroscopy, USB ...................................... 349Nuclear Systems ................................................348-350OO 2 Gas Sensor, PASPORT............................................ 60O 2 Gas Sensor, Science Workshop ............................. 80Ocean Optics Spectrometer ................................16, 332Ohaus Balances ........................................................ 222Ohaus Mass Sets ...............................................222-223Ohmmeters ................................................................ 281Ohm’s Law Experiment ............................................. 384Oil, Mineral Replacement ......................................... 340Open Speaker ............................................................ 296Optics Bench .....................................................311, 316Optics Bench Couplers .............................................. 325Optics Bench Rod Clamp .......................................... 311Optics Caliper ............................................218, 313, 317Optics Carriage, Dynamics Track .............................. 319Optics Component Carrier ......................................... 321Optics Kit, Diffraction .......................................315, 317Optics Kit, Dynamics Track ....................................... 110Optics, Microwave .................................................... 338Optics Kit, Ray ........................................................... 322Optics SystemsBasic ..............................................................304-306Basic II .................................................................. 319Beginning ............................................................. 319Blackboard ........................................................... 323Computer-based ................................................... 318Diffraction, Sensor-Based .................................... 314Dynamics Track Optics Kit ................................... 285Introductory .......................................................... 320Microwave ........................................................... 338Optics Table............................................................... 307Optics, Eye .........................................................312-313ORP Probe ................................................................... 57Oscillator/Mechanical Driver .................................... 132Oscilloscopes ............................................................ 282Osmosis Diffusion Apparatus ..................................... 40Osram Spectral Lamps .............................................. 333Overflow Can ............................................................ 209Oxygen Gas Sensor, PASPORT .................................... 60Oxygen Gas Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ...................... 80Oxygen Sensor, PASPORT Dissolved .......................... 59Oxygen, ScienceWorkshop Dissolved ........................ 82PPack, Xplorer GLX ........................................................ 13Paper, Conductive...................................................... 252Parallel Spring Bracket ............................................. 183Paramagnetism–See Magnetic Force Acc. ..................................... 266Particle Detector ....................................................... 350Pascal’s Principle -See Hydraulic/Pneumatic ................................... 207PAScar ....................................................................... 108PAScar/GOcar Accessories ....................................... 123PAScar Dynamics Systems ....................................... 110PAScar Mass ............................................................. 108PAScar Replacement Wheel/Axle Set .................... 108PAScar Tracks .....................................................112-113PASCO Stopwatch .............................................130, 224PASPORTAirLink 2 ................................................................. 23DataStudio Workbooks .......................................... 89Power Link .............................................................. 19Sensors .............................................................25-67SPARK SLS ............................................................. 21SPARKlink ............................................................... 19USB Link ................................................................. 18Workbooks ............................................................. 89Xplorer Datalogger ................................................. 18Xplorer GLX ............................................................ 10Xplorer GLX Bundles .......................................96-101PAStrack .................................................................... 113PAStrack, Curved ....................................................... 115PAStrack Dynamics Systems .................................... 113PAStrack Inclined Plane ............................................ 114PAStrack Wheel Set.................................................. 115Passive Damping ....................................................... 176Patch Cords ............................................................... 261Patches, Replacement AdhesiveTemperature ........................................................... 44EKG ......................................................................... 53Pb-210 Cloud Chamber Source ................................ 351Pen, Conductive Ink ................................................... 252PendulumBallistic ................................................................ 154Ballistic, Accessory ................................27, 139, 156Ballistic, Mini Launcher ......................................... 27Centripetal Force .................................................. 193Clamp ...................................................182, 184, 214Damped .................................................................. 26Physical, Roller Coaster ....................................... 139Physical. Set ......................................................... 196Set, Photogate Pendulum ...................................... 37Torsion .................................................................. 196Wilberforce .......................................................... 185Peripheral Cable, Xplorer GLX .................................... 13Permanent Magnet Motor ........................................ 267pH Electrode ................................................................ 81pH Replacement Electrode ...................................56, 81pH Sensor, PASPORT ................................................... 56pH Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ..................................... 81pH/ORP/ISE, PASPORT ................................................ 57Phone Jack Extender Cable ................................39, 149Photoelectric Effect System ...................................... 342Photogate Port-See Digital Adapter .....................36, 85Photogate Timer ................................................130, 148Photogate/Pulley System ..............37, 75, 149, 167, 216Photogates and AccessoriesAccessory Photogate .....................................37, 149Bracket for Dynamics Track ...........................37, 117Bracket for Projectile Launcher ............................. 39Dynamics Photogates/Fences ...............38, 117, 131High Resolution Photogate Tape ........................... 38www.pasco.com

Laser Switch ............................................37, 75, 149Mounting Bracket ..........................................38, 157Mounting Rod for Rotational ............................... 188Mounting Rods .............................................164, 216Pendulum Set .................................................37, 185Photogates and Fences ..........................38, 117, 131Photogate Head ...............................37, 75, 164, 216Photogate Port-See Digital Adapter ................36, 85Photogate Stand .................................................... 37Photogate Tape Set ........................38, 117, 131, 142Picket Fence, Large ................................................ 38Picket Fence, Smart Timer ................................... 117Pulley System .................................................75, 149Smart Pulley –See Photogate/Pulley System .......................... 37Smart Timer Photogate System ........................... 147Smart Timer Picket Fence ...................................... 38Stand-Alone Timers ......................................146-148Tape Set .........................................38, 117, 131, 142Timer ...................................................................... 37Photogate-Ready Dynamics System ......................... 108PhotometersBasic Optics ......................................................... 310Digital Light Meter............................................... 325Wax-See Basic Optics ......................................... 310Photosynthesis Tank.................................................... 59Physical Pendulum Accessory ...........................139, 196Physics Cinema Classics DVD Set ............................ 106Physics Complete System,Comprehensive .................................................90-92Physics Lab Bundle with Xplorer GLX................100-101Physics Lab Manuals .........................................101-102Physics Probeware Bundles ...................................94-99Physics Sensor Starter Kit, SPARK SLS ...................... 23Physics String ............................................................ 220Physics Structures Set ..............................141, 173, 174Physics Workbooks, DataStudio ................................. 89Physiology SensorsBlood Pressure, PASPORT ...................................... 53Breath Rate, PASPORT ........................................... 54EKG Sensor, PASPORT ........................................... 53EKG Sensor, Science Workshop ............................ 84Exercise Heart Rate, PASPORT .............................. 52Goniometer Sensor, PASPORT .......................51, 180Hand Grip Heart Rate, PASPORT ........................... 52Heart Rate, Science Workshop ............................. 84Human Arm Model, PASPORT ............................... 51Respiration Rate, PASPORT ................................... 54Respiration Rate Science Workshop ..................... 84Spirometer, PASPORT ............................................ 54Pi Set, Discover ......................................................... 211Picket Fence, Large ..................................................... 38Picket Fence, Smart Timer .......................................... 38Pinhole Viewer .......................................................... 290Pipettes, Transfer ...................................................... 193Pivot Clamp ............................................................... 116Planchets, Radioactivity ............................................ 353Plane Mirrors ............................................................ 327Planck’s Constant, ..................................................... 342see Photoelectric Effect ....................................... 342Plastic Balls .......................................................157, 219Plastic Tracks......................................................112-113Platform, Chair .......................................................... 199Platform, Discover Rotation ...................................... 199Platform, Force ............................................................ 76Platform, Rotating ..................................................... 188Plumb Bobs .......................................................157, 220Plumb Bobs, Projectile Launcher .............................. 157Plume, Van de Graaff ................................................ 248Plunger Cart with Mass ............................................ 109Pneumatic/Hydraulic System .................................... 207Pneumatic Structures ................................................ 171Pointer, Laser.....................................................335, 339Polarization Analyzer ..........................................27, 311Polarization of Light Experiment ............................... 321Polarizer Set, Intro Optics ......................................... 321Polarizer, Basic Optics ................ 310-311, 330, 394-395Polarizer, Calibrated ...................................310-311, 325Polarizers with Photometer ....................................... 310Polarizing Sheets ...................................................... 325Polonium-240 ............................................................ 353Portable Lab Kit, Xplorer GLX ..................................... 12Position Sensor, GPS .............................................17, 67Potential Probe, Water Soil ........................................ 64Power Adapter, Xplorer ............................................... 18Power Adapter, Xplorer GLX ....................................... 13Power Amplifier, 750 .................................................. 70Power Amplifier, Xplorer GLX ..................................... 14Power Supplies, AC and DC18 VDC, 5A ........................................................... 27930 VDC, 6A ........................................................... 279DC Programmable ................................................ 278High Voltage......................................................... 280Kilovolt ................................................................. 280Low Voltage AC/DC ............................................. 280Spectral Tube and Mount .................................... 333Student ................................................................. 279Triple-Output ........................................................ 279PowerLink .................................................................... 19Precision - See Significant Figures ........................... 211Precision Interferometer ........................................... 337Pressure Demonstrator, Atmospheric ....................... 210Precision Digital Multimeter ..................................... 281Pressure Gauge, Dial Relative .................................. 207Pressure SensorsAbsolute, PASPORT................................................ 41Absolute, ScienceWorkshop .................................. 76Barometer, ScienceWorkshop................................ 83Barometer/Low Pressure Sensor,PASPORT ........................................................... 63Diffusion/Osmosis Apparatus ................................ 40Dual, PASPORT....................................................... 40Gauge, Low Pressure, Relative ........................41, 76Low, ScienceWorkshop .......................................... 76Pressure/Temperature,PASPORT Absolute ........................................... 42Quad, PASPORT...................................................... 42Relative, PASPORT ................................................. 41Thermocline Sensor ............................................... 65Thermocline, Science Workshop ........................... 83Pressure, Air .............................................................. 210Pressure/Temperature Sensor .................................... 42Pressure, Understanding ........................................... 210Primary and Secondary Coils .................................... 272Prism Spectrophotometer ......................................... 330Prisms ........................................................................ 327Probeware Bundles for 750 Interface ....................94-95Problem-Solving Kit, Engineering ............................. 208Professional Development .................................398-399Projectile Launchers and AccessoriesAccessory ............................................................. 156Ballistic Pendulum .................................27, 139, 154Balls, Replacement ......................................157, 219Bracket, Mini Launcher ........................................ 151Carbon Paper ........................................................ 157Catcher Accessory ...............................127, 155, 190Catcher, Mini ........................................................ 155Discover Freefall Accessory ................................ 152Drop Shoot ........................................................... 153Laser Sight ........................................................... 152Photogate Mounting Bracket .........................38, 157Plumb Bobs .......................................................... 157Projectile Launchers ......................................150-152Shoot-the-Target Accessory ................................ 152Product and Topic IndexSights ................................................................... 157Spares Kit ............................................................. 150Spherical Mass Set.............................................. 157Time-of-Flight Accessory .................39, 75, 149, 157Projectile Motion – Ballistic Cart ............................. 121Projectile Motion Experiment ................................... 355Proof Plane and Charge Producers ........................... 251Properties of I-Beams ............................................... 165Protractor, Tension ............................................161, 217Proximity Sensor-See Motion Sensor ...........25, 74, 127Pulleys and AccessoriesDemonstration System ........................................ 163Mounting Rods ..................................................... 216Photogate/Pulley System ..................................... 216Pulley Mounting Rod............................164, 213, 216Pulley with Mounting Rod ................................... 216Pulley/Photogate System ...............................37, 149Super Pulley .................................................164, 216Super Pulley Combination.................................... 216Super Pulley with Clamp .............116, 160, 164, 216Pump, Vacuum ........................................................... 336Push/Pull Accessory .................................................. 132QQuad Pressure Sensor ................................................. 42Quad Temperature Sensor .......................................... 43RRadiation Absorbers ................................................. 353Radiation Cans .......................................................... 243Radiation Counters ................................................... 352Counters ............................................................... 352Smart Timer ...........................................130, 146-147Radiation Cube .......................................................... 244Radiation Detector (Sensor) ...................................... 248Radiation Sensor, Thermal ........................................ 244Radiation Sensors,Computer Nuclear ............................................39, 80Radiation, Thermal .............................................243-245Radioactive Cow – See Isogenerator ....................... 353Radioactive Source, Cloud Chamber ........................ 351Radioactive Sources ................................................. 353Ratio of Specific Heats Experiment .......................... 380Ray Box .............................................................322, 325Ray Box Color Filter Set ............................................ 324Ray Box Component Set ........................................... 324Ray Box, Laser ........................................................... 324Ray Optics Kit ....................................................307, 324Ray Optics Laser System .......................................... 322Ray Optics Set, Visible .............................................. 322Ray Table ................................................................... 307RC Circuit ........................................... 253-254, 258-259Red Diode Lase .................................................316, 339Red Laser Pointer ..............................................334, 339Red Tide Spectrometer .......................................16, 332Reflect View Mirrors ................................................. 326Reflection Kit, Discover ............................................ 327Reflector Set, Large Corner ...................................... 326Reinventing Kits ........................................................ 258Relative Humidity Sensor ........................................... 83Relative Motion Track ............................................... 115Relative Pressure Sensor ............................................ 41Relay....................................................................36, 253Replacement Axles, Cart .......................................... 116Replacement Electrode, .............................................. 81pH ........................................................................... 81Dissolved Oxygen ................................................... 82Replacement Belt, Van de Graaff ............................. 248Replacement Components, AC/DC Lab .................... 256411

Product and Topic IndexReplacement Test Coupons, Stress/Strain ............... 203Replacement Gravitational Balls .............................. 344Replacement Transmitter BeltExercise Heart Rate Sensor ................................... 52Replacement Oscilloscope Probe ............................. 282Replacement Parts, Heat Engine .............................. 241Replacement Set, Ripple Tank .................................. 287Replacement Springs, Matter Model ....................... 204Replacement Springs, Cart Launcher ....................... 122Replacement Wheel/Axle Set ...........................108-109Replacement Wires, Resistance Apparatus ............. 261Reservoir, Water ....................................................... 221Resistance Apparatus ............................................... 262Resistance Box, Decade ........................................... 285Resistance Sensor -See Thermistor Sensor .......................................... 77Resistivity Experiment .............................................. 383Resistivity – See Resistance Apparatus .................. 262Resistor Assortment ................................................. 261Resistor-Capacitor Circuit ......................................... 254Resolving Time, G-M ................................................. 353Resonance Box Set .............................................11, 302Resonance in Complex Systemssee Structure .........................................170-171, 294Resonance Strips, Metal .......................................... 293Resonance Tube ........................................................ 297Resonance Tube, Economy ....................................... 296Resonance Wire Loop ............................................... 293Respiration Clips ......................................................... 54Respiration Belt ...................................................54, 84Respiration Mask ........................................................ 54Respiration Rate Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 54Science Workshop ................................................. 84Right Angle Clamp .................................................... 215Right Angle Prism ..................................................... 327Rigid Road Bedssee Bridge Set...................................................... 175Ring Launcher ........................................................... 271Ring Launcher Accessories ....................................... 271Ripple Generator/Light Source ................................. 287Ripple Tank System ....................................286-287, 301RLC Circuit ...........................................................70, 254Rocket Engine Test Bracket ........................................ 30Rocket, Air ................................................................. 142Rocket, Doppler ......................................................... 301Rod Clamp, Optics Bench ......................................... 311Rod Stand, Large ....................................................... 212Rod, Flex .................................................................... 213Rod, Pulley Mounting ........................................164, 213Rods, Stainless Steel ................................................ 212Roller Coaster ....................................................138-141Rotary Motion SensorA-base Adapter ............................................190, 201Centripetal Force .................................................... 26Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory ...............26, 197Damped Pendulum ................................................. 26Dynamics Track Mount .......................................... 27Gyroscope Mounting Bracket .............................. 201Heat Engine .......................................................... 240Linear Motion Accessory ....................................... 26Linear Translator ............................................27, 316Mini-Rotational Accessory ............................26, 195PASPORT ................................................................ 26Polarization Analyzer .....................................27, 311ScienceWorkshop .................................................. 74Spares Kit ............................................................... 26Three-step Pulley ................................................... 26Torsion Pendulum Accessory ............................... 196Track String Adapter ......................................27, 133Wind Velocity Accessory ....................................... 62Rotation Apparatus, Discover ................................... 198412Rotating Chair ........................................................... 199Rotating Magnet Stands ........................................... 277Rotating Platform ...................................................... 188Rotation Platform, Discover ...................................... 199Rotational Acceleration Tank .................................... 190Rotational Accessory,Mini (Rotary Motion)......................................26, 195Rotational Apparatus, Introductory .......................... 198Rotational Inertia Accessory ..................................... 188Rotational Inertia Experiment ................................... 369Rotational Inertia Set ................................................ 194Rotational Inertia Wands .......................................... 194Rotational Motor Drive ............................................. 190Rotational System, Complete ............................186-191Rubber-Band Carsee Advanced Structures Set ............................. 171Rubber Cord ..............................................116, 134, 220SSail, Car ..................................................................... 125Salinity Sensor, PASPORT ........................................... 64Scaler/Timer, G-M System ........................................ 352Scales, Electronic ...................................................... 222Scales, Spring ........................................................... 217Science Sleuth Kit ....................................................... 95ScienceWorkshop500 Interface .......................................................... 72750 Interface .....................................................68-69Bundles .............................................................90-95Cable, 8-pin DIN Extender ..................................... 76Data Logging .......................................................... 72DataStudio Software ........................................89-87Experiment Manuals ..................................90, 93, 95Power Amplifier ..................................................... 70Sensor Voltage Monitor ......................................... 73Sensors .............................................................74-84USB/Serial Converter ............................................. 71Scintillation Probe ..................................................... 352Scout Pro Balance, Ohaus ........................................ 222Screen Protectors, Xplorer GLX .................................. 12Screen, Basic Optics ................................................. 309Security Cable, Xplorer GLX ....................................... 12Sensor Extension Cables ......................................24, 76Sensor Handles (4 Pack) .............................24, 164, 213Serial/USB Converter .................................................. 71Series/Parallel Battery Holder .................................. 260Series/Parallel Circuit ............................................... 254Series/Parallel Spring Set ........................................ 183Shaking towers and bridges ..................................... 294Shapes, Conductive .................................................. 251Shoot-the-Target Accessory...................................... 152Short-Range Launcher .............................................. 150Sight, Laser ............................................................... 152Sights, Projectile Launcher ....................................... 157Signal (Function) Generator ...................................... 284Significant Figures Set .............................................. 211Silicone Oil .................................................................. 65Simulation Software,Interactive Physics ............................................... 104Sine Wave Generator ......................................289, 291Single Section Wave Motion Demonstrator ............ 298Skin/Surface Temp Sensor ...................................44, 77Slide Whistles ........................................................... 303Sliding Friction Experiment ....................................... 359Slinky, Double Length .......................................181, 299Slit Accessories, Basic Optics Film .......................... 317Slit Accessory, Intro Optics ....................................... 321Slit Set, Intro Optics ................................................. 321Slits, Electroformed Diffraction ................................ 321Slotted Mass Sets and Hangers ............................... 223Small “A” Base ......................................................... 212Small Piston Heat Engine ......................................... 241Small Round Base ..................................................... 212Smart Pulley– See Photogate/Pulley System ...................37, 149Smart Timer ................................................130, 146-147Smart Timer Photogate System ................................ 147Smoke Lenses-See Visible Ray Optics Set ............... 322Snakey ...............................................................181, 299Sockets, Light Bulb ................................................... 260Sodium Vapor Lamp .................................................. 333Sodium-22 Source ..................................................... 353SoftwareDataStudio ........................................................86-87Simulation ............................................................ 104SPARKvue ............................................................... 22Videopoint ........................................................... 103WAVEPORT .....................................................88, 300Soil Moisture Sensor, PASPORT ................................. 64Soil Water Potential Probe ......................................... 64Solar Cells ................................................................. 265Solar Constant Set .................................................... 243Solar Spectrum Chart ................................................ 332Solar, Energy Transfer ............................................... 246Solenoid, Air Core ..................................................... 272Sonic Ranger – See Motion Sensor .............25, 74, 127Sonometer ................................................................. 295Sonometer Driver/Detector Coils ............................. 295Sound Analyzer - See WAVEPORT .....................88, 300Sound Creator - See WAVEPORT .......................88, 300Sound Demonstration Disc ....................................... 303Sound Level Meter .................................................... 303Sound Level Sensor, PASPORT ................................... 55Sound Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ............................... 84Sound Tubes .............................................................. 303Sources, Radioactive ................................................ 353Spade-to-Banana Adapter ........................................ 261SparesBasic Optics ......................................................... 309Capacitor Assortment .......................................... 261Dynamics System Kit ........................................... 116Matter Model ...............................................204, 298Resistor Assortment ............................................ 261Roller Coaster ...................................................... 138Rotary Motion Sensor ............................................ 26Structures Systems .............................................. 177SPARK Charging Station ............................................. 21SPARK Science Learning System ............................... 21SPARK Sensor Starter KitPhysics ................................................................... 23SPARK Training ......................................................... 398SPARKlink .................................................................... 19SPARKvue .................................................................... 22Speaker, Open ........................................................... 296Specific Gravity – See Density ................................. 209Specific Heats of Gases, Ratio of............................. 380Specific Heat Set ...................................................... 232Spectral Light Sources .............................................. 333Spectral Tubes, Power Supply .................................. 333Spectrometer Sys., Nuclear Radiation ..................... 349Spectrometer, Absorption Xplorer GLX....................... 16Spectrometer,Emission Xplorer GLX.....................................16, 332Spectrometer, Ocean Optics ...............................16, 332Spectrometer, Student .............................................. 331Spectrometer, Xplorer GLX .................................16, 332SpectrometryComputer based ............................................328-329Educational ............................................27, 328- 329Gamma Spectrometer .......................................... 350Prism Spectrophotometer .................................... 330Spectral Light Sources ......................................... 333www.pasco.com

Spectroscope ....................................................... 331Spectroscopy, Adv. Nuclear Lab .......................... 349Student Spectrometer .......................................... 331Xplorer GLX Ocean Optics .............................16, 332Spectrophotometer, Educational .................27, 328-329Spectrophotometer, Prism ........................................ 330Spectroscope............................................................. 332Spectrum Chart ......................................................... 332Speed of Sound (Resonance) ...................................... 11Speed of Light Apparatus ......................................... 346Speed of Light Experiment ....................................... 393Speed of Light System, Laser ................................... 347Speed, Constant ........................................................ 118Sphere, Discharge ..................................................... 248Spheres, Conductive ................................................. 251Spherical Aberration–See Aperture Access. .......................................... 310Spherical Mass Set (Balls) .......................157, 194, 219Spirit Levels .............................................................. 220Spirometer Mouthpieces ............................................ 54Spirometer, PASPORT ................................................. 54Spring Bracket, Parallel ............................................ 183Spring Cart Launcher ................................................ 122SpringsAccelerometer ........................................................ 34Cart Launcher ....................................................... 122Demonstration Set ............................................... 181Demonstration Wave ...................................182, 299Dynamics Track ............................................116, 181Equal Length ........................................................ 182Hooke’s Law ......................................................... 184Light Duty ............................................................. 184Longitudinal Wave .......................................181, 293Matter Model Heavy............................................ 204Matter Model Light.............................................. 204Matter Model Long .............................................. 204Multi-Length Set .................................................. 182Series/Parallel ..................................................... 183Spring Scale - See Tension Protractor ...................... 217Spring Scales ............................................................ 217Stability Model ......................................................... 159Stability Model, Structures System ......................... 159Stackable Plastic Bins ............................................... 221Stainless Steel Calipers ............................................ 218Stainless Steel Rods ................................................. 212Stainless Steel Temp Probe ........................................ 44Stand, Xplorer GLX Lab ............................................... 13Stands, Rod ............................................................... 212Starter Aluminum Tracks .......................................... 112Starter System, Comprehensive Physics .................... 90Static Equilibrium-See Force Distribution ......................................... 158See Tension Protractor .................................161, 217Steam Generator ....................................................... 229Steel Balls .........................................................157, 219Steel Rods ................................................................. 212Stefan-Boltzmann Lamp ............................................ 245Stir Bar, Micro ............................................................. 57Stirling Engines ......................................................... 242Stool, Rotating .......................................................... 199Stopwatch 10-Pack, PASCO ...................................... 224Stopwatch, PASCO .................................................... 130Stopwatches, Digital ................................................ 224Storage Bins, Plastic ................................................. 221Strain Gauge-See Force Sensor ...........................28, 74Stress/Strain Apparatus ..............................27, 202-203Stress/Strain Test Coupons ...................................... 203Stress/Strain Experiment .......................................... 368String Vibrator ........................................................... 288String, Braided .......................................................... 190String, Glow ..............................................220, 299, 334Strobe, LED Modular .........................................225, 290Strobe, Digital Mini .................................................. 225Stroboscopes............................................................. 225Strontium-90 ............................................................. 353Structural Strength ....................................141, 170-171Structures Systems and Accessories#6 Beams ............................................................. 177Advanced Set ............... 159, 171, 174-175, 178, 294Axles .................................................................... 177Beams .................................................................. 177Bracket, Force Platform..................................31, 175Bridge Set ....................................141, 169, 175, 294Cast Beams .......................................................... 172Connectors ........................................................... 177Cord Locks ............................................................ 177Destructible Bridge Members.............................. 171Force Platform ...................................................... 176Hydraulic and Pneumatic Structures ................... 171Physics Set ...........................................141, 173, 174Resonance ............................................................ 294Roadbed Clips ...................................................... 177Rod Clamps .......................................................... 177Roller Coaster Track ............................................. 176Shaking ................................................................ 294Stability Model .................................................... 159Structures Set ...............................................166-178Truss Set .............................................................. 168Truss Set Members .............................................. 177Truss Set Screws ................................................. 177Yellow Cord ..................................................177, 220Student Power Supply .............................................. 279Student Spectrometer ............................................... 331Student Timer ............................................................ 224Suction Blackboard Optics System ........................... 323Suction Cup-See Air Pressure Demo ........................ 210Super Dynamics System ........................................... 111Super Fan Cart .......................................................... 119Super Pulley ........................................................164, 16Super Pulley Combination ......................................... 216Super Pulley Force Table ........................................... 160Super Pulley with Clamp ..................116, 160, 164, 216Super Pulley with Mounting Rod ......................164, 216Support Reactions, Dynamics Track ......................... 159Support Rods ............................................................. 212Support, Technical..............................Inside Front CoverSwitch Set, Knife ...................................................... 260Switch, Laser .............................................................. 37Switch, Relay ......................................................36, 253Switch, Timer ......................................................37, 149Swivel Clamp ............................................................ 214Sympathetic Resonance Box Set .............................. 302Syringes..................................................................... 221TTable Clamp, Large ................................................... 215Tank, Aquatic Bottles .................................................. 59Tank, Ripple ............................................................... 287Tank, Rotational Acceleration ................................... 190Tape Set, Photogate ............................38, 117, 131, 142Tape Timer .........................................................130, 145Tape Timer Supplies ..........................................130, 145Tape, Measuring ....................................................... 218Tape, Photogate ..................................................38, 117Teacher Training .................................................398-399Teaching ResourcesAmusement Park Physics ..................................... 130Activity-Based Physics CD ................................... 105Conceptual Physics Alive DVD ............................ 106Conceptual Physics DVD ...................................... 106Demonstrations in Physics DVD .......................... 107Electric and Magnetic Interactions ..................... 255Experiments and DemonstrationsProduct and Topic Indexin Physics ........................................................ 103Innovative Physics ................................................ 204Mechanical Universe DVDs ................................. 106Physics Cinema Classics ...................................... 106Physics DataStudio Workbooks ............................. 89Teacher’s Guides, ScienceWorkshop ..................... 95Technical Support...............................Inside Front CoverTeflon Temperature Sensor Covers ............................. 44Telegraph Kit ............................................................. 258Temperature Array ...................................................... 44Temperature SensorAbsolute Pressure/Temperature ............................ 42Array, PASPORT...................................................... 44Fast Response PASPORT ....................................... 44Fast Response Science Workshop ........................ 77Flow Rate .............................................................. 65High Accuracy (RTD) .............................................. 77Humidity/Temp/Dew Point .................................... 63Non-Contact ...................................................45, 247PASPORT ................................................................ 43Quad, PASPORT...................................................... 43Science Workshop ................................................. 77Skin/Surface PASPORT .......................................... 44Skin/Surface Science Workshop ........................... 77Stainless Steel Probe............................................. 44Teflon Sensor Covers ............................................. 44Temperature/Sound/Light ...................................... 55Thermistor Sensor .................................................. 77Thermocline Sensor, PASPORT .............................. 65Thermocline, Science Workshop ........................... 83Type K Probe PASPORT .......................................... 44Type K Probe Science Workshop ........................... 77Type K Thermocouple ............................................. 45Type K 4-Port Probe ............................................... 45Weather ................................................................. 62Tension Protractor .............................................161, 217Tesla Meter ............................................................... 277Test Coupons, Stress/Strain ..................................... 203Thallium-234 ............................................................. 353Thermal Cavity .......................................................... 245Thermal Conduction ...........................................230-231Thermal Conductivity Apparatus .............................. 230Thermal Efficiency Apparatus ................................... 238Thermal ExpansionApparatus ............................................................. 226Compact ............................................................... 227Computer-based ................................................... 228Holes .................................................................... 228Large-Scale .......................................................... 229Thermal Hammer ...................................................... 234Thermal Radiation Cans ............................................ 243Thermal Radiation Cube ........................................... 244Thermal Radiation Lab .............................................. 244Thermal Radiation Sensor ........................................ 245Thermistor Temperature Sensor ................................. 77Thermobile Nitinol Heat Engine ............................... 241Thermocline Sensor, PASPORT ................................... 65Thermocline Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ..................... 83Thermocouple Probe (multimeter) ............................ 281Thermodynamics Kit ...........................................70, 243Thermodynamics/Waves Option,Comprehensive ...................................................... 92Thermoelectric Converter ......................................... 239Thermoelectric, Energy Transfer ............................... 239Thermometers,Alcohol ................................................................. 247Constant Volume Gas .......................................... 236Digital ................................................................... 247Digital Dial ........................................................... 247Infrared ................................................................. 247Pocket Digital ....................................................... 247Waterproof ........................................................... 247413

Product and Topic IndexThread, Black ............................................................ 220Three Axis Acceleration Altimeter ............................. 35Three-Finger Clamp ................................................... 214Three-step Pulley ........................................................ 26Ticker-Tape Timer ..............................................130, 145Time Pulse Accessory ............................................... 120Time-of-Flight Accessory ......................39, 75, 149, 157Timer Switch .......................................................37, 149Timer, Student ........................................................... 224TimersFreefall Timer ....................................................... 144Photogate Timer ...........................................130, 148Smart Timer ...........................................130, 146-147Stopwatch, Digital .......................................130, 224Stroboscopes ....................................................... 225Tape Timer ....................................................130, 145Tornado Tubes ........................................................... 210Torsion Bands,Replacement Gravitational .................................. 345Torsional Pendulum Accessory ................................. 196Torsional Pendulum Experiment ............................... 372Tower, Shaking .......................................................... 294Toys, PhysicsAir Cannon ........................................................... 210Air Rocket, Estes .................................................. 142Altitrak ................................................................. 142Bounce/No Bounce Ball Set .........................219-220Constant Speed Buggy......................................... 120Doppler Rocket ..................................................... 301Glow String ..........................................220, 299, 334Hover Puck ........................................................... 137Slide Whistles ...................................................... 303Slinky, Double-length ...................................181, 299Snakey ..........................................................181, 299Sound Tubes ......................................................... 303Tornado Tubes ...................................................... 210UV Beads .............................................................. 334UV Filters .............................................................. 334Track String Adapter, Rotary Motion ..................27, 133Track, Air ................................................................... 133Track, Dynamics ........................................................ 110Track, Force and Motion ........................................... 112Track Mount ........................................................27, 132Track, Optics .............................................................. 311Track, Relative Motion .............................................. 115Track, Roller Coaster ................................................. 138Training, Teacher ................................................398-399Transformer Coils ...................................................... 272Transformer, Variable ................................................ 279Translator, Linear .................................................27, 316Transmitter Probe, Microwave ................................. 338Transparent Compass................................................ 276Transverse Wave Demonstrator ............................... 298Triple Output Power Supply ...................................... 279Triple-Beam Balance ................................................. 222Tripod Stand, Xplorer GLX ........................................... 13Truss Set and Components ...............................168, 177Tube, Coin and Feather ............................................. 144Tube, Mechanical Equivalent of Heat ...................... 234Tube, Resonance ................................................296-297Tube, Sound............................................................... 303Tubes, Constant Velocity ........................................... 144Tuning Fork Sets ........................................................ 302Tungsten Balls, Gravitational Torsion ....................... 344Turbidity Sensor, PASPORT ......................................... 65Turbine Generator ..................................................... 269Type K 4-Port Temperature Sensor ............................. 45Type K Temperature Sensor ..................................45, 77414UUltrasonic Motion Detector ..................................25, 74Ultraviolet Beads ...................................................... 334Ultraviolet Filters ...................................................... 334Ultraviolet Light Sensor ........................................47, 78PASPORT ................................................................ 47Science Workshop ................................................. 78Understanding Pressure Kit ...................................... 210Universal Gravitational Constant .............................. 365Universal Table Clamp .............................................. 215Upgrade Kit, Roller Coaster ...................................... 138USB Adapter, Bluetooth .............................................. 23USB Cable, Xplorer ..................................................... 13USB Digital VideoFlex ............................................... 341USB Flash Drive .......................................................... 12USB Link ...................................................................... 18USB Mouse ................................................................. 13USB/Serial Converter .................................................. 71Utility/Buret Clamp ................................................... 215UV Beads ................................................................... 334UV Filters ................................................................... 334UV Light Source ........................................................ 334UVA Light Sensor ..................................................47, 78VVacuumBell Jar ................................................................. 207Coin and Feather Tube ......................................... 144Magdeburg Plates ................................................ 206Vacuum Pump, Hand-operated ................................. 336Van de Graaff Generator ........................................... 248Variable Capacitor ..................................................... 251Variable Gap Lab Magnet ......................................... 266Variable Output Air Supply ................................133-134Variable Speed Motorized Cart ................................ 118Variable Transformer ................................................. 279Variable-g Experiment ............................................... 371Vectors – See Force Table ........................................ 160Velocity Amplitude .................................................... 132Velocity Cart, Constant ............................................. 118Velocity Tubes, Constant ........................................... 144Venturi Apparatus ..................................................... 205Vernier Calipers ......................................................... 218Vertical Acceleration Demonstrator ......................... 153Vest, Xplorer ................................................................ 13VI Sensor ..................................................................... 48Vibrating String Experiment ...................................... 391Vibrator, String .......................................................... 288Video Laser Communication ..................................... 339VideoFlex Microscope ............................................... 341VideoPoint Software ................................................. 103Viewing Screen, Basic Optics ................................... 309Violin Plate ................................................................ 293Visible Ray Lenses .................................................... 322Visible Stirling Engine and Kit .................................. 242Visual Accelerometer ..........................................34, 128Visual Accelerometer Accessory Kit...................34, 129Voice Laser Communication ..................................... 339Voltage Monitor, CI Sensor ......................................... 73Voltage Probe, Xplorer GLX ........................................ 13Voltage Sensor, 1 MHz 2-Channel .............................. 15Voltage Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ............................. 79Voltage Source, Electrostatics .................................. 251Voltage/Current PASPORT Sensor .............................. 48Voltmeter, Analog ..................................................... 285WWand, Induction ........................................................ 267Wands, Rotational Inertia ......................................... 194Water Quality Colorimeter, PASPORT......................... 66Water Quality Field Guide .......................................... 66Water Quality Sensor, PASPORT ................................ 66Water Quality, ezSample ............................................ 66Water Reservoir ........................................................ 221Waterproof Caliper, Optics ....................................... 218Waterproof Thermometer ......................................... 247Wave Cord, Elastic ............................................220, 299Wave Driver Posts .................................................... 291Wave Driver, Economy .............................................. 291Wave Driver, Mechanical ......................................... 292Wave Generator ........................................................ 287Wave Motion Demonstrators ................................... 298Wave Spring, Demonstration ................................... 299Wave Tank ................................................................. 287WAVEPORT Software..........................................88, 300Waves Experiment .................................................... 392Weather Sensor, PASPORT ......................................... 62Weather/Anemometer Sensor,PASPORT ................................................................ 62Wheel/Axle Replacement Set ...........................108-109Wheel Set, PAStrack................................................. 115Whistles, Slide .......................................................... 303Wide Range Function Generator .............................. 285Wilberforce Pendulum .............................................. 185Wiley Physics Textbooks ........................................... 204Wind Turbine, Energy Transfer ................................. 269Wind Velocity Accessory ............................................ 62Wind/Weather Sensor ................................................ 62Wireless Sensor Interface - AirLink ........................... 23Wire Loop, Resonance .............................................. 293Wires ......................................................................... 261Wires, Resistance Replacement ............................... 262Workbooks, DataStudio Electronic ............................. 89Workshop Physics2-D Kinesthetic Cart............................................. 136Activity Disk ......................................................... 105Chaos Accessory ............................................26, 197Coils, Detector and Field ..................................... 273Equal Arm Balance............................................... 158Fan Cart ................................................................ 119Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus ..................27, 240Kinesthetic Cart ................................................... 137Mechanical Oscillator/Driver ............................... 132XXplorer Datalogger ...................................................... 18Xplorer GLX ............................................................10-11Xplorer GLX Accessories ........................................12-13Xplorer GLX Charging Station ..................................... 12Xplorer GLX Physics Lab Manuals ............................ 102Xplorer GLX Power Amplifier ...................................... 14Xplorer GLX Probeware .................................................Bundles ...........................................................96-101Xplorer GLX Replacement Parts ................................. 13Xplorer GLX Spectrometer ..................................16, 332Xplorer GLX Training ................................................. 398Xplorer Vest ................................................................. 13X-Y Adjustable Laser ................................................ 335Y – ZYoung’s Modulus -See Stress/Strain ....................................27, 202-203Zero Gauss Chamber ................................................... 50www.pasco.com

®ISO 9001:2008 Certifieds cientificSince 1964The Global Leader in 21 st CenturyScience EducationSupporting educators in over100 countries around the globe.When you have questions or need service, we wantsomeone who understands your local needs. Wecarefully select, train and support local ScienceEducation Partners to serve our customers in eachcountry.When you work with a PASCO Science EducationPartner, have confidence that the entire company herein California is ready to assist our Partner – and you,our Customer.Designed in California.Guaranteed by PASCO.Supported locally.Serving science educators.415

Order Information l Terms and ConditionsThe PASCO Promise of Learning(90-day Satisfaction Guarantee)We are confident that PASCO solutions will help your students achieve morein science. At the end of 90 days, if you are not satisfied that your studentsare more engaged and learning more effectively, return your purchase for arefund. We don’t want you spending precious budget dollars on somethingyou don’t use. (We are sorry but we must exclude non-PASCO software thathas been opened.) See instructions for Returns below.Products Built to LastPASCO 5-Year Limited Warranty for EducationPASCO products are built to survive. PASCO-manufactured products arecovered by a limited warranty for a period of 5 years from delivery dateagainst defects in material and workmanship. Products manufactured byanyone other than PASCO are subject to the conditions of the warrantysupplied by the manufacturer. The PASCO warranty does not extend to anyproduct, including touch screens, which has been subject to abuse, neglect,accident, improper installation or application, any use other than education,or products which have been repaired or altered outside of our factory.Consumables and limited-life products (such as pH probes, membranes, fastresponse temperature probes, batteries, etc.) are excluded. Additionalwarranty information is available upon request.Free Teacher and Technical SupportWe want teachers to be successful with PASCO solutions. Please contactour support team with any questions via phone or email. We are hereto help. See inside back cover for technical support information or call+1-916-786-3800.DataStudio and WAVEPORT LicensesDataStudio and WAVEPORT software may be purchased as a Single Licensefor use with one computer, as a Classroom License for use on all computersin a single classroom on a K-12 campus or a single mobile lab cart, or as a SiteLicense for use on all computers on a K-12 campus or in a college/universitydepartment.SPARKvue LicenseSPARKvue software may be purchased as a Single License for use with onecomputer or as a Site License for use on all computers on a K-12 campus or ina college/university department.ReturnsPlease contact the authorized PASCO representative in your country forassistance in returning equipment for repair. PASCO’s International CustomerService team can be reached at +1-916-786-3800 or at custserv@pasco.com.Returns for credit or exchange must be in new condition and packaged inoriginal shipping cartons.Trademarks:PASCO, PASCO scientific, DataStudio, EcoZone, ezSample, MultiMeasureSensors, ScienceWorkshop, SPARKscience, SPARK Science Learning System,SPARKvue, SPARKlab, SPARKlink, SPARK system, PASPORT, Tension Protractor,WAVEPORT, Xplorer, and Xplorer GLX, are trademarks or registered trademarksof PASCO scientific in the United States and/or in other countries. All otherbrands, products or service names are or may be trademarks or service marksof, and are used to identify products or services of, their respective owners. Formore complete information visit pasco.com/legal.More Product InformationDesigned for education. PASCO products are designed for education; theyare not intended for use in graduate research and industry, and should not beused in any apparatus involved with life support, patient diagnosis, or industrialcontrol.PASCO reserves the right to change the specifications of any product withoutprior notice.Electrical. Unless otherwise requested, all equipment is shipped in 115 V,60 Hz configurations. Please request a different voltage if required.CE. All our products carry CE marking where appropriate. This almostexclusively applies to products which are designed for connection to theAC power main(s) supply. Our AC power main(s) connected products arebuilt to comply with IEC 1010-1 and conform to EEC directive 93/68/EEC.EMC. Our AC power main(s) products comply with the ElectromagneticCompatibility Directive (89/336/EEC) for use in the classroom, laboratory,or study area.Local Regulations May ApplyLocal and national regulations may restrict the purchase, storage, use ordisposal of certain products such as chemicals, radioactive sources, andwireless transmission devices. Please consult your local regulations toensure compliance.ShippingItems in stock will be shipped within seven working days from receipt ofthe order via United Parcel Service® or Fed Ex® depending on destination.Specific request for air shipments or special carriers will be honored at additionalcost.416

PASCO SupportMaking decisions on what equipment best meets your needs? PASCOhas fully trained representatives in over 60 countries ready to work withyou on equipping your science lab in the most cost effective manner.If you would like an introduction to the representative in your country,please contact the regional manager below for more information.Kevin MatherVice President ofInternational Salesmather@pasco.com+1 916-786-3800, ext. 220PASCO MissionProviding educators worldwide withinnovative solutions for teaching science.Humberto MedinaCanada & Latin Americamedina@pasco.com+1 916-786-3800, ext. 223Laurie Chiu-MarAsia/Oceaniachiumar@pasco.com+1 916-786-3800, ext. 224Kurt MaksadMiddle East/Africamaksad@pasco.com+1 916-786-3800, ext. 284John WayneEuropewayne@pasco.com+1 916-786-3800, ext. 212How to contact PASCOPhone:+1 916-786-3800Fax:+1 916-786-8905E-mail:intlsales@pasco.comsupport@pasco.comWeb Site:www.pasco.comMail:PASCO scientific10101 Foothills Blvd.Roseville, California 95747-7100 USABusiness Hours:7:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Monday - Thursday7:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m. FridayPacific Standard Time

10101 Foothills Blvd. • Roseville, CA 95747-7100+1 916 786 3800 www.pasco.comC-0047_PhysEng2011U